<!doctype tei.2 public "-//MULTEXT//DTD Newspaper document type declaration//EN//" [ ]>
<tei.2>
<teiheader>
  <filedesc>
    <titlestmt><title>
      Corpus of articles from the English newspaper 'The Financial Times'
      from the year 1993.
      MLCC machine readable version 1995
    </title></titlestmt>
    <editionstmt><edition>
      This TEI conformant electronic version edited by the MLCC
      project, 7 July 1995.
    </edition></editionstmt>
    <extent>
      This file (ignoring this header) is 2781910 bytes long, 
      its text includes 417833 words.
    </extent>
    <publicationstmt>
      <p>
        This electronic version was produced by the Multilingual Corpora for
        Cooperation (MLCC) project funded by the European Union. It has been
        converted to use the iso-latin-1 character set (where possible) and to
        be TEI(P3) conformant SGML.
      </p><p>
        This file is available for non-commercial purposes only on signature
        of the MLCC user agreement form.
      </p>
    </publicationstmt>
    <sourcedesc>
      <p>
        The original electronic version of this file was produced by the
        'The Financial Times' newspaper.
      </p>
    </sourcedesc>
  </filedesc>
  <encodingdesc>
    <projectdesc><p>
      This version produced by the Language Technology Group,
      Human Communication Research Centre, University of Edinburgh for the
      MLCC and MULTEXT projects of the European Community.
    </p></projectdesc>
    <editorialdecl><p>
      For a description of the SGML tags used in this corpus and the
      methods used to convert it to TEI SGML, see the associated file
      editdecl.txt.
    </p></editorialdecl>
  </encodingdesc>
  <profiledesc>
    <langusage><language id=en>English</language></langusage>
  </profiledesc>
  <revisiondesc>
    <change>
      <date>7 July 1995</date>
      <respstmt><name>Masja Kempen</name><resp></resp></respstmt>
      <respstmt><name>David Mckelvie</name><resp></resp></respstmt>
      <item>processing of original corpus files into tei conformance.
      </item>
    </change>
  </revisiondesc>
</teiheader>
<text id="tape1AAaf" lang=en>
<body>
<div0 type=storylist org=composite>
<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMADAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Drugs revive </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
As the post-Budget buying spree waned, investors sat back and looked at
areas of the market which have been left behind. The health and household
sector was one of the first to spring to mind - it has underperformed the
FT-All Share Index by almost 40 per cent over the past year.
</p>
<p>
A year ago the p/e ratio on the 500 Index, which reflects the performance of
all stocks excluding financial issues, was 17.12 while the health and
household sector, traditionally viewed as a fast growing area was above 23.
At the close of trading on Thursday the position was reversed. Several of
the sector's leading companies are now seen as low growth yield stocks
rather than rising stars. Hoare Govett sees Glaxo yielding 5 per cent and
Zeneca 4.8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
That yield potential was underlined as the market caught wind of a further
cut in base rates yesterday. Glaxo, which received approval for an influenza
compound to be tested on humans in the United States next year, rose 8 1/2
to 695 1/2 p, It was also said to have been upgraded by Smith Barney in the
US. Zeneca gained 11 to 796p , Wellcome 8 to 684p and SmithKline Beecham 5
1/2 to 399p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Glaxo Holdings </item>
<item> Zeneca </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>239</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Support for banks continues </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
The startling gains in bank shares this week, based partly on the market's
reaction to the Budget, but also on Royal Bank of Scotland's sparkling
preliminary results, were often extended yesterday as marketmakers scrambled
to cover short positions.
</p>
<p>
In a classic bear squeeze, Standard Chartered powered ahead to another
all-time high, closing 43 up at 1153p, after turnover of 1.9m, while Abbey
National also reached a peak, settling 15 better at 452p after big turnover
of 9.4m.
</p>
<p>
TSB continued to attract much higher than usual activity, the shares moving
ahead to 237 1/2 p on 9m traded, with the market said to have been caught on
the wrong foot. There was also speculation that the bank could be
considering the sale of its United Dominions Trust business. TSB, the next
big bank to report preliminary figures, announces profits in January.
</p>
<p>
Royal Bank of Scotland rounded off a splendid week on a sound note, the
shares edging up 2 to 430p, a week's gain of 46p, or 12 per cent, after the
exceptional results which saw the dividend total increased by no less than
25 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Bank specialists continued to highlight the substantial shift in sentiment
in the bank sector, which it was said, could quickly respond to a steep
decline in bad debt provisions and recent cost cutting. There was, however,
significant profit-taking in Barclays, 5 lower at 609p, while HSBC was hit
by bearish news on the Anglo/Chinese talks on Hong Kong.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Royal Bank of Scotland </item>
<item> TSB Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>282</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: New highs and lows for 1993 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
NEW HIGHS (155)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (25) OTHER FIXED INTEREST (1) Utd. Mexico 16 1/2 pc 2008,
AMERICANS (3) Gen. Elect., Lowe's, Varity, BANKS (7) ANZ, Abbey Natl., Bank
of Scot., Lloyds, Ottoman, Standard Chart., TSB, BREWERS (4) Gibbs Mew,
Matthew Clark, Regent Inns, Scott. &amp; New., BLDG MATLS (9) BPB, Blue Circle,
Do. Pf., Meyer, Pilkington, Do. Wrrts., Rugby, Travis Perkins, Wolseley,
BUSINESS SERVS (2) Chubb, Fact (EW), CHEMS (2) Bayer, ICI, CONGLOMERATES (1)
Harrisons &amp; Crosfield, CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (2) Banner Homes, Crest Nichol.,
ELECTRICALS (3) BICC 10 3/4 pc Bds., Denmans, Philips Finance 5 3/4 pc,
ELECTRICITY (6) Eastern, Midlands, Northern Ireland, Norweb, Sth. Wales,
Sth. Western, ELECTRONICS (2) Electrocomponents, Farnell, ENG GEN (1) Hill &amp;
Smith, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (1) Court Cavendish, HOTELS &amp; LEIS (4) Castle
Comms., Jurys Hotel, Rank, Do. Pf., INV TRUSTS (39) MEDIA (5) Haynes Pub.,
Intl. Business Comms., Radio Clyde, Reuters, Sleepy Kids, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING
(1) Firth (GM), MISC (3) Brit. Bloodstock, Dinkie Heel, Plantsbrook, MOTORS
(2) Dixon, Lex Service, OIL &amp; GAS (1) Brit. Gas, OTHER FINCL (1) Perpetual,
OTHER INDLS (3) Amber Indl., Ferromet, OMI, PACKG, PAPER &amp; PRINTG (2) Ferry
Pickering, Filofax, PROP (8) Daejan, Derwent Valley, Frogmore Ests.,
Grainger, Greycoat, Lon. Merchant, Southend Prop., Warner Est., STORES (6)
Argos, Cantors, Courts, Kleeneze, Marks &amp; Spencer, Sears, TELE NETWORKS (1)
Securicor A, TEXTS (2) French (T), Yorklyde, TRANSPORT (3) BAA, Irish
Continental, Norish, SOUTH AFRICANS (1) SA Brews., MINES (4) CRA, Ennex,
Navan, Ovoca.
</p>
<p>
NEW LOWS (23)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (4) CHEMS (1) Holliday, CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (1) Green (E) &amp;
Part., ELECTRONICS (2) Micro Focus, Radamec, FOOD MANUF (1) Northern, FOOD
RETAILING (2) Geest, Kwik Save, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (1) Huntingdon, MEDIA (1)
Blenheim Pf., MISC (1) Shanks &amp; McEwan, OIL &amp; GAS (1) Midland &amp; Scottish
Res., OTHER FINCL (2) Policy Portfolio, St. James's Capital, OTHER INDLS (1)
Harris (P), PACKG, PAPER &amp; PRINTG (2) Microgen, Ossory, PROP (1) YRM, STORES
(1) Pentos, TEXTS (1) Dawson.
</p>
<p>
Data based on those Companies quoted on the London Share Service.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>379</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Closing peak for the FT-SE 100 Share
Index - Market report </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY BYLAND, UK Stock Market Editor</byline>
<p>
The London stock market ended Budget week on a triumphant note yesterday,
with the FT-SE 100 Share Index pushing through to a new closing peak, helped
by firmness in sterling and in UK government bonds. Earlier in the session,
the UK market traced an erratic pattern and the focus on domestic factors
restrained it from following the upward trend in other European bourses
which greeted the cut in French interest rates.
</p>
<p>
Technical factors also helped the UK market ahead. Although the squeeze in
the futures market eased, the premium on the December contract on the
Footsie remained strong and the pressures were transferred to the equity
market where marketmakers have been caught badly short of stock this week.
There were reports that some marketmakers urgently sought a widening of
price spreads yesterday.
</p>
<p>
After moving between an early low of 3,212.2, followed quickly by a day's
high of 3,240.8, the FT-SE Index closed 10.3 higher at 3,234.2. The FT-SE
Mid 250 Index edged ahead by 0.6 to 3,566.5, also a closing peak. Seaq
volume died away a little to 747.1m shares compared with 1,048.6m in the
previous session. Thursday's retail business was worth Pounds 2.31bn, among
the highest daily totals for the year, and confirming the increased business
levels which have cheered securities firms in the City of London this year.
</p>
<p>
Government bonds also showed uncertainty at first as profits were taken in
the wake of the dramatic rise of the past two trading sessions. Firmness in
sterling and in the sterling future contract at the very close of trading
spurred a recovery in bond prices.
</p>
<p>
Short-dated gilts ended a touch firmer as confidence that UK base rates will
be cut soon after Christmas grew stronger. The longer dates, reflecting
similar confidence that domestic inflation will remain low, gained around
1/4 points higher, bringing yields down to 6.76 per cent.
</p>
<p>
At last night's close, the Footsie showed a gain of 122.8 points or nearly 4
per cent over the week. Investment confidence has been boosted by the
absence from the UK Budget of the feared assault on the tax status of the UK
pension funds and by the relatively benign stance adopted by Mr Kenneth
Clarke, the UK chancellor of the exchequer.
</p>
<p>
Some further selling pressure was seen in oil stocks, however, as
international investors continued to back away in the face of the persistent
weakness in global oil prices.
</p>
<p>
There were further gains yesterday in the bank stocks which will benefit
quickly from improvement in the trading success of their customers, many of
whom feature on the banks' bad debt lists and also in store and consumer
issues which look for early cuts in base rates. Firmness in pharmaceutical
issues provided a boost for market indices.
</p>
<p>
While most equity strategists remained optimistic for the near term, there
were warnings that Friday afternoon is well known as a treacherous time for
investors. A highly optimistic weekend press review of the Budget and of the
stock market's response is expected and the stock market expects increased
private investor activity.
</p>
<p>
This week's interest rate cuts in Europe, although not spearheaded by the
Bundesbank, have strengthened the likelihood that the UK base rates cuts
widely predicted by analysts in London could come earlier in the New Year
than expected.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>590</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Equity Futures and Options Trading
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER JOHN</byline>
<p>
Dealers were surprised once again by the hefty premium in the futures market
and said it was largely responsible for preventing the cash market slipping
into negative territory, writes Peter John.
</p>
<p>
The cash market wanted to take a pause after hectic post-Budget gains but
the futures contract on the FT-SE 100 index, expiring in two weeks, refused
to give ground.
</p>
<p>
When the December contract opened at 3,243 it was at a premium of some 29
points to cash. Most marketmakers calculate however that for the last two
weeks of its trading life the contract should have no estimated fair value
and should, perhaps, be at a small discount to cash.
</p>
<p>
December closed at 3,247 with some 12,900 contracts traded. The cash market
closed at 3,234.2.
</p>
<p>
Options volume was down to more normal levels with turnover of almost 42,000
contracts. Hanson was the most active stock option with more than 4,300 lots
dealt.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>193</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Markets Report: Rates eased </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RACHEL JOHNSON</byline>
<p>
The French and Spanish authorities took their cue from the Bundesbank
yesterday to cut their interest rates by a quarter of a point, writes Rachel
Johnson.
</p>
<p>
The French cut their intervention rate by 25 basis points to 6.2 per cent,
while the Spanish central bank lowered its benchmark interest rate by the
same amount to 9 per cent at its regular seven to twelve day repurchase
tender.
</p>
<p>
Both moves followed the Bundesbank's clearing of the decks for lower
European interest rates with its 25 basis-point cut in the repo rate to 6
per cent on Thursday. The Bundesbank said the rate would not change until
January 5, taking the steam out of market speculation of a cut on December
16.
</p>
<p>
The unexpected aspect of the French move was timing. The Bank of France
announced the rate for its repurchase tender yesterday, days before it takes
place on Monday.
</p>
<p>
In London, the French franc rose to close at FFr3.437 against the D-Mark,
after a previous FFr3.446. Currencies which have had their interest rates
cut over the past couple of days rose against the D-Mark.
</p>
<p>
This follows the pattern in European currencies since the summer crisis in
the exchange rate mechanism: investors have been favouring currencies with
better growth prospects rather than those with the highest interest rates.
</p>
<p>
The Spanish peseta was the latest to flout conventional wisdom by rallying
against the D-Mark after the  1/4 point cut in its money rate.
</p>
<p>
The peseta set a Pta82.74 low after the rate cut news but closed higher in
London at Pta82.26 compared with the previous close of Pta82.37.
</p>
<p>
The dollar rose against the D-Mark on the back of encouraging US payroll
data but its rise was not sustained for long.
</p>
<p>
Figures from the US Labour Department showed a rise of 208,000 in non-farm
payrolls in November, with the unemployment rate at 6.4 per cent, better
than analysts' expectations of 170,000 and 6.7 per cent respectively.
</p>
<p>
Sterling rallied against the dollar and the D-Mark, gaining over a pfennig
on the German currency and around a cent on the dollar in late European
trading. Rate cuts in France and Spain helped underpin the pound, as did the
fizzling-out of the dollar's rise very soon after the US data had been
released. Investor interest in UK government bonds and shares helped boost
the pound.
</p>
<p>
In London, sterling closed at DM2.5650, after a previous DM2.5525, and
against the dollar it finished at Dollars 1.4905, after a previous Dollars
1.4825.
</p>
<p>
On the UK money markets, expectations of a further cut in interest rates
were only modestly reflected in the three-month interbank rate which
finished at around 5 9/32 , unchanged on its previous close. But the
December short sterling contract closed around 6 basis points higher at
94.70 amid continuing high expectations for further monetary easing.
</p>
<p>
France's decision to cut lending rates served to strengthened optimism among
money market dealers that Mr Kenneth Clarke's Budget opened the way for a
sustained, lower level of interest rates.
</p>
<p>
In the morning the Bank of England forecast a shortage of Pounds 2.15bn. The
forecast was later revised to Pounds 2.3bn. This was removed in afternoon
operations and no late assistance was offered.
</p>
<p>
German call money eased in a liquid market, encouraged by the Bundesbank's
decision on Thursday to lower its repo rate.
</p>
<p>
Cash was on offer as banks, in anticipation of cheaper money, unloaded
liquidity which they had obtained from the Bundesbank at the former rate of
6.25 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>625</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Economic Diary: Forward events </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
TOMORROW: EU economic and general affairs councils meet in Brussels.
Venezuelan presidential and congressional elections.
</p>
<p>
MONDAY: Japan and the US hold two-day bilateral trade talks in Tokyo. Credit
business (October). EU foreign ministers meet in Brussels. Pacific rim
conference in Kuala Lumpur. Interim figures from Scottish and Newcastle.
Paterson Zochonis holds annual meeting.
</p>
<p>
TUESDAY: Japanese government announces new economic stimulus measures.
Cyclical indicators for the UK economy (October). US consumer credit
(October). EU monetary committee meets in Brussels. Deutsche Bank's interim
statement.
</p>
<p>
WEDNESDAY: US wholesale trade (October). International bankers forum in
Frankfurt. Mrs Benazir Bhutto, Pakistan's prime minister, pays three-day
visit to Iran before visiting Turkey. Official start of work on the London
Underground Jubilee Line extension.
</p>
<p>
THURSDAY: Details of employment, unemployment, earnings, prices and other
indicators. New earnings survey, Part F: Distribution of hours; joint
distribution of earnings and hours; analyses of earnings and hours for
part-time women employees. US producer price index (November). Mr Boris
Yeltsin, president of Russia, visits Brussels for signing of letter of
intent on co-operation with the European Union. Meeting of Black Sea
economic organisation to discuss setting up a Black Sea trade and
development bank in Sofia. Nato defence ministers meet in Brussels.
Mediterranean conference on transport in Trieste (until December 10).
</p>
<p>
FRIDAY: EU summit meeting in Brussels at which Community leaders will
discuss final positions on Gatt (until December 11). Balance of visible
trade (October). Usable steel production (November). Construction output
(third quarter). Short-term economic survey of enterprises in Japan
published. Nationwide general strike expected to take place in Belgium. TML
construction consortium due to hand over Channel Tunnel to operators
Eurotunnel.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>297</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities (Week in the Markets): Iraq fears send oil to
5-year lows </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD MOONEY</byline>
<p>
THE OIL market ended a nervous week with a tentative recovery from fresh
five-year lows reached early yesterday.
</p>
<p>
As with other recent setbacks, the morning selling that pushed the February
futures price to Dollars 13.85 a barrel at one point was linked to concern
about the prospect of Iraq returning to the market sooner rather than later.
In late trading, however, the price had moved up to Dollars 14.07 a barrel,
down 9 cents on the day and 68 cents on the week.
</p>
<p>
Last week's downward reaction to the failure of the Organisation of
Petroleum Exporting Countries's ministerial meeting to agree on production
cuts continued on Monday, pushing the February futures price down another 35
cents to Dollars 14.40 a barrel.
</p>
<p>
Tuesday saw prices staging a modest recovery for most of the day, but that
was reversed in late trading after Iraq announced that it might negotiate
with the United Nations about a one-off sale of Dollars 1.6bn worth of oil
to finance humanitarian aid and compensation to victims of the 1990 invasion
of Kuwait. It had earlier rejected this idea, seeking instead a permanent
easing of UN export sanctions.
</p>
<p>
Prices steadied on Wednesday but moved sharply lower again on Thursday as
the fears about Iraqi sales adding to the present oversupply returned to the
fore.
</p>
<p>
At the London Metal Exchange copper led a general rise in base metals
prices. Having broken through technical resistance on Thursday the three
months copper price climbed to Dollars 1,688.50 a tonne before backtracking
to Dollars 1,679.75 at yesterday's close, up Dollars 24.25 on the week.
</p>
<p>
Aluminium prices took a prominent part in the rally until they succumbed
yesterday to disappointed selling following the overnight announcement that
no specific production cuts had been agreed at inter-government talks in
Washington.
</p>
<p>
At the two-day meeting US, Russian, Australian, Canadian, Norwegian and
European Union officials had discussed ways of easing the severe oversupply
that has been driving aluminium prices lower since the collapse of the
Soviet Union released a flood of metal from the former Eastern bloc (chiefly
Russia). There had never been much hope of substantial progress being made
at this stage, but news that the delegates had succeeded only in identifying
objectives and had deferred consideration of practicalities to follow-up
talks scheduled for January 18-19 nevertheless prompted a sharpish market
sell-off.
</p>
<p>
By yesterday's close the LME three months delivery price, which climbed as
high as Dollars 1,088 a tonne on Thursday, was quoted at Dollars 1,075.75 a
tonne, down Dollars 9 on the day but still Dollars 17.25 up on the week.
</p>
<p>
Lead was once again the strongest LME market, with prices maintaining the
strong upward trend that began late last week. The three months price closed
yesterday at Dollars 446.50 a tonne, up Dollars 18 on balance but Dollars
2.50 below the seven-month high reached on Thursday. Dealers attributed the
market's strength to increased demand from car battery makers and tightness
of supplies of lead concentrate (an intermediate material).
</p>
<p>
The London Commodity Exchange cocoa market struggled to build on recent
gains as fresh harvest news was awaited from west African growing regions.
The March futures position edged up to a 5 3/4 -year high of Pounds 1,064 a
tonne yesterday afternoon and ended Pounds 8 up on the week at Pounds 1,061
a tonne.
</p>
<p>
-----------------------------------------
LME WAREHOUSE STOCKS
(As at Thursday's close)
tonnes
-----------------------------------------
Aluminium         +3,900 to 2,395,450
Aluminium alloy     -140 to    49,060
Copper            +1,925 to   592, 425
Lead                -675 to   298,075
Nickel              +960 to   119,904
Zinc              +6,050 to   870,575
Tin                 +130 to    19,125
-----------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IQ  Iraq, Middle East </item>
<item> KW  Kuwait, Middle East </item>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
<item> P6289 Security and Commodity Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P1099 </item>
<item> P6289 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>656</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Delay on super-share ruling
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NIKKI TAIT
<name type=place>SYDNEY</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Rupert Murdoch's News Corporation will not know until next year whether
it is permitted to issue its controversial 'super-voting' shares.
</p>
<p>
After a meeting yesterday between the Australian attorney-general, Mr
Michael Lavarch, and Mr Laurie Cox, head of the Australian Stock Exchange,
the ASX said that if it decided to alter listing rules to accommodate News
Corp's request, it would first issue a formal 'exposure draft', detailing
the proposed changes.
</p>
<p>
There would then be an unspecified period during which comments would be
sought. The attorney-general would then have 28 days to allow or disallow
the decision.
</p>
<p>
This process means that no rule change could come into effect until well
into 1994. The ASX is shifting through about 60 responses to its earlier
discussion document, dealing with principles underlying differential voting
rights. The earliest date on which it might consider the results of this
process is December 21 - but it now seems likely that even that
determination will be pushed back to late January.
</p>
<p>
In any event, the subsequent comment period on the exposure draft will
ensure that no rule change becomes operative until well into the new year.
</p>
<p>
The attorney-general's office, meanwhile, said it planned to set up an
'expert advisory' group, to look at the issues surrounding the introduction
of differential voting rights and the implications for public policy.
Membership of the group will be announced shortly. The group would be
expected to participate in the comment period following publication of an
exposure draft.
</p>
<p>
Mr Murdoch in October first outlined his plans to issue 'super voting'
shares - ones with multiple voting rights - on a pro rata basis to existing
shareholders. But the scheme has generated enormous controversy, with
critics claiming it would serve to entrench the Murdoch family at News, at
the expense of other shareholders. News, by contrast, has argued that the
scheme is required so that it can pursue joint ventures without management
becoming vulnerable.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> News Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>354</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: BCE pays Dollars 275m for stake
in US cable TV </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GIBBENS
<name type=place>MONTREAL</name></byline>
<p>
BCE, Canada's biggest company, has finally sold its financial services and
property interests and is investing in US cable TV in preparation for the
multi-media age.
</p>
<p>
BCE will now be solely a telecommunications group with large international
interests in the Americas, Europe and Asia. It controls 54 per cent of
Northern Telecom, the international equipment make.
</p>
<p>
'Our policy is to pursue leadership in telecommunications,' said Mr Lynton
Wilson, chairman.
</p>
<p>
The group is paying USDollars 275m for 30 per cent of Jones Intercable, a
Colorado-based cable TV operator with a subscriber base of 1.3m homes in 24
states and cable investment in the UK and Spain.
</p>
<p>
BCE has an option to take 51 per cent of Jones and will invest in its
expansion.
</p>
<p>
BCE said the move gives it a major presence in the US home entertainment
market without making a 'blockbuster investment of the kind that some US
telephone companies have made'. It already has cable TV investments in the
UK.
</p>
<p>
In addition BCE has sold its fully-owned loss-making financial services
unit, Montreal Trustco, Canada's fourth biggest trust company, to the Bank
of Novia Scotia for nearly CDollars 300m in the bank's stock. The deal
includes all MT assets and liabilities except CDollars 100m of office
buildings.
</p>
<p>
BCE is expected to sell the bank shares and the office buildings. It paid
CDollars 1bn for MT in 1989 as a diversification, including a recent capital
infusion. It will take a CDollars 400m write-down to cover its losses on the
deal.
</p>
<p>
BCE is disposing of its remaining property interests to Carena, a Hees-Edper
holding company, for a nominal sum. This will require a CDollars 350m
write-down.
</p>
<p>
BCE's total write-offs for 1993, including CDollars 940m for its share of
Northern Telecom special charges, will total almost CDollars 1.7bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BCE Inc </item>
<item> Jones Intercable Inc </item>
<item> Montreal Trustco </item>
<item> Bank of Nova Scotia </item>
<item> Carena Developments </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
<item> P4841 Cable and Other Pay Television Services </item>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
<item> P4841 </item>
<item> P6726 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>384</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAC0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Fike to retire as president of
Ford of Europe </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN GRIFFITHS</byline>
<p>
Ford of Europe's president, Mr William Fike, is to retire at the end of the
year, when the post of president will effectively be abolished.
</p>
<p>
Mr Fike's responsibilities in the areas of manufacturing, sales and product
development are to be redistributed among Mr Jacques Nasser, who took over
as Ford of Europe's chairman at the start of the year, and members of the
business management committee, which reports to Mr Nasser.
</p>
<p>
The committee includes vice-presidents such as manufacturing director Mr
Albert Caspers, who is also chairman of the German company, Ford-Werke.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ford Motor </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>138</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: French banks to take leading
roles in Euro Disney debt talks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALICE RAWSTHORN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
The Euro Disney banks have formed an official steering committee to
represent them in the negotiations towards an emergency financial
restructuring package for the ailing leisure group.
</p>
<p>
The committee, which includes 11 of the 60 international banks that own Euro
Disney's FFr20.3bn (Dollars 3.45bn) net debt, plans next week to meet
representatives of Euro Disney and Walt Disney, its US parent company, in
order to begin discussions over the restructuring.
</p>
<p>
The formation of the steering committee should enable the restructuring
negotiations to get under way. 'This is going to be a very tense,
complicated affair,' said one of the members. 'The sooner we start talking
to Disney in earnest the better.'
</p>
<p>
Banque Nationale de Paris and Banque Indosuez, the French banks, will take
leading roles in the steering committee.
</p>
<p>
BNP is the head of the 1989 banking syndicate that provided loans to Euro
Disney to finance the construction of the Euro Disneyland theme park.
Indosuez led a second syndicate in 1991 which lent money to build the park's
hotels.
</p>
<p>
The other French banks on the steering committee are Credit Agricole and
Credit National. Caisse des Depots, the state-controlled French financial
institution will also be involved, although it is negotiating independently
with the Disney camp over the terms of its FFr4.8bn fixed interest rate
loans.
</p>
<p>
JP Morgan and Citibank, the powerful US banking groups, are also represented
on the committee: as are Deutsche Bank of Germany, Barclays and National
Westminster of the UK and LTCB of Japan.
</p>
<p>
Walt Disney, advised by Lazards in New York, last month laid out its case to
the creditor banks at a special meeting in Paris. It hopes to halve Euro
Disney's debt to around FFr10bn by persuading the banks to exchange part of
their loans for equity and by staging a rights issue.
</p>
<p>
However, the banks are anxious to ensure that Walt Disney will play its part
in alleviating the financial strain on Euro Disney, which is advised by SG
Warburg in London.
</p>
<p>
The steering committee is next week expected to table proposals for Disney
to reduce its royalty entitlement from Euro Disney.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Euro Disney </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7996 Amusement Parks </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7996 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>398</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Hoogovens share issue set to
raise Fl 330m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RONALD VAN DE KROL
<name type=place>AMSTERDAM</name></byline>
<p>
Hoogovens, the Dutch aluminium and steel group, has priced its issue of 8.3m
new shares at Fl 40 (Dollars 21) each to raise about Fl 330m towards
bolstering its balance sheet.
</p>
<p>
The retail phase of the two-phase offer opened yesterday and is due to close
on Tuesday. If demand is heavy, some shares earmarked for institutional
investors and the Dutch state will be clawed back for sale to private
investors.
</p>
<p>
The first phase of the offer, a private placement of shares with
institutions and the Dutch state, was oversubscribed when it closed on
Thursday night.
</p>
<p>
The company said the institutional placement had achieved a good spread
between the Netherlands and overseas investors but it gave no further
details.
</p>
<p>
The state's participation could raise the national government's stake in
Hoogovens to a maximum of around 17 per cent from the current 12.3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
However, the decision by the city of Amsterdam to sell its 5 per cent stake
in Hoogovens to institutional investors in the summer means overall
ownership by public authorities will be no higher than it was before.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hoogovens </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3334 Primary Aluminum </item>
<item> P3312 Blast Furnaces and Steel Mills </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3334 </item>
<item> P3312 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>227</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Pricing crucial for Credito
Italiano - Prospects for Italy's first big privatisation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HAIG SIMONIAN</byline>
<p>
At 4pm this afternoon, potential shareholders in Credito Italiano, Italy's
seventh biggest bank, will learn how much the government expects them to pay
for the 840m shares being put on the block in the country's first big
privatisation.
</p>
<p>
Making the Credito Italiano flotation a cast-iron success is essential for
the credibility of Italy's long-delayed privatisation programme.
</p>
<p>
A keen price for Credito Italiano is a must for many reasons. In spite of
the L10bn (Dollars 5.8m) advertising budget and an unprecedented selling
campaign, next Monday's opening day of the flotation is far from ideally
timed in view of the difficulties facing the bank and the Italian economy.
</p>
<p>
This year will be one of the toughest on record for the banking sector.
Analysts expect heavy provisions on loans to recession-hit industry and a
squeeze on margins because of falling interest rates. Large rises in
fee-related income thanks to the buoyant stock and bond markets will counter
the impact, but profits will remain subdued.
</p>
<p>
Credito Italiano is heavily exposed to some of Italy's most serious
corporate crises, notably Ferruzzi, as well other prominent rescue
candidates. Ominously, the draft prospectus warns: 'Provisions for possible
loan losses in 1993 will be much higher than in 1992 and exceed amounts
deductable for tax purposes.'
</p>
<p>
The less than ideal timing, coming before even preliminary 1993 figures for
the bank are released, is accentuated by the turbulent political climate.
Next week, the sparks are likely to fly in Rome as parliament gets to grips
with the 1994 budget.
</p>
<p>
General elections are expected to follow before long. The poll, forecast for
early next year, will mark a crucial step towards the renewal of Italy's
political class, largely discredited by corruption scandals.
</p>
<p>
In the meantime, the stock market will remain a hostage to any of a thousand
imponderables on the political front.
</p>
<p>
Credito Italiano's privatisation is also a pace-setter for other deals over
the next two years. In February, the treasury is to sell up to 30 per cent
of Istituto Mobiliare Italiano, the Rome-based financial services group.
That will be followed within weeks by the flotation of IRI's majority stake
in Banca Commerciale Italiana, another big bank, and by a first tranche of
the Ina state insurance group.
</p>
<p>
If all goes to plan, 1994 will close with the privatisation of a stake in
the Enel electricity generating authority.
</p>
<p>
This week, the treasury appointed Mediobanca, the Milan merchant bank, and
Merrill Lynch of the US as global co-ordinators for the deal. The year after
should see the privatisation of the Stet telecommunications group and most
of the energy assets of the Eni energy and chemicals concern.
</p>
<p>
A successful sale of Credito Italiano's shares would set the tone for
subsequent transactions.
</p>
<p>
'If investors find themselves with a tidy premium, they'll obviously be more
likely to put up money for the other deals,' notes one experienced UK public
relations man advising the treasury.
</p>
<p>
By contrast, a flop would cast a shadow over the entire privatisation
process. Many investors recall the March 1992 flotation of an initial 20 per
cent of Istituto Bancario San Paolo di Torino, the big Turin bank. After
trading briefly at a premium, the shares soon fell below the issue price and
have not recovered since.
</p>
<p>
The need for a success is accentuated by Italy's extremely tight timetable
for privatisation. IMI is due to make its debut barely two months after
Credito Italiano and BCI will follow within weeks. 'Investors will have to
have exceptionally short memories to prevent them being influenced by a
Credito Italiano flop. The treasury has got very little margin for error,'
says one Milan analyst.
</p>
<p>
To some extent, matters are outside the government's control. The political
scenario is so strewn with potential booby-traps that trying to steer round
them appears pointless to many. Further signs of polarisation in voting
patterns in Sunday's mayorial run-off elections; a surge in support for the
neo-fascist MSI party; or inflammatory statements from the autonomist
Northern Leagues could all give investors a fright and set the bourse
tumbling.
</p>
<p>
At least Mr Achille Occhetto, leader of the Democratic Party of the Left,
(the former Communists), which performed strongly in last month's partial
municipal elections, has pledged to support the government in getting the
1994 budget through parliament.
</p>
<p>
Given the risks, the treasury may veer towards generosity in pricing Credito
Italiano. This week, the marketing machine has moved into full swing, with
plentiful hints that the offer will be oversubscribed. Were Italy on its
10th privatisation, ministers could afford to be tough on pricing. In the
circumstances, discretion may be the better part of valour.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Credito Italiano </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>821</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Sweden to privatise state forest
interests </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BROWN-HUMES
<name type=place>STOCKHOLM</name></byline>
<p>
Sweden yesterday unveiled its biggest privatisation to date when it
announced plans to raise between SKr5bn (Dollars 588m) and SKr8bn from the
sale of a 49 per cent stake in a new grouping of state forestry interests.
</p>
<p>
It also signalled it was aiming to sell off Pharmacia, the pharmaceuticals
group which used to be part of Procordia, in May or June next year.
</p>
<p>
This probably means that plans to privatise two other state-owned groups,
Nordbanken and the electricity giant Vattenfall, will be deferred beyond
next September's general election.
</p>
<p>
The forestry company, which will be one of Europe's top 10 pulp and paper
groups, has a market value of between SKr10bn and SKr16bn, according to Mr
Per Westerberg, the Swedish industry minister.
</p>
<p>
It will be privatised in the spring, once three existing forestry groups -
Assi, Doman and Ncb - have been combined. Assi and Doman, both 100 per cent
state-owned, are to combine at the year-end before making an all-share bid
for Ncb, in which the state holds 51 per cent, in February or March.
</p>
<p>
Most of the shares in the group are to be offered to the Swedish public.
This follows heavy criticism of Sweden's last privatisation when the public
offered to buy 80m shares in the defence group Celsius, more than 17 times
the 4.6m shares allotted to them.
</p>
<p>
The new group will have annual sales of SKr15bn making it nearly as big as
MoDo, Sweden's third largest forestry company. It will be Sweden's largest
forest owner and its biggest producer of sawn timber products.
</p>
<p>
Pharmacia, the next privatisation candidate, is Sweden's second largest
pharmaceuticals group after Astra. It is 46 per cent state-owned, after
Volvo and the government, Procordia's main owners, agreed to divide the
company last month.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Pharmacia </item>
<item> Nordbanken </item>
<item> Vattenfall </item>
<item> Assi </item>
<item> Doman </item>
<item> Ncb </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
<item> P0831 Forest Products </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
<item> P2611 Pulp Mills </item>
<item> P2621 Paper Mills </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P2834 </item>
<item> P0831 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
<item> P4911 </item>
<item> P2611 </item>
<item> P2621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 11</biblScope>
<extent>367</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Greycoat shareholders approve rescue plan
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PEGGY HOLLINGER</byline>
<p>
Greycoat won a new lease of life yesterday when shareholders overwhelmingly
approved an Pounds 86m rescue plan presented by South African financiers,
the UK Active Value Fund.
</p>
<p>
The agreement came just one week before trustees of the property company's
zero coupon bond holders were due to pull the plug.
</p>
<p>
Greycoat is now believed to be preparing an approach to work with Postel,
the suitor whose Pounds 120m rescue plan investors rejected in October.
</p>
<p>
Greycoat is thought to be seeking to implement some of the ideas discussed
with Postel as part of its original rescue package. There has been some
speculation that in the longer term, the pension fund group might join
Greycoat on the Paternoster Square development, near St Paul's Cathedral in
London, among other sites. Postel also has a Pounds 2.3bn property portfolio
it is keen to exploit.
</p>
<p>
In the past, Postel has developed its property through joint ventures. Such
a strategy would suit the revived Greycoat, which will in future seek to
fund its developments on a project by project basis.
</p>
<p>
Greycoat is expected to set up joint ventures, where it would provide the
site and/or development expertise. Financing would come from joint venture
partners. Postel's strength lies on the financing side, with a Pounds 23bn
fund at its disposal.
</p>
<p>
Neither party would comment on such a proposal. Mr Alaistair Ross Goobey,
chief executive of Postel, said yesterday he was not bitter about the
decision by shareholders to accept the UKAV offer over his own.
</p>
<p>
Mr Geoffrey Wilson, Greycoat's chairman, said the company was now 'back on a
completely sound financial footing'.
</p>
<p>
Each of the group's four classes of stakeholder voted in favour of the
financial restructuring which will result in a 37 per cent reduction in
borrowings to Pounds 234.5m, raise Pounds 86m before expenses and remove the
breaches of covenant which threatened to sink the group. The deal also
allows preference holders to convert all or part of their shareholding into
ordinary shares.
</p>
<p>
Postel is expected to have a stake of about 8.5 per cent in the company
after the rescue deal. The other two largest shareholders will be UKAV,
which will have between 22 per cent and 48 per cent, and Schroders.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Greycoat </item>
<item> UK Active Value Fund </item>
<item> Postel Investments </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>414</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Midland Indep Newspapers set for spring
float </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
Midland Independent Newspapers, publisher of the Birmingham Post and Mail is
expected to go for a stock market flotation in the spring.
</p>
<p>
The management buy-out team, led by chief executive Mr Chris Oakley, which
acquired the titles from Mr Ralph Ingersoll in November 1991 for Pounds
125m, has made it clear the group would float when the timing was right.
</p>
<p>
One factor standing in the way of a float was fears that Mr Kenneth Clarke,
the chancellor of the exchequer, would impose VAT on newspapers in this
week's Budget.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Midland Independent Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>127</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Govett Endeavour net assets fall </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Net asset value per share at Govett American Endeavour Fund, the
Jersey-based investment concern, fell to 155 cents as at September 30,
compared with 170 cents a year earlier.
</p>
<p>
Total income for the six months rose from Dollars 5.82m to Dollars 6.19m
(Pounds 4.15m) while net revenue came through ahead from Dollars 3.4m to
Dollars 4.68m.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share were 8.6 cents (6.25 cents) and the interim dividend is
unchanged at 5.52 cents.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Govett American Endeavour Fund </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>109</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: YRM shares fall on profit warning </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Shares in YRM fell a further 2p to 19p yesterday after the building design
consultancy announced that its results for the six months to October 31
would be significantly below current market expectations.
</p>
<p>
It said that trading conditions had remained extremely difficult and further
cost and overhead reductions had accordingly been made.
</p>
<p>
On Thursday the shares shed 8p, which the company said it understood was the
result of a small volume of selling in the market.
</p>
<p>
For the year to April 30 YRM incurred pre-tax losses of Pounds 1.98m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> YRM </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8713 Surveying Services </item>
<item> P8712 Architectural Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8713 </item>
<item> P8712 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>126</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Adare Printing jumps to IPounds 419,000
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Adare Printing, the Dublin-based printing group, more than doubled pre-tax
profits to IPounds 419,000 (Pounds 407,000) on turnover of IPounds 12.6m in
the half year ended October 31. Profits last time amounted to IPounds
175,000 on sales of IPounds 4.58m.
</p>
<p>
The results included a three month contribution from Waddington Business
Forms, acquired in July.
</p>
<p>
Mr Denis Bergin, chairman, said the profits growth was held back by initial
costs of developing and streamlining the acquisitions. He said further
restructuring would take place and the acquisition search would continue.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend is lifted to 0.945p (0.9p), payable from earnings per
share of 5.87p (3.34p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Adare Printing </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2741 Miscellaneous Publishing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2741 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>136</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Celltech undersubscribed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Celltech, the emerging bio-technology company, received applications for
1.84m of the 7m shares available to the public in its flotation.
</p>
<p>
Last week, Celltech successfully placed the entire 20m shares, raising
Pounds 50m.
</p>
<p>
Celltech said yesterday the shares were not expected to be a short-term
investment. The flotation raised Pounds 27.3m after expenses. Dealings are
expected to begin on December 9.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Celltech </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8731 Commercial Physical Research </item>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8731 </item>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>94</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Umeco advances to Pounds 154,000 at midway
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Umeco, the USM-quoted aerospace components distributor and maker of aircraft
refuellers, reported pre-tax profits up from Pounds 53,000 to Pounds 154,000
for the six months to September 25.
</p>
<p>
The improvement was achieved on turnover up by Pounds 451,000 to Pounds
6.01m.
</p>
<p>
The directors said that the raising of Pounds 1.04m earlier in the year had
left the group with net assets of Pounds 3.5m and net cash of Pounds 500,000
after a term loan of Pounds 375,000 at the end of the half.
</p>
<p>
As a result Umeco had interest receivable of Pounds 5,000 in the period
(Pounds 54,000 charge). Earnings per share came out at 1.1p (0.6p) and the
interim dividend is maintained at 0.75p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Umeco </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
<item> P3728 Aircraft Parts and Equipment, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3724 </item>
<item> P3728 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>159</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Explaura Holdings cuts loss to Pounds 1.1m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Reduced pre-tax losses of Pounds 1.1m were announced by Explaura Holdings
for the half year to June 30. Losses last time for the USM-quoted company,
which quarries limestone aggregates in Newfoundland, Canada, were Pounds
1.7m.
</p>
<p>
The loss reflected an extremely low level of activity, the company said,
with sales restricted to existing stocks at its New York terminal.
</p>
<p>
However, following the settlement in September of the strike which hit the
concrete industry in New York, record daily sales were being achieved and
the terminal was operating at maximum capacity.
</p>
<p>
Turnover in the period halved to Pounds 585,000 (Pounds 1.1m). Losses per
share fell to 0.72p (1.15p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Explaura Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1422 Crushed and Broken Limestone </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1422 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>143</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: AAH expands pharmacy side </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
AAH, the diversified distribution company, has acquired Foster &amp; Plumpton,
an operator of 29 retail pharmacy outlets in Yorkshire and Humberside, for
an initial Pounds 12.5m.
</p>
<p>
Consideration will be met via Pounds 7.3m in ordinary shares with the
balance in loan notes. An additional sum not exceeding Pounds 500,000 is
dependent on valuation of the net assets being acquired.
</p>
<p>
For the 12 months to September 30 1992 F&amp;P returned profits before tax of
Pounds 212,000. Net assets at that date totalled Pounds 838,000.
</p>
<p>
AAH estimated that F&amp;P would contribute profits (before financing costs) of
not less than Pounds 1.5m for the year to March 31 1995 as a result of
reduced overheads and operational synergies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> AAH Holdings </item>
<item> Foster and Plumpton </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5912 Drug Stores and Proprietary Stores </item>
<item> P5099 Durable Goods, NEC </item>
<item> P5199 Nondurable Goods, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5912 </item>
<item> P5099 </item>
<item> P5199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>164</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Charles Saatchi quits board </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mr Charles Saatchi has resigned from the board of the holding company of
which Saatchi &amp; Saatchi, the advertising agency he founded with his brother
Maurice in 1970, is a part. He is to become honorary president of the
company and will 'concentrate on his creative role for the group'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Saatchi and Saatchi </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7311 Advertising Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>82</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dares Ests agrees refinancing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Dares Estates, the property investment and development group, has reached
agreement with its principal lenders for a restructuring of its banking
arrangements.
</p>
<p>
The deal, which is subject to shareholders' approval, also involves a
reorganisation of the company's share capital.
</p>
<p>
Under the terms of the agreement, the main creditors will convert a
proportion of the debt into preference shares and extend the maturity date
of the balance.
</p>
<p>
At a later date the new preference shares will be convertible into ordinary
equity, which if fully taken up, would give lenders some 39 per cent of the
enlarged share capital.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dares Estates </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>132</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Lossmaking Ossory unveils rescue package
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Ossory Estates yesterday unveiled proposals for a financial restructuring, a
placing and open offer to raise Pounds 8m net and the acquisition of a
portfolio of properties.
</p>
<p>
The company also estimated that pre-tax losses for the year to end-June
would total not more than Pounds 41m. That included a write-off of
investments amounting to Pounds 22m, the writing down of properties under
development totalling Pounds 2m and interest and other charges accounting
for Pounds 16.2m.
</p>
<p>
The directors believed the restructuring proposals represented the 'only
realistic prospect' for shareholders obtaining any value from their holdings
of ordinary shares.
</p>
<p>
They warned that if the proposals were not implemented and no alternative
proposal put forward Ossory would be unable to continue trading with the
result that it would have no alternative other than 'insolvent liquidation,
administration or receivership'.
</p>
<p>
The placing and open offer would involve the issue of 835m new ordinary 1p
shares at 1p each. The maximum number of shares available for subscription
under the open offer would be 408m with clawback terms of 9 new ordinary 1p
shares for every two 25p shares held.
</p>
<p>
The 25p shares would then be sub-divided into one new 1p share and one 24p
deferred share. Following the reorganisation the Pounds 73m deficit on the
profit and loss account would be reduced to about Pounds 25m via the
cancellation of the deferred shares and the share premium account.
</p>
<p>
The acquisition is of six commercial and industrial properties for Pounds
2.83m in cash and shares.
</p>
<p>
The shares closed 1p lower at 1 3/4p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ossory Estates </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>292</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Bombardier deal tied to success of Channel
tunnel </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR, Transport Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Bombardier, a Canadian supplier of trains for the Channel tunnel, is to
receive some Pounds 190m in compensation from Transmanche Link, the main
contractor, to cover the cost of design changes it had to make.
</p>
<p>
The boards of the two companies and of Eurotunnel, the operator of the
cross-Channel link, yesterday gave their formal approval to a preliminary
agreement reached at the end of last month.
</p>
<p>
The agreement has been designed to link payments with the success of the
project and to tie Bombardier into the start of services through the tunnel.
</p>
<p>
ESC Wagons, the company set up by Bombardier to build the trains, will
receive FFr700m (Pounds 80m) in phased cash payments and up to 25m new
Eurotunnel shares. At the closing price of 463p, a rise of 8p, last Friday
these shares would be worth Pounds 116m, making a total payment of Pounds
196m.
</p>
<p>
'This agreement ties the fortunes of Bombardier to the fortunes of
Eurotunnel,' Mr Andre Benard and Sir Alastair Morton, chairmen of
Eurotunnel, said in a statement.
</p>
<p>
The cash payments will be phased over the period during which the trains are
delivered, while Bombardier has agreed not to sell any Eurotunnel shares
until all the trains which it is supplying have been commissioned.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bombardier Inc </item>
<item> Transmanche Link </item>
<item> Eurotunnel </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3743 Railroad Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3743 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>255</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Barclays acquire Southend Property stake
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM BURT</byline>
<p>
The Barclay brothers, the reclusive property developers and publishing
entrepreneurs, have taken a 12.4 per cent stake in Southend Property in part
payment for one of their investment vehicles.
</p>
<p>
Twins Mr Frederick and Mr David Barclay have agreed to sell Trenport
Properties, a wholly-owned subsidiary of their Ellerman Investments company,
to Southend for Pounds 31m.
</p>
<p>
Southend said yesterday that the Barclays were taking 13.3m new ordinary
shares of 5p each, while the remainder of the purchase price would be met
with Pounds 12m in cash and Pounds 7m from the issue of Pounds 6.19m of
convertible unsecured loan stock.
</p>
<p>
Mr Michael Hickey of Paribas, the brokers overseeing the transaction, said
negotiations with the Monaco-based Barclays began last summer in the south
of France, where Southend chairman Mr Malcolm Dagul owns a property.
</p>
<p>
The Barclays are thought to have been seeking a buyer for some time for
Trenport, which they bought for an undisclosed sum in 1988 from Bond
Corporation, the former vehicle of bankrupt Australian businessman Mr Alan
Bond.
</p>
<p>
Welcoming the Barclays' shareholding, Mr Dagul said the brothers had
undertaken to retain their stake as a medium-term investment and he was
hopeful of 'other deals' with them.
</p>
<p>
He said that the addition of Trenport's three properties in Birmingham,
London and Godalming would increase the size of Southend's portfolio by 15
per cent.
</p>
<p>
Together the properties - totalling 250,000 sq ft of office and leisure
space - are expected to generate rental income of Pounds 2.9m next year.
</p>
<p>
'We see a lot of potential in these properties and this transaction could
lead to further acquisitions,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Southend was able to seek new acquisitions because it had built up cash
balances of Pounds 40m from property sales and a loan stock issue in June,
he added.
</p>
<p>
The company, meanwhile, also announced an increase in pre-tax profits from
Pounds 1.23m to Pounds 1.78m for the six months to September 30.
</p>
<p>
The results were achieved on reduced turnover of Pounds 12.7m (Pounds
18.2m). Earnings increased to 1.23p (0.67p), while the interim dividend is
reduced from 1.52p to 0.8p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Trenport Properties </item>
<item> Ellerman Investments </item>
<item> Southend Property Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>394</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Ferranti job losses played down </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
The receivers to Ferranti International, the UK-based defence electronics
group which collapsed on Wednesday, yesterday played down suggestions that
up to 14 per cent of the worldwide workforce may lose their jobs.
</p>
<p>
In plans drawn up by management in advance of the company's collapse after
the General Electric Company withdrew its takeover bid, 500 employees of the
3,600 workforce were being considered for redundancies.
</p>
<p>
The team of more than 60 receivers from accountants Arthur Andersen have
been holding meetings with union representatives to prepare them for
possible job losses. Most of the losses would be in the UK, which has a
workforce of about 3,000.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr John Talbot, one of the joint receivers and head of insolvency
at Andersen, said: 'We are optimistic about the group and the ability to
sell many businesses as going concerns.'
</p>
<p>
He said he had received 'lots of expressions of interest' from possible
buyers of Ferranti businesses, but that he would not be considering any
serious offers until after he had completed more detailed investigations and
developed a strategy for the company's future.
</p>
<p>
Sales of some parts of the group would need clearance from the Ministry of
Defence because many contracts are for highly sensitive military equipment.
</p>
<p>
A number of companies within the Ferranti group are continuing to trade and
have not entered receivership, including the joint ventures and most of its
overseas operations.
</p>
<p>
Mr Talbot also confirmed suggestions that he would consider demanding more
money from customers on any lossmaking contracts Ferranti was currently
undertaking. He said it was 'quite possible' that some customers had already
been approached to discuss the position.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
<item> P3812 Search and Navigation Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3699 </item>
<item> P3812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>313</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Ladbroke postpones FID decision - Long
handover period has led to confusion about future direction </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SKAPINKER, Leisure Industries Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Ladbroke group is believed to have drawn back from its announcement
earlier this week that it would definitely take advantage of the new foreign
income dividend scheme.
</p>
<p>
The group is thought to have decided to postpone a final decision on whether
to make use of the scheme until it has had time to discuss the matter with
its shareholders.
</p>
<p>
Ladbroke announced last Wednesday that it would take advantage of the
foreign income dividend (FID) scheme when paying its 1993 final dividend in
early July 1994. The announcement was one of the factors which led to the
group's share price falling from 171 1/2 p at the start of trading on
Wednesday to 145p yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Using the scheme would result in a significant loss to pension fund
investors because FIDs, unlike conventional dividends, do not carry a 20 per
cent tax credit which tax-exempt investors can reclaim.
</p>
<p>
The confusion over whether or not Ladbroke had made a final decision on FIDs
appears to arise from a senior management hiatus at the group, following the
announcement last September that Mr Cyril Stein, the veteran chairman, was
to retire. Mr John Jackson, the new chairman, and Mr Peter George, the new
chief executive, do not formally take up their positions until January 1.
The long handover period has led to some uncertainty as to the group's
future direction.
</p>
<p>
The revelation this week that discussions were taking place over the future
of Mr Michael Hirst, head of the Hilton International hotels subsidiary, is
believed to have arisen from the same confusion.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hirst is regarded as an outstanding hotel operator but the group had
decided that a new senior manager was needed to work alongside him to
exploit one of the world's best-known brand names.
</p>
<p>
While discussions were going on, Mr Hirst sold 125,000 Ladbroke shares. The
group said Mr Hirst sold the shares for personal reasons. The sale was
announced on Budget day, four days after it had taken place. This created
the impression that the group was trying to hide the share sale and also
forced a premature announcement that discussions were taking place about his
future.
</p>
<p>
The new leadership at Ladbroke is expected to take steps to improve its
communication with investors and the press in an attempt to avoid such
mishaps. It is thought that many in the group now accept that its
traditional reticence has led outsiders to assume the worst about its
fortunes.
</p>
<p>
Among other changes likely to take place is a more active property disposal
programme.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ladbroke Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>470</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Resignations called for at Bristol Scotts
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PEGGY HOLLINGER</byline>
<p>
The gloves are off in the battle for control at Bristol Scotts, the stadium
and restaurant group wracked by shareholder dissent, writes Peggy Hollinger.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ian Stevens, head of the company's pubs division, whose family own just
over 20 per cent of the shares, yesterday called for the resignation from
the board of three members of the Kerman family, which has controlled the
company for decades. Mr Stevens made the call in a letter to the company in
which he withdrew an earlier request for an EGM to vote on appointing
himself and fellow shareholder Sir Ian Rankin to the board.
</p>
<p>
He has requisitioned a second EGM at which he proposes to remove Mr Anthony
Kerman and Mr Nicholas Kerman, directors, and Mr Isidore Kerman, chairman.
He has called for the resignation of company solicitors, Forsyte Kerman, and
again proposed the appointment of himself and Sir Ian.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, the High Court is expected to rule on Monday on the voting status
of 830,000 Bristol Scott shares - 12 per cent of the company - sold by Mr
Nicholas Kerman to the investment vehicle Mayfair Capital which sold them on
to Mr Nicholas Berry. The Kermans are claiming to have an option to buy the
shares back from Mayfair. Mr Berry has said that if allowed to vote he will
vote for the appointment of Mr Stevens and Sir Ian.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bristol Scotts </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>276</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Bokaemper to head Forte hotels </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SKAPINKER, Leisure Industries Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Forte has appointed Mr Stefan Bokaemper, a senior executive with
Inter-Continental Hotels, to head its luxury hotels division.
</p>
<p>
The appointment of Mr Bokaemper follows Forte's failure earlier this year to
persuade Mr Willi Bauer, former general manager of the Savoy Hotel, to take
the job. Mr Bauer said the post would have involved too much travelling.
</p>
<p>
Mr Bokaemper is currently Inter-Continental's executive vice-president in
the Asia-Pacific region. He has been with the company for 26 years and will
become managing director of Forte's exclusive hotels division. This is made
up of 16 hotels, including the Hyde Park Hotel in London, the George V in
Paris, the Ritz in Madrid and the Sandy Lane in Barbados.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rocco Forte, Forte's chairman, has said he would like to merge the
division with the Savoy group's hotels. Forte holds a majority of the
Savoy's shares but a minority of voting shares.
</p>
<p>
Forte is also in talks to take over the management of Ciga, the
Italian-based luxury hotels group.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Forte </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>203</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Betterware shares fall on boardroom changes
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PEGGY HOLLINGER</byline>
<p>
Shares in Betterware fell 10p to 148p yesterday as the home shopping company
announced the appointment of a new finance director to replace Mr Terry
Hockley, who is to lead the group's expansion overseas.
</p>
<p>
The shares have fallen from a six month high of 278p in recent months. The
decline has been fuelled by the downgrading of 1994 annual profits after
increased interims, decisions by the founding Cohen family to reduce its
holding from 63.4 per cent to 50.3 per cent at a price of 230p a share, and
a large overhang of stock.
</p>
<p>
The company stressed that Mr Hockley had been 'promoted to international
director'. Betterware, which is facing a mature market in the UK, is seeking
to expand in Europe. It entered the French market about two years ago, Spain
earlier this year, and plans to set up in Germany next year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hockley, who has been Betterware's finance director since 1990, had
'extensive international experience over many years', the company said,
including US multi-nationals Textron, Burlington and United Technologies.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Hartley, former finance director and subsequently managing director
of Texas Homecare, will succeed Mr Hockley. Mr Hartley, a chartered
accountant, left Texas in July.
</p>
<p>
Mr Andrew Cohen, Betterware chief executive, said Mr Hartley's appointment
'adds further strength to our board and allows Terry to concentrate on our
continuing thrust into the European market.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Betterware </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5963 Direct Selling Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5963 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>263</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Asda disposes of Allied to Carpetland in
equity deal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
Asda has sold its Allied business to Carpetland in a deal that will create
the biggest carpet retailer in the UK.
</p>
<p>
Under the deal, Asda has subscribed for Pounds 8m of ordinary shares in
Carpetland, which was acquired from the Lowndes Queensway receivers in a
Pounds 12m management buy-out in 1991. This will give Asda an initial 40 per
cent equity interest in the enlarged group, which will have 200 stores and
be renamed Allied.
</p>
<p>
Asda's interest in the group can be increased to not more than 50 per cent,
depending on the realisation value of Carpetland on a flotation or trade
sale.
</p>
<p>
Asda, the UK's fourth largest grocery chain, has emerged from severe
financial difficulties at the end of the 1980s determined to concentrate on
its core business.
</p>
<p>
Mr Archie Norman, chief executive, described the disposal as 'a problem
solved. Allied has been in decline for a number of years and threatened
further losses.'
</p>
<p>
In the last two financial years the Allied business, which has soaked up
more than Pounds 100m of investment since the late 1980s, incurred operating
losses totalling Pounds 17.7m.
</p>
<p>
Carpetland made operating profits of Pounds 771,000 on turnover of Pounds
54.5m in the 12 months to the end of January. Mr Ray Nethercott, managing
director, said that this year, before the acquisition, the company had been
expecting profits of Pounds 2.5m on sales of Pounds 80m. 'Business has been
flying in the last 12 months,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Nethercott stated that there was 'real commercial logic' in the deal.
</p>
<p>
The combined group would have turnover of about Pounds 200m a year. He
expected to have the group showing healthy profits in 18 months through cost
saving measures, particularly on marketing and advertising. He hoped to
bring the company to market 'within three years.'
</p>
<p>
As part of the deal, CINVen, the venture capital group and existing majority
shareholder in Carpetland, is subscribing for Pounds 5m of 12 1/2 per cent
preference shares and Asda is subscribing Pounds 10m of 12 1/2 per cent
redeemable loan stock.
</p>
<p>
In the profit and loss account Asda will take a write-off of about Pounds
70m, mainly reflecting the total book value of its historic investment in
Allied and Maples. It will also make a charge of Pounds 53.3m goodwill.
</p>
<p>
Mr Norman, who joined Asda 20 months ago, said he was pleased with the deal,
which took another distraction away from management. Asda's debt had fallen
from Pounds 700m to well below Pounds 100m since he joined. He expected to
sell the 20 remaining Maples stores, 'within the next two months.'
</p>
<p>
See Lex
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Allied Maples </item>
<item> Asda Group </item>
<item> Carpetland </item>
<item> Allied </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5713 Floor Covering Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>485</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Carpet distribution a 'jungle' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
Carpet distribution in the UK 'has been described as a jungle', according to
a recent report from Mintel, the market research organisation. It is 'highly
fragmented with a large number of independent retailers and a small number
of multiple operators', writes David Blackwell.
</p>
<p>
Allied Maples was the largest single outlet, followed by Carpetright, with
116 stores and a turnover of about Pounds 78m in the year to end-May.
Carpetright was set up in 1988 by Sir Philip Harris, former chairman of
Harris Queensway, with MFI, and was floated on the Stock Exchange last June.
</p>
<p>
An estimated 9,500 outlets sold floor coverings last year, including just
over 6,000 independent retailers. About 2,200 stores were owned by
multiples, with the remaining 1,300 belonging to voluntary buying groups
such as AIS, Floreat and Green Group, as well as department stores and DIY
sheds.
</p>
<p>
Mintel estimates that retail sales this year of machine made rugs and
carpets will reach Pounds 1.35bn, up from last year's Pounds 1.3bn but still
below the peak of Pounds 1.5bn in 1989. The market has been affected by
fragile demand and price discounting which has curbed margins for both
manufacturers and retailers.
</p>
<p>
The multiples deal direct with producers, and have the upper hand. The
independent retailer either buys from a carpet wholesaler or belongs to a
voluntary buying group. Wholesalers distribute 30 per cent of carpets and
are reliant on the performance of the independent sector.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Allied Maples </item>
<item> Carpetright </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5713 Floor Covering Stores </item>
<item> P2273 Carpets and Rugs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5713 </item>
<item> P2273 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>280</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMACAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: ICI in talks over sale of US arm </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
Imperial Chemical Industries is in talks to sell its Arizona-based Fiberite
Composites Business, the last significant legacy of the UK chemical giant's
unsuccessful venture into advanced materials.
</p>
<p>
ICI said market rumours had forced it to announce the possible disposal. If
and when a deal was concluded, it would involve the writedown of about
Pounds 100m, including Pounds 77m of purchased goodwill. However, ICI
refused to identify the prospective buyer or the price. The shares closed 7p
lower at 761p.
</p>
<p>
Fiberite, which employs about 800 people in the US and several dozen in
Germany, produces thermo-set materials in their unfinished state, or
pre-pregs.
</p>
<p>
Fiberite was bought in 1984 as part of ICI's Dollars 750m acquisition of
Beatrice Chemical of the US. Pre-pregs, made of woven carbon fibres and
resin, are used to make aeroplane parts such as tail fins and wing flaps.
</p>
<p>
ICI decided to get out of advanced materials before the restructuring
process which saw the hiving off of its pharmaceuticals arm earlier this
year to create Zeneca. ICI said yesterday: 'Advanced materials have not
fulfilled the growth potential we saw in them in the 1980s.'
</p>
<p>
Analysts said ICI was at a competitive disadvantage in the manufacture of
pre-pregs because it had to buy most of the feedstocks from rival chemical
groups.
</p>
<p>
One said ICI produced a insignificant proportion of the added value in
thermo-set, so the intrinsic profitability was small.
</p>
<p>
Fiberite last year made an operating loss of Pounds 10m on sales of Pounds
94m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Imperial Chemical Industries </item>
<item> Fiberite Composites Business </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2899 Chemical Preparations, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>298</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Few ladies in red: Women in Russian politics </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LEYLA BOULTON</byline>
<p>
Mrs Alevtina Fedulova is the best Russia can offer as a female leader with
the kind of clout once held by Mrs Thatcher. Blonde and articulate, she
hopes to make big political advances for women as leader of the country's
first party dedicated to female rights. In next weekend's parliamentary
elections, Women of Russia is putting up 44 female candidates for the
450-seat State Duma.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Fedulova has a reputation as a formidable operator. Under the old
Communist regime she headed the Pioneer youth organisation, which ran
holiday camps for millions of children, where Marxist-Leninist values were
mixed with games and music lessons.
</p>
<p>
This experience is both a disadvantage as well as a plus. Her background as
a pillar of a Communist regime that did little to advance women's well-being
means female voters, eager for a greater voice in Russian politics and
society, are reluctant to support her. She admits the Communists 'proclaimed
rights which were never applied in practice'.
</p>
<p>
It is ironic that Mrs Fedulova finds herself the founder of Women of Russia
- and it is a sign of the difficulties women's rights activists have had in
organising themselves in a fledgling democracy.
</p>
<p>
So far, few women have been able to gain the experience necessary to form
parties.
</p>
<p>
The problem is not new. Equality between the sexes, promised by the
Bolsheviks in 1917, meant, in practice, that many women were forced to work
in heavy industry and other traditional male jobs but still to carry the
burden of domestic duties.
</p>
<p>
As a result, Women of Russia seeks to appeal to women voters through largely
pragmatic issues - for instance, pledging to give women the option of
staying at home and stressing the importance of improved healthcare. It
talks about bringing 'feminine qualities' - meaning reliability and
tenderness - into Russia's male-dominated political arena.
</p>
<p>
The party is unique in trying to turn women's rights into a political issue
- even though females account for 75 per cent of the unemployed and abortion
remains the most common form of birth-control. The concerns of most other
political parties revolve around the threat of a declining birth rate to
Russia's influence as a world power and promises of improving health care.
</p>
<p>
One exception - Russia's Choice, the party set up by young radical reformers
in the Russian government - has put Ms Ella Pamfilova, the social welfare
minister, at number three on the party list used in the system of
proportional representation. But in spite of her popularity, most women
activists regard her selection as a token gesture.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, Mr Grigory Yavlinsky, the economist, has promised that the
radical alliance he leads would try to pilot an equal opportunities law
through the new parliament.
</p>
<p>
The pervasive indifference is due largely to the lack of pressure from
women. Many blame themselves for the dominance of men in Russian society and
politics. 'We spoil our men,' explains Mrs Natalya Starkova, a 60-year-old
English-language teacher at Moscow University. 'They are accustomed to
expecting Russian women to go out to work, to do everything at home and to
look pretty for them in the evening.' Women made up less than 6 per cent of
the last Russian parliament - against a third under the Soviet regime.
</p>
<p>
Politicians' wives traditionally stay in the background. Mrs Raisa
Gorbachev, the only Soviet leader's wife to venture into the limelight,
became unpopular because of her aloof image and taste for foreign clothes.
President Boris Yeltsin has tried to avoid the same problem, keeping Mrs
Naina Yeltsin behind the scenes. Not one candidate's wife has appeared on
the campaign trail or posters.
</p>
<p>
Olga, the 36-year-old wife of Arkady Murashov, a leading candidate for
Russia's Choice, says politicians' wives could play a more prominent role
'if things are done well, not like Mrs Gorbachev'.
</p>
<p>
The result of the relative sidelining of women is that the elections are
unlikely to advance their cause. Nor are they likely to help themselves in
Russia's first democratic election.
</p>
<p>
Many believe that supporting Women of Russia would be to waste their vote
when economic reform as advanced by Russia's Choice is more important at
this stage in Russia's history.
</p>
<p>
'I'm all for getting more women into parliament,' says Mrs Starkova, who
plans to vote for Russia's Choice. 'But this time the main task is to fix
our economy and Women of Russia can't do this.'
</p>
<p>
Mrs Valentina Konstantinova, one of Russia's few self-proclaimed feminists,
says women must first increase their self-esteem before putting other women
into parliament.
</p>
<p>
A few others are running as independents with an emphasis on women's rights.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Fedulova agrees women themselves are part of the problem. Her task is to
convince them of their strength.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>824</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: The child as a thinker </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Ms DIANA SCHOMBERG</byline>
<p>
Sir, After all the recent hand-wringing and talk of moral teaching how
refreshing to read Christian Tyler's interview with Karin Murris in which
she stresses the importance of teaching children to think (Private View,
November 27/28).
</p>
<p>
Towards the end of my teaching career in a south London school the thing
that depressed me most was the growing mindlessness among pupils - a kind of
animality, so unthinking that it often led to self-induced injury, as well
as harm to others. Children lived in a dream world of pop and pap, aware
only of the values inculcated by trivia and video nasties. How can anyone
instil morality until such children learn to think clearly.
</p>
<p>
In contrast, the article by John Willman in the same issue ('Things can be
done: hand-wringing over the James Bulger case is misplaced') was
faint-hearted and unimaginative. Even if there is not enough money for
universal provision, at least we could provide it for priority areas. Having
done so, we must make sure that the very best teachers are appointed to work
in them. They could make a tremendous difference to a child's future (partly
because problem children - and families - would be spotted earlier).
</p>
<p>
By primary school age the damage has been left too long unchecked.
</p>
<p>
Diana Schomberg,
</p>
<p>
27 Gloucester Circus,
</p>
<p>
London SE10 8RY
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>254</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Road tolls: excise option more
efficient and fairness essential to their success (2) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr JEFFREY ROSE</byline>
<p>
Sir, The Budget announcement that the government has decided to go ahead
with motorway charging as soon as the electronic technology is ready almost
certainly defers implementation of any such scheme until after the next
general election. However, it does not defer the need to continue efforts to
ensure that charging, when it comes, is both sensible and fair.
</p>
<p>
Once again, it seems probable that the intransigence of the Treasury will
turn out to be the main obstacle. Charging can be made acceptable to the
motorist only if the money raised is committed to spending on the road
network; is additional to current road investment; and there is a
realignment of other motoring taxes to make introduction of a charging
system fair and not unduly onerous.
</p>
<p>
If the Treasury cannot accept direct hypothecation of revenue from user
charges then the motorist will resent motorway charging. An unfair system
will have 'poll tax potential', and could backfire on the government. The
UK's 35m motorists make up a significant proportion of the electorate and
will not accept a proposal that is grossly unfair. The Treasury should look
to the future and radically review its own rules, which look increasingly
like outdated dogma.
</p>
<p>
For those concerned about provision of a road network on which the economy
will remain hugely dependent, the battle over the coming months must be to
secure a fundamental Treasury reappraisal.
</p>
<p>
Jeffrey Rose,
</p>
<p>
chairman,
</p>
<p>
The Royal Automobile Club,
</p>
<p>
89/91 Pall Mall,
</p>
<p>
London SW1Y
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P4785 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>293</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Road tolls: excise option more
efficient and fairness essential to their success (1) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From G W GODDIN</byline>
<p>
Sir, Transport secretary John MacGregor ('Motorway charges put on hold until
after election', November 26) will be doing very well to develop a scheme
for electronic road tolls by 1998. Quite apart from the little matter of the
election, there is the total antipathy (initially apparent in the 'Traffic
in Towns' report, 1964) of the department of transport and of road lobbies
to any kind of direct charging of motorists for road use.
</p>
<p>
At present the only 'usage tax' (ie, related to road use, not ownership) is
fuel excise duty at some Pounds 1.20 per gallon - that is, 6p to 3p per mile
for large to small cars. To equate to typical EU toll levels and city public
transport charges this direct charge ought to be three to four times higher.
Thus Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, is to be congratulated for embarking
on this route, for excise duty tolls are not only cheap to collect and hard
to avoid, they also have formidable effects on fuel efficiency and
pollution, and they surcharge congestion.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's excise tolls are far superior to Mr MacGregor's electronic tolls
which, given the negligible R&amp;D pursued by the transport department so far,
could easily remain unsuitable as a means of charging for direct road use
for a very long time.
</p>
<p>
G W Goddin,
</p>
<p>
14 Ruskin Avenue,
</p>
<p>
Kew TW9 4DJ
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P4785 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>276</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The curse of Gyllenhammar: Kevin Done and John Ridding sift
through the wreckage of the failed merger between Renault and Volvo </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN DONE and JOHN RIDDING</byline>
<p>
Mr Pehr Gyllenhammar is leaving Volvo for the wilderness like a baleful Old
Testament prophet cursing his people. Left in isolation by his shareholders
and his senior management, he is prophesying only the apocalypse for his
abandoned flock.
</p>
<p>
The Volvo organisation is 'crushed', the company 'wounded'. The critics of
his vision are guilty of 'turning their backs on Europe and the world' and
have 'reduced the probability of Volvo's long-term survival'.
</p>
<p>
The rejection of a full merger of Renault and Volvo's automotive operations
was also a rejection of all that had been achieved in the last three years
of alliance between the Swedish and French automakers, he claimed.
</p>
<p>
In his most damning imprecation Mr Gyllenhammar warned: 'The alliance will
not remain. It will be dismantled by a Renault management which has lost its
confidence in Volvo. To dissolve the alliance will require time, energy and
will be demoralising.'
</p>
<p>
Yesterday Mr Louis Schweitzer, chairman of Renault and the man who shared Mr
Gyllenhammar's vision for building Europe's second-largest vehicle maker,
was understandably more cautious. 'The industrial agreement signed with
Volvo in 1990 remains in force. It is not threatened by the failure of the
merger,' he insisted. 'But the dynamism has been lost. We have to look with
sangfroid at what we do now. We will examine our projects on a case by case
basis.'
</p>
<p>
In reality the choices facing Mr Schweitzer - and Mr Gyllenhammar's
successors at Volvo - are bleak. The challenges and threats in the fiercely
competitive global automotive industry, which first encouraged the two
companies to look at merger as a road to survival in the next century,
remain.
</p>
<p>
The world's car and commercial vehicle makers are haunted by overcapacity,
minimal growth in demand, continuous upward pressure on product development
costs, increasing price competition, and the need to overhaul radically
their components and materials supplier bases in order to reduce components
costs.
</p>
<p>
To make matters worse, the auto industry is still caught in the worst
recession in Europe and Japan of the postwar era. Much of the industry is in
loss, and those parts still in profit are scarcely making enough money to
support the demands for ever increasing investment.
</p>
<p>
Instead of confronting these external threats Renault and Volvo must now
turn aside and use invaluable management time and resources to unpick their
relationship.
</p>
<p>
Outright merger had always been the only logical conclusion of the
far-reaching alliance announced by the two companies in 1990 and formalised
with an exchange of large minority cross shareholdings at the beginning of
1991. The two companies must now examine what can be saved from their
collaborative projects, and assess which activities have been rendered
impossible by the breakdown of trust between the organisations, and which
areas may lend themselves to collaboration with other rivals.
</p>
<p>
Some joint activities will still make sense outside the remit of a full
merger. The world auto industry is a complicated square dance in which the
big players co-operate in some regional markets of the world and compete in
others. The exchange of major components such as engines and gearboxes is
becoming increasingly common.
</p>
<p>
Renault already supplies engines and transmissions for the Volvo 400 series.
Projects such as this will probably survive.
</p>
<p>
In doubt, however, will be the future of the ambitious plans that had been
put into place in preparation for full merger. These include the
establishment of common operations for purchasing and quality, the merger of
car marketing and sales organisations in big markets such as Germany, and
the creation of single project teams for the development of new model
ranges, such as the joint executive car planned for the end of the decade to
replace the Volvo 800/900 series and the Renault Safrane.
</p>
<p>
If a full divorce occurs, it would leave the Volvo car operations looking
particularly exposed. Mr John Longhurst, automotive analyst for UBS, warned
that Volvo's shareholders had won 'a hollow victory' by stopping the merger.
'Volvo Car will ultimately wither in the absence of the economies of scale
that would only have come from a full merger.'
</p>
<p>
The development without a partner of the Volvo 850, the Swedish carmaker's
latest new car project, had almost 'broken' Volvo's car division, said Mr
Longhurst. 'Its replacement could finish the job.'
</p>
<p>
Most industry observers believe that Renault remains in a relatively healthy
position without the merger. 'Volvo needed this merger much more than
Renault,' said one automobile industry analyst in London. Mr Louis
Schweitzer, Renault's chairman, is confident that the car group can remain
profitable throughout the worst downturn in the world automobile industry.
</p>
<p>
New products are also on the way. At the beginning of next year Renault will
introduce the Laguna to replace the Renault 21. A replacement for the
Renault 19 is also due by 1995.
</p>
<p>
But the collapse of the merger is still a blow. Renault and Volvo predicted
cost savings of more than FFr30bn (Pounds 3.4bn) by 2000 as a result of
economies of scale in production, combined R&amp;D efforts and joint purchasing
programmes. Renault was also aiming to capitalise on Volvo's strength in
upper-range cars and safety technology.
</p>
<p>
From Renault's perspective, the merger was particularly important in
commercial vehicles, where Volvo is stronger. 'In the trucks sector, now
more than ever you have size problems,' said Mr Schweitzer. 'R&amp;D costs are
growing rapidly and these are the kind of costs saved by a merger.'
</p>
<p>
It seems inevitable that the process of picking up the pieces will take
place in a mood of bitterness. Renault said it 'deplored' Volvo's failure to
ratify the merger. 'This is an unpredictable partner,' said Mr Gerard
Longuet, the French industry minister. 'It is a missed opportunity for
European industry.'
</p>
<p>
Most troubling for Mr Schweitzer is the state of limbo in which the group
finds itself. 'The alliance with Volvo was meant to lead to a merger and
synergies between the two groups,' said one industry observer. 'Instead
Renault now finds itself with an albatross around its neck.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Schweitzer has consistently maintained that, without a merger, the
existing co-operation would be jeopardised. 'It has always been a two-stage
process,' he says. 'Co-operation has worked because we were heading towards
a common goal of the merger.'
</p>
<p>
For the French government, the accord was regarded as a vital step before
the privatisation of its automobile group, one of the most attractive assets
on the list of 21 publicly owned groups slated for sale over the next five
years. Resolving the status of the alliance, and in particular the cross
shareholdings, will be crucial to the privatisation. In January 1991, Volvo
took 20 per cent of the shares in Renault and 45 per cent of the shares in
its trucks and buses division. Renault took 25 per cent of the shares in
Volvo's car operations, 45 per cent of its truck activities and about 10 per
cent of the voting capital in the parent company.
</p>
<p>
The French government said the failure of the merger did not affect its
intention to privatise the car group, but it could hardly do so soon. 'For
one thing, who would buy shares when the situation is so chaotic?' asked one
merchant banker in Paris. 'Second, the French government must be nervous
about the prospect of having Volvo so prominent in the share register after
everything that has happened.'
</p>
<p>
The result is likely to be a delay in Renault's privatisation, which may be
welcomed by the government. 'It may now be able to wait for conditions in
the automobile market to improve to maximise its revenues,' said Mr Philippe
Barrier, automobile analyst at Societe Generale, the financial group.
</p>
<p>
But the state of the car market is hardly the priority for either Renault or
Volvo. Business-as-usual must take a back seat as they struggle to emerge
from the wreckage of the failed merger, with Mr Gyllenhammar's prophecies
ringing in their ears.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>1384</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: A deep suspicion, not trust, of
benchmarks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From W S BAINBRIDGE</byline>
<p>
Sir, What an interesting article by John Cuthbert ('Put your trust in
benchmarks', November 27-28). It has become my experience over the years
that the top unit trusts are out there waiting for me to invest. Receipt of
my money is their signal to leap off the cliff into obscurity, cackling
insanely. Their 'health warning' should surely read: 'The value of your
investment may plummet. . .'
</p>
<p>
But in the end the article disappointed. Unless you (or someone clever like
you) were to publish and maintain a risk/benefit benchmark table along the
lines of that suggested, the average decaying simpleton like me will be no
better off. I hope you will decide to help. In these parts standard
deviations are looked upon with deep suspicion. I don't allow them in the
house, and if I find one in the garden I stamp on it smartly with my green
wellies.
</p>
<p>
W S Bainbridge,
</p>
<p>
48 School Lane,
</p>
<p>
Ashurst Wood,
</p>
<p>
East Grinstead,
</p>
<p>
East Sussex RH19 3QP
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>201</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Much more than a facade </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr PETER MORGAN</byline>
<p>
Sir, Observer falls into the error ('Directorless', November 30) of
regarding the IoD's building in Pall Mall merely as an administrative
headquarters. Behind its historic facade is a heavily used, modern business
centre at which, every day, businessmen and women transact business with
customers, suppliers and clients.
</p>
<p>
Far from being a burden, our Pall Mall facilities are central to the service
the IoD offers to its members, and make a substantial contribution to its
revenues.
</p>
<p>
The challenge for my successor will be to build on its present success.
</p>
<p>
Peter Morgan,
</p>
<p>
director general,
</p>
<p>
Institute of Directors,
</p>
<p>
116 Pall Mall,
</p>
<p>
London SW1Y 5ED
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>139</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
A tonic for Euro-malaise: Lionel Barber on what may be the
final stages of the Gatt talks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LIONEL BARBER</byline>
<p>
The Gatt world trade talks have moved decisively into an end-game. Failure
remains possible; but high-level talks in Brussels this week between the US
and the European Union have left the impression that the two powers that can
make or break the negotiations are committed to striking a deal.
</p>
<p>
On Monday, Sir Leon Brittan, the EU's chief trade negotiator, and Mr Mickey
Kantor, US trade representative, aim to unveil an outline agreement on all
outstanding issues, including agriculture. They want to create a bandwagon
effect, sweeping along all 103 countries in the Gatt negotiations in Geneva
so that an agreement can be reached by the agreed deadline of December 15.
</p>
<p>
It is a hard-sell, high-risk strategy. Much mind-numbing technical work
remains to be done. Many wonder if there is enough time to reach a
comprehensive deal that will persuade Latin American and Asia to climb
aboard.
</p>
<p>
For the moment the mood is cautiously optimistic. On Thursday night, EU
foreign ministers gave Sir Leon a vote of confidence to make the final
trade-offs to achieve a deal. A few ministers grumbled about a lack of
detail, but French veto threats were absent. 'There is a common approach,
there is enough cohesion, there is confidence in the Com-mission,' said Mr
Willy Claes, the Belgian foreign minister.
</p>
<p>
Still, if a final deal is to be struck, many disputes must be resolved. One
of the stickiest is US demands that the Europeans further open their markets
in films and broadcasting. The EU counter-proposals for measures to protect
'cultural specificity' remain unacceptable in their present form.
</p>
<p>
The US is also hanging tough on textiles and steel; and there is no
agreement on new world trade rules to replace Gatt. One possible solution is
a new Multilateral Trade Organisation which would license the terms under
which members could take action against unfair trading practices.
</p>
<p>
But the calculation in Brussels and Washington is that the stakes are too
high to countenance failure. 'We have an awesome responsibility,' said Sir
Leon. 'Failure would carry with it the risk of a downward spiral of
protectionism leading to immense damage to the world economy.'
</p>
<p>
Such rhetoric has echoed through the negotiating corridors regularly since
the Uruguay Round started in 1986; but it is now taken seriously. This is
most true of Europe, where a shift of opinion has taken place as business
and political elites have woken up to the risks of failure.
</p>
<p>
Big business now realises that Europe missed 'an historic opportunity' in
1990 to conclude a deal at an earlier Gatt meeting in Heysel Stadium,
Brussels, said a leading French businessman. 'They did not push hard because
those were good economic times. Failure would be catastrophic now.'
</p>
<p>
The fear of the 'beggar-thy-neighbour' policies of protectionism and
competitive currency devaluations reminiscent of the 1930s has galvanised
European industry. While estimates of an annual Dollars 250bn boost to the
world economy are long-range and perhaps exaggerated, business leaders argue
that a deal would deliver a much-needed lift to confidence.
</p>
<p>
This was a theme in the report 'Beating the Crisis', by the European Round
Table, the business leaders' group, unveiled yesterday in Brussels in the
presence of Mr Jacques Delors, president of the European Commission. He,
too, has undergone something akin to a conversion on Gatt.
</p>
<p>
A year ago, Mr Delors was happy to deliver sermons on the plight of the
French peasant and the need to stand up to 'Big Brother' across the
Atlantic. But recently he warned his fellow Frenchmen to snap out of their
'national psychodrama' and to avoid retreating behind a modern-day Maginot
line, the ineffective defence system built between the wars to stop a German
invasion.
</p>
<p>
The analogy is telling. It suggests that a collapse of the Gatt talks - if
attributable directly to the French government - could crack the
Franco-German alliance which remains the anchor of the European Union,
whatever its present strains.
</p>
<p>
In this spirit, members of the German Industry Federation have pointed out
to their counterparts in the French Patronat that, since German manufactured
exports account for 13.8 per cent of world manufacturing exports, Germany's
vital interests are at stake in a Gatt deal.
</p>
<p>
UK officials are equally blunt. They draw a picture of a European Union
split between northern free-traders and a protectionist rump of Latin
countries led by France. The likely result would be a rash of unilateral
actions against cheap imports, the end of a unified EU trade policy, and the
end of the single European market.
</p>
<p>
The broader concern is that Europe gets caught in a world of managed trade
between blocs. Last month's Apec summit in Seattle was viewed in Brussels as
an implicit threat that the US could gain preferred trading partnerships in
the fast-growing Asian markets. When Mr Warren Christopher, US secretary of
state, warned this week that a failure in the Gatt talks would damage the
transatlantic alliance, he was taken seriously.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, Europeans fear a trading system without established rules and
codes for regulating the subsidising and dumping of exports and settling
trade disputes. It would mean 'a licence to kill', said a senior Commission
official.
</p>
<p>
This reveals the widespread sense of vulnerability in Europe provoked by the
conflict over the Maastricht treaty, the collapse of the European Monetary
System and now the phenomenon of mass unemployment. A Gatt deal would not be
a miracle cure, but it would restore confidence in Europe's ability to act
collectively on a matter of vital interest.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent></extent>
</bibl>
</div1>




<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: A healthier view of the deficit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr MARTYN THOMAS</byline>
<p>
Sir, The chancellor uncharacteristically missed a trick in his Budget.
</p>
<p>
As part of the government's 'back to basics' campaign, he should have
reinstated the traditional British billion. That would have cut the deficit
to Pounds 0.05bn at a stroke.
</p>
<p>
Martyn Thomas,
</p>
<p>
Chairman, Praxis,
</p>
<p>
20 Manvers Street,
</p>
<p>
Bath BA1 1PX
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>93</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAB0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Safety net, not social insurance: Change, not wholesale
reform, is on the welfare state agenda </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN</byline>
<p>
It is official: the welfare state is safe in Conservative hands - or so the
government says. After months of speculation about radical reforms -
spur-red on by ministers such as Mr Peter Lilley and Mr Michael Portillo -
the chancellor sought to lay the issue to rest in his Budget statement on
Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
'This government will never take part in any attempt to dismantle the
welfare state,' he said. 'We want to see a better welfare state, well-run,
well-judged and one that meets the priorities of modern society.'
</p>
<p>
That claim is borne out by the detailed measures in the Budget. There was a
tightening up on eligibility for unemployment and invalidity benefits. A new
drive on fraudulent claims was announced. Responsibility for sick pay was
shifted to employers for larger businesses. And the state pension age for
women will rise from 60 to 65 in the second decade of next century.
</p>
<p>
For all the opposition's sound and fury, this hardly adds up to what Mr John
Smith, Labour leader, called a 'vicious attack on the welfare state'.
Indeed, Mr Clarke took the opportunity to reaffirm his party's support for
the basic state pension, the most expensive social security benefit,
accounting for 10 per cent of public spending.
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo, the hawkish chief secretary, may have suggested as recently as
last month the state pension could be phased out for younger people. But the
chancellor took the trouble to say the government was committed to the basic
pension and 'retaining its value'.
</p>
<p>
And in case it was thought that ministers were picking on lone-parent
families, Mr Clarke introduced a childcare allowance that would help 'tens
of thousands of mothers' go back to work. While acknowledging that this
would benefit married mothers as well, he highlighted the help it would give
single mothers in breaking out of welfare dependency.
</p>
<p>
Further, the chancellor has secured the agreement of cabinet colleagues for
an end to the sort of talk about fundamental reforms of the welfare state
which might frighten backbenchers and Tory voters. Less will now be heard
about moving from a welfare state to a 'welfare society', as trailed in the
run-up to the Budget by Mr Lilley, the social security secretary.
</p>
<p>
At the morning cabinet meeting Mr Clarke exerted his political authority by
telling colleagues to tone down their rhetoric. He wanted the welfare state
reformed rather than run down. Others should sing the same tune.
</p>
<p>
Yet life is not so simple. The welfare state has never been a fixed entity.
It has constantly mutated to meet new challenges during the 50 years since
Sir William Beveridge set out the blueprint for a comprehensive social
security system.
</p>
<p>
For much of its first 30 years, the welfare state gathered size, creating
new benefits, improving the generosity of payments and extending coverage
beyond those paying national insurance contributions.
</p>
<p>
Since the late 1970s, however, there has been a series of incremental
changes designed to ratchet down the rising cost of welfare:
</p>
<p>
Some universal benefits such as maternity grant and death grant have been
abolished (with employers taking over responsibility for maternity
allowance). Unemployment benefit and sickness benefit have become flat-rate
payments, with the elimination of the earnings-related supplements which
used to be paid with them.
</p>
<p>
Since 1981, benefits have been increased annually in line with prices rather
than earnings.
</p>
<p>
The state earnings-related pension scheme (Serps) has been scaled down to
reduce its cost in the next century as the population ages.
</p>
<p>
The conditions for claiming most benefits have been tightened - restricting
unemployment benefit to people actively seeking work.
</p>
<p>
These changes have generally reduced the value of benefits as a proportion
of average earnings, encouraging individuals who can afford it to make
greater private provision. Almost 15m people, for example, have opted out of
Serps into private pension schemes or occupational pension schemes.
</p>
<p>
The result is that the welfare state plays a declining role in providing
financial security for most people. Instead, it is increasingly becoming a
safety net for those unable to provide for themselves.
</p>
<p>
This week's Budget measures are a continuation of this trend, with further
changes which will cut costs and encourage greater provision by individuals
and employers.
</p>
<p>
And while fundamental reforms may be off the immediate political agenda, Mr
Lilley is keen to see the trend continue. He will pursue his efforts to
encourage a debate on the subject with the aim of preparing the public for
more incremental change and persuading them to do more for themselves.
</p>
<p>
He will be helped in this by the decline in value of benefits now that they
are linked to prices rather than earnings. The basic pension, worth 15 per
cent of average earnings, will fall to about 7 per cent of average earnings
over the next 30 years.
</p>
<p>
Already two-thirds of people reaching state retirement age have income from
occupational pensions of more than Pounds 56 a week, the amount of the basic
state pension.
</p>
<p>
As Mr Lilley recently pointed out, the UK is better placed than many other
countries to cope with the strains imposed on the welfare state by an ageing
population. By a series of policy adjustments - undertaken in the case of
Serps long before the problem emerged - Britain has avoided the often
arbitrary cuts other countries have recently introduced.
</p>
<p>
The announcement that the retirement age for women will be raised starting
in 17 years is a further example of this far-sighted approach, the
chancellor argues.
</p>
<p>
Certainly the welfare state is not fundamentally changed by the sort of
measures announced this week. But the underlying process of reducing the
demands on social security, of encouraging greater individual provision and
seeking a greater contribution from employers continues.
</p>
<p>
The outcome of that in the longer term is a welfare state which is more of a
safety net, supporting only those who cannot make their own provision. The
welfare state into which all pay contributions in good times and all draw
out when times are bad withers.
</p>
<p>
Beveridge might welcome elements of the switch, including the increasing
emphasis on individual responsibility in welfare. But it is a far cry from
the cradle-to-grave social insurance system he envisaged in his 1942 report.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>1097</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Mr Clarke's hairshirt </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Masochism has been designated the English vice. Rightly so, it appears from
the ecstatic reaction accorded to the second of two tough budgets in one
year. Lashed by Mr Clarke, the financial markets, the pundits and Tory
backbenchers have gone into paroxysms of delight.
</p>
<p>
The joy of the gilts markets is understandable. Nothing is better designed
to bring a smile to the lips of the nervous investor in long-term fixed
income securities than the spectacle of depression in the economy and
austerity in the budget. Austerity is what Messrs Lamont and Clarke have
delivered. In 1996-97, taxes are to be Pounds 17bn (2.2 per cent of gross
domestic product) higher than they would have been without the 1993 budgets.
That is what the two chancellors would have obtained if they had raised the
basic rate of tax to 34p in the pound.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile spending has been cut by Pounds 3bn (0.4 per cent of GDP) in
1996-97, over and above already tough plans. As the Institute for Fiscal
Studies promptly pointed out, the government intends to allow non-cyclical
public spending to rise by less than 4 per cent in real terms between
1992-93 and 1998-99, a third as fast as in the recovery phase of the last
cycle under Mrs Thatcher.
</p>
<p>
With Pounds 7bn of underfunding promised as well, it is hardly surprising
that the redemption yield on a medium-term bond fell from 6.68 per cent on
Monday to 6.46 per cent yesterday evening. This comes on top of an extended
bull run, during which the yield has fallen from a peak of 12.7 per cent in
April 1990.
</p>
<p>
Optimism about inflation is understandable, but what about the soaring
equity market? The FT-A 500 Index has gained 2.6 per cent since Monday
night. Why should budgetary austerity deliver this, especially when the
price-earnings ratio is already barely short of where it was before the
October 1987 crash?
</p>
<p>
Conventional wisdom is that low interest rates, particularly low short-term
rates, have driven up prices of alternative investments, be they bonds or
equities, because investors have nowhere else to put their money. If current
equity valuations are to endure, however, investors must be right to believe
in the government's rhetoric about the feasibility of sustained growth with
low inflation.
</p>
<p>
Triumph of hope
</p>
<p>
This is the triumph of hope over repeated disappointment. But it is indeed
what the chancellor is promising. Growth of real GDP is, says the Red Book,
to accelerate smoothly from 2 1/4 per cent in 1994-95 to 3 per cent by
1996-97. Meanwhile, underlying retail price inflation is to fall from 3 1/4
per cent next year to 2 1/2 per cent in 1996-97 and 2 per cent thereafter.
</p>
<p>
It looks too wonderful to be true. It is not that wonderful, since what is
to deliver this happy combination of growth with falling inflation is
persistent excess capacity. Unemployment is, for example, assumed to remain
at 2.75m until 1996-97. But, given the relatively depressed starting point
and the fiscal action that has now been taken, the forecast looks at the
least feasible.
</p>
<p>
Cost competitiveness, allowing for exchange rate changes, was 'probably 20
per cent better in the third quarter of 1993 than a year earlier and is
forecast to remain at close to that level during 1994', says the Red Book.
The current account deficit is now forecast, on imperfect figures, at only
Pounds 9 1/2 bn (1 1/2 per cent of GDP) in 1993 and the same in 1994. If
right, this suggests the first of the twin deficits is not going to be the
problem some have feared, or at least not soon. As for the second of the
twins, the fiscal deficit, that too now looks under control.
</p>
<p>
Sadistic policies
</p>
<p>
The interesting question is not whether markets are right to believe in the
logic of the masochistic fiscal policy, but rather whether they should trust
in the durability of its sadistic politics. One issue is whether the
government can get away with freezing the public sector's wage bill in
nominal terms for a period of three years. Earnings in the economy are bound
to rise by about 10 per cent or so over the period. If earnings in the
public sector were to rise pari passu, employment in the public sector would
have to fall by half a million, which looks neither feasible, nor desirable.
</p>
<p>
The policy would only be sustainable, without an explosion, if inflation
were to fall even faster than forecast. This suggests slow declines in
short-term interest rates. But this also means there would be the risk of
only a gentle recovery and, given the fiscal squeeze, very slow rises indeed
in real personal disposable incomes after tax for those in work. The Red
Book says real personal disposable income could rise 1 per cent in 1994, the
same as in 1993. It is unlikely to rise any more than that, on the
government's forecasts, for many years thereafter.
</p>
<p>
With the public sector possibly in turmoil and most voters not becoming
noticeably better off during the recovery, it will take a great deal of
nerve for the government to persist. Maybe Mr Clarke has the guts for the
task. But does his party? Once markets begin to question the politics, for
how long will they find Mr Clarke's hairshirt economics so delightful?
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>940</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Man in the News: Plaudits for the main contender - Kenneth
Clarke / A chancellor who diets on common sense </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS</byline>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke is just like the rest of us. He likes to be patted on the
back. So in the aftermath of Tuesday's Budget the no-nonsense chancellor has
been in more than usually expansive form.
</p>
<p>
Entertaining at Downing Street, sipping from a chipped coffee mug in his
House of Commons office or putting away a pint or three in the MPs' bar, Mr
Clarke has basked in the applause for his debut.
</p>
<p>
The only moment that he has looked disconcerted was when one of No 11's
smart caterers offered him a pre-lunch glass of something called elderflower
presse.
</p>
<p>
Never mind that voters will eventually wake up to the biggest tax increase
in living memory and discover that there is no money to build the village
by-pass or new school promised for next year. This government lives by the
day and week not the month and year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke was charged on Tuesday with rescuing Mr John Major's government. A
public borrowing requirement of 8 per cent of national income - the level
which forced Labour to call in the International Monetary Fund back in 1976
- had to be dealt with. But it had to be done in a way that did not give the
Conservative party at Westminster an excuse for another collective nervous
breakdown.
</p>
<p>
The new boy at the Treasury - he has been there for only six months though
it may seem longer - had also to present a plausible case that a return to
fiscal responsibility would not stifle the still-fragile economic recovery.
</p>
<p>
The judgment at Westminster was that Mr Clarke pulled off the trick. The
right and left of the Conservative party were satisfied by the judicious mix
of cuts in public spending plans and higher taxes. Tory MPs began to sound
as if they had remembered that they belonged to the party of government not
opposition.
</p>
<p>
Some in the Treasury judged the Dollars 1bn plan to compensate the poor and
the elderly for the imposition of value-added tax on domestic fuel
ludicrously generous, but it did take the immediate political sting out of
the issue.
</p>
<p>
Even Mr Norman Lamont, his still-disappointed predecessor, had a good word
for Mr Clarke's package. So too did Lord Lawson, not one to lavish praise
where criticism will do.
</p>
<p>
For all his self-confidence and experience of running big Whitehall
departments, Mr Clarke resented jibes from city scribblers that he would be
at sea at the Treasury because he had not been tutored in theoretical
economics.
</p>
<p>
True to his son-of-the-smokestack roots in the industrial Midlands, he sees
economics as the application of common-sense policies according to a set of
basic principles.
</p>
<p>
Governments should hold down inflation and give industry a liberal, lightly
regulated, environment in which it can expand. They should not borrow too
much. They should keep marginal tax rates low (he still believes it,
honestly), and act as a powerful force for free trade within what, as a good
European, Mr Clarke is quite happy to call the Union.
</p>
<p>
They should also move in from time to time to fill the gaps left by the
market, such as education and training and help for small businesses. Stable
exchange rates are a good idea because they allow business to plan ahead.
So, too, would be a single European currency.
</p>
<p>
You do not, as Mr Clarke might put it, have to spend your evenings buried in
economics textbooks to apply such a common sense approach.
</p>
<p>
So in the interests of brevity (he thinks it is possible to keep the
attention of the House of Commons for no more than 90 minutes) he put a
thick red pencil through the Treasury's traditional Budget lecture on the
state of the world economy.
</p>
<p>
But the Budget package was essentially political not just because Mr Clarke
has a natural disdain for smart-Alick economists.
</p>
<p>
The first big decision he took after arriving at the Treasury in June was
that the budget deficit had to come down faster than envisaged in the
medium-term plan set out by Mr Lamont in March. The new blueprint had to be
delivered in November.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's reasoning was that a government which had rarely been in charge
of events since it was elected 18 months ago might then claim to have
restored its grip. Even the punters outside the precincts of Westminster
might think that it was worth taking some pretty bitter medicine if the
doctor appeared half-way competent.
</p>
<p>
The second decision was that his first Budget would not be an occasion for
fancy tax reform. He had more important things to do. Anyway, tax neutrality
is not a phrase which trips easily from his lips.
</p>
<p>
After the political uproar over VAT on fuel he had to find ways to raise
money that would minimise the potential for yet another Tory revolt.
Increases in the key rates of income tax were ruled out; so, too, a bit
later was any further extension of VAT, even though Mr Clarke remains
committed in the medium term to the switch from direct to indirect taxation.
</p>
<p>
Instead, the chancellor chose well from the rest of the items on the
Treasury's misery menu. Taken together, his tax increases will raise another
Pounds 6bn or so by 1996-97. But each one has been selected to minimise
Conservative opposition on the backbenches and among party activists.
</p>
<p>
Many Tory MPs are fed up with the steep increases in petrol prices. The
insurance and airline lobbies will ensure others grumble about the new
airport and insurance taxes. But these are not issues worth going to the
political stake for.
</p>
<p>
Of course, the size of the reductions in public spending which allowed Mr
Clarke to claim his Budget would knock another Pounds 18bn off the borrowing
requirement by 1997 was partly fortuitous.
</p>
<p>
His cabinet colleagues in the spending committee, known as EDX, were just as
frightened of the implications of borrowing running at Pounds 1bn a week.
They decided for once to behave responsibly.
</p>
<p>
Another windfall came from the heroic assumption that some 5m public service
workers would stand meekly by while increases in their pay are held below 2
per cent a year until the general election due by 1997.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clark is standing by the spending figures, but the politician who took on
the ambulancemen and very nearly lost is ready to admit that next year could
see a bout of serious industrial unrest.
</p>
<p>
He has moved swiftly to counter the idea that his Budget's planned cuts in
benefits for the unemployed and the sick are the beginning of an assault on
the welfare state.
</p>
<p>
Messrs Michael Portillo, the chief secretary, and Peter Lilley, the social
services secretary, have been powerful advocates in recent months of a
fundamental shift in the burden of welfare provision from the state to
individuals. Mr Lilley last week coined the clever phrase 'welfare society'.
It is no accident that, after being slapped down by Mr Clarke, he has
started to refer anew to the welfare state.
</p>
<p>
On Wednesday the chancellor praised Mr Portillo's undoubted skill in
co-ordinating the public spending round but then tilted at those on the Tory
right who wanted to encourage old-fashioned family values. The chancellor
seemed to be enjoying himself. But what next?
</p>
<p>
Like the rest of us, Mr Clarke is not at all sure. He thinks that the Tory
party will keep its nerve. Economists at the Treasury (and he does get on
with them) say that the recovery is robust enough to withstand in the short
term the dent to confidence caused by higher taxes and a squeeze on public
spending.
</p>
<p>
Inflation may be low enough now to get the government through the first year
of the public sector pay freeze. But next April will be rough as the voters
look at their pay packets and realise that the party which promised them tax
cuts at the last election has done quite the reverse.
</p>
<p>
And once or twice recently the Treasury's economists have been known to get
it wrong. If the recovery falters then Mr Clarke's fine arithmetic for
spending and borrowing will end up, with many other recent forecasts, in a
Treasury waste bin. It is hardly a secure background for the local elections
in May and the European elections a month later. For all their delight this
week, Tory MPs fear heavy defeats in those elections might yet derail the
government strategy for political recovery.
</p>
<p>
But all that is for the future. This week Mr Clarke confirmed his standing
as the cabinet's accomplished heavyweight. He has succeeded where the prime
minister has failed in uniting, for a moment at least, the right and left of
the Tory party. He insists that he has not thrown away his fundamental
commitment to centre-left one-nation Toryism. But he has found a way to
accommodate those who still grieve for Lady Thatcher. Mr Portillo confirmed
himself as the cabinet's fastest-rising star, but if the bus which Mr Major
has dodged so many times this past year were finally to actually hit the
prime minister, then Mr Clarke would be the one who replaced him.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>1566</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pain plus pragmatism: Reaction in the public sector </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GOODHART</byline>
<p>
Welfare services, such as the National Health Service, escaped punishment in
this week's Budget squeeze on public spending. But many of the workers who
deliver such services are now asking whether it will be at the expense of
their pay packets. At the same time, Mr Kenneth Clarke's decision to leave
some flexibility in his three-year public sector wage bill freeze will make
it more difficult for unions to campaign against the clampdown.
</p>
<p>
There remains uncertainty about precisely how the squeeze on public-sector
pay will work and also about its consequences: for instance, will the drive
to increase efficiency in the delivery of services be affected, and will
public sector employment drop sharply?
</p>
<p>
The initial reaction from important union leaders such as Mr John Edmonds of
the GMB general union was sanguine. Picking up on ministerial hints that
workers with political muscle such as policemen and nurses would get special
treatment, Mr Edmonds said: 'At one level this is power-bargaining at its
most naked. Yet there was also a pragmatic style to the announcement that we
can exploit.'
</p>
<p>
He warned that grandiose plans for national industrial action were likely to
prove futile and that unions should concentrate on setting a 'going rate' in
the public sector, allowing less powerful and less popular groups - such as
local government workers and National Health Service manual workers - to
piggy-back on more powerful groups. This strategy was followed by the unions
in the early 1980s when the government's policy of cash-limits on pay bills
was repeatedly broken.
</p>
<p>
The timetable on public sector pay may be heading in a similar direction. In
January the five pay review bodies, which recommend pay rates for about 2m
of the 5m public sector workers, will submit their reports for 1994-1995.
The future of the review bodies is in doubt following the 1.5 per cent
public sector pay limit imposed this year and the proposed pay bill freeze
for the next three. Recent personnel changes on the review bodies may make
them more friendly to the government. Yet they are still expected to produce
independent recommendations.
</p>
<p>
The recommendations could be difficult for the government to reject,
especially for groups such as nurses and teachers. If the union strategy
proves succesful, the government would come under pressure to offer similar
increases to civil servants and NHS manual workers, who start talks in
April.
</p>
<p>
For some parts of the public sector, pay rises at about the level of
inflation are still compatible with a pay bill freeze. The NHS, for example,
has only just begun to exploit the savings that can be made by improving the
efficiency of unskilled workers and the professions allied to medicine.
</p>
<p>
But the government's real target for such efficiency savings is its central
government civil servants and, above all, white-collar local government
employees, sheltered from job cuts to date.
</p>
<p>
The pay bill in local government, as in most of the public sector, is about
70 per cent of total costs. This year it will be frozen thanks to the 1.5
per cent pay limit and a 3 per cent reduction in staff. The total number of
employees is now below 2m.
</p>
<p>
This is only slightly below the numbers employed in local government in
1979, despite the fact that local government blue-collar workers have been
cut by one quarter thanks to compulsory competitive tendering.
</p>
<p>
Ministers believe there is fat to cut - car allowances in local government,
for example, total Pounds 600m a year - and would relish a confrontation
with Unison, the public services union, which has been flexing its muscles
over cuts.
</p>
<p>
The drawback of the overall strategy, according to Mr Doug Henderson,
Labour's local government spokesman, is that a three-year pay bill freeze
would either increase unemployment steeply or create an unacceptably large
pay gap between the public and private sector - damaging at a time when
staff are being asked to change their working habits of a lifetime.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>712</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Tory unease grows over 7% rise in council tax </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS, JAMES BLITZ and PAUL CHEESERIGHT</byline>
<p>
Unease among Conservative MPs and councillors intensified yesterday over the
rise in council tax of about 7 per cent expected after this week's financial
settlement for local authorities.
</p>
<p>
Some Conservatives in London fear that higher bills could undermine the
party's electoral prospects in local elections next May, soon after the new
council tax bills are delivered - several London boroughs have been
subjected to steep cuts in the grant they receive.
</p>
<p>
One Conservative MP said London had been used as a 'milch cow' for the rest
of the country in the new settlement, announced on Thursday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jack Straw, shadow environment secretary, predicted disaster for the
Conservatives in the local elections around the country.
</p>
<p>
Sir Rhodes Boyson, Tory MP for Brent North, whose local authority sustained
the 10th greatest cut in standard spending assessment, said the expected
rises were 'a very serious matter' when inflation was 1.7 per cent and the
government was planning to freeze the public-sector pay bill.
</p>
<p>
'This is another way of raising taxes and it won't be popular in the run up
to the elections,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Brent was captured by the Conservatives from Labour in the last local
elections in 1990.
</p>
<p>
Wandsworth, a Conservative stronghold which suffered one of the sharpest
cuts, was confident that its council tax would remain 'lower than average'
thanks to the buffering grant given by the government to authorities which
lost heavily. The borough would not rule out cuts in services.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Kathy Tracey, a Conservative councillor in Wandsworth, described the
package as 'very worrying for Conservative boroughs'.
</p>
<p>
Finance experts for the local authority associations predicted that average
council tax bills would be in line with government predictions, thanks to
new measures for capping council budgets, which are tighter than ever.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Congdon, Conservative MP for Croydon North East, said that the
decision to cut the budget for transitional relief from the poll tax to
council tax from Pounds 380m to Pounds 130m next year could mean 'much
higher bills'.
</p>
<p>
Other London boroughs expected swingeing cuts in services to meet government
targets, with Hammersmith and Fulham predicting a cut of about Pounds 5m.
After cuts of Pounds 40m over the past two years, the council suggested it
would be difficult to make further cuts without job losses.
</p>
<p>
Leicester City Council, the largest non-metropolitan authority in England,
suffered a severe cut in its spending assessment, and must cut its budget to
stay within the government cap.
</p>
<p>
The city's SSA has been reduced by Pounds 6.4m. Mr Don Grant, director of
resources, said that over the next two years Leicester would have to reduce
spending by 12.5 per cent and this would cost jobs 'in hundreds rather than
tens'.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOCAL GOVERNMENT GRANTS (UNADJUSTED INCREASE %)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOP WINNERS                        TOP LOSERS
Brentwood         35.93            Slough           -13.74
Tewkesbury        29.63            Leicester        -13.73
South Bucks       28.30            Blackburn        -11.52
NE Derbys         25.83            Luton            -10.18
Ashfield          24.83            Burnley           -9.54
East Dorset       23.43            Wandsworth        -9.26
Three Rivers      23.35            Ipswich           -8.97
Blyth Valley      22.56            Hammersmith       -8.88
Basildon          22.33            Hyndburn          -8.64
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figures show change in government's estimated total standard spending,
1993-94 to 1994-95
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: AMA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>565</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Water works </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Engineers yesterday inspected one of the last dry sections of the Pounds
250m London water ring main, at Kempton to the west of the capital, to clear
it for the taps to be turned on. The 80km tunnel, 40 metres underground,
will be fully in use next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>72</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Coal subsidence pay-outs at risk, surveyors warn </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SMITH</byline>
<p>
Householders could receive insufficient compensation if they suffer mining
subsidence following the privatisation of the coal industry, the Royal
Institute of Chartered Surveyors said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Measures for dealing with subsidence in the Coal Privatisation Bill,
published on Thursday, are unclear, the institute said. 'We are not
confident that the Pounds 35m to Pounds 40m a year estimate for subsidence
in the bill will prove sufficient.'
</p>
<p>
The institute said its measures gave householders little protection if a
private operator should become insolvent or deny responsibility for damage.
</p>
<p>
Instead of having one clearly responsible statutory authority, British Coal,
householders would have to deal with the new coal authority and possibly one
or more private operators, the institute said.
</p>
<p>
British Coal announced separately that it aims to reach agreement as soon as
possible with Edwards Energy on the resumption of mining at Trentham in
Staffordshire.
</p>
<p>
This takes to three the number of closed pits where British Coal has
indicated mining can be resumed by private operators. Edwards is also in
negotiations for Coventry colliery and British Coal has agreed in principle
to lease Clipston colliery in the Yorkshire region to RJB Mining.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile British Coal yesterday ceased production at three pits, Bentley
and Hatfield in the Yorkshire region, and Silverdale in Staffordshire, as
part of its closures programme. Miners at Littleton in Staffordshire have
agreed to stop production next Friday. By Christmas, British Coal will have
only 22 pits left in production.
</p>
<p>
In a further development, the coal industry's two pension funds reinforced
British Coal's concerns about the government's plans for pensions after
privatisation.
</p>
<p>
Concerns centre on the extent of the trade secretary's powers over the
trustees and the omission from the bill of government guarantees for
post-privatisation benefit improvements above the inflation rate.
</p>
<p>
Although the government has promised that benefits will rise in line with
the retail prices index, the trustees are concerned about the allocations of
future surpluses and a clause in the bill giving the trade secretary powers
of 'national interest'.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Rhoslyn Roberts, secretary of the staff scheme, said that the
government's proposals did 'not yet meet the objectives of the trustees'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Coal Corp </item>
<item> Edwards Energy </item>
<item> RJB Mining </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
<item> P1222 Bituminous Coal-Underground </item>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1221 </item>
<item> P1222 </item>
<item> P6371 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>412</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Labour warns of slide in spending </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN, Political Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Public investment will fall dramatically as a result of the first Budget
delivered by Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, Mr Gordon Brown, the shadow
chancellor, said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brown told a post-Budget seminar in London that general government
investment would fall by 3 per cent next year and 3.5 per cent in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
He said a Labour analysis of the Budget Red Book, which outlines tax changes
and public spending plans, showed that net public capital expenditure would
fall from Pounds 13.5bn this year to Pounds 10.25bn by 1997.
</p>
<p>
'This means a 25 per cent fall in the value of public investment, one of the
biggest cuts we have seen,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brown said the March Budget, delivered by Mr Norman Lamont, had also
failed to live up to its billing as a Budget for investment.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Smith, the Labour leader, told a party meeting in Edinburgh that the
gloss was 'fast fading' from the Budget. 'The truth about the Budget is
sinking in and the country is not impressed,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Smith said the Budget - the 'biggest tax hike in history' - was the
direct responsibility of Mr John Major, the prime minister, who was earlier
chief secretary to the Treasury and chancellor.
</p>
<p>
'He has held the three jobs which give him immediate responsibility for the
catastrophic decline. The buck stops very firmly with him.'
</p>
<p>
In another attack on the Budget Mrs Margaret Beckett, Labour's deputy
leader, said Mr Clarke had made 'the clearest declaration imaginable that
the Tories are the party of high taxation, just as they are the party of
high crime'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robin Cook, shadow trade and industry secretary, said many of Britain's
10,000 rural post offices were at risk of closure because of a 76 per cent
increase in Post Office payments to the government.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>344</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Focused fight on wage rises urged </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LISA WOOD and DAVID GOODHART</byline>
<p>
Unions should not mount a national campaign of action against the
government's planned three-year freeze of public-sector wages, Mr John
Edmonds, head of the GMB general union, said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Instead, he said, unions should use workers with political muscle to set a
fair 'going rate' for others to follow.
</p>
<p>
'In the early 1980s cash limits were made unworkable thanks to an effective
going-rate strategy,' he said.
</p>
<p>
He said the freeze, with flexibility for special groups, was 'power
bargaining at its most naked'. But he also said he detected a pragmatic,
opportunistic stance in the way it was likely to be implemented.
</p>
<p>
TUC officials say that a sector-by-sector approach is likely to be more
fruitful than a national campaign. However Unison, the biggest
public-service union, may still push for co-ordinated action between
local-government workers and civil servants, especially in the light of the
relatively successful one-day stoppage against market testing on November 5.
</p>
<p>
The unions will be hoping for a lead from the independent pay review bodies,
covering 2m public-sector work-ers, due to report in January.
</p>
<p>
The government's own evidence to the nurses review body calls for a
phasing-out of the right of workers in hospital trusts to hold their
nationally negotiated pay terms.
</p>
<p>
'The intention is to enable trusts to implement schemes for all their staff
irrespective of whether they had opted for new locally determined employment
contracts,' the Department of Health said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8631 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>275</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Clarke wants unity over welfare state: Rightwing ministers
told to tone down rhetoric </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS, Political Editor</byline>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke has told rightwing cabinet colleagues to tone down their
rhetoric about the future of the welfare state to minimise the political
backlash against planned cuts in unemployment and invalidity benefits.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's warning that ministers must speak with one voice on the
future of welfare provision was endorsed by the full cabinet this week. It
was followed by Mr Clarke's public declarations that the government was
committed to reforming, not dismantling, the welfare state. Mr Clarke also
won cabinet backing for his public statements that the government was
committed to maintaining the state pension as a basic building block for
retirement. He dismissed the idea floated by Mr Peter Lilley, social
security secretary, and by Mr Michael Portillo, chief secretary to the
Treasury, that people might be encouraged to opt out of state pensions.
</p>
<p>
In Mr Clarke's view the government's drive to persuade people to make
greater private provision for old age must not undermine the notion of the
state pension as a bulwark against poverty. He told colleagues that many
relatively poor and disadvantaged people could not find suitable substitutes
for a basic state scheme.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor has also rejected the idea that the government should aim for
a permanent reduction in the size of the welfare state, which at present
takes about 45 per cent of national income. He believes that his planned
reduction in that share to about 40 per cent would leave it at the level
necessary to sustain the welfare state over the long term.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the determination of those on the right of the Tory party to
promote family values, Mr Clarke has also given a clear signal that his
future Budgets could see the disappearance of the married man's income tax
allowance.
</p>
<p>
The allowance, with mortgage interest relief, was cut to 15 per cent with
effect from April 1995 in this week's Budget. Mr Clarke acknowledged that
the Tories' manifesto pledge meant that mortgage interest relief would
survive to the next parliament. He has pointed out that no similar pledge
exists on the married man's allowance. He regards this as an anomaly left
from the wish not to create 'losers' when independent taxation of husbands
and wives was introduced.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>420</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Sega TV channel looks to Europe </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
Sega Channel, the computer games channel due to launch in the US in the
spring, is considering a move into Europe, starting with the UK in 1995.
</p>
<p>
The channel, owned by the games manufacturer Sega of Japan, Time Warner and
TCI, the American cable operator, has been talking to cable and satellite
television operators across Europe, according to New Media Markets, the
Financial Times newsletter.
</p>
<p>
The channel is expected to launch on cable first although the company has
also been talking to British Sky Broadcasting, the satellite broadcaster in
which Pearson, owner of the Financial Times, has a stake.
</p>
<p>
The UK is Sega's main priority because of the estimated installed base of
1.4m Megadrive games consoles. Through a decoder owners of consoles will be
able to get access to a range of games, including previews of new games.
</p>
<p>
The games company hopes the channel will both stimulate the sale of consoles
and games cartridges and at the same time create an additional stream of
revenue.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Sega Enterprises </item>
<item> Time Warner Inc </item>
<item> TCI International Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4841 Cable and Other Pay Television Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4841 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>211</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Admission adds to SFO injury </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK and JOHN MASON</byline>
<p>
The admission that a substantial bureaucratic blunder was made in the
handling of documents relating to the prosecution of Mr Asil Nadir could not
have come at a worse time for the Serious Fraud Office.
</p>
<p>
In a Commons written answer Sir Nicholas Lyell, the attorney general,
admitted that the SFO had twice circulated copies of documents it was not
entitled either to see or to distribute to others.
</p>
<p>
The details are embarrassing to Sir Nicholas, who admitted his previous
statement to the Commons in June that the documents were not circulated was
'incomplete' and 'misleading'. But the details are even more damaging to the
SFO.
</p>
<p>
They come just days after criticism of its legal judgment following the
outcome of its prosecution of Mr Roger Levitt, the disgraced financial
salesman, who was sentenced to just 180 hours of community service after a
plea bargain.
</p>
<p>
The latest revelations connected to Mr Nadir cast doubt over the SFO's
managerial and administrative competence, and are highlighted in the
exchange of correspondence between Mr George Staple, head of the SFO, and Mr
Peter Knight, a partner with Vizards, the law firm which acted for Mr Nadir
until his bankruptcy.
</p>
<p>
In his letter to Mr Staple in July Mr Knight suggested that 'no workable
system existed' in the SFO for handling privileged documents. The allegation
was strongly rejected by Mr Staple in his response in a letter written on
Thursday.
</p>
<p>
The letters focus on at least five bags of correspondence seized in two
police raids - one in October 1990 on the offices of Polly Peck
International, the company controlled by Mr Nadir, and the other on Mr
Nadir's Mayfair home at the time of his arrest in December that year.
</p>
<p>
The exact content of the letters is unclear, but Mr Nadir's lawyers at that
time claimed that they contained correspondence between him and them which
was covered by privilege.
</p>
<p>
The SFO initially contested the status of these documents but an independent
barrister gave an opinion largely supporting Vizards' case.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's further admission was prompted by a letter in July from Mr
Knight to Mr Staple that the previous statement did not fully explain the
position. It says that some of these documents were passed on both to the
SFO's lawyers prosecuting Mr Nadir, and to the Polly Peck administrators.
</p>
<p>
It was on this point that Sir Nicholas had to admit that he had misled the
Commons in his earlier statement. In June Sir Nicholas had told the Commons
that the bags of correspondence had been opened but that nothing more had
been done with the documents.
</p>
<p>
Mr Knight protested to the SFO over the circulation of these documents. The
failure of the SFO to react properly to his protests forced both the
attorney general and Mr Staple to apologise yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Sir Nicholas said: 'I regret that the fact that copies of privileged
documents had been circulated was not acknowledged by the then case
controller to Mr Nadir's solicitor, and that no attempt was made to retrieve
them until December 1991, despite Vizards' frequently expressed concern
about the matter and the fact that the then case controller appears to have
recognised at least by January 1991 that copies of potentially privileged
documents had been circulated.'
</p>
<p>
The case controller in charge of the Nadir case, Ms Lorna Harris, was the
only SFO officer mentioned specifically in the statements made by Mr Staple
and Sir Nicholas. However, an SFO spokes-man insisted nobody was being
singled out for the errors.
</p>
<p>
Ms Harris, who has since left the SFO but remains a civil servant, yesterday
refused to comment. Her solicitor, Mr John Clitheroe of Kingsley Napley,
issued a statement saying: 'She has taken legal advice because she is very
unhappy about what has been said about her by the attorney general. She is
considering her position.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Polly Peck International </item>
<item> Vizards </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9222 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>676</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Turkish soft drinks company bids for Meyna </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MURRAY BROWN</byline>
<p>
A soft-drinks company based in Izmir, Turkey, which holds Coca Cola's local
bottling franchise, is bidding to buy Meyna, the fruit and packaging
business once thought to be the main contributor to the Pounds 107m reported
profit of Polly Peck International's Middle East businesses, John Murray
Brown writes.
</p>
<p>
Mr Cemal Ozgorkey, head of the privately owned Ozgorkey Group, confirmed
that he was in talks with the administrators to PPI. Meyna made net losses
in 1990, 1991 and the first nine months of last year, according to internal
management figures in a sales prospectus sent by the administrators to
potential buyers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Meyna </item>
<item> Polly Peck International </item>
<item> Ozgorkey Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> TR  Turkey, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2086 Bottled and Canned Soft Drinks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2086 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>144</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
'I can't believe I would sign all those benefits away': The
controversy about personal pensions advice </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN</byline>
<p>
A primary school teacher who persuaded a life insurance company to buy her
out of a personal pension and back into an employer's scheme at a cost of
Pounds 21,000 is one of about 500,000 similar cases to be investigated by
securities regulators.
</p>
<p>
Through the efforts of her union, the Association of Teachers and Lecturers,
Mrs Jennifer Brown, 33, persuaded Abbey Life, the life insurance company
which had persuaded her out of her scheme and into a personal pension, to
buy her back in.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Brown, from Dudley in the West Midlands, transferred out of the
teachers' pension scheme four years ago. She said: 'When you sit down in the
cold light of day and think about it, you wonder why you did it.'
</p>
<p>
'I can't believe I would sign all those benefits away without even
investigating it,' she added.
</p>
<p>
Securities regulators are preparing to investigate the cases of up to
500,000 people like Mrs Brown, who transferred out of employers' pension
schemes into personal pension plans. They estimate that as much as Pounds
7bn has come out of employers' schemes into private plans. An initial review
of files has shown that in too many cases agents failed to obtain enough
information.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Brown's action cost Abbey Life about Pounds 21,000, enough to repay both
the transfer value of her contributions when she left the scheme with eight
years of service and to compensate for the four years when she was a
personal pension holder.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Hood of the Teachers Superannuation Scheme said nearly 27,000
teachers had transferred to a personal pension or had opted not to join the
scheme at the start of their employment.
</p>
<p>
The teachers' scheme offers fully-indexed retirement benefits and death in
service benefits of up to 18 months salary. Also, their employer contributes
an additional 8 per cent of their salary for the 6 per cent of gross salary
contributed by each teacher.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hood said: 'We face the difficulty that the salesman is there and can
influence the teacher. They can cast aspersions on our scheme.' By the time
the scheme has tried to explain to members what they are giving up, they
have already been talked into a personal pension by a seasoned sales agent.
</p>
<p>
Because personal pensions are rarely bolstered by a contribution from the
employer, offer no survivors' benefits in the event of death and do not
offer indexed benefits on retirement it is difficult for them ever to be as
attractive as an employer's scheme.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Stewart Ritchie, director of pensions at Scottish Equitable, a
leading private pensions provider, said individuals did not necessarily make
decisions based on numbers.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless Lautro, the self-regulating body for the life insurance
industry, last year issued guidance to sales agents telling them that there
were almost no circumstances in which it was best advice to switch from an
employer's scheme to a personal pension.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Abbey Life </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>540</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Major shifts position in Ulster talks: Dublin stresses end
to IRA violence - Go-between explains republican 'pique' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM COONE
<name type=place>DUBLIN</name></byline>
<p>
Irish persistence paid off at yesterday's Anglo-Irish summit in Dublin, with
the British delegation being persuaded to work intensively on the joint
declaration being sought by Dublin aimed at a permanent halt to IRA
violence.
</p>
<p>
Considerable differences remain over its phrasing, which will be discussed
in subsequent summits scheduled for later in the month. Agreement is by no
means assured. But the Irish government can derive some satisfaction in
having convinced Mr John Major to tackle the peace process before moving on
to British concerns over constitutional issues, in particular the Irish
republic's territorial claim to Northern Ireland.
</p>
<p>
The Irish proposal, contained in a document tabled last July, has been back
and forth between the two governments since, and disagreement over its focus
on the issue of Irish self-determination has been the principal stumbling
block to progress on the peace initiative.
</p>
<p>
Self-determination is viewed as a loaded term by the British and by Northern
Ireland's unionists, who see it as implying a veto by the republic over
constitutional changes in the north. The Irish insist that this is not so.
</p>
<p>
Mr Noel Dempsey, the Irish government chief whip, said: 'There seems to be
some confusion in the British government's mind as to what we mean by
self-determination.'
</p>
<p>
He added: 'What we are talking about is separate referenda, north and south,
where both peoples in both parts of the island can make their views known.
If consent is freely given, if a majority in both parts of the island decide
that they want a united Ireland, of whatever form, then we will abide by
that. We are not talking about collective self-determination.'
</p>
<p>
In Belfast, Sinn Fein, the political wing of the IRA, last night said that
hopes for an immediate unilateral ceasefire by the IRA was 'unrealistic'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Richard Macaulay, Sinn Fein official spokesman, said: 'It is unrealistic
to expect that the IRA will unilaterally end their actions without political
progress.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Jim Rodgers, deputy leader of the official Unionist Party on Belfast City
Council, warned that loyalist paramilitaries were preparing a backlash if
the London-Dublin peace process led to big concessions to the nationalist
community.
</p>
<p>
While the talks were taking place the army discovered a 1,000lb IRA bomb
intended for an army patrol. The device was planted on the outskirts of
Belfast near a primary school.
</p>
<p>
The nationalist goal of a united Ireland does not seem to be as crucial to
Catholics in Northern Ireland as many have believed. An opinion poll in
yesterday's Irish Times indicated that only 32 per cent of Catholics in
Ulster favour a united Ireland, although 65 per cent favour a constitutional
change involving a greater role for Dublin.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>492</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
DTI minister attacks EU steel subsidies </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BAXTER</byline>
<p>
The government yesterday risked further friction with fellow members of the
European Union by pledging to fight for an end to state subsidies for
inefficient Continental steel producers.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tim Sainsbury, industry minister, said subsidies were at the heart of the
steel sector's difficulties.
</p>
<p>
'The continued operation of inefficient companies propped up by massive
state aid is directly responsible for the excess capacity and uneconomic
pricing,' he told the British Iron and Steel Producers Association in
London.
</p>
<p>
'The UK steel industry has had to take necessary but painful decisions. It
is time for others to play by the rules and, if necessary, to suffer the
pain of restructuring.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Sainsbury's tough stance on the European Commission's controversial
restructuring plans for the steel industry has irritated Germany, whose plan
to subsidise Ekostahl, the troubled east German producer, is strongly
opposed by the UK.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sainsbury upset the commission last month when he told European
counterparts in Brussels that 'no agreement would be better than a bad
agreement' on subsidies. Agreement on the subsidies issue has to be
unanimous.
</p>
<p>
The November meeting of industry ministers ended in disarray after Italy
rejected a commission compromise on cuts in subsidies and capacity at Ilva,
the loss-making state steelmaker.
</p>
<p>
Another industry ministers' meeting will probably be called for December 17,
but Mr Sainsbury said yesterday that it would not be an easy meeting. 'I may
be unpopular with some of my ministerial colleagues but I am determined
personally to get us a much more level playing field,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sainsbury received support from Mr David Stone, the association's
outgoing president. He said that political decisions by national or regional
governments to subsidise steel-related activities must be fought by the UK
through every political means.
</p>
<p>
'Soft compromises brought about through ministerial fatigue, or from a sense
of isolation, or in the theoretical interests of a 'greater Europe' must be
resisted,' Mr Stone told the association's annual meeting.
</p>
<p>
State operating subsidies to some Continental steelworks were being paid to
ensure that other private-sector plants closed instead of 'politically
sensitive' ones, he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P331  Blast Furnace and Basic Steel Products </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P331 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>390</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
'Failure' schools face new curbs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
The first two schools to be branded 'failures' by Ofsted, the new government
inspection service, must draw up urgent action plans if they are to avoid
being placed under the direct control of the education department.
</p>
<p>
From next month Mr John Patten, education secretary, will have the power to
appoint 'education associations' to take over the running of schools in
England and Wales from governors and local education authorities.
</p>
<p>
He will make a decision on whether to do so after seeing the schools' action
plans, which they have until February to prepare.
</p>
<p>
According to Ofsted the quality of learning at the Crook Primary School in
Durham was unsatisfactory, there were 'major weaknesses in the leadership,
management and administration'. Governors rejected the finding, saying: 'We
have difficulty in recognising Crook Primary School as we know it in much of
what it (Ofsted) has to say.'
</p>
<p>
Brookside Special School in Derby was found not to meet curriculum
requirements and lacked effective policies on assessment admissions.
</p>
<p>
Derbyshire County Council responded by freezing admissions and introducing a
range of improvements to registration and health and safety measures.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dave Wilcox, the council's education chairman, said: 'The authority had
already identified a range of problems at the school following our own
inspection. It is disappointing that many of our recommendations have not
been implemented.'
</p>
<p>
Labour accepted Ofsted's reports, but questioned the response which could be
made by Mr Patten. Mrs Ann Taylor, Labour's education spokesman, said: 'The
hit squad approach is not going to be the most effective way of tackling
difficulties.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P8211 Elementary and Secondary Schools </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P8211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>296</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Paper war lifts Sinn Fein image </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN</byline>
<p>
If Sinn Fein had claimed three weeks ago that it had been briefed on
sensitive cabinet discussions and last year's failed three-stranded talks by
a British government representative, the suggestion would have been widely
ridiculed.
</p>
<p>
But when the allegation was made by senior figures in the IRA's political
wing on Thursday it had enough credibility to be carried prominently by the
British and Irish press - and to exacerbate tension between the two
governments on the eve of yesterday's meeting between Mr John Major and Mr
Albert Reynolds.
</p>
<p>
One Irish minister - Mr Noel Dempsey - even suggested that the allegation
would influence the agenda of the meeting as London would need to clear the
air before substantive issues were discussed.
</p>
<p>
'The initial difficulty will be the revelations and allegations that have
been made,' said Mr Dempsey, speaking with the full approval of the Irish
government. 'They have to be got out of the way . . . before substantial
negotiations can continue.'
</p>
<p>
Sinn Fein's enhanced credibility is the direct result of its successes in
the 'document war' that it has been waging with London. Time and again the
British government's version of events has been shown up as less accurate
than the Republican version. Put bluntly, London is on the defensive.
</p>
<p>
This was underlined yesterday when officials would not be drawn on Sinn
Fein's latest claims.
</p>
<p>
Since admitting at the start of this week that it had been in prolonged
contact with Republican leaders the British government has also had to own
up to errors in the record it published of the messages the two sides
exchanged.
</p>
<p>
By conceding 11 mistakes in one key paper the government has accepted that
Sinn Fein's version of the document was accurate in virtually every detail.
</p>
<p>
Sinn Fein's propaganda coup is all the more noteworthy since its own record
of reliability is not untarnished. For example, it has now belatedly made
clear that its 11-paragraph response to the British conditions was not
passed on until July - as the government stated - rather than April as was
implied by Sinn Fein documents.
</p>
<p>
Mr Martin McGuinness, Sinn Fein chief of staff, said on Thursday that this
response was 'prepared' in April but not 'lodged with the contact to be
passed to the British' until July.
</p>
<p>
In addition, fresh documents released by Sinn Fein on Thursday appear to
modify its position over a panicky message received by the government on
November 2, shortly after the Greysteel shootings, warning that the country
'could be at the point of no return'.
</p>
<p>
Having denied the message Sinn Fein now appears to acknowledge that a
communication was issued, but says it was 'without our authority or
knowledge'.
</p>
<p>
A newspaper interview with Mr McGuinness published in September provides a
further caution against automatically treating Sinn Fein's public statements
with credulity. Asked whether there had been feelers from the government to
Sinn Fein, Mr McGuinness is reported to have replied: 'No, there haven't
been.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>533</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
'Floaters' carried messages of peace </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
An intermediary who passed messages between the IRA and the UK government
talked to Jimmy Burns yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Channels of communication between Sinn Fein and the government have involved
a range of so-called 'floaters' - intermediaries drawn from the church,
local government, community politics and serving and retired civil servants.
</p>
<p>
The government has said that serious contact got under way only in February
after the IRA sent a message: 'The conflict is over but we need your advice
on how to bring it to a close.'
</p>
<p>
However, one of the floaters said that by then both sides had acknowledged
that 'no side could win (the war)'.
</p>
<p>
In private contacts it had been understood that if an agreement was
announced it would have to be phrased so as not to suggest that either side
was victor or loser.
</p>
<p>
'This explains the pique of Sinn Fein over the last few days,' said the
floater. 'What they were trying to do was to get off the hook with dignity,
but Sir Patrick Mayhew . . . put them in a very difficult situation with . .
. supporters.'
</p>
<p>
The floater said there had been more communication in the last two years
than before, and it had become particularly intense by the start of this
year. At an early stage of the talks Sinn Fein officials were uncertain
whether the people who put themselves forward as 'government
representatives' were really reflecting government policy.
</p>
<p>
Some of the mediators involved in the early stages of the Hume-Adams talks
are believed to have been priests from the Clonard monastery in west
Belfast.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>296</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Own-brand groceries challenge premium products </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GUY DE JONQUIERES, Consumer Industries Editor</byline>
<p>
Most British shoppers believe 'own brand' groceries sold by supermarket
chains offer at least as good value as branded products from leading
manufacturers, a survey shows.
</p>
<p>
The survey, by retail consultancy Verdict Research, says the popularity of
own-brand lines and their growing use by retailers to spearhead
price-cutting campaigns pose a serious threat to branded manufacturers,
which may have to lower prices further to avoid losing sales.
</p>
<p>
Almost two thirds of consumers said the quality of own brands was equal to
or better than leading branded equivalents. Almost three-quarters said
own-brand prices were about the same or cheaper.
</p>
<p>
J. Sainsbury's own brands scored highest on quality. Almost two-thirds of
consumers also said they rated the quality of 'no-frills' own-brand products
at Kwik Save, the discount chain, superior or equal to manufacturer brands.
</p>
<p>
About a third of consumers said they were likely to choose own-brand
versions of biscuits, cakes, canned groceries and dairy products over
manufacturers' brands. Less than 10 per cent said they preferred own-brand
beer and pet food.
</p>
<p>
Verdict says Tesco was using own brands more aggressively than any other
large supermarket chain as a price-cutting weapon. Tesco brands were being
displayed much more prominently and stocked in larger quantities.
</p>
<p>
The cheapest supermarket was Kwik Save, where a basket of groceries cost
Pounds 29.18, while the same goods at Tesco cost Pounds 35.12. Waitrose was
dearest, at Pounds 39.58, followed by Safeway and Sainsbury's.
</p>
<p>
The research into shelf-space and pricing was carried out in late October,
shortly before Sainsbury's cut prices on 300 own-brand lines.
</p>
<p>
Cross-channel shoppers are spending about Pounds 400m a year on personal
imports of beer, wine and spirits.
</p>
<p>
A report yesterday by Verdict says that increased allowances of personal
imports of duty-paid drinks this year have had 'a dramatic impact'.
</p>
<p>
Although the chancellor did not increase the duty on beer or spirits in the
Budget, the outlook for UK off-licences is not bright, Verdict says. Price
competition has intensified in the Pounds 6.5bn take-home market and profit
margins of specialist shops are wafer thin.
</p>
<p>
Supermarkets have benefited most from growth in the take-home trade and now
claim 56 per cent of sales. Off-licences are attempting to match prices but
only the biggest chains, Thresher and Victoria Wine, have the buying power
to compete on price for a prolonged period, the report says.
</p>
<p>
Verdict on Grocery Brands, Pounds 850. Verdict on Off-Licences 1993, Pounds
725. Verdict Research, 112 High Holborn, London WC1V 6JS.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
<item> P2099 Food Preparations, NEC </item>
<item> P208  Beverages </item>
<item> P5921 Liquor Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
<item> P2099 </item>
<item> P208 </item>
<item> P5921 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>462</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Equatorial Bank surrenders licence </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN GAPPER, Banking Editor</byline>
<p>
Equatorial Bank, the small Asian-owned bank which was placed into
administration in March, has voluntarily surrendered its Bank of England
banking licence after various attempts to rescue it failed.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gareth Hughes, the administrator from Ernst &amp; Young, said that the bank
had surrendered its banking licence because there was 'no prospect of
rescue'.
</p>
<p>
The Bank of England said that Equatorial was one of two companies deleted
from its list of authorised institutions under the 1987 Banking Act. The
other was Bunge Finance.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hughes said that an interim payment of 25p in the pound had already been
made to Equatorial's creditors. He expected that further payments would be
made in the next few months as loans were reallocated to other institutions.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Equatorial Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>164</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
DTI adviser to go </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Dr Geoffrey Robinson, chief adviser on science and technology at the
Department of Trade and Industry since June 1992, is to return to IBM to be
director of its Hursley Laboratories.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hursley Laboratories </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8734 Testing Laboratories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8734 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>59</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Vodafone's million </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Vodafone's mobile telephone network now has more than 1m customers, taking
the number of mobile phone subscribers in the UK to more than 1.8m.
Vodafone, founded in 1984, took four years to gain its first 250,000
customers. The last 250,000 came in 14 months.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Vodafone Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4812 Radiotelephone Communications </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>70</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
CBI deputy chief dies aged 49 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mr Richard Price, deputy director-general of the Confederation of British
Industry, has died aged 49. He joined the CBI in 1970 as an economic adviser
and held a succession of posts.
</p>
<p>
Sir Michael Angus, CBI president, said Mr Price's influence on European
policy would be especially missed. Mr Price leaves a widow and three sons.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>85</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Hatton police investigation ends </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Fraud Squad investigation into the business affairs of Mr Derek Hatton,
former Liverpool City Council deputy leader, is over, his solicitors said
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
They have received a fax from the Crown Prosecution Service saying all
documentation was being returned and Merseyside Police had destroyed the
photograph and fingerprints taken when Mr Hatton was arrested.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hatton stood trial with businessmen and Liverpool councillors at Mold
Crown Court earlier this year charged with conspiracy to defraud the
council. All were acquitted.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9222 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>108</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Airports launch expansion plans </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Liverpool and Manchester airports yesterday made applications for expansion.
The airports are less than 30 miles apart and it is expected that only one
plan will be approved.
</p>
<p>
Manchester wants a second runway to double its capacity of 15m passengers a
year. Liverpool, with fewer than 750,000 passengers a year, wants to expand
to 6m passengers by 2010 and 12m by 2030.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>90</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMABAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Investors invited to seek compensation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
Customers of four investment firms have been invited by the Investors
Compensation Scheme to see if they qualify for compensation.
</p>
<p>
The firms are former members of Fimbra, the self-regulating organisation for
financial advisers. They are: APAL Financial Services of Barking, Essex;
Chartered Financial Services (in liquidation) of Southampton; MS Insurance
Services of Northwood, Middlesex; and Special Needs Consultancy of Torquay,
Devon. The ICS said yesterday that the cases involved fewer than 50 clients
and about Pounds 1m of investments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> APAL Financial Services </item>
<item> Chartered Financial Services </item>
<item> MS Insurance Services </item>
<item> Special Needs Consultancy </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6282 Investment Advice </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6282 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>119</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Broker jailed for Pounds 645,000 theft </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MASON</byline>
<p>
An investment broker who cheated clients out of Pounds 645,000 to prop up
his ailing business was jailed for four years yesterday, John Mason writes.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Renton, the former chairman of Wentworth Asset Management,
pleaded guilty last month to 14 charges of theft and four of obtaining
property by deception.
</p>
<p>
Passing sentence at Inner London Crown Court Judge Fingret said Mr Renton's
actions amounted to 'persistent and blatant misuse of clients' money'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Renton was also disqualified from being a company director for 10 years.
He had denied a further 20 charges of theft and deception involving Pounds
1m. These charges have been laid on the file.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Wentworth Asset Management </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>141</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Prison officer protest on rights to be blocked </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN PIKE, Social Affairs Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Legislation clarifying prison officers' trade union rights and preventing
them from taking strike action is to be introduced by the government in the
current parliamentary session.
</p>
<p>
Last month Mr Michael Howard, home secretary, won a High Court injunction
against the Prison Officers' Association establishing that, since prison
officers had the status of constable, they could not withdraw their labour.
The union plans to contest in court the loss of the right to strike. It
appears that, even if it won, the victory would be short-lived because the
proposed legislation would overturn it.
</p>
<p>
Mr Howard said yesterday: 'I intend to introduce legislation this session
which, while maintaining the position that it is unlawful for them to call
industrial action, also extends normal trade union status to organisations
representing staff who currently have the powers of a constable.'
</p>
<p>
This would give the POA and its members access to industrial tribunals, pay
bargaining procedures and other trade union activities.
</p>
<p>
The government further strengthened its legal grip on the POA yesterday with
a separate injunction against officers at Preston prison who had refused to
accept new admissions.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Bartell, POA chairman, told a special delegate conference earlier
this week that constables had a duty to prevent breaches of the peace, and
said officers would be within their rights to refuse admissions if they
believed disruption or disturbances were likely.
</p>
<p>
Officers at Preston turned prisoners away on Thursday but Mr Howard
yesterday obtained an injunction against six POA representatives who, the
Prison Service said, had contravened the instructions of their governor.
</p>
<p>
Similar action had been proposed by officers at Hull prison on Monday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Howard yesterday issued the first set of key objectives for police
forces. The police bill in the present parliamentary session provides for
the annual setting of key objectives to measure and enhance police
performance, and the 1994-95 exercise will be a trial run before the bill
becomes law.
</p>
<p>
The objectives will require forces to seek to increase detection rates for
violent crime and household burglaries, to provide high visibility policing,
to respond promptly to emergency calls, and to target and prevent particular
local problem crimes in partnership with other agencies and the public.
</p>
<p>
Success will be measured by a series of performance indicators including the
number of crimes detected per 100 officers, public satisfaction with levels
of foot and mobile patrols and the percentage of responses to incidents
achieved within target times.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
<item> P9223 Correctional Institutions </item>
<item> P9221 Police Protection </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8631 </item>
<item> P9223 </item>
<item> P9221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>446</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Equatorial Bank gives up licence </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN GAPPER, Banking Editor</byline>
<p>
Equatorial Bank, the small Asian-owned bank which was placed into
administration in March, has voluntarily surrendered its Bank of England
banking licence after various attempts to rescue it failed, it was disclosed
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gareth Hughes, the administrator from Ernst &amp; Young, said that the bank
had surrendered its banking licence because there was 'no prospect of
rescue'. The bank's liabilities and assets were being worked out.
</p>
<p>
The Bank of England said that Equatorial was one of two companies deleted
from its list of authorised institutions under the 1987 Banking Act. The
other was Bunge Finance.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hughes said that an interim payment of 25p in the pound had already been
made to Equatorial's creditors. He expected that further payments would be
made in the next few months as loans were reallocated to other institutions.
</p>
<p>
Equatorial was one of three Asian banks in London to close since last
October, prompting concern about the supply of finance to Asian businesses.
They lost liquidity after the closure of Bank of Credit and Commerce
International.
</p>
<p>
Among those who expressed an interest in rescuing Equatorial was a group
headed by Mr Ketan Somaia, a Kenyan Asian businessman.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Equatorial Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>236</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
State 'central to SA growth' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATTI WALDMEIR
<name type=place>JOHANNESBURG</name></byline>
<p>
A think-tank linked to the African National Congress yesterday published
proposals to revive the South African economy which stress the central role
of the state, rather than the private sector, in triggering growth from now
until the end of the century.
</p>
<p>
Introducing the proposals from the Macroeconomic Research Group, Mr Trevor
Manuel, head of the ANC economics department, said they did not represent
ANC policy. But ANC economists were involved in drawing them up, and they
could have a significant influence over policy formulation. One ANC official
said that some of the proposals were 'too conservative'.
</p>
<p>
The research group, which includes members of the radical trade union
movement, Cosatu, as well as members of the ANC and academics from local and
foreign universities, drew up an economic model in which the state's role is
central - in direct contradiction to the government's model, which focuses
on private sector investment to revive growth.
</p>
<p>
'To achieve the goals of economic growth and redistribution, the state. . .
must play a strong and active role in leading development,' the group said.
Growth would rise from 1.1 per cent in 1994 to nearly 5 per cent annually
within the first years of the next century, it said. This year's growth is
expected to total 1 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The model focuses on job creation, as well as improving access to and
quality of health, housing, and electricity. It calls for a minimum wage to
be set, but rules out any early recourse to a wealth tax.
</p>
<p>
The think-tank said a post-apartheid government should resist raising
personal and corporate tax rates, but the tax system should be restructured
and should include a multiple-rate indirect value added tax favouring the
poor.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>325</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Luanda and Unita clear last hurdle to ceasefire </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By Agencies</byline>
<p>
The Angolan government and Unita rebels said yesterday they had cleared the
last obstacles to a ceasefire agreement at talks in Lusaka, agencies report.
</p>
<p>
They said they would report details, probably today, to United Nations
mediators who have been trying to bring an end to the long-running conflict
in Angola.
</p>
<p>
'All conditions are now complete for the ceasefire,' said a rebel
negotiator.
</p>
<p>
The key dispute had been over arrangements for disarming rebel forces. This
issue threatened to derail the peace talks which opened in the Zambian
capital of Lusaka on November 15 under the chairmanship of UN envoy Alioune
Blondin Beye. But the disagreement appeared now to have been settled.
</p>
<p>
The UN has been seeking a ceasefire for the whole country, allowing free
movement of goods and people.
</p>
<p>
The UN envoy was due to fly to Angola's capital Luanda today for
consultations. One diplomat said he believed the envoy would press on with
outstanding political questions which the rebels wanted resolved. These
related to what role Unita would play in a future government.
</p>
<p>
The government and Unita have battled each other since Angola's independence
from Portugal in 1975.
</p>
<p>
The war halted after a peace accord in May 1991 but Unita, led by Mr Jonas
Savimbi, took up arms again after disputing its defeat in UN-supervised
elections in September 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AO  Angola, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>250</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Malawi troops attack military wing of party </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NICHOLAS YOUNG</byline>
<p>
At least 16 people were killed when Malawian soldiers stormed into action
yesterday to disarm the country's Young Pioneers, the paramilitary wing of
the ruling Malawi Congress Party.
</p>
<p>
Troops assaulted the national headquarters and district offices of the Young
Pioneers. National offices of the Congress Party were also strafed with
gunfire, ransacked and looted by soldiers.
</p>
<p>
Thousands of civilians took to the streets of the capital, Lilongwe,
cheering the army.
</p>
<p>
They shouted: 'No more Banda, no more Tembo, no more Chakauamba' - referring
to former 'president for life' Dr Hastings Kamuzu Banda and two members of a
presidential council that has shared power since Dr Banda's collapse with a
stroke in October.
</p>
<p>
The military strike against the Pioneers came after opposition politicians
had complained of a delay in disarming the paramilitary group.
</p>
<p>
A call to disarm the 2,000-strong Pioneers came two months ago from a
National Consultative Council, comprising government and opposition
representatives. The council was charged with overseeing Malawi's transition
to democracy following a referendum in June, when Malawians voted to switch
to a multi-party system of politics.
</p>
<p>
There has been long-running tension between the Pioneers, the police and the
politically neutral army. The government has pleaded the case for
integrating the Pioneers into the national security forces.
</p>
<p>
It was not immediately clear how far up the army hierarchy the order to
attack originated.
</p>
<p>
The operation began when 200 soldiers assaulted Youth House, the Pioneers'
headquarters in Lilongwe. Armed Pioneers initially returned fire but
resistance collapsed within minutes.
</p>
<p>
Two army helicopters circled low overhead, apparently in support of the
attack.
</p>
<p>
Army units then moved on to the Kamuzu Youth Institute, a training centre
for Pioneers, and to urban district offices. The institute was soon ablaze,
with civilians braving the fire to loot the premises.
</p>
<p>
Gunfire had died down in the city by late afternoon, although civilian
looting of commercial and government premises had begun. At the national
headquarters of the Malawi Congress Party, soldiers were systematically
removing anything of value.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> MW  Malawi, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>362</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Further violence in West Bank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>HEBRON</name></byline>
<p>
Jewish settlers went on a shooting spree yesterday in the occupied West Bank
town of Hebron, firing indiscriminately at people, cars and houses, Reuter
reports from Hebron.
</p>
<p>
Hospitals and witnesses said at least three Arabs were shot and wounded by
settlers or soldiers in stone-throwing clashes. One, shot in the head, was
in a serious condition.
</p>
<p>
It was the second straight day of riots in the town. The attacks started
after Palestinians stoned a settler's car.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IL  Israel, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>106</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
India urged to safeguard local industry </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEFAN WAGSTYL
<name type=place>NEW DELHI</name></byline>
<p>
Indian industrialists yesterday urged the government to safeguard the
interests of domestic companies when opening up the economy to foreign
investors.
</p>
<p>
Import duties should be cut 'gradually' to protect domestic industry and
special temporary duties should be introduced to insulate Indian companies
from violent swings in international prices, says the Federation of Indian
Chambers of Commerce and Industry, a national employers' organisation, in a
formal pre-budget report to the government.
</p>
<p>
The federation says Indian groups should not be obliged to compete at a
disadvantage to foreign groups and need a 'level playing-ground'.
</p>
<p>
The federation's call echoes the fears expressed by an informal group of
conservative industrialists called the Bombay Club, who have already
conveyed their worries to the government.
</p>
<p>
The industrialists' concerns have surfaced at a time when multinational
groups have started making high-profile investments in India in the wake of
the government's economic reforms. The purchase by Coca Cola, the US soft
drinks group, of Parle, India's leading cola maker, prompted suggestions
from some critics that Indian industry faces a mass takeover.
</p>
<p>
The federation's report carries proposals for changes in tax, trade and
financial regulations which Indian companies feel discriminate against
domestic groups.
</p>
<p>
In its most controversial, protectionist-sounding suggestion, the report
demands planned cuts in import duties should continue but should be 'gradual
keeping in view the interests of the indigenous industries.' It also wants
duties to be lowest on raw materials and highest on finished goods to give
'the requisite support to the domestic industry.'
</p>
<p>
The federation calls for stronger anti-dumping measures and a new
'regulatory duty' which would be imposed for limited periods on imports when
international prices fell sharply to allow Indian industry to adjust.
</p>
<p>
The report says corporate tax rates in India, which range between 51.75 per
cent and 57.5 per cent, are higher than rates in other countries. Foreign
financial institutions investing in India enjoy special low rates of capital
gains tax of 10 per cent on long-term gains (against 40 per cent for
domestic companies) and of 25-30 per cent on short-term gains (compared with
51.75 per cent.)
</p>
<p>
The federation says interest rates should be cut from the current range of
17-22 per cent to 10 per cent, nearer international levels. It wants an end
to restrictions on inter-company loans and investments and on the use of
shares as security for loans.
</p>
<p>
The report said: 'Unless the reform measures are properly sequenced and a
level playing-ground is provided to the domestic industry, the national
economy will face serious adverse impact.'
</p>
<p>
Exports in October grew 15.2 per cent to Dollars 1.7bn, extending a surge
which started at the beginning of the financial year in April, according to
figures published yesterday. But the pace of growth has fallen from an
average of 21 per cent in the six months to September. Imports remained flat
due to continued stagnation in Indian industry.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>526</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Former Sumitomo bank chief dies </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Ichiro Isoda, former chairman of Sumitomo Bank who was forced to resign
following an illegal loan scandal and his involvement with stock and
property speculators, died yesterday. He was 80.
</p>
<p>
Better known as the 'Emperor' of Sumitomo, he fell from grace in 1990 after
six years as president and seven years as chairman. He was personally
responsible for Sumitomo's emergence as Japan's top profit making bank in
the late 1980s, aggressively expanding operations using cheap credit.
However, Mr Isoda was also widely believed to be the force behind the bank's
involvement with real estate and stock speculators. Sumitomo made large
loans to Itoman, a trading company turned property developer and art
collector, which was linked to underworld figures.
</p>
<p>
Mr Isoda took Itoman under his wing after a financial rescue in the 1970s
and sent in employees as presidents and board members. Itoman faced near
bankruptcy due to mounting bad loans and was taken over by a Sumitomo group
company earlier this year.
</p>
<p>
An arrest of a former Sumitomo manager on alleged illegal loans to Mitsuhiro
Kotani, a prominent stock speculator, was the trigger for his resignation,
bringing a sad end to Mr Isoda's otherwise distinguished career. Mr Isoda
first came to prominence in the 1970s by arranging the rescue of Ataka, a
troubled trading house, and then persuading Ford Motor of the US to
participate in the refinancing of Mazda Motor which faced financial
difficulties.
</p>
<p>
Mr Isoda later oversaw the rehabilitation of Daishowa Paper and Asahi
Breweries, both heavily indebted groups.
</p>
<p>
Under Mr Isoda, Sumitomo aggressively expanded overseas.
</p>
<p>
The bank invested Dollars 500m in a non-voting stake in Goldman Sachs, the
US securities company. The deal failed to bring in benefits the bank had
originally hoped, as the US Federal Reserve banned the bank from building
direct business links with Goldman.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Sumitomo Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>334</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAA0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
N Korea nuclear deadline extended </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BURTON
<name type=place>SEOUL</name></byline>
<p>
South Korea's foreign minister said yesterday North Korea would be given
more time to solve its dispute over nuclear inspections, even if the
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) declares that Pyongyang is in
violation of nuclear safeguards, writes John Burton in Seoul.
</p>
<p>
The US and South Korea have previously stated that the North Korean nuclear
issue would be transferred to the United Nations Security Council once the
IAEA declared that the continuity of its inspections of the North's nuclear
facilities had been broken. The UN would then consider imposing economic
sanctions on Pyongyang.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hans Blix, the IAEA director general, said on Thursday that the
continuity of the inspection regime was close to being broken. He is
expected to deliver a report on North Korean nuclear issue to the Security
Council next week.
</p>
<p>
Mr Han Sung-joo, the South Korean foreign minister, said the timing of the
UN involvement depended not only on technical factors, such as an IAEA
declaration that its safeguards on North Korean are broken, but also on
diplomatic developments.
</p>
<p>
North Korea is now blocking routine IAEA inspections of its nuclear
facilities at Yongbyon.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> KR  South Korea, Asia </item>
<item> KP  North Korea, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>221</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
SA proposals focus on growth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATTI WALDMEIR
<name type=place>JOHANNESBURG</name></byline>
<p>
A think-tank linked to the African National Congress yesterday published
proposals to revive the South African economy which stress the central role
of the state, rather than the private sector, in triggering growth from now
until the end of the century.
</p>
<p>
Introducing the proposals from the Macroeconomic Research Group, Mr Trevor
Manuel, head of the ANC economics department, said they did not represent
ANC policy. However, ANC economists were involved in drawing them up, and
they could have a significant influence over policy formulation. One ANC
official said that some of the proposals were 'too conservative' though he
gave no details.
</p>
<p>
The research group, which includes members of the radical trade union
movement, Cosatu, as well as members of the ANC and academics from local and
foreign universities, drew up an economic model in which the role of the
state is central - in direct contradiction to the government's economic
model, which focuses on private sector investment to revive growth.
</p>
<p>
'To achieve the goals of economic growth and redistribution, the state . . .
must play a strong and active role in leading development,' the group said.
Growth would rise from 1.1 per cent in 1994 to nearly 5 per cent annually
within the first years of the next century, it said. This year's growth is
expected to total 1 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The model focuses on job creation, as well as improving access to and
quality of health, housing, and electricity. It calls for a minimum wage to
be set, but rules out any early recourse to a wealth tax, a controversial
proposal favoured by some ANC economists.
</p>
<p>
It proposes that state spending on social needs such as housing, education,
health and job creation should, using 1985 currency values as a benchmark,
nearly double from R14bn (Pounds 2.81bn) in 1992 to R26bn (Pounds 5.3bn) in
2004.
</p>
<p>
The think-tank stressed the need to maintain macro-economic balance, arguing
for prudent fiscal, monetary and balance of payments goals. It said a
post-apartheid government should resist raising personal and corporate tax
rates, but the tax system should be restructured, and should include a
multiple-rate indirect value added tax favouring the poor.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>398</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Sihanouk withdraws offer to Khmer Rouge </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAIN SIMPSON
<name type=place>PHNOM PENH</name></byline>
<p>
King Norodom Sihanouk has withdrawn an offer to give cabinet posts to the
Khmer Rouge in return for a ceasefire. His decision abruptly ended hopes
that the offer could lead to peace talks between the radical faction and the
government, Iain Simpson writes from Phnom Penh.
</p>
<p>
It also means that renewed fighting in the central province of Kompong Thom
is likely to spread to other areas. In the past week, Khmer Rouge troops
have attacked government positions and villages in the province, retaking
positions which the government captured last year. Reports from other
provinces in the west indicate that both sides are preparing for offensives
- a dry season pattern likely to be repeated this year.
</p>
<p>
Earlier in the week, King Sihanouk held talks in China with the nominal
leader of the Khmer Rouge, Khieu Samphan. The king is in hospital in
Beijing, receiving treatment for cancer. They discussed the king's proposal
to give the Khmer Rouge senior government positions in return for agreeing
to a ceasefire, giving up its army and handing over the territory it
controls.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>215</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Nigeria accused over Dollars 64m payment: Ex-minister claims
oil storage plan was unnecessary </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL HOLMAN</byline>
<p>
The state-owned Nigerian National Petroleum Corporation paid out Dollars 64m
for an unnecessary oil storage facility it commissioned and subsequently
cancelled, according to Chief Philip Asiodu, the country's former oil
minister.
</p>
<p>
The scheme was 'a scandal of major proportions', Chief Asiodu said in an
interview in London, in which he quoted extensively from copies of minutes
and documents exchanged with NNPC and other officials.
</p>
<p>
In August a confidential government report expressed concern about
'leakages' in the accounts of NNPC. Nigeria exports about 1.3m barrels of
oil a day.
</p>
<p>
Chief Asiodu, a respected former permanent secretary in the oil ministry in
the 1970s who became a leading Lagos-based businessman, was appointed oil
minister at the beginning of January. He declined a further term in office
in August, when the country's interim cabinet was reshuffled and military
rule extended.
</p>
<p>
In December 1992, shortly before Chief Asiodu took office, the government
approved a proposal to hire oil tankers which would be anchored off Lagos
and hold up to 1m tons of petroleum products as a strategic reserve.
</p>
<p>
In a series of minutes to NNPC officials and to President Ibrahim Babangida,
who stepped down as Nigeria's military leader in August, Mr Asiodu called
for the cancellation of the scheme which, had it been followed through,
would have cost nearly Dollars 300m.
</p>
<p>
Chief Asiodu told NNPC officials that they had used 'bogus economics' and
argued that even if the project were to go ahead, it need not cost more than
Dollars 45m.
</p>
<p>
But he strongly recommended its cancellation, pointing out that it would not
resolve Nigeria's fuel shortages.
</p>
<p>
These, he said, were caused by internal distribution problems rather than
supply shortages.
</p>
<p>
In a minute dated May 21 and sent to Gen Babangida, Mr Asiodu wrote: 'The
matter raises. . . serious doubts about rationality, integrity and honesty
in the conduct of NNPC management.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Asiodu sent a further detailed criticism of the project to the president,
who in a minute dated June 10 agreed that it should be cancelled.
</p>
<p>
On July 30, a senior NNPC official said that, although the contract had been
terminated on July 9, NNPC was contractually committed to payments totalling
Dollars 64m to the charter company providing the tankers and handling the
project.
</p>
<p>
This included charter charges of Dollars 25m for the period December 23,
1992 to July 9, 1993, 'damages' amounting to Dollars 33m and further
obligations of Dollars 6m.
</p>
<p>
On August 9, Chief Asiodu told NNPC officials that the legality of the
contract was questionable, and warned: 'Please make it clear to all
concerned that the top management of NNPC are dealing with a scandal of
major proportions in this matter.'
</p>
<p>
Further correspondence exchanged between NNPC and Mr Asiodu suggests that
company officials ignored his directives, and had already authorised
payments totalling Dollars 16.5m to the contractors in January and February
1993.
</p>
<p>
Mr Asiodu left office on August 26.
</p>
<p>
In the interview in London Mr Asiodu also re-jected criticism of decisions
he had taken while minister on oil lifting contracts and the award of
exploration licences.
</p>
<p>
In both areas he was dealing with a backlog of claims and applications
inherited from his predecessor, said Mr Asiodu.
</p>
<p>
'If I had any skeletons to hide in the ministry, I would have chosen to
remain there,' he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Nigerian National Petroleum Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NG  Nigeria, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P1389 Oil and Gas Field Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P1389 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>603</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Japan sees end to growth in trade surplus </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Growth in Japan's politically controversial current account surplus is near
an end, the finance ministry said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Annual growth in the surplus slowed to 1.4 per cent in October to Dollars
11.25bn, after a 10.2 per cent rise the previous month, the ministry
announced. That represented a 6.9 per cent decline from September's Dollars
13.3bn surplus.
</p>
<p>
Exports were stagnant or slightly down - depending on the sector - while
imports rose. 'It appears that the yen-based surplus is now in a shrinking
trend and the dollar-based surplus is likely to hit a ceiling,' said an
official.
</p>
<p>
Overall, exports rose slightly from Dollars 30.1bn from October 1992 to
Dollars 30.32bn in the same month this year, while imports increased more
strongly from Dollars 17.16bn to Dollars 17.89bn.
</p>
<p>
This could help to reduce the yen's value, given the depth of Japan's
recession, so easing the pressure on the country's exporters, said
economists.
</p>
<p>
That would be welcome news for prime minister Morihiro Hosokawa as his
government works overtime to put together another economic stimulus package.
</p>
<p>
Coalition members are aiming to finalise details of such a package by early
next week. However, Mr Hirohisa Fujii, the finance minister, yesterday cast
uncertainty over the timing by saying that the government must first pass a
supplementary budget, to fund the previous package.
</p>
<p>
A senior official of the government's Economic Planning Agency yesterday
admitted that the economy could shrink this year. Mr Tsutomu Tanaka, the
agency's vice minister, expected something between a slight decline and 1
per cent growth in gross national product.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>302</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
In peace as in war Israel outplays the Arabs: As Arafat's
supporters lose confidence, Rabin has the upper hand </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROGER MATTHEWS</byline>
<p>
Middle East peace talks at an impasse, violence in the occupied territories,
Jewish settlers on the rampage, and Mr Warren Christopher, the US secretary
of state, damping hopes for his visit to the region which began last night.
It all strikes a depressingly familiar note, coming so soon after the
euphoria created by Israel and the Palestine Liberation Organisation when
they signed their declaration of principles in Washington on September 13.
</p>
<p>
But although the danger is growing that the two sides will fail to meet
their first deadline, a week on Monday, for implementing the initial stage
of the outline peace accord, the appearances are probably worse than the
reality.
</p>
<p>
By December 13, Israel and the PLO are supposed to have agreed a range of
issues which would permit the start of an Israeli troop withdrawal from much
of the Gaza Strip and an area around the West Bank town of Jericho. 'It is a
sacred date. They must respect it, or the whole peace process will be
affected,' Mr Yassir Arafat, the PLO chairman, said in Copenhagen this week.
From his headquarters in Tunis came the warning that negotiations over the
extent of the Israel withdrawal had reached an impasse, and US help was
needed to rescue the process.
</p>
<p>
Mr Yitzhak Rabin, Israel's prime minister, appears less concerned, probably
because he understands Mr Arafat's negotiating techniques and realises how
little room the PLO leader has for manoeuvre. In London on Thursday, Mr
Rabin said he would like to meet the deadline, but preferred to let it slip
by a few weeks if that meant they would achieve a precisely defined deal.
Israel, he said, would stick by its commitment to complete the first stage
of withdrawal by the next target date of April 13.
</p>
<p>
Time, however, has always been a luxury for peacemakers in the Middle East.
Fifteen Israelis and 31 Palestinians have died violently since Mr Rabin and
Mr Arafat shook hands on the south lawn of the White House, and many more
have been wounded. Opponents of the agreement will be encouraged by the
latest difficulties, and suspicions among Palestinians in the territories
about Israel's true intentions are bound to increase if the troop withdrawal
does not begin on schedule.
</p>
<p>
The danger was clear from the outset. Mr Arafat and Mr Rabin both gambled on
being able to carry with them the biggest part of their domestic
constituencies. The Israeli leader's calculations were the more finely
honed. He wrong-footed his right-wing opponents, achieved swift
parliamentary endorsement for his actions, and retains public credibility
for his determination to stand firm on security issues. Even so, the latest
poll in Israel shows support for the peace process down to 43 per cent, a
fall of over 20 per cent since September, and opposition rising at 47 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
Mr Arafat was meanwhile busy embellishing his already well-practised
impersonation of Houdini by not only escaping from the consultative chains
with which fellow Palestinians sought to bind him, but also simultaneously
ignoring the agreement with the Syrians, Jordanians and Lebanese that no one
Arab partner would do a separate deal with the Israelis.
</p>
<p>
For several months before September 13, Palestinian discontent with Mr
Arafat had been approaching a crescendo, not least among those representing
the PLO at the Washington negotiations. Resignations were in the air and the
accusations were myriad. Mr Arafat was said, not for the first time, to be
alternately autocratic and indecisive, and unwilling to consult with any but
his closest colleagues. He stood accused of bringing the PLO to the verge of
financial ruin, and of coming close to wrecking the entire organisation.
Those accusations are still rife today.
</p>
<p>
But just as his leadership looked to be tottering, he made his dramatic deal
with Israel, appeared in Washington, was praised by President Clinton,
welcomed on Capitol Hill, and promised Palestinians a future state with Arab
east Jerusalem as its eternal capital. It was gripping theatre, but the plot
had only a beginning, followed by an ill-defined series of subsequent acts,
and an ending on which the authors, not to mention the other actors,
profoundly disagreed.
</p>
<p>
Getting from the starting point to the conclusion of an interim five-year
period of Palestinian self-rule, during which the final status of the
territories would be agreed, was always going to be a Herculean task. Mr
Yossi Beilin, Israel's deputy foreign minister and a central figure in the
process, speculated last month that it might have been easier to have
started with an agreement on how the drama would end, and then work
backwards to the White House lawn.
</p>
<p>
There is weight to his argument, more so from the Palestinian perspective.
Rifts within the wider Palestinian community have been widened by the long
wait for tangible results of the peace accord to be seen in the territories,
and by the still uncertain conclusion of the process.
</p>
<p>
While the peripatetic Mr Arafat continues to be feted in world capitals
(yesterday it was Gabon), the skilled negotiators needed to do the
difficult, detailed work have tended to be ill-prepared and poorly briefed.
The assumption of PLO headquarters in Tunis that it knows best is causing
increasing resentment among those in the territories whose leadership role
grew during the five-year uprising against Israeli occupation.
</p>
<p>
Those concerns have been exacerbated by fears Israel is seeking to dominate
the economic future of the Palestinians. In the short term there is
resentment at Israel's efforts to play a key role in the disbursement of the
Dollars 2bn in aid pledged by the international community towards rebuilding
the infrastructure of the occupied territories, and in the longer term by
its statements on the inevitability of a dependent Palestinian role.
</p>
<p>
Palestinian commentators, an increasing number of whom have turned against
Mr Arafat, delight in mocking his dilemma. 'Can a warrior negotiate as he
surrenders?' wrote one this week, suggesting that Mr Arafat can only meet
the December 13 deadline by giving way to Israeli demands. Mr Rabin has to
decide in the next few days how much of a lifeline, if any, he needs to
throw Mr Arafat to prevent a further erosion of Palestinian and, ultimately,
Israeli support for their joint initiative.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IL  Israel, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>1081</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Poll surge by Russian extremists feared </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN LLOYD and CHRYSTIA FREELAND
<name type=place>MOSCOW, KRASNOYARSK</name></byline>
<p>
Reformist parties fighting Russia's parliamentary elections on December 12
are seriously concerned that a late surge by extremists will give a large
share of seats to communist and neo-fascist deputies.
</p>
<p>
Mr Anatoly Sobchak, mayor of St Petersburg and the veteran democrat who now
leads the Movement for Democratic Reform - one of the four reformist parties
- said yesterday there was now a 'very grave threat' from the communists and
even more from the neo-fascist Liberal Democratic Party, led by Mr Vladimir
Zhirinovsky.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sobchak, who was campaigning in Krasnoyarsk, said the communists might
take 10 per cent of the seats.
</p>
<p>
He said an agreement had been reached between the four reformist parties -
Russia's Choice, the Party of Unity and Consent, the 'Yabloko' group and his
own - to withdraw candidates where it was clear one of the four was leading.
This followed a call for co-operation made by Mr Yegor Gaidar, leader of
Russia's Choice.
</p>
<p>
However, it is far from clear that the democratic blocs can reach an
effective agreement not to split their votes, and Mr Sobchak said the
leadership of the four parties would meet early next week to attempt to
impose discipline on their often independent-minded and inexperienced local
organisations.
</p>
<p>
The Russian Communist Party yesterday took part in a convention of centrist
and far-left and right-wing groups held to oppose the draft Russian
constitution, which will be voted on in a referendum at the same time as the
parliamentary elections. The communist party is consistently scoring around
8 per cent in the polls and the Liberal Democrats have surged from under 2
per cent to around the same levels.
</p>
<p>
The polls all show as much as half of the electorate still undecided, while
party leaders touring the country have consistently remarked on the strength
of feeling for Mr Zhirinovsky, whose populist style has gone down well on
TV.
</p>
<p>
A spokesman for the 'Yabloko' group said last night that the four-party
agreement was only at regional level and no decision had been taken to agree
a share-out of constituencies at national level.
</p>
<p>
Mr Arkady Murashov, one of the leaders of Russia's Choice, confirmed that
the four parties would meet next week.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>401</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAATFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Death of Escobar will hasten drug chiefs' surrender </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARITA KENDALL
<name type=place>BOGOTA</name></byline>
<p>
THE death of Pablo Escobar, chief of the Medellin cartel, does not mean drug
trafficking has ended in Colombia, though it marks a big step forward,
President Cesar Gaviria said yesterday, Sarita Kendall reports from Bogota.
'The fight against terrorism has not finished, an enormous challenge lies
ahead,' he said.
</p>
<p>
But Escobar's killing in a big police raid should hasten surrender of rival
traffickers, and representatives of some of the top Cali smugglers, rivals
to the Medellin cartel, have apparently contacted the prosecutor general's
office to discuss terms. Legislation passed recently makes surrender more
attractive, with the possibility of minimal sentences under house arrest.
</p>
<p>
Escobar was buried yesterday at a chaotic funeral punctuated by the chants
of thousands of slum-dwelling mourners who considered him a Robin Hood
figure.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CO  Colombia, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>168</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAASFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Election puts lira under pressure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GRAHAM
<name type=place>ROME</name></byline>
<p>
Nervousness in the financial markets over the outcome of Sunday's run-offs
in local elections put the lira under pressure again yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The lira has been unsettled throughout the week because of continuing
political uncertainties and doubts about the Ciampi government's ability to
push the 1994 budget through parliament.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday the lira was being traded below the pyschological barrier of
L1,000 to the D-Mark; but then recovered to L998.
</p>
<p>
The slight improvement was attributed to signs that the government had
agreed how to tackle the 2,500 amendments tabled to the budget. This has
increased the likelihood that the legislation, reducing the public sector
deficit in 1994 to 8.7 per cent of gross domestic product, would be approved
before Christmas.
</p>
<p>
However, the likely result in Sunday's local elections remained far from
clear yesterday as the campaign closed. Opinion polls suggested candidates
backed by alliances sponsored by the former communist Party of the
Democratic Left (PDS) would do well. But in Naples and Rome they are being
closely challenged by the neo-fascist MSI.
</p>
<p>
In either event the result will provide a further big shake-up in Italy's
political landscape against the backdrop of early elections next spring. The
first round on November 21 saw the collapse of the vote for the long ruling
Christian Democrats and their allies.
</p>
<p>
Sunday's elections cover almost 450 towns and cities and involve 11m voters,
nearly a quarter of the electorate.
</p>
<p>
The focus has been on Naples and Rome where the neo-fascist MSI has run a
strong campaign picking up votes from the centre parties - especially the
Christian Democrats and Socialists.
</p>
<p>
Rome magistrates yesterday notified 22 journalists and technicians working
for the RAI, the state-run television network, that there were under
investigation for alleged fraud for L250m (Pounds 100,880).
</p>
<p>
The move follows detailed inspection of expenses claims submitted by
television crews covering trouble-spot news in former Yugoslavia and
Somalia. It came on the day when the new RAI management unveiled unpopular
news that the traditional Christmas bonus of an extra month's pay, due in
early December, would be held over until the end of January to save L40bn to
pay suppliers.
</p>
<p>
The RAI is likely to lose L500bn this year and is in danger of being put
into liquidation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
<item> P7812 Motion Picture and Video Production </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P4833 </item>
<item> P9222 </item>
<item> P7812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>438</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAARFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Prospect of Iraqi sales hits oil price </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT CORZINE and ROGER MATTHEWS, Middle East Editor</byline>
<p>
Oil prices tumbled to new five-year lows yesterday as markets took fright at
reports that Iraqi oil exports could resume earlier than expected.
</p>
<p>
The price of the benchmark Brent Blend broke through the psychological
barrier of Dollars 14 a barrel, to touch a low of Dollars 13.65 a barrel. It
later recovered in late London trading to Dollars 13.85, but sentiment
remained bearish, according to traders.
</p>
<p>
The price slide was exacerbated by news that the main Russian Black Sea oil
export terminal at Novorossiisk had reopened after being closed for three
weeks by bad weather. Its closure had been one of the few factors
underpinning prices. The main reason for yesterday's fall, however, was a
report that Iraq had shown greater flexibility in accepting UN terms for
lifting, at least partly, the embargo on oil exports.
</p>
<p>
The possibility of resumed Iraqi exports at a time of plentiful supplies and
weak prices has been a factor behind the 25 per cent slide in oil prices
over the past year.
</p>
<p>
One Gulf Arab official complained that none of the recent reports about the
return of Iraqi exports has proved true. 'The market appears to be reacting
to headlines rather than hard information,' he said.
</p>
<p>
The UN Special Commission (Unscom) said last week that by accepting its
weapons monitoring programme Iraq had removed the 'major remaining obstacle'
on weapons requirements which are linked to the oil embargo in force since
Iraq's 1990 invasion of Kuwait.
</p>
<p>
But it gave no indication how long Unscom will take to finish its work, and
inspectors have not precluded the possibility of turning up new evidence.
The next inspection team is unlikely to visit Iraq before February and Mr
Rolf Ekeus, who heads the commission, has suggested it would take at least
another six months from then to complete its work.
</p>
<p>
Even then there would be powerful opposition to lifting oil sanctions while
President Saddam Hussein retains power. President Clinton is opposed to such
a move in the near future and the US could be expected to cite other
examples of Iraq's aggressive intentions to justify keeping sanctions. Gulf
countries, such as Saudi Arabia and Kuwait, argue that lifting the embargo
would reward an unrepentant Iraq.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IQ  Iraq, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>416</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Caracas coup talk brings US warning </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOSEPH MANN
<name type=place>CARACAS</name></byline>
<p>
Venezuela's 1993 presidential campaign ended yesterday amid rumours of a
military uprising and a warning from the Clinton administration that a coup
would bring serious consequences.
</p>
<p>
The country is to vote tomorrow for a new president, the 235 members of
congress and 362 state legislators.
</p>
<p>
The US, concerned at the coup rumours and a recent wave of terrorist
bombings, sent its assistant secretary of state for inter-American affairs,
Mr Alexander Watson, to Caracas to warn that any non-democratic government
would face an economic embargo and other sanctions. Venezuela depends
heavily on oil exports to the US.
</p>
<p>
The leading presidential contender is Mr Rafael Caldera, 77, who was
president from 1969 to 1974.
</p>
<p>
Mr Caldera, who is running as an independent, has been a strong critic of
free market reforms and privatisation.
</p>
<p>
Last year saw two failed coups and hostility to free market reforms.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> VE  Venezuela, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>180</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Clinton welfare reform plan comes under fire </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GEORGE GRAHAM
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
The Clinton administration is nearing completion of its welfare reform plan
but already faces controversy over how to pay for the changes.
</p>
<p>
While officials believe the plan will eventually save money by encouraging
people out of the welfare system and into the workplace, it will require
considerable government spending to provide training, job schemes, childcare
and medical coverage.
</p>
<p>
Proposals to pay for these measures by cutting other programmes have already
drawn scepticism from members of Congress who feel there is little fat left
to be used in the system, but the administration is nervous about any
semblance of a tax increase to pay for the reforms.
</p>
<p>
President Bill Clinton said yesterday he was encouraged to believe that a
bipartisan welfare reform plan could be achieved by a counter-proposal from
Republicans in Congress.
</p>
<p>
'I don't agree with all of it, but there are some very good ideas in it,' he
said. 'We are moving toward making welfare a second chance, not a way of
life.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Clinton's plan, like the Republican proposal, would require welfare
recipients who have spent more than two years on the welfare rolls to work
in return for their benefits.
</p>
<p>
But debates have been vigorous on how severely the cut-off of benefits
should be applied, how the work requirement should be enforced, and how long
people could remain in government-run job schemes before being abandoned
altogether.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>273</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Central Europeans resent Nato snub: Russia and former allies
take different paths </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WHITE, Defence Correspondent
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
Frustration among central European countries over Nato's approach to
enlargement surfaced at a meeting of the 38-member North Atlantic
Co-operation Council in Brussels yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Andrzej Olechowsky, the Polish foreign minister, sought to link Nato
proposals for military co-operation to a progressive expansion of the
alliance.
</p>
<p>
Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic said the 'partnership for peace'
agreements proposed by Nato would not be an acceptable substitute for
membership.
</p>
<p>
They also sought to broaden the scope of the agreement beyond peacekeeping
missions to cover full co-operation in areas such as military doctrine and
planning.
</p>
<p>
Nato envisages that the agreements, to be formally proposed at a summit next
month, would be applicable to all former Warsaw Pact countries and some
other European nations, but they would lead to differing degrees of
co-operation, in some cases as a prelude to membership.
</p>
<p>
The central European countries are anxious that their membership prospects
are not held back by problems with other countries, including Russia.
Divergences between them and Moscow emerged over Russian proposals for the
future of the NACC, which serves as a forum for Nato to talk to its former
Warsaw Pact adversaries.
</p>
<p>
Mr Andrei Kozyrev, Russian foreign minister, proposed making the NACC into
an institution separate from Nato, acting as a defence arm for the
Conference on Security and Co-operation in Europe.
</p>
<p>
Aspiring Nato members, to the contrary, want to strengthen the NACC's ties
with the alliance.
</p>
<p>
Ministers yesterday agreed to extend NACC discussions to the topics of air
defence and arms procurement. However, Polish officials complained that the
scope of its work was still too restricted.
</p>
<p>
The US and its allies meanwhile failed to make apparent progress on the
elimination of nuclear weapons on Ukrainian territory. But Mr Anatoly
Zlenko, Ukraine's foreign minister, raised the prospect of tripartite talks
between the US, Ukraine and Russia.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>351</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAANFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Frustration grows on brink of Gatt deal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID DODWELL, World Trade Editor
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
Top international trade negotiators in Geneva yesterday voiced concern over
delays by the US and European Union in settling long-standing disagreements
on opening their markets to farm and manufactured goods.
</p>
<p>
There was also frustration among developing country negotiators over poor
offers to open markets to their exports. Negotiators from the 116 countries
in the Uruguay Round welcomed signals from the US and the EU that talks in
Brussels this week have brought the two to the brink of agreement on a
bilateral market access deal. But several warned that a failure to finalise
the deal by Monday 'would be very serious for the round'.
</p>
<p>
Next week is the last full week of negotiation if the deadline of December
15 is to be met. Leaders elsewhere were encouraged by the week's
developments. President Francois Mitterrand of France said during a visit to
Switzerland that indications for the US-EU talks were 'optimistic'.
</p>
<p>
In Germany, which has worked hard to broker disagreements between the US and
France, Mr Klaus Kinkel, the foreign minister, said he was 'cautiously
optimistic for the first time' over prospects for a successful Uruguay Round
outcome.
</p>
<p>
In Copenhagen, Mr Henning Christophersen, EU finance commissioner, said the
Commission expected to meet on Monday evening to study a draft US-EU deal.
Meanwhile, most Gatt negotiators remained in the dark on details of the
prospective US-EU deal, which is expected to be unveiled after further
meetings in Brussels on Monday between Mr Mickey Kantor, the US trade
representative, and Sir Leon Brittan, his EU counterpart.
</p>
<p>
Both trade negotiators adjourned on Thursday after 30 hours of almost
continuous negotiation, Mr Kantor for consultations in Washington with
President Bill Clinton, and Sir Leon to meet EU ministers. After a four-hour
Gatt discussion on the impact of the round on developing countries, Mr
Balkrishan Zutshi, India's veteran Gatt ambassador, reflected concerns of
many developing countries when he complained of 'a deep imbalance in the
exchange of concessions in areas of interest to developing countries.'
</p>
<p>
He was particularly concerned about improved market-opening offers for
textiles and clothing, and farm products - key disputed sectors in the US-EU
negotiations. He hoped the coming days would bring 'some rectification'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
<item> P22   Textile Mill Products </item>
<item> P23   Apparel and Other Textile Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
<item> P22 </item>
<item> P23 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>423</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Spanish cabinet agrees labour market reforms </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TOM BURNS
<name type=place>MADRID</name></byline>
<p>
The Spanish cabinet yesterday approved controversial legislation that seeks
to create employment by promoting apprenticeship schemes and to stimulate
industrial investment by removing labour market rigidities.
</p>
<p>
The initiative received a boost from the Bank of Spain which cut its
benchmark lending rate by a quarter of a percentage point to 9 per cent, but
it prompted strong hostility from trade union leaders who are planning a
general strike against the measures next month. There was only a lukewarm
reception from employer representatives, who say the reform does not go far
enough.
</p>
<p>
Hailed by the government as a breakthrough in its attempt to restore Spain's
competitiveness, the legislation comes at the end of a fruitless three-month
attempt to establish a consensus between employers and unions over labour
market reforms.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's decision allows companies, from Monday, to hire unqualified
under-25-year-olds as apprentices for up to three years. These new employees
will earn 70 per cent of the minimum wage during their first working year
and incur minimal social security costs to the employers. The cabinet, under
the same decree law, also removed legal impediments to part-time work.
</p>
<p>
The government hopes these measures will have a major impact on unemployment
which stood at 3.5m, or 23 per cent of the labour force, at the end of
September according to the national statistics office. The largest group
among the unemployed total is formed by first time job seekers and, under
the former rulings, part-time workers were not counted as employees by the
statistics office.
</p>
<p>
The unions accuse the government of introducing 'junk jobs' and say that
employees on fixed contracts will be replaced by low-paid apprentices and by
part-time workers.
</p>
<p>
The main body of yesterday's legislation is formed by a draft bill that will
go before parliament early next year and which alters fundamental guidelines
on working practices and on dismissal procedures. Essentially the bill makes
redundancies in Spain, which are held to be the costliest in Europe, easier
and cheaper by broadening the terms of justifiable dismissals and by
shortening compensation from 25 to 20 days per year worked.
</p>
<p>
The draft bill also removes existing rigid statutory rules concerning the
extent of working days and holidays, overtime, job classifications and
geographical mobility for company employees.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P8631 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>412</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAALFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU to recycle the issues at fresh talks on waste </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER and DAVID LASCELLES
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
Germany, Denmark and the Netherlands were yesterday given a fresh chance to
reach a compromise on new European Union rules for dealing with packaging
waste or risk having their ambitious recycling goals voted down by their
partners.
</p>
<p>
Environment ministers of the 12 failed to reach agreement in 21 hours of
negotiations. Now, a special council to resolve the issue has been called
for December 13, and senior EU officials warned that the 'green' trio will
be defeated under a weighted majority voting system if they cannot come to
terms with the other nine.
</p>
<p>
These nine take as their yardstick what they see as the failure of Germany's
national recycling targets. These so exceed local reprocessing capacity that
Germany is exporting huge quantities of used paper, board and plastic, with
a subsidy, to be handled in other member states.
</p>
<p>
Eight of Germany's partners complain their own efforts to build up recycling
industries are being overwhelmed by this dumping. France has threatened an
import ban, a possibility also raised by the UK House of Commons select
committee on the environment.
</p>
<p>
Because of the German programme's distortion of the single market, the
Belgian presidency of the EU, allied with the European Commission, has
lowered the recovery and recycling targets to levels Bonn and its allies
consider regressive.
</p>
<p>
But they are being offered the opportunity to stick to their more ambitious
goals if they can prove they will not be distorting trans-European flows of
waste for recycling.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, ministers decided on new targets to reduce car emissions by 1996,
and to speed up the phasing out of ozone layer-depleting HCFCs and methyl
bromide, used for soil fumigation.
</p>
<p>
Carbon monoxide emissions from new cars will have to fall a further 30 per
cent in petrol engines and 68 per cent in diesel engines; hydrocarbons and
nitrogen oxide emissions by 55 and 38 per cent respectively; and particle
emissons from diesel engines by a further 55 per cent. Incentives will be
allowed for those countries seeking to reach these targets before 1996.
</p>
<p>
HCFCs do far less damage to the ozone layer than the chlorofluorocarbons
(CFCs) they are replacing in aerosols and refigerators but are now due for
total phase-out by 2015.
</p>
<p>
The UK is to ratify the Climate Change Convention, one of the key
instruments from last year's Rio Earth Summit aimed at combating global
warming, David Lascelles reports. Mr Tim Yeo, environment minister, said a
programme to reduce emissions of carbon dioxide to 1990 levels by the year
2000 would be published early in the new year.
</p>
<p>
This week's UK budget also included measures to combat gas emissions by
increasing taxes on fuel consumption, and encouraging energy efficiency.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> DK  Denmark, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9511 Air, Water, and Solid Waste Management </item>
<item> P4953 Refuse Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Pollution </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9511 </item>
<item> P4953 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>503</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Breakthrough offers the prospect of Dollars 230bn bonus
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
Lower trade barriers resulting from the Uruguay Round of Gatt talks in
Geneva would spur an extra Dollars 745bn a year in world trade in goods by
2005, a 12 per cent increase, and raise world income by at least Dollars
230bn, according to economists at the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade.
</p>
<p>
This income gain, which is close to other recent estimates by the OECD and
World Bank, would be broadly spread among the 116 nations taking part in the
round.
</p>
<p>
Gatt's calculations, in a report prepared for yesterday's evaluation of the
results of the round, relate only to cuts in tariff and non-tariff barriers
for goods. They 'substantially underestimate' the likely full effects of the
round, the study maintains, because they ignore the stimulus to world trade
in services, the benefits from strengthened trade rules generally and the
dynamic gains from improved business confidence and hence increased
investment and growth.
</p>
<p>
The report shows that even without the mooted tariff-cutting deal between
the US and EU due to be unveiled on Monday the market-opening package for
goods is already sizeable. Developed countries have offered to cut import
tariffs for industrial goods by 38 per cent on a trade-weighted basis. For
farm products the average reduction (after converting all trade barriers to
tariff equivalents) is 36 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The proportion of industrial goods imports entering developed countries
duty-free would more than double from 20 to 43 per cent, and rise from 22 to
45 per cent for goods from the Third World.
</p>
<p>
The Gatt report also spells out in detail the prospective gains for the 88
developing countries taking part in the Uruguay Round. It notes that rich
nations are extending lower tariff cuts on products of special interest to
poorer countries, giving an overall tariff cut on industrial goods of 32 per
cent for Third World exporters (other than the least developed) and just 19
per cent for the very poorest.
</p>
<p>
This largely reflects below-average cuts in tariffs on textiles and clothing
and on fish and fish products. Textiles and clothing is the most important
single export category for developing countries accounting for 22 per cent
of exports.
</p>
<p>
However, Gatt points out that textile exporters will benefit from the
proposed phase-out of the restrictive Multi-Fibre Arrangement governing
their exports to the west. Importers are offering to cut high textiles
tariffs, now averaging 15 per cent, by 20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Tariffs on tropical products, an important earner for many poor countries,
are being reduced by 42 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QO  Developed Countries </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
<item> QQ  Developing Countries </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P22   Textile Mill Products </item>
<item> P23   Apparel and Other Textile Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P22 </item>
<item> P23 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>479</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK boost for IMF loans to poor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER NORMAN, Economics Editor</byline>
<p>
Britain said yesterday it would contribute Pounds 50m to the next phase of
the Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility (ESAF) through which the
International Monetary Fund provides concessionary lending to the poorest
developing countries.
</p>
<p>
The money, which will come from the Overseas Development Administration
budget, will go towards a subsidy account which enables the countries that
borrow from the facility to pay interest of only 0.5 per cent to the IMF.
</p>
<p>
The British contribution is expected to give a boost to negotiations in
Washington on a successor facility to replace the original ESAF. The Pounds
50m will provide an estimated 3 to 4 per cent of the cash needed for
interest subsidies in the new account. Taking the old and the new facilities
together, Britain will provide about one ninth of the funds to subsidise
interest payments.
</p>
<p>
In September, Mr Kenneth Clarke, the UK chancellor, cast doubt on Britain's
ability to provide funds for the new ESAF because of tight budget
constraints. However, the ODA was able to provide the cash by using aid
funds earmarked for spending through the EC in 1991-92 but unused.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QQ  Developing Countries </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>220</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Kohl shrugs off talk of collapse </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By QUENTIN PEEL
<name type=place>BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Chancellor Helmut Kohl last night rejected rumours of the imminent collapse
of his coalition in Bonn, denied that he wanted to become the next German
president, and insisted he would fight next year's general elections.
</p>
<p>
Galvanised by signs of revolt from within his own Christian Democratic Union
(CDU), and reports of rebellion from his coalition partners, the Free
Democratic Party (FDP), Mr Kohl turned on his critics in a hastily arranged
television interview.
</p>
<p>
'This coalition will survive,' he declared. 'It will do its job, and produce
an impressive record.'
</p>
<p>
He drily dismissed his long-standing rival in the CDU, Mr Kurt Biedenkopf,
the premier of the eastern state of Saxony, who had forecast a victory for
the opposition Social Democrats (SPD) in the general election.
</p>
<p>
'Even Professor Biedenkopf cannot predict the outcome,' he said, although
'he expresses himself very cleverly.' As for Mr Jurgen Mollemann, the former
economics minister, and alleged architect of an FDP revolt, he was simply
'peeved' because he was no longer a member of the government, Mr Kohl said.
</p>
<p>
His interview - a clear indication of how seriously Mr Kohl is taking the
rumours of rebellion - came as the latest unemployment figures showed a new
record jobless total in west Germany in November of more than 2.4m, an
increase of almost 28 per cent over the past year.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, industrial order figures showed continuing stagnation in
the economy, in spite of a more optimistic assessment of growth next year by
the Economics Ministry.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kohl admitted in his interview with SAT-1, the private television
channel, that the coalition was going through a turbulent patch, and that
the embarrassing withdrawal of Mr Steffen Heitmann, his hand-picked
candidate to be the next German president, had damaged him politically.
</p>
<p>
He denied rumours, however, that he was considering standing for the
presidency, saying he did not need any 'follow-on job', and had no intention
of quitting as chancellor.
</p>
<p>
He rejected calls for a round table of government, opposition, employers and
trade unions to resolve the economic crisis, just repeated by Mr Helmut
Schmidt, his predecessor as chancellor, as well as Mr Rudolf Scharping,
leader of the SPD.
</p>
<p>
There are no signs, however, that the economic and political crisis which
has severely dented the government's popularity is set to abate.
</p>
<p>
On the economic front, the latest unemployment figures show a jobless rate
of 7.8 per cent in west Germany, 1.6 percentage points higher than in
November 1992, and virtual stagnation in east Germany, with an unemployment
rate of 15.1 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Orders in west German manufacturing industry, which showed a recovery in
September, were down again by 0.5 per cent in October, according to the
Economics Ministry, in spite of a 4.5 per cent increase in orders from
abroad.
</p>
<p>
The ministry remains rather more optimistic on the prospects for 1994 than
the government's independent economic advisers, the so-called five wise men,
who expect zero growth.
</p>
<p>
Mr Johann Eekhoff, the state secretary for economics, told the finance
planning committee on Thursday that he expected an average growth rate of
0.5 to 1.0 per cent next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> ECON  Industrial production </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>560</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Canada cancels airport sale </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Canada's newly-elected Liberal government has cancelled a CDollars 700m
contract to privatise Toronto's international airport, the country's
busiest, writes Bernard Simon in Toronto.
</p>
<p>
The deal, which involved a long-term lease over two of the airport's three
terminals, was signed with a property development and construction
consortium in the last days of the previous Progressive Conservative
government.
</p>
<p>
But the contract has been strongly criticised on both commercial and
political grounds.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P7359 Equipment Rental and Leasing, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P7359 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>114</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Interest rate cut boosts franc </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALICE RAWSTHORN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
The French franc strengthened yesterday following the announcement that the
Bank of France will cut its leading interest rates by a quarter of a
percentage point on Monday.
</p>
<p>
The announcement, which will reduce the Bank of France's intervention rate
to 6.2 per cent and its 5-to-10 day rate to 7.25 per cent, followed the news
on Thursday of a similar cut in the Bundesbank's repurchase rate.
</p>
<p>
It represents a continuation of the cautious policy pursued by the French
authorities since last summer's exchange rate mechanism crisis of protecting
the value of the franc by shadowing Germany on interest rates.
</p>
<p>
The French currency, which has rallied in recent weeks, was bolstered by the
news to close at FFr3.437 against the D-Mark compared with FFr3.446 the
previous day. This leaves the franc close to its old ERM floor of FFr3.4305.
</p>
<p>
The Paris stock market was boosted by the news. The CAC 40 Index, which has
faltered recently on concern about the slow progress of interest rate
reduction and fears of an impasse over the Gatt negotiations, rose by 1.29
per cent during the day to close at 2,188.4.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>218</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Final voyage </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Royal Navy's last sea-going wooden vessel, the minesweeper HMS Nurton,
sailed into Portsmouth for decommissioning. HMS Nurton was constructed with
a teak hull to minimise the danger from magnetic mines.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>59</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Princess of Wales to cut down duties
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Princess of Wales said she was all but quitting public life by
drastically scaling down her number of official duties. She made the
announcement at a charity lunch (left) in London, asking to be given 'time
and space' and laying the blame for the decision partly at the door of the
media. She will retain links with units of the armed services and a small
number of charities.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>102</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAADFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Delors to seek Pounds 76bn jobs fund: 'Brussels bonds' will
finance EU projects </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LIONEL BARBER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Jacques Delors, president of the European Commission, will present plans
at next week's EU summit to spend more than Ecu100bn (Pounds 76bn) over the
next five years on job-creating rail, road and telecommunications projects.
</p>
<p>
The plans are expected to include a request to raise 'Brussels bonds' on the
international capital markets, with the Commission playing a lead
co-ordinating role.
</p>
<p>
The aim is to raise cheap loans using the EU's favourable credit rating. It
may provoke opposition from the UK and Germany, which remain wary of such
'off-budget' financing.
</p>
<p>
It may also provoke hostility from the European Investment Bank, which has
consistently rejected Brussels' arguments that plans for high-speed trains,
roads and bridges are being starved of funds.
</p>
<p>
Mr Delors, though, is said to be determined to press the case for annual
investment of Ecu20bn-30bn in trans-European networks. Some of the money has
already been earmarked within existing budgets, but officials said a new
financial instrument was required to make Europe more competitive, forge
common European actions under the Maastricht treaty and tackle mass
unemployment.
</p>
<p>
Those themes will feature in Mr Delors' white paper on employment, growth
and competitiveness, which will be submitted to a special meeting of the
Commission tomorrow before being presented to European leaders at the
two-day Brussels summit starting on Friday.
</p>
<p>
EU finance ministers have amended or blocked Mr Delors' proposals for
creating soft-loan facilities to help small businesses, stimulate
private-sector investment in infrastructure and create 15m new jobs by the
year 2000.
</p>
<p>
Now the Commission president plans a direct appeal to European leaders. He
will point to Article 129 in the Maastricht treaty, which provides for
interest rate subsidies to fund trans-European networks, and urge a joint
approach.
</p>
<p>
At this week's Franco-German summit, President Francois Mitterrand said he
had agreed with Chancellor Helmut Kohl on the principle of an EU-wide
borrowing plan. Mr Kohl however, said any proposal needed to be carefully
studied.
</p>
<p>
He noted that only half of an Ecu7bn fund created by the European Investment
Bank had been allocated this year for trans-European networks. It was
important not to create a 'new pot' into which money would be poured just
for show.
</p>
<p>
Commission officials were confident of defeating UK opposition to heavy
capital investment. They noted the campaign of Mr Kenneth Clarke, the
chancellor of the exchequer, against the 1991 Urban Waste Water directive,
which he claimed would cost Pounds 10bn. 'If you had this money available,
you could mobilise private finance and help to reduce risk,' one official
said.
</p>
<p>
EIB experts argue that Brussels is underestimating the power of Green
pressure groups to delay big road and rail projects.
</p>
<p>
Packaging directive, Page 2
</p>
<p>
Call for competitiveness council, Page 24
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9532 Urban and Community Development </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9532 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>518</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAACFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Dublin summit revives search for peace plan: Major and
Reynolds aim for joint declaration on Ulster after 'frank talks' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS
<name type=place>DUBLIN</name></byline>
<p>
The British and Irish prime ministers last night revived their stalled
Northern Ireland peace initiative with a plan for a joint declaration of
principles designed to persuade the IRA to halt its campaign of violence.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, intense talks between Mr John Major and Mr Albert Reynolds at
the Dublin summit still left the two governments without a detailed formula
to bridge the gap between the aspirations of Irish nationalists and
Britain's guarantee to Ulster Unionists of a veto over a united Ireland.
</p>
<p>
After what both leaders admitted had been a 'frank' exchange over Britain's
contacts this year with Sinn Fein, the political wing of the IRA, they
acknowledged that it might eventually prove impossible to bridge differences
over the future of the province. 'We cannot be certain we will resolve those
difficulties,' Mr Major said.
</p>
<p>
He and Mr Reynolds discussed different texts in detail, and said they
remained committed to further talks. That raised hopes that a joint
statement could be agreed when they meet in Brussels next week or during a
session in London pencilled in before Christmas.
</p>
<p>
Balancing the two leaders' caution, Mr Reynolds said: 'We got through quite
a lot of very serious work, very productive work.'
</p>
<p>
The Irish prime minister insisted during the talks that agreement on the
joint declaration was essential to secure an end to violence by the IRA and
set the stage for detailed talks with the political parties in Northern
Ireland.
</p>
<p>
He said afterwards: 'At the end of the day, peace is paramount.'
</p>
<p>
It is understood that the draft of the declaration includes a renewed offer
to Sinn Fein of a place in negotiations in return for an end to terrorism.
Mr Major also refused to dismiss the possibility of further bilateral
contacts with Republican leaders. But he insisted that the IRA could not
dictate the terms of any agreement. 'There is no question of bargaining for
an end to violence,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Earlier Mr Major had faced sharp criticism from Mr Reynolds over the London
government's covert contacts with Sinn Fein for much of this year. The Irish
leader said their sharp exchanges on the issue had 'cleared the air' and
paved the way for further negotiations.
</p>
<p>
At the heart of the day-long talks was an attempt, so far unsuccessful, to
find language that would recognise both the right of the Irish people to
determine their own future and the insistence of the Ulster Unionists that
nothing should be done to undercut Northern Ireland's place in the United
Kingdom.
</p>
<p>
Mr Reynolds repeated his pledge that the Republic accepted that the consent
of the Unionist majority was essential to any change in the constitutional
status of the province. He confirmed that he wanted referendums in both the
north and south of Ireland to endorse any agreement reached by the two
governments.
</p>
<p>
Mr Major will now seek to reassure Unionist leaders that he has not agreed
anything to undermine Ulster's place in the UK. Mr Reynolds appeared
determined to maintain the pressure on Mr Major to agree language that would
give the IRA an excuse to call a permanent end to violence. The Irish leader
believes that such a cessation could transform the atmosphere in both north
and south and pave the way for a durable political settlement.
</p>
<p>
Major shifts position in Ulster talks, Page 6
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>603</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAABFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Stock and Currency Markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
-------------------------------------------------------------
STOCK MARKET INDICES
-------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE 100:                       3,234.2            (+10.3)
Yield                               3.68
FT-SE Eurotrack 100             1,387.12           (+12.94)
FT-A All-Share                  1,589.72            (+0.2%)
FT-A World Index                   164.6            (+0.5%)
Nikkei                         17,459.35             (+0.6)
New York:
Dow Jones Ind Ave               3,704.07            (+1.96)
S&amp;P Composite                     464.89            (+1.78)
-------------------------------------------------------------
US RATES
-------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Funds:                  2 15/16%          (3 1/16%)
3-mo Treas Bills: Yld             3.168%             (same)
Long Bond                       100 1/32               (99)
Yield                             6.242%           (6.268%)
-------------------------------------------------------------
LONDON MONEY
-------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
3-mo Interbank                    5 1/4%          (5 5/16%)
Liffe long gilt future:     Dec 118 1/16      (Dec 117 1/2)
-------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH SEA OIL (Argus)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Brent 15-day (Jan)         dollars 13.87            (14.15)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Gold
-------------------------------------------------------------
New York Comex (Dec)       dollars 376.8            (373.8)
London                     dollars 376.0           (374.95)
-------------------------------------------------------------
STERLING
-------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
Dollar                            1.4905          (1.48385)
London:
Dollar                            1.4905           (1.4825)
DM                                 2.565           (2.5525)
FFr                               8.8175           (8.7975)
SFr                                 2.22           (2.2175)
</p>
<p>
Y                                  161.5           (161.25)
Pound Index                         82.1            (81.7)
-------------------------------------------------------------
DOLLAR
-------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
DM                                  1.72           (1.7225)
FFr                                5.912           (5.9365)
SFr                                 1.49            (1.498)
Y                                 108.55            (108.8)
London:
DM                                1.7205           (1.7215)
FFr                                5.915            (5.935)
SFr                               1.4895           (1.4965)
Y                                  108.4           (108.75)
Dollar Index                        67.0             (67.3)
Tokyo close                     Y 108.85
-------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P3339 Primary Nonferrous Metals, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> COSTS  Equity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P3339 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>239</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLEAMAAAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Big fall in US jobless lifts hopes for robust recovery </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931204FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL PROWSE
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
The sharpest fall in the US unemployment rate for a decade yesterday
prompted claims that the US recovery, after stuttering for two years, is
finally entering a benign phase of robust, non- inflationary growth.
</p>
<p>
The Labour Department said the jobless rate fell from 6.8 per cent in
October to 6.4 per cent last month, the lowest level for three years. The
figures - the latest in a string of buoyant economic statistics - surprised
Wall Street analysts who expected a decline of only 0.1 or 0.2 percentage
points.
</p>
<p>
Bond and share prices, however, were little changed as the figures confirmed
recent signs of accelerating growth.
</p>
<p>
'We are moving in the right direction,' President Bill Clinton told
supporters in Washington. 'We have unemployment down, investment up, no
inflation and low interest rates.'
</p>
<p>
Ms Laura Tyson, White House chief economist, said the pace of growth had
picked up and was sustainable. Gross domestic product was likely to grow at
an annual rate of more than 3 per cent this quarter. The faster recovery
would continue next year, without putting upward pressure on inflation, now
just under 3 per cent. Oil prices were down, commodity prices were soft and
wage pressure was mild. 'The evidence is compelling that inflation won't
increase,' she said.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's figures were uniformly encouraging. Non-farm payroll employment
was reported up 208,000 last month, against projections of an increase of
about 170,000. Manufacturing employment was up 30,000, the second monthly
increase after declines earlier this year. Hours worked rose to a record
level, suggesting a strong gain in industrial production. But there was
little sign of upward pressure on wages.
</p>
<p>
The Commerce Department said the official index of leading indicators - a
guide to future trends - rose 0.5 per cent in October after solid gains in
the two preceding months. Factory orders rose 1.2 per cent in October to
register their third consecutive monthly gain.
</p>
<p>
Many Wall Street analysts share the White House's confidence. The consensus
is that the economy will grow at an annual rate of 4-5 per cent this quarter
from 2.7 per cent in the third quarter. Growth is expected to moderate early
next year but then regain momentum. Real gross domestic product is expected
to rise by 3 per cent or slightly more over the year.
</p>
<p>
Views diverge on the Federal Reserve's likely response. If inflation figures
remain subdued, many analysts expect the Fed to postpone an increase in
short-term rates, now 3 per cent, until well into next year. Others believe
the Fed will begin nudging rates higher on the grounds that
inflation-adjusted rates are too low.
</p>
<p>
Currencies, Page 13
</p>
<p>
Wall Street report, Page 21
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>495</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AE4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UN report paints grim picture for disabled </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
The world's 290m disabled people suffer appalling discrimination, abuse and
neglect and in developing countries only 3 per cent of those in need receive
conventional rehabilitation services, according a United Nations report
published today*.
</p>
<p>
The report, timed to coincide with the first UN International Day of
Disabled Persons, says the number of people with severe or moderate
disabilities is expected to double to 573m by the year 2025 because of
rising population and increasing numbers of old people, from 5.5 per cent of
the total population to 6.7 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Of these, 435m will live in developing countries, compared with 200m today.
Every fourth family in a developing country has a disabled family member,
the report estimates. In some countries babies born with a disability are
put to death. Disabled children often die early from neglect.
</p>
<p>
Providing professional rehabilitation services for all who need them in
developing countries would even now cost Dollars 60bn or Dollars 1,000 per
person, the report notes. Providing home helps for the increased number of
elderly in rich nations could cost 13 per cent of total national income by
2025.
</p>
<p>
Dr Einar Helander, the report's author, argues instead for a 'common-sense'
community-based approach within a national framework. 'We have to create a
caring society,' he says. 'The family and the community are the best
resource.'
</p>
<p>
*Prejudice and dignity: An introduction to community-based rehabilitation,
by Einar Helander. Available from UN Development Programme, Interregional
Programme for Disabled People, Palais des Nations, 1211 Geneva 10, Dollars
20.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>282</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AE3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
TV subsidy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER</byline>
<p>
The French government has earmarked a subsidy of FFr20m (Dollars 3.3m) for
the troubled five-language Euronews television news channel in its
supplementary budget for this year, Reuter reports.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>54</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AE2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Repo rate cut by cautious Bundesbank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WALLER
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
The Bundesbank surprised European financial markets yesterday by announcing
a quarter of a percentage point cut in the securities repurchase agreement,
the 'repo' rate which determines money market interest rates, without
delivering cuts in the 'official' Lombard and discount rates.
</p>
<p>
Meeting for the penultimate time this year, the bank's policy-making council
fixed the repo rate at 6 per cent for the next five weeks, down from 6.25
per cent.
</p>
<p>
Although markets were initially disappointed at the decision not to trim the
internationally sensitive discount rate, the repo rate cut was enough to
trigger easing in other European countries.
</p>
<p>
The Dutch and Belgian central banks announced they would cut rates from
today. Dutch official rates will be cut by a quarter of a point and Belgian
rates by between a quarter and half a point.
</p>
<p>
In Germany, economists said the move to maintain the repo rate at 6 per cent
over the five weeks to January 5 maintained the momentum of cuts in German
interest rates while still signalling caution about the pace of monetary
easing.
</p>
<p>
'It shows very clearly that the will to cut interest rates further is very
strong,' said Mr Adolf Rosenstock, chief economist of the German arm of the
Industrial Bank of Japan. 'On the other hand it indicates that they have no
wish to endanger their credibility as they may have done with a large cut in
the discount rate.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Kermit Schoenholtz, at Salomon Brothers International in London, said the
move 'sets the stage for another official rate cut, most likely in early
1994 if not before'.
</p>
<p>
The move comes against a background of slowing inflation and economic
stagnation in Germany, conditions conducive to further rate cuts. The rate
of growth in broad money, the M3 indicator watched as an indicator of
inflationary developments, is slowing but is still outside the target range.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank's policy-making council will set its target for M3 growth at
its meeting on December 16. In November, M3 grew at an annualised,
seasonally adjusted rate of 6.8 per cent, above the central bank's 6.5 per
cent ceiling.
</p>
<p>
See currencies and money page
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6011 Federal Reserve Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>392</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AE1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Smoke of battle masks gains for EU contenders: The stormy
membership talks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER</byline>
<p>
Uproar among the four countries negotiating entry to the European Union over
the Commission's plans to deal with their higher farm subsidies is obscuring
the benefits of the proposed scheme for both sides - as Brussels officials
anticipated and some negotiators for the four applicants are coming to
realise.
</p>
<p>
The Commission last week said it wanted to align farm prices in Austria,
Sweden, Finland and Norway with EU levels immediately they enter the Union.
Agriculture subsidies among the four applicants range from 25 per cent
higher than EU prices in Austria, to nearly 100 per cent more in Norway. The
difference would be paid through direct compensation to farmers, with the
bill picked up by the applicant countries, the Commission says.
</p>
<p>
The sensitive farm issue could make or break the accession negotiations,
especially for Finland, Austria and Norway. All the applicants insist on
special treatment for their Arctic and Alpine farmers for a mixture of
social, national security, cultural and environmental reasons as much as for
economic considerations. The Nordic countries, in particular, are determined
to keep as much of their population as possible in their empty and
inhospitable northern territories, through lavish farm and regional
subsidies.
</p>
<p>
With the partial exception of Sweden, which has already brought its farm
subsidy regime closer to EU levels, the applicants reject EU suggestions
that alignment should be immediate and that they alone should pay their
farmers the difference without help from the Union budget.
</p>
<p>
The row has already swung Finnish public opinion marginally against EU entry
(41 per cent opposed, 36 per cent for and 23 per cent undecided) for the
first time since the Danes rejected the Maastricht treaty at their first
referendum on it in June 1992. This turnaround is particularly alarming
because Finland is the only one of the four countries which EU negotiators
were practically certain would get entry past its voters.
</p>
<p>
Yet negotiators on both sides in Brussels seem hardly fussed by the
controversy, and there are good reasons why.
</p>
<p>
Neither the Commission nor the Council of Ministers of the Twelve could have
been expected to go into a negotiation essentially about money by proffering
a cheque up-front. Senior EU officials know full well that the Brussels
budget will have to pick up a portion of the farm compensation costs -
estimated at Ecu2.2bn (Pounds 1.7bn) for the four countries as a whole. The
only question is how much, and that will be for negotiation, in relation to
how much the four rich applicants put into the EU budget.
</p>
<p>
As things stand, taxpayers and consumers in the applicant countries foot the
entire bill for their expensive food. Under the Commission proposal,
consumers stand to gain from lower prices, and treasuries will gain from an
EU subvention, however much it is.
</p>
<p>
The four applicants and the Twelve had nothing to gain from the alternative
scheme, used in all previous European enlargements. This was to iron out all
price differences through levies raised at the border until alignment was
completed. But that route, defended by DG6, the Brussels agriculture
directorate, requires the retention of borders for the new entrants, and
would compromise the EU's single market.
</p>
<p>
Moreover, if the Uruguay Round is concluded this month, the four applicants
will have to cut their level of farm subsidy by about a third over the next
six years. The Commission's proposal for direct compensation payments to
farmers - exempted from the Gatt cuts under last year's EU-US Blair House
accord - would by contrast protect Nordic and Alpine farmers' incomes from
the cuts, Brussels officials say.
</p>
<p>
These arguments, in the Brussels view, should be saleable to the applicant
countries' electorates. In presentational terms, a persistent worry
throughout the accession negotiations has been that applicant governments
would be seen as selling out their national interests if they fell in too
readily with EU requirements.
</p>
<p>
The way the farm subsidy controversy has now been set up should suit their
purposes: not only will they almost certainly win tangible concessions, but
they will be seen to have given battle and to have won.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AT  Austria, West Europe </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> NO  Norway, West Europe </item>
<item> FI  Finland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9641 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>730</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AE0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Fire at Bulgarian nuclear plant </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<p>
A fire broke out at Bulgaria's Kozloduy nuclear power plant but was put out
and did not cause a radiation leak, the interior ministry said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BG  Bulgaria, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>59</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Oil prices fall </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<p>
World oil prices fell on signs of a milder than expected northern winter and
revived fears of a glut if the United Nations eases its Gulf war embargo on
the petroleum exports of Iraq.  London January futures for the world
benchmark Brent Blend of crude oil fell as low as Dollars 14.06 per barrel -
close to last week's five-year low of Dollars 13.97 - before trying to
rally. Commodities, Page 24
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>104</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAHDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: New highs and lows </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
FOR 1993
</p>
<p>
NEW HIGHS (245)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (31) OTHER FIXED INTEREST (12) AMERICANS (2) Ingersoll-Rand,
Varity, BANKS (8) Abbey Natl., Bk of Scot, Barclays, Lloyds, NatWest., Royal
Bk of Scot, Stand Chartd, TSB, BREWERS (2) Matthew Clark, Scot &amp; Newc, BLDG
MATLS (13) BPB, Blue Circle, Do. Pf., Br. Dredging, CRH, Heywood Wllms, Do.
Pf., Marshalls, Meyer Intl., Redland, Rugby, Travis Perkins, Wolseley,
BUSINESS SERVS (3) Christies, Chubb Sec, Serco, CHEMS (3) Bayer, ICI,
Wolstenholme Rink, CONGLOMERATES (2) Hanson, Do. 9 1/2 pc Bd., CONTG &amp;
CONSTRCN (4) Banner Homes, Brandon Hire, Bryant, Westbury, ELECTRICALS (3)
BICC 10 3/4 pc Bds., Dewhurst A, Oxford Insts., ELECTRICITY (3) Nthn
Ireland, Norweb, Sth. Wales, ELECTRONICS (2) Electrocomps, Farnell, ENG GEN
(4) Carclo, Dobson Park, Sterling, TI, FOOD MANUF (4) Assoc. Br. Foods,
Devro, Grand Central, Linton Park, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (2) Amersham, Quality
Care Hms, HOTELS &amp; LEIS (5) Airtours, Do. Pf., Barr &amp; Wallace Arnold A,
Castle Comms., Compass, INV TRUSTS (81) MEDIA (7) Capital Radio, Carlton
Comms., Daily Mail A, EMAP, Intl Bus Comms, Metro Radio, Radio Clyde,
MERCHANT BANKS (1) Close Bros, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING (1) Clayhithe 9 1/2 pc Ln
2000-1, MISC (6) McLeod Russel, Minmet, Osborne &amp; Little, Portmeirion
Potts., Tams, Wood (A), MOTORS (4) ABI Leis, Dixons Mtrs, Henlys, Lex Serv,
OIL &amp; GAS (1) Command, OTHER FINCL (1) Perpetual, OTHER INDLS (2) Norcros,
OMI, PACKG, PAPER &amp; PRINTG (5) Arjo Wiggins, De La Rue, Ferry Pickering,
Filofax, Kymmene, PROP (8) Derwent Valley, Ests. &amp; Agency, Etonbrook, Gt.
Port. Ests. 9 1/2 pc Ln. 2002, Hemingway 7 1/2 pc Ln. 2027, Lon Merchant 7
3/4 pc Ln. 2000-05, Savills, Warner, STORES (6) Argos, Courts, Kingfisher,
Kleeneze, Marks &amp; Spencer, Sears, TEXTS (4) Alexandra Workwear, Dewhirst,
Forminster, Yorklyde, TRANSPORT (5) Assoc. Br. Ports, BAA, Br. Airways, Do.
9 3/4 pc Cv., IoM Steam, WATER (4) Northumbrian, Severn Trent, Southern,
Yorkshire, SOUTH AFRICANS (1) OK Bazaars, MINES (5) Bakyrchik, CRA, Nth.
Broken Hill Peko, Ovoca, RTZ.
</p>
<p>
NEW LOWS (21)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (2) Exch. 13 1/2 pc 1994, Treas. 14 1/2 pc 1994, AMERICANS (1)
Decora, BREWERS (1) Whitbread, ELECTRICALS (2) Clark (T), Maddox,
ELECTRONICS (2) Micro Focus, Racal, ENG GEN (1) Wellman, FOOD MANUF (1) Nthn
Foods, FOOD RETAILING (2) Geest, Kwik Save, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (1) Cantab,
HOTELS &amp; LEIS (1) Ladbroke, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING (1) Apollo, MISC (2)
Beckenham, Shanks &amp; McEwan, OIL &amp; GAS (1) Evergreen, PROP (2) Raglan, YRM,
TEXTS (1) Dawson.
</p>
<p>
Data based on those Companies quoted on the London Share Service.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>461</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAHCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Hanson disappoints </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
Conglomerate Hanson recorded its biggest turnover since the UK general
election after announcing disappointing full-year results which prompted a
rash of forecast cuts. The shares retreated from their all-time high to
finish 16 lower at 268 1/2 p on 52m turnover after the conglomerate revealed
a fall in earnings per share and profits down to Pounds 1.016bn, from Pounds
1.286bn previously. Analysts' forecasts ranged between Pounds 1.05bn and
Pounds 1.15bn.
</p>
<p>
Hanson's decision not to raise its dividend for the first quarter of the
current financial year came as a particular shock to the market. There was
also surprise over the loss prompted by currency shifts, which was about
Pounds 100m greater than expected, and the damage caused by the Peabody coal
strike, around Pounds 15m worse than forecast.
</p>
<p>
Analysts pointed out that the group failed to benefit from Wednesday's surge
in share prices so the stock was down about 8 per cent against the market
over two days. Forecasts were cut by around Pounds 100m to Pounds 1.1bn for
the current year, although conglomerates specialists said that with a yield
of 5.3 per cent the stock offered some value.
</p>
<p>
Racal Electronics delivered the second big blow to the electronics sector
this week, shocking the market with a Pounds 400,000 loss at the half way
stage, against a comparable Pounds 23.2m profit and market expectations of
profits which had ranged from around Pounds 16m to Pounds 22m. The interim
dividend was held at 1.5p; analysts had expected an increase to around 1.7p.
</p>
<p>
The shares plunged on the news to a year's low of 158p before stabilising
and closing a net 29 down at 160p. Turnover of 20m was the stock's highest
single day's activity since August 1992.
</p>
<p>
Dealers said the market had begun to factor in full-year underlying profits
forecasts of around Pounds 45m, but warned that Racal's once large fan club
was waning by the minute.
</p>
<p>
Results from Grand Metropolitan, the food and drinks giant, came safely
within market expectations and helped the shares advance 13 to 430p in busy
turnover of 10m.
</p>
<p>
Analysts said that in addition to a positive results meeting, the group's
dramatic turnround of its cash position had done much to improve investor
confidence.
</p>
<p>
Boddington added 10 at 275p on vague talk that Bass might be in a predatory
mood. The latter stayed at 537p.
</p>
<p>
Ladbroke remained friendless, declining 7 to 144p in a second consecutive
day's huge turnover of 20m. Ladbroke attempted to mend fences yesterday over
the share sale by one director and worries over the dividend.
</p>
<p>
However, leisure analysts said investors remain nervous over what is
perceived as the group's 'bunker mentality'.
</p>
<p>
Granada improved 14 to 489p on speculation that LWT, a rumoured bid target
of the north-west broadcaster, may be lining up a bid for Yorkshire-Tyne
Tees TV (YTT). Such a move would mean Granada would not need to tap
shareholders for its predicted move on LWT, which slipped 12 to 581p. YTT
moved up 4 to 183p.
</p>
<p>
Disappointment with the net asset value at MEPC shook the shares, which
tumbled 27 to 523p, the biggest faller in the FT-SE 100 Index, in busy
volume of 4.8m.
</p>
<p>
MEPC came in with an nav of 416p, compared with one bullish broker's 485p
and the market range clustered around 450p. However, Mr Graham Stanley at
NatWest Securities blamed the low nav on the timing of the group's
valuation, which was done too early to benefit fully from the recovery in
the sector and the improvement in property yields.
</p>
<p>
Food manufacturers wilted in the wake of the poor results from Argyll Group
on Wednesday, with which the supermarket operator hinted at wringing keener
prices out of its suppliers. Booker retreated 8 to 396p and United Biscuits
7 1/2 to 332 1/2 p, both seemingly subject to Hoare Govett downgrades. Stock
overhangs were said to have added further pressure to Northern Foods, off 11
at 212p, and Tate &amp; Lyle, 5 adrift at 401p.
</p>
<p>
Argyll's decision to depreciate its store values hit other supermarket
groups. Asda lost 2 at 50p, Tesco 5 at 193 1/2 p and J. Sainsbury the same
at 404p.
</p>
<p>
A top slice recommendation, believed to be by Smith New Court, was said to
be behind a 17 fall in P&amp;O to 610p.
</p>
<p>
Heavy buying pushed Abbey National up 13 to 437p on 9.5m traded, while TSB,
the next of the big banks to report, closed 7 higher at 228p with turnover
reaching a very heavy 17m. Standard Chartered jumped 33 to 1110p, although
there were hints that a big sell note on the stock was imminent.
</p>
<p>
Fine china group Royal Doulton began trading in the market following the
demerger from Pearson, and some 23m shares changed hands. Dealers said the
shares were initially offered at around 212p, commenced trading at 193p and
closed at 207p.
</p>
<p>
Pearson was marked down by 21p as, under the terms of the demerger, each
shareholder receives one Royal Doulton share for every 10 Pearson shares. Ex
Doulton the shares closed 3 higher at 597p.
</p>
<p>
Heywood Williams climbed 40 to a peak 384p on the back of a US acquisition,
financed by a Pounds 55m rights issue.
</p>
<p>
Other statistics, Page 25
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hanson </item>
<item> Racal Electronics </item>
<item> MEPC </item>
<item> Booker </item>
<item> United Biscuits (Holdings) </item>
<item> Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation </item>
<item> Royal Doulton </item>
<item> Pearson </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P3663 Radio and TV Communications Equipment </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
<item> P2099 Food Preparations, NEC </item>
<item> P2052 Cookies and Crackers </item>
<item> P4482 Ferries </item>
<item> P3269 Pottery Products, NEC </item>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P3663 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
<item> P2099 </item>
<item> P2052 </item>
<item> P4482 </item>
<item> P3269 </item>
<item> P2711 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>961</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAHBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Dividend boost for RBOS </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
News that Mr Peter Wood, a director of Royal Bank of Scotland and one of the
founders of the bank's hugely successful Direct Line telephone insurance
business, had bought more than 2m shares in the bank set the seal on a
scintillating performance by RBOS shares.
</p>
<p>
They were easily the best performer in the FT-SE 100, racing up to a peak
435p before reacting to close 33 higher at 428p, a rise of almost 8.5 per
cent. Turnover in the stock reached 16m, by far the highest in a single
trading session since last August when Scottish Equitable sold a block of
20m shares at 286p.
</p>
<p>
Earlier the market had lifted the shares substantially after RBOS announced
preliminary profits of Pounds 265m and a 25 per cent increase in the
dividend, both figures being well in excess of the most optimistic analysts'
forecasts, which ranged up to around Pounds 230m. Earnings predictions for
the current year were quickly hoisted to above the Pounds 450m mark, with
dividend estimates being lifted to around 13p.
</p>
<p>
Bank specialists focused on RBOS's rapidly improving bad debt situation, and
its successful cost control moves. They also pointed to the huge benefits to
the banks of a low interest rate climate in the UK.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Royal Bank of Scotland </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>252</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAHAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Equities Futures and Options Trading
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER JOHN</byline>
<p>
Futures continued to show very high turnover and a healthy premium to the
cash market in spite of yesterday's retrenchment in financial markets,
writes Peter John.
</p>
<p>
The December Footsie futures contract opened at 3,262, some 3 points above
the previous close, and leapt to a high of 3,277.
</p>
<p>
Dealers said much of the rise sprang from a Pounds 300m investment last week
in equities following the launch of new Lloyd investment trusts. They said
one securities house had bought futures to hedge the deal and that had
combined with the general rush to get into the market.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday, the buying pressure eased and, also, institutions reversed put
option deals made earlier in the month as protection against the possibility
of a hit from changes in advance corporation tax. The December contract
closed near the day's low at 3,243.
</p>
<p>
However, turnover of 19,822 contracts was exceptionally high once again and
December traded well above estimated fair value. The premium is estimated to
be at par with the cash market or even a small discount during the current
account and it was 20 points over by the close.
</p>
<p>
Equally, volume of more than 66,000 lots in traded options was down on
Wednesday's level but still well above average. Hanson, which announced
disappointing full-year results yesterday topped the list of stock options
with 4,332 lots dealt.
</p>
<p>
Banks were also in demand as the underlying stocks moved higher. The largest
single deal was in Barclays, where 2,000 March 600 put options were sold at
the equivalent of 21p a share, a bullish trade.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6221 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>300</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Advance checked as the profit-takers
appear - Market Report </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY BYLAND, UK Stock Market Editor</byline>
<p>
The six-day bull run on the London stock market met its expected check
yesterday, but not until it had scaled new trading peaks early in the
session as it continued its positive response to this week's Budget speech
from the UK chancellor of the exchequer. With government bonds in retreat
and pressures from stock index futures reduced somewhat, profit-taking in
the stock market was no great surprise. But trading volume remained high and
the tone positive.
</p>
<p>
The FT-SE 100 Index was 25.1 points up at a new intraday peak of 3,258.3
within the first half-hour of official trading. Although the December
futures contract maintained a good premium over the cash market, it
exercised less pressure because a severe squeeze on futures positions came
to an end.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank's decision to leave its chief lending rates unchanged,
although it cut its repo rate, was no surprise, but London traders took the
welcome opportunity to mark share prices down in an attempt to attract stock
and replenish trading books which have been depleted over the past week.
</p>
<p>
As the City's optimistic reception for the Budget was consolidated in the
stock market, attention turned back to the company news front. Trading
results from Hanson, Racal, and MEPC brought a heavy reaction from the
respective share prices. However, the banking sector blossomed after Royal
Bank of Scotland increased its dividend payment.
</p>
<p>
The battle weariness of the London market prevented it from sharing in the
continued advance across other European bourses, and a weak opening on Wall
Street gave no help. After drifting steadily down through the second half of
the session, the FT-SE 100 finished a net 9.3 off at the day's low point of
3,223.9.
</p>
<p>
The weight of profit-taking was indicated by another heavy volume of shares
through the Seaq electronic trading system; the total of 1.0484bn shares
remained among this year's highest, closely trailing Wednesday's 1.2533bn.
</p>
<p>
On Wednesday, when the market was making its considered response to the
chancellor's measures, retail, or customer, business in equities jumped to
Pounds 2.8bn, a daily total not seen since sterling's unexpected departure
from the European exchange rate mechanism in September 1992; the next
comparisons would be with the heady days of the market crash of October
1987.
</p>
<p>
Demand for the second line issues, which are slower to feel the effects of a
change of direction in the market, remained good and the FT-SE Mid 250
Index, although off the top at the close, was 0.3 up at a new peak of
3,565.9.
</p>
<p>
Confidence that UK base rates will be reduced again early in the new year
remained unshaken, although it was left to the bank stocks to shine among
the interest rate-related issues. The international blue chips had a
relatively calm session, with investors content to take profits here and
there. There was little activity in oil shares as the market continued to
show caution towards weak crude oil prices. However, some US interest in oil
issues was reported late in the London session.
</p>
<p>
Equity strategists remained bullish in their assessment of prospects for the
post-Budget stock market. The Footsie has gained more than 6 per cent since
investors turned bullish just a few days before the Budget speech, and
investors now appear well satisfied with the measures announced by the
chancellor.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>590</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: Foreigners take driving seat in
Stockholm - Christopher Brown-Humes says the market has hit a rocky patch
after its earlier surge </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BROWN-HUMES</byline>
<p>
A market registering a 50 per cent gain this year was always likely to hit a
rocky patch, so there should be little surprise at what has happened in
Sweden during the last month. Shares have fallen by 6 per cent with daily
trading showing considerable volatility, although the Affarsvarlden index
picked up 3.5 yesterday to 1,345.5.
</p>
<p>
For many observers this is an overdue consolidation, after a year of
steadily rising share prices. Others believe it could be a sign of a more
fundamental weakening which could last well into next year.
</p>
<p>
The turbulence indicates that Stockholm will have to get used to greater
volatility, now that the proportion of shares held by foreign owners has
risen to around 25 per cent, from just 10 per cent at the end of 1991.
</p>
<p>
As many Swedish institutions are long term holders, selling and buying of
Swedish shares by foreigners has become a key to whether prices rise or
fall.
</p>
<p>
The weight of foreign buying and the fall in interest rates are the main
factors to have driven equity prices higher this year. In the first 10
months foreigners were net buyers of SKr28.2bn (Dollars 3.3bn) worth of
Swedish shares and they accounted for 28 per cent of the trading volume in
Stockholm. In the same 1992 period, foreign net buying amounted to just
SKr9.4bn and the foreign element of turnover was 18.5 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Clear evidence that foreigners are now steering the price of Swedish shares
to a much greater extent came several weeks ago, after a collapse in the
price of Ericsson, the telecommunications group.
</p>
<p>
The fall was triggered by heavy selling in New York, when it emerged that
full-year profits would not reach the dizzy heights expected by some
analysts.
</p>
<p>
Since then, Ericsson, which accounts for some 10 per cent of the stock
exchange value, has seen its shares fall by 15 per cent to SKr355 at
yesterday's close.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Leif Vindevag, head of research at the Stockholm exchange:
'Ericsson was the trigger for a broader reappraisal of the Swedish market,
where many felt that prices had risen too much.' However, the market's
turbulent performance also reflects broader international concerns,
particularly the outlook for US interest rates, as well as specifically
domestic issues such as Volvo's controversial plans to merge its car and
truck operations with Renault.
</p>
<p>
Volvo's shares rose by a cumulative 17.1 per cent over the last three
trading days as opposition to the merger grew and institutional investors
began to throw their weight against it. The shares, traded as ADRs in the
US, surged by 11.9 per cent in early trading last night in immediate
reaction to news that Mr Pehr Gyllenhammar and four other board members had
quit, and that the merger was off, before slipping back to finish the
session a net Dollars 2 7/8 higher at Dollars 55 3/8 .
</p>
<p>
But in the broad shake-out afflicting Swedish stocks, the engineering sector
has fallen by 11 per cent, forestry by 3 per cent, pharmaceuticals by 7 per
cent and the banks and insurance sector by 8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
A number of factors suggest the downturn may be short-lived. They include
the likelihood that short-term interest rates will continue to fall, and the
prospects for much improved profitability among the big exporters during
1994. Domestic buyers at least should be in plentiful supply as a result of
changes to individual pensions legislation and reforms which will halve the
capital gains tax on equities and scrap taxes on dividends from Swedish
companies for domestic residents from January.
</p>
<p>
Analysts, however, are divided over where the market is heading. Mr Joe
Rooney, European equity strategist at Lehman Brothers in London, expects the
market to pick up momentum again, against a background of a continuing fall
in short-term interest rates and a likely strengthening of the krona.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Richard Davidson, European equity strategist at Morgan Stanley in
London, is bearish. He cites political worries linked to next year's
election, which may well see the return of a Social Democrat government, and
concern over the size of the country's borrowing requirement, which is close
to 16 per cent of GNP. Mr Davidson also believes the market is overvalued on
fundamentals.
</p>
<p>
He predicts a further 10 per cent drop in the market over the next three
months and a flat performance over the coming year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>779</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (America): Firm close ahead of
employment figures </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Wall Street
</p>
<p>
US stocks edged higher yesterday after meandering in a narrow range ahead of
today's eagerly awaited report on November employment, writes Frank McGurty
in New York.
</p>
<p>
The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 5.03 firmer at 3,702.11 and the
Standard &amp; Poor's 500 put on 1.22 at 463.11. The Nasdaq composite again
outperformed other indices, adding 2.92 at 766.73. NYSE volume came to
256.4m shares.
</p>
<p>
A batch of second-tier economic figures, which were generally in line with
forecasts, set a positive tone for early trading. The Commerce Department
said that personal income had risen 0.6 per cent from September to October
on a seasonally adjusted basis, while personal consumption climbed 0.8 per
cent. Initial claims for state unemployment benefit last week showed a
modest decline.
</p>
<p>
Conversely, sales of new homes in October dipped 6.5 per cent from the
previous month. However, the fresh economic data left little impression.
Instead, stocks reacted to a mid-morning downturn in the US Treasury market,
where apprehension about today's report on November employment was in
evidence. A surprisingly strong showing is likely to send bond prices
sharply lower.
</p>
<p>
In late trading the benchmark 30-year government issue recovered somewhat
and equities inched back into positive territory in the final hour of a
subdued session.
</p>
<p>
With the release of November sales figures by the big store groups,
retailing stocks were among the most actively traded. Analysts found little
encouragement for the Christmas season in their overall performance. Among
the big losers was The Limited, which posted a 7 per cent decline in
same-store sales. The stock plunged Dollars 3 3/8 to Dollars 18 as its
rating was lowered by at least two securities houses. Sears Roebuck shed
Dollars  7/8 to Dollars 54 1/8 in spite of reporting good sales figures.
Dillard was down Dollars 1 1/8 at Dollars 39 1/2 .
</p>
<p>
JC Penney was unchanged at Dollars 54 1/4 despite a 13 per cent gain in
same-store sales. Talbots, a newly listed stock, stayed at Dollars 26 5/8
even though its comparable-store sales were up 16.1 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Semiconductor issues were hit by concern over a slowdown in orders. Texas
Instruments lost Dollars 1 to Dollars 64, and National Semiconductor fell
Dollars 1 1/4 to Dollars 15 3/8 in heavy trading.
</p>
<p>
Canada
</p>
<p>
Toronto also managed just a minor gain after Wednesday's sharp rise. The TSE
300 index was finally 5.9 ahead at 4,226.3, with advances narrowly leading
declines by 394 to 366. Volume amounted to 61.1m shares valued at CDollars
670.9m.
</p>
<p>
Industrial products recorded the day's biggest change, adding 1.31 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mitel, CDollars  3/4 higher at CDollars 8 1/2 , said it has received a
multi-million dollar order for its call controller product from Diana Corp.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>493</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Asia Pacific): Hopes for economic boost
spur 1.9% rise in Nikkei </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO and NIKKI TAIT
<name type=place>TOKYO, SYDNEY</name></byline>
<p>
Shares surged in the morning on reports of an additional stimulus package,
but later lost half their gain on profit-taking and position squaring, and
the Nikkei average closed 1.9 per cent up, writes Emiko Terazono in Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
The 225-issue average added 333.44 at 17,458.75. The Topix index put on
21.25, or 1.5 per cent, at 1,465.12, but in London the ISE/Nikkei 50 index
eased 0.25 to 1,180.12.
</p>
<p>
The Nikkei declined to a low for the day of 17,073.81 in early trading, but
later jumped to a high of 17,887.29 on reports that the government would
announce an emergency stimulus package containing an income tax cut and
relaxation of land transaction taxes. Reports that Mr Masayoshi Takemura,
the chief cabinet secretary, had hinted on a cut in the official discount
rate also encouraged investors.
</p>
<p>
Investment trust funds and companies were seen actively buying shares.
However, the rally lost steam as Mr Takemura later denied that he had
mentioned a rate cut, and a fall in the futures market in the afternoon
prompted arbitrage selling and profit-taking.
</p>
<p>
Volume expanded to 470m shares from 368m, while rises led falls by 952 to
120, with 62 issues unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jiro Saito, vice-minister of finance, denied that the government had
played a role in the rebound of stock prices. Local newspapers have been
suggesting that the government was trying to prop up the market by ordering
life assurers to buy shares.
</p>
<p>
An official meeting between Mr Setsuya Tabuchi, former chairman of Nomura
Securities, and Mr Morihiro Hosokawa, the prime minister, on Tuesday, when
the Nikkei plunged to a year's low, is also believed to have been staged by
government officials in order to revive confidence.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the overall rise, some bank shares were weak. The Nikkei banking
index rose only 1.3 per cent, with Industrial bank of Japan down Y40 to
Y2,820 and Dai-Ichi Kangyo Bank off Y30 at Y1,940. Gainers included Fuji
Bank, up Y50 at Y1,950, and Sakura Bank, Y20 ahead at Y1,480.
</p>
<p>
East Japan Railway firmed Y8,000 to Y435,000 and Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone gained Y12,000 at Y741,000.
</p>
<p>
In Osaka, the OSE average advanced 479.59 to 19,456.59 in volume of 32.7m
shares. Roundup
</p>
<p>
The Pacific Basin region was generally firmer yesterday.
</p>
<p>
HONG KONG finished slightly lower as sharp early gains were erased after
Governor Chris Patten announced the introduction of a partial bill on his
controversial electoral reform package.
</p>
<p>
The Hang Seng index closed 15.83 easier at 9,238.20, having been 113 points
ahead in the morning and 88 points up at midsession. Turnover dipped to
HKDollars 5.14bn from Wednesday's HKDollars 5.32bn.
</p>
<p>
December futures slid to a low for the day of 9,150 after the Patten speech,
but recovered slightly to finish a net 170 down at 9,170.
</p>
<p>
TAIWAN was lifted by a wave of strong buying just before the close, and the
market ended 2.5 per cent higher after hectic trade, extending Wednesday's
gain of 2.6 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The market index moved ahead 110.90 to end at its intraday peak of 4,579.24,
the highest finish since May 13. Turnover increased to TDollars 60.53bn, the
heaviest since April.
</p>
<p>
Pulp and paper stocks led the advance on expectations that the industry,
which slumped this year, will recover on firmer product prices next year.
Chung Hwa Pulp closed the day's limit up at TDollars 21.40.
</p>
<p>
KUALA LUMPUR saw the day's highs eroded by late profit-taking, although the
composite index still ended 2.09 ahead at a new closing peak of 1,017.51.
Volume rose to 693.3m shares from the previous day's 601.5m.
</p>
<p>
SINGAPORE was spurred to a record close by foreign institutional buying, the
Straits Times Industrial index adding 25.24 at 2,131.25.
</p>
<p>
Early Japanese institutional buying set the mood for the market's advance in
the morning, but later trading was subdued by profit-taking.
</p>
<p>
AUSTRALIA rose strongly, encouraged by gains elsewhere in the region. The
All Ordinaries index climbed 41.9, or 2.1 per cent, to 2,047.3. Turnover
amounted to ADollars 557.4m.
</p>
<p>
More heavy trading in the shares of Goodman Fielder, the food group, led to
speculation that someone may be amassing a stake, writes Nikki Tait in
Sydney. The stock closed 6 cents higher at ADollars 1.68 in volume of 11m
shares and has now gained almost 10 per cent during the past fortnight.
</p>
<p>
SEOUL closed near to the 800 level on across the board selling. The
composite index shed 7.58 to 801.17. Turnover totalled Won682.9bn.
</p>
<p>
Posco, the steel group, saw the day's heaviest volume with 2.2m shares
changing hands, and rose to a day's high of Won37,800 before closing
unchanged at Won36,500.
</p>
<p>
MANILA advanced strongly, with the composite index rising 72.13 to 2,395.89
in turnover of 1.1bn pesos.
</p>
<p>
Philippine Long Distance Telephone appreciated 20 pesos to 1,755 pesos and
PT &amp; T 1 peso to 9.40 pesos.
</p>
<p>
NEW ZEALAND was again boosted by demand for forestry issues, which left the
NZSE-40 capital index 38.78, or 1.9 per cent, higher at 2.079.30 in strong
turnover.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
<item> TW  Taiwan, Asia </item>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
<item> SG  Singapore, Asia </item>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
<item> KR  South Korea, Asia </item>
<item> PH  Philippines, Asia </item>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>889</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Europe): Frankfurt and Zurich set
record highs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By Our Markets Staff</byline>
<p>
Germany and Switzerland were in record territory, writes Our Markets Staff.
</p>
<p>
FRANKFURT slipped back after the Bundesbank announced that it was not making
a cut in the discount rate but, supported by other factors including the
stronger dollar, ended the day at a record high.
</p>
<p>
The DAX index closed 20.66 higher at 2,110.53 after a high of 2,115.64 and a
low of 2,104.05. Turnover was strong at DM11.5bn.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patrick Shields at NatWest Securities commented that the Bundesbank had
signalled, by setting the repo rate at 6 per cent until January, that there
would be no further move on interest rates until the new year.
</p>
<p>
In the market he noted activity in RWE, the shares adding DM11 to DM488,
with some institutions taking positions ahead of the group's dividend
payment next week.
</p>
<p>
The strength of the dollar helped Daimler make DM9.50 to DM743.50, together
with rumours that Airbus might be in the running to win a US contract.
</p>
<p>
The banking sector continued to make ground with Dresdner showing a 16 per
cent increase in 10 month profits, the shares gaining DM1 to DM445; but
Hypobank, which also announced good figures, slipped 30 pfg to DM480.50.
Commerzbank added DM2.50 to DM370.50.
</p>
<p>
ZURICH remained firm, although off its best levels, and the SMI index added
12.9 to a second consecutive record high of 2,787.2, with Wednesday's better
than expected economic data continuing to provide support.
</p>
<p>
CS Holding, the most expansive of the Swiss banks, shed SFr65 to SFr3,600 as
it declined comment on market rumours that it planned to take a stake in
Commerzbank. Analysts were divided over the logic of such a move: they were
cautious about dismissing such a market rumour, but one commented that it
would be a move away from the Swiss bank's core business.
</p>
<p>
Elektrowatt, part of the CS Holding group, rose SFr25 to SFr3,775, befiting
from analysts' recommendations.
</p>
<p>
Drug issues put in a strong performance. Ciba-Geigy advanced SFr10 to SFr837
and Sandoz put on SFr40 to SFr3,910. Roche certificates firmed SFr70 to
SFr6,140 after the recent consolidation.
</p>
<p>
Jelmoli, the retail group, added SFr20 to SFr910 for a two day rise of 7.9
per cent. The shares have found favour after Wednesday's GDP figures
indicated a pick-up in domestic consumption.
</p>
<p>
PARIS ended modestly firmer, with the CAC-40 index picking up 6.47 to
2,160.45, after a day's high of 2,170.49 and a low of 2,146.92. Turnover was
estimated at some FFr4bn.
</p>
<p>
Carrefour shot ahead FFr32 to FFr3,882 on news that it had sold its 30 per
cent stake in But, a furniture retailer, under terms worth about FFr536m.
</p>
<p>
Canal Plus took an opposite direction, shedding FFr46 to FFr1,250, on news
that a decision on its licence renewal had been put back: a decision was
expected to have been made early next week.
</p>
<p>
Further disappointing car sales news knocked FFr6 off Peugeot's shares,
closing at FFr715.
</p>
<p>
AMSTERDAM added 0.1 in the CBS Tendency index to close at 138.3. Better than
expected results from ING helped the insurer gain 50 cents to Fl 85.90,
while elsewhere in the sector Aegon lost Fl 1.60 to Fl 101.20. ABN Amro
added 50 cents to Fl 71.00.
</p>
<p>
MILAN was higher, the Comit index adding 4.28 to 548.94, with volume
inflated by Fiat switching its savings and privileged shares to a wholly
owned subsidiary. The savings stock rose L22 to L2,020 in volume of 43m
shares while the ordinary shares were L37 higher at L3,953.
</p>
<p>
Credito Italiano advanced L18 to L2,319: the privatisation price is
scheduled to be announced tomorrow ahead of the start of the sale next week.
</p>
<p>
MADRID saw further solid gains before some late sell orders took prices off
their best levels. The general index aded 2.27 to 300.81 in heavy turnover
of Pta32.5bn.
</p>
<p>
Banks continued their recovery with BBV Pta100 higher at Pta3,200 and
Santander Pta190 ahead at Pta6,580. Among electricals, Iberdrola put on
Pta14 to Pta950 in volume of 3.7m.
</p>
<p>
Written and edited by John Pitt and Michael Morgan.
</p>
<p>
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Actuaries Share Indices
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec. 2                                            THE EUROPEAN SERIES
Hourly changes           Open      10.30     11.00     12.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100     1375.05   1376.27   1375.79   1376.91
FT-SE Eurotrack 200     1456.77   1456.16   1457.60   1459.63
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Hourly changes           13.00     14.00     15.00     Close
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100     1375.13   1372.30   1373.40   1374.18
FT-SE Eurotrack 200     1456.60   1454.63   1455.35   1456.67
----------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Dec. 1    Nov. 30   Nov. 29   Nov. 26   Nov. 25
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100   1365.54   1343.12   1344.70   1346.66   1343.06
FT-SE Eurotrack 200   1452.41   1420.82   1417.23   1412.67   1410.14
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Base value 1000 (26/10/90); High/day: 100 - 1377.53; 200 - 1462.96
Low/day: 100 - 1371.70 200 - 1453.64.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>815</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: South Africa </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Gold stocks continued their advance, with the index closing 79 points
stronger at 1,937. The industrial index added 59 at 4,926 and the overall
index 64 at 4,273. South African Breweries was actively traded, rising R3 to
R79.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>67</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Markets Report: Bundesbank leads way </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RACHEL JOHNSON</byline>
<p>
The Bundesbank set off a round of minor interest rate cuts around Europe
yesterday by setting its repurchase rate at 6 per cent for the next five
weeks, writes Rachel Johnson.
</p>
<p>
It cut the repo rate by 25 basis points after its regular fortnightly
council meeting but left its two main rates, the Lombard and the discount,
unchanged at 6.75 per cent and 5.75 per cent respectively.
</p>
<p>
Central bank officials indicated this could be the first time that the
Bundesbank has announced ahead of time it would offer fixed interest rate
repos to the market for such a long period.
</p>
<p>
The move was acclaimed by economists as cleverly defusing pressure from
other countries - France in particular - to cut rates. For it sent enough of
a trigger to the markets to allow the authorities to shave rates even though
the Germans had left their main rates unchanged. As the bank tends to leave
a differential of around 30 to 40 basis points between the discount and repo
rates, yesterday's cut narrows this gap to only 25 basis points, making a
reduction in the discount rate more likely than a further cut in the repo
rate.
</p>
<p>
Although France had not moved its own rates in response yesterday, this was
largely because its next tender was not until Monday. Economists generally
expected the high yielders such as Italy and Spain to be the last to move.
</p>
<p>
Miss Alison Cottrell, currency analyst at Midland Global Markets, the
securities house, greeted the bank's operations as 'psychologically
beneficial for all sides'.
</p>
<p>
'This move will allow other 'core' Europeans to ease their own market - and
in some cases - interest rates,' she said.
</p>
<p>
The Dutch central bank cut its official interest rates by 25 basis points
and its special advances rate by 20 basis points, citing falling interest
rates and the strength of the guilder.
</p>
<p>
The Belgian central bank said it had cut all of its leading interest rates
in line with rate cuts in other European countries. It lowered the central
rate to 8 per cent from 8.30 per cent, the discount rate to 5 1/4 per cent
from 5 1/2 per cent and the emergency lending rate to 11 1/2 per cent from
12 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Market reaction to the moves centred on speculation as to whether the
Bundesbank would be more or less likely to cut rates on December 16, its
next council meeting. Miss Cottrell believes that if the M3 number shows
ample slowdown in the growth of broad money, this will encourage the bank to
take the bull by the horns on December 16.
</p>
<p>
After all, she pointed out, if the fundamentals had not supported a rate cut
the authorities would not have acted today. The bank risked a 'speculative
hell' on January 6 when normal meetings resumed unless it did something
earlier, she said.
</p>
<p>
The only risk to this plan, however, is on the large scale. If the world
trade talks collapse or fail to conclude successfully by the December 15
deadline, then currencies would be dancing to a very different tune than
they are now.
</p>
<p>
The talks have reached a delicate stage. The major players are both
stressing the need for one more heave and taking criticism from their
counterparts for holding up progress and refusing to compromise.
</p>
<p>
In Bonn, Mr Helmut Kohl, the German chancellor, and Mr Francois Mitterrand,
the French president, said they were taking great pains to achieve a world
trade deal under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade by the deadline.
</p>
<p>
Currencies had a quiet day in spite of the moves. There was a lull between
the UK Budget on Tuesday and today's US non-farm payroll figures for
December, on which the dollar's strength is expected to hinge. Mr Jim
O'Neill, chief currency strategist at Swiss Bank Corporation, said it was a
classic December week. 'Virtually all the data have been supportive of the
dollar, but the currency has not done much more than creep higher over the
last 48 hours,' he said.
</p>
<p>
The big tussle on the currency markets was one of 'domination' between the
Swiss franc - which has benefited from strong evidence of the Swiss
emergence from deep recession - and the dollar. The Swiss franc ended a
touch firmer against the D-Mark. In London the dollar rose to DM1.7215,
after a previous close of DM1.7175, and ended a little higher against the
Swiss franc at SFr1.4965, after a previous SFr1.4960. In New York the dollar
finished at DM1.7225.
</p>
<p>
For after a short burst of strength following the European rate cuts, the
dollar fell back to wait for the employment data. The market is expecting a
jump of about 177,000 in the non-farm payrolls in November to add to
mounting evidence of a broad-based consumer-led recovery.
</p>
<p>
A sharp increase in US consumer spending in October was consistent with a
double-digit increase in consumer confidence last month, and there are
rising hopes for a 4 per cent to 5 per cent GDP number for the fourth
quarter.
</p>
<p>
On the London money market, the Bank of England predicted a sizeable
shortage of Pounds 2.65bn, which it relieved almost fully during the day's
operations with total help of Pounds 2.52bn.
</p>
<p>
The escudo is unlikely to react to yesterday's government reshuffle, in
which Mr Eduardo Catroga replaced Mr Jorge Braga de Macedo as finance
minister. Dealers are attributing the stronger escudo to slack end-of-year
activity in the foreign exchange market.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> BE  Belgium, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> PT  Portugal, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>963</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (11): Powerful competitive
position - Profile / Yamazaki Mazak </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BAXTER</byline>
<p>
Japan's big machine tool producers - Yamazaki Mazak, Amada, Toyoda, Okuma,
Hitachi Seiki - are rightly seen by European and US rivals as formidable
worldwide competitors, but not even they have remained immune from the
industry's global recession.
</p>
<p>
The Japanese industry is the largest in the world, accounting for about a
quarter of total machine tool production worth Dollars 34.6bn last year,
according to statistics from American Machinist. But consumption of machine
tools in Japan, which was also the world's largest market, fell 32 per cent
to Dollars 5.7bn last year, says the magazine.
</p>
<p>
Last month, the Japan Machine Tool Builders Association said orders received
by the Japanese producers this year were likely to fall short of Y600bn for
the first time since 1983. Total orders last year were Y710.2bn, down 37 per
cent from 1991 and only just over half the Y1,412.1bn achieved in the boom
year of 1990.
</p>
<p>
And the recession is still continuing - machine tool orders in September
were down 31.5 per cent from a year earlier at Y42.3bn due to weak private
sector demand amid continued economic stagnation, the association said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Teruyuki Yamazaki, chairman and president of privately-held Yamazaki
Mazak, points out that in some respects, Japanese producers are suffering in
the same way as their German counterparts.
</p>
<p>
'For the machine tool industry in Europe, volumes are about 50 per cent
down, compared with the peak time (two to three years ago),' he says. 'Japan
has seen about the same fall.'
</p>
<p>
Up to a point, there are similarities in the longer-term structural changes
going on in both the German and Japanese domestic markets for machine tools.
In Japan, one of the reasons for the rapid fall in demand for machine tools
has been the excess capacity in the automotive and other industries built in
the expectation that growth rates in domestic sales and exports would
continue.
</p>
<p>
As in Germany, the high costs of domestic manufacturing are encouraging the
machine tool industry's customers to move manufacturing, or at least the
supply of components, overseas. Investments by the Japanese automotive
industry in the US and the UK represent machine tool orders that might once
have been domestic business but are now either export orders or supplied by
Japanese or rival machine tool builders manufacturing elsewhere.
</p>
<p>
It is in the export business that Mr Yamazaki sees further similarities
between the Japanese industry's predicament and that of the German industry.
'Japanese exporters are facing heavy competition in the European market
because the yen is too strong,' he says.
</p>
<p>
This is a disadvantage for Yamazaki in respect of the machines it exports
from Japan, but Mr Yamazaki notes that German producers are facing similar
problems exporting to countries with weak currencies.
</p>
<p>
Some might argue that the key difference between the two leading machine
tool producing countries is that the Japanese have a much tighter grip on
their home market where imports accounted for 10 per cent of consumption
last year, compared with 36 per cent in Germany.
</p>
<p>
But while many believe that the present recession has seriously weakened the
European machine tool industry's competitiveness vis-a-vis its Japanese
rivals, Mr Yamazaki does not believe this is the case. 'In Germany the
machine tool industry has suffered, and so have we, so the competitive
balance has not changed much.'
</p>
<p>
In spite of the global recession, the strong yen, and the more fundamental
changes in the Japanese market, though, Yamazaki Mazak is in a powerful
position competitively, when compared not only with non-Japanese producers
but also with domestic rivals.
</p>
<p>
With overseas manufacturing at Florence in Kentucky, Worcester in the UK,
Les Ulis in France, and Singapore its production base is more international
than is the case generally in the machine tool industry.
</p>
<p>
The Worcester plant began producing machine tools in 1987 and was intended
mainly as a manufacturing base for Europe. It was then considered that the
investment would foreshadow many more by Japanese producers in Europe - 'We
were a step ahead,' says Mr Yamazaki.
</p>
<p>
That this has not happened is due partly to recent market conditions. But Mr
Yamazaki believes it has also been much more difficult for the Japanese
producers to invest in one European country than in the US, because of the
many different cultures, markets, languages and tax systems in Europe. 'Some
of the Japanese wanted to invest in Europe, but they could not do it,' he
says.
</p>
<p>
The Worcester plant, along with other UK-based machine tool producers, has
seen its home market hit by the recession - first in the UK and then in
continental Europe. But lower costs and the recent devaluation of sterling
mean that, according to Mr Yamazaki, 'we have good competitiveness from our
UK machines.'
</p>
<p>
The company is now expanding exports from the Worcester plant to markets
outside Europe, and is also gradually increasing the number of machine tool
types made there.
</p>
<p>
No one in the machine tool industry is predicting a return to the heady days
of 1990, when sales were being buoyed by factors such as the 'bubble
economy' in Japan. But Mr Yamazaki is confident about the long-term need for
machine tools, especially in Europe and the US. 'If you look at European and
US customers of the machine tool industry,' he says, 'you will see that many
of their production facilities are older than those used in Japan. So these
customers will have to make more investment in equipment.'
</p>
<p>
He is also keeping a close eye on Asia, where cheap labour and booming
markets have encouraged many traditional Yamazaki customers to begin
manufacturing. Machine tool producers such as Yamazaki are following their
customers into Asia, but also want to be there to take advantage of the
region's overall market opportunities.
</p>
<p>
The company began producing machine tool parts in Singapore last year, and
also has a technical co-operation agreement with a Chinese machine tool
builder, Shenyang No 1 Machine Tool Works. This is not yet a joint venture,
but Mr Yamazaki says the co-operation has good potential for further
development.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Yamazaki Mazak </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3541 Machine Tools, Metal Cutting Types </item>
<item> P3542 Machine Tools, Metal Forming Types </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3541 </item>
<item> P3542 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>1055</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (12): Fresh approach to
automation - Construction Industry </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DENNIS NORMILE</byline>
<p>
Japan's general contractors have earned a lot of recognition in recent years
with the development of construction site robots. These mechanical wonders
can roam construction sites spraying fireproofing and finishing concrete
floors. There is only one problem.
</p>
<p>
'They have not proven very cost effective,' says Mr Yasuo Fujinami, deputy
general manager for technology at Taisei Corporation.
</p>
<p>
Undaunted by a false start, the industry is taking a new approach to
mechanising construction sites. Rather than automate individual tasks, the
focus is now on systems that attempt to turn construction sites into
factories for the assembly of prefabricated components. Rather than showcase
the latest in robots, the systems are designed to optimise the mix of
computer control, automation, mechanical innovations and plain old manual
labour.
</p>
<p>
Shimizu's Smart System, for example, is now in use for the first time on a
20-story, 20,665 sq m office building in Nagoya. After completing the
foundations, what will become the top floor and roof of the building were
erected on top of four jacking towers. Suspended from this structure is a
network of rail cranes and trolley hoists that can deliver a load to any
point on the floor below. The hoists also travel on a vertical lift erected
alongside the building to bring material from ground level.
</p>
<p>
A computer housed on the top floor controls all these hoists and cranes and
can place steel beams and columns, precast floor sections, wall panels and
other building components following programmed instructions. As the building
is erected, the four jacking towers push up the top floor and then lift
their own bases from floor to floor.
</p>
<p>
Rather than rely on sensors for precise positioning, joints have ingeniously
detailed slots and plates that mechanically guide beams and columns into
final position. Once in place, clamps on the hoist cables release
automatically. This all means that once a human rigger attaches the cables
to a steel member at ground level, the system can erect it without further
human help. In actual practice, however, a control room operator using video
monitors and a spotter on the working level watch the hoists as they
position their loads.
</p>
<p>
The closest thing to an actual robot is a welding machine, but even this is
not fully automated. An operator must set it in place and start it manually.
But then it uses sensors and programmed instructions to make the correct
weld. Shimizu figures that one operator can tend two machines.
</p>
<p>
Yasuyoshi Miyatake, who led the development of the system for Shimizu, says
the system allowed them to cut their erection crew from 20 to 13. With
additional labour savings from prefabrication, they figure a 30 per cent
reduction in the man hours needed to complete the building. 'Eventually, we
think we can make that 50 per cent,' Mr Miyatake says.
</p>
<p>
Virtually all of Japan's leading contractors have their own systems, either
in their first use or under development. They all follow the same theme but
have individual variations. In Taisei's T-Up system, the staging platform
surrounds and hangs from the steel for the central core of the building. Two
cranes on top of the platform erect the core steel while two cranes
suspended beneath the platform erect the surrounding steel. Taisei figures
running four cranes simultaneously will allow them to cut the construction
period of a 33-story 111,000 sq m office tower it is building in Yokohama
from 30 to 24 months.
</p>
<p>
The increased productivity and shorter construction periods have not shown
up on the bottom line. Shimizu and Taisei both say use of the systems did
not result in lower contract prices for owners. For one thing they have to
recover their development costs. Shimizu figures the hardware alone,
developed in co-operation with Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, cost Y1,000m.
</p>
<p>
More importantly, the focus of the industry's automation efforts is not
reducing costs but cutting labour requirements. Although less of a crisis
with the current recession, the industry still faces a labour shortage, with
young workers, especially, avoiding the construction trades.
</p>
<p>
The industry first attempted to counter this by automating hard or dangerous
tasks. Mr Yukio Hasegawa, who heads a construction robot research programme
at Waseda University, says the industry was naive, dreaming up robots far
more sophisticated than anything developed for manufacturing. He says
contractors and equipment makers have developed more than 100 types of
construction robots. 'But very few of them are actually used,' he says. They
have proven difficult to adapt to the variety of conditions on construction
sites.
</p>
<p>
A similar challenge faces the new systems. So far, the systems have only
been applied to buildings that are tall and relatively square in plan. To be
practical, the gains from the increased productivity and speed have to
offset the time and effort required to set the systems in place.
</p>
<p>
Mr Takanobu Kumano, a manager in Taisei's technology division, says the
lower limit for their system is probably about 30 stories. This means that
out of the hundreds of buildings the company takes on each year, there are
only seven or eight that could use their system.
</p>
<p>
Despite present limitations, Roozbeh Kangari, associate professor of civil
engineering at Georgia Institute of Technology, believes the industry is now
taking the right approach: looking at the overall process to see where
mechanisation makes sense and where it doesn't. Mr Kangari spent a year in
Japan studying Shimizu's mechanisation efforts.
</p>
<p>
Mr Takayoshi Sato, a general manager for Tokyo-based Futaba Quantity
Surveying, says that rather than concentrating high-tech systems on a few
projects, greater gains could come from spreading the use of standardised
and prefabricated components throughout the industry. Mr Sato says the
widespread use of such components in the US and Europe makes site labour
there more productive, despite generally higher wage rates.
</p>
<p>
The contractors recognise the need to extend the systems to a wider range of
buildings. Shimizu's Mr Miyatake says their next challenge is to apply the
concept to low-rise offices. And in typical Japanese fashion, they are
already improving system performance. After erecting a couple of floors of
steel, they modified the control software, cutting from 400 seconds to 200
seconds the time it takes for a hoist to traverse the rail crane network.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P16   Heavy Construction, Ex Building </item>
<item> P15   General Building Contractors </item>
<item> P17   Special Trade Contractors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P16 </item>
<item> P15 </item>
<item> P17 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>1082</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAG0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (9): Consumers forced back to
basics - Retailing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO</byline>
<p>
When Mr Yukio Higuchi set up his first discount liquor store in Tokyo 25
years ago, he had to endure numerous anonymous death threats. He spent most
of his time fending off the thugs loitering around his store while trying to
convince wholesalers to sell him goods.
</p>
<p>
Years later, however, supported by a change in consumer attitudes and a
prolonged economic downturn, his Kawachiya liquor chain is thriving. 'During
the weekends, the stores get so crowded I have to close the shutters to keep
people out,' he says.
</p>
<p>
During the 'bubble' economy of the late 1980s, ordinary Japanese did not
think twice about spending on highly-priced household goods, food and drink.
However the sharp fall in corporate profits and the consequent
restructurings have posed a threat to workers' real income, forcing
consumers to go back to basics.
</p>
<p>
Boxes of beers and bottles of whisky at a 30 per cent discount to the normal
retail price have an obvious attraction.
</p>
<p>
Kawachiya, which is unlisted, says its sales have grown by about 30 per cent
for the past three years, and it expects annual sales to double this year to
Y15bn due to the launch of new stores. The trend towards cheaper prices,
however, does not stop at liquor. Consumers are turning to discount stores
for their electronic goods, clothes, drugs and other everyday products.
</p>
<p>
Aoyama Trading, a manufacturer and retailer of office workers' blue suits,
has seen profits surge during the past few years. For the first six months
to September, the company posted a 34.5 per cent rise in pre-tax profits to
Y12.1bn on a 38.7 per cent increase in sales to Y76.6bn.
</p>
<p>
To achieve these results, discount retailers are turning away from
conventional methods of Japanese retailing, relying on the myriad of
wholesalers for supplies and providing extensive service.
</p>
<p>
Japanese manufacturers set retail prices with profit margins high enough to
support two levels of wholesalers and the retailer. In addition, domestic
manufacturers cushion their retailers by offering rebates.
</p>
<p>
Until now those who tried to buck the system faced intimidation by retail
associations, manufacturers and wholesalers. For retailers such as
Kawachiya, securing a procurement route for merchandise has also been
difficult.
</p>
<p>
By selling its products at a discount, Kawachiya is foregoing a bulk of the
revenue that ordinary retailers see, but it manages to keep down costs by
its no-frills approach. Most of the employees are hired part time, the
merchandise is kept in boxes and its stores resemble old shacks. 'Consumers
shouldn't have to pay extra to support distributors,' he says. In the case
of Aoyama, and other men's suit discounters, they have turned to cheap
production costs in south-east Asia and China, buying products directly from
the manufacturers.
</p>
<p>
In sharp contrast to the discount stores, Japan's upmarket department stores
have been suffering from the plunge in consumer spending. October sales at
leading department stores in the greater Tokyo area fell 10.4 per cent to
Y209.5bn, the 20th consecutive decline. At the same time, Mitsukoshi, the
prestigious department store which has business ties with Harrods, announced
its first interim pre-tax loss in nine years.
</p>
<p>
Mr Paul Heaton, retail analyst at Baring Securities in Tokyo, explains:
'Department stores have the most to lose from the rising popularity of
discount retailers.'
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, discount retailers have received a boost from stricter
enforcement against price control by the country's Fair Trade Commission
(FTC), the anti-monopoly watchdog.
</p>
<p>
Japanese manufacturers and wholesalers have often threatened to stop
shipments if the retailer failed to apply the 'suggested retail price' set
by the manufacturer. But manufacturers are now being forced to allow
retailers to set their own prices.
</p>
<p>
Japanese beer companies announced in 1990 that retailers were free to set
their own prices. Earlier this year, sales of subsidiaries of leading
electronics companies, including Matsushita Electric Industrial and Sony,
were warned about attempts to prevent retailers from discounting their
products by threatening to withdraw contracts.
</p>
<p>
Mr Higuchi at Kawachiya says he has been actively informing the FTC of any
unfair practice from manufacturers. Last year he took a pharmaceutical
company, which cut shipments after Kawachiya started discounting its pep
drink, to the commission.
</p>
<p>
In August, he lodged a complaint against leading cosmetics companies,
including Shiseido. He claims Shiseido and other producers cancelled or
decreased shipments after he had rejected pleas to stop discounting luxury
cosmetic brands.
</p>
<p>
Japan's cosmetic makers distribute merchandise through small chain stores
and have asserted pressure while providing large rebates at the same time,
to prevent retailers from discounting. Following an investigation by the
FTC, Shiseido recently announced that it would review its contracts and
rebate practices with its chain store operators.
</p>
<p>
Analysts predict that changes in consumer spending patterns are here to
stay, and even if the economy picks up, sales of high-priced merchandise at
department stores will not recover. This may be the reason why the
department stores are starting to sell cheaper products. To compete with the
likes of Aoyama, one leading department store recently attracted customers
by offering men's silk suits below Y30,000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5311 Department Stores </item>
<item> P52   Building Materials and Garden Supplies </item>
<item> P53   General Merchandise Stores </item>
<item> P54   Food Stores </item>
<item> P55   Automotive Dealers and Service Stations </item>
<item> P56   Apparel and Accessory Stores </item>
<item> P57   Furniture and Homefurnishings Stores </item>
<item> P59   Miscellaneous Retail </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5311 </item>
<item> P52 </item>
<item> P53 </item>
<item> P54 </item>
<item> P55 </item>
<item> P56 </item>
<item> P57 </item>
<item> P59 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>909</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (10): Spectre of the rusting
town - Steel Industry </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT THOMSON</byline>
<p>
In Kamaishi, on the northern coast of Japan, steelmakers can see the future
they fear. The town, site of the country's first blast furnace for pig iron,
began rusting two decades ago when Nippon Steel announced a restructuring
that meant job losses and a gradual reduction in steel output.
</p>
<p>
The Japanese government predicts that Kamaishi's population will be halved
from the present 50,820 by the year 2010, and Kamaishi Shinkin Bank, the
local bank, collapsed earlier this year under bad loans equivalent to about
60 per cent of its total loans outstanding.
</p>
<p>
Steelworkers in the town have turned to mushroom growing and the building
materials industry, but they are struggling against the general downturn in
the economy. The same is true for the Nippon Steel Kamaishi rugby team, the
country's strongest side during the 1970s, which has slowly slipped down the
national ladder.
</p>
<p>
Japan's steelmakers are concerned that they and the communities which depend
on the industry for survival are facing not just recession, but a
Kamaishi-like decline.
</p>
<p>
Mr Takashi Imai, Nippon Steel's president, said his company would have to
change the structure of its management and workforce to ward off the rust.
</p>
<p>
He suggests that Japan faces an unemployment problem similar to that of the
US, where jobs lost in manufacturing where not soaked up by the service
sector. In the case of steelmakers, he says, traditional customers such as
automotive and consumer electronics companies are selling to a mature
domestic market after four decades of expansion.
</p>
<p>
'We are looking for some other industries that will replace these industries
as a source of demand, but we haven't been able to find them,' Mr Imai said.
</p>
<p>
Steel companies can see their own diversification policies reflected in the
Kamaishi government's unsuccessful attempts to create new industries. There
was a plan for a marine theme park, and former steel workers now make office
furniture, but the town is still losing younger workers to neighbouring
regions and the main shopping centre is dotted with permanently shuttered
shops.
</p>
<p>
The Japanese steel industry was inspired to diversify after the Plaza Accord
in 1985 led to a rapid appreciation of the yen and a slowing of domestic
demand. Steel production fell from 105m tonnes in 1985 to 98m tonnes a year
later, and the leading makers slipped into the red during 1987.
</p>
<p>
Companies began to cut their workforces and expand into new business areas,
in particular, computers and semiconductors, which were seen as the
'industrial rice' of the future. The shift was thought appropriate because
steel companies have traditionally seen themselves as the suppliers of
Japan's industrial staple.
</p>
<p>
But the speculative excess of the late 1980s led the steel industry off
course. The workforce cuts slowed when domestic demand for steel bounced
back to 105.6m tonnes in 1988, and the country became more concerned about a
longer-term labour shortage than a short-term surplus of workers.
</p>
<p>
The cheap capital of that era, when money was easily raised through new
issues of equity or equity-linked bonds, fuelled the industry's many
diversifications, some of which were unwise. Sales projections were
calculated when stock prices were climbing relentlessly and the Japanese
economy was expanding at annual rate of 7 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Steel companies are feeling the cost of those miscalculations. In the first
half to September, the five leading makers had pre-tax losses, including
Y16.7bn at Nippon Steel and Y15.4bn at NKK, which both reported profits last
year. The losses would have been more embarrassing if the companies had not
reaped profits from the sale of equities.
</p>
<p>
For the full year to March, the leading five companies, which tend to move
as a caravan in and out of loss, are expecting combined losses of about
Y60bn, although Japanese steel industry specialists say the figure would be
Y200bn, if the benefits of accounting changes and profits on securities
sales were not counted.
</p>
<p>
The pressures to discard loss-making diversification projects are obvious,
but the companies are still determined to restructure without dismissing
workers. Sumitomo Metal Industries, which had an interim loss of Y9bn, said
the change in market conditions had forced a broad review.
</p>
<p>
'As for the electronics, new materials and biomedical divisions, efforts
shall be concentrated on examining profitability in each field and in
identifying where profits can be improved as quickly as possible,' Sumitomo
said.
</p>
<p>
Each of the companies concede that demand will remain weak into next year,
with some growth expected in public works construction which has been
undermined in recent months by political scandals. Local governments have
delayed project awards, fearing that the successful company may be
implicated in the scandal, but they will eventually have to make a decision.
</p>
<p>
Steel companies are also hoping that demand from China will strengthen in
coming months. Kobe Steel noted in its summary of the first half, when it
lost Y8.1bn, that exports to China early in the year had 'increased
remarkably'.
</p>
<p>
Japanese steelmakers have co-operatively shared the profits of China demand,
just as they collectively negotiate prices for imported materials.
</p>
<p>
But the present downturn has raised the question of whether the
'restructuring' described by Mr Imai will also mean an end to the very cosy
relationship among the leading five companies.
</p>
<p>
Nippon Steel has been criticised in the past for not exploiting the
advantages of its size and expertise, and being as concerned to represent
the industry's interests as much as its own.
</p>
<p>
The next year will be a test of the company's will, and a measure of the
relative importance of its shareholders and its industry friendships.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------
     Crude steel production
      (millions of tonnes)
------------------------------------
1985              105.3
1986               98.3
1987               98.5
1988              105.7
1989              107.9
1990              110.3
1991              109.7
1992               98.1
------------------------------------
Source: Yamaichi Research Institute
------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P331  Blast Furnace and Basic Steel Products </item>
<item> P332  Iron and Steel Foundries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P331 </item>
<item> P332 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>998</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (7): GM deal highlights
challenges - The Car Industry </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHIYO NAKAMOTO</byline>
<p>
Late last month, GM and Toyota, the world's largest and second-largest
carmakers, signed a deal that highlights some of the big challenges facing
the Japanese car industry.
</p>
<p>
The agreement calls for Toyota, Japan's largest carmaker, to sell 20,000 GM
cars a year in Japan under the Toyota nameplate.
</p>
<p>
While the volume of GM cars Toyota has agreed to sell in Japan is miniscule,
compared with the hundreds of thousands of cars Toyota sells in the US, it
represents a significant victory for GM in opening up the Japanese car
market to US competition.
</p>
<p>
The US carmaker not only won agreement from Toyota to open up its
distribution network to sell a competitor's car, it even managed to set a
target for average annual sales.
</p>
<p>
Whether they like it or not, Japanese carmakers are going to face greater
competition than ever before from the US Big Three carmakers in their own
market. And if the recent deal between Toyota and GM is any guide, the
competition is likely to be dictated to a growing extent by political
pressures that are not directly related to market competitiveness.
</p>
<p>
While GM and Toyota were negotiating their latest deal, US and Japanese
government officials were bickering over a possible agreement to prise open
the Japanese car and car parts market to greater foreign penetration.
</p>
<p>
One of the most contentious issue in these talks has been the US insistence
on setting quantitative indicators which would show progress in opening up
the Japanese markets for cars and car parts.
</p>
<p>
Although the Japanese government has refused to agree to such targets in
what it calls the interests of free trade, the agreement between GM and
Toyota leaves an uneasy feeling that the US side has won a small but
significant concession to its aims even though there has been no apparent
official prodding of a deal between the two companies.
</p>
<p>
The threat of US carmakers to the Japanese in their own market is by no
means critical. But the timing of their onslaught could not have been worse.
</p>
<p>
For the past few years, Japan's car industry has been suffering under the
impact of a consumer reaction to the high-spending years of the late 1980s.
</p>
<p>
During those years consumers went on a buying binge that led to
overoptimistic assumptions in the industry about demand for cars and the
necessary levels of production capacity.
</p>
<p>
Those assumptions in turn led to over-investment in facilities, a
proliferation of models and options and bloated corporate structures.
Nissan, for example, invested heavily in automation while Mazda built up an
ambitious five-channel distribution strategy.
</p>
<p>
As the domestic slump has persisted, it has become apparent that the
expansion in domestic demand on which they had based their future
strategies, is no longer there.
</p>
<p>
The situation has forced Japanese carmakers to scale back their ambitions,
cutting deeply into capital expenditure and other costs and trimming their
corporate structures.
</p>
<p>
A moderate consolidation has been taking place as the increasingly crowded
Japanese market for passenger cars has begun to put pressure on the weaker
players. Isuzu, for example, has decided to pull out of car manufacture and
rely on other makers to fill its product line-up. Companies such as Mazda
and Honda have conceded that they can no longer expect to do everything
themselves and, like Isuzu, are resorting to original equipment manufacture
deals, to provide them with products they cannot justify developing on their
own.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, the domestic market has continued its relentless slide, leading
many carmakers to announce a downward revision of production plans. Nissan
recently decided to extend the temporary closure of facilities for two more
days in order to cut back on production as well as costs. Mazda has decided
to introduce a temporary closure period that will affect production levels
of all its models.
</p>
<p>
When they announced worsening business results for the half-year period to
September last month, the carmakers remained cautious about the prospects
for recovery in the near term.
</p>
<p>
Against this background of gloomy prospects at home, pressure on their
overseas operations has been just as damaging. The yen's sharp appreciation
against other leading currencies this year has undermined profits in
overseas markets as well as reducing their competitiveness against local
manufacturers.
</p>
<p>
The plunge in demand for cars in Europe's main markets has upset their plans
for expansion in that market. Nissan has had to advertise for applicants for
a voluntary retirement scheme at its UK plant as market conditions in Europe
have failed to improve.
</p>
<p>
In the US, where the economic recovery has helped business improve somewhat,
Japanese carmakers face growing competition from their US rivals which have
begun to close the gap with them in manufacturing quality.
</p>
<p>
These changes which have created a business environment that is markedly
different from the high growth days which Japanese carmakers had long grown
accustomed to are forcing these companies to re-think their corporate
strategies.
</p>
<p>
In the past, the aim of most Japanese carmakers was quite clearly to
increase market share in key markets, and use that growth as the basis for
the company's own expansion.
</p>
<p>
Once it has become difficult to expect growth in worldwide markets,
companies have gradually been shifting the emphasis to improving
profitability. They have been doing so not only through efforts to raise
efficiency in both product development and manufacturing, but also through a
company-wide review of the performance of white collar workers.
</p>
<p>
Toyota, Nissan and Honda have all introduced programmes aimed at getting
better value out of their office workers. While Toyota aims to raise white
collar efficiency by about 30 per cent, Nissan and Honda have introduced
performance-related pay schemes.
</p>
<p>
Whether or not these initiatives pay off has yet to be seen. What is clear,
however, is that the singleness of purpose - growth at all costs - that
served Japanese carmakers so well in the past, is looking increasingly
inappropriate in the changed market environment.
</p>
<p>
For Japanese carmakers, the US Big Three to which they provided their own
manufacturing know-how not so long ago, may not seem likely role models in
shaping their future corporate strategies. But given the recently improved
performance of the US carmakers, Toyota may yet have something to learn in
its part as GM salesman.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>1086</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (6): Strong yen's winners and
losers - Corporate Earnings </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO</byline>
<p>
Until now, many ordinary Japanese have taken pride in the rising value of
the yen as a sign of national strength, even though it could only be
appreciated when they travelled abroad, buying cheaper handbags in Paris and
extra cans of Fortnum and Mason tea in London.
</p>
<p>
However, this perception has shifted drastically as the sharp rise in the
yen this year has eroded corporate profits and accelerated an exodus of
manufacturing from Japan, raising fears of job security and declines in
workers' real income.
</p>
<p>
After fluctuating around the Y125 to the dollar level during January this
year, the yen rose to Y105 in June, and has remained around that level ever
since. The Japanese manufacturing sector's high reliance on exports is
damaging the economy, due to lower sales and profits from the sharp rise in
the yen. Benefits from the stronger yen have been small because of low
import levels - and sluggish demand.
</p>
<p>
According to Nomura Research Institute, research arm of Nomura Securities,
the higher yen caused losses of Y45.2bn and profits of Y3.3bn during the
first quarter of 1993, while the second quarter saw losses of Y925.3bn and
profits of Y350.8bn.
</p>
<p>
NRI estimates that if the yen rate remains at about Y105 to the dollar in
the second half of 1993, annual exchange losses incurred by exporters would
total about Y4,000bn, while importers are expected to make about Y3,000bn in
exchange gains for the full year, generating a net loss of Y1,000bn.
</p>
<p>
Earnings by export-oriented industries, especially electronics, cars,
textiles and shipping, have been hit. Beneficiaries of the higher yen have
been limited to power utility companies and some oil refiners, which rely on
fuel imports. Foods and paper and pulp companies also import materials, but
lower demand due to the prolonged economic slump have overshadowed the
gains.
</p>
<p>
Although the export ratio of consumer electronics companies has fallen
sharply during the past six to seven years, the ratio remains high,
averaging 41.5 per cent last year. Companies in this sector which centre
business on audio visual-related machines generated 60.1 per cent of their
sales overseas. A Y1 rise against the dollar is said to cause losses of Y5bn
at Sony and Y2bn at Matsushita Electric Industrial.
</p>
<p>
Sony which posts 65 per cent of its sales overseas, suffered a 53 per cent
fall in parent pre-tax profits for the first half to September. Overall
sales fell 11 per cent to Y852.6bn as the yen's rise cost the company Y74bn
in sales.
</p>
<p>
The export ratio of six leading carmakers average around 51 per cent.
According to Wako Research Institute, a rise of Y1 against the dollar would
cause a 10.6 per cent fall in pre-tax profits. Nissan Motor, which posted
pre-tax losses for the first half, has warned that it will not make a profit
for the full year to March. During the first half, the impact of the yen's
rise amounted to Y100bn. Some Y50bn was absorbed through forward exchange
dealing and price rises, and the net impact on sales totalled Y50bn.
</p>
<p>
The high yen led to the 'Finland shock' in the shipbuilding industry earlier
this year, when Kvaerner Masa of Finland captured an order from Abu Dhabi to
supply tankers. The high yen is eroding the competitiveness of Japanese
shipbuilders and a fall in prices based in dollars, due to increased
competition, has led to sharp declines in yen-based profit margins.
</p>
<p>
According to brokers James Capel in Tokyo, during the six months to
September, gross tonnage of approved new buildings increased by 6.5 per
cent, but the total value of the orders declined by 18.9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The high yen has cut into exports of the textile and chemicals sector while
leading to increased import penetration. Inventories of polyester filament
at textile makers have risen due to the increase in cheaper imports from
south-east Asia and the fall in exports.
</p>
<p>
In the chemicals industry, net exports of resins were down by 31 per cent
during the first six months of this year. On the other hand, Japan imported
3.8 times as much high-density polyethylene, accounting for almost 4 per
cent of domestic demand, up 3 percentage points.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile the higher yen lowered imported fuel and material costs for
several industries. The gas companies saw a jump in interim profits thanks
to a fall in fuel costs and a rise in demand for gas due to an unusually
cold summer. However, gas and electric power companies have been ordered to
pass on profits from the higher yen, and are expected to pass a total of
Y265bn to the consumer this year by lowering rates.
</p>
<p>
Tokyo Gas saw interim pre-tax profits surge 211.2 per cent to Y14.4bn,
thanks to higher demand and lower costs. The company saw fuel costs fall 3.8
per cent to Y54.8bn on lower fuel prices and a higher yen. However, it
forecasts a 2 per cent fall in full-year pre-tax profits to Y35bn, due to
the lowering of gas rates.
</p>
<p>
Although the higher yen reduced costs at electric power companies, a fall in
demand amid the economic slump and the cold summer hurt profits. Tokyo
Electric Power posted a decline in interim sales and profits for the first
time in five years. Electricity rate cuts are expected to reduce the
company's income by Y36bn for the year to March next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>929</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (8): Eyes firmly set on the
future - Electronics and Telecoms </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHIYO NAKAMOTO</byline>
<p>
The past few years have been a period of corporate soul-searching for
Japan's electronics companies.
</p>
<p>
Not only has the country's economic slowdown brought some of the world's
largest and strongest electronic manufacturing companies a third year of
falling profits, but the changes in the business environment have also, in
many cases, derailed their plans for the future.
</p>
<p>
Consumer electronics makers have been weakened by a marked reversal in
consumer sentiment. The lack of consumer interest is hurting their ability
to promote the next generation of products they had been hoping would make
up for the saturation of markets for their traditional profit earners, such
as video tape recorders and CD players.
</p>
<p>
High definition TV sets, which many consumer electronics makers had hoped
would take off as prices came down, have been a commercial flop in the face
of a lack of programmes and a new-found penny-pinching trend among
consumers.
</p>
<p>
New electronic gizmos, such as MiniDiscs - the miniature, recordable discs
positioned as the latest-generation portable audio system - and digital
compact cassettes, have not been the blockbusters they would need to be to
make up for the fall in revenues from conventional audio-visual sales.
</p>
<p>
Mr Norio Ohga, president of Sony, points to strong demand for his company's
navigation systems - which at more than Y200,000 a piece are not exactly a
bargain - to illustrate the point that consumers are still buying products
they really want. However, as one company after another reports huge falls
in profits, it is difficult to shake off the perception that consumer
electronics makers have lost touch with their market.
</p>
<p>
In response to a question about the most crucial tasks facing Matsushita, Mr
Motoi Matsuda, a director and member of the board, conceded recently that
the company needed to go back to its roots of providing consumers with
products that they wanted.
</p>
<p>
'The fact that our profitability is falling is a sign that we are not
contributing enough to society,' Mr Matsuda said. 'We are losing our raison
d'etre.'
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Japan's computer makers are also facing a turning point.
</p>
<p>
After years of growing profits sustained by a protected domestic market,
Japanese PC makers are facing serious foreign competition in their home
territory for the first time.
</p>
<p>
The spread of a bilingual operating system called DOS-V that was developed
by IBM, and the arrival of Compaq and Dell on the scene, have shaken the
Japanese PC makers out of their cosy existence. This had allowed companies
to cling on to a captive audience and carve up the domestic market among
themselves by selling proprietary systems that were incompatible with each
other and with any other systems outside of Japan.
</p>
<p>
The introduction of low-cost machines into Japan by US PC makers last autumn
triggered a price war that damaged the profitability of high-cost Japanese
makers and shattered the myth in Japan that computers were by necessity
expensive products.
</p>
<p>
One year later, most Japanese PC makers have joined the IBM camp and
introduced IBM-compatible machines, opening the door to fundamental change
in the Japanese PC market.
</p>
<p>
As the consumer electronics and computer industries look to the future for
growth, they share a common problem - income from traditional profit earners
is on the downtrend.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, they have been hampered by a poor business environment in
Japan from charging forth into what is expected to be the most promising new
markets for the industries in future - portable communications and
multimedia.
</p>
<p>
Historical and cultural circumstance, as well as bureaucratic regulation,
have obstructed the development of conditions which are essential for the
growth of those two markets.
</p>
<p>
For example, the market for mobile communications is still relatively small
in Japan. Although Japan has the largest market after the US, with 1.7m
subscribers, penetration is low with only one per cent of Japanese using
mobile phones compared with 3 per cent in the UK.
</p>
<p>
The low penetration of mobile phones is attributed to circumstances such as
the spread of public pay phones and the acute lack of airwaves in urban
areas, as well as to obstructive regulatory moves by the authorities.
</p>
<p>
The high cost of subscribing to a mobile phone service, which is blamed for
the slow penetration in Japan, is in part a result of the need to apply to
the Post and Telecommunications Ministry for price reductions. So, while
competition in the industry is severe, 'prices do not fall according to
market forces,' says an official at DoCoMo, the mobile phones subsidiary of
NTT.
</p>
<p>
Handset manufacturers in the electronics and consumer electronics industries
have also been hampered - by the market's slow growth and by bureaucratic
meddling - in the development of their handset businesses.
</p>
<p>
So far, handsets have only been allowed to be sold by the operators which
buy their handsets from the manufacturers on an original equipment
manufacture basis and sell them under their own brand. Next spring, when the
sale of handsets is deregulated, competition among makers is expected to
reduce prices and spur subscription to services.
</p>
<p>
Personal handyphones are another market that is expected to grow in future.
But here again the regulatory grip of the Ministry of Posts and
Telecommunications could have unfortunate consequences for the growth of the
industry. The ministry is considering which companies to allow into the new
market and could end up hampering competition as it did in the mobile phones
market.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, in the area of multimedia, which is the convergence of computing
power and telecommunications to bring a greater amount of information to
more places more speedily, Japan lacks the advanced telecommunications
infrastructure which is a precondition for the successful application of
multimedia.
</p>
<p>
For one thing, cable TV, which is expected to be a big carrier of multimedia
services, such as video on demand and interactive TV, has not been very
successful in Japan. Again, circumstances such as the wide availability of
terrestrial programming in Japan and bureaucratic regulation are blamed for
the slow growth of cable TV.
</p>
<p>
Japanese company executives also confess to a lack of ideas about how the
new technologies could be used by consumers. While US companies dream up
information super-highways and 100-channel programming, Japanese electronics
makers wonder out loud what use all the extra communications ability might
serve. 'It is still not clear what multimedia is,' says Mr Tsuzo Murase,
executive vice-president of Matsushita.
</p>
<p>
What is clear, nevertheless, is that if and when the golden age of mobile
communications and multimedia do come, Japanese electronics companies have
their eyes firmly set on providing the hardware and key technologies that
will be crucial to make those services a practical reality.
</p>
<p>
To that end they are pumping their resources into key technologies such as
liquid crystal displays, long-lasting batteries and advanced memory chips,
which will play a growing part in portable communications and, eventually,
multimedia as well.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3661 Telephone and Telegraph Apparatus </item>
<item> P357  Computer and Office Equipment </item>
<item> P367  Electronic Components and Accessories </item>
<item> P3651 Household Audio and Video Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3661 </item>
<item> P357 </item>
<item> P367 </item>
<item> P3651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>1196</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (5): Intense backroom battle -
Deregulation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS</byline>
<p>
Newcomers to Japan sometimes find it hard to understand why the country has
such efficient manufacturing industries and yet such a primitive service
sector.
</p>
<p>
This is precisely the problem that Mr Morihiro Hosokawa, the new prime
minister, is seeking to tackle with his potentially wide-ranging programme
to scrap or review more than 10,000 regulations that control an estimated 40
per cent of Japanese industry.
</p>
<p>
If Mr Hosokawa has his way, he will remove many of the unnecessary costs of
complying with bureaucratic rules that provide such a drag on Japanese
competitiveness, as exposed by the yen's steep rise. The upshot could be to
improve Japanese industry's growth potential at a time when important
international car and consumer electronics markets are becoming mature.
</p>
<p>
Foreign companies also have a stake in this. If successful, Mr Hosokawa's
deregulation drive could ease the way for imports, by streamlining complex
certification procedures and removing a layer or two of the Byzantine
distribution system that drives up costs to the benefits of hordes of middle
men.
</p>
<p>
Estimates of the general economic impact vary widely. At the conservative
end, the Japan Research Institute, a private body, believes the programme
could unleash a Y44,800bn rise in gross consumption, of which Y32,900bn
would be increased imports and the remaining Y11,900bn would be supplied by
domestic industry. At the optimistic end, one US economics expert believes
that demand could rise by Y80,000bn, as a result.
</p>
<p>
But first, the new government has to overcome fierce entrenched opposition,
which has ensured that previous attempts at cutting red tape by earlier
governments have got nowhere. Traditionally protected industries such as
distribution, rice and construction fear losing their privileges. Japan's
powerful civil service, unsurprisingly, resents this attempt to reduce its
bureaucratic influence.
</p>
<p>
That is why the deregulation drive has run into an intense backroom battle,
as a result of which the first achievements are likely to be slight.
</p>
<p>
Perhaps it is just as well that initial progress will be slow, for US and
European Union experience during the 1980s shows that deregulation tends to
produce a short-term rise in unemployment, as inefficient businesses go
bankrupt, before the reduction in costs works through to the economy at
large. The last thing that Japan's economy needs in the middle of a
recession is a dose of deflation, points out Mr Tom Hill, strategist at SG
Warburg Securities in Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
Yet it is surprising that any progress has been possible, given the
difficulty of obtaining agreement on anything in a seven-party coalition.
</p>
<p>
Just after taking office in early August, Mr Hosokawa asked government
ministries to come up with a list of rules for the scrap heap. At the same
time, he established a panel of 15 business leaders, economists and former
officials, under Mr Gaishi Hiraiwa, chairman of the Keidanren business
federation, to consider broader economic reforms centred on how to stimulate
domestic demand.
</p>
<p>
A month later, the ministries produced 60 proposals, most of which had
already been gathering dust for years or were likely to have little impact.
</p>
<p>
They included an easing of restrictions on the freight weight of trucks, an
end to minimum production limits for brewers - which keep potential small
producers out of the market - and fewer car roadworthiness inspections. The
package also proposed a relaxation in regulations on new retail stores,
although the details are vague.
</p>
<p>
Undeterred, Mr Hosokawa sent the ministries back to the drawing board, after
which they produced 34 more proposals, announced in mid-September at the
same time as a Y6,150bn economic pump-priming package.
</p>
<p>
The most radical new measure in the second round was to publish monthly
lists of import cost prices for basic consumer goods, to exert moral
pressure on high-priced retailers to trim profit margins and pass down some
of the benefits of the yen's strength to customers.
</p>
<p>
The next stage, generally greeted as a disappointment, was last month's
publication of the interim report of Mr Hiraiwa's panel.
</p>
<p>
The report, already once rewritten after Mr Hosokawa rejected a first draft
as too vague, says there should be 'no sanctuaries' from deregulation. It
singles out as urgent examples for review 500 rules, including the rice
import ban and the resale price system, which requires some products to be
sold at producers' recommended prices.
</p>
<p>
It also calls for the establishment next April of a central body, under the
prime minister's direct control, to carry out a five-year deregulation plan.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hiraiwa promises more concrete proposals in his final report, due on
December 15. That will provide the most revealing indicator to date of
whether or not the new government will do any better than previous ones at
overcoming bureaucratic attempts to block deregulation.
</p>
<p>
The signs are, however, that this will get further than previous attempts at
cutting red tape, such as the 1986 Maekawa report, named after its author, a
former governor of the Bank of Japan. That proposed a shift away from
export-led growth, the traditional engine of Japan's post-war economy, to
domestic growth, fuelled by consumer demand. None of its proposals were
acted on and it is the Hiraiwa panel's job to turn the Maekawa principles
into concrete proposals for action.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hosokawa has in his favour support from the top business lobbies, which
see deregulation as an important way to reduce costs - on distribution, for
example - and to help reduce the yen's value and assuage trade tension.
Indeed, the Keidanren has criticised Mr Hosokawa for not going far enough
and has persuaded the government to adopt some of its own deregulation
ideas.
</p>
<p>
Added to this, Japan's political upheavals coincide with the arrival of a
younger generation of men in national politics, keen to raise living
standards and satisfy consumers' interests rather than pander to traditional
vested interests.
</p>
<p>
A third force for deregulation comes from Japan's foreign trade partners.
The US and the European Union are both increasing pressure on Japan to
stimulate domestic demand as a way of cutting the trade surplus.
</p>
<p>
That is why all involved agree that Mr Hosokawa has started a process that,
over years, will shake up Japan's industrial system.
</p>
<p>
'In the longer term, the direction set by these preliminary measures will
impact the future shape of Japanese business, politics and ostensibly the
social structure of the country,' argues a paper by Mr Geoffrey Barker,
chief economist at Baring Securities in Tokyo.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9651 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>1098</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (4): Battered banks get tough on
lending - Corporate Finance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT THOMSON</byline>
<p>
Gathered around a table at the Mikasa Chamber of Commerce, small business
owners in a small town in northern Japan described the pains of recession.
For them, the speculative era of the late 1980s meant a slight rise in
sales, but the following downturn is leaving more obvious scars.
</p>
<p>
Sales in local stores have fallen, components makers are being squeezed by
their larger customers, and banks are selective about new lending. An
example of the banks' new toughness, a Mikasa company owner explained, was
that they were wary of accepting low-priced local land as collateral and
many companies did not have much else to offer.
</p>
<p>
But Mikasa companies also have little immediate desire to expand shops or
factories because demand is in decline and there is no need for new
capacity. The corporate reluctance to invest and the banks' increased
emphasis on risk management - in the wake of reckless lending during the
speculative years - form a pattern seen throughout Japan.
</p>
<p>
Larger companies, which have more access to capital markets, soaked up the
cheap money available during the late 1980s when new issues were easily
digested on the Tokyo stock market. However, the cheapness of new finance
led to a weakening of discipline, and investments in new plant or in
diversification were made without enough concern for profitability, either
on the part of the company or its banks.
</p>
<p>
One result of that investment binge is a continuing decline in return on
equity for listed Japanese manufacturers, slipping from 8.3 per cent in 1989
to 3.1 per cent last year and an estimated 2.5 per cent or lower this year.
The binge also left Japan's banks with a large pile of non-performing loans
which they have only just begun to clear away.
</p>
<p>
At the end of March, the 11 leading commercial banks announced an average 70
per cent increase in loan loss reserves for the year, and wrote off Y72.8bn,
an increase of 478 per cent on a year earlier, but a small share of their
then official total of Y8,435bn in problem loans.
</p>
<p>
Smaller banks, such as the Shinkin, on the lowest rung of the banking
ladder, are under pressure, partly from rash lending in the past but also
because decline in regional areas has hurt their core customers. It is
expected that the average fall in their first-half banking profits will be
30 per cent, while lending increased by a record low of 3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The difficulty in estimating the bubble era damage, and in reading
longer-term attitudes to fresh lending, is that the official problem loan
figure does not include the lending of financial affiliates, used by banks
for some of their more adventurous deals during the late 1980s. Banks also
do not calculate the burden of loans to troubled clients on which interest
rates have been delayed or shaved to almost zero as part of a restructuring
package.
</p>
<p>
Bad loans are likely to be a burden until late in the 1990s and, in the
meantime, Japanese companies will have to deal with banks which are changing
their lending policies. For example, a leading steelmaker said its main bank
had traditionally charged the same interest rate for all companies in the
group, but was now making a distinction, charging higher rates for group
members thought to be exposed to the property downturn.
</p>
<p>
The head of a publishing company in Tokyo complained that banks were willing
to assist larger customers, but had been unsympathetic in dealing with
smaller companies. The Bank of Japan has concerns about financial
institutions becoming too risk-averse and starving a recovery of funds,
although the bank tends to blame weak demand for the unusually low loan
growth this year.
</p>
<p>
Banks say they are more than willing to assist good quality customers but
the evidence is that new customers courted during the late 1980s, when
financial institutions expanded rapidly, are receiving less assistance than
the banks' traditional customers.
</p>
<p>
Ms Tomoko Fujii, economist at Salomon Brothers, said smaller Japanese
companies had sharply increased their borrowing this year from three public
institutions - the Japan Development Bank, the People's Finance Corporation
and the Small Business Finance Corporation - which received an increase in
funds as part of the government's attempts to stimulate growth.
</p>
<p>
Growth in loans outstanding at the three institutions was 13.7 per cent in
the year to July, compared to the meagre 4.2 per cent growth in the year to
September 1991. These institutions, which provide concessional rates, are
more favoured sources than commercial banks, slow to pass on the benefits of
the fall in official interest rates in the past year.
</p>
<p>
But Japan's leading life assurers, attempting to increase lending to
industry and reduce the share of securities in their portfolios, say the
demand for loans has been less than they expected. The largest eight life
companies are reported have experienced a 0.1 per cent fall in the ratio of
outstanding loans to total assets in the year to end March.
</p>
<p>
For much of the past year, Japanese banks were helped by the strength of
Tokyo stock prices, which increased their unrealised gains on securities
holdings. But the recent weakness in the Nikkei average has made the banks
more aware of their vulnerability and puts more pressure on their corporate
customers, also dependent on their equity portfolio as a buffer against the
bad times.
</p>
<p>
The change in the stock market's mood could prompt Japanese banks to be even
tougher, further undermining corporate confidence. Economic recovery could
hang on the balance between the demand for new loans and the willingness of
Japan's bruised banks to meet that demand.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Borrowing costs for small and large non-financial companies (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year          Small     Large
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1986            6.5       7.0
1987            5.7       5.9
1988            4.9       5.1
1989            4.9       4.8
1990            5.1       5.0
1991            7.1       5.9
1992            6.7       5.8
1993            5.4       5.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Ministry of Finance, Salomon Brothers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net return on fixed investment for small and large non-financial
                             companies (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year         Small     Large
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1986           9.0       6.9
1987           8.6       5.6
1988          11.4       8.0
1989          13.4       9.5
1990          11.5       9.1
1991          10.1       7.7
1992           7.2       5.3
1993           4.0       3.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Ministry of Finance, Salomon Brothers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>1079</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (2): Complex pattern of
relationships - Industry and Politics </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT THOMSON</byline>
<p>
When Mr Morihiro Hosokawa, Japan's prime minister, and his coalition took
office this year, the party of industry, the Liberal Democratic party, lost
power for the first time in four decades and politicians long cultivated by
companies were sitting in the opposition benches for the first time.
</p>
<p>
The realignment has disoriented Japanese companies and prompted them to seek
closer relations with the bureaucrats whose power Mr Hosokawa is attempting
to limit through his deregulation drive. Meanwhile, companies are
reassessing the worth of links to LDP politicians - traditionally seen as
representing the construction or trucking industries as much as arguing the
case of their local constituencies.
</p>
<p>
Within parliament, there are 'tribes' of politicians representing the
interests of various sectors, and these have been dominated by LDP
politicians. An unfolding construction industry scandal has highlighted the
close links in the provinces between companies and the LDP, and similar ties
are maintained with national politicians.
</p>
<p>
Not only the construction industry had influence. The natural gas industry,
through an economic organisation, bought advertisement space in LDP
publications, including Y230m for six ads last financial year. But the end
of LDP rule does not mean that Japanese companies have no influence over
policy - because they also have close links to the bureaucrats, many of whom
later join companies in the industry they have regulated.
</p>
<p>
When Mr Hosokawa announced deregulation plans, the leaders of industry
associations welcomed his plans but, at the same time, companies represented
by those associations were queueing for employment 'adjustment subsidies'
and industries were seeking bureaucratic help to cope with a deepening
downturn.
</p>
<p>
Deregulation is meant to increase competition in Japan, but it would also
mean a new relationship between the administrators and the administered,
which have seen the traditional links with the bureaucracy as both
restraining and reassuring. These links are particularly reassuring when
industry's political influence has declined with the departure of the LDP.
</p>
<p>
Weaker corporate links with the ministries, which tend to deal with
companies as an industry group rather than individually, would provide more
freedom for aggressive companies to break from the orderly hierarchy that
characterises some Japanese sectors and their courting of politicians.
</p>
<p>
Japan's leading steel companies all announced losses in the first half this
year, each with an eye on the figures of Nippon Steel, the industry leader.
By selling equities, the companies are able to reduce their losses and
increase profits at will, ensuring that each keeps its acknowledged place in
line.
</p>
<p>
The link between the regulators and the regulated is one thread in the
complex pattern of relationships, but by tugging at that thread, Mr Hosokawa
could change the shape of the whole in unexpected ways.
</p>
<p>
Some industries which have been particularly generous political sponsors -
such as those in the transport and construction sectors - will find their
influence on the wane if strict limits are imposed on corporate donations.
</p>
<p>
Japanese politicians have found ways in the past to get around restrictions
on donations, and are likely to find new routes in the future. But the
hotchpotch nature of the present coalition and its uncertain life has
increased the difficulty for companies attempting to target future leaders
for cultivation.
</p>
<p>
For example, the orderly queue for ministerial posts and even the prime
ministership provided a guide for companies and industries. In investigating
the construction scandal, prosecutors found that companies had ranked
politicians according to influence, beginning with A+ for the very powerful
and down to D for those hardly worth taking out to dinner.
</p>
<p>
In finance, the coming of the Hosokawa government has not quickened
liberalisation, which is conducted at a pace directed by the bureaucracy. An
official at one of the long-term credit banks allowed to establish a
securities subsidiary earlier this year complained about the fresh list of
restrictions introduced by the finance ministry, which was reacting to
criticism from existing brokers that the banks would undermine their
industry.
</p>
<p>
The new subsidiaries are forbidden to share the same office as the parent
bank, their staff must wear a uniform that is distinctively different from
that of the bank staff, and their staff are unable to accompany bank staff
on a client call. In effect, the bank official said, many of the advantages
of deregulation have been lost in the new regulations.
</p>
<p>
Banks are being allowed to enter new business in small groups, beginning
with the long-term credit banks and ending with the commercial banks. Their
access to new products is determined by the finance ministry, not by demand
from customers, whose views are barely represented by politicians or
bureaucrats.
</p>
<p>
Changing the regulations will not necessarily change the way Japanese
companies are treated. Companies are wary of treading on ministerial toes,
fearing that a licence for a new product or that recession-linked assistance
could be delayed by the small group of bureaucrats responsible for approving
these matters.
</p>
<p>
Japan's shipbuilders can testify to the power of the bureaucracy, as they
were officially in recession until three years ago, following the downturn
created by the yen's rise in the mid-1980s. As a result of technological
improvements during that period, assisted by a range of government
subsidies, the industry emerged from recession with a half share of the
world market.
</p>
<p>
By the end of April this year, Japan's car companies and computer makers had
joined a list of 138 sectors eligible for government assistance in
'employment adjustment', covering the transfer of workers within companies,
retraining and early retirement schemes. None of the companies wants this
type of government intervention to end.
</p>
<p>
This message will be passed on by political colleagues to Mr Hosokawa, now
attempting to clear a path through the regulations holding back growth. He
will find that many Japanese companies are reluctant to sever a network of
ties among the bureaucracy, other companies in the same sector, and
politicians that has served them well.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>1024</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (3): Concern mounts over moves
to shift production overseas - Foreign Takeovers and Investments </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHIYO NAKAMOTO</byline>
<p>
The truth is that there is no work left any more,' moans Mr Masao Saito,
head of the International Technical Business Association, which is helping a
group of small and medium-sized Japanese companies from Gumma prefecture to
set up operations together in an industrial park in China.
</p>
<p>
The decision by these small companies to combine forces and move to China
reflects the desperate situation they face as their traditional customers,
the larger Japanese manufacturers, transfer more of their production
overseas.
</p>
<p>
The sharp rise of the yen since the beginning of the year has meant that
hardly a day goes by without one Japanese company or another announcing a
new investment or expansion of already existing facilities abroad,
particularly in Asia.
</p>
<p>
In the mid to late 1980s the move by Japanese manufacturers to set up
operations overseas was considered a political necessity. Words such as
globalisation and local procurement became corporate mantras and Japanese
foreign investment reached Dollars 67.5bn in fiscal 1989 alone, according to
Ministry of Finance statistics.
</p>
<p>
Overall, recent Japanese investment overseas has tailed off since then as
most of the companies that needed to have established a presence in key
markets outside of Japan and as the plunge in asset prices and slowdown of
the Japanese economy has dented corporate profits.
</p>
<p>
The level of investment overseas declined to Dollars 34.1bn in the last
fiscal year.
</p>
<p>
But with the yen's rise, overseas investment has once again become a
necessity for the corporate survival of many manufacturing companies for
economic rather than political reasons.
</p>
<p>
The moves to shift production overseas, coinciding this time with a
recessionary environment and worries about rising unemployment at home, have
raised concerns that Japan's industrial competitiveness will be undermined
by the move of jobs and technologies overseas.
</p>
<p>
'If the yen continues at this level, we may have to move more production
overseas,' warns Mr Tsuzo Murase, executive vice-president of Matsushita,
the consumer electronics company.
</p>
<p>
But the company is considering its moves cautiously because of the need to
maintain jobs at home, he notes.
</p>
<p>
Others, such as Aiwa, a medium-sized specialised audio company, have
transferred the bulk of their manufacturing overseas in an attempt to
survive the impact on its costs of the high yen.
</p>
<p>
The yen's rise is not just encouraging the shift of production to lower cost
bases such as south-east Asia.
</p>
<p>
The need to reduce costs substantially in order to maintain cost
competitiveness has also led to increased purchases of components from
cheaper sources outside Japan.
</p>
<p>
As the yen climbed from an exchange rate of Y124 to the dollar at the
beginning to the year to Y115 to the dollar by April, imports of major
electronic components and equipment from Asia, including China, have surged.
</p>
<p>
In the first six months of the year, the dollar value of imports of office
machinery from China tripled from the same period in the previous year while
that of electronic components more than doubled, according to statistics
from the Ministry of Finance.
</p>
<p>
From member countries of the Association of South East Asian Nations
(Asean), then, office machinery imports rose 80 per cent while that of
electronic devices increased 27 per cent and the picture is similar for
imports from the newly industrialised countries.
</p>
<p>
Many Japanese computer makers have begun to procure some models in their PC
line-up from lower cost sources overseas. Matsushita, for one, has set up a
special unit to concentrate on procuring components from cheaper sources
abroad.
</p>
<p>
These moves may help to maintain the competitiveness of the large
manufacturers but the worry is that they are hurting the vast number of
Japanese component makers which have been a crucial factor behind the
country's industrial might.
</p>
<p>
As one Japanese manufacturer after another moves production overseas or
looks outside of Japan for cheaper parts, Japan's small and medium-sized
suppliers have been left behind to watch the industrial landscape at home
being transformed by the manufacturing exodus.
</p>
<p>
Some, such as the electronic components maker Sanritsu, which has seen a
large proportion of its business evaporate with the decision by its parent
company to procure parts from cheaper sources in Asia, are being forced to
close factories.
</p>
<p>
Even the more fortunate suppliers are being encouraged to diversify and
reduce their traditional reliance on the parent company.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, despite growing signs of pressure on Japan's myriad suppliers,
opinion is divided over whether the current trend will eventually lead to a
hollowing out of Japanese industry.
</p>
<p>
The doomsayers who believe jobs and manufacturing technology are moving out
of Japan, point out that the need for large manufacturers to shift
production overseas in order to remain competitive means that their
suppliers must also either move out of Japan or face consolidation.
</p>
<p>
Against those concerns, the optimists say that investment overseas by
Japanese companies has not risen so dramatically as to warrant concern.
</p>
<p>
They also argue that Japanese industry has been shifting to more value-added
products to make up for the gradual loss of commodity manufacturing to
overseas industries.
</p>
<p>
'Japan has a high level of technology and education, so I am not worried
about hollowing out,' says Mr Atsushi Kameno at the Ministry of Labour.
</p>
<p>
Japanese manufacturers - faced with the dilemma posed by, on the one hand
pressure to shift more production overseas and, on the other, the need to
maintain a strong manufacturing base at home - have generally kept to a
policy of shifting low technology production overseas while gradually moving
the emphasis of their businesses to higher value-added products.
</p>
<p>
They are also being forced, during the current squeeze on costs, to focus
their energies and their R&amp;D funds even more than before on areas which they
have defined as key technologies.
</p>
<p>
Many electronics companies, for example, are increasing investments in
liquid crystal displays and other key devices which are expected to see
growing demand with advances in information technology.
</p>
<p>
If the current environment encourages such concentration on winning
technologies it may help, rather than weaken, the ability of Japanese
companies to come up with high value-added products to replace commodity
manufacturing.
</p>
<p>
That in turn would help maintain Japan's industrial progress.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>1061</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of Japanese Industry (1): Potential for growth is
diminished - Previous recessions were like a broken limb, and Japan quickly
recovered. But this one is like a disorder of the circulation, which takes
longer to cure. The government's medicine has not yet revitalised the
patient's system </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS</byline>
<p>
A salutary message has dawned on Japan's industrial companies as they face,
in 1993, their fourth consecutive year of profits decline. The message is
that this recession, the worst for 20 years, is wider and deeper than other
downturns, for several reasons.
</p>
<p>
What used to be the two main growth sectors of Japan's industrial economy,
cars and consumer electronics, are entering a probably longer-than-usual
period of slow growth. Yet there is no obvious new growth industry to
succeed them.
</p>
<p>
Secondly, this recession has exposed overcapacity that many leading
companies suspected was there during the previous downturn in 1986, but
which was then concealed by the fast rise in consumption - and industrial
investment - at the end of the 1980s.
</p>
<p>
They already knew that Japanese-based manufacturing was being made
uncompetitive by the yen's rise over the years. They had accordingly started
to cut costs and shift production overseas, first to the UK and continental
Europe and then to the fast-growing industrial economies of south-east Asia.
</p>
<p>
This year's unexpected fresh surge in the yen suggests that industry might
after all be only at the start of relocating production outside Japan,
prompting fears of a so-called 'hollowing out' of domestically-based
industry.
</p>
<p>
How industry will respond to the shift in production and to the maturity of
cars and electronics is the question now being discussed anxiously in Tokyo
boardrooms. Companies used to look for guidance on big strategic issues like
this to the Ministry of International Trade and Industry (Miti), the body
which was mainly responsible for Japan's post-war success in spotting new
growth industries to succeed the old.
</p>
<p>
But today, Miti has no clear answers to these new challenges. Its officials
argue that centralised industrial planning is unsuitable for the open market
economy which Japan has become, and that the best Miti can do is to help
industries to reflect on the future. For the first time, the private sector
may have to find its own way to the next phase of industrial development.
</p>
<p>
Finally, previous recessions, unlike this one, were triggered by external
shocks, such as the 1973 oil price shock, or the rise in the value of the
yen, sparked by the 1985 Plaza accord to curb the appreciation of the
dollar.
</p>
<p>
Yet this recession is only partly related to the yen's continued rise. It
also has internal causes such as companies' unwillingness to invest - in
contrast with their tendency to increase capacity in previous recessions, in
the hope of better times around the corner.
</p>
<p>
This time, however, the better times are proving slower to emerge. Japan's
economic growth rate has fallen back for nearly four years running. Industry
will cut capital investment for the fourth consecutive year in 1994,
according to a recent survey by the Long Term Credit Bank of Japan.
</p>
<p>
Most economists think that gross national product will stagnate or fall by a
fraction of a percentage point this year - the first year-on-year fall since
1974 - after 1.5 per cent growth in 1992. Even the government's Economic
Planning Agency, often criticised for being over-optimistic, has abandoned
its 3.3 per cent target for economic growth this year.
</p>
<p>
As one senior Japanese securities company executive puts it, previous
recessions broke a limb, from which Japan quickly recovered, while this one
is like a disorder of the circulation, which takes longer to cure. The
government's medicine, including interest rate cuts, and about Y30,000bn of
pump-priming measures over the past 13 months, have not yet revitalised the
patient's system. The one available measure not yet tried is an income tax
cut, and that is likely early next year.
</p>
<p>
There were signs that the economy might pick up in the spring, but since
then economists have steadily downgraded their forecasts as a stream of
gloomy indicators have shown that spring was a false start. Industrial
output is on the slide, down 5 per cent year-on-year in September, for the
24th month running, the longest decline on record.
</p>
<p>
One structural weakness revealed by Japan's recession is the faltering
supply of credit. Banks are still scarred by the collapse in asset prices
that came with the start of the downturn, a problem highlighted when
Muramoto Construction, a medium-sized contractor, sought protection from its
creditors early last month with debts of Y590bn, Japan's largest post-war
financial collapse.
</p>
<p>
A sharp decline in loan growth which began three years ago shows no signs of
easing. Officially, bad debts account for 3 per cent of the leading banks'
loans, although the proportion rises to nearly 10 per cent if the more
stringent US definition of what constitutes a bad loan is applied, says Ms
Alicia Ogawa, investment analyst at Salomon Brothers Asia, the securities
house.
</p>
<p>
Banks deny that they are being too cautious. There are clear signs that
demand for credit is just as weak as supply, despite the Bank of Japan's
decision to cut its official discount rate by three-quarters of a percentage
point in September to a record low of 1.75 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Corporate Japan has, as it usually does, reacted to its problems rapidly.
The first sign that the industry's response to the downturn had entered a
new phase came early this year when Nissan became the first Japanese
carmaker since the second world war to announce a plant closure - at Zama,
near Tokyo, with the loss of 5,000 jobs over the next three years.
</p>
<p>
Nissan's motives are echoed across Japanese industry. The group had cut
costs in previous downturns, 'but then we tended to put on more weight, more
fat than before,' when a recovery materialised, said Mr Yoshifumi Tsuji,
Nissan's president. The Zama closure is part of a plan to reduce capacity
from 2.5m units a year to 2.3m units over the next three years. This time,
the group will stay smaller, says Mr Tsuji.
</p>
<p>
Industrial cost-cutting entered another important phase in September when
NTT, the telecommunications group and a pillar of the industrial
establishment, announced that it would shed 10,000 staff, through voluntary
retirement, by next year.
</p>
<p>
This was significant because it reduced other companies' inhibitions about
cutting jobs, still seen as socially unacceptable in Japan. In the weeks
that followed, the Toshiba electronics group announced that it was to cut
5,000 jobs; Honda the carmaker 3,000; and Kawasaki Steel 3,200, to cite just
some of the most prominent.
</p>
<p>
However, one taboo remains intact - Japanese companies' reluctance to impose
straightforward redundancies. All the job losses announced so far by leading
industrial companies will take place over a period of years and will be
achieved through methods that appear painless by the standards of US or
European competitors.
</p>
<p>
These include cutting down on recruitment, not replacing people who retire,
or requiring surplus staff to move to other divisions or affiliate
companies, some of which can be geographically remote.
</p>
<p>
This has enabled Japan to keep its unemployment rate low, at about 2.5 per
cent. This does not include the estimated 800,000-1.2m employees who are
surplus to companies' needs but are still kept on payrolls.
</p>
<p>
One consequence of Japanese industry's relatively gentle approach to job
reductions has been to increase the pressure on salaries. Companies'
determination to cut payroll costs is underlined by the present negotiations
on bonuses, an important part of total salaries. The electronics industry
has set the tone by cutting bonuses to the lowest level for 18 years,
prompting uncharacteristic complaints from normally compliant unions. Car
and steel industries are taking an equally tough line, likely to be
continued when Japanese industry embarks on its annual wage round next
spring.
</p>
<p>
All this has provoked widespread questioning - by both companies and
employees - of Japan's social contract of a job for life in return for
complete loyalty to the company. The car industry has already long
experience of using temporary workers to increase flexibility and thus cut
costs. But now an increasing number of big industrial groups, such as Sony
and Toyota, are trying to employ a small proportion of people who are not
expected to stay with the company all their lives.
</p>
<p>
The industrial consequence of surpluses in the workforce, the maturity of
cars and electronics and the banking system's weakness, is to diminish
Japan's growth potential.
</p>
<p>
For the past few decades, Japanese industry has always planned on the basis
of fast growth - hence its former reputation of chasing turnover at the
expense of profits. In the next few years it can expect economic growth of
between 2.5 per cent and 3 per cent, roughly a percentage point less than in
the 1980s, forecasts Mr Peter Tasker, chief strategist at securities house,
Kleinwort Benson, in Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
All this indicates that Japanese industry is on the threshold of what will
be a new experience for it: how to switch from the strategic offensive, to
adjusting to a slow growth world.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
<item> P3679 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>1580</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Live animal trade curbs urged
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DEBORAH HARGREAVES</byline>
<p>
The European Commission is facing calls from animal welfare groups to
restrict the trade in live animals between member countries as it prepares a
transit directive for discussion at the next meeting of agriculture
ministers on December 13.
</p>
<p>
Pressure groups throughout Europe have formed a committee to urge the
commission to lower maximum journey times for animals sent to slaughter
across country borders.
</p>
<p>
Livestock can currently travel for 24 hours non-stop across the European
Union although the UK imposes its own limit of 15 hours before lorries have
to stop to feed and water the animals.
</p>
<p>
Animal welfare campaigners are calling for journey times to be cut to 8
hours, although the Germans want to go further and impose a 6-hour limit on
journeys. Denmark and the Netherlands are believed to be sympathetic to the
proposals.
</p>
<p>
In Britain, the Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals has
been running a series of emotive advertisements about conditions experienced
by UK lambs heading for the continent. 'Before they're roasted in garlic and
rosemary, they're soaked in urine and excrement,' runs the text of one.
</p>
<p>
'We have scientific evidence that shows journey times over 8 hours cause
significant stress in the animals,' an official said.
</p>
<p>
The RSPCA says public opinion over the transport of live animals is running
high, but it has so far received little support from the UK government for
its campaign.
</p>
<p>
Separately, Labour MPs have joined the RSPCA in calling on Mrs Gillian
Shephard, agriculture minister, to ban the export of lambs from the UK to
Spain following revelations about inhumane conditions in abattoirs.
</p>
<p>
Although it costs more to transport live animals than carcases, the trade in
living animals, particularly shipments of lambs from the UK to France and
Spain, has grown in recent years. Exporters have been encouraged by demand
for live lambs in France following shortfalls in home production.
</p>
<p>
If lambs are slaughtered in French abattoirs, they can be classed as
home-produced and command higher prices than imported carcases. This can
more than cover the costs of exporting.
</p>
<p>
The trade in live animals from the UK, particularly sheep, destined for
slaughter has grown from around 2m animals last year to an estimated 3m this
year following changes in rules that made exports more competitive.
</p>
<p>
The UK lifted a ban on the export of live lambs to Spain at the beginning of
the year with the introduction of the EU's single market. The government is
fighting a claim for damages of more than Pounds 1m from Hedley Lomas, an
Irish exporter based in the UK, which was refused export licences for live
sheep from 1990 to 1992.
</p>
<p>
The RSPCA says the government could act unilaterally to ban the export of
live animals to Spain again on moral grounds. The UK government says the
commission must enforce rules on slaughter methods in Spanish abattoirs.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P02 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>510</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Aluminium glut talks 'positive'
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Multilateral talks on the problems of the world aluminium market had
generated 'positive' momentum but were likely to end with no more than a
'broad framework' for easing the current oversupply, the head of a US
industry group said as government delegates prepared to complete a two-day
session here, reports Reuter from Washington.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Parker, president of the Aluminum Association, added that another
session of talks would probably be held during the next six weeks.
</p>
<p>
Speaking after a closed-door briefing by US government negotiators, Mr
Parker added that, 'there's been no discussion of formulas or numbers'. And
he thought no such discussion was likely yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Government officials from the US, Russia, Australia, Canada, Norway and the
European Union met on Wednesday to discuss ways of resolving the world
aluminium glut, following talks earlier in the day that included industry
representatives. The meeting was continuing yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Parker noted that a number of factors made a quick agreement unlikely,
including the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade talks and the coming
parliamentary elections in Russia, the main source of the flood of aluminium
that has undermined the western market since the collapse of the Soviet
Union.
</p>
<p>
He nevertheless expressed satisfaction with the talks so far, which were
scheduled as a follow-up to multilateral talks held in Moscow in late
October.
</p>
<p>
'The momentum that was generated at (Wednesday's) discussion we find to be
positive,' he said.
</p>
<p>
He added, however, that the urgency of the issue was such that governments
would be placed under pressure to find a solution.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>287</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Jamaican bauxite sector feels
the pinch - Low prices are threatening expansions plans </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CANUTE JAMES</byline>
<p>
Jamaica's bauxite mining and refining industry is weighing carefully the
depressed state of the international aluminium market, hoping that companies
operating in the island will not be dissuaded from continuing a USDollars
500m investment programme over the next seven years.
</p>
<p>
As the world's third largest producer of bauxite (aluminium ore), however,
the island is feeling the effects of falling metal prices. Ore production,
which slipped last year by 1.5 per cent to 11.3m tonnes, is expected to be
unchanged this year, as is alumina (aluminium oxide) production, at 3m
tonnes.
</p>
<p>
It is in the earnings from the industry - an important component of the
island's narrow economy - that Jamaica is feeling the pressure. Mr Carlton
Davis, chairman of the Jamaica Bauxite Institute, says that the soft metal
market is depressing Jamaica's earnings from bauxite and alumina, most of
which is through production levies and income taxes.
</p>
<p>
While bauxite production fell only marginally last year, the island's
earnings from the industry declined by a hefty 13.6 per cent to Dollars
577m. Jamaica will be fortunate if earnings amount to Dollars 500m this
year, Dollars 200m less than two years ago, says Mr Davis. This forecast is
supported by figures showing bauxite production in the first three quarters
of this year down 1.4 per cent from a year ago, with alumina output little
changed.
</p>
<p>
Earnings have also been depressed by a steady depreciation of the Jamaican
dollar over the past two years, with mining and refining companies spending
less to meet local costs.
</p>
<p>
'The current state of the market might lead some companies to reconsider
their capital programmes,' says Mr Davis. 'But conventional wisdom in the
industry is that it is in times like these that one prepares to meet an
upturn in the market.'
</p>
<p>
The aim of the Jamaican industry is to lift refinery capacity, which is now
being fully utilised, to 5m tonnes a year by the year 2000. The Jamalco
refinery in central Jamaica, owned jointly by the island's government and
the Aluminum Company of America, is being expanded to a rated capacity of 1m
tonnes a year, from 700,000, at a cost of about Dollars 60m. Already under
consideration is a later expansion that could lift capacity to 2m tonnes a
year.
</p>
<p>
Alumina Partners of Jamaica, owned by Kaiser of the US and Hydro Aluminum of
Norway, is spending Dollars 200m to increase the output from the island's
largest refinery to 1.5m tonnes year, and then to 2m tonnes by the turn of
the century.
</p>
<p>
Two refineries operated by Alcan of Canada, with a combined capacity of 1.1m
tonnes a year, are being refurbished to lift output to 1.5m tonnes. Mr Davis
says that the plants could be further expanded to produce 2m tonnes a year,
using a grade of ore that was not yet being processed by the company.
</p>
<p>
While there is optimism that the state of the industry will not adversely
affect these expansion plans, there has been reconsideration of two
ventures. The governments of Jamaica and Trinidad and Tobago had been
discussing the construction of an aluminium smelter in Trinidad, using a
'modular' system, starting with a small plant and enlarging in stages to
meet market demand. Both governments were considering starting with a
'module' with a plant of 55,000 tonnes per year. Mr Davis says this project
is not now being given priority because of the state of the market, and
uncertainty over the cost of the local natural gas which would fuel the
plant.
</p>
<p>
The industry's plans also included the construction of a caustic soda plant
to reduce reliance on imports to meet the demand for 300,000 tonnes per year
for the refineries. The project for a 50,000 tonnes-a-year plant has been
put back, Mr Davis said, because of a significant drop in world prices of
caustic soda.
</p>
<p>
In a longer term project, the Jamaican industry is testing ore deposits in
the north and north-western districts that could supply one or two new
refineries. The island's government is planning an approach to multilateral
financial institutions, and to aluminium majors, in an effort to stimulate
interest in financing and operating the refineries. If these projects are
not feasible, the ores will be used to feed the expanded refineries, Mr
Davis says.
</p>
<p>
'Jamaica is one of several locations which can attract new investment in the
industry,' he acknowledges. 'There are many questions being asked about the
continued efficiency of plants in North America and Europe. Along with
Australia, India, Brazil and Venezuela, Jamaica is a profitable location for
added production. The industry is very competitive.'
</p>
<p>
----------------------------------------------------
              Jamaican Bauxite Output
                     (tonnes)
----------------------------------------------------
1980              12m     1987              7.6m
1981            11.6m     1988              7.4m
1982             8.3m     1989              9.3m
1983             7.6m     1990             10.9m
1984             8.9m     1991             11.6m
1985             5.9m     1992             11.3m
1986             6.9m     1993            11.3m*
----------------------------------------------------
*Projected. Source: Jamaica Bauxite Institute.
----------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JM  Jamaica, Caribbean </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>846</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Peru's mining giant up for sale
next year </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SALLY BOWEN
<name type=place>LIMA</name></byline>
<p>
Centromin, Peru's state-owned mining and refining giant, will go on the
auction block early next year, company president Mr Hernan Barreto told
delegates to Metals Bulletin's Latin America conference, which opened in
Lima yesterday.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Barreto, the company has a portfolio of 22 mining projects
all over Peru 'waiting for investors to come along', in addition to the
seven units currently operating. In all it has over 2,000m tonnes of proven
and probable reserves, The most important projects are Toromocho and
Antamina, which have pre-feasibility studies completed and are intended to
replace Centromin's Cobriza copper mine, where reserves are expected to run
out in six years.
</p>
<p>
Centromin is a vast mining and metallurgical complex that has developed over
90 years (until 1974 operated by the US-based Cerro de Pasco Corporation).
The decision has been definitively taken to sell it as a single unit.
</p>
<p>
Mr Barreto was coy about the actual value he would place on Centromin,
although he mentioned 'several hundred million (dollars)'. Assets total
Dollars 1.6bn, he said, but the new owner would have to assume substantial
company liabilities as well.
</p>
<p>
The sale of what Mr Barreto admitted was a hugely complex asset will be
facilitated if secondary debt paper is accepted. A new law, passed by Peru's
Congress on 19 November, sets the framework for Peruvian debt to be used in
privatisation - under this ruling a minimum 10 per cent will still have to
be paid in cash. Precise details are to be worked out on a case-by-case
basis but the prospect was viewed with 'great enthusiasm', Mr Barreto said.
</p>
<p>
Twenty-four companies pre-qualified to bid for Centromin, but an unspecified
number have pulled out as a consequence of the decision not to split the
company into separate units. According to Mr Barreto, 'three or four' major
international companies remain seriously interested and are forming bidding
consortia - industry sources say these include Mexico's Penoles, Britain's
RTZ, Cominco of Canada and South Korea's Daewoo.
</p>
<p>
For all its problems - of which environmental pollution is perhaps the most
daunting - Centromin looks a much more attractive investment prospect today
than it did two years ago. Under a new, private-sector board, a 1991 loss of
Dollars 163m was turned into pre-tax profits of Dollars 26m last year. Poor
international minerals prices this year pushed profits to September down to
just under Dollars 4m, however.
</p>
<p>
But, says the indefatigably optimistic Mr Barreto, Centromin is a 'very
attractive prospect'. It is polymetallic (40 per cent of current income
comes from zinc, 28 per cent from copper, 20 per cent from silver and 11 per
cent from lead) so income is diversified and partially protected from price
fluctuations. It is a going concern with a wide range of assets and
projects. And, importantly for the future owner, the workforce has been
sharply reduced from 19,000 two years ago to today's 11,700, while at the
same time output has been increased.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Centromin </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> PE  Peru, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>540</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Russians 'losing cost
advantage' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD MOONEY</byline>
<p>
Russian aluminium producers 'are starting to price themselves out of world
markets', according to a study by the Anthony Bird consultancy.
</p>
<p>
Russian production costs, which in mid-1993 were 61 per cent of western
levels, up from 46 per cent a year earlier, last month reached 94 per cent
and are 'still rising', Bird says. 'The flood of metal from east to west
will cease,' it suggests, as only two Russian smelters are likely to be
competitive in the longer term.
</p>
<p>
Bird calculates average western operating costs at 51.5 cents a pound,
compared with a market price yesterday of 49.2 cents. Inclusion of capital
servicing costs and normal profits raises the costs figure to 64.7 cents a
pound.
</p>
<p>
Aluminium Production Costs 1993: Pounds 4,200, from Anthony Bird Associates,
193 Richmond Road, Kingston upon Thames, Surrey, KT2 5DD, UK.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>169</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Commodities Prices: Wool </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Australian market, after easing throughout last week, stabilised when
sales were resumed and showed a little morestrength yesterday. This
represents an overall picture as indicated by the Australian Wool
Corporation's market indicator, which a week ago was 468 cents a kg., and by
yesterday was at 469 cents. Some wool types eased, mainly finer Merinos, but
others were firm to dearer, with middle range Merino fleece in strong demand
yesterday at Adelaide. Trade generally subsided a couple of weeks ago with
prices and buyers remaining cautious.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P0214 Sheep and Goats </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P0214 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>118</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Government Bonds: Bundesbank rate cut prompts sell-off at
long end </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CONNER MIDDELMANN and FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>LONDON, NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
The Bundesbank's latest rate cut fuelled easing hopes among Germany's
European neighbours, prompting investors to shift funds into shorter
maturities and causing yield curves to steepen.
</p>
<p>
While the Bundesbank left its discount and Lombard rates unchanged, it cut
its rate for securities repurchase agreements by  1/4 point and set 6 per
cent fixed-rate repos for the next five weeks.
</p>
<p>
The German yield curve steepened after the Bundesbank's announcement, with
10-year yields rising by two basis points and the rate for three-month
Eurodeposits falling by 13 basis points.
</p>
<p>
With the repo rate fixed for the next five weeks, a widespread feeling that
there will be no more key rate cuts until January caused the sell-off at the
long end, said Torsten Bohler, bond analyst with UBS.
</p>
<p>
The longer-dated sector was also damped by the announcement of new
ultra-long supply after the Bundesbank cancelled the 10-year bund issue
scheduled for December and announced the auction of a new tranche of 6 per
cent bonds due 2016.
</p>
<p>
The December bund future fell 0.22 point to 99.68, while the three-month
Euromark future climbed 0.06 point to 93.92.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank's rate cut fuelled speculation that France may soon deliver
its long-awaited rate cut, with some traders betting on a  1/4 -point rate
cut as soon as today, or a cut in the 6.45 per cent intervention rate at
Monday's Bank of France repo.
</p>
<p>
But others said the French authorities may prefer to wait until Germany
lowers its official rates before following suit. According to Mr Michael
O'Hanlon, chief international economist with Kidder, Peabody Securities, the
French authorities do not want to risk pressuring the franc by a unilateral
cut in official rates.
</p>
<p>
Moreover, he said France still has to repay some of the intervention funds
it borrowed during last summer's currency crisis, and needs to fully
replenish its foreign currency reserves before being in a comfortable
position to cut rates.
</p>
<p>
The December notional bond future on Matif ended 0.10 point lower at 124.10
while the three-month Pibor future rose 0.08 point to 93.60.
</p>
<p>
UK gilt traders also reported heavy demand for short-dated debt as investors
took profits at the long end. The March long gilt futures contract slipped
by  5/16 to 116 3/4 .
</p>
<p>
Italian bonds weakened further on political worries ahead of the second
round of municipal elections on Sunday. The March BTP contract on Liffe fell
0.42 point to 111.43.
</p>
<p>
However, some said this represents a buying opportunity for medium-term
investors. 'Italian bonds are getting to very attractive levels,' said Marc
Hendricks, head of international bond research at Swiss Bank Corporation.
</p>
<p>
US Treasury bond prices softened yesterday as the market digested a batch of
second-tier economic statistics and awaited the government's report on
November employment due out today.
</p>
<p>
In late trading the benchmark 30-year government bond was down  3/16 at 99,
with the yield edging higher to 6.268 per cent. At the short end, the
two-year note was unchanged at 100 1/16 , to yield 4.20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The market weathered the day's generally upbeat readings on the economy with
little fanfare. Prices inched ahead soon after the release of the data,
mainly because the figures were in line with expectations.
</p>
<p>
The Commerce Department said personal income in October had risen 0.6 per
cent from September to October, and personal consumption climbed 0.8 per
cent. The Labor Department, meanwhile, said initial claims for state
unemployment benefit last week showed a modest decline.
</p>
<p>
More favourably for bonds, October sales of new homes dipped 6.5 per cent
against September's figure, which was revised downward.
</p>
<p>
However, prices slipped into negative territory as the morning progressed
amid speculation that the Clinton administration may support an increase in
short-term interest rates early next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>669</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Treuhand is to shift
borrowing to longer term </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JUDY DEMPSEY
<name type=place>BERLIN</name></byline>
<p>
Germany's Treuhand privatisation agency will shift its borrowing to
longer-term instruments because of lower interest rates, Mr Heinrich Hornef,
a member of the board said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The Treuhand, which was set up in 1990 to privatise and restructure eastern
German industry, will have a deficit of DM216bn by the end of 1994, and will
have a total accumulated debt of DM275bn.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, the net borrowing requirement for the Treuhand will total
DM44bn for 1994, of which DM38bn will be earmarked for running costs. The
remaining DM6bn will be used to service the interest from the
Krediabwicklungsfond, the government-backed fund set up to cover the debt of
the former east Germany.
</p>
<p>
The DM44bn will be raised through bonds and medium-term notes. But Treuhand
officials said the agency would focus on longer-term financing because of
the gradual fall in Germany's interest rates.
</p>
<p>
By the end of 1993, the agency will have borrowed a total of DM133bn through
bonds and Treuhand obligations, or medium-term issues.
</p>
<p>
The agency has a net borrowing requirement of DM44bn in 1994, and on top of
this it has DM39bn of old debt, which is due to be paid back, and will be
restructured.
</p>
<p>
The agency is due to be dissolved late next year, after it had privatised
more than 12,000 of enterprises placed under its control.
</p>
<p>
By October, the agency had 1,392 enterprises on its books. It had obtained
DM181.6bn of investment commitments, earned DM44.3bn in sales, and secured
1.48m job guarantees.
</p>
<p>
However, these investment and employment commitments are not indefinite.
Many are spread out over a maximum of five years. To monitor the
implementation of these contracts, the Treuhand has set up a special
contracts department which will not be wound up until the contracts expire.
</p>
<p>
However, the agency will be still be saddled with about 500 enterprises.
Some have already been placed in Management KGs - enterprises which the
Treuhand will pass on to west German managers for restructuring and
preparation for privatisation. The agency has allocated more than DM17.3bn
for this purpose.
</p>
<p>
Apart from the Management KGs, the Treuhand will be left with some of the
most difficult enterprises to restructure and privatise. These include
Deutsche Waggonbau, the rail carriage manufacturers, Sket, the large machine
tool complex, and the chemical sectors of Leuna and Buna.
</p>
<p>
Beyond that, the agency will invest DM4.3bn in eastern Germany's chemical
sector, which has yet to be privatised. It will also earmark a further
DM5.4bn for environmental clean up and land reclamation of chemical and
brown coal mines which have been closed.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hornef said he expected the agency to earn about DM11bn from
privatisation sales next year, which include selling off Veag, eastern
Germany's largest utility company.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>491</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Bonds: Merck raises Dollars 250m to finance
Medco purchase </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
Merck, the large US pharmaceuticals group, yesterday made its first
appearance in the Eurobond market in order to help finance its Dollars 6bn
acquisition of Medco Containment, a drugs mail order company.
</p>
<p>
The triple-A rated borrower raised Dollars 250m through an issue of
five-year Eurobonds which were priced to yield 15 basis points over US
Treasuries, in line with market expectations.
</p>
<p>
The scarcity of top-quality corporate issuance in the Eurobond market
contributed to the success of Merck's debut offering. 'Although the market
is not in fantastic shape, the transaction has gone very well,' said lead
manager Morgan Stanley.
</p>
<p>
Syndicate managers at other banks described the issue as a 'blowout'.
Investor demand for the bonds was such that when the bonds were freed to
trade the spread tightened to 13 basis points. Morgan Stanley said that more
than half of the bonds were sold to investors in the UK and Switzerland,
with the remainder being placed elsewhere in Europe.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Kearney, Merck's assistant treasurer, said that the proceeds of the
issue would be used to re-finance some of the short-term funding linked to
the Medco purchase. A good portion of the Dollars 2.4bn cash part of the
acquisition had been raised in the commercial paper market, he said.
</p>
<p>
According to Morgan Stanley, Merck saved around 10 basis points by tapping
the Eurobond market rather than the US domestic bond market. Mr Kearney
added that Merck could well return to the Eurobond market early next year.
</p>
<p>
The Bank of Greece also tapped the Eurodollar sector with a widely-expected
Dollars 500m issue of five-year floating-rate notes (FRNs). The notes were
priced to yield 115 basis points over Libor, in line with market
expectations.
</p>
<p>
Joint lead manager Salomon Brothers said that sales of the bonds had got off
to a good start, with demand coming from eastern Asia and from yield-hungry
investors in Europe. However, the notes were likely to remain in syndicate
for the next couple of days.
</p>
<p>
The Inter-American Development Bank (IADB) raised Fl 300m through an issue
of seven-year Eurobonds, which more or less completed its Dollars 3.8bn
international borrowing programme for this year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Stephen Abrahams, chief of the IADB's capital markets division, said the
yield spread on the bonds of 13 basis points over Dutch government bonds was
in line with spreads on outstanding bonds issued by other triple A-rated
borrowers. The proceeds of the issue would be kept in guilders.
</p>
<p>
Mr Abrahams said that the IADB was likely to borrow a similar amount in 1994
but that a larger portion could be raised in dollars.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>471</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Spain launches options contract
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>BARCELONA</name></byline>
<p>
Spain's MEFF fixed income exchange said it would start trading an options
contract based on notional 10-year Treasury bond from January 11 1994, with
monthly maturities, Reuter reports from Barcelona.
</p>
<p>
The contract will give investors and fund managers a new instrument to cover
interest rate risk.
</p>
<p>
MEFF already trades an options contract on 10-year notional bond, but with
quarterly maturities.
</p>
<p>
In September volume rose to 1.78 contracts from 894,469 in August.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6221 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>112</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Profits rise at NZ electricity
company </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY HALL
<name type=place>WELLINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
New Zealand's state-owned Electricity Corporation yesterday announced a
profit of NZDollars 256m (USDollars 140m) for the six months to September
30, almost NZDollars 100m more than in the comparable period last year,
writes Terry Hall in Wellington.
</p>
<p>
The government is under pressure from the business community to privatise
the company, its most valuable remaining unsold state asset. However, this
week the new finance minister Mr Bill Birch repeated the prime minister's
pre-election promise that it would not be sold.
</p>
<p>
Revenue rose by NZDollars 22m to NZDollars 899m, helped by a 6.2 per cent
rise in volumes. Price rises were limited to 2 per cent, which the company
said meant real prices for electricity had fallen 15 per cent since 1987.
</p>
<p>
The company had a 12 per cent return on shareholders' funds.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Electricity Corp of New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>171</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Pacific Telesis spin-off priced
at Dollars 23 a share </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN DICKSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
An initial public offering of 60m shares in Pactel, the mobile
communications arm of Pacific Telesis, the Californian-based Baby Bell
telephone company, was priced last night at Dollars 23 a share, raising
nearly Dollars 1.4bn, writes Martin Dickson in New York.
</p>
<p>
The offering is the first stage of a plan by Pacific Telesis to spin off the
company as a separate entity. The remaining Pactel stock - amounting to 80
per cent or more of the total outstanding - will be distributed to existing
Pacific Telesis shareholders in the new year.
</p>
<p>
The company had been expected to offer the shares at between Dollars 21 and
Dollars 23.
</p>
<p>
The lead underwriter is Lehman Brothers. Some 42m of the shares are being
sold in the US and the remainder in international markets.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Pactel </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4812 Radiotelephone Communications </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>172</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Brazilian tax aims to squeeze
out speculators </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATRICK MCCURRY
<name type=place>SAO PAULO</name></byline>
<p>
A new tax on foreign investment in Brazil's lucrative local currency
fixed-income market - announced as part of the government's plans to tackle
inflation - is expected to squeeze out most short-term speculators who had
been taking advantage of real annual interest rates of up to 20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
But a new tax on Eurobond issues by Brazilian companies announced at the
same time probably will not reduce new issue volume significantly, according
to bankers in Brazil. Banks, the biggest issuers, are expected to pass on
the extra cost to the local borrowers. For private sector companies, it will
remain much cheaper to go to the Euromarkets than to local lenders.
</p>
<p>
The government's moves are aimed at stemming the huge tide of dollars
entering the country, attracted by a high real interest rate policy which
aims to combat inflation. The inflow is itself inflationary, since the
central bank is obliged to issue local currency, the cruzeiro real, in
exchange for foreign currency. This increases the money supply and helps to
sustain Brazil's chronic inflation, now nearly 2,000 per cent a year.
</p>
<p>
'The measures are understandable and will help the government's
macroeconomic plans,' said Mr Vincent Parkin, Brazilian representative for
CS First Boston.
</p>
<p>
Last Thursday, the government ruled that foreigners investing in
fixed-income instruments will have to pay a financial operations tax at 5
per cent on the capital they bring into Brazil, which will have to be
channelled mainly to a new type of fixed-income fund for overseas investors
to be managed by the private sector. Issuers of Eurobonds will have to pay 3
per cent tax on the money they raise.
</p>
<p>
Money market traders said that investors would have to leave their money in
the new funds for at least five to six months to make paying the tax
worthwhile.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BR  Brazil, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>344</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Shuwa sells stake in Tokyo
retailer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO
<name type=place>Tokyo</name></byline>
<p>
Shuwa, a Japanese stock and real estate speculator, is to sell its 26.7 per
cent stake in leading department store Isetan, built during the Tokyo stock
market boom of the late 1980s.
</p>
<p>
The country's retail industry has been closely following developments
surrounding Shuwa's stake in Isetan, after leading supermarket operators and
department stores wanting to expand their businesses offered to buy the
shares off the ailing stock specu-lator.
</p>
<p>
Before its downfall, Shuwa invested heavily in leading retailers - much of
which has been bought by Daiei, Japan's largest supermarket chain.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kazumasa Koshiba, president of Isetan, said Shuwa would sell the 58.8m
shares to 41 companies at Y1,300 per share. The announcement, made after the
market closed, may pull down Isetan's share price, which finished at Y1,780
on the Tokyo stock exchange yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Koshiba said the price was decided on the advice of Nikko Securities, its
leading underwriter, and was based on prices of other department store
shares. Shuwa will receive Y76.4bn (Dollars 70m) from the equity sale.
</p>
<p>
Of the 41 companies which will take on Isetan stock, three are financial and
38 non-financial.
</p>
<p>
Although Mitsubishi Bank, Isetan's main creditor and shareholder, will not
buy any of the shares, eight companies belonging to the Mitsubishi keiretsu,
or corporate grouping, will be among the purchasing companies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Shuwa </item>
<item> Isetan Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
<item> P5311 Department Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
<item> P5311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>262</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: No news is bad news at Saudi
bank - Mark Nicholson, recently in Jeddah, discovers the good figures but
not the bad at NCB </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARK NICHOLSON</byline>
<p>
The first gesture of Mr Abdulhadi Shayif, deputy general manager of National
Commercial Bank (NCB), as he greets visitors in his lofty office overlooking
Jeddah is to hand over a slim 12-page brochure containing the bank's results
for 1991 and 1992. 'It makes a nice change to be able to give people
something,' he says, with open delight.
</p>
<p>
His delight is not surprising. The figures are the first that Saudi Arabia's
biggest and oldest bank has published in three years, and the first passed
unqualified by the bank's auditors since 1987. They cap, Mr Shayif says, the
end of a troubled few years for a bank which was a foundation stone of the
kingdom's banking system and is probably still its best connected financial
institution - meaning closest to the ruling al-Saud family. 'The abnormal
period is over,' he says.
</p>
<p>
The figures show the bank returned a profit in 1992 of SR427m (Dollars
114m), up 168 per cent on 1991. No results, however, have been released for
1990. Says Mr Shayif: 'They were audited but are not available for
publication.' Asked if they show a loss, he replies 'no comment'.
</p>
<p>
NCB's missing 1990 results are a clue to the damage done by six years of
internal disputes over non-performing loans - the cause of the auditors'
qualification and last year's suspension of the bank's credit rating by
Cyprus-based ratings agency Capital Intelligence. There was also last year's
indictment in New York of Mr Khalid bin Mahfouz, then chief operating
officer, on fraud charges connected with the BCCI scandal.
</p>
<p>
Mr bin Mahfouz has since resigned, and the BCCI affair is dismissed by Mr
Shayif as 'a separate and personal issue - the damage is behind us and the
confidence of international banks is back'.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, that affair, along with the non-appearance of results,
contributed to NCB's closure of its New York, London and Cayman Islands
branches - in the former cases under pressure from the US and British
authorities - which stripped Dollars 2.5bn from its total customer deposits.
</p>
<p>
These closures, says Mr Shayif, are the reason deposits have fallen to
Dollars 13bn from Dollars 17bn between 1989 and 1992. The bank's balance
sheet has shrunk to Dollars 17bn at the end of 1992 from Dollars 23bn in
1989, while its market share of commercial banking assets in Saudi Arabia
has slipped to 22 per cent from 34 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The bank's notorious and mysterious bad debts are also a thing of the past,
Mr Shayif says. 'You could now classify our portfolio as normal, and the
provisions are quite adequate,' he says. However, the provisions shown in
the 1992 figures merely hint at the debt problem bank analysts believe NCB
has now put behind it. These totalled SR470m in 1991 and SR81m in 1992.
</p>
<p>
But according to analysts at Capital Intelligence, which last month
reinstated NCB's credit rating, loan loss provisions taken by the bank since
1980 - including CI's own estimate of provisions or write-offs made in 1990
- probably amount to nearer SR10bn, suggesting problem loans were between 25
and 30 per cent of its entire portfolio. Mr Shayif has no comment on the
debts - which have been shrouded in speculation for years and attributed to
what analysts wryly describe as 'very senior Saudis'.
</p>
<p>
In 1991, the accounts also show that the bank allocated the full balance of
its other capital reserves, a total of SR910m, as provisions against the
'decline in value of investments', which CI takes to mean cover for about 70
per cent of the bank's residual holding of BCCI convertible bonds.
</p>
<p>
But the longest awaited step in restoring the bank to a sounder footing was
the decision of the bin Mahfouz family to recapitalise NCB with an injection
of SR6bn - a considerably greater capitalisation than anyone in the Saudi
banking industry had expected and one which makes the bank the biggest in
the kingdom, not only by assets but also capital base. The move brings NCB's
BIS formula risk/asset ratio to a comfortable 13.76 per cent, according to
CI.
</p>
<p>
For the present, the recapitalisation has not altered the shareholding
structure of Saudi Arabia's only privately-owned bank, which is 90.5 per
cent in the hands of the bin Mahfouz family with most of the remainder held
by members of the Kaki family.
</p>
<p>
Mr Shayif says the injection has taken the form of bridging finance, until
the two shareholding families determine how and if the shareholding is to be
altered. He adds that the move is also likely to defer for the foreseeable
future any plans to float part or all the bank's shares on the Saudi stock
market - an option which had been under consideration last year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Shayif denies that NCB's internal problems caused it to take its eye off
its place in an increasingly sophisticated, profitable and competitive Saudi
banking market, where consolidated profits in the sector rose by 29 per cent
in 1992 and are about 25 per cent up for the first three quarters of 1993.
</p>
<p>
But while the bank claims a lead in the number and efficiency of its ATMs,
an edge in the breadth of its local coverage and market leadership in unit
fund management in the kingdom, NCB has undeniably lost market share to
nimbler rivals - notably such joint-venture banks as Saudi British Bank,
Saudi American Bank and Saudi Hollandi Bank.
</p>
<p>
But the bank hopes to address this with the appointment earlier this year of
Mr Michael Callen, former head of Citibank's global finance operations, as
special adviser on a management restructuring. Costs are being cut, staff
reduced by 10 per cent to 6,900 by the year end and a programme of
rationalisation and modernisation is under way. If all of this has the
desired results, at least this time they will be publicly visible.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> National Commercial Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SA  Saudi Arabia, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>1036</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Strong recovery at Navistar
surprises Wall St </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURIE MORSE
<name type=place>CHICAGO</name></byline>
<p>
Navistar International, the Chicago-based truck and diesel engine
manufacturer, posted a turnround to income of Dollars 22m or 28 cents a
share for the fourth quarter. The extent of the improvement surprised Wall
Street, which had pushed Navistar's stock down in anticipation of a weak
earnings report.
</p>
<p>
The gain reverses a Dollars 30m or Dollars 1.46 per share loss in the fourth
quarter of 1992, when the company took a charge of Dollars 23m for a vehicle
recall.
</p>
<p>
Sales for the quarter were up 14 per cent to Dollars 1.3bn, boosted by an 18
per cent gain in shipments of mid-range diesel engines and a 13 per cent
increase in shipments of medium and heavy trucks in North America.
</p>
<p>
A year ago, Navistar recorded fourth quarter sales of Dollars 1.1bn.
</p>
<p>
For the year ended October 30, Navistar reported a net loss of Dollars 501m
or Dollars 15.19 per share. The loss includes a previously announced Dollars
513m contribution to an employee benefits programme, established in the
third quarter to alleviate Navistar's long-term pension and health-care
obliga-tions.
</p>
<p>
In the fiscal year 1992, Navistar suffered a loss of Dollars 212m, or
Dollars 9.55 per share.
</p>
<p>
Excluding the special charges, Navistar reported pre-tax income of Dollars
72m for the year, compared with a loss of Dollars 145m from continuing
operations in 1992.
</p>
<p>
Navistar's sales for the year were up 21 per cent at Dollars 4.69bn, from
Dollars 3.87bn a year ago.
</p>
<p>
Mr James Cotting, Navistar's chairman, said the company anticipates moderate
growth in the North American economy. He projected 1994 North American
medium truck and school bus chassis demand to be up 11 per cent over 1993,
at 136,000 units, while heavy truck and diesel engine sales were expected to
be flat in 1994.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Navistar International Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3713 </item>
<item> P3724 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>344</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAGAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Record Chicago futures volume
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURIE MORSE</byline>
<p>
The Chicago Board of Trade, the world's busiest futures exchange, posted an
all-time single-month volume record in November, with a turnover of 19.7m
contracts, up 64.7 per cent on a year ago.
</p>
<p>
For the first 11 months of this year the board reported volume up 18 per
cent at 165.8m contracts, above its previous world record of 154mfor all of
1990. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange is also reported record year-to-date
figures, with 13.6m contracts in November, up 22 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6221 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>121</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News Digest: ConAgra lifts stake in
Australia Meat </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>CANBERRA</name></byline>
<p>
Australia's finance minister, Mr John Dawkins said he would not object to a
ConAgra plan to increase its stake in Australia Meat Holdings to 90.9 per
cent from 50 per cent, Reuter reports from Camberra.
</p>
<p>
ConAgra is buying the shares from Elders Meat Investments, a Foster's
Brewing Group unit in a transaction worth about ADollars 100m (USDollars
66m). Foster's said it made a profit of about ADollars 47m on the deal.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> ConAgra Inc </item>
<item> Australia Meat Holdings </item>
<item> Elders Meat Investments </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2011 Meat Packing Plants </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>117</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: GE Capital to run Exxon credit
card business </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD WATERS</byline>
<p>
GE Capital, the financial services arm of General Electric, is to take on
the running of Exxon's credit card business, adding an estimated 12m
cardholders to the 70m holders of 'private label' credit cards whose
accounts it already administers for other retailers.
</p>
<p>
GE Capital, which is also buying Exxon's existing credit card receivables,
will administer all aspects of the business, though the cards will continue
to bear the Exxon name.
</p>
<p>
Unlike Shell Oil, which last month sought to expand its card business by
launching a MasterCard in association with Chemical Bank, Exxon's move
suggests that it intends to keep a private label card, available for use
only in its own service stations.
</p>
<p>
Like other oil companies, Exxon has been in the credit card business a long
time, issuing its first cards in 1929. However, with the exception of Shell
Oil, the companies have been slow to move to co-branding, despite the
success of co-branded cards issued by AT&amp;T and others.
</p>
<p>
According to MasterCard, there are around 117m private-label oil company
cards in issue, generating Dollars 27bn of payments each year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> GE Capital Corp </item>
<item> Exxon Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6141 Personal Credit Institutions </item>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6141 </item>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>237</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: BellSouth challenges operating
restrictions </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN DICKSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
BellSouth, the largest of America's 'Baby Bell' regional telephone
companies, yesterday filed a legal challenge to the proposed Dollars 12bn
takeover of McCaw Cellular Communications, the wireless telephone group, by
long-distance carrier American Telephone &amp; Telegraph.
</p>
<p>
However, the company indicated that its primary purpose was not to block the
McCaw deal, but to use the suit as a lever to remove certain legal
restrictions on Baby Bells' operating in the long-distance wireless market.
</p>
<p>
Its motion was filed in the US district court in Washington, DC, before
Judge Harold Greene, who presided over the 1982 anti-trust court case which
led to the spin-off from AT&amp;T of the seven local 'Baby Bell' telephone
companies.
</p>
<p>
As part of the break-up, the Baby Bells were forbidden to operate in the
long-distance market, while AT&amp;T was prevented from acquiring the stock or
assets of a Baby Bell.
</p>
<p>
BellSouth argues that the proposed McCaw takeover violates the anti-trust
settlement because McCaw owns minority interests in several cellular
properties where Baby Bells hold the majority stake. AT&amp;T dismisses this
claim.
</p>
<p>
BellSouth says it is prepared to support modifications to the anti-trust
settlement, allowing the McCaw deal to proceed, provided that in return the
Baby Bells are allowed to compete on equal terms with AT&amp;T in the wireless
market.
</p>
<p>
This would mean allowing them to send calls out of court-mandated local
areas, as well as removing restrictions which force Bell companies to offer
their wireless customers a choice of companies to handle their long-distance
cellular traffic.
</p>
<p>
'Non-Bell companies can save money by combining all of their long-distance
traffic to take advantage of volume discounts,' it said. 'This gives McCaw
an enormous competitive advantage in the wireless market.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bellsouth Corp </item>
<item> McCaw Cellular Communications Inc </item>
<item> American Telephone and Telegraph </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
<item> P4812 Radiotelephone Communications </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
<item> P4812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>332</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: CIBC stages strong earnings
rebound </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce staged a strong earnings rebound in
fiscal 1993, thanks to a sharp drop in loan-loss provisions, and record
retail and investment banking earnings.
</p>
<p>
But the bank, which was one of the biggest lenders to failed property
developer Olympia &amp; York, said it continued to have real-estate problems.
</p>
<p>
Earnings of Canada's second-biggest financial institution totalled CDollars
730m (USDollars 547m), or CDollars 2.99 a share, in the year to October 31,
against a loss of CDollars 12m, or 59 cents per common share, a year
earlier. Last year's losses were due to the bank's exposure to O&amp;Y.
</p>
<p>
Return on assets for 1993 was 0.53 per cent, compared with 0.01 per cent.
Assets stood at CDollars 141.3bn on October 31, up from CDollars 132.2bn a
year earlier. Loan-loss provisions dipped to CDollars 920m from CDollars
1.84bn. Non-performing loans stood at CDollars 2.43bn on October 31, or 2.3
per cent of total loans, from CDollars 3.04bn, or 3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Fourth-quarter earnings jumped to CDollars 191m, or 75 cents a share, from
CDollars 45m, or nine cents a share.
</p>
<p>
The continued difficulties in the real-estate market are reflected in the
transfer of CDollars 100m in excess loan-loss reserves from country-risk
provisions to a special provision set up last year for troubled property
loans. Real-estate provision now stands at CDollars 250m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Al Flood, chairman, said: 'While there is evidence that real estate
values in North America have stabilised, we do not expect an early
turnround.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>288</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: PayLess sale confirmed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD TOMKINS
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Kmart, the second biggest US retailer, yesterday confirmed plans to sell its
PayLess drug store chain to a company controlled by Leonard Green &amp;
Partners, a Los Angeles investment firm, for more than Dollars 1bn.
</p>
<p>
The purchaser, TCH Corporation, will pay Kmart Dollars 592m in cash and
assume Dollars 170m worth of debt. The remainder will take the form of 47
per cent of TCH's equity and Dollars 100m worth of subordinated debt
securities.
</p>
<p>
Kmart said it was in the process of putting a value on the TCH equity.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Kmart Corp </item>
<item> Leonard Green and Partners </item>
<item> TCH Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5311 Department Stores </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P5912 Drug Stores and Proprietary Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5311 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P5912 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>147</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Televisa wins Mexico TV network
concession </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAMIAN FRASER
<name type=place>MEXICO CITY</name></byline>
<p>
Grupo Televisa, the Mexican media group, has been granted a concession to 62
television stations that will enable it to extend a television network
across much of the country.
</p>
<p>
Televisa serves 90 per cent of Mexico's television audience, and takes a
similar proportion of advertising. The new network will give the company a
total of 291 television stations, about 51 per cent of the total in the
country.
</p>
<p>
The concession has caused a controversy since the beginning of the year.
Rivals complained that while the government was selling off two state-owned
television national networks in an open auction, Televisa was being given
another national network without any competition.
</p>
<p>
The concession was granted to Radiotelevisora de Mexico Norte, a subsidiary
of Televisa, after it promised to pay the Mexican government Dollars 91m.
</p>
<p>
The two state-owned television networks were sold for Dollars 646m last
July, to an investor group headed by Mr Ricardo Salinas of Grupo Elektra.
</p>
<p>
Critics say Televisa is being rewarded for its close co-operation with
Mexico's ruling party.
</p>
<p>
Televisa was not available to comment on the transaction.
</p>
<p>
The company is planning a secondary stock offering of about Dollars 900m
later this month, which will give it a full listing on the New York Stock
Exchange.
</p>
<p>
The stations will enable Televisa to turn Channel 9, a local channel, into a
network with of covering much of Mexico.
</p>
<p>
The company has three other networks, with varying degrees of national
penetration.
</p>
<p>
Televisa has 90 per cent of Mexico's television audience, and takes a
similar proportion of advertising.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Grupo Televisa </item>
<item> Radiotelevisora de Mexico Norte </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> MX  Mexico </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P48   Communications </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P48 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>301</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Alcatel still keen to gain a
nuclear edge - Pierre Suard, the French group's chairman, talks to John
Ridding and David Buchan </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING and DAVID BUCHAN</byline>
<p>
The rapid rise of Alcatel-Alsthom to its position as one of France's most
profitable companies has been based on its ability to forge industrial
alliances and acquisitions.
</p>
<p>
The merger of the telecommunications activities of Compagnie Generale
d'Electricite and ITT of the US gave birth to Alcatel in 1987. Since then,
milestones in the group's expansion have included a joint venture with GEC
of the UK in transport and energy and the acquisition in 1990 of the
telecommunications equipment operations of Fiat of Italy.
</p>
<p>
Now, Mr Pierre Suard, chairman of the group, has his eyes fixed on Framatome
- the state-controlled French nuclear reactor group with interests in
electrical components and computer services and annual sales of more than
FFr12bn (Dollars 2.04bn).
</p>
<p>
He believes the centre-right government of Mr Edouard Balladur is preparing
to give the green light to Alcatel-Alsthom's long-held ambitions to raise
its 44 per cent stake in Framatome to a majority holding.
</p>
<p>
This is not the first approach from Alcatel-Alsthom. In 1990, the group
briefly managed to raise its stake to 52 per cent, from 40 per cent, before
the Socialist government of Mr Michel Rocard forced it to reduce its
share-holding.
</p>
<p>
For Mr Suard the logic is as clear now as it was then. 'We are present in
all areas of power generation except nuclear,' he says.
</p>
<p>
To illustrate the possible advantages of a merger he points to the case of
Daya Bay in China where GEC-Alsthom is building a conventional power station
and Framatome is developing a nuclear facility.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Suard, negotiations would have been simpler had the deal
been struck with a single group. Framatome's electrical components and
computer services operations would also fit well with Alcatel-Alsthom.
</p>
<p>
If Mr Suard's wish is granted, Alcatel-Alsthom should see its competitive
edge further honed. It is already sharp. Confronted by the worst economic
downturn in Europe since the second world war, the group has resisted well.
</p>
<p>
Net profits, says Mr Suard, are likely to be about the same this year as the
FFr7.1bn recorded in 1992. In the three preceding years, profits increased
by about FFr1bn annually.
</p>
<p>
This resistance is partly the result of the timing of the continent's
economic cycles. 'In 1991 and 1992 the Spanish market was very bad but the
German market was strong,' says Mr Suard. The group's principal divisions -
telecommunications, transport and energy, and electrical engineering - have
also proved relatively secure.
</p>
<p>
But the outlook remains difficult. Mr Suard is not yet convinced by
government claims that the French economy has stabilised and will start to
recover from the end of the year.
</p>
<p>
'I don't see any signs of recovery which confirm the encouraging indicators
of June and July, such as a pick-up in investment activity.'
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Suard, the German market remains depressed, while government
procurement in Italy has been 'paralysed' by the wave of scandals and
corruption investigations.
</p>
<p>
The response from Alcatel-Alsthom has included a strong push in
productivity. 'We have always been careful to restructure as soon as it is
necessary,' says Mr Suard.
</p>
<p>
But this is not easy, particularly when the group is profitable.
GEC-Alsthom, for example, has recently faced a series of demonstrations as
French workers protest against planned job cuts.
</p>
<p>
In the face of depressed European markets and what Mr Suard perceives as
damaging rigidities in the continent's labour markets, Alcatel-Alsthom has
stepped up its efforts in non-European markets, in particular in east Asia.
</p>
<p>
In addition to the Daya Bay power stations, GEC-Alsthom has won orders for a
Dollars 2.4bn South Korean high speed train project and contracts across the
region for engineering projects.
</p>
<p>
East Asia accounts for about 10 per cent of sales - a proportion which could
be doubled within 10 years, according to Mr Suard.
</p>
<p>
If overseas markets have helped maintain profits, they also raise the stakes
for Alcatel-Alsthom in the transatlantic wrangling over the Uruguay round of
international trade talks.
</p>
<p>
Few companies are as European as Alcatel-Alsthom, which derives three
quarters of its sales from the continent. It has its financial base in the
Netherlands, its management base in Paris, and its biggest
telecommunications market in Germany. Any threat to free-trade between
Europe, the US and east Asia could, therefore, have damaging implications.
</p>
<p>
Mr Suard, however, is sanguine. 'We tend to manufacture where we sell,' he
argues, discounting the impact of a failure of the trade talks.
</p>
<p>
In the US, for example, the group has about 12 per cent of the market for
cables. Over the border in Mexico, however, the Nafta accord is likely to
mean higher tariffs for switching equipment imported from Belgium.
</p>
<p>
The Alcatel chairman says he is in favour of a successful conclusion of the
Uruguay round, providing it is on acceptable terms.
</p>
<p>
This response reflects anxieties about the terms of the current debate.
Chief among them are the lack of reciprocity in public procurement contracts
- an important source of orders for Alcatel-Alsthom - and restrictions on
foreign ownership of telecommunications companies in North America.
</p>
<p>
For a precocious company like Alcatel-Alsthom, such constraints are hard to
bear.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Alcatel Alsthom </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3661 Telephone and Telegraph Apparatus </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3661 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>904</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Carrefour to sell stake in But
for FFr536m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Carrefour, the French retailing group, is to sell its 30 per cent stake in
But, the furniture retailer, to Kleinwort Benson for FFr536m (Dollars 90m).
Carrefour said yesterday that it had accepted Kleinwort Benson's offer for
its stake, which was equivalent to FFr937 per share.
</p>
<p>
Kleinwort Benson said it had placed the shares with investors in France, the
UK and the US. The placement is subject to a right to match the offer during
the next 15 days from Venturini But, a family company which holds just over
50 per cent of But.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Carrefour </item>
<item> But SA </item>
<item> Kleinwort Benson Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
<item> P5712 Furniture Stores </item>
<item> P6029 Commercial Banks, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
<item> P5712 </item>
<item> P6029 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>150</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Chrysler lifts quarterly
dividend by one third </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD WATERS
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Chrysler, the US car maker, boosted its quarterly dividend by a third in
recognition of its return to profitability this year and recent upgrades
from credit rating agencies.
</p>
<p>
The company's dividend, payable on January 15, is being raised to 20 cents a
share from 15 cents a share. This is the first increase since Chrysler
slashed the quarterly payment from 30 cents to 15 cents in the second
quarter of 1991.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robert Eaton, chairman, warned, though, that the company remained intent
on further reducing its pension fund deficit and building cash reserves,
suggesting a cautious approach to future dividend increases.
</p>
<p>
'We are pleased with our recent operating results and credit upgrades and
wanted to share this success with our shareholders,' said Mr Eaton.
</p>
<p>
Stronger cashflow enabled Chrysler to make contributions of Dollars 2.6bn to
its pension fund in the first nine months, helping to reduce the Dollars
3.9bn deficit reported at the end of 1992.
</p>
<p>
Lower US interest rates mean that the fund's liabilities will be revised
upwards at the end of this year, though Chrysler said the scale of the
deficit will be below last year's level.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Chrysler Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>241</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAF0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Kmart confirms sale of PayLess
chain for Dollars 1bn </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD TOMKINS
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Kmart, the second biggest US retailer, yesterday confirmed plans to sell its
PayLess drug store chain to a company controlled by Leonard Green &amp;
Partners, a Los Angeles investment firm, for more than Dollars 1bn.
</p>
<p>
The purchaser, TCH Corporation, will pay Kmart Dollars 592m in cash and
assume Dollars 170m worth of debt. The remainder will take the form of 47
per cent of TCH's equity and Dollars 100m worth of subordinated debt
securities.
</p>
<p>
Kmart said it was putting a value on the TCH equity, but preliminary
estimates suggested the transaction could result in a Dollars 100m after-tax
charge in the current financial year.
</p>
<p>
Kmart is selling the PayLess chain in line with its strategy of shedding
specialty retailing businesses to concentrate on its core discount store
operations. Last month it announced that most of its 113 Pace warehouse
clubs would be sold to Wal-Mart, and the rest of them closed.
</p>
<p>
The company has also indicated it was considering selling stakes in its
Sports Authority sporting goods stores, Borders book stores, OfficeMax
office supply stores and Builders Square home improvement stores through
initial public offerings.
</p>
<p>
TCH Corporation owns two drug store operations: Thrifty Drug Stores, with
494 drug stores in California, and Bi-Mart Corporation, a membership
discount drug and general merchandise chain with 41 stores based in Oregon.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Kmart Corp </item>
<item> Leonard Green and Partners </item>
<item> TCH Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5311 Department Stores </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P5912 Drug Stores and Proprietary Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5311 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P5912 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>282</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Capital Cities' share buy-back
offer shunned </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN DICKSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
An offer by Capital Cities/ABC, the broadcasting and publishing company, to
buy back 2m of its shares has been largely shunned by shareholders other
than Berkshire Hathaway, the investment company headed by Mr Warren Buffett.
</p>
<p>
Capital Cities, which announced a 'Dutch auction' tender offer for the
shares on November 1, said yesterday that only 1.1m shares had been
tendered, and 1m of these came from Berkshire Hathaway.
</p>
<p>
The low take-up suggests many investors expect the group's shares to be
valued at more than Dollars 630 a share, which was the upper purchase price
limit set by Capital Cities in the Dutch auction. The stock stood unchanged
at Dollars 637 1/2 in early trading on the New York Stock Exchange.
</p>
<p>
Under a Dutch auction, a company sets a range of prices at which it is
willing to buy stock and investors specify a price at which they are willing
to sell. The company then computes the lowest price at which it would be
able to buy the block of stock and pays that sum to holders who offered to
sell at or below that price.
</p>
<p>
Capital Cities noted that since fewer than 2m shares had been tendered, it
would buy all shares tendered by Berkshire Hathaway at Dollars 630 a share.
The purchase will leave Berkshire with 2m shares, or about 13 per cent of
the outstanding stock, down from 18 per cent. Mr Buffett has a seat on the
Capital Cities board.
</p>
<p>
An unusual feature of the tender was an agreement by Capital Cities that it
would accept either all or none of the 1m Berkshire Hathaway shares tendered
in the offer - a condition that could have left Mr Buffet with a 21 per cent
stake in the business.
</p>
<p>
Capital Cities decided a buy-back was the most attractive use of Dollars
1.2bn of surplus cash, since acquisitions were not available at attractive
prices.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Capital Cities/ABC Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>359</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Gyllenhammar goes down with deal
- Christopher Brown-Humes on the fall of Volvo's controversial chief </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BROWN-HUMES</byline>
<p>
If Volvo stumbles, the tremors are felt elsewhere in Swedish society,' Pehr
Gyllenhammar once wrote. Yesterday Volvo did stumble and the tremors brought
down with them the man who had led the group for the last 22 years.
</p>
<p>
Only three months ago it would have been impossible to credit. Then PG, as
he is known in Sweden, looked set to crown a glittering and controversial
career by assuming the figurehead role at the top of Renault-Volvo.
</p>
<p>
Since then a massive shareholder revolt, characterised by strong personal
criticism of Mr Gyllenhammar himself, has changed everything, so it was not
surprising that when the deal collapsed its principal architect should fall
with it.
</p>
<p>
Along with Mr Percy Barnevik, the head of Asea Brown Boveri, Mr
Gyllenhammar, 58, can claim to be Sweden's best known industrialist. But he
was never content just to be a businessman.
</p>
<p>
As the head of Scandinavia's biggest industrial group and a passionate
advocate of Swedish membership of the European Union, he relished a broader
role as both a statesman and an ambassador for his country. Sometimes it
seemed that both Volvo and Sweden were too small for his restless energy.
</p>
<p>
This energy manifested itself in a number of ways. On the one hand, he
always seemed to have some ambitious new deal on the go, despite the
setbacks he not infrequently suffered with his plans. On the other hand, he
never shied away from controversy and often seemed eager to question
long-standing Swedish taboos.
</p>
<p>
He focused the national debate on Swedish membership of the European Union
well before the country had even applied to join, and talked about the need
for free market reforms before the country became serious about adopting
them.
</p>
<p>
His success and his outspokenness provoked admiration and envy in equal
degrees. Some were infuriated by his arrogance and his domineering style.
Others were compelled by his charm. If the business community often derided
him, Swedish people were certainly won over.
</p>
<p>
His critics are only too anxious to reel off the Gyllenhammar deals that
never were. They include a plan to merge with Saab-Scania, Volvo's domestic
rival; a scheme to sell a 40 per cent holding in Volvo to the Norwegian
government in return for North Sea oil rights; and a SKr5bn co-operation
pact with Fermenta, the pharmaceuticals group.
</p>
<p>
The setbacks continued last year when a plan to take over Procordia was
rebuffed outright by the Swedish government and when two car plants which
pioneered 'humane' production techniques were forced to close down.
</p>
<p>
For PG, the deal with Renault looked ideal, enabling him to fuse his
pan-European ambitions with his role as Sweden's industrial statesman. A
fluent French speaker who holds the Legion d'Honneur, it was obvious he
would revel in the position of chairman of the supervisory board of the
combined concern.
</p>
<p>
Again, his critics say this ambition blinded him to the deficiencies in the
accord which shareholders have picked on so relentlessly in recent weeks. A
suspicion that the deal was effectively put together by just Mr Gyllenhammar
and Renault chairman Louis Schweitzer - with other Volvo board members
remaining in the dark on some aspects of it - was never far from the
surface.
</p>
<p>
This and Mr Gyllenhammar's cavalier attitude to shareholders help to explain
why criticism at times centred as much on the Volvo chief's handling of the
Renault agreement, as it did on details of the accord.
</p>
<p>
Many thought the great survivor might pull something out of the bag to save
both the Renault deal and himself, even at the last minute. It was not to
be.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>653</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Extracts from Pehr
Gyllenhammar's resignation statement </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
For many years I have worked as assigned by the board of directors to
provide Volvo with an economically sound structure and to participate in the
establishment of a world-class automotive industry through a merger with
Renault.
</p>
<p>
Since the board's proposal for the merger is deemed not to have the support
of the shareholders, I have decided to resign from Volvo's board of
directors, effective immediately.
</p>
<p>
My special assignment from the Volvo board has been strategic. That is, to
develop a co-operation with Renault and to complete the Procordia project.
This assignment has now been carried out after four years of preparations.
</p>
<p>
The proposal to merge with Renault has been subject to a lively debate.
Discussions have been conducted with a fervour that has gone well beyond
anything that is normal for large business deals.
</p>
<p>
The Swedish maxi devaluation has created hopes that Volvo will now do well
on its own. A couple of positive quarterly reports and the prematurely
published monthly results would have changed Volvo's strategic position in
the world automotive industry?
</p>
<p>
This of course is not the case.
</p>
<p>
The alliance will not remain. It will be dismantled by a Renault management
who, understandably, has lost their confidence in Volvo. To dissolve the
alliance will require time, energy and will be demoralising.
</p>
<p>
To build for the long term is the base for a good industry. Our
painstakingly built relations with France and with Renault will now be
destroyed.
</p>
<p>
The critics of our merger turn their backs on Europe and the world.
</p>
<p>
This reduces the probability of a Swedish presence in Europe and for Volvo's
long-term survival.
</p>
<p>
The excitement over a temporary upturn in Volvo's share price should be seen
in the perspective of the lost opportunity for Volvo to develop in a larger
industrial structure.
</p>
<p>
The weakness of capitalism is its shortsightedness. The tendency is to
follow the law of the least resistance.
</p>
<p>
Volvo is now left with a failed merger project. With a crushed organisation
which since September this year has been built for Renault-Volvo RVA. With
an alliance which certainly has to be dismantled, and with concern and
worries which will not quickly disappear after what has happened.
</p>
<p>
Volvo is right now a wounded company and runs the risk of being uprooted
from its unique and genuine Gothenburg base, with a perspective towards the
world. Volvo is about people in a joint mission.
</p>
<p>
I have had a firm belief in Volvo's future in a merger with Renault. I have
today decided to leave the Volvo board of directors with immediate effect.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>466</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Dresdner defends record earnings
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WALLER
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Jurgen Sarrazin, chief executive of the Dresdner Bank, yesterday
delivered a pungent defence of the German banking sector's right to make
record profits amid the country's worst recession since the second world
war.
</p>
<p>
Speaking as Dresdner, Germany's second biggest bank after Deutsche Bank,
unveiled operating profits up by 16.2 per cent to DM1.6bn (Dollars 932m) for
the first 10 months of 1993, Mr Sarrazin contended that banks' profitability
served to limit the extent of the crisis in the German economy.
</p>
<p>
'Now is just the right time for banks to show their strength as a frail
financial sector would push the economy as a whole deeper into crisis,' Mr
Sarrazin said
</p>
<p>
Despite sharply increased provisions against bad and doubtful debts, buoyant
securities markets seem set to ensure that German banks will enjoy another
record year this year.
</p>
<p>
Last week Commerzbank - Germany's third largest bank - reported profits up
52 per cent at the 10-month stage and next week Deutsche Bank, Germany's
biggest bank, is also likely to report a further acceleration in profits
growth.
</p>
<p>
As at other banks, the impetus for Dresdner's profits growth came from
securities trading: the contribution from the bank's own-account trading
activities more than doubled to DM536.1m after DM234.5m in the comparable
period last year.
</p>
<p>
Commission income grew by 15.9 per cent to DM2.37bn, again reflecting
buoyant currency, equity, fixed-income and derivatives markets. Net interest
income - the profit on mainstream lending business - climbed by a more
modest 6.8 per cent to DM5.11bn.
</p>
<p>
Risks provisions rose 23.8 per cent to DM1.25bn, reflecting the malaise of
the bank's corporate clients.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sarrazin said the dividend would probably be raised by DM1 to DM13. The
decision would be taken on the basis of full-year results.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dresdner Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>332</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Procter and Gamble buys German
tissue producer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD TOMKINS and DAVID WALLER
<name type=place>NEW YORK, FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
Procter &amp; Gamble, the US consumer products giant, is to take its first step
into the Dollars 5.5bn-a-year European market for toilet paper, kitchen
towels and paper handkerchiefs with the acquisition of VP-Schickedanz, a
leading German manufacturer of hygiene products.
</p>
<p>
The VPS brands being acquired include Bess toilet paper, Tempo paper
handkerchiefs, Camelia feminine protection pads and Certina adult
incontinence products. VPS's disposable nappy business is not included in
the sale.
</p>
<p>
The purchase is being made from VPS's parent, the privately-held Gustav und
Grete Schickedanz Holding of Furth, Germany. The purchase price is thought
to have been about DM1bn (Dollars 582m), although neither side would confirm
this.
</p>
<p>
Information about the German company is scarce: Schickedanz said that in the
year to end-January, consolidated turnover was DM1.5bn and, despite
increased European competition, the company had shown a 'sound and solid
financial performance'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Edwin Artzt, Procter &amp; Gamble's chairman and chief executive, said paper
products were the group's biggest business after detergents, but this would
be the company's first move into the tissue business outside North America.
</p>
<p>
Procter &amp; Gamble already sells disposable nappies, feminine protection pads
and adult incontinence products in Europe, and Mr Artzt said the purchase
was a good opportunity to extend that presence into tissue products.
</p>
<p>
The VPS business represents only a small part of the Schickedanz group, a
family concern with annual sales of around DM18bn in activities as various
as mail-order, retailing, beer and financial services.
</p>
<p>
The recession has forced Schickedanz, in common with many large German
groups, to focus on its 'core businesses' and the sale of VPS is an early
example of a corporate spin-off prompted by the streamlining process under
way in broad swathes of German industry. The company was advised on the sale
by Morgan Stanley.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Procter and Gamble </item>
<item> VP-Schickedanz </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2676 Sanitary Paper Products </item>
<item> P2841 Soap and Other Detergents </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2676 </item>
<item> P2841 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>353</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Capital increase to cut group
net debt at Adia </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER
<name type=place>ZURICH</name></byline>
<p>
Adia, the troubled temporary employment group, yesterday held out the
prospect of breaking even next year after two years of losses.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Bowmer, chief executive, said the group's net debt had come down
from SFr1.5bn (Dollars 1bn) at the end of 1991 to SFr785m at September 30
1993 and would fall to SFr593m after a SFr200m capital increase approved at
an EGM in Lausanne yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The capital increase, the second in less than a year, was announced last
month when Adia revealed losses of SFr112.2m for the first nine months of
the year, compared with a loss of SFr219m for all of 1992.
</p>
<p>
The capital increases consist of SFr100m in new shares to be issued to a
consortium of banks which is converting its loans into equity and a SFr100m
rights issue which is being underwritten by Mr Klaus Jacobs, the chairman.
Following the increase, the group's equity would rise to SFr334m.
</p>
<p>
If shareholders take up their rights, Mr Jacobs will have a 51.04 per cent
stake in the group. If not, his stake will rise to 57.5 per cent. Adia said
it expected most shareholders would take up their rights.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Adia </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7361 Employment Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7361 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>235</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Rhone-Poulenc rethinks merger
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Rhone-Poulenc, the French chemicals and pharmaceuticals group, could modify
the terms of a proposed merger with Institut Merieux, following the
suspension of production of a blood product by the vaccines group, the
company said.
</p>
<p>
Pasteur Merieux Serums et Vaccins, a division of Institut Merieux, said on
Wednesday that it was suspending production of placenta albumin because of a
decision by the French health authorities to introduce extra precautions in
collecting human placentas, which are used to produce placenta albumin.
</p>
<p>
Pasteur Merieux will take a provision of about FFr100m (Dollars 16.9m) to
cover the suspension. As a result, Rhone-Poulenc, which owns 51 per cent of
Institut Merieux, will see its net profits reduced by about FFr70m this
year. It is expected to report full-year net profits about 30 per cent lower
than the FFr1.52bn of 1992.
</p>
<p>
Rhone-Poulenc, which was successfully privatised by the French government
last month, said that a decision would be taken by the middle of the month
about whether to alter the terms of an agreement to increase its stake in
Institut Merieux from 51 per cent to 100 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Under the terms of the agreement, which was announced at the beginning of
October, it was to offer minority investors 77 group shares for every five
shares in Institut Merieux. At the end of August, Institut Merieux had a
market capitalisation of FFr13.2bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Rhone-Poulenc </item>
<item> Institut Merieux </item>
<item> Pasteur Merieux Serums et Vaccins </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
<item> P2835 Diagnostic Substances </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
<item> P2835 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>273</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Dutch group raises forecast
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RONALD VAN DE KROL
<name type=place>AMSTERDAM</name></byline>
<p>
Internationale Nederlanden Group, the big Dutch financial services group,
has raised its profit forecast for 1993 after reporting an 11 per cent
increase in net profit for the first nine months of the year.
</p>
<p>
The improvement was due mainly to continued profit growth in virtually all
areas of banking, as well as to higher results in life insurance,
particularly in the Netherlands and North America. The rise also reflects
ING's withdrawal from the volatile and loss-making field of general
re-insurance.
</p>
<p>
Group net profit rose to Fl 1.39bn (Dollars 731m) in the first nine months
of 1993 from Fl 1.25bn the year before.
</p>
<p>
ING, which had previously forecast that profits would at least match the
1992 figure, is now predicting a 'moderate increase' in profits per share.
</p>
<p>
The group's banking operations turned in a 17.7 per cent rise in pre-tax
profit, outstripping the 6.2 per cent increase reported by ING's insurance
arm. ING, created out of the 1991 merger between the Netherlands' biggest
insurance company and its third-largest bank, is the leading Dutch proponent
of 'bancassurance', the combining of insurance and banking services in one
financial services group.
</p>
<p>
ING's profits in banking rose virtually across the board, both at home and
abroad, where ING Bank is a specialist in emerging markets banking. ING
Bank's relatively new offices in eastern Europe have already started
contributing to group profits, the company said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Internationale Nederlanden Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>278</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Nissan to acquire rest of
troubled Spanish offshoot </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN DONE, Motor Industry Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Nissan Motor, the Japanese carmaker, is to pay Pta9.38bn (Dollars 66.6m) to
buy the outstanding 29.7 per cent minority shareholding in Nissan Motor
Iberica, its Spanish subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
Nissan said Nissan Europe was offering Pta260 per share for the 36.09m
outstanding shares in NMISA. The shares last traded at Pta147 before they
were suspended on November 18 and traded at an average price of Pta205 in
the 30 days before the suspension.
</p>
<p>
The shares have plunged in the last four months from a high for the year of
Pta423 in August, as the company's losses have deepened. The share price
peaked at Pta3,312 in September 1987. Nissan said the terms of the bid had
been approved by the Spanish stock exchange commission.
</p>
<p>
Nissan Motor Iberica has run up heavy losses in the last two years, which
are forcing Nissan to undertake a radical financial restructuring in order
to comply with Spanish corporate solvency law.
</p>
<p>
Losses are expected to total around Pta40bn (Dollars 285m) in 1993, which
will wipe out around two thirds of the company's share capital, reducing it
from Pta60bn to around Pta20bn at the end of the year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Nissan Motor </item>
<item> Nissan Motor Iberica </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>247</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: P&amp;O in second China port investment </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SIMON DAVIES
<name type=place>HONG KONG</name></byline>
<p>
Peninsular &amp; Oriental Steam Navigation yesterday announced its second
investment in Chinese container ports in 10 days.
</p>
<p>
The group is to take a controlling stake in the Yangtze river port of
Zhangjiagang. The terminal is being expanded to develop two container
berths. P&amp;O believes it will become the focus of one of the main industrial
centres of central China.
</p>
<p>
The Zhangjiagang port can handle Panamax carriers, and the leading Chinese
shipping groups already operate services to ports around Asia. The total
cost of constructing the two berths will be about Dollars 50m (Pounds
33.5m).
</p>
<p>
Last week, P&amp;O joined forces with Hong Kong's Swire Pacific to purchase 50
per cent of the container terminal at Shekou, in the Pearl River delta, for
HKDollars 615m (Pounds 54m).
</p>
<p>
The investment in Zhangjiagang is less ambitious. The terminal is situated
about five hours upstream from Shanghai and currently has container capacity
of 150,000 trailer equivalent units.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4491 Marine Cargo Handling </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4491 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>199</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Ferranti's receivers warn about redundancy
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Ferranti International's joint administrative receivers, Mr John Talbot and
Mr Murdoch McKillop of Arthur Andersen, warned yesterday that some further
redundancies at the defence electronics group are inevitable.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday they held preliminary meetings with union and staff
representatives. Ferranti's workforce had already shrunk from over 22,000 to
about 3,700 in the last three years.
</p>
<p>
'Management had already identified a need for some reductions in overall
employment levels to bring production into line with anticipated 1994
business,' they explained. But no immediate decisions are being taken and
further discussions are planned.
</p>
<p>
'Our priority is to stabilise the company's trading operations,' the
receivers also said. They added that they were concentrating on restoring
trading to near-normality 'as soon as possible.' The two Arthur Andersen
partners have begun an initial investigation into the defence electronics
group's position.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3812 Search and Navigation Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>171</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Replacement side helps lift Anglian to
Pounds 12.2m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM BURT</byline>
<p>
Buoyant demand for replacement windows helped Anglian Group, the double
glazing company, increase pre-tax profits by 19 per cent to Pounds 12.2m in
the six months to October 2.
</p>
<p>
The self-proclaimed market leader said yesterday that a strong performance
by its retail division pushed turnover up 18 per cent to Pounds 84m (Pounds
71.4m).
</p>
<p>
The division, however, has come under increasing pressure to sustain the
group following the loss of lucrative contracts with the recently privatised
Property Services Agency.
</p>
<p>
Turnover in the commercial division, which handled work for the PSA,
declined 5 per cent and accounted for just 10 per cent of the half-year
total.
</p>
<p>
In the last financial year the value of Anglian's PSA contracts was
estimated at Pounds 15m, representing about 75 per cent of the commercial
division's business.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Herman, group finance director, admitted yesterday that the
privatisation - ending three years in which Anglian had enjoyed 'favoured
status' with the PSA - was a blow for the company.
</p>
<p>
'It has increased the pressure on our retail business to make up the
shortfall. If we get any work from the PSA's successors it will be a bonus,'
he said.
</p>
<p>
To shore up its commercial division, Anglian has pursued new local authority
contracts. The move follows its Pounds 8.5m acquisition in March this year
of New England Windows, which already supplies councils. NEW contributed
Pounds 6.97m to turnover, but margins on public sector work are expected to
shrink because spending cuts have forced councils to opt for low cost
products.
</p>
<p>
Mr Bill Hancock, chief executive, said the introduction of new products and
a sales drive in Scotland, north west England and the Midlands would help
the group 'continue its positive progress'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hancock also announced he will retire next September to make way for Mr
Ron Swift, managing director of the Anglian Windows subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share - restated on a pro-forma basis to take account of last
year's flotation - were up from 8.5p to 9.1p and an interim dividend of 4.1p
(3.7p) is declared.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
Anglian's shares closed 22p lower at 331p, reflecting concern at the loss of
the PSA business. However, the group's move to win local authority business
was likely to soften the blow in the long-term. The continuing strength,
meanwhile, of the retail division is expected to result in full year pre-tax
profits of Pounds 26.6m, putting the shares on a forward multiple of 16.5.
The group's ability to rely on its retail side should ensure continued
growth, although uncertainty over price cutting by competitors could depress
the share price further.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Anglian Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3089 Plastics Products, NEC </item>
<item> P1793 Glass and Glazing Work </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3089 </item>
<item> P1793 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>479</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: ICL makes Pounds 100m rights to bolster
balance sheet </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN CANE</byline>
<p>
ICL, the computer company is raising a total of Pounds 100m through a rights
issue, underwritten by its parent, Fujitsu of Japan.
</p>
<p>
Northern Telecom of Canada, which holds 20 per cent of ICL, is not taking up
its entitlement resulting in Fujitsu's stake rising from 80 per cent to 84
per cent.
</p>
<p>
Fujitsu is subscribing for 77m new shares for Pounds 50m, giving it an
entitlement to warrants to subscribe for a further Pounds 50m of new shares
next year. It has agreed to exercise the warrants in November 1994.
</p>
<p>
It is the first time since 1982 that ICL has sought further equity and
reflects the company's pessimistic view of trading conditions for the next
two years. Mr Peter Bonfield, chairman and chief executive, said the issue
was to strengthen the balance sheet as a precaution against continuing
structural upheaval in the industry.
</p>
<p>
'Against this background,' he said, 'it is more important than ever that we
approach the next few years from the strongest possible financial base.
</p>
<p>
'I may be more cautious than I need be, but I believe a number of
information technology companies are going to find themselves seriously
short of cash and that access to money will become as big a problem as
access to technology.'
</p>
<p>
The proceeds will be used to cut borrowings, giving gearing of between 20
per cent and 30 per cent against the present 50 per cent to 60 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Fujitsu took over ICL, formerly a subsidiary of STC, at the end of 1990. The
two companies have since operated at arms length, partly in preparation for
ICL's return to the London stock market, now unlikely for at least three
years. As a consequence, Fujitsu's further investment has been treated as a
formal rights issue.
</p>
<p>
ICL has proved the only consistently profitable European computer maker over
the past few years as red ink has engulfed its French, German and Italian
competitors.
</p>
<p>
Profitability has been falling, however. Last year the group recorded
pre-tax profits of Pounds 60.6m on turnover of Pounds 2.48bn. Mr Bonfield
did not see appreciably better results for the next two years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> ICL </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3571 Electronic Computers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3571 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>395</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: P&amp;O invests in another Chinese container
port </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SIMON DAVIES
<name type=place>HONG KONG</name></byline>
<p>
Peninsular &amp; Oriental Steam Navigation yesterday announced its second
investment in Chinese container ports in 10 days.
</p>
<p>
The group is to take a controlling stake in the Yangtze river port of
Zhangjiagang.
</p>
<p>
The terminal is being expanded to develop two container berths, and P&amp;O
believes it will become the focus of one of the main industrial centres of
central China, between the cities of Wuxi, Suzhou and Changzhou.
</p>
<p>
The Zhangjiagang port can handle Panamax carriers, and the leading Chinese
shipping groups already operate services to ports around Asia. The total
cost of constructing the two berths will be about Dollars 50m (Pounds
33.5m).
</p>
<p>
Last week, P&amp;O joined forces with Hong Kong's Swire Pacific to purchase 50
per cent of the container terminal at Shekou, in the Pearl River delta, for
HKDollars 615m (Pounds 54m).
</p>
<p>
The port will have container throughput of 1.1m TEU's.
</p>
<p>
The investment in Zhangjiagang is less ambitious.
</p>
<p>
The terminal is situated approximately five hours upstream from Shanghai and
currently has container capacity of 150,000 TEU's. However, the investment
underlines the group's determination to develop its transport-related
activities throughout China.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brian Baillie, deputy chairman of P&amp;O Asia, said that growth in
export-oriented manufacturing around Zhangjiagang was similar to that of the
Pearl River delta, which in the past decade has become one of the world's
biggest export-processing centres.
</p>
<p>
P&amp;O has bought the majority of a company which owns 51 per cent of the port,
but Mr Baillie would not reveal the amount of P&amp;O's investment.
</p>
<p>
The Chinese government has been anxious to bring in foreign expertise to
improve the efficiency of its ports.
</p>
<p>
Mr Li Ka-shing's Hutchison group has already taken stakes in the ports of
Zhuhai, Yantian and Shanghai, while the late Sir YK Pao's Wharf (Holdings)
has secured the deep water port of Ningbo.
</p>
<p>
Mr Baillie said P&amp;O was analysing a number of other investment opportunities
for ports along the Yangtze,and in north-eastern China.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4491 Marine Cargo Handling </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4491 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>367</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Graseby sells offshoot </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Graseby has sold its Graseby Keltek offshoot to its management for a minimum
of Pounds 3.17m of which Pounds 2.56m has been paid on completion and the
balance over three years.
</p>
<p>
The final price will be determined when the purchased net asset values have
been determined.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Graseby </item>
<item> Graseby Keltek </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Buy-in &amp; Buy-out </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3679 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>82</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Butte Mining cuts loss to Pounds 0.54m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Butte Mining, the UK quoted company whose main activity is prosecuting US
lawsuits - it is seeking damages of Dollars 975m (Pounds 654m) from former
managers and promoters - cut its loss for the year to June from Pounds 10.5m
to Pounds 540,000.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share narrowed from 4.5p to 0.2p. The company said the reduced
deficit resulted from the disposal of lossmaking assets and cost cutting.
</p>
<p>
The company was unable to dispose of its shareholding in VAM, a lossmaking
Australian gold producer, and a provisional liquidator was appointed in
March. The liquidator has arranged for VAM to be refloated and, if this is
completed early next year, Butte will receive about Pounds 350,000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Butte Mining </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>150</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Monks Inv Trust net asset value rises </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Net asset value per share at Monks Investment Trust increased from 472.2p to
575.5p over the six months to October 31.
</p>
<p>
Net revenue for the period was Pounds 3.53m (Pounds 4m) for earnings per
share of 4.55p (5.15p). The interim dividend is maintained at 2p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Monks Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>82</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Northumbrian Water expands </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Northumbrian Water Group, through its waste management subsidiary, has
acquired Enviricare, a waste collection and transport company. The precise
terms were not divulged.
</p>
<p>
Enviricare has 20 per cent of the waste transport market in the region with
more than 500 clients, including large supermarkets and chain stores.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Northumbrian Water Group </item>
<item> Enviricare </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
<item> P4953 Refuse Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
<item> P4953 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>85</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Angerstein invests Pounds 58m in portfolio
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Angerstein Underwriting Trust has invested about Pounds 58m in a portfolio
of UK equities designed to replicate the constituents of the FT-SE 100
Index.
</p>
<p>
The trust has also invested in a put option, expiring in September 1994, to
protect against a fall of more than 5 per cent in the value of the
portfolio.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Angerstein Underwriting Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>90</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Wrexham Water ahead at Pounds 1.74m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Profits of the Wrexham and East Denbighshire Water Company rose from Pounds
1.07m to Pounds 1.74m pre-tax for the half year ended September 30.
</p>
<p>
The improvement mainly reflected the completion of remedial work at the
company's raw water reservoirs in 1992-93.
</p>
<p>
Turnover expanded from Pounds 5.15m to Pounds 5.52m. The interim dividend on
the participating ordinary stock is lifted from 40p to 46p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Wrexham and East Denbighshire Water Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>101</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: UniChem in further expansion moves </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
UniChem, the pharmaceutical distributor and retailer, has announced further
expansion in the form of an acquisition and a distributorship.
</p>
<p>
E Moss (Moss Chemists), the retail subsidiary, has acquired Gerald Hughes
Chemist, based in Reading, Berkshire, for a maximum Pounds 660,000, to be
satisfied by Pounds 380,000 in cash and the issue of 105,889 shares.
</p>
<p>
In addition, UniChem has been appointed sole distributor in Scotland by
Numark, the own brand of independent pharmacies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> UniChem </item>
<item> E Moss (Moss Chemists) </item>
<item> Gerald Hughes Chemist </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5122 Drugs, Proprietaries, and Sundries </item>
<item> P5912 Drug Stores and Proprietary Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5122 </item>
<item> P5912 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>124</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Scottish Inv Trust debenture issue </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Scottish Investment Trust has increased its total debenture borrowing to
more than Pounds 77m through the placing of a Pounds 50m issue with the
Royal Bank of Scotland. The issue has a coupon of 7.75 per cent and is
redeemable in 2013.
</p>
<p>
The independently-managed trust, which has assets exceeding Pounds 825m,
said a proportion of the funds would be invested in the UK equity market.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Scottish Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>100</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Inchcape in Far Eastern venture </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Inchcape, the international services and marketing group, has formed a joint
venture with LA Gear of the US to market, distribute and sell LA Gear
branded footwear, apparel and accessories in selected south-east Asian
markets.
</p>
<p>
Operations of the joint venture will begin in Singapore, Malaysia and
Indonesia and will subsequently extend into other markets, including China.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Inchcape </item>
<item> LA Gear Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P3149 Footwear, Ex Rubber, NEC </item>
<item> P5139 Footwear </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P3149 </item>
<item> P5139 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>109</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Castings advances to Pounds 1.97m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Pre-tax profits at Castings advanced 24 per cent to Pounds 1.97m in the six
months to September 30, against Pounds 1.59m. Turnover was 12 per cent ahead
at Pounds 18.3m, compared with Pounds 16.3m.
</p>
<p>
The shares for this West Midlands-based maker of iron castings advanced 10p
to 208p.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brian Cooke, chairman, said it was the first time since the year to March
1991 that the company had seen a return to reasonable levels of trading at
all companies. Margins, though not at previous levels, were satisfactory.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share were 6.25p (5.05p) and the interim dividend is raised to
1.55p (1.3p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Castings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3322 Malleable Iron Foundries </item>
<item> P3321 Gray and Ductile Iron Foundries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3322 </item>
<item> P3321 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>142</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Labels depress Tinsley Robor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Tinsley Robor, the printing and packaging group, reported pre-tax profits of
Pounds 12,000 for the six months to September 30, against losses of Pounds
132,000. For the full year to March 1993 the group returned to the black
with Pounds 15,000.
</p>
<p>
Ongoing losses at Howards Printers, the label printing subsidiary, continued
to depress group results, Mr John Rose, chairman, said. Elsewhere trading
continued at tight margins with volumes maintained but expected growth had
not materialised.
</p>
<p>
The new specialist music industry printing plant at Uden in the Netherlands,
completed its first orders in August, Mr Rose said. Start-up costs of Pounds
206,000 were included in the results.
</p>
<p>
Most of the Pounds 1.9m capital expenditure during the period related to the
Uden plant. Spending in the second half would be much reduced, he said.
</p>
<p>
Turnover grew from Pounds 12.4m to Pounds 13.1m. Losses per share were cut
to 0.2p (0.4p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Tinsley Robor </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2754 Commercial Printing, Gravure </item>
<item> P2671 Paper Coated and Laminated, Packaging </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2754 </item>
<item> P2671 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>188</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAFAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Micro Focus shares fall 16% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN CANE</byline>
<p>
Shares in Micro Focus, the Berkshire-based computer software house, closed
16 per cent down at Pounds 10.58p on a warning that profits were unlikely to
match revenue growth in the second half of the current year.
</p>
<p>
In February the shares touched a peak of Pounds 30, but have since been
declining.
</p>
<p>
Mr Paul O'Grady, chairman and chief executive, attributed the profits
slowdown to three factors. First, customers were confused by the plethora of
new technologies available. The increased time being taken on spending
decisions was causing a temporary slowdown in the growth of spending on
Micro Focus products.
</p>
<p>
Second, the large computer manufacturers, who had been buying the company's
software tools in substantial quantities to market with their hardware, had
seen their own businesses decline and this had adversely affected Micro
Focus sales.
</p>
<p>
Third, a new and advanced software product, PL/1, was still in the later
stages of customer acceptance testing and was due for first deliveries in
late-December. It would make little difference to turnover in the current
year.
</p>
<p>
Mr O'Grady concluded: 'This means that I foresee some revenue growth in the
current fiscal half year, but it will be difficult to achieve sequential
earnings growth in dollars compared with the first half.'
</p>
<p>
In the first half to July 31, pre-tax profits grew by 20 per cent to Pounds
11.6m on sales of Pounds 40m. In dollar terms, however, pre-tax profits fell
from Dollars 17.6m to Dollars 17.4m.
</p>
<p>
Micro Focus develops software tools that make it possible for companies to
develop large software systems on personal computers.
</p>
<p>
The company's shares fell sharply in August after a US analyst issued a sell
note - some 20 per cent of Micro Focus stock is held as ADRs, so US
investment sentiment has a powerful effect on the company's share price.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday analysts said they were confused by the company's explanations for
the projected slow-down; US analysts were especially strident. Their UK
colleagues have cut their full-year earnings projection from between Pounds
27m and Pounds 30m to between Pounds 22m and Pounds 23m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Micro Focus Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7372 Prepackaged Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7372 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>379</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Hays to pull out of insurance broking </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
HAYS, the business services group, has decided to transfer its in-house
insurance business to Alexander &amp; Alexander, the international brokers based
in the US.
</p>
<p>
The group has consequently agreed to sell its St Olaf insurance broking
business to a management buy-out. St Olaf will continue with its non-Hays
clients, which comprise a substantial minority of its current business.
</p>
<p>
Hays said this move would produce ongoing annual savings of more than Pounds
600,000. The changes will result in some 20 redundancies, about half the St
Olaf staff, although some may be re-employed by Alexander &amp; Alexander.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ronnie Frost, executive chairman of Hays, said: 'Hays does not view
insurance broking as a long-term activity, and as the group becomes
increasingly international, it requires an international rather than a UK
broker to service its insurance needs fully and cost-effectively.
</p>
<p>
The move would allow St Olaf's management to devote their time to servicing
their portfolio of clients.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hays </item>
<item> Alexander and Alexander </item>
<item> St Olaf Insurance Brokers </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7389 Business Services, NEC </item>
<item> P6411 Insurance Agents, Brokers, and Service </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Buy-in &amp; Buy-out </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7389 </item>
<item> P6411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>219</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Baring stable launches emerging Europe
trust </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP COGGAN, Personal Finance Editor</byline>
<p>
Baring Investment Management is attempting to raise between Dollars 40m and
Dollars 120m (Pounds 80.5m) for a new investment trust which will invest in
southern and eastern Europe.
</p>
<p>
The Baring Emerging Europe Trust will concentrate on Greece, Portugal and
Turkey in the Mediterranean region and on Poland, Hungary and the Czech
Republic in eastern Europe.
</p>
<p>
The managers argue that political changes, low labour costs, the potential
for faster economic, and therefore corporate earnings, growth make emerging
Europe an attractive investment opportunity.
</p>
<p>
Warburg Securities is arranging the offer which will consist of ordinary
shares with warrants attached on a 1-for-5 basis. Shareholders will have the
right to wind up the trust after 10 years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Baring Investment Management </item>
<item> Baring Emerging Europe Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>164</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Enlightened Tobacco placing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Enlightened Tobacco Company yesterday announ-ced that its private
placing of 1.25m shares at Pounds 1 had been fully subscribed.
</p>
<p>
The company, which claims a corporate ethos of an honest approach to
cigarette marketing, sells cigarettes under the Death brand name, which it
said had proved very popular with its target market of 18 to 34-year-olds.
</p>
<p>
A new brand, Death Lights - to be marketed as Slow Death - is also planned
for the new year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Enlightened Tobacco </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>106</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Scapa hits Pounds 22m and buys French tape
maker </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
Scapa Group, the industrial materials group which mainly supplies the paper
industry, yesterday announced a European acquisition, a second enhanced
scrip dividend and an 11 per cent increase in interim pre-tax profits to
Pounds 22.2m.
</p>
<p>
The group is buying Barnier, a French specialist tape manufacturer, from the
Borden Group in a deal worth Pounds 20m. The Blackburn-based company said
this developed its strategy of building a substantial international business
in specialist tapes.
</p>
<p>
Barnier, which exports a third of its products, last year made pre-tax
profits of Pounds 2m on sales of Pounds 25m. Scapa, which entered the
speciality tapes market in 1986, has since made acquisitions in the UK,
France and Italy.
</p>
<p>
The Barnier acquisition will be funded from Scapa's existing cash resources.
Barnier, founded in 1917, employs 260 people and has two manufacturing bases
in Valence, France, with further sales and distribution operations in
Dusseldorf and Barcelona.
</p>
<p>
Mr Harry Tuley, Scapa's chairman, said: 'Annual turnover from our specialist
tapes businesses will now be in excess of Pounds 70m, making us one of the
largest manufacturers of specialist adhesive tapes in Europe.'
</p>
<p>
Group sales for the six months to September 30 rose by 19 per cent to Pounds
187.2m. Scapa said only five percentage points of that was organic growth,
the rest coming from acquisitions and the effect of foreign currency
translation.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share increased to 6.1p (5.7p) and the interim dividend is
lifted from 1.6p to 1.65p. Scapa is again offering an enhanced scrip worth
2.475p, an increase of 50 per cent over the cash dividend. BZW is offering a
cash alternative worth at least 2.426p, worth 98 per cent of the enhanced
scrip.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tuley said Scapa had made a second enhanced scrip issue because the group
could still profitably employ the cash saved in the business, but the board
would not seek to renew the authority for issuing enhanced scrip dividends
next year.
</p>
<p>
The chairman said the results demonstrated Scapa's resilience against a
background of continuing economic recession in its main markets, and the
group had increased market share. The extended recession had been coupled
with continuing problems of over-capacity in the paper industry in both
western Europe and the US.
</p>
<p>
Scapa is about to open a new plant for engineered fabrics in Malaysia, the
group's first factory in its rapidly growing markets of south-east Asia.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Scapa Group </item>
<item> Barnier </item>
<item> Borden Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3554 Paper Industries Machinery </item>
<item> P2295 Coated Fabrics, Not Rubberized </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3554 </item>
<item> P2295 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>452</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Pricing of 160p puts Pounds 50.7m tag on
Telspec </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Shares in Telspec, the elect-ronic telecommunications equipment manufacturer
which is coming to market through a placing with institutional investors,
were priced at 160p yesterday, valuing the Rochester-based group at Pounds
50.7m.
</p>
<p>
The group designs and manufactures advanced equipment which enables its
customers such as British Telecommunications, Telecom Australia and Deutsche
Telekom, to improve the efficiency of their networks and reduces the cost of
installing, expanding or extending local telephone services.
</p>
<p>
Telspec said it expected pre-tax profits of at least Pounds 3.3m in the year
to December 31.
</p>
<p>
Last year it made profits of Pounds 3.36m before tax on sales of Pounds
18.2m.
</p>
<p>
The flotation price represents a multiple of 20.1 times forecast earnings
per share for the current year; the notional gross dividend yield is 2 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
The 12.65m share placing was completed by Credit Lyonnais Laing and will
raise about Pounds 20.2m, including Pounds 5m net of expenses, which will be
used to fund increased capital expenditure and expand overseas service and
support facilities.
</p>
<p>
Mr Frank Hackett-Jones, Telspec's founder and chairman, retains a 60.1 per
cent interest in the group.
</p>
<p>
He said the company had just won a Pounds 7m order for advanced digital
telecommunications equipment from Deutsche Telekom.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Telspec </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3661 Telephone and Telegraph Apparatus </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3661 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>242</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Yorkshire-Tyne Tees deficit expected to
grow to Pounds 8.5m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
Losses for the 12 months to the end of September at Yorkshire-Tyne Tees, the
financially troubled ITV company, are likely to be higher than expected.
</p>
<p>
Last month the company issued a formal statement saying that a deficit was
likely for the year.
</p>
<p>
All the signs were that the expected loss, mainly caused by controversial
methods of selling advertising such as trying to pull forward revenue by
heavy discounting, could be contained at a pre-tax loss of about Pounds 5m.
</p>
<p>
It is believed that Yorkshire-Tyne Tees has now decided not to include a
discount on its subscription to the national ITV network in the 1992-93 year
because it will not be paid until early next year.
</p>
<p>
A discount of some Pounds 3.5m is expected because of the fall in
Yorkshire-Tyne Tees' share of net advertising revenue - the basis on which
network programme costs are allocated.
</p>
<p>
As a result pre-tax losses of the company, in which Pearson, owners of the
Financial Times, has a stake, are likely to be in the region of Pounds 8.5m.
</p>
<p>
There is,however, a realistic possibility of a return to profit in the
current financial year.
</p>
<p>
Despite its problems Yorkshire is being examined by a number of possible
predators, including LWT which already owns 14 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Any purchase by another ITV company, however, would require the immediate
disposal of Tyne Tees because under proposed new government rules an ITV
company, outside London, can hold two broadcasting licences but no more.
</p>
<p>
The new rules, due to come into effect on January 1, will be debated in the
House of Commons next Wednesday and by the House of Lords on December 13.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Yorkshire-Tyne Tees Television Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P7812 Motion Picture and Video Production </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
<item> P7812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>324</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Growth in advertising boosts Metro Radio
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRIS TIGHE</byline>
<p>
Increasing interest in radio as an advertising medium and signs of returning
consumer confidence helped Metro Radio Group, the USM-quoted radio station
operator, increase pre-tax profits by 27 per cent to Pounds 2.36m in the
year to September 30, against Pounds 1.86m .
</p>
<p>
The group operates seven independent radio stations in north-east England
and Yorkshire.
</p>
<p>
Advertising revenue rose by 17 per cent to Pounds 14.7m (Pounds 12.6m).
Local and regional revenue was 23 per cent higher. A strong recovery in the
second half resulted in a national revenue increase of 1.9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Turnover rose to Pounds 17.7m (Pounds 15.2m). Net debt dropped 38 per cent
to Pounds 1.47m (Pounds 2.36m).
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share rose by 25 per cent to 9.4p (7.5p) and the total dividend
goes up 10 per cent to 5.5p (5p) via a final of 4p.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Josephs, managing director, said the increase in advertising demand
had been across the board,but growth areas had been motor manufacturers and
dealers and retailers of furniture and white goods.
</p>
<p>
The arrival in the marketplace of Classic FM and Virgin had raised radio
advertising's profile, he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Neil Robinson, chairman, said the group had made an excellent start to
the new financial year, with advertising revenue well ahead.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Metro Radio Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4832 Radio Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4832 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>248</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Heywood shares leap after bullish forecast
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM BURT</byline>
<p>
Shares in Heywood Williams, the building materials group, rose sharply
yesterday after it forecast a sixfold rise in pre-tax profits to Pounds 34m
for the year to December 31, against Pounds 5.5m.
</p>
<p>
The bullish forecast was announced along with plans to buy Bristol Products,
a US plumbing components manufacturer and distributor, for Dollars 81.2m
(Pounds 54.9m), including the repayment of borrowings.
</p>
<p>
The acquisition, complementing the group's purchase of US building group
LaSalle-Deitch earlier this year, will be funded by a 1-for-4 rights issue
to raise Pounds 50.6m.
</p>
<p>
Strong growth in existing businesses was forecast to push earnings per share
ahead to 14.8p (1.7p).
</p>
<p>
The shares rose 43p to 387p following the announcement, before closing at
384p.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ralph Hinchliffe, Heywood's chairman, said Bristol would help the group
develop its niche business in the US, where LaSalle distributes building
products to the manufactured housing and recreational vehicle industries.
</p>
<p>
Bristol was a rival bidder for LaSalle, and the Indiana-based company
approached Heywood after it failed.
</p>
<p>
Bristol's management, which is forecasting profits of Dollars 12.5m in the
year to November 30, will be kept in place.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
Heywood Williams has seen a marked improvement in its share price since it
sold most of its glass business to Pilkington earlier this year. Since then
it has turned its back on the construction industry and concentrated on auto
glass sales in the UK and the growing manufactured housing and recreation
vehicle market in the US. Future acquisitions are now likely in the UK,
where it wants to keep at least 40 per cent of its business. If the rights
issue is fully taken up, it will certainly be in a position to do so with
cash balances of up to Pounds 10m and shareholders' funds of Pounds 120m.
Following yesterday's announcement, brokers upgraded pre-tax profits
forecasts for 1994 by Pounds 11m to Pounds 39m, putting the shares on a
multiple ratio of 16. The positive sentiment and upgrading appears to make
Heywood a good long-term buy.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Heywood Williams Group </item>
<item> Bristol Products </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3442 Metal Doors, Sash and Trim </item>
<item> P3261 Vitreous Plumbing Fixtures </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3442 </item>
<item> P3261 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>392</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Severn Trent held back by decline in demand
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PEGGY HOLLINGER</byline>
<p>
Severn Trent, the privatised water utility, yesterday announced interim
pre-tax profits of Pounds 146.9m, held back by a decline in demand from
commercial and industrial customers and higher interest charges.
</p>
<p>
Pre-tax profits were 4.3 per cent higher than last year's reported Pounds
140.8m. However, on a comparable basis following accounting changes last
year, pre-tax profits fell from Pounds 148.3m.
</p>
<p>
Turnover for the six months to September 30 rose by 6.7 per cent to Pounds
489.8m. Interest charges were more than doubled at Pounds 23.2m (Pounds
11m).
</p>
<p>
Mr Roderick Paul, chief executive, said the results reflected 'tight cost
controls in the business'.
</p>
<p>
Direct operating costs, excluding East Worcester Water, the recently
acquired supplier, were 1.3 per cent lower in the first half.
</p>
<p>
Mr Paul said Biffa, the waste management company acquired for Pounds 212m in
1991, had contributed operating profits 10 per cent higher at Pounds 6.6m.
Turnover was 15 per cent up at Pounds 58.1m. Biffa was, however, still some
way from covering interim interest costs of about Pounds 12m.
</p>
<p>
The other non-regulated businesses declined at the operating level from
Pounds 1.6m to Pounds 600,000. Mr Paul said this was largely due to Pounds
1.2m in marketing costs for the international operation.
</p>
<p>
The core UK regulated water business benefited from cost cutting and
production efficiencies, contributing a 12 per cent rise in operating
profits to Pounds 167m. Sales were 5 per cent up at Pounds 394.1m.
</p>
<p>
Severn suffered an 8 per cent fall in consumption by its top 1,500
commercial customers.
</p>
<p>
Capital expenditure of Pounds 470m was budgeted this year, down from Pounds
550m, with a further decline to roughly Pounds 400m next year. The interim
dividend is lifted to 7.55p (7p), payable from earnings 5 per cent higher at
39.4p.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
The good news came where least expected at Severn Trent. Biffa, long the
focus of unhappy controversy over the price paid and onerous financing
commitments, appears to have more than held its own; at least, compared with
Shanks &amp; McEwan. Still, cynics argue any contribution after financing costs
could be up to a decade away. The decline in operating costs was expected,
but could work against Severn in the price review next year. There is a
possibility that Ofwat will squeeze the efficient Severn harder to allow
others with greater commitments leeway. Given such uncertainties, Severn
appears fully valued. Full-year forecasts are for Pounds 275m pre-tax, with
a dividend of 22.8p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Severn Trent </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
<item> P4952 Sewerage Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
<item> P4952 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>450</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAE0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Hanson shares tumble 15 3/4p </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Shares in Hanson tumbled 15 3/4p to 268 1/2p yesterday as investors took to
heart the cautious tone of the statement - including a warning there could
be Pounds 275m negative swing in interest costs in 1994 - and the lack of a
dividend increase.
</p>
<p>
Mr Derek Bonham, chief executive, said the holding of the dividend had been
a particularly difficult decision, and he thought it the first time in the
group's 30 year history that it had not been increased when final results
were announced.
</p>
<p>
He admitted being conscious that Hanson was a yield stock, but said with
dividend cover at 1.3 times, the earnings outlook dull in the short term,
and the Peabody coal strike still unresolved, Hanson had felt unable to
increase the dividend.
</p>
<p>
However, he said the issue would be under constant review, and hoped that as
trading turned up, and subject to the outlook for 1995, an increase might be
forthcoming later in 1994. Hanson pays dividends quarterly.
</p>
<p>
He doubted whether the Foreign Income Dividend scheme, detailed in the
Budget, would be beneficial to Hanson. 'We must satisfy all our
shareholders. FIDs are a massive turn-off for tax exempt investors.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Bill Landuyt, finance director, said the corporation tax provisions in
the Budget would have little effect on Hanson, and the group would 'look for
every legal way to reduce tax'. The 11p increase in duty on 20 cigarettes
would be harmful to volumes at Imperial Tobacco, while cuts in the road
building programme would affect ARC.
</p>
<p>
Group turnover in the year to September 30 was Pounds 9.76bn (Pounds 8.8bn)
and operating profits fell from Pounds 1.07bn to Pounds 978m, affected by
the Pounds 125m cost of the US coal strike but a Pounds 87m benefit from
exchange rate moves. Exceptionals, profits on disposals less closure costs,
added Pounds 24m (Pounds 172m).
</p>
<p>
Lower rates cut net interest income from Pounds 46m to Pounds 14m, leaving
pre-tax profits at Pounds 1.02bn (Pounds 1.29bn). The fall in UK interest
rates, the lack of high yielding long-term deposits fixed in 1992 and higher
borrowings due to acquisitions, could add Pounds 275m to interest charges in
1994.
</p>
<p>
Earnings, excluding exceptionals, were 14.1p (18.5p).
</p>
<p>
A fall in operating profits from industrial activities to Pounds 291m
(Pounds 393m) was not quite offset by a rise from Pounds 390m to Pounds 443m
in consumer products and from Pounds 257m to Pounds 301m in building
products.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hanson </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>439</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News in Brief: Peek </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
PEEK, the multinational traffic and field data systems group, is paying
Pounds 1.85m for Elequip, a subsidiary of Silvermines. Price will be
satisfied by Pounds 400,000 in cash and balance by issue of ordinary shares.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Peek </item>
<item> Elequip </item>
<item> Silvermines </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3812 Search and Navigation Equipment </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3812 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>82</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News in Brief: Linton Park </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
LINTON PARK is to buy British African Tea Estates (Holdings) from Lawrie for
Pounds 2.4m, subject to an adjustment, which will be satisfied by the issue
of 923,077 new shares at 260p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Linton Park </item>
<item> British African Tea Estates (Holdings) </item>
<item> Lawrie Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0831 Forest Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0831 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>74</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News in Brief: Genton International </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
GENTON International offer for Anglo-Eastern Plantations has gone
unconditional. At 3pm on November 25, Genton and its concert parties, owned
and had received acceptances in respect of 13.41m AEP shares (51.19 per
cent). Offer will remain open until December 9.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Genton International </item>
<item> Anglo-Eastern Plantations </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0831 Forest Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0831 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>75</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News in Brief: Danka Business Systems </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
DANKA BUSINESS Systems is acquiring the photocopying interests of Murray
International Holdings for Pounds 1.7m cash. The acquired companies' most
recent accounts showed a pre-tax loss of Pounds 350,000 on turnover of
Pounds 10.5m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Danka Business Systems </item>
<item> Murray International Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5044 Office Equipment </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5044 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>79</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Schlumberger sale to management </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Schlumberger, the oilfield services company, is selling its transducer and
instruments group to a management team led by Mr Phil Tempest, currently
group managing director.
</p>
<p>
Funds advised by Schroder Ventures are supporting the buy-out of the group
which will be known as Solartron.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Schlumberger </item>
<item> Solartron </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3533 Oil and Gas Field Machinery </item>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Buy-in &amp; Buy-out </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3533 </item>
<item> P3679 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>91</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Kingfisher takes stake in German office
supplier </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NEIL BUCKLEY</byline>
<p>
Kingfisher, the retailing group, is buying a 33 per cent stake in
Maxi-Papier-Markt, the German office superstore group for DM20m (Pounds
7.9m). The purchase follows its move into France through the takeover
earlier this year of Darty, the electrical retailer.
</p>
<p>
The agreement also involves Staples, the US office superstore chain
investing a further DM20m in Maxi-Papier, which was founded in 1989 and
operates 11 office discount stores in Germany, lifting its holding to 49 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
Kingfisher and Staples formed a joint venture last year to develop office
superstores in the UK.
</p>
<p>
Sir Geoffrey Mulcahy, chairman of Kingfisher, which also owns the B&amp;Q,
Comet, Woolworths and Superdrug chains, said its entry into the German
market was a direct result of its relationship with Staples.
</p>
<p>
'Staples' and Maxi-Papier's expertise in the office supplies industry
combined with our own retail experience will enable us to expand and grow
this business,' he added.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Kingfisher </item>
<item> Maxi-Papier-Markt </item>
<item> Staples Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5331 Variety Stores </item>
<item> P5943 Stationery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5331 </item>
<item> P5943 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>201</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAETFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: All-round advance lifts Leeds 31% to Pounds
7.23m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER PEARSE</byline>
<p>
Leeds Group, the West Yorkshire-based textile dyer and printer, increased
pre-tax profits by 31 per cent from Pounds 5.53m to Pounds 7.23m over the
year to September 30.
</p>
<p>
The group is proposing to lift the annual dividend by 16 per cent and make a
1-for-2 scrip issue.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robert Wade, chairman, said that the dividend rise - up to 8.5p (7.33p
adjusted for last year's scrip) via a 5.75p final - was the 27th consecutive
annual increase for the group.
</p>
<p>
Turnover expanded 14 per cent to Pounds 47.1m (Pounds 41.3m), though Mr Wade
pointed out that a 30 per cent fall in wool prices for the second year
running and the reduction in output at the Walsden factory hid an increase
in volumes of about 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The fire at Walsden made its way on to the profit and loss account via
credits of Pounds 572,000 and Pounds 286,000 for business interruption
insurance and material damage insurance respectively.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wade said the group was having to look for future profits not from price
increases, but rather cost cutting, higher volumes and other such measures.
</p>
<p>
He said that about 30 per cent of the group's output went abroad, though the
Japanese and European markets remained depressed. The Middle East was 'quite
good, though not as good as last time', but new markets, such as Taiwan,
South Korea, Thailand and Singapore, were doing well.
</p>
<p>
'All divisions of the group contributed to the increased profit,' said Mr
Wade, with the two Dutch companies acquired in April for an initial Pounds
2.49m contributing Pounds 553,000, and the leasing side, often thought
anomalous, making Pounds 356,000 (Pounds 286,000).
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share, including the material damage insurance, emerged at
28.5p and excluding it at 26.9p, against 22.1p last time.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Leeds Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2269 Finishing Plants, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2269 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>334</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAESFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Linread gives full year warning </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Linread, the components and fasteners group, warned yesterday that its
pre-tax profits for 1993 would be lower than market forecasts, but ahead of
last year's Pounds 810,000.
</p>
<p>
Profits would be held back by redundancy charges roughly double the Pounds
268,000 for the first half. The shares closed down 8p at 98p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Linread </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3452 Bolts, Nuts, Rivets, and Washers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3452 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 19</biblScope>
<extent>86</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAERFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Royal Doulton ends first day 14p up </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PEGGY HOLLINGER</byline>
<p>
Shares in Royal Doulton, the fine china manufacturer demerged from media
parent Pearson, ended the first day of trading 14p higher than the opening
quoted price of 193p, valuing the company at Pounds 113.8m.
</p>
<p>
A group of three UK institutions is believed to have led the buying as media
investors sought to shed the shares. The institutions are also thought to be
existing Pearson investors.
</p>
<p>
A total of 23.9m shares were traded, the second largest volume after Hanson.
</p>
<p>
Pearson shareholders were offered one Royal Doulton share for every 10 held
in the parent, which owns the Financial Times.
</p>
<p>
Pearson shares closed Wednesday at 614p. They opened at 594p, reflecting the
demerger of Royal Doulton, but gained 3p during the day to close at 597p.
</p>
<p>
Analysts said buyers of Royal Doulton shares were focusing on the
longer-term.
</p>
<p>
The company has made it clear that the current year will be depressed by
redundancy and restructuring costs. It reported a Pounds 2.1m loss for the
six months to June 26 and a profit of Pounds 8.4m (Pounds 15.5m) for 1992.
There were no comparable first-half figures for 1992.
</p>
<p>
The forecasts for next year range from Pounds 10m to Pounds 17m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Royal Doulton </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3269 Pottery Products, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3269 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>237</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Compass moves onto a new heading </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
Compass, the catering group that already has links with Pizza Hut and Burger
King, yesterday added the name of Roux to the menu, writes David Blackwell.
</p>
<p>
The group has paid about Pounds 900,000 for the 11 catering contracts
managed by the Roux brothers. It will launch a special executive service to
be known as Roux Fine Dining.
</p>
<p>
Mr Albert Roux described it as 'a perfect marriage.' The Roux business would
benefit from the experience, wide customer base and financial expertise of
Compass. Both Albert and Michel Roux will be involved in the business.
</p>
<p>
Mr Francis Mackay, Compass chief executive, said the link would complete the
jigsaw of businesses that would enable his group to cater from schools to
boardroom level.
</p>
<p>
Last May Compass reported interim pre-tax profits up from Pounds 17m to
Pounds 18.2m on sales ahead by 19 per cent at Pounds 209.4m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Compass Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>183</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Brent Walker approaches vital Hill deadline
amid acrimony </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Brent Walker is rapidly approaching a vital deadline in its efforts to sell
or refinance William Hill, its betting shop business. A decision is required
on Monday.
</p>
<p>
Discussions are understood to have become fraught, with accusations flying
and banks complaining of strong-arm tactics.
</p>
<p>
Advisers believe that if the flotation course is to be pursued, a decision
must be made early next week. This is so that a marketing campaign can begin
in time to manage a successful float by the March 1 deadline for the
repayment of William Hill's debt.
</p>
<p>
Lenders to William Hill are only concerned with getting their loans repaid
on time. This can be achieved either through a flotation, a sale to a group
of venture capitalists which has put in an offer, or by the Brent Walker
banks taking on the William Hill debt.
</p>
<p>
Standard Chartered and Lloyds Bank, lead banks to Brent Walker, appear
determined to adopt the latter course, refinancing Hill's Pounds 330m of
secured and Pounds 40m of unsecured debt, which is ring-fenced from Brent
Walker.
</p>
<p>
They prefer that route since they believe that William Hill's true value
could be higher than the expected Pounds 500m flotation proceeds.
Furthermore, the Brent Walker refinancing completed last year was predicated
on the retention of two cash generating businesses - the pubs chain and
William Hill. Without William Hill, the prospects for Brent Walker's banks
being repaid eventually would seem dimmer.
</p>
<p>
Standard Chartered and Lloyds could block a flotation, since the consent of
the Brent Walker banks is needed for a sale of William Hill.
</p>
<p>
But refinancing attempts have so far failed, with deadlines being missed and
extended. Standard Chartered and Lloyds are said to have found takers for
only Pounds 270m of the William Hill debt. Even large lenders to Brent
Walker, such as Credit Suisse, are understood to be unwilling to participate
in the refinancing.
</p>
<p>
That leaves the venture capital offer, which exceeds Pounds 450m. This could
provide a way out for Brent Walker, as the offer could repay the William
Hill debt and allow the company to retain an equity stake in the betting
business.
</p>
<p>
However, bankers fear that if the flotation option fades and the refinancing
fails, the value of the venture capital offer could recede, leaving little
for Brent Walker after repaying the William Hill banks.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Brent Walker Group </item>
<item> William Hill </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>432</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Racal shares fall after provisions lead to
Pounds 0.4m loss </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Shares in Racal Electronics fell sharply yesterday after the data
communications, radio and network services group reported a small interim
pre-tax loss, mainly reflecting Pounds 20.2m in provisions for disposal and
closure costs on the Racal-Redac computer aided engineering business.
</p>
<p>
The shares closed 29p lower at 160p after the group announced a Pounds
388,000 pre-tax loss for the 28 weeks to October 8, compared with a Pounds
23.2m profit.
</p>
<p>
The results were the first to be reported under the new FRS 3 accounting
rules.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share amounted to 0.07p compared with earnings of 3.95p. . The
interim dividend, however, is maintained at 1.5p.
</p>
<p>
Turnover from continuing operations slipped by 3.9 per cent to Pounds 428.7m
(Pounds 446m) while discontinued operations added a further Pounds 1.26m
(Pounds 2.77m).
</p>
<p>
Operating profits from continuing operations declined by 3.5 per cent to
Pounds 23.1m (Pounds 23.9m) after charging Pounds 3.9m (Pounds 7.7m) in
redundancy, severance and reorganisation costs.
</p>
<p>
Sir Ernest Harrison, chairman, said the operating results were adversely
affected by lower turnover in the radio communications business resulting in
a Pounds 4.5m reduction in profit. The decline in turnover reflected the
continued worldwide recession, government defence spending cutbacks and
increased competition.
</p>
<p>
Operating profits from the data communications and marine and energy
businesses also fell, but were higher in the defence radar and avionics and
specialised businesses.
</p>
<p>
Aside from the the Racal-Redac activities which were sold or closed in
October, discontinued activities also included the HRM Marine activities in
Spain which were discontinued in the summer of 1992.
</p>
<p>
Operating losses for these businesses totalled Pounds 4.9m (Pounds 5.02m).
</p>
<p>
This, together with the Racal-Redac disposal and closure costs of Pounds
6.3m and the acquisition goodwill of these businesses, written off in
previous years, of Pounds 13.9m, produced a loss of Pounds 25.1m (Pounds
5.02m) on discontinued operations and resulted in a Pounds 1.88m trading
loss compared with Pounds 18.9m profits. Interest income fell to Pounds 1.5m
(Pounds 4.29m).
</p>
<p>
A cash-outflow of Pounds 23.6m, mainly reflecting a Pounds 34.7m increase in
working capital, meant the group ended the period with net borrowings of
Pounds 54.9m and gearing of 10.4 per cent. Sir Ernest said improved
performances were expected in the second half from the data and radio
communications businesses.
</p>
<p>
However, he warned that given the need for increased expenditure on the
British Army Bowman communications project and the National Lottery bid,
operating profits from continuing operations for the full year would be
similar to last year.
</p>
<p>
See Lex
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Racal Electronics </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
<item> P3663 Radio and TV Communications Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3679 </item>
<item> P3663 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>461</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAENFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Forte to retain Harvester </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SKAPINKER, Leisure Industries Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Forte has taken its Harvester restaurant chain off the market after failing
to find a buyer prepared to pay the price it was asking.
</p>
<p>
Forte was hoping for a price of more than Pounds 120m for the 78 Harvester
restaurants. It is believed that the highest price offered was Pounds 110m.
Among the potential buyers believed to have expressed an interest in the
chain were Whitbread and Allied-Lyons.
</p>
<p>
Forte said it would now invest in the chain. Sales are currently believed to
be almost 10 per cent up on last year.
</p>
<p>
The group also said it had completed the sale of its 50 per cent stake in
the UK chain of Kentucky Fried Chicken to Pepsico for Pounds 40m cash.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Forte </item>
<item> Harvester </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>165</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Fleming Far Eastern </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Fleming Far Eastern Investment Trust reported net asset value of 361.5p
(219.7p) per share at September 30. Net revenue for the six months to the
end of September was Pounds 2.2m (Pounds 1.54m) for earnings of 1.42p
(0.98p) per share.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Fleming Far Eastern Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>75</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAELFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: MEPC shares hit by fall in net asset value
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
MEPC, the UK's second largest property company which completed a Pounds 222m
rights issue earlier this year, yesterday announced a fall of almost 15 per
cent in pre-tax profits from Pounds 95.2m to Pounds 81m for the year to
end-September.
</p>
<p>
The latest figure was struck after exceptional items of Pounds 13.2m,
including a Pounds 10m provision on interest rate hedging, compared with
Pounds 14.2m last time.
</p>
<p>
Earnings fell from 18.9p to 15.5p. Nevertheless, the group proposed a final
dividend of 14.75p, giving an unchanged total for the year of 20p.
</p>
<p>
Net asset value per share fell from 445p to 416p.
</p>
<p>
The shares closed 27p lower at 523p.
</p>
<p>
Lord Blakenham, chairman, said the net asset values did not reflect the
scale of the upturn in the market since they were prepared in August. 'We
believe we have seen the turning point in the UK property market,' he said,
citing much increased investor interest.
</p>
<p>
The company was in a far stronger position than a year ago, he said. After
property sales of Pounds 225m, a Pounds 150m preferred share issue and the
rights issue, gearing had fallen from 82 per cent to 48 per cent. The group
had cash of Pounds 211m (Pounds 89m).
</p>
<p>
After an external valuation, the group's overall valuation write-down was
1.1 per cent, while the investment properties rose in value by 3.1 per cent.
The group said 'substantial write-downs' had been incurred at Alban Gate in
the City and at a Tunbridge Wells shopping centre.
</p>
<p>
Mr James Tuckey, chief executive, said the group was very pleased with the
progress made on void properties, which were down to less than 5 per cent
compared with 8 per cent a year ago and 18 per cent two years ago.
</p>
<p>
Last month the group announced the proposed acquisition for Pounds 115m of
American Property Trust, a unit trust controlled by UK pension funds that
owns two shopping malls in Los Angeles and Atlanta. Completion of the deal
will lift the proportion of retail property in the MEPC portfolio from 27.5
per cent to 32.3 per cent, and reduce offices from 61.4 per cent to 57.3 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
The City was taken aback by the sharp fall in net asset values, which ended
well below the bottom of the expected 435p to 485p range. No figure was
given for the write-down on Alban Gate and Tunbridge Wells, but it appears
to be on the way to Pounds 100m. While it is worth noting that the
valuations were made last August, and the property market has shown signs of
recovery since, this is still an embarrassing figure. The dividend, which
remains uncovered, is the prop for the stock. Even if the recovery leads to
a rise in net asset values to over 500p next time, the shares are still at a
premium - and there is no prospect of dividend growth.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> MEPC </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 18</biblScope>
<extent>525</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Companies in this issue </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
-------------------------------------
UK
-------------------------------------
Angerstein                     21
Anglian Group                  21
BTR                            17
Baring Emerging                20
Brent Walker                   18
Butte Mining                   21
Castings                       21
Compass                        18
Enlightened Tobacco            20
Ferranti                       21
Fleming Far Eastern            18
Forte                          18
Gateway                        12
Grand Metropolitan         42, 17
Graseby                        21
Hanson                     42, 19
Hays                           20
</p>
<p>
Heywood Williams               19
ICL                            21
Inchcape                       21
Kingfisher                     19
Leeds Group                    19
Linread                        19
MEPC                           18
Marks and Spencer              12
Metro Radio                    20
Micro Focus                    20
Monks Investment               21
Northumbrian Water             21
P&amp;O                            21
Pearson                        18
Racal Electronics          42, 18
Royal Bank Scotland        42, 17
Royal Doulton                  18
Scapa                          20
Scottish Inv Trust             21
Severn Trent                   19
</p>
<p>
Telspec                        20
Tinsley Robor                  21
UniChem                        21
Wrexham Water                  21
Yorkshire-Tyne Tees            20
-------------------------------------
Overseas
-------------------------------------
Alcatel-Alsthom                23
BellSouth                      23
Bristol Products               19
CIBC                           23
Capital Cities                 23
Chrysler                       23
Dresdner Bank                  22
Electricity Corp NZ            24
GE Capital                     23
ING                            22
Isetan                         24
Kmart                          23
</p>
<p>
LA Gear                        21
Maxi-Papier-Markt              19
Nat Commercial Bank            24
Navistar                       24
Pacific Telesis                24
Procter and Gamble             22
Renault                    22, 17
Rhone-Poulenc                  22
Shuwa                          24
Staples                        19
Swiss Bank Corp                10
Volvo                      22, 17
-------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>209</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Back seat drivers push Volvo off the road: Shareholders
unhappy with Renault deal but offer few alternatives </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH CARNEGY</byline>
<p>
The resignation last night of Mr Pehr Gyllenhammar, Volvo's dominant figure
for more than two decades, was the culmination of one of the most
extraordinary episodes in Swedish industrial history.
</p>
<p>
When Volvo announced its proposed merger with Renault in September, it was
billed as Mr Gyllenhammar's crowning achievement, but instead it turned out
to be the beginning of his humiliation.
</p>
<p>
In a battle with his shareholders, Mr Gyllenhammar saw the merger torn up, a
three-year alliance with Renault thrown into doubt and questions raised
about the strategy of Volvo.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gyllenhammar hit back hard at his enemies last night, accusing them of
wilfully blurring debate over the merits of the merger with emotional and
political issues. In a bitter commment, he said Volvo shareholders had
simply followed popular sentiment.
</p>
<p>
'Many have let me know that they are very observant of where the wind
blows,' he said. But the shareholder revolt was bred by longstanding
disquiet over Mr Gyllenhammar's dictatorial management style which spilled
over into outright hostility at what was seen as his bungled negotiation of
a deeply flawed agreement with Renault.
</p>
<p>
For shareholders, the core question of exactly how much Renault was paying
to take over Volvo's vehicle manufacturing was never properly answered. In
spite of publishing sheaves of information, the two groups never explained
how they had calculated the 35 per cent share of the merged company that
Volvo was to receive.
</p>
<p>
The lack of detailed valuations exacerbated strong Swedish doubts over
placing Volvo's core assets into an unquoted company controlled by what was
regarded as one of Europe's most interventionist states.
</p>
<p>
Latterly, concern was also fuelled by growing reports from groups within
Volvo - such as engineers - that co-operation between Renault and Volvo
under the existing alliance had not gone as smoothly as Mr Gyllenhammar had
suggested.
</p>
<p>
Pushed along by saturation media coverage, much of it hostile to the deal,
these factors helped overturn a mood of the sober acceptance by politicians,
unions, the business community and shareholders that had greeted the merger
announcement in September.
</p>
<p>
As the doubts piled up, the latent emotional reluctance to seeing the
greatest symbol of Swedish industrial prowess fall under foreign control
came to the fore.
</p>
<p>
But the question Volvo's shareholders have not addressed is where the
company goes if not to a merger with Renault. 'Whatever happens, it will be
bad for Volvo,' admitted Mr Stig Ramel, chief executive of the 92-94 Fund, a
state investment fund which was in the 'no' camp to the merger. 'It is a
question of finding the way out that is least damaging.'
</p>
<p>
The central aspect of the merger proposal which Volvo always felt commanded
widespread support was the 'industrial logic' of the deal - the belief that
Volvo needed to deepen the partnership already established with Renault if
it was to survive in a world automotive industry saddled with overcapacity.
</p>
<p>
Critics argued that the rapid return to profitability at Volvo this year -
in contrast to sagging profits at Renault - showed the company could stand
alone. They pointed out Volvo's truck division was much stronger than
Renault's. Moreover, they said Renault, which already owns 10 per cent of
Volvo, was unlikely to try to reverse out of the alliance which benefits
both companies, especially in cost savings.
</p>
<p>
Those who rejected the merger are apparently willing to contribute, via a
share issue, to the SKr8bn (Pounds 640m) Volvo has said it will need in new
capital without the merger. But Mr Gyllenhammar derided the notion that
Volvo suddenly had a 'brilliant future' without Renault.
</p>
<p>
'Our painstakingly built relations with France and with Renault will now be
detroyed with immediate effect. This reduces the probability of a Swedish
presence in Europe and for Volvo's long-term survival.' This argument has
always been accepted by Volvo's blue-collar trade unions - something Mr
Gyllenhammar paid tribute to in a further swipe at his critics.
</p>
<p>
'(The unions) see the long term. They understand industrial development. And
they have courage.' Mr Gyllenhammar stressed the weaknesses at Volvo which
the merger was meant to address.
</p>
<p>
Strong profits flow this year has been helped by a weak Swedish krona and
low development costs, as new models have been recently launched. In the
meantime, Volvo's narrow model range - it does not produce a small car - is
a severe hindrance.
</p>
<p>
The market-leading safety record which powered Volvo's success in the 1980s
has also been eroded by advances made by other manufacturers. 'Volvo needs a
partner, now or later, and later there won't be such a good deal available,'
said one of Volvo's international advisers.
</p>
<p>
Much will now depend on Renault's response to the crisis at Volvo. Within
Volvo itself, meanwhile, it was clear last night that the Volvo board will
be almost completely reshaped, with Mr Gyllenhammar's allies, including Mr
Raymond Levy, the former Renault chief, stepping down with him. Mr Soren
Gyll, brought in as chief executive by Mr Gyllenhammar last year, is now set
to exert full influence over Volvo.
</p>
<p>
He has retained shareholder support throughout the merger episode and will
be the key figure in shaping Volvo's uncertain future.
</p>
<p>
Lex, Page 16; Gyllenhammar, Page 22; World stock markets, Page 39
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>925</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Germany to issue long bond </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CONNER MIDDELMANN and ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
Germany responded to demands from the international investment community
yesterday when it announced plans for the issue of bonds with a maturity of
more than 10 years for the first time in nearly eight years.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank, the German government's issuing agent, said that next
Wednesday the government would sell a new tranche of its 6 per cent bond
issue due 2016. The bonds were launched in May 1986.
</p>
<p>
A senior official at the finance ministry in Bonn said that if next week's
auction was a success, the government would consider issuing more long-dated
bonds, including a 30-year issue. Traders expect the auction to raise DM3bn
to DM4bn.
</p>
<p>
German banks have recently begun to push hard for a new 30-year bund to
bring the German market into line with leading bond markets elsewhere. Most
German government bond issuance is concentrated in the five and 10-year
areas of the yield curve, while government bond markets in the US, the UK,
the Netherlands and France have liquid, long-dated sectors, with maturities
as long as 30 years.
</p>
<p>
Italy has become the latest European sovereign borrower to issue 30-year
bonds and Spain will make its first issue of 15-year bonds in the domestic
market this month.
</p>
<p>
Two weeks ago, a DM2bn offering of 30-year Eurobonds by the Austrian
government was snapped up by international investors starved of long-dated
bonds denominated in D-Marks. It prompted a flood of long-dated D-Mark bond
issues by German federal states.
</p>
<p>
The German finance ministry said the government was keen to raise long-term
financing at the current low level of interest rates. Bankers said that it
was in the German government's interest to satisfy the demands of
international investors since their continued support was central to the
government's success in funding its massive borrowing requirement. Next
year, net public sector borrowing is expected to total around DM230bn,
marginally below this year's DM235bn (Pounds 93bn).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>350</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Royal Bank of Scotland surges to Pounds 265m for year </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN GAPPER, Banking Editor</byline>
<p>
Royal Bank of Scotland yesterday reported transformed pre-tax profits of
Pounds 265.2m, up from 12.6m, helped by a 26 per cent fall in bad debt
provisions, a recovery from losses in branch banking and a sharp rise in
income from foreign exchange and derivatives.
</p>
<p>
Its shares rose 33p to 428p yesterday, completing a 21 per cent advance
since the Pounds 50.2m pre-tax profits of its Direct Line insurance
subsidiary were announced last week.
</p>
<p>
The results for the year to September 30 raised expectations that other
clearing banks will report much improved profits for the year as income is
boosted by trading activities, and charges for bad and doubtful debts are
cut.
</p>
<p>
Royal Bank raised its total dividend 25 per cent to 11p, against 8.8p. Mr
George Mathewson, chief executive, said it had reduced the volatility of its
earnings and could now 'deliver a stable and growing dividend stream'.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share increased from 0.7p to 17.7p and the dividend was covered
1.6 times, against 0.1 times. It kept a strong 6.9 per cent ratio of tier 1
capital to risk-weighted assets in spite of raising assets to Pounds 36.3bn,
against Pounds 34.6bn.
</p>
<p>
Total income rose 17 per cent to Pounds 1.43bn, while expenses rose 10 per
cent to Pounds 837.2m, against Pounds 764.3m. Bad debt provisions fell from
Pounds 396.2m to Pounds 293.2m, with Pounds 182.3m of the provisions falling
in the first half.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Wood, Direct Line chief executive, bought nearly Pounds 8m of
shares yesterday morning, raising his stake to the level agreed with Royal
Bank. The bank's UK staff will receive a 5.1 per cent profit-related pay
bonus.
</p>
<p>
The branch banking division turned from a Pounds 16.1m loss to a Pounds
69.7m profit after higher sales of mortgages and life products. The division
gained Pounds 26m from a restructuring programme which is expected to add
Pounds 200m a year to profits by 1997.
</p>
<p>
The corporate and institutional banking division increased profits 92 per
cent to Pounds 129.7m, and expanded its customer base by 20 per cent.
Related foreign exchange and derivative activities contributed Pounds
107.5m, against Pounds 63.2m.
</p>
<p>
Citizens, the US retail banking subsidiary, raised profits 84 per cent to
Pounds 36.3m, with net interest income rising 23 per cent from acquisitions
and growth. Loan loss provisions rose Pounds 4m to Pounds 19.7m because of
exchange rate movements.
</p>
<p>
Lex, Page 16; Markets, Page 42
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Royal Bank of Scotland </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>441</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Shake-up cuts profit 31% at GrandMet </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP RAWSTORNE</byline>
<p>
Grand Metropolitan, the UK drinks, food and retailing group, saw pre-tax
profits fall 31 per cent to Pounds 630m in the year to September after
Pounds 286m charges.
</p>
<p>
The costs include: Pounds 175m for restructuring, largely in US food and
retailing; Pounds 66m provisions for money owed by Brent Walker on the
William Hill betting shops, plus Pounds 20m to cover costs; a Pounds 50m
write-down of UK property assets.
</p>
<p>
But for the exceptionals, pre-tax profits would have been 6.6 per cent ahead
at Pounds 916m. Sir Allen Sheppard, chairman, said: 'Recoveries in the US
and UK did not produce significant benefits and many European economies
remained in recession.'
</p>
<p>
Operating profits from continuing businesses rose 18.6 per cent to Pounds
958m on turnover up from Pounds 6.58bn to Pounds 7.64bn.
</p>
<p>
Profits of IDV, the drinks division, increased 14 per cent to Pounds 561m,
and by 4 per cent excluding currency effects. Total sales of wines and
spirits exceeded 100m cases for the first time. The leading brands -
Smirnoff vodka, J &amp; B Scotch whisky and Baileys liqueur - gained volume, and
Russia became the fifth biggest market for Smirnoff.
</p>
<p>
North American food operations lifted profits 29 per cent to Pounds 212m, or
by 9 per cent in local currency terms. But European food profits fell from
Pounds 22m to Pounds 15m.
</p>
<p>
Burger King's profits rose 29 per cent to Pounds 170m, also boosted by
currency moves. Another 540 stores were opened, bringing the total to 7,121.
</p>
<p>
GrandMet's share of losses at Inntrepreneur, the UK pub joint venture with
Fosters Brewing, fell from Pounds 14m to Pounds 9m. The business is expected
to break even this year, but each partner has had to inject Pounds 84.5m
into it since September to ensure compliance with financial covenants.
</p>
<p>
The group spent nearly Pounds 900m on advertising and marketing during the
year.
</p>
<p>
Sterling devaluation added Pounds 674m to net borrowings, lifting the total
to Pounds 2.8bn and gearing to 75 per cent. The sale of Chef &amp; Brewer pubs
in October is expected to reduce debt by Pounds 700m and gearing to 60 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share, before exceptionals, rose 4.6 per cent to 29.7p; after
the charges they fell from 30.3p to 20p. A final dividend of 8.15p lifts the
total 5.7 per cent to 13p.
</p>
<p>
Lex, Page 17; Markets, Page 42
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Grand Metropolitan </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
<item> P2085 Distilled and Blended Liquors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
<item> P2085 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>431</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
BTR buys US group for Dollars 820m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
BTR, the UK-based industrial conglomerate, went back on to the acquisition
trail yesterday with an agreed Dollars 820m (Pounds 550m) purchase of
Rexnord, a US industrial manufacturer based in Milwaukee.
</p>
<p>
BTR has been talking since May with Fairchild, the US supplier of aerospace
and industrial components which has a 44 per cent stake in Rexnord. The UK
group already has irrevocable commitments for more than 50 per cent of the
shares.
</p>
<p>
Rexnord makes material conveying systems, power transmission components and
industrial and aerospace seals for US and international manufacturers and
users of industrial equipment. In the year to June 30, the group made
operating profits of Dollars 83m on sales of Dollars 533m. Net earnings
before extraordinary items were Dollars 23.9m.
</p>
<p>
Rexnord employs about 4,700 people. It has 14 manufacturing sites - 11 in
the US, two in Germany and one in Italy.
</p>
<p>
Although the UK group has a fearsome reputation as a cost-cutter, Mr Alan
Jackson, BTR's chief executive, said he was more interested in increasing
Rexnord's sales by widening its market beyond the US. 'In particular, we see
great potential for substantially growing Rexnord's sales in the large Asian
markets and also in Europe.' He said the purchase would be
earnings-enhancing from year one.
</p>
<p>
If the deal goes ahead, BTR's gearing is likely to go up from 40 per cent at
the year-end to about 60 per cent. Mr Jackson said he was comfortable with
that level, not least because Rexnord was very cash generative.
</p>
<p>
BTR said Rexnord's brand names were a good fit with the group's existing
products and would expose it to a wider market. One of Rexnord's attractions
was that 50 per cent of sales were spares.
</p>
<p>
This deal is the biggest announced by BTR since it paid Pounds 1.55bn in
1991 for Hawker Siddeley, the UK aerospace and engineering group. Mr Jackson
said BTR was concentrating resources on industrial manufacturing. The policy
has recently led it to invest in Chinese bottling plants and dispose of two
wholesale distribution businesses in the UK and US.
</p>
<p>
The UK group will pay a total of Dollars 420m in cash for Rexnord and assume
borrowings of about Dollars 400m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BTR </item>
<item> Rexnord Holdings Inc </item>
<item> Fairchild Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P3728 Aircraft Parts and Equipment, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P3728 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 17</biblScope>
<extent>416</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Japan agrees stimulus package </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Japan's government was struggling to restore public confidence yesterday as
a deepening recession plus the resignation of a cabinet minister threatened
to delay political reform beyond the year-end deadline.
</p>
<p>
The seven-party coalition agreed to launch early next week the fourth
economic stimulus package this year. It will include Y5,000bn to Y6,000bn
(Pounds 31.4bn to Pounds 37.7bn) of income and other tax cuts, a further
reduction in bureaucratic controls, lower taxes on land sales and measures
to stimulate the stock market, said officials.
</p>
<p>
Details have yet to be settled, particularly about how to fund the income
tax cut, on which the coalition is deeply split.
</p>
<p>
The move is a clear sign that government concern over the economy, which has
failed to respond to record low interest rates and a boost in public
spending, has reached a new phase.
</p>
<p>
The gross national product for the third quarter and the Bank of Japan's
quarterly review of business confidence are to be published next week and
both are expected to show deepening gloom. Today's annual report on Japan by
the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development warns that growth
prospects are not encouraging.
</p>
<p>
Recent stock market falls have reinforced the need for economic action. The
government has had to give priority to a supplementary budget, needed to
finance the previous spending package, at a time when it was hoping to be
pushing political reform.
</p>
<p>
This makes it unlikely that Mr Morihiro Hosokawa, the prime minister, will
get parliamentary clearance by the end of the year for plans to reform the
corrupt electoral system, said officials of his Japan New Party. 'We just
don't have the time to worry about political reforms. Our immediate
attention is on the economy,' said one official.
</p>
<p>
The government lost a valuable day of parliamentary business yesterday when
Mr Keisuke Nakanishi, director general of the defence agency - the Japanese
equivalent of defence minister - created an uproar by calling for the
pacifist constitution to be revised to allow Japanese soldiers to take a
larger combat role under United Nations command. Mr Nakanishi resigned, to
be succeeded by Mr Kazuo Aichi of the Japan Renewal Party.
</p>
<p>
OECD urges reforms, Page 4
Editorial Comment, Page 15
Industry survey, Pages 27-32
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>408</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Major rejects Dublin peace proposals </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS and DAVID OWEN</byline>
<p>
The sharp differences between London and Dublin over the shape of any
settlement for Northern Ireland broke into the open last night on the eve of
today's Anglo-Irish summit.
</p>
<p>
As Mr John Major gave a public pledge that any deal must be acceptable to
the Unionist majority in Northern Ireland, it emerged that the British prime
minister had rejected a peace plan tabled by Mr Albert Reynolds, his Irish
counterpart.
</p>
<p>
The plan, sent to London last month, provided for the Dublin government to
drop its constitutional claim to the north and to recognise that Irish
unification could come only with the consent of a majority in Ulster.
</p>
<p>
As a quid pro quo, the British side would have to agree to a document
endorsing the value of eventual Irish unity and to early and simultaneous
referendums in the republic and the north to provide a visible expression of
'self-determination'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Reynolds wanted the plan to provide the basis of the communique after
today's talks. The two leaders agreed to downgrade the status of the summit
after acrimonious exchanges earlier in the week threatened at one stage to
result in its cancellation. Dublin now refers to it as a 'working meeting'
rather than a summit.
</p>
<p>
It is understood that Mr Major was ready to accept a document framework that
included explicit recognition of the legitimacy of the aspirations of Irish
nationalists. But he rejected as unacceptable to moderate unionists the idea
that Britain should tacitly support the goal of Irish unity by signing up to
a statement proclaiming its 'value'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Major also judged that the proposal for joint referendums on
'self-determination' would dilute his government's commitment to the
Unionists' veto on constitutional change. Both sides were last night
attempting to play down the rift. In London, it was suggested a short
statement to be released after the talks would emphasise the two leaders'
commitment to seek an agreement.
</p>
<p>
Irish officials pointed out that by agreeing to a total of three working
meetings during December there was still room for manoeuvre and hope for
progress.
</p>
<p>
Mr Major, anxious to reassure Mr James Molyneaux's Ulster Unionist party
after the disclosure of the government's clandestine contacts with Sinn
Fein, told MPs: 'There is for us one fundamental point: Northern Ireland's
status as part of the United Kingdom will not change without the freely
expressed consent of the people of northern Ireland.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Patrick Mayhew, the Northern Ireland secretary, in a thinly- veiled
reference to Mr Reynolds' plan, also rejected the idea the government could
recognise the goal as well as the aspiration of Irish unity.
</p>
<p>
Sinn Fein says cabinet split on Ulster, Page 9
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>476</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAECFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Sinn Fein claims information received from British
government </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sinn Fein, the political wing of the IRA, yesterday claimed it had received
highly sensitive information from the British government on its stance
towards the terrorist organisation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Martin McGuinness, a Sinn Fein official closely involved in talks with
the Britain, said he had been told of a disagreement between Sir Patrick
Mayhew, the Northern Ireland secretary, and Mr Kenneth Clarke, the
chancellor, over how to deal with Sinn Fein.
</p>
<p>
The differences allegedly surfaced at a meeting chaired by Mr Major in May.
Downing Street said the allegations were 'inaccurate', but did not deny such
a meeting took place.
</p>
<p>
Sinn Fein also said it had copies of a Northern Ireland office briefing
paper on talks last year with Ulster's democratic parties.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>154</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
US and EU close to trade deal: Brittan and Kantor hope to
reach outline agreement in talks on Monday </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LIONEL BARBER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The US and European Union last night appeared close to a comprehensive
bilateral deal on market access for industrial products and on trade in food
products.
</p>
<p>
But the absence of a definitive breakthrough because of last-minute snags is
still holding up overall progress in the Uruguay Round trade negotiations in
Geneva, involving 116 countries.
</p>
<p>
After 36 hours of intensive talks in Brussels between Sir Leon Brittan, the
EU's chief trade negotiator, and Mr Mickey Kantor, US trade representative,
both sides said they hoped to reach an outline deal in a new bargaining
session on Monday.
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon won a vote of confidence at a meeting of EU foreign ministers late
last night. France, which has taken the hardest line, particularly over
international farm trade, threw its weight behind the tight timetable for a
deal with the US.
</p>
<p>
Officials of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade in Geneva welcomed
France's 'clear willingness to do business', but they cautioned that little
time was left to meet the December 15 deadline for concluding the Gatt
talks.
</p>
<p>
They said other Gatt signatories were still holding back their best offers
in expectation of a US-EU deal.
</p>
<p>
'What we really need here is for market access to move,' said one Geneva
official.
</p>
<p>
The most significant progress appears to have been made in farm trade, an
issue that has dogged the Uruguay Round since it was launched in 1986. In
prospect is a deal providing improved access for US and other farm exporters
to Europe's market for grains, meat, dairy products and 'other speciality
crops'.
</p>
<p>
Negotiators were also confident of satisfying French demands for amendment
of the US-EU Blair House agreement regulating Europe's subsidised farm
exports.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kantor said: 'We are talking of an overall agriculture package that not
only the EU, but every country in the Community can agree to.'
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Willy Claes, the Belgian foreign minister who chaired last
night's meeting, sounded a note of caution after most countries raised
concern about the scope of the potential market access deal and the lack of
detail provided by Sir Leon.
</p>
<p>
Mr Claes said: 'We are convinced that progress is being made constantly, but
it would be dangerous to draw conclusions at this stage.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon and Mr Kantor spoke of 'tangible progress' at their talks in
Brussels which allowed negotiators 'to see the outlines of a final package'.
Later Sir Leon indicated that the plan was to reach a broad deal on Monday
and for him to accompany Mr Kantor to Geneva to accelerate the multilateral
negotiations.
</p>
<p>
Little detail emerged from the talks as officials stressed that premature
publicity could jeopardise a deal. But Brussels indicated that the US was
taking a tough line on textiles and was still pressing Europe to further
open up its market in films and broadcasting.
</p>
<p>
Gatt failure would reopen old disputes, Page 6
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>526</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAEAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
US and EU close to farm deal: Market-opening accord still
under discussion as Gatt deadline nears </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LIONEL BARBER and DAVID DODWELL
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The US and European Union appeared close to settling longstanding
differences on international farm trade last night. However, negotiators
fell short of the comprehensive bilateral market-opening deal needed for
successful completion of the Uruguay Round of talks on world trade
liberalisation.
</p>
<p>
The farm trade issue has dogged the round since it was launched in 1986. In
prospect is a deal providing improved access for US and other farm exporters
to Europe's market for grains, meat, dairy products and 'other speciality
crops'.
</p>
<p>
Negotiators were also confident of satisfying French demands for amendment
of the US-EU Blair House agreement regulating Europe's subsidised farm
exports. Mr Mickey Kantor, US trade representative, said: 'We are talking of
an overall agriculture package that not only the EU, but every country in
the Community can agree to.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon Brittan, the EU trade commissioner, and Mr Kantor talked of
'tangible progress' at the end of 36 hours of intensive negotiation in
Brussels.
</p>
<p>
EU foreign ministers last night gave a positive response to Sir Leon's
report on his talks with Mr Kantor, but they asked him to provide detail on
all the outstanding issues at a second meeting on Monday.
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon said the plan was to reach a comprehensive bilateral deal on Monday
and for him to accompany Mr Kantor to Geneva to accelerate agreement between
all the other parties.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kantor has returned to Washington for further consultations with
President Bill Clinton and the US Congress.
</p>
<p>
Key differences remain over US access to Europe's film and television
markets, and on liberalising maritime services. US demands for better
protection of its anti-dumping laws under the draft Uruguay Round agreement
and its proposed amendments to the deal in financial services and taxation
are also being fiercely contested by the EU and many other US trading
partners.
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon last night reported on the outcome of the negotiations directly to
a special meeting of EU foreign and trade ministers, where it was critically
important that he won backing for the commitments already made to the US and
the likely compromises that will have to be made.
</p>
<p>
Conscious that time is rapidly running out ahead of the December 15 deadline
to complete a deal satisfactory to all 116 countries participating, Sir Leon
acknowledged the 'awesome responsibility' of the US and the EU to reach
agreement.
</p>
<p>
He said Mr Peter Sutherland, director-general of the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, had been kept fully informed on progress. Mr Sutherland
is making a statement in Geneva today to a meeting of Gatt negotiators from
all 116 countries involved.
</p>
<p>
Market-opening offers from other countries have been held back as the
critically important US-EU package has been awaited. 'It is essential for
other nations like Japan, the Asians and in Latin America to come forward
now with their best efforts,' Mr Kantor said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>529</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Volvo </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The theory behind the recent surge in Volvo's shares has been that
opposition to the Renault merger reduced the immediate risk of earnings
dilution. Combining a recovering Volvo with a recession-bound Renault was
never particularly attractive in the short term. Now the opposition has won
the day, the market must move on to assess the long-term strategic lacuna.
With its limited model range and small home market, Volvo badly needs a
partner. But even operational collaboration with a jilted Renault will not
be easy. Alternatives may remain elusive while Renault still owns 10 per
cent. If Volvo needs fresh capital, meanwhile, even its most chauvinistic
shareholders should think carefully before stumping up any cash.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>160</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Racal Electronics </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
If the size of the write-off at Redac was what unnerved Racal shareholders
yesterday, then a closer look might have reassured. Some Pounds 13.9m of the
Pounds 20.2m provision was a write-back of acquisition goodwill which had
previously been charged to the balance sheet. The Accounting Standards Board
is clearly right to insist that companies should not buy, run and sell a
business without recognising permanent losses of goodwill. Yet in this case,
as many others, the write-off is of merely historical interest with little
relevance to future prospects.
</p>
<p>
Equally, the 15 per cent fall in the share price may have reflected worries
about trading prospects. Military radio is an increasingly competitive field
in a shrinking defence market. The constant struggle to raise margins in the
data communications business is a race to stand still, since even
sophisticated technologies are rapidly becoming commodities. Managed
networks is a growth area but the company is pitched against some tough
telecoms competition. As ever, Racal's problem is to keep enough plates
spinning to keep profits moving. Avoiding nasty surprises might please the
market too.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Racal Electronics </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
<item> P3663 Radio and TV Communications Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3679 </item>
<item> P3663 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>223</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Grand Metropolitan </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
GrandMet's tub-thumping defence of brands yesterday came as a startling
flash-back to the 1980s. But not even GrandMet appears wholly convinced by
its revivalist rhetoric. Its Pounds 175m restructuring charge to cut its
cost base certainly shows a healthier regard for the real competitive forces
shaping its markets. Much of that provision relates to its US food
businesses, which face a fierce fight defending premium prices. The bigger
concern, though, is over its European food arm, which is generating
operating profits of just Pounds 15m on sales of Pounds 735m, and appears
trapped in a strategic cul-de-sac.
</p>
<p>
Doubts about GrandMet's diversification into foods cannot obscure the
underlying strength of IDV. The loss of the Absolut vodka distribution
contract will knock profits this year. But IDV's geographic spread and
product mix should enable it to maintain robust progress, particularly in
developing markets.
</p>
<p>
GrandMet's growth ambitions remain constrained by its Pounds 2.8bn
borrowings. The disposal of Chef &amp; Brewer and its strongly improving cash
flow will help ease the strain. But with GrandMet's continuing woes at IEL
and Pearle - and its embarrassingly expensive legal dispute with Brent
Walker - still clouding the picture, it is hard to see how its 23 per cent
underperformance against the market over the past year will quickly be
reversed.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Grand Metropolitan </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
<item> P2085 Distilled and Blended Liquors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
<item> P2085 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>254</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Royal Bank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
One way of looking at Royal Bank of Scotland's 25 per cent dividend increase
on cover of only 1.6 times is that the bank expects only modest loan growth.
Without mortgage lending its UK advances would not have grown at all last
year. So Royal may be anxious to avoid building up surplus capital. Its move
could thus be a signal that other banks will raise their payouts to avoid
excess profit retention as provisions come down. Royal's dividend, though,
is also a striking gesture of confidence that another year of bumper profits
lies ahead. It is not just Direct Line. Last year fee income, treasury
revenues and profits from its US subsidiary Citizens all showed rapid
growth, some of which at least should continue. Royal can thus rightfully
claim that diversification has reduced the volatility of its revenues while
putting them on a fast upward track. The question is whether this happy
combination can last.
</p>
<p>
At Direct Line, which the previous management stumbled across and the new
one has cannily locked into the group, prospects look good. Mortgage lending
may be less lucrative as base rates fall and competition increases. At some
point the market will doubtless perceive a limit to growth, but after
yesterday's dividend increase the shares have probably further to rise on
yield considerations alone.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Royal Bank of Scotland </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>256</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Hanson's house sale </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The alchemy which allowed Hanson to remain burdened with debt and yet
receive interest income is waning. Lower interest receivable in yesterday's
figures is the prelude to a nasty reversal next year, as the assumption of
Quantum's debt and falling income on sterling deposits start to bite.
Without action the interest bill will rise by around Pounds 275m. The need
for disposals to pay down debt suddenly looks more urgent.
</p>
<p>
Floating house building interests in the UK and US makes good sense.
Housebuilders generate little cash even on the upswing, since profits are
generally ploughed back into land. The prospectus will tell whether Hanson
has been reinvesting in this virtuous manner since it acquired Beazer Homes
in 1991. The size of the land bank will determine the final price. While
stock markets are taking a rosy view of recovery, though, Hanson will raise
more from flotation than trade sales, though the disposals should meet
Hanson's Pounds 500m existing overall target.
</p>
<p>
How much more is required depends on the strength of recovery. Even if
profits rise modestly from here, utilisation of provisions set up against
Beazer and Peabody - and the Pounds 540m cash cost of the dividend - will
leave little scope for debt reduction. That might explain the decision not
to raise the pay-out yesterday. The 5 per cent fall in the shares is similar
to the treatment meted out to BOC last month for taking the same decision.
Hanson's status as a yield stock cuts both ways.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hanson </item>
<item> Beazer Homes </item>
<item> Beazer Homes USA </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P1521 Single-Family Housing Construction </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Demerger </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P1521 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>304</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Private finance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
It is easy to be cynical about the government's initiative for attracting
private finance for UK public sector projects. One year after the initiative
was launched, there are still no new holes in the ground. Patience is
running out among many of the construction companies which would like to
build roads, railways, hospitals and schools and for the banks which would
like to finance them.
</p>
<p>
Yet some progress has been made in clearing the ground for involving the
private sector in providing public services. In the health service and on
the railways the initiative has eased rules on leasing expensive equipment.
NHS hospitals are now forming partnerships with the private sector to build
patient hotels. The home secretary plans to use the private sector to build
and manage six new prisons.
</p>
<p>
This week's Budget has opened up new possibilities. The firm commitment to
introduce tolling on motorways will eventually provide a stream of income to
reward companies which build new roads. Since it will be years before
electronic tolling can be introduced, the government has sensibly reversed
its opposition to shadow tolling. Thus investors in a new road can be paid
by the Department of Transport according to the number of vehicles using it.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor also committed the government to three larger projects,
including the modernisation of the west coast railway line between London
and Glasgow. This should reassure companies which have become frustrated
with 'no win competitions', where expensive tenders are submitted for
projects that are subsequently withdrawn. Mr Clarke has shown himself
commendably willing to sweep away Treasury orthodoxy on private finance,
especially in endorsing shadow tolling.
</p>
<p>
Yet most projects so far agreed have been either free-standing private
investments, such as the Dartford bridge over the Thames, or almost entirely
financed by the public sector, such as the Jubilee line underground
extension. The test will come with joint partnerships involving investment
by both the private and public sector.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury still appears to have an unrealistic view of the level of risk
which the private sector will accept in such partnerships. With the Channel
tunnel rail link, investors are being invited in before the legislative and
planning process is complete - against the advice of most experienced
advisers. The Treasury may also find it hard to stomach the returns that
private investors expect to make - especially if earned on the back of a
sizeable investment of taxpayers' money.
</p>
<p>
Striving to find solutions acceptable to both sides is, however, well
worthwhile. Contracting out services such as refuse removal and computer
management has already produced better value for money in central and local
government. The private finance initiative promises to extend similar
benefits throughout the public services.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P16   Heavy Construction, Ex Building </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P16 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>486</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Personal View: Down to earth, not distant visions </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANK VIBERT</byline>
<p>
Deep divisions over the future of Europe were revealed during the
ratification process of the Maastricht treaty - not only in Denmark and the
UK but also in France and Germany. In order to heal these divisions, the
member states of the European Union are turning to a new pragmatic agenda
that promises tangible benefits rather than distant visions - one that
focuses on implementation rather than on new initiatives.
</p>
<p>
In the short run the agenda is already crowded.
</p>
<p>
First and foremost, there is the need to complete successfully by
mid-December the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade negotiations -
without which there will be an immediate crisis in the Union.
</p>
<p>
Second, membership negotiations with the European Free Trade Association
applicants - Austria, Finland, Norway and Sweden - should be concluded in
spring next year. This is necessary to show that the Union is not an
exclusive club dividing rather than uniting Europe.
</p>
<p>
Third, there is the re-casting of the economic agenda to focus on the
micro-economic changes needed to improve Europe's economic performance
relative to the rest of the world. This does not depend on Community
transfers and new regulatory initiatives, but on getting rid of state aids,
enforcing competition within the single market and opening up those sectors
where state monopolies have led sheltered lives.
</p>
<p>
Fourth, in respect of macro-economic policy, this means discarding the
artificial deadlines for monetary union and emphasising instead the
convergence objectives of reducing budget deficits so that less burden is
placed on interest rates.
</p>
<p>
Fifth, there is a redefinition of the concept of 'social Europe' away from
its equation with new regulatory burdens on business or new financial
burdens on governments towards comparisons of 'best practice' in meeting
social objectives and towards harnessing private finance.
</p>
<p>
Sixth, the two 'pillars' of the Maastricht treaty (foreign security policy
and home affairs) must be shown to work despite the tarnishing effect of
events in former Yugoslavia.
</p>
<p>
Last, but not least, the Nato summit in January should see progress in
reformulating the purposes of the Atlantic alliance and extension of
security links eastwards.
</p>
<p>
This new pragmatism will be welcomed by many, not least by the business
community. Business would like to see the commission and other bodies focus
on their administrative and managerial tasks rather than the endless
invention of new legislative initiatives or visions for which there is no
clear path to attainment.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, this healthy turn towards pragmatism has to be guided by
an informed view of the longer-term development of the European Union. The
question of the kind of European Union we wish to see develop will not go
away. There will be renewed debate next year during elections for the
European parliament and in 1996 when the next intergovernmental conference
will be held.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, proposals for the next round of discussions on the future shape
of the European Union are being forwarded by a group of independent
academics and think-tanks from across Europe, known as the Constitutional
Group. Their report avoids terms which merely add to confusion, such as
'federal' or 'confederal', 'integrationist' or 'intergovernmental'. Equally,
it avoids simplistic and often self-interested assertions that development
of the Union simply involves giving more powers to central bodies such as
the commission or the European parliament.
</p>
<p>
Instead, the report addresses the basic questions Europe faces. How do we
structure a union that will embrace all democratic countries in Europe and
promote the interests of both the smaller and larger member states? How do
we redefine the role of the nation state and its institutions within the
Union? How do we entrench rule-based procedures rather than discretionary
powers in the Union? What are the fundamental values we should try to
enshrine in the development of political union?
</p>
<p>
No one should pretend there are easy answers. But if there was one lesson
from Maastricht it was the dangers of governments getting out of step with
their electorates. Closer union is in the interests of all. But it cannot be
imposed. It must rest on consent. Whether there will be consent to further
union may depend on whether governments can first demonstrate tangible
benefits of union from the successful pursuit of their new pragmatic agenda.
</p>
<p>
The author is director of the European Policy Forum and a member of the
European Constitutional Group
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>752</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Pass the sake </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The worst fears of Tokyo's salarymen are coming true. Japan's recession is
not turning out to be the short-lived blip that the bureaucrats said it
would be. To its credit, Japan's fractious coalition government is still
trying to revive the economy. But a sagging stock market, troubled banks and
increasingly uncompetitive exporters all suggest that a long and painful
period of retrenchment lies ahead.
</p>
<p>
The latest, if rather belated, evidence that the squeeze has a long way to
run comes from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.
Over the last two years, it has publicly supported the Japanese government
line that recovery was just around the corner - last June it forecast growth
of 1 per cent this year rising to 3.3 per cent next year.
</p>
<p>
But the truth has slowly sunk in. In its latest report on Japan, published
yesterday, the OECD has revised these forecasts to zero growth this year and
1.4 per cent next. But even these numbers are out of date. The OECD
secretariat now says it expects output to contract this year and grow by
less than 1 per cent next.
</p>
<p>
Have Japan's growth prospects been deteriorating that fast? No. The OECD has
been catching up with reality. It is true that Japanese industrial output
fell by 6.2 per cent in October compared with the same month last year. But
output also fell by more than 4 per cent in each of the first three quarters
of this year.
</p>
<p>
The reasons for this accelerating fall in output are well documented in the
report. Medium- and small-sized companies are hampered by a credit squeeze
imposed by indebted banks, while the sharp appreciation of the yen has cut
competitiveness. In 1990, US hourly wages were 109 per cent of Japan's. Now
they are 76 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The report also provides the government with the economic case it needs to
justify next week's further fiscal package. Up to now, the OECD has been
backing the Japanese bureaucracy in a sterile dispute with the US government
over the appropriate measure of Japan's fiscal stance. But, as this report
shows, even on the widest definition of the public sector, Japan has a much
lower ratio of net debt to gross domestic product than the OECD average.
</p>
<p>
In short, the government can safely cut income tax to stimulate consumer
demand, especially if the cut is balanced by a consumption tax rise far
enough into the future to avoid damaging recovery. Moreover, the scope for
tax reform and deregulation to free barriers to higher consumption and to
speed up the growth of the service sector is substantial.
</p>
<p>
Yet it looks increasingly doubtful that fiscal policy can do the trick
alone. A further discount rate cut, to hold down the yen, a degree of
monetisation of government debt and a temporary injection of Bank of Japan
capital into the banking sector look more likely to accelerate what is set,
in any case, to be a sluggish recovery.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>525</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Sold a pup - again </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Instances of predatory behaviour by British insurance salesmen have become
so commonplace that revelations of mis-selling hardly come as a surprise.
Yet the Securities and Investments Board's latest findings, reported in the
Financial Times today, point to such extensive mis-selling in personal
pensions that the picture is becoming increasingly disturbing.
</p>
<p>
Failures of compliance appear to have taken place in a significant
proportion of the sales of nearly 500,000 personal pension plans to former
members of occupational pension schemes. These failures, which involve a
number of self-regulatory organisations including the SIB itself, go back as
far as 1988. A sampling exercise has established that countless transactions
were completed on the basis of inadequate investigation of the purchasers'
existing pension arrangements and financial affairs. The watchdogs
apparently did nothing to monitor those in the system whose selling
techniques were known to be in most urgent need of monitoring.
</p>
<p>
None of this need imply that personal pensions were inappropriate for each
and every one of the customers in question. There will be many, especially
among the young for whom the flexibility of a personal pension plan is
appealing, who may remain happy when their circumstances have been
investigated. But it is already clear that many older people have been
persuaded to leave good schemes with full index-linking of deferred
pensions. Here the benefits are most unlikely to be matched by a personal
pension. Redundant mineworkers, in particular, have been shamelessly gulled
by salesmen from some of the best-known names in insurance and banking.
</p>
<p>
It is not putting it too strongly to say that this is scandalous. And to its
credit the SIB is recognising as much in its response, which will aim to
provide appropriate financial remedies, in co-operation with the insurance
industry, over the next two years. Co-operation will almost certainly be
forthcoming, since the damage to the industry's already tarnished reputation
is potentially so great that urgent efforts at restitution are in the
insurers' own interest. But the task of investigation and finding
appropriate means of restitution will not be easy.
</p>
<p>
Nor will the damage to the regulatory structure be easy to repair. Insurance
has always been the Achilles' heel of the 1986 Financial Services Act
regime. Since the arrival of Mr Andrew Large at its head, the SIB has sought
more vigorously to address this weakness. Yet the latest revelations
indicate that an entirely new approach is needed to raise the standards of
salesmanship that now prevail in dealing with complex products such as
pensions. Education and training will have to be transformed if confidence
is to be re-established. In promoting personal pensions with such enthusiasm
before the regulatory regime had been tried and tested, the government has
shown itself to be pretty much on a par with the insurance salesmen.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>505</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAD0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Fewer good men in the line of fire: Defence cuts have
stopped just short of reducing the range of the UK's capabilities </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WHITE</byline>
<p>
The billboard featured a tough-looking squad of soldiers and purported to be
announcing plans for privatising the British army. What it was actually
advertising was a well-known lager. It must have seemed a good joke at the
time. If there was one thing that could never be privatised, it was the
army. But that was five years ago.
</p>
<p>
Since that spoof advertisement appeared, bits of armed forces activity have
been transferred to the private sector. Go to an army base in mainland
Britain, and you will no longer find mess meals being cooked, served and
cleared up by the Army Catering Corps, but by civilians. Join the RAF or
navy as a novice pilot and you will be initiated in flying by a civilian
instructor on an aircraft owned and operated by a private-sector company.
</p>
<p>
More is to come. Many military vehicles and other equipment will not in
future belong to the forces but be leased from contractors. Forces' married
quarters will be hived off on a long lease to a private-sector housing
trust. Training, transport, distribution, spares and storage may
increasingly be looked after by private companies. Already radically shaken
up under the government's 1990 Options for Change defence reforms, the
forces' support branches are set to be shaken up again in the quest for
economies.
</p>
<p>
Defence planners are searching for ways to absorb a fresh and unwelcome
series of spending cuts without damaging the forces' fighting strength.
</p>
<p>
The forces have not yet got over Options for Change. For instance, 80 per
cent of armoured regiments have either just amalgamated or are now doing so.
But pressure on the Pounds 23.5bn annual defence budget has kept increasing.
Defence spending is now 16 per cent lower in real terms than in the
mid-1980s. A further 12 per cent reduction in real terms is planned by
1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The biggest cut comes at the end of the three-year budget cycle. The Pounds
22.7bn now planned for 1996-97 is reckoned to be Pounds 1bn less than the
MoD had been counting on in its own confidential plans. This seriously
alters the assumptions military planners must use for subsequent years. MoD
officials who have spent three months drawing up long-term costings for the
next 15 years must now redo their sums.
</p>
<p>
Mr Malcolm Rifkind, defence secretary, argued long and hard with the
Treasury over this delayed-action spending curb, while Tory backbenchers dug
themselves in to resist further cuts in frontline combat units. Rising
bitterness in the forces, already reduced in numbers from 320,000 a decade
ago to 270,000 and on course to shrink to about 230,000 in the late 1990s,
broke into the open last month when Air Chief Marshal Sir Michael Graydon,
chief of the air staff, sounded off about a 'disreputable campaign' being
waged against the services.
</p>
<p>
He and the other service chiefs twice made use of their prerogative to see
the prime minister directly, in late September and again in October. Senior
officers described it as the most difficult public expenditure round they
could remember.
</p>
<p>
The MoD had carefully laid its defences. Its annual white paper in July
listed 50 tasks the forces were being asked to fulfil in defence of the UK
and its dependencies, in Nato or in support of wider British interests such
as peacekeeping. Numbers of battalions, ships and air squadrons were neatly
assigned to each military role. In many cases military units were earmarked
for two or more roles at once. Almost all the overseas tasks could be done
by drawing on the forces provided for UK and Nato defences.
</p>
<p>
The exercise was meant to challenge the Treasury. The implicit message was
that, if big savings were wanted, it would mean scaling down or abandoning
one or more commitments. Which - apart from peripheral commitments such as
Belize, where the British garrison is being withdrawn - would the government
be prepared to drop?
</p>
<p>
But Mr Rifkind's cabinet colleagues declined the challenge. According to an
MoD planner, defence policy is not at issue. The question is whether it has
to cost so much. 'It is clear,' he says, 'that the centre of government does
not believe in the efficiency of the MoD as an organisation.'
</p>
<p>
The result will be what senior officers describe as 'another massive
trimming exercise' - an attempt to do the same job on reduced means. But if
funds continue to be squeezed year by year, as seems likely, Britain's
broad-ranging defence effort risks becoming increasingly difficult to
sustain.
</p>
<p>
The defence cuts so far have not reduced the range of military capabilities.
One exception is the RAF's sub-strategic nuclear capability, which it is due
to lose once its current bombs become obsolete. A new missile programme was
formally abandoned last month, saving Pounds 1.8bn from the MoD's long-term
budget provisions. Instead, Trident submarines, carrying limited numbers of
warheads, will be the UK's all-purpose nuclear deterrent.
</p>
<p>
But the array of conventional capabilities, from armoured warfare to
strategic reconnaissance, is untouched. Choosing between them would
inevitably stir controversy since it would mean favouring one service over
another.
</p>
<p>
To avoid the kind of political storm that blew up over the future of
infantry battalions, the MoD aims to avoid any further loss of combat units.
But there will be more base reductions and closures, and numerous equipment
programmes are likely be curtailed, delayed or downgraded.
</p>
<p>
A number of important procurement decisions have been held up by this year's
budget arguments. Some - the purchase of more Challenger 2 tanks,
minehunters and RAF support helicopters - have now got the go-ahead. But
others, including new Sea Harrier jets, an overdue production order for
torpedoes and bidding for the first of two new assault ships, are still
pending.
</p>
<p>
Back-up support for the services will now undergo close scrutiny in order to
concentrate manpower and effort on the front line. Mr Rifkind has said the
changes will have to be radical to achieve adequate savings. This is likely
to mean transferring some activities outside the services and merging others
on a joint-service basis. Munitions maintenance, for instance, is being
rationalised, with the navy taking the main responsibility for sophisticated
weapons and the army for basic ammunition. But in other areas the three
services stand apart. Each has its doctors, dentists, educators and lawyers.
'The only thing we've managed to amalgamate in 10 years,' says a senior
officer at MoD headquarters, 'is dog training.'
</p>
<p>
But other officers believe the real opportunities are limited, since the
services are distinct and usually at some distance from each other. 'Joint
training in everything would be irrelevant and probably a waste of time,'
says one.
</p>
<p>
In any event, few of these measures promise to bring short-term savings. The
temptation will be to cut training activity and 'consumables' such as fuel
and ammunition. This goes down badly with service chiefs. It may cost an
extra Pounds 500,000 to send a large unit to train overseas, say officers.
But if British forces are to play a worldwide role, such training is
'absolutely vital'.
</p>
<p>
Some symbols of that reputation are already showing the signs of hard times.
There are fewer bands and smaller guards of honour for state visits. Foot
guards lining the streets on ceremonial occasions now stand nine feet apart
instead of six. 'We're having to spread people a bit more thinly,' says the
army.
</p>
<p>
Among the victims of the latest cuts will almost certainly be the
40-year-old Royal Yacht Britannia. Paid for out of the defence budget, it
will have to go - unless the Queen finds the means to defray its Pounds
12.5m annual costs, or industry takes it over to promote Britain's image
overseas. We may not have the Carling British Army, but could we be soon be
cheering the Whitbread Royal Yacht?
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>1338</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: My word </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The OECD's Financial Market Trends dated October 1993 betrays that
organisation's deepest fears concerning the Italian bond market. 'In June,
the Italian authorities introduced changes in the guidelines on lead
management and secondary market trading of euro-liar securities.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>65</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Decline and fall </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Last week's sudden announcement that Paris's Grand Palais - the vast,
Crystal Palace-type building near the Champs Elysees used for block-buster
art shows - is closing for FFr250m of emergency repairs, is somewhat
embarrassing.
</p>
<p>
Among the 20 exhibitions planned for 1994 were January's highly successful
SIME salon of museums; March's Salon du Dessin drawings fair; and
September's glamorously expensive Biennale des Antiquaires antiques show.
</p>
<p>
Even more distressing than this blow to exhibitors and sponsors is the
consequent buffeting of French pride. After all, the Palais was conceived as
a monument to the brilliance of modern French engineering in the 1900
Universal Exhibition.
</p>
<p>
France's culture minister, Jacques Toubon, now admits that the Grand Palais
was a jerry-built affair; four different architects had a go and the roof
was still leaking 70 years later.
</p>
<p>
The only bit of the building which has been ruled as structurally sound and
will remain open throughout the enforced closure is the police station,
responsible for guarding President Mitterrand in the nearby Elysee Palace.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>193</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Driving seat </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Remember Kevin Morley, Rover's marketing supremo who transformed himself
into an advertising agency last year? He seems to have made a scintillating
success of his first year - at least in terms of his salary.
</p>
<p>
In the first 18 months of the Kevin Morley Group Ltd, he paid himself a
salary of Pounds 481,593, including a performance-related bonus of Pounds
304,316, according to accounts filed at Companies House.
</p>
<p>
That works out at Pounds 321,062 annually, a smidgeon more than that taken
by Maurice Saatchi, chairman of advertising mammoth Saatchi and Saatchi.
Mind you, Morley has some way to go before he reaches the level of Martin
Sorrell, chief executive of WPP. He got Pounds 510,000 in 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Kevin Morley Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7311 Advertising Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>145</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: King holds on </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Good news from the Bank of England. Its chief economist, Mervyn King, has
decided to stay on rather than return to academe when his three-year leave
of absence from the London School of Economics ends.
</p>
<p>
Not only is King, 45, one of Britain's best regarded economists, but he is
also a keen advocate of greater openness in UK policymaking. He wants to see
greater independence for the Bank in setting interest rates, mainly because
this would make officials more accountable to the public for their various
policy mistakes. He's generally thought to have made more of a go of the job
than John Flemming, his predecessor, who is now warden of Wadham College,
Oxford.
</p>
<p>
There had been rumours that King's enthusiasm for life at the Bank had been
tempered by the arrival of ex-Economist editor Rupert Pennant-Rea as deputy
governor. However, King's decision to stay on as an executive director
suggests that any tensions between the two have been resolved. Having lost
Andrew Crockett to the Bank for International Settlements, Threadneedle
Street could ill afford to lose another high-flyer in the space of a few
months.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6011 Federal Reserve Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>212</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Fee fi fo fum </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
On Wednesday night one of the more prestigious head-hunting firms, Heidrick
and Struggles, gave a slap-up do at the Royal College of Art, to which all
its esteemed clients were invited.
</p>
<p>
Mingling among the champagne-quaffers, Observer was amused to hear one
senior chief executive delicately talk business - and make a job offer to a
fellow guest. 'But don't tell this lot,' said the offeror, 'or they'll be
after their fee.'
</p>
<p>
A little hard on said head-hunters - who may well consider charging at the
door next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Heidrick and Struggles </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7361 Employment Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7361 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>119</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Oiled wheels of state </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Britain's royal family can sleep soundly again; the financial headache of
how to pay for the restoration of the fire-ravaged Windsor Castle could soon
be over, thanks to piles of the black stuff.
</p>
<p>
No, not coal - oil. According to an article in the Oil and Gas Journal, the
US oil industry's bible, Her Majesty could be sitting on top of one of
Britain's biggest onshore oilfields.
</p>
<p>
Desmond Oswald, boss of the little-known Canuk Exploration, has been poking
around underneath the castle for the past four years. He believes that as
many as 100m barrels of oil may be trapped in a reservoir which begins only
1,000 feet below the Castle. Little is known about Canuk, based in Gerrards
Cross, but other oil industry sources say the idea is not as barmy as it
sounds.
</p>
<p>
Oswald expresses surprise that 'such a large structure should have remained
undrilled in a country where extensive exploration has taken place'. Having
done his homework, he is now seeking a competent operator to contribute
financially to the drilling of an exploratory well.
</p>
<p>
Of course, the royals may not be amused at the thought of nodding donkeys
taking their place alongside the Household Cavalry. But times have changed.
Prince Edward has set himself up in the film business and his mum opened
Buckingham Palace to paying gogglers for a few weeks this summer. The
possibility of a gusher under Windsor Castle should not be ignored just
because it might keep the occupants awake at night.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Canuk Exploration </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 15</biblScope>
<extent>282</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Treatment for shaky growth: The health of US drugs group
Merck </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL ABRAHAMS</byline>
<p>
For seven years, Merck, the world's largest drugs group, has been voted
Fortune magazine's most admired US company. Its reputation has been based on
a talent for discovering and developing new medicines, innovative and
successful joint ventures, and an apparently remorseless ability to achieve
double-digit earnings growth.
</p>
<p>
But Merck's global standing, and the judgment of Dr Roy Vagelos, its
charismatic chairman, are now being questioned. Sales growth is faltering,
battered by an increasingly competitive environment; the launch of Proscar,
a treatment for enlarged prostate, has been disappointing; and Merck has few
exciting new drugs in the pipeline.
</p>
<p>
In addition, the direction of the company remains unclear after Dr Vagelos's
retirement next year. His heir apparent and chief operating officer, Mr
Richard Markham, resigned unexpectedly in July. No obvious successor has
emerged.
</p>
<p>
Concerns among shareholders that Merck had lost its way were heightened soon
after Mr Markham's departure, when the group announced its intention to
acquire Medco Containment, a drugs mail order company, for Dollars 6bn.
Medco has an annual turnover of Dollars 2.5bn and net income of Dollars
138m.
</p>
<p>
The deal, which has been given the go-ahead by regulatory authorities, is a
radical departure for Merck, and signals a shift from research and
development to distribution.
</p>
<p>
The acquisition has been described as a watershed in the drug industry. Dr
Vagelos says: 'We're not just trying to remodel Merck, we're trying to
remodel the entire industry. The rest of the sector normally follows what we
do.'
</p>
<p>
However, industry executives and the investment community remain divided
over the move. Some view it as visionary and inspired. Others believe the
acquisition was overpriced and will offer no lasting competitive advantage
in pharmaceuticals marketing.
</p>
<p>
The Medco acquisition is Merck's response to the rapid changes overtaking US
pharmaceuticals. In the world's largest market, hospitals and doctors are
banding together to negotiate bulk discounts. Merck estimates that in 1991
only 33 per cent of health provision was supplied through bulk buyers, known
as managed care organisations. Within two years, it forecasts the figure
will be 67 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Merck believes the implications of this consolidation are momentous. It is
particularly being hit by discounts in the highly competitive markets of
cholesterol-lowering treatments and medicines for hypertension.
</p>
<p>
Bulk buying has been accompanied by greater prescribing of generic drugs,
which are less expensive than their patented counterparts. Kline, the
New-York based industry analyst, believes the generics sector could double
to Dollars 10bn between 1992 and 1996. The growth of generics will
accelerate as patents expire over the next two years, including that of
Bristol-Myers Squibb's Capoten, a heart drug with worldwide sales of Dollars
1.6bn.
</p>
<p>
'Competition has already lowered prices of drugs,' says Dr Vagelos.
'Annualised price increases to the third quarter of 1993 averaged only 3.5
per cent. That compares with 9.9 per cent in 1990. We see price increases as
a thing of the past.' The healthcare reforms being prepared by the Clinton
administration will exacerbate the industry's plight, he adds.
</p>
<p>
As a result, the growth of the US market is slowing, from 18 per cent in
1992 to 4 per cent this year, according to observers. In this sluggish
environment, market share is increasingly important.
</p>
<p>
Such a consideration was an impetus behind the acquisition of Medco, which
supplies medicines to about 33m Americans. The crucial factor is whether
Merck can expand that number. If Dr Vagelos succeeds, the deal should pay
for itself within three years, as Merck promises.
</p>
<p>
Dr Vagelos says there are other benefits. 'We will acquire the ability to
capture all the information when a person has a mail order prescription or
goes to a pharmacy. This will allow us to capture more and more data on the
individual, the diagnosis, and the doctor,' he explains.
</p>
<p>
He believes Medco's large databases will give Merck valuable information
about the cost-effectiveness of its treatments. In a scheme known as
capitation, Merck intends to use this information to provide large US
companies with medical cover for employees for an annual set fee per head.
</p>
<p>
'We will share the risk. One of our drugs is Proscar, which is fantastic for
stopping the growth of benign prostate enlargement. We are talking to
customers about putting their males who have enlargement on our drug and
then guaranteeing they will get relief. If not, we will pay for the
operation needed to deal with it.'
</p>
<p>
Not all are convinced by Dr Vagelos's vision of integrated pharmaceutical
care. Mr Ronald Nordmann, pharmaceuticals analyst at PaineWebber, the New
York broker, says: 'I've recommended Merck as a buy every day since 1985.
But when it announced its intention to buy Medco, I stopped.'
</p>
<p>
One criticism of the Medco deal is that Merck, with its bureaucratic
organisation, will be unable to manage the entrepreneurial mail order group.
To counter this perception Merck could install Mr Martin Wygod, Medco's
free-wheeling chairman, as its chairman when Dr Vagelos retires. Mr Wygod is
already due to join the board.
</p>
<p>
Other criticisms centre on the possible antagonism of Medco's suppliers and
customers. The suppliers, for the most part Merck's competitors, could prove
unwilling to supply drugs that boost Merck's profits. Managed care customers
may be concerned they will increasingly be offered only Merck's drugs, which
may not be the best or cheapest options.
</p>
<p>
Finally, it is not clear whether the advantage offered by Medco is
sustainable. Merck's competitors could form similar ventures, or gain access
to more comprehensive databases at less cost from insurance companies - an
idea they are now contemplating.
</p>
<p>
If Medco's growth slows and fails to generate significant increases in
volume for Merck, the deal could prove a drain on profits. Medco's Dollars
6bn price tag could be an expensive entry fee into distribution.
</p>
<p>
'It could prove to be the most brilliant deal in the history of the
pharmaceuticals industry, offering vertical integration and allowing Merck
to get closer to its customers. The logic is good. But the price looks too
high and the future growth of Medco is questionable,' says Mr Nordmann.
</p>
<p>
Merck should be given credit for trying to stay ahead of the game, forcing
change rather than having it forced upon it. But by moving fast, the world's
largest drugs group could be moving in the wrong direction.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Merck and Co Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>1083</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Direct debits more efficient </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr RICHARD TYSON-DAVIES</byline>
<p>
Sir, Mr T J Walsh (Letters, November 25) describes the giro payment system
available in Switzerland and suggests that British banks should be taking
similar steps to reduce cheque volumes. He misses the point. Most households
in the UK already use an even more efficient way of paying their regular
bills: the direct debit scheme. Once a direct debit instruction has been
signed, no further action at all is required by the customer and, even if he
is abroad or otherwise unable to attend to his affairs, the bills still get
paid on time.
</p>
<p>
His peace of mind is further enhanced by the provision of a money-back
guarantee in the very rare event that an error occurs. The scheme is
actively promoted by UK banks and building societies and, indeed, more than
1bn direct debit payments will be made in 1993.
</p>
<p>
Richard Tyson-Davies,
</p>
<p>
head of public affairs,
</p>
<p>
Association for Payment
</p>
<p>
Clearing Services,
</p>
<p>
Mercury House, Triton Court,
</p>
<p>
14 Finsbury Square,
</p>
<p>
London EC2A 1BR
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>199</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Thorp - plutonium safeguards one
thing, security costs another </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Dr MICHAEL GRUBB and Professor TREVOR TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Sir, The extensive debate on Thorp in your pages has missed points of
central importance. The measures employed to safeguard the plutonium
separated will add further to the costs but cannot resolve the fundamental
security problems.
</p>
<p>
The global surplus of separated plutonium is a fact reaffirmed as a serious
concern by the then deputy director of the International Atomic Energy
Agency at this institute a year ago. The world cannot develop enough
capacity to burn up this surplus over the next few years. Consequently, any
plutonium from Thorp which is consumed in civil applications will be partly
at the expense of leaving other plutonium in more diverse and vulnerable
locations for longer. This includes both weapons grade material arising from
superpower arms reductions, and reactor grade plutonium (which is quite
adequate for terrorist weapons) in various countries. Even if every atom
separated at Thorp is burned as promised, it thus exacerbates a difficult
security problem.
</p>
<p>
The safest solution to the security problem is to place all separated
plutonium in a physically inaccessible form (vitrification) and/or secure
international repository (which could include Sellafield). But the relevant
governments - including Russia's - are reluctant to contemplate this due to
their perception of plutonium as a potentially valuable fuel. Thorp's
operation, and claims about the value of its products, will reinforce this
myth.
</p>
<p>
Thorp's operation may mean fissile material being held in a range of states
which may not use it for decades, a period in which their political
orientation may shift dramatically. It will be difficult to refuse custom
from currently 'acceptable' regimes, even if they may be politically
unreliable in the longer term. Governments holding plutonium stocks for
genuine civil purposes may also provoke fears among their neighbours. There
are signs that South Korea may seek plutonium should Japan's stockpile
increase.
</p>
<p>
Finally, the security regime surrounding the separation, storage and
transport of plutonium from Thorp is impressive. But how much will it cost,
and who is going to pay? Unless the requirements are fully costed and
accounted for, not only is the economic case distorted, but the regime
itself may eventually be weakened by financial constraints, as has occurred
previously with IAEA safeguards operations.
</p>
<p>
Michael Grubb,
</p>
<p>
Trevor Taylor,
</p>
<p>
The Royal Institute of International Affairs,
</p>
<p>
Chatham House,
</p>
<p>
10 St James's Square,
</p>
<p>
London SW1Y 4LE
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2819 Industrial Inorganic Chemicals, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2819 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>430</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
First among equals </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOE ROGALY</byline>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke is bemused by the effect of his Budget. He must have
anticipated groans about the increases in tax, or the pressure on spending.
Instead there is euphoria, and not only in the markets. This could be a
worry. The chancellor has been in politics long enough to be aware of the
superstition that if you are greeted by cheers on the day of delivery, there
is trouble in store. If the economy doesn't get you, your admirers will.
When you have been puffed up to the dizzying heights, there is only one way
to go.
</p>
<p>
We can consider some of the possible pitfalls in a moment. First it must be
emphasised that the Budget has achieved its purpose. It has started the
process of restoring the government's authority. This remains as true three
mornings after delivery as it did on first hearing Mr Clarke's words on
Tuesday. The chancellor had one aim: to begin to lift Mr John Major's
administration out of the hole into which it had fallen. The party, and with
luck the electorate, had to be shown that Downing Street was back in control
of economic policy, following 14 months of destabilisation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke reckoned that his best bet was to produce proposals that would
eventually eliminate the Pounds 50bn deficit. All else followed. The public
was prepared to expect more austere measures than in fact emerged. That is a
routine pre-Budget ploy. The actual cuts and imposts were chosen for their
likely acceptability on Conservative backbenches. Nice thoughts about
creating a symmetrical or coherent system of taxation were suppressed as
irrelevant.
</p>
<p>
The speech was carefully crafted. Aware that the House of Commons will not
listen to anyone for longer than about 90 minutes, the chancellor pruned his
words ruthlessly. The traditional, lengthy world-view of the state of
economies here there and everywhere was omitted - although Treasury
officials would have included one had they been asked. The new unified tax
and spending Budget, which enabled the chancellor to announce many decisions
in one go, provided him with a unique platform. He would not be Kenneth
Clarke if he was not aware that this hugely strengthened the power of the
chancellor, and thus his influence with the rest of the government.
</p>
<p>
This enabled him to make quick or possibly controversial decisions, without
being over-ly concerned about the prime minister's reaction. His
predecessor, Mr Norman Lamont, was not so fortunate. To take one example, Mr
Major was always unsure about changing invalidity benefit. The upshot of the
chancellor's efforts to spread the burden was that numerous small items were
necessarily crammed into an address that turned out to be of greater
significance in stating government policy than the Queen's Speech at the
opening of parliament. Mr Clarke may or may not make it to No 10 Downing
Street, but this week he is tasting some of the delights of being first
among equals.
</p>
<p>
That said, the government is not out of its hole yet. Take taxation. The
shadow chancellor, Mr Gordon Brown, has made a good start to what will be an
energetic, and sensible, Labour campaign to remind the electorate that it
was hoodwinked by the Tories in April 1992. The Conservatives promised lower
taxes, no extention of value added tax, and no increase in national
insurance contributions. All three undertakings have been cast aside. This
may have an effect on future election results, although I doubt it. Much
depends on the attention-span of the average voter. Is it as long as that of
an elephant - or do most of us have the political memory of a gnat?
</p>
<p>
Public spending cuts may be a more serious pitfall. The reductions depend on
squeezing public sector pay. The hardest hit sector is probably local
government. Think ahead, as Mr Clarke surely does, to next April. Picture
the scene. A new bargaining round has begun, but so far the government's
freeze is sticking. In come the higher taxes, and VAT on domestic fuel,
ordained by Mr Lamont in March and Mr Clarke this week. The inevitable
upwards blip in inflation created by the Budget makes itself felt. People
who have nodded over the favourable comments made since Tuesday suddenly
notice where Mr Clarke's fiscal prudence is coming from: their pockets.
Plenty of work for the trade unions, and Mr Brown, there.
</p>
<p>
The supposed government attack on the welfare state is another potential
vote-loser for the Conservatives, at least in Labour eyes. But is it? The
rhetoric of Mr Michael Portillo and Mr Peter Lilley has a calculated
purpose. These hatchet-men of the right are working to a long timetable.
They are believers in the minimal state, but they are wise enough to proceed
slowly, softening up opinion in advance, threatening more than they do.
Their aim, which they pursue with skill, is ever to push forward the
frontiers of the thinkable.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke is not a philosopher. His Budget contained nothing on the social
security side that is not defensible in its own terms. If it hit
Portillo-Lilley targets, they were soft ones. More effective rules for
invalidity benefits are common sense. Asking unemployed people to draw on
their own savings, if they have any, after six months on contributory
benefits is tough, but Beveridge would have understood. Making the system
more like workfare is welcome. Equalising the state pension age at 65, after
two decades' notice, is overdue. Throwing in a new benefit to help mothers
who take low-paid jobs to finance childcare was Mr Clarke's signal to the
moralists of the right.
</p>
<p>
When the chancellor had gone through his Budget at Tuesday morning's cabinet
meeting, several ministers spoke on the welfare state. The upshot was a
concordat between right and left. 'This government will never take part in
any attempt to dismantle the welfare state,' Mr Clarke said in his speech
later that afternoon. Any deal has a price. 'We must make sure that it is a
system that future generations will be able to afford,' he also said. Labour
cannot successfully quarrel with that. It will have to wait until its
Commission for Social Justice has reported next summer before it can joust
with the minimalists' arguments. The Labour leader, Mr John Smith, should
not dilly-dally for too long. If the Conservatives have the will to build on
what has been a good week for them, they will stop looking like losers
comfortably in advance of a 1996 election.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>1108</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Dealing with late payers (2) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr MARTIN E SIMONS</byline>
<p>
Sir, Mr Nigel Wilkins (Letters, November 26) makes an excellent suggestion:
that names of directors of failed companies should be publicised. But this
should be augmented by names of directors and companies (and of their
ultimate holding company) that failed to pay their bills on time - which
contributes to business failure.
</p>
<p>
No public honours should be awarded to directors of companies which impose
inequitable or untimely payment arrangements on their suppliers.
</p>
<p>
Martin E Simons,
</p>
<p>
24 Granard Avenue,
</p>
<p>
London SW15 6HJ
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P874  Management and Public Relations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P874 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>119</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Dealing with late payers (1) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr DAVID REX</byline>
<p>
Sir, While the adverse impact which late payment of trade debt has on
company cash flows cannot be denied, we can hope that the government
undertakes an objective assessment of all the causes before being seduced
into seeing the statutory right to interest on late payment as a panacea.
</p>
<p>
Working in this area for clients both large and small, we continue to find
that many of the causes of late payment lie within the seller's own sales
and delivery process. This includes, for example, poor specification of
contractual terms and failure to invoice, or invoice correctly, until well
after supply. Looking inwardly and addressing internal operating
deficiencies may prove harder than placing all responsibility for late
payment on to the customer but, in our experience, this approach has always
achieved reductions of more than 50 per cent in overdue debt outstanding.
</p>
<p>
Of course there are managements which are bad payers as a matter of intent,
and sellers need the means to secure swift and just redress. However, for
small businesses, in particular, the existing legal process is seen as slow
and cumbersome, with the likely result not expected to accord with the
resources required to achieve it. Rather than adding more legislative
burdens to inadequate mechanisms, the government would do better to make the
existing legal process in this area work more effectively for the plaintiff.
</p>
<p>
David Rex,
</p>
<p>
David Rex Associates,
</p>
<p>
131 Newtown Road,
</p>
<p>
Warsash, Hampshire SO3 9GY
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P874  Management and Public Relations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P874 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>275</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Textiles bargaining tactic heavy
handed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Ms HARRIET LAMB</byline>
<p>
Sir, Mr J A Nightingale, chairman of the Apparel, Knitting and Textiles
Alliance, calls (Letters, November 30) on developing countries to lift their
barriers to textiles and clothing in exchange for the phasing-out of the
Multi-Fibre Arrangement (MFA).
</p>
<p>
The MFA is a legalised derogation from the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, imposed on developing countries as a 'temporary measure' 20 years
ago. Imposing unilateral restrictions and then using them as a bargaining
chip to get access to developing nations' markets amounts to heavy-handed
tactics, not at all conducive to good trading relations.
</p>
<p>
At Punta del Este, to which Mr Nightingale refers, governments in fact
agreed to ensure that developing countries received 'differential and more
favourable treatment'. Their declaration stated: 'Developed countries do not
expect reciprocity in their reduction of barriers to trade to developing
countries, that is they do not expect developing countries to make
contributions which are inconsistent with the individual development,
financial and trade needs.'
</p>
<p>
Ending the MFA is one of the few benefits which the Gatt proposal offers
developing countries. Diluting those gains by further extending the MFA or
pressing for yet more reciprocal actions - options which President Clinton
is now exploring - would seriously undermine their economic prospects.
</p>
<p>
Mr Nightingale is right to call for serious bargaining. But surely, instead
of trying to wring yet more concessions out of poor countries, his industry
would do better to focus on the tariffs ranging from 35 to 60 per cent
imposed on European textiles by South Africa, Australia or the US.
</p>
<p>
Harriet Lamb,
</p>
<p>
campaigns officer,
</p>
<p>
World Development Movement,
</p>
<p>
25 Beehive Place, London SW9
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P22   Textile Mill Products </item>
<item> P23   Apparel and Other Textile Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P22 </item>
<item> P23 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>310</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Short of a TV channel </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr JOHN HAMBLEY</byline>
<p>
Sir, Michael Grade (Letters, November 27) may be right to say that the
concentration of power in too few ITV hands threatens the free market
designs of the 1990 Broadcasting Act.
</p>
<p>
But he mentions only two of the three radical proposals on which the Act's
intentions rested. In addition to the Channel 3 licence tenders and the
separation of Channel 4 as an advertising competitor, the Act instructed the
Independent Television Commission 'to do all they can to secure the
provision' of a Channel 5 for the UK.
</p>
<p>
It is not evident that the ITC has carried out parliament's wishes, and now
is surely the time to ensure that they do so. Advertisers, viewers and
independent producers would be the beneficiaries.
</p>
<p>
John Hambley,
</p>
<p>
executive producer,
</p>
<p>
Euston Films,
</p>
<p>
Pinewood Studios,
</p>
<p>
Iver Heath, Bucks SL0 0NH
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>172</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Bogdanov's Julius Caesar - Theatre </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MALCOLM RUTHERFORD</byline>
<p>
The English Shakespeare Company is in the midst of what may be its last tour
in its present form. Since it was founded under Michael Bogdanov in 1986, it
has provided a mixture of the inspired, the perverse and the indifferent.
Its Julius Caesar, currently playing at the Shaw Theatre in London, contains
the same mixture, though perhaps with less emphasis on the inspired.
</p>
<p>
The women are outstanding: Mandana Jones as Calpurnia, wife of Caesar, and
Caroline Harris as Portia, wife of Brutus. They almost succeed in showing
that if they had been in charge, the tragedy would never have happened. In
the scene where Portia speaks of giving herself a voluntary wound in the
thigh to show her constancy, Ms Harris savagely stabs herself in the upper
leg.
</p>
<p>
There is also new meaning in Caesar's line: 'Let me have men about me that
are fat.' This Caesar, played by David Sterne, is a paunchy figure,
certainly not obese, but well-made. Dressed in a camel coat, no tie and a
long white evening scarf, he looks a jolly enough fellow, perhaps presiding
over a rugby club rather imperial Rome.
</p>
<p>
Terry McGinity's Cassius is very impressive, a genuinely worried man,
possibly rightly convinced that Caesar must go. And it is here, as in
several other recent productions of the play, that one notices a change in
sympathies. Tradition had it that Brutus was the noblest Roman of them all.
Cassius was a conspirator with not much to be said for him. Mark Antony was
a chancer who emerged as the hero.
</p>
<p>
Modern taste has begun to lean more towards Cassius as the most interesting
figure. Certainly in this ESC production, directed by Tim Carroll, Brutus is
a very dull man by contrast. Played by Burt Caesar, he seems neither the
brightest or the noblest.
</p>
<p>
Alex Hardy's Antony is more of a pop star. When he incites the crowd at
Caesar's funeral, he employs deliberate hysteria from the start. There is no
gradual build-up. And when he makes his final comment on Caesar at the end
of the play, it is almost flip. He tosses off the lines about nature
standing up to all the world and saying 'This was a man' as if they had only
just occurred to him and will be as quickly forgotten.
</p>
<p>
The production is done effortlessly in modern dress. More puzzling is why
the set, designed by Rae Smith, seems to be vaguely South African. It adds
nothing to the play, but nor does it particularly detract.
</p>
<p>
The ESC is sponsored by IBM. Next week at the same theatre Bogdanov will
present his version of the Faust legend, designed especially for children.
</p>
<p>
Shaw Theatre, NW1. (071) 388 1394
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>485</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Heavenly encounter - Karen Fricker hails the Broadway
production of Tony Kushner's epic play 'Angels in America' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KAREN FRICKER</byline>
<p>
Six months ago Tony Kushner's Millennium Approaches, the Pulitzer Prize
winning first half of his epic play Angels in America, took Broadway by
storm, sweeping the Tony Awards and playing to sell-out houses.
</p>
<p>
Perestroika, the second half of Angels, which joined Millennium at the
Walter Kerr Theatre last week, both directed by George C. Wolfe, not only
completes the theatrical journey that Millennium began but is a complete
dramatic experience of pathos, humour, and insight. The running time for the
two plays is a total of seven hours; a different production of Perestroika,
directed by Declan Donnelan, opened at London's National Theatre last week.
</p>
<p>
In Millennium, Kushner sets in motion several interweaving plots that
illustrate the identity crisis of 1980s America: a gay couple split apart by
Aids; a Mormon couple similarly disintegrating when the husband begins to
question his sexuality; and the arch-evil Roy Cohn on his own downward
spiral, infected with Aids and embodying the nation's greed and
self-interest. Kushner traffics in fantasy in Millennium, but the play grabs
the audience's imagination and its heart because the unreal world he creates
seems more like life than finely detailed naturalism.
</p>
<p>
In Perestroika, the first play's stories untangle, settle, and resolve with
bracing pace and crackling dialogue which is even funnier than that in
Millennium. Yet it is a darker play than the first; Kushner seems to be
reeling the audience in after Millennium's blast of adrenalin. While in
Millennium the Mormon wife Harper takes a Valium trip to Antarctica, in
Perestroika she only makes it as far as the Brooklyn Bridge. In Millennium,
Harper and Prior, the gay man with Aids, meet in his jewel-encrusted drag
fantasy; in Perestroika, they meet in a grotty Mormon visitors' centre.
Prior's heavenly encounter in Millennium is that play's coup de theatre: a
gorgeous white-winged angel crashes through his ceiling and calls him a
prophet. Prior makes it to heaven in Perestroika, but it is a dark and
mournful place, with a backdrop of broken columns and a bevy of
black-gowned, silent angels; little wonder he rejects their offer of
immortality and returns to the flawed earth.
</p>
<p>
The most surprising thing about Perestroika is its uplifted ending. There
are those who will be unwilling to accept that a writer who lays out what is
wrong with the world could, in the same (extended) dramatic breath, embrace
the world despite its flaws. Yet Kushner's resolution of the play's plots
and themes cannot be faulted on a dramatic level; it is intellectually and
emotionally logical and, yes, uplifting: wrong is punished, the good get
another chance, and even the most hardened show the capacity for change.
</p>
<p>
In the epilogue, the arc of the play that rises during Millennium and
descends throughout Perestroika completes its journey. Prior closes the play
by speaking to the audience the words the angel gave him at the end of
Millennium: 'the great work begins'. It is a challenge, and an act of
benediction.
</p>
<p>
The work for us may be just beginning, but for Kushner it is finally
complete. He has turned Perestroika around since its world premiere in Los
Angeles last November, when it appeared as a deeply flawed attempt to tie up
Millennium's strands. Kushner transformed Perestroika not by adding new
material but by cutting and reshaping.
</p>
<p>
While director Wolfe's work on Millennium was sketchy and tentative, he
directs Perestroika with subtlety, verve, and intelligence. Millennium
dragged, but Perestroika clips along, its comic timing acute, scenes
intersecting and overlapping in a contained explosion of energy. While Robin
Wagner's set of revolving walls and sliding panels, which both plays share,
seemed an unhappy compromise in Millennium, the design is put to livelier
use in Perestroika.
</p>
<p>
Wolfe's excellent cast has only improved since Millennium. Stephen Spinella,
who has played Prior since Angels' first production in San Francisco in
1991, is still breathtakingly fresh in the role. Kathleen Chalfant moves
between roles, from the 'world's oldest living Bolshevik' in the prologue to
the tight-lipped Mormon mother, to Ethel Rosenberg, with extraordinary ease.
In Wolfe's Millennium, Ron Leibman had every look of an actor out of control
as Roy Cohn - all spitting, gasping intensity; here it keeps that fierceness
in check and his deathbed rantings are both harrowing and hilarious. Marcia
Gay Harden's Harper is a revelation: she combines childish petulance and
womanly longing to make what previously seemed an unplayable character one
of the play's central figures.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>782</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: 'The Nutcracker', Kirov style - Ballet </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CLEMENT CRISP</byline>
<p>
Drosselmeyer's disease is a mysterious scourge. No respecter of persons, it
afflicts dancers, public, managements - even critics, who might be thought
to be immune - with a mindless desire to see or perform The Nutcracker.
</p>
<p>
Deformity is often part of the sickness, since versions of the ballet can be
stupid, revisionist, loaded with as much gimcrackery as a Christmas tree.
Yet maddened by a need to hear the score, and often to traduce it, crazed by
a lust for snowflakes, giant mice and toy soldiers - you may judge how
hideous are the symptoms - the victims flock to theatres, seeking
alleviation for this syndrome. Like 'flu it is a winter hazard, and like the
new Beijing strain, it is among us now.
</p>
<p>
Five different stagings are threatened this year: the first outbreak - I'd
venture the size of Birmingham's Royal Ballet - is well mannered in
technique, with a style that speaks clearly of Kirov example. It looks, even
in the merry nonsense of Nutcracker, coherent as an ensemble, unified in
training. The production they bring is a bit of a muddle, but since this
visit has been arranged at breakneck speed (the Ballet du Nord's defection
was only six weeks ago) we can accept a somewhat routine air to the
narrative, and be grateful for the central seriousness of the event.
</p>
<p>
The production is by Nikolay Boyarchikov, a former director of the company,
and is cursory in dramatics. Its fascination is that it incorporates much of
the Nutcracker choreography made in 1934 by the eminent Leningrad
ballet-master Vasily Vainonen. We have seen some of this before in Kirov
performance, and its surely-made classicism argues the importance of
Vainonen as a creator. What is new to us, and remarkable, is Vainonen's
fashioning of the snowflakes' waltz. Bold in shape, driven and swirling
through shifting patterns, the dance evokes not the gently drifting
snowflakes we are used to, but a storm of Russian snow as it falls. I
thought it beautiful in its sweep, and excellently done by a strong female
corps.
</p>
<p>
The company is lively in this, as in everything. Though the dramatic line of
the first act is unconvincing, because Drosselmeyer is unclear as a motive
force, the dancers are enthusiastic, and the thin 'look' of the production
(Soviet-flimsy in Act 1; much more magical with the snow scene) must be
excused because of the haste of this visit. The child heroine, Masha, was
taken on Wednesday with real charm and, when transformed into the second
act's ballerina, with brilliancy of means by Elena Kulagina.
</p>
<p>
Vainonen's culminating gift to Masha is the great pas de deux, which he
turns into a display of pyrotechnics by giving the ballerina five cavaliers
who throw and catch her in bravura fashion. (It is a fascinating period
piece in evoking the acrobatic manner favoured in Soviet ballet during the
1930s). Kulagina, gleaming, effortless, is a delightful exponent of its
manner.
</p>
<p>
Her chief cavalier, Vitaly Poleshchuk, is clean in style, elegant. The
divertissements of the second act show that the Perm company has lively
soloists: I hope we shall see them again in a more searching repertory. The
score is recorded, and well-played by an excellent but un-named orchestra.
</p>
<p>
As a most intriguing sidelight on Nutcracker, Derngate has brought over a
small exhibition of designs for this ballet from the archives of the Bolshoi
Theatre. Some 60 costume designs are on view, by Konstantin Korovin for the
Bolshoi's 1919 production by Gorsky, and by Vladimir Dimitriev for Asaf
Messerer's 1939 staging. They are fascinating, important.
</p>
<p>
The Nutcracker at Derngate Theatre, Northampton, until December 11.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>636</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: George Michael - Pop </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONY THORNCROFT</byline>
<p>
Pop stars, naive sweeties that they are, still believe that the 1990s is the
caring decade. Many of them seem to have abandoned their careers in favour
of charity fund raising and Aids is the cause closest to their hearts. So
goodwill, sentiment, love and peace, and an overwhelming atmosphere of
self-righteousness, temporarily converted Wembley Arena into the ark of the
new covenant on Wednesday night.
</p>
<p>
George Michael had organised a Concert of Hope, and the Princess of Wales
was there. She received the sort of reception usually reserved for U2, but
did not join Michael in the Wham Rap. She deservedly let him pick up the
laurels.
</p>
<p>
Michael is in an odd sort of limbo at the moment. He is in a well publicised
legal dispute with Sony, his record company, which he accuses of inhibiting
his creative development. He wants artistic respect; they want a mega pop
star. So occasions like the Concert of Hope are his best, if not only,
opportunity to touch his fans.
</p>
<p>
They loved him. There were few signs of the higher seriousness. He still
manages a three-day growth of beard; he still wiggles his hips like Cliff
Richard in 1960. He hardly needed to give a twitch to get the audience to
stand and stomp and clap him through his newly adopted theme tune, one which
he might share with the Princess, 'Freedom'.
</p>
<p>
But the emphasis is on the voice. Michael sings now with the fullest
throttle and he has a weakness for the big ballad, like 'Love's in need of
love today'. On the oval stage, set in the heart of the arena, he showed no
signs of rustiness; it was a dominating, assured performance, culminating in
an extended 'Everything she wants'.
</p>
<p>
Michael was very much the ring master of his three star circus. His two
supporting stars were Mick Hucknall, of Simply Red, and kd lang. I'm worried
about Ms lang. I loved her when she was a Canadian cowgirl, with a feel for
the sentimental ballads of the 1940s, a kind of spunky Garrison Keillor. I
was even charmed by the modesty of a lower-cased name. Now success has
turned her into an unstoppable torch singer, swathed in layers of white
sheeting and stomping around the stage fighting an unsubtle sound system.
She is just plain old Karen Lang, the cabaret circuit queen.
</p>
<p>
But Hucknall delivered in spades. He really is honey-voiced and he gave the
audience what it craved, a string of hits, including the modern classic
'Stars'. He caught the easy-going, celebratory, uncritical mood of the
occasion. The MC was a restrained David Bowie, acting as the voice of
conscience on an escapist evening.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7929 Entertainers and Entertainment Groups </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7929 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>478</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Sawallisch's Strauss - Concert </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID MURRAY</byline>
<p>
On Tuesday the London Philharmonic had Wolfgang Sawallisch again as their
conductor, in the Royal Festival Hall. He is 70 now, and one of the last
masters of his generation: infinitely knowledgeable about the Austro-German
repertoire, hugely skilled at making his orchestras understand what he wants
and play up to it. We should treasure Sawallisch.
</p>
<p>
The LPO played Strauss's auto-celebratory Symphonia Domestica for him. It is
the composer's most unnecessary big work. It came at the fag-end of his
'symphonic poems', in 1903 - even before the Salome which turned him into an
opera-composer for the remaining half of his long life. Enthusiasts praise
the intricacy of its counterpoint: all those marital and familial
Leitmotiven so forcibly welded together, in opulent orchestral dress.
</p>
<p>
But the original model was surely the three-tunes conjunction in Wagner's
Meistersinger Overture - the Mastersingers, the Prize Song and the
Apprentices all at once. (Having read the programme-notes, we pride
ourselves upon noticing that.) Liszt's reaction to it was scathingly honest:
something like 'Ah, so you're doing counterpoint then]' There is a great gap
between that kind of conscious exercise, like Strauss's Symphonia, and (say)
the vital, fluent interplay of parts in Tristan.
</p>
<p>
On the other hand, every musical element in the Symphonia boasts Strauss's
hallmark. If there is something factitious about the 'symphonism', his
ubiquitous personality is vivid and real as could be. Sawallisch has always
struck me as a pragmatic, intelligently sceptical interpreter, disinclined
to attach weight to anything but what is actually embedded in the notes.
Here, he captured the lusty colours and the just emphases for every moment
in the inflated score; the result was transparent far beyond the norm,
superbly controlled and grandly disarming.
</p>
<p>
Earlier, he introduced us to Werner Egk's 1949 'French Suite after Rameau',
which few of us will ever hear again. Its five movements are bright,
angular, quirky fantasies on harpsichord pieces by Rameau: some dissonant
birdsong, a jack-booted Gigue, a smoochy elaboration of 'Les tendres
Plaintes'. They fairly breathe their sweet-and-sour postwar period, which
Sawallisch must know through and through. From 30-odd years ago I retain
friendly memories of Egk's Die Verlobung in San Domingo a Latin-American
film noir piece, and hope that the ENO may one of these days try it on.
</p>
<p>
In Bruch's celebrated G minor violin concerto - period stuff - Sawallisch
supplied a faultlessly sympathetic accompaniment for young Leonidas Kavakos,
replacing the phenomenal Maxim Vengerov. (That still-younger Siberian
emigrated a few years ago to Israel, and has been called up for his National
Service there; we must hope that he does not hurt a finger or a wrist, for
he is irreplaceable.) No invidious comparisons: the Kavakos technique was
equal to every demand, and his plain, open sincerity shone where more
seasoned and cynical violinists resort to flashy tricks-of-the-trade. We
shall hear much more of him.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7929 Entertainers and Entertainment Groups </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7929 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>505</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Today's Television </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER DUNKLEY</byline>
<p>
The children featured in 'Sheriff Street Kids', today's documentary in C4's
Short Stories series, are the sort who have grown up with truancy and car
theft as major parts of their lives. They live in a run-down area of central
Dublin and dote on racing pigeons. The programme follows two boys, Madser
and Docker, as they prepare to race their birds from Bray to Sheriff Street
(8.00).
</p>
<p>
ITV begins a three-part drama, All Or Nothing At All, in which comedian Hugh
Laurie plays a charming City con man, addicted to gambling. He risks his
friends' money on the horses in an attempt to make them a lot of money and
therefore, as he supposes, happy (9.00).
</p>
<p>
In Bottom, being repeated on BBC2, Adrian Edmondson and Rik Mayall play
characters not far removed from their roles in The Young Ones. This will not
be to everyone's taste, but if you do happen to enjoy their
pee-po-belly-bum-drawers routine this is the most vigorous example yet to
reach the screen. Today's episode with Rik's birthday party is like a
pantomime with which Joe Orton has been interfering (9.00).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4832 Radio Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P4841 Cable and Other Pay Television Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4832 </item>
<item> P4833 </item>
<item> P4841 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>229</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Post Office Board </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sir Christopher Harding, chairman of BET, has been appointed a non-executive
director at the POST OFFICE BOARD.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4311 U </item>
<item> S </item>
<item> Postal Service </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>43</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Jersey pilots new board </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Blackburn Rovers' manager Kenny Dalglish must be glad that he is running
multi-millionaire Jack Walker's pet football team and not his regional
airline - Jersey European Airways - which is having its third shake-up in
less than five years.
</p>
<p>
Barry Perrott, 44, has replaced Trefor Jones, a former pilot, as managing
director of JEA and group managing director of its parent, Walker Aviation.
Perrott joined JEA just over a year ago as planning director after 25 years
with British Airways. Jones had joined JEA two years ago and is a former
president of the European Regional Airlines Association. Michael Robinson,
JEA's financial director, is also being replaced.
</p>
<p>
JEA, which describes itself as Britain's leading independent regional
airline, declined to elaborate on the reasons for the management changes.
</p>
<p>
JEA has a fleet of 16 aircraft and 360 staff; it serves 13 destinations and
has been leading the fight for lower fares on the routes between Belfast and
the mainland.
</p>
<p>
Despite its name, its route network has expanded well beyond the Channel
Islands. However, it is facing growing competition on some of its routes and
Jack Walker, whose fortune has been estimated at Pounds 320m, will be
conscious that owning a rapidly growing airline can be even more expensive
than owning a premier league football club.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Jersey European Airways </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>245</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Hoare flies in to Heathrow Express </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
BAA, the former British Airports Authority, has appointed an airline man to
the post of managing director of Heathrow Express, the planned fast rail
link between Heathrow and Paddington in west London.
</p>
<p>
Rod Hoare is currently managing director of British Airways Regional, a
Pounds 300m business, and has responsibility for the direct flights from
Birmingham, Manchester and Scotland.
</p>
<p>
Construction has already begun on the Pounds 300m Heathrow Express project,
a joint venture between BAA, which owns 70 per cent and British Rail, with
30 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Hoare says his main tasks will be to see that the project is completed on
time and within cost and to ensure that the trains are built to a high
standard. The new service is intended to reduce the journey time from the
airport to Paddington to just 16 minutes from 1997.
</p>
<p>
Hoare began his career with BOAC, the precursor of BA, spending 16 years
with the airline. He was area manager for Syria, Jordan, Iraq and Lebanon
when the Lebanese civil war broke out in the mid-1970s. He was the last BA
expat to leave Beirut when he was finally forced to shut the office and move
to Jordan and was subsequently awarded the MBE for services to the British
community in Lebanon.
</p>
<p>
He left BA to become chief executive at Sally Line, a ferry operator, and
then moved to Pandair, the air freight subsidiary of P&amp;O. He then became
director of ground operations for British Caledonian, the airline acquired
by BA in 1988.
</p>
<p>
A fan of Italian opera, Hoare recalls that Verdi's Aida was commissioned to
mark the opening of the Suez canal. As far as he knows there are as yet no
plans for an opera to commemorate the launch of the Heathrow Express.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BAA </item>
<item> Heathrow Express </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P4111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>334</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology (Worth Watching): Calling time for the smaller
company </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
Clocking in and clocking out can be expensive because the paper time cards
have to be continually replaced. But electronic time recording systems have
often only been available economically to larger companies.
</p>
<p>
French manufacturer Bodet has eliminated time cards in its BT50 system which
is intended for companies with as few as 20 employees. The BT50 uses
personal badges, each containing a magnetic stripe. These are swiped through
the machine like a credit card. The electronic data gathered by the machines
can be sent directly to a personal computer.
</p>
<p>
There the information can be used in conjunction with payroll software to
calculate wages. Bodet: France, 41 71 72 00; UK, 0442 234141.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3579 Office Machines, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3579 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>148</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology (Worth Watching): Little supervision for computer
games </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
Parents offer surprisingly little guidance to their children over the types
of computer games they play, according to a study by Aston University for
Elspa, the European Leisure Software Publisher's Association.
</p>
<p>
According to the study only 3 per cent of children reported any parental
guidance regarding the type of games they played, compared with 58 per cent
who reported that their parents determined the type of television programmes
they watched. However, the report showed parents were keen to restrict the
time their children play computer games. Elspa: UK, 0386 830642.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3944 Games, Toys, and Children's Vehicles </item>
<item> P7372 Prepackaged Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3944 </item>
<item> P7372 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>130</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFADAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology (Worth Watching): Virtual actors turn to
animation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
First there was virtual memory, then there was virtual reality. Now there is
the virtual actor, a way of enabling computer-generated characters to move
and behave in the same way as humans by sending information directly to the
animated character from a live actor. Up to 16 sensors are placed over the
actor's hands, face and body. As he or she moves, the movement and speech
are mirrored exactly by the computerised character.
</p>
<p>
Developed in the US by SimGraphics and sold in the UK by Televirtual, V
Actor was first used in the UK by the BBC to create Ratz, an animated cat
which presents children's television programmes. Televirtual: UK, 0603
767493.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7372 Prepackaged Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7372 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>147</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology (Worth Watching): Software that addresses the
issue </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
Typing letters is time-consuming and typing out the envelope can take as
long. Now Japanese manufacturer Seiko Instruments has produced a tiny
machine which sits beside a PC and prints out an address label every time a
letter is written.
</p>
<p>
The sophisticated software in the Smart Label Printer Plus recognises the
combination of letters and numbers which make up the local postcodes or zip
codes. Once a postcode is typed at the end of the recipient's address at the
top of the letter, the label is automatically printed. Seiko: UK, 0628
770001.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7372 Prepackaged Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7372 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>126</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology (Worth Watching): Cutting the price of
videoconferencing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
The advantages of videoconferencing as a replacement for international
travel have long been recognised, but the cost of buying equipment has often
deterred the smaller company.
</p>
<p>
Nuts Technologies, of Hong Kong, has now developed a desk-top
videoconferencing system based on an Apple Macintosh for Pounds 3,499.
</p>
<p>
The video image is displayed in a small window on the screen while the rest
of the screen can display high-quality graphics. The two callers can discuss
the displayed graphics and alter them if required. The caller at the other
end would be able to see the updated graphics immediately.
</p>
<p>
The Connect 918 can send the data along the latest ISDN digital telephone
lines, around a local area network or even over an ordinary telephone line
using a modem. Nuts Technologies: Hong Kong: 881 6360.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3661 Telephone and Telegraph Apparatus </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3661 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>168</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: M&amp;S makes one </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Marks and Spencer, the UK's most profitable retailer, is strengthening its
presence in the Far East by appointing a Far East operations director. It is
also combining two posts to create a new one of finance director.
</p>
<p>
Appointed to the Far East is Paul Smith, 53, currently director of US and
Canada. As well as supervising M and S's six stores in Hong Kong, and other
Far Eastern franchises, he will lead a team making a study of retailing in
China and Japan.
</p>
<p>
He will be replaced in the US by Chris Littmoden, 50, director of financial
control - one of two directors responsible for finance functions.
</p>
<p>
The other, Robert Colvill, 53, currently managing director of Marks &amp;
Spencer Financial Services and responsible for the company's treasury
department, will take on Littmoden's responsibilities as well as the title
of finance director.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Marks and Spencer </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5399 Miscellaneous General Merchandise Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5399 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>172</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Gateway loses finance director </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Gateway Group, the supermarket business still struggling under the debt from
the Isosceles leveraged buy-out in 1989, has found a new finance director.
Martin Gatto, 43, was headhunted from the private and secretive Sun
International leisure group, where he was chief financial officer.
</p>
<p>
As a consequence of his appointment, Gateway coyly says 'Geoff Cooper, the
current group finance director, will be leaving Gateway'. He will not go
empty-handed, as the quiz show host might say. With a three-year rolling
contract he is expected to pick up decent compensation, although terms have
yet to be fixed.
</p>
<p>
The parting seems to have been amicable; David Simons, chief executive since
January, has now 'completed his management team'. Cooper joined Gateway in
1990, under David Smith who led the LBO.
</p>
<p>
Gateway has also found some non-executive directors. They are David
Thornham, managing director of Midland Corporate &amp; Institutional Banking -
Midland Bank organised the group's financial restructuring in June; Peter
Nevitt, president of Mitsui Nevitt Capital Corporation, a 5.4 per cent
shareholder in Isosceles; and Alan Giles, managing director of Waterstones
Booksellers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gateway Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>209</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology: Uniformity on the high seas - Cost-conscious oil
companies are moving from bespoke platforms to standard designs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT CORZINE</byline>
<p>
North Sea oil and gas production platforms, some of the biggest and most
expensive structures ever built, are rarely thought of as architectural
jewels. Yet each is custom-designed and built to a bespoke set of
specifications, detailing everything from steel strength to the exact power
output for the gas turbines that provide enough electricity to supply whole
towns.
</p>
<p>
In an age of standardisation they are the industrial equivalents of racing
cars, with the focus on performance and little thought given to cost. Their
designers have pushed technology to suit the harsh operating environment;
which is why the basic above-sea structure of North Sea platforms can cost
four times that of similar ones in the Gulf of Mexico, while materials and
equipment can cost 70 per cent more.
</p>
<p>
The need for massive amounts of documentation to accompany individual
designs and excessive technical requirements results in a 25 per cent cost
penalty, say industry experts. The high cost of customisation, however, has
been of secondary importance to arriving at the most perfect technical
solution to the twin priorities of withstanding the rigours of the North Sea
for up to 20 years and efficiently draining individual oil fields.
</p>
<p>
But the era of spending more than Pounds 1.5bn on individual North Sea
platforms may soon be over. The prospect of finding more of the very large
fields which could justify such investments is fading. Tax changes earlier
this year removed the fiscal incentive to maximise production through
customisation.
</p>
<p>
In addition, the outlook is for oil prices to remain relatively low for some
years, while cost-cutting is seen as the key to the future profitability of
big oil companies.
</p>
<p>
But a shift away from tailor-made technological solutions to standardisation
will not be easy. 'There is a cultural, historical prejudice' against
standardisation in the industry, according to Rex Gaisford, director of
projects at Amerada Hess, the US-based company which accounts for about a
tenth of UK North Sea production.
</p>
<p>
Just how strong that prejudice remains is being tested this week as the
Crine Committee, an industry-wide study group under the aegis of the UK
Offshore Operators Association (Ukooa), unveiled its proposals for a
fundamental overhaul of the way in which big offshore engineering projects
are undertaken.
</p>
<p>
Ukooa, whose 36 member companies participated in the 'cost reduction in the
new era', or Crine initiative, believes savings of up to 30 per cent in
capital costs could be made within two to three years if the basic proposals
were implemented.
</p>
<p>
Such cost reductions, however, can only be realised if changes are made in
the relationship between the oil companies and their main engineering
contractors. Given that in each of the last 20 years the offshore oil and
gas industry accounted for as much as a quarter of the total capital
investment in UK producing industries, the impact of the Crine initiative
could be felt across the industrial sector.
</p>
<p>
The main proposals centre around a series of codes, practices and
specifications for machinery. Gaisford, who headed one of the main Crine
committees, hopes that agreement on them will give suppliers the confidence
to develop standard North Sea products, rather than wait for the 'mountain
of paper' which currently accompanies the order for a new bespoke platform.
</p>
<p>
Simplification of contract language and the elimination of 'adversarial
clauses' would give contractors more confidence that operators 'would not
just stand back and throw rocks at them if they get it wrong', according to
Gaisford.
</p>
<p>
He also believes that such an approach would lead to greater technological
innovation in the offshore industry. 'Standardisation in other industries,
like car manufacturing, has led suppliers to invest in the most promising
technology,' he says. In addition, 'new technology would come in on a far
more rational basis' than the almost haphazard way in which it is currently
introduced.
</p>
<p>
Safety, too, would be enhanced by a move towards standardisation, because
reliability would improve. 'It's the same as if you designed and built your
own car to meet your family's specific needs,' says Gaisford. 'It's bound to
be less reliable' than a standard product.
</p>
<p>
Amerada Hess' Scott platform, which is in its final assembly phase 130 miles
off Aberdeen, may be one of the last of the big North Sea platforms built
under the prevailing design philosophy. The large reservoir dictated a big
platform, although Amerada was keen to try out new concepts which may point
to future standard practices.
</p>
<p>
Seven sub-sea wells were drilled to ensure that oil and revenues could flow
as soon as Scott was commissioned. The platform was built on a 'fast track',
with individual production modules weighing up to 10,000 tons assembled and
commissioned on shore to save time and money. They were then lifted into
place by giant crane barges.
</p>
<p>
Such techniques are increasingly common in the cost-conscious industry. But
Amerada Hess' request for three off-the-shelf power generation turbines
suitable for North Sea operations caught European Gas Turbines, a GEC
subsidy, by surprise. It is, however, introducing a North Sea package, built
around a standard product to which options can be attached, a development
which the Crine initiative would encourage.
</p>
<p>
But would implementation of Crine recommendations lead to a radically
different way of approaching a similar project in the future? Gaisford says
that a combination of Crine measures and other innovations could cut by half
the size of a Scott-type of platform built 10 years from now.
</p>
<p>
Ships capable of drilling, producing and storing oil, while maintaining
precise positions through satellite navigation and a series of
computer-controlled propellers along the hull are only now making their
appearance in the North Sea. But their presence in greater numbers will
allow the removal of the large drilling units now located on platforms such
as Scott. For some of the smaller fields it may even be possible to order a
standard platform and equipment package.
</p>
<p>
The big task is not technical, according to Gaisford. 'Crine represents a
huge cultural change. Some people and companies will be left behind.'
Changing the attitude of oil industry engineers could prove to have much in
common with stopping a fully-laden supertanker travelling at speed. It takes
a little thought and a lot of time.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3533 Oil and Gas Field Machinery </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3533 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>1081</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Winckler: supervision at SIB </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Andrew Winckler, who helped found boutique merchant bank European Capital
Company in 1990, has been persuaded to head the supervision division of the
Securities and Investments Board for a three-year term.
</p>
<p>
Winckler, 44, who confesses that it never crossed his mind that he might be
a candidate for the new job, says he made the 'fairly agonising decision'
because he thought it was 'a very important job from the City's point of
view'. He goes on to the SIB board as an executive director alongside
chairman Andrew Large and chief executive John Young.
</p>
<p>
He says the ECC board has given him 'leave of absence' and he resigns as a
director. It is understood that SIB had been keen to make the appointment a
five-year term.
</p>
<p>
Nor will he join until March next year, giving him time to disengage from
ECC, where he has worked on the corporate advisory side, recently being
involved with the water industry and its periodic review. He says that ECC
has been profitable for the past two years, and achieved in three years the
modest targets set out for the first five, but he says it was not the
earnings aspect that complicated his decision to cross the fence.
</p>
<p>
SIB, fighting to restore its credibility after the Maxwell scandal, has in
Winckler a market practitioner who also knows Whitehall from the inside.
After 12 years at the Treasury, three of which were spent on secondment to
the diplomatic service in Washington, he moved in 1982 to Lloyds Bank
International, and from there to Security Pacific Hoare Govett as an
executive director responsible, among other things, for debt and swaps
origination.
</p>
<p>
Deputy chairman of The Securities Association (TSA), which in 1991 became
the Securities and Futures Authority (SFA), Winckler lost out in an election
to Christopher Sharples, who became chairman of the new entity. Winckler
remained SFA's deputy chairman.
</p>
<p>
In August, SIB announced the creation of four new divisions, including
supervision, central to Large's review 'Making the two-tier system work'.
Winckler will have responsibility for the 'front-line' regulators, including
the exchanges and for the professional bodies, and will have a staff of 50.
</p>
<p>
SIB has also restructured its board, appointing Lord Alexander, chairman of
National Westminster Bank, as its deputy chairman. Other new members are
Rosalind Gilmore, chairman of the Building Societies Commission; John
Kennedy, senior partner of Allen &amp; Overy; Oonagh McDonald, management
consultant; and Lord Stewartby, deputy chairman of Standard Chartered.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>435</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management: A new world that may be some time coming </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER LORENZ</byline>
<p>
Prophets have seldom been popular. Since time immemorial, they have foretold
change to audiences usually comfortable with the status quo. Modern seers
tend to compound the problem by using language which obfuscates their
message, so that its full significance takes time to be deciphered.
</p>
<p>
Take Shoshana Zuboff. Five years ago, after studying in great depth the very
varied human impact of information technology in American companies, she
published a book called In the Age of the Smart Machine: The Future of Work
and Power. It argued that the competitive potential of IT would only be
achieved if the knowledge and muscle which it can provide is shared with
front-line employees, rather than guarded jealously by the traditional
management hierarchy.
</p>
<p>
In 1988 the business world was not yet ready for Zuboff's message. Her book
had a remarkable influence on populists such as Tom Peters and on her fellow
academics at Harvard and elsewhere; one leading professor, who teaches in a
different field, said her work was the most influential to come out of
Harvard since the early 1980s. Robert Reich, now the US labour secretary,
called it 'pathbreaking'.
</p>
<p>
But several obstacles stood in her way. The first was of her own making. The
book was tough going, even for IT buffs and students of organisational
behaviour. It was full of impenetrable concepts drawn from anthropology,
sociology, psychology and philosophy, and riddled with terms such as
'imperative control' and 'intellective skills'. Its leitmotif was equally
inelegant: that companies were doing themselves and their staff a disservice
by using IT to automate front-line tasks, rather than to 'informate' them.
</p>
<p>
The second barrier was that her message seemed overstated: at the time, many
companies were still investing hell-for-leather in costly computer
technology; the penny was only just starting to drop that, for IT to pay
off, it was no good automating inefficient and outdated processes. Another
two years went by before Michael Hammer, who has since become one of the
chief prophets of re-engineering, hit an increasingly raw nerve with a
Harvard Business Review article called Don't Automate, Obliterate. With
recession starting to bite, his timing was far better than hers.
</p>
<p>
Third, most of Zuboff's message in 1988 was extremely threatening to an
executive world still wedded to the traditional management style of
unvarying command and control and to the idea that automation was a
substitute for employees' skills, no matter how drudge-like it made their
jobs.
</p>
<p>
At the time she was branded as a subversive for her argument that, if the
capability of cheap IT was to be used to full commercial effect, then much
of the information it provides must be handed to the front line.
</p>
<p>
Yet this is just what has started to happen since 1990 at a growing number
of companies, under the combined influence of recession, fast-moving
competition from global rivals and pressure for higher white-collar
productivity.
</p>
<p>
From self-managed teams at Motorola, General Electric and other US
corporations, to the learning culture that now permeates the Rover car group
in Britain, companies are finding that shallow organisation structures, with
front-line workers who are both responsive and responsible - are empowered -
have become vital to their competitiveness.
</p>
<p>
So Zuboff's time is drawing near - even if many managers are still resisting
her message. Fortunately, she has become far better at conveying it in plain
- well, plainish - language, as she showed last month at an Economist
conference on The Organisation of the 21st Century.
</p>
<p>
Every previous generation of technology had simplified work, she argued:
complexity had been removed from the front line and passed upward, for newly
created levels of management to handle. But now IT was reversing this
centuries-old process.
</p>
<p>
Instead of resisting, she urged any enterprise trying to operate fast and
flexibly against hyper-competition to welcome this challenge. No company
could now afford the time or cost involved in shooting information up its
organisation, she said. It must be allowed to flow better, both vertically
and across the organisation. This meant most employees must become, to some
degree, managerial.
</p>
<p>
Like any evangelist, Zuboff overstates. By no means all front-line work can
be rejuvenated by being reinvested with information content and complexity,
as she puts it - nor would every employee welcome that. From assembling
electronic products to working at a retail check-out, what she calls 'dumb'
jobs will continue to exist, even if they are aided further by IT.
</p>
<p>
Nor is empowerment always the promised land which she and others claim. As a
senior banker muttered loudly at the conference, 'most examples of
empowerment in Britain have been about shafting employees - dumping our
problems on them, and expecting them to do six hours' extra work a day'.
</p>
<p>
The answer is not merely, as the banker suggested, to agree clear levels of
responsibility, resources and authority. As GE has shown, two other measures
are also needed: many work processes must be redesigned, so that all
needless steps are removed; and employees must be given as much freedom as
possible to decide how to achieve their agreed objectives.
</p>
<p>
Such freedom will always be relative, depending on the task involved. GE's
dishwasher sales staff can be given more latitude than its aero engine
inspectors.
</p>
<p>
Regardless of the circumstances of each case, Zuboff is right in arguing
that some redistribution of authority is needed if her 'informated' world is
to materialise. That's why it may still be some time coming.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P874  Management and Public Relations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P874 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>941</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management: A dressing down - SBC's approach to business
attire </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH ALDERSEY-WILLIAMS</byline>
<p>
Traders and other employees at Swiss Bank Corporation's London office have
been actively encouraged to dress 'smart casual' if they prefer it to
business attire. The relaxation of the dress code was spelt out in a
memorandum to certain staff last month.
</p>
<p>
The new rules only apply within the office; suits are still de rigueur for
meetings with clients.
</p>
<p>
The relaxed look is intended to signal change at SBC, albeit surreptitiously
- there was no public announcement.
</p>
<p>
'It was an attempt to give visibility to deeper cultural changes,' explains
Rudi Bogni, SBC's London chief executive. 'It's predominantly for internal
purposes, but it's not a secret.
</p>
<p>
'We do want to project an image that we are sound but open to innovation.'
</p>
<p>
While the move raises the intriguing question of whether other formerly
staid City employers will follow its lead, it should be stressed that SBC's
shift arose from a unique set of 'corporate culture' circumstances.
</p>
<p>
It was stimulated by SBC's phased acquisition of derivatives broker O'Connor
Partnership of Chicago where jeans and trainers have been the norm among a
staff influenced as much by Silicon Valley as Wall Street. O'Connor staff
have close links with the academic world.
</p>
<p>
The relaxed dress code might not have come if O'Connor had been a
buttoned-up New York company, nor if it had been a British or German firm
making the acquisition. 'The main trigger is our multi-cultural manpower,'
says Bogni, an Italian.
</p>
<p>
'We have to try to create a culture of our own which blends the values.
Dress code is not the major component, but it is a visible one that people
identify with.'
</p>
<p>
One influence is the growing number of graduates with degrees in mathematics
and physics being attracted to the financial sector. Their role models are
the software geniuses of California, not 1980s sharp suits and braces.
</p>
<p>
This fashion is drifting eastwards across the US. Many US offices now have
'casual Fridays'.
</p>
<p>
Europe has yet to catch the trend. SBC claims it is the first City bank to
unbutton, although ABN Amro Bank in Amsterdam has a similarly casual
attitude.
</p>
<p>
The principal underlying change that SBC aims to make, and which the new
dress is intended to signify, is to integrate its cash and derivatives sides
more closely, fusing greater communications between the two activities and
encouraging a greater exchange of ideas. At a more subliminal level, it is
about being seen to be different by competitors, clients and potential
employees.
</p>
<p>
The internal memorandum spoke of the move to 'smart casual wear at the
discretion of the individual' as one ingredient of a 'redefinition intended
to strengthen our positive image and to distinguish us from other houses'.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, there are some unexpected benefits of the new policy. Those who
used to preen in expensive tailored suits now look most casual, while some
of those who never appeared comfortable in a business suit now appear
smarter than ever.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Swiss Bank Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8741 Management Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8741 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>529</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management: Coping with a high fertility index </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD DONKIN</byline>
<p>
Maternity leave is one of the hottest issues at RCI Europe, a US-owned
company struggling to cope with its own baby boom.
</p>
<p>
RCI Europe, which acts as an administrative centre handling calls from
timeshare holiday apartment owners seeking to swap their holidays, has grown
rapidly in the past five years, creating 500 new jobs at the administrative
headquarters in Kettering. Most of these, however, went to single women in
their 20s, many of whom have since found partners and started families.
</p>
<p>
According to Diane Taylor, head of human resources, the company has a 'high
fertility index'. Women account for 78 per cent of the 500 staff and their
average age is 28.
</p>
<p>
'Five per cent of the workforce are taking maternity leave this year or
next. That's a large percentage for a medium-sized company such as ours to
cope with,' she says.
</p>
<p>
Taylor is examining ways to retain and help women who take maternity leave.
Job-sharing has been introduced into a flexible shift system at the company.
</p>
<p>
Taking a positive approach to maternity leave, says Taylor, has helped the
company reach arrangements that have proved acceptable both to employees and
management. 'We place a great emphasis on training and do not want to lose
experienced staff,' she says.
</p>
<p>
The company will conduct a cost benefit analysis next year to examine how
training costs relate to the costs to the company of maternity leave.
</p>
<p>
Taylor says the company is filling the maternity leave vacancies by
assigning people from other parts of the UK company and from other offices
of the US-based parent. In the publication department, where linguistic
skills are important, two secondees are being drawn from overseas offices.
'This gives them the opportunity to broaden their experience within the
company,' she says.
</p>
<p>
Where a temporary managerial vacancy occurred, an employee at a lower level
in the company is given the opportunity to fill the post temporarily as part
of their work experience. Temporary staff will be engaged to fill some of
the lower-level posts.
</p>
<p>
Andrea Quick, 31, manager of the membership marketing department, plans to
return part time after the birth of her child. 'I realise I will not be
coming back to my current job because that demands a full-time commitment
and is not suitable for job sharing,' she says. Sue Nimmo, an analyst who
works at the company's holiday bank, has just returned to work after
maternity leave. 'Economic circumstances mean that a lot of mothers are
returning to work earlier than they might have done,' she says.
</p>
<p>
Adds Malcolm Hewitt, managing director of RCI UK, also based at Kettering:
'Working in this area is complex for managers, but managers in the 1990s
have to get used to complexity and have to deal with it in a positive way.'
He suggests that service companies are adapting to changing working
practices more readily than traditional industries where old ideas and
prejudices persist.
</p>
<p>
Staff on maternity leave are informed of company developments by
newsletters. Next year the company plans to introduce a company network
group so that mothers can share their experiences with expectant mothers.
Meanwhile the company plans a booklet called 'Childbirth without tears,'
with advice and the names and addresses of child carers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> RCI Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8741 Management Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8741 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>575</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAC0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Property: Strategy for success - The property market can
play a part in reviving UK plc </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER JONAS</byline>
<p>
After a UK Budget which has largely pleased the City and industry, the
R-word is now for 'recovery' rather than recession. Yet in spite of
chancellor Kenneth Clarke's cautiously optimistic prognosis for an improving
British economy over the long-term, some commentators continue to focus on
short-term indicators and appear incapable of looking beyond the next few
months. So keen is the search for economic confidence boosters after the
deepest recession in 60 years, that policymakers are overlooking the need to
build on the Budget with a strategy for increasing the UK's earning capacity
abroad.
</p>
<p>
To create long-term confidence in the economy, we need to create a clearer
vision of Britain's potential role in world markets. In short to identify
the UK's competitive advantages and then to plug them hard. Leading property
companies need to be clear too on the role which the sector can and should
play in this strategy.
</p>
<p>
Much of the UK's industrial structure is still based around the country's
strengths built up at the time of the industrial revolution more than a
century ago. The emergence in the past decade of competitors in the
previously undeveloped south-east Asia region is now threatening both UK and
other developed economies. Yet the UK appears content to carry on
undeterred. The business community expects and requires much more than this.
</p>
<p>
It is time for a fundamental analysis of the UK's economic future. Over the
next generation the pattern of world trade will change with the emergence of
trading blocs in Europe, the Americas and south-east Asia. Yet there seems
to be no sign that UK plc is approaching this challenge in a systematic way.
As Britain's industrial infrastructure ages, the case for a revamped
industrial strategy is fast becoming overwhelming.
</p>
<p>
For instance, in terms of infrastructure, few people today express any pride
in the UK's record on transport planning or land use. Billions of pounds
have been spent on regenerating cities, but always in a fragmented way.
Success in attracting funds for urban renewal is as much a function of the
negotiating muscle of one urban development corporation versus another,
rather than the result of a coherent market-related strategy.
</p>
<p>
The UK lacks an overall plan for the efficient use of its infrastructure.
Compared with France, it has been made to look second-rate in the way it has
approached the Channel tunnel rail link. Who could have even countenanced
encouraging by way of tax relief the development of London Docklands without
first ensuring that public transport would be installed to serve the area?
Why does there seem to be a resistance to our integrating land use and
transport planning at the highest level?
</p>
<p>
Britain is now spending Pounds 50bn more than it earns each year. In the
circumstances, it needs a clearer set of priorities for public expenditure.
The only way to achieve this is to formulate a firm set of economic and
social objectives, which must encompass the efficient use of the country's
vast real estate assets.
</p>
<p>
Is it not time, for instance, to challenge the policy of always trying to
rejuvenate old city centres, when the economic demand for the land and local
labour has moved on? When Britain led the industrial revolution, new
industries were sited close to factors of production. To take an extreme
example, the country did not require the new industries of, say, Tyneside in
north-east England to relocate to the Lincolnshire fens just because of
falling demand for the agricultural skills of the people in the fens. Today,
industry must be allowed to locate where it can prosper. Otherwise the UK
will lose industry to European countries which better understand its needs.
</p>
<p>
Much of the UK's present policy on urban regeneration is not about
regeneration at all. It is more about redevelopment. This policy is based on
the presumption that if you build on derelict land, you will attract
tenants, create employment and regenerate an urban area.
</p>
<p>
But this approach is flawed. The demand for land over time is dictated by
the willingness of people to work or to live on it. Britain's most
magnificent cities prospered because they were able to attract companies on
the basis of a compelling economic argument. The buildings constructed
during the industrial revolution which conservationists are today trying to
preserve, were built only because they were judged to be an asset in
contributing to the local economy.
</p>
<p>
Today, the government's grants regime can certainly help persuade companies
to relocate to particular cities. But if there is no long-term, unsubsidised
demand the initial and subsequent grants will amount to throwing public
money down the drain.
</p>
<p>
The distribution of population and buildings in Britain reflects the pattern
of industrial development of the 19th century. It was a time when labour was
cheap and Britain's empire gave it access to plentiful and cheap raw
materials.
</p>
<p>
Today, competition in world markets is different. The UK's imperial heritage
does not earn it kudos in the eyes of its competitors other than when they
visit the country as tourists. The UK cannot expect industry to expand in
the absence of the right infrastructure. Failure to provide this would force
industry to flee abroad.
</p>
<p>
It is not surprising, given the UK's head start in the industrial age, that
it has allowed itself to drift. Britain has been enjoying the fruits of past
investments, without ploughing more back to provide for future generations.
And while the country has slumbered in its complacency, much more aggressive
competitors have emerged to pinch its traditional markets.
</p>
<p>
No business would survive its shareholders' wrath if it failed in its duty
to compete effectively. Similarly, no management would be allowed to muddle
along in world markets without a clear strategy on how best to capitalise on
its competitive advantages. We must devise a forum and a format in which
those interested can create just such a plan for UK plc. Those of us in the
property market must be at the first meeting and play our full part in its
future.
</p>
<p>
The author is senior partner of chartered surveyors Drivers Jonas and
immediate past president of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>1066</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
British stance will disappoint Reynolds </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM COONE
<name type=place>DUBLIN</name></byline>
<p>
Statements by the prime minister and Sir Patrick Mayhew, the Northern
Ireland secretary, rejecting the notion of their being 'persuaders for a
united Ireland' will be a bitter disappointment to Mr Albert Reynolds, the
Irish prime minister.
</p>
<p>
Mr Reynolds' proposals for a 'united Ireland by consent', and active British
involvement in that aim, are central to the peace formula that he intends to
discuss with Mr Major in Dublin today.
</p>
<p>
Although Dublin officials were yesterday emphasising that they still hoped
for progress, the statements cast further gloom on Mr Reynolds' aspirations
for 'peace by Christmas'.
</p>
<p>
One of the main concessions Mr Reynolds seeks is is a statement by London
supporting 'self determination of the Irish people based on consent freely
expressed, north and south'. This would guarantee a majority veto in
Northern Ireland to any change, but would also give nationalists the
satisfaction of an all-Ireland dimension.
</p>
<p>
Like London, Dublin is convinced that the IRA is ready to end its military
campaign. But it is convinced that Britain will have to do more than simply
demand a unilateral republican ceasefire.
</p>
<p>
A clue as to why Dublin has such faith in its formula lies in a recent
speech by Mr Gerry Adams, the leader of Sinn Fein, who said: 'Partition was
brought about by a British act of parliament for which not a single Irish
vote was cast. The consent of the Irish people was never sought and has
never been freely given. That is the nub of our problems.'
</p>
<p>
Dublin officials have made little effort in the past week to disguise their
exasperation with Downing Street and their concern that Mr Major's
'understanding' with the Ulster Unionists is the main obstacle to progress
on their own formula.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>321</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Dounreay rocket site mooted </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JAMES BUXTON, Scottish Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Dounreay nuclear plant on the north coast of Scotland is considering
whether to become a site for launching space rockets to put communications
satellites into orbit.
</p>
<p>
AEA Technology, the offshoot of the UK Atomic Energy Agency which operates
the plant, will decide early in the new year whether to carry out a
full-scale feasibility study of the launch site proposal.
</p>
<p>
Dounreay, where the experimental fast-breeder reactor is to close next year,
could be suitable for launching small rockets carrying satellites into polar
orbits, which circle the earth passing over the poles.
</p>
<p>
A requisite for polar orbit launches is to be able to launch missiles over
the sea in a northerly direction. Dounreay's position on the north coast of
Caithness is ideal.
</p>
<p>
Western Europe has no commercial space rocket launch site. The European
Space Agency launches its Ariane space rockets from French Guyana in South
America.
</p>
<p>
Dounreay believes there is a need for sites from which to put small
communications satellites into polar orbit, as opposed to orbit around the
Equator. Both Norway and Canada are considering developing launch sites.
</p>
<p>
Dounreay said the scheme was in its early stages but AEA Technology is
understood to have had preliminary talks with potential partners. To go
ahead the project would need to be commercially viable and would need the
support of the local community. It would probably employ scores rather than
hundreds of people at the start.
</p>
<p>
Dounreay is seeking ways to reduce its dependence on the nuclear industry.
The plant is shedding staff, with 240 of its 1,400 jobs due to go in April.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> AEA Technology </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4899 Communications Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>297</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Companies fear effects of tax rises: Poll reveals concern
that Budget will fail to speed up recovery </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL CASSELL, Business Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The impact of Budget tax increases on consumer spending could undermine the
accompanying measures intended to help businesses recover from the
recession, according to an opinion poll among companies.
</p>
<p>
Two-thirds of 150 companies surveyed this week fear that the combined impact
of extra taxes announced earlier this year and those announced on Tuesday
will hold back spending in the shops.
</p>
<p>
The survey was carried out by NOP for the finance house Lombard North
Central among companies in the manufacturing, construction, transport and
distribution and service industries.
</p>
<p>
The results show that the business community believes Mr Kenneth Clarke, the
chancellor, delivered a politically skilful Budget that should be good for
business in general. But there remain widespread reservations about its
likely effectiveness.
</p>
<p>
Nearly half of the companies surveyed consider the Budget has provided the
basis for continuing economic recovery, but almost exactly the same
proportion believe it will not have provided any additional stimulus.
</p>
<p>
Opinions are divided as to whether the Budget will help pave the way for any
further, early reductions in interest rates, which are still seen as key to
helping speed the recovery.
</p>
<p>
Neither do companies believe that the chancellor's measures - including
improved export credit insurance cover and a cut in the cost of some
premiums - will do much to help the export drive. Forty-five per cent of
companies believe he should have done more.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor will also be disappointed if he expected the Budget to give
companies more confidence to step up sluggish spending programmes.
</p>
<p>
Nearly a third of companies said that they were more optimistic about the
outlook for investment within their own businesses after the Budget, but
almost half said it would make no difference.
</p>
<p>
Half of the companies in the transport and distribution sector, hit by
higher excise and fuel duties, said they were now even more pessimistic on
prospects for investment.
</p>
<p>
Not surprisingly, business regards the Budget measures as being principally
directed towards smaller companies. There is widespread approval of the
proposed new apprenticeship scheme, but a majority of companies are not
convinced the government will give it sufficient resources.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Verdict on Clarke
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you agree or disagree that this was a good Budget for businesses in
general?
Agree       Neutral      Disagree      Don't know
 62%          6%           28%             4%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you think that the Budget was more favourable to smaller or larger
businesses?
Smaller     Larger     Both     Neither     Don't know
  59%        19%        6%        9%            8%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you think the Budget will stimulate or hold back consumer spending
over the next 12 months?
Stimulate    Stimulate                 Hold back    Hold back
  a lot      a little     No effect    a little       a lot
   3%          23%           29%          34%          12%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
To what extent do you agree or disagree with the claim that the Budget
has provided the basis for economic recovery?
 Agree       Agree                 Disagree     Disagree    Don't
strongly    slightly    Neutral    slightly     strongly    know
</p>
<p>
  4%          40%        13%         22%          19%        2%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overall, would you say that you are more or less optimistic about your
investment plans as a result of the Budget? Are you ...
                            Neither        Slightly
 Much more    Slightly   optimistic nor      more         Much more
optimistic      more      pessimistic     pessimistic    pessimistic
    2%          30%           47%             11%            8%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due to rounding, percentages may not total 100 / Source: Lombard
Business Finance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>592</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
IRA 'set to step up military campaign' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JIMMY BURNS
<name type=place>BELFAST</name></byline>
<p>
The IRA plans to step up its military campaign if the Dublin talks do not
produce acceptance by London of the principle of self-determination for the
people of all Ireland.
</p>
<p>
According to republican sources the IRA has been carefully weighing up its
military and political options in the approach to the meeting of the two
prime ministers today.
</p>
<p>
The IRA is convinced that any ceasefire in the present circumstances -
whether official or not - risks undermining the efficiency of the
organisation.
</p>
<p>
A republican source said: 'Like in any army the fear is that a period of
inactivity undermines morale. It also provides the space for an examination
of conscience.'
</p>
<p>
It is widely suspected in the IRA that previous extended ceasefires were
used by the security forces to infiltrate the organisation.
</p>
<p>
The IRA is still officially backing the peace process and Sinn Fein, its
political wing, has been stepping up its distribution of posters backing the
Hume-Adams initiative.
</p>
<p>
Although details of this have not been released, the initiative aims to
bring about a permanent cessation of IRA activities as part of a
comprehensive political settlement for Northern Ireland, including a
constitutional shift of the kind for which Dublin appears to be pressing.
</p>
<p>
The IRA had scaled down its operations until this week to facilitate the
possibility that the heart of the Hume-Adams proposals might be absorbed by
the Anglo-Irish peace talks.
</p>
<p>
With the resumption of attacks on soft targets - yesterday's murder of a
British soldier, a failed bomb attack on an army patrol and a bomb attack on
an RUC policeman - the IRA has signalled an internal decision to keep up the
pressure on the British government as it attempts to appease Unionist
opinion.
</p>
<p>
The resumption of still relatively low-scale IRA military operations has
come against a background of outrage by the republican movement at the
government's claim that the IRA had come to it declaring that the conflict
was over and asking for advice on how to give up its military campaign.
</p>
<p>
Another republican source said: 'Anyone who knows the IRA and those close to
it knows that the suggestion that Martin McGuinness would send such a
message to the government is prepos-terous.'
</p>
<p>
Supporters of the IRA in the Catholic community admit that in the aftermath
of the Shankill and Derry killings last month a feeling of war-weariness is
setting in. But there is no indication that they expect the IRA leadership
unilaterally to declare a ceasefire in the absence of any palpable political
gains.
</p>
<p>
The IRA's own military 'volunteers' are strongly resistant to any deal with
the British government that might smack of surrender.
</p>
<p>
So far there is no evidence of any substantial division between hawks and
doves in the republican movement over the suitability of conducting contacts
with the government either directly or through intermediaries.
</p>
<p>
In the approach to Christmas, however, a continuing political debate over
tactics and strategy is likely to intensify in the IRA and Sinn Fein.
</p>
<p>
In recent years the IRA's traditional three-to-four-day ceasefire
immediately before and after Christmas Day has become a matter of routine,
with terrorist activity resuming almost immediately afterwards.
</p>
<p>
But in the charged and complex current circumstances, with much at stake,
any decision on a ceasefire by the IRA is likely to have considerable
political significance.
</p>
<p>
The only certainty to emerge from the affair over the documents is that the
IRA regards its mix of politics and violence as entirely legitimate and
effective in focusing the minds of governments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>620</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Sinn Fein says cabinet was split on Ulster </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JIMMY BURNS and JAMES BLITZ</byline>
<p>
Sinn Fein, the political wing of the IRA, said yesterday that it had
received highly sensitive information earlier this year about a split in the
British government over its negotiations with the organisation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Martin McGuinness, the Sinn Fein official with the closest links to the
IRA, said he had been informed earlier this year that Mr John Major was
forced to defuse a cabinet split over government contacts with nationalists.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr McGuinness, Mr Major met Sir Patrick Mayhew, Ulster
secretary, Mr Douglas Hurd, foreign secretary, and two civil servants on May
17 to discuss an IRA offer to call a 14-day ceasefire to enable talks to
take place. The next day the group was expanded to include Mr Kenneth
Clarke, then home secretary.
</p>
<p>
Mr McGuinness claimed that Mr Clarke expressed concern that continuing
dialogue with Sinn Fein was 'too risky with the government under siege'  - a
possible reference to government difficulties ratifying the Maastricht
treaty. By contrast, said Mr McGuinness, Sir Patrick was 'wobbling between
pushing for acceptance and wanting a safer, longer period of cessation'.
</p>
<p>
Downing Street last night reacted angrily to Mr McGuinness's claims about
the meetings, saying that they were 'inaccurate'. It added that 'all the
quotes are fabricated'. The claims, it said, were an attempt to distract
attention from the fact that Sinn Fein had made the original overtures to
Britain this year.
</p>
<p>
However, the revelations looked set to further embarrass the government on
the eve of peace talks between Mr Major and Mr Albert Reynolds, the Irish
prime minister.
</p>
<p>
Sinn Fein further disconcerted the government by saying that it had also
received copies of a briefing paper from the Northern Ireland Office which
summarised talks conducted between Ulster's democratic parties last year
under Sir Ninian Stephens, an Australian judge.
</p>
<p>
According to the briefing paper, the British were exploring the possibility
of setting up a power sharing assembly in Stormont, creating a series of
cross-border executive agencies and agreeing a constitutional declaration on
Ulster.
</p>
<p>
The document showed that Sir Ninian had conducted the talks with
constitutional parties between May and November last year.
</p>
<p>
If this allegation is proved, it would give strength to claims that the
British government has been involved in talks with the Irish nationalists
for more than three years. British officials claimed earlier this week that
Sinn Fein made initial enquiries about talks with the government in
February.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>438</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
SFO drops charges in Duralite case </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Serious Fraud Office is to continue its prosecution of Mr Malcolm
Johnson, the former owner of the Duralite Manufacturing Company, in spite of
dropping charges against two other men accused of fraud.
</p>
<p>
Mr Justice Colman ordered the formal acquittal of Mr Mungo Park of Earls
Court, London, and Mr Alex Dann of Kensington, London. The three had been
accused of conspiring to fraudulently induce investments in Duralite by
making misleading statements and other offences. Mr Johnson will now be
prosecuted on two charges of theft relating to a Pounds 1m rights issue.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Duralite Manufacturing </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>122</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pounds 1.7bn of tax written off </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The amount of tax written off by the Inland Revenue and Customs and Excise
has mounted steeply during the recession, according to the National Audit
Office.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue wrote off Pounds 1.7bn last year, almost double the
figure for 1991. More than three-quarters of the total is accounted for by
insolvency. Customs &amp; Excise wrote off Pounds 825m of value added tax and
customs duties as either remitted or irrecoverable last year, up from Pounds
553m in 1991. Most of this is also because of insolvency.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>118</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Treasury to repay Pounds 380,000 lost taxes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN</byline>
<p>
The Treasury has agreed to pay the Inland Revenue Pounds 380,000 after
financial irregularities by its catering arm involving payments to staff
over 10 years, John Willman writes.
</p>
<p>
The sum will cover tax and national insurance contributions which should
have been deducted from the pay of casual staff employed by Forward Civil
Service Catering, a Treasury agency. The National Audit Office last year
revealed financial irregularities in the agency, including mismanagement and
fraud.
</p>
<p>
Sir John Bourn, head of the audit office, says in his report on the
Treasury's 1992-93 accounts that the total loss to public funds could be
Pounds 900,000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Forward Civil Service Catering </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>141</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Levitt's QC criticised for prejudicing jury </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MASON, Law Courts Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The barrister who defended Mr Roger Levitt, the financial services salesman
given a community service order after admitting fraud, was criticised by the
trial judge for making a prejudicial speech to the jury, it was disclosed
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Criticisms made of Mr Jonathan Goldberg QC during the trial by Mr Justice
Laws were made public yesterday after the Serious Fraud Office won a High
Court ruling to have reporting restrictions lifted on legal arguments which
were held during the trial in the absence of the jury.
</p>
<p>
The move by the SFO amounts to a further attempt to defend itself following
criticism of its acceptance of the plea bargain which led to Mr Levitt
walking free from court.
</p>
<p>
It was followed by a statement from Sir Nicholas Lyall, the attorney
general, defending the SFO's handling of the case. Answering a parliamentary
question, he said prosecution of Mr Levitt had been fairly and vigorously
conducted.
</p>
<p>
He also ruled out any appeal against the sentence on grounds of leniency,
saying it was impossible under the law.
</p>
<p>
Prosecution sources have indicated that their acceptance of Mr Levitt's plea
to a much-reduced charge of deceiving Fimbra, the self-regulating body for
financial advisers, was largely influenced by the prejudicial speech made by
Mr Goldberg and the subsequent decision by the judge, Mr Justice Laws, not
to order a retrial.
</p>
<p>
In this speech, outlining the general nature of Mr Levitt's case, Mr
Goldberg said that the means Mr Levitt had used to obtain Pounds 21m he
later injected into his company were totally honest. During the trial it was
alleged Mr Levitt then fraudulently injected this money into the Levitt
Group in a failed attempt to save the company - a claim he still denies.
</p>
<p>
Most of this money had been obtained by Mr Levitt by raising loans and
selling shares in the group to banks and other institutions. However, while
the jury was absent the court was told that the SFO had always disputed Mr
Levitt's honesty in the way he raised this money.
</p>
<p>
During pre-trial hearings the judge had resolved the issue by insisting that
both the SFO and Mr Levitt's defence team could put only a neutral
interpretation on how the Pounds 21m was raised. By claiming Mr Levitt had
raised the money honestly, Mr Goldberg had 'gravely misrepresented the true
facts' and subverted this ruling, the judge said.
</p>
<p>
In spite of agreeing with Mr David Cocks QC, for the SFO, that the speech
had been prejudicial, the judge rejected his call for a re-trial.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8111 Legal Services </item>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8111 </item>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>456</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Mayhew gives clearer indication of differences with Dublin
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN</byline>
<p>
Sir Patrick Mayhew, the Northern Ireland secretary, yesterday gave the
clearest public signal so far by a government minister about the nature of
differences between London and Dublin over a constitutional settlement for
Northern Ireland.
</p>
<p>
He also hinted that the government could be close to proposing the
establishment of a Northern Ireland select committee. Such a move would be
seen as reinforcing the government's commitment to the province's Unionist
majority.
</p>
<p>
In his second Commons appearance this week Sir Patrick was asked by Mr Kevin
McNamara, shadow Northern Ireland secretary: 'Do you acknowledge the value
of the goal of a united Ireland?'
</p>
<p>
The question was similar to one in a leaked draft Dublin position paper
which is privately acknowledged to be among the principal sticking-points
over an agreed framework for a settlement.
</p>
<p>
Sir Patrick's reply - that the government could not 'join the ranks of the
persuaders' - underlined London's unwillingness to back down on the issue.
He said: 'We believe that it should be for the people of Northern Ireland to
determine for themselves without persuasion from us whether they wish to
remain in the UK or no.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Patrick offered encouragement to supporters of a Northern Ireland select
committee. In a carefully worded answer to Mr John Hume, Social Democratic
and Labour party leader, Sir Patrick said: 'It might be said that there is
some value in having a select committee looking at the affairs of Northern
Ireland, rather than having six separate select committees taking part of
Northern Ireland's affairs into their ambit.
</p>
<p>
'There has been much said here about the need to reduce the democratic
deficit in Northern Ireland.'
</p>
<p>
But Sir Patrick disagreed with an assertion by Mr James Molyneaux, the
Ulster Unionist party leader, that restoring accountable democracy to
Northern Ireland was 'a necessary first step' to restoring stability 'and
subsequently peace'.
</p>
<p>
He acknowledged that there was 'a good measure of agreement' on the need for
new political institutions in the province.
</p>
<p>
Mr Major later spoke of an 'overwhelming feeling' that the government should
strive for peace in Northern Ireland, but added: 'There are parameters to
those discussions - and that must be understood.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>394</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
High Court setback to fishing curbs plan </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DEBORAH HARGREAVES</byline>
<p>
Controversial plans by the government to keep the British fishing fleet tied
up in port for part of the year could be shelved after the High Court
yesterday referred the matter to the European Court in Luxembourg.
</p>
<p>
Planned legislation restricting the number of days spent by fishing vessels
at sea to 1991 levels was challenged in court by the National Federation of
Fishermen's Organisations, which represents 6,000 fishermen in England,
Wales and Northern Ireland.
</p>
<p>
Mr Richard Banks, the federation's chief executive, hailed the High Court
decision as a triumph. 'It's given the government a severe bloody nose,' he
said. 'We didn't want to win because that would have involved a very
expensive appeals process, so it's the best outcome for us.'
</p>
<p>
The agriculture ministry has said it may appeal against the decision. The
government has until Wednesday to decide whether to lodge an appeal.
</p>
<p>
The fishermen will go to the High Court again on January 11 to argue that
implementation of the 'tie-up rules', which were due to come into effect on
January 1, should be put off until after a European Court judgment, which
could take at least two years.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gavin Strang, Labour agriculture spokesman, said: 'The government has a
moral obligation to accept that the tie-up rules are now finished.'
</p>
<p>
Mrs Gillian Shephard, agriculture minister, planned to introduce the limits
as part of the government's commitment to conserve fish stocks. Under
European Union fisheries policy the UK fleet must be cut by 19 per cent by
1996.
</p>
<p>
Mr Michael Jack, fisheries minister, said yesterday's decision 'prolongs the
period of uncertainty in the industry and is not in the best interests of
conserving fish stocks or the fishermen who depend upon them'.
</p>
<p>
Fishermen agree that over-fishing has to be stopped, but they want
conservation measures to be targeted at species which are most depleted such
as cod. They also believe it could be done by introducing other measures -
such as increasing the mesh size of nets so that younger fish slip through -
rather than restricting fishing time.
</p>
<p>
The government has started a programme of decommissioning, paying fishermen
to leave the industry. It has earmarked Pounds 25m for compensation, of
which Pounds 8m has already been spent. Officials suggested that yesterday's
judgment could mean the remaining Pounds 17m would be withdrawn.
</p>
<p>
Mr Banks said the government could not withdraw the funding available for
decommissioning as it would be in breach of EU guidelines.
</p>
<p>
He said he was encouraged by the recognition given by the High Court judges
that the tie-up ruling could cause severe financial hardship for the fishing
industry. Lawyers acting for the fishermen said they were fairly confident
from the wording of the judgment that a stay of execution on the new rules
would be granted.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0912 Finfish </item>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0912 </item>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>495</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
BBC complaints reform </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
The governors of the BBC yesterday outlined a new approach to the handling
of serious complaints about corporation broadcasts as part of a reform of
the accountability of the organisation.
</p>
<p>
A new Programme Complaints Unit will investigate complaints on behalf of
viewers and listeners. There will be a right of appeal to a sub-committee of
the governors.
</p>
<p>
The new procedure is part of a wider move towards increasing the
accountability of the BBC, including a redefinition of the role and
responsibilities of the governors as trustees of the public.
</p>
<p>
This implies a less detailed intervention in the day-to-day running of the
corporation than has sometimes been the case in the past.
</p>
<p>
In future the governors will concentrate on:
</p>
<p>
Agreeing a BBC strategy and holding management to account for its
perfor-mance.
</p>
<p>
Staying closely in touch with public opinion, partly through a larger number
of advisory bodies. Ensuring the BBC complies with its legal and statutory
obligations and internal guidelines and policies.
</p>
<p>
Providing more detailed and candid reports to licence payers and parliament
on the corporation's performance.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Broadcasting Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4832 Radio Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4832 </item>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>214</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Judgment reserved in pub lease claim </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The High Court yesterday reserved judgment on a move by Courage, the brewer,
to block a pub landlord's claim that it must renew his old lease instead of
offering him new terms. Courage says it cannot renew Mr James Little's
five-year lease because it could lead the company into breaching regulations
aimed at freeing pubs from the control of the big brewers.
</p>
<p>
Mr Little has refused to sign a new lease requiring him to pay more than
double the rent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Courage </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
<item> P5813 Drinking Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
<item> P5813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>113</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Move to resolve flexitime row </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Officials of MSF, the manufacturing, science and finance union, said last
night that they were trying to 'avoid confrontation' with Refuge Assurance
following deadlock over the company's demands to change the way it operates
flexitime working.
</p>
<p>
The changes were tied to a 1.8 per cent pay rise in June. Staff working
fixed hours got the money, as did those on flexitime who agreed individually
to the changes after MSF had refused to do so.
</p>
<p>
Those who kept to the union line have not had the pay rise.
</p>
<p>
MSF has asked to meet Mr John Cudworth, Refuge chairman, to discuss what it
says is a 'deteriorating' situation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Refuge Assurance </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>135</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
SFO to pursue Johnson theft case </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MASON</byline>
<p>
The Serious Fraud Office is to continue its prosecution of Mr Malcolm
Johnson, the former owner of the Duralite Manufacturing Company, in spite of
dropping charges against two other defendants accused of fraud, John Mason
writes.
</p>
<p>
All fraud charges against Mr Mungo Park of Earls Court, London, and Mr Alex
Dann of Kensington, London, were finally dropped yesterday by the SFO. The
judge, Mr Justice Colman, ordered their formal acquittal.
</p>
<p>
The two men had been accused, with Mr Johnson of conspiring to fraudulently
induce investments in Duralite by making misleading statements and other
offences.
</p>
<p>
Mr Johnson will now be prosecuted on two charges of theft relating to a
Pounds 1m rights issue by Energy Capital, a company whose subsidiaries he
had connections with.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Duralite Manufacturing </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>155</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Lilley may allow cut in retirement benefits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN, Investments Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Employers could be allowed to provide lower pension benefits than those
guaranteed in the state earnings related pension scheme under proposals to
be set out for consultation by the government today.
</p>
<p>
A paper outlining alternatives to the state guaranteed minimum pension, the
portion of an occupational pension which must rise with inflation, is to be
published today by Mr Peter Lilley, social security secretary.
</p>
<p>
The paper, intended as a discussion document, asks for comment from the
pensions industry by January 14.
</p>
<p>
The paper - publication of which was widely expected as soon as the
equalisation of state pension ages was announced - asks how to minimise
burdens on business and taxpayers while safeguarding individuals' rights.
</p>
<p>
The government has suggested that while it is likely to increase the
regulation of occupational pension schemes, it would like to balance that by
reducing some of the administrative burdens it now imposes on employers.
</p>
<p>
The paper appears to favour a suggestion that benefits which employers must
provide under GMP need no longer be equal to those promised under the state
earnings related pension scheme.
</p>
<p>
Occupational schemes whose members contract out of Serps receive national
insurance contribution rebates to provide GMP, thus reducing the
government's need to provide more expensive Serps benefits in the future.
For many scheme members GMP has been the sole guarantee that at least a
portion of their pension will rise with inflation.
</p>
<p>
Instead of this complicated system, the paper suggests, the administrative
burden on employers could be reduced by adopting a 'quality test' based on
certification by an actuary that the standard contribution rate was
calculated to be enough to provide the minimum benefit.
</p>
<p>
While the paper says the option is simply one of many, it lists several
advantages and relatively few disadvantages.
</p>
<p>
To guarantee that adequate minimum benefits are paid - both to protect
scheme members and to ensure the government receives value for the
contributions it makes to private employers' schemes - the government would
have to stipulate how that calculation was made.
</p>
<p>
This option could offer significant administrative cost savings for schemes,
although to avoid damaging scheme members during a transitional period it
could force employers to provide more generous benefits than they would have
been required to under GMP.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>418</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pensions concern as coal sale bill published </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SMITH</byline>
<p>
The government last night failed to quell concern about mineworkers'
pensions when it published the bill to facilitate the privatisation of
British Coal.
</p>
<p>
After the 160-page bill was published Mr Neil Clarke, British Coal chairman,
said that British Coal was concerned about the extent of powers reserved for
the industry secretary of state and believed the bill should fully reflect
the government's commitments on pensions.
</p>
<p>
He said further work was needed on pensions to ensure a proper balance
between the government and pension scheme beneficiaries.
</p>
<p>
The government said it would guarantee that pensions from pre-privatisation
service with British Coal would be increased in line with the retail prices
index.
</p>
<p>
Beneficiaries would get further pensions increases out of their share of any
surpluses, and pension entitlements from future service with private-sector
successors to British Coal would be protected by law in industry-wide
schemes.
</p>
<p>
Two new pension schemes would be created for employees of British Coal and
its subsidiaries who transfer to employment in successor companies.
</p>
<p>
Pensions was one of the most contentious issues surrounding the bill to
privatise British Rail in the last parliament.
</p>
<p>
The government also made clear yesterday that it would safeguard existing
entitlements to concessionary coal of past and present employees of British
Coal.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's bill seeks to establish a coal authority to issue licences to
private-sector companies. This will own and grant access to coal reserves
but will not be able to mine coal itself.
</p>
<p>
British Coal will continue to exist as a licensee of the authority for a
transitional period after the reorganisation of the industry. It will be
dissolved 'in due course'.
</p>
<p>
The government is seeking views on proposals to establish a single regime
for the exploitation of minerals including coal.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Coal Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1222 Bituminous Coal-Underground </item>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1222 </item>
<item> P1221 </item>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>341</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Businesses face tax shake-up </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Thousands of new businesses will be affected by the Inland Revenue's new
system of self-assessment for taxes as soon as next year, officials said
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Under proposals unveiled in the Budget any business started after next April
5 will be assessed for tax on the profits earned in its first year, rather
than on the prior-year basis which is used now.
</p>
<p>
Existing businesses will continue to pay tax on a prior-year basis in
1994-95, but will then start to be affected by transitional arrangements
under which tax will be based on average profits from the current and
preceding years.
</p>
<p>
Up to 9m taxpayers, about half self-employed, will start to receive new tax
returns under the self-assessment plan from April 1997.
</p>
<p>
Surveys by the Revenue suggest that up to two-thirds of the self-employed
and a smaller proportion of other taxpayers will take full advantage of the
new system.
</p>
<p>
They will be expected to return payments and tax forms by January 31 in the
year after their tax year. Final settlement will be expected by the
following July 31.
</p>
<p>
The remainder of taxpayers will be free to continue asking the Revenue to
assess their liability but must return their tax forms earlier, by September
30 after the end of their tax year.
</p>
<p>
Revenue officials said yesterday they intended to launch consultation with
professional bodies on a system to obtain rulings in disputed cases.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>262</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Forecast of 4,500 cable jobs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN HAMILTON FAZEY, Northern Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The US telecommunications operator Nynex is to invest Pounds 1.1bn in
north-west England over the next five years in a project which it predicts
could create about 4,500 jobs.
</p>
<p>
The company is to start work next month on a 53-mile multimedia
'super-highway' for cable TV, telephone, data and general
telecommunications. The hybrid fibre optics and coaxial ring main will run
through parts of Merseyside, Cheshire, Greater Manchester and north-east
Lancashire.
</p>
<p>
Nynex said the new system would have the advantages of a single control
centre and economies of scale in servicing and administration in comparison
with fragmented and separate cable networks.
</p>
<p>
The company plans branch networks and spurs from the ring main, including
one to north Staffordshire, bringing the system's reach to about 1.6m homes
and at least 90,000 businesses. Nynex will employ about 2,500 people
directly and said a further 2,000 jobs would be created among contractors
and suppliers.
</p>
<p>
Nynex recently bought several north-west cable franchises from Pactel,
McClean Hunter and Telecable, giving it nine contiguous territories. The
company is talking to adjacent franchisees about mutual servicing and is
looking for more acquisitions.
</p>
<p>
Mr Eugene Connell, president and chief executive, said in Manchester
yesterday that Nynex aimed to undercut British Telecommunications by 15 per
cent and offer a wider range and better quality of services to business
subscribers.
</p>
<p>
The system will have interactive capabilities. Business users and the
emergency services will able to set up direct links between each other for
voice, data and video communications. It should also be able to link into
global multi-media information highways and offer technology for local TV
production and programming.
</p>
<p>
Funding is being split between Nynex Corporation in the US, debt finance
from financial institutions and cashflow from Nynex's UK operations as
people and businesses subscribe. About Pounds 460m of debt finance will be
raised next year, including Pounds 130m for the ring main itself. The first
customers will come on stream next month.
</p>
<p>
Mr Connell said ultimate profitability relied on achieving 50 per cent
household penetration for cable TV, and 20 per cent of the telephone market
targets.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Nynex Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4841 Cable and Other Pay Television Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4841 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>390</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Companies braced for tough balance sheet rules </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Companies will have to meet tough new requirements when showing capital
instruments in balance sheets from June 22 next year, under the final
version of a new accounting standard issued today.
</p>
<p>
Financial Reporting Standard 4, produced by the Accounting Standards Board,
requires many capital instruments currently classified as equity to be shown
as non-equity or liabilities.
</p>
<p>
The ruling will affect exotic instruments designed to circumvent existing
rules such as convertible capital bonds. They will increase substantially
the apparent borrowings of British companies and boost disclosure in their
accounts. The main elements are:
</p>
<p>
Capital instruments must be classified as liabilities if they contain an
obligation to transfer cash or other resources.
</p>
<p>
Share capital should be analysed as equity and non-equity. Any which shares
which are restricted or have a restricted right to dividends should be shown
as non-equity to the value of the full consideration received.
</p>
<p>
Convertible debt should be separately disclosed and included as a liability
until it is converted into shareholders' funds.
</p>
<p>
Minority interests in subsidiaries should be analysed between equity and
non-equity interests.
</p>
<p>
The board has maintained its position that liabilities such as commercial
paper must continue to be classified according to the legal terms of its
maturity - generally short-term - unless the same lender is firmly committed
to refinance the debt on the same terms.
</p>
<p>
FRS 4. Capital Instruments. Accountancy Books, PO Box 620, Central Milton
Keynes, MK9 2JX. Pounds 6.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8721 Accounting, Auditing, and Bookkeeping Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>271</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UDM withdraws from consortium </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Union of Democratic Mineworkers yesterday withdrew from a consortium
which had planned to turn redundant collieries into recycling centres for
car and household waste.
</p>
<p>
The union said there were 'internal problems' with the Vista consortium,
which included a group of businessmen led by Mr Dennis Bull, former
manufacturing director of the Habitat stores group.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Vista </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4953 Refuse Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4953 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>83</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Silverdale miners accept closure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Miners at the Silverdale colliery in Staffordshire have voted to accept
closure and take redundancy payments of up to Pounds 44,000. Members of the
National Union of Mineworkers voted not to fight the planned closure.
</p>
<p>
Miners at Staffordshire's other pit, Littleton, voted yesterday on whether
to accept its planned closure. The result is likely today.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Coal Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1222 Bituminous Coal-Underground </item>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1222 </item>
<item> P1221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>92</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Triumph wins planning approval </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Triumph Motorcycles, the manufacturer set up in 1990 to revive the famous
British marque, has been given local authority planning approval for a
second factory at Hinckley, Leicestershire.
</p>
<p>
Hinckley and Bosworth borough council said the plant would be capable of
producing up to 40,000 motorcycles a year and held out the prospect of 350
more jobs. The existing plant, nearby, employs 210. Current production is
said to be more than 10,000 a year, with 80 per cent exported.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Triumph Motorcycles </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3751 Motorcycles, Bicycles, and Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3751 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>111</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Many managers work weekends </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Nearly half of Britain's managers work at least one weekend in two and more
than a quarter have to work every weekend, a survey of 850 managers by
British Telecommunications shows.
</p>
<p>
Working weekends appears to pay dividends, says the survey, with 60 per cent
of managers claiming they get a lot more done at weekends and half saying it
helps them get off to a flying start on Mondays. But nearly one quarter
resent working weekends.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P874  Management and Public Relations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P874 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>104</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Scottish exports growing fast </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Scotland's exports of manufactured goods rose considerably faster last year
than those of the UK as a whole, figures yesterday showed. UK exports of
manufactures rose by 0.2 per cent by value in real terms and Scottish
manufactured exports rose 6.3 per cent. Scotland's share of UK manufactured
exports rose from 9.6 per cent in 1991 to 10.1 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>93</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFACAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Currency reserves rise by Dollars 49m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The UK's official gold and foreign currency reserves rose by Dollars 49m
last month, bringing reserves at the end of the month to Dollars 43.6bn
compared with Dollars 43.5bn at the end of October. The underlying increase
in reserves was Dollars 77m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>73</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Receiverships fall in November </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The number of companies entering receivership or administration fell to 179
in November, down from 240 in October, according to figures in the official
London and Edinburgh Gazettes, analysed by accountants Touche Ross.
</p>
<p>
Appointments have been on average 40 per cent lower in the last six months
of this year than they were for the same period last year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>86</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Cuts to London rail plan attacked </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR</byline>
<p>
A proposal to drop two of the six stations planned for the Pounds 100m
extension of the Docklands Light Railway to Lewisham in south London has
been attacked by the local MP, Charles Batchelor writes.
</p>
<p>
The Lewisham extension, given approval in the Budget, will be less
attractive to tourists if the Cutty Sark and Island Gardens stations are not
included, Mr Nick Raynsford, Labour MP for Greenwich, said.
</p>
<p>
Docklands Light Railway regards the Lewisham extension as essential for the
long-term growth of revenues. The two stops would add tourist use at
weekends and in the summer.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Docklands Light Railway </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4013 Switching and Terminal Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4013 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>132</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Nuclear Electric calls for sell-off </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SMITH</byline>
<p>
Nuclear Electric, the state-owned electricity company, yesterday risked
antagonising ministers when it coupled its publication of strongly improved
interim results with a call for privatisation.
</p>
<p>
A statement by Mr John Collier, its chairman, that the company's future lay
in the private sector came only a week after Mr Tim Eggar, energy minister,
rebuked the company for earlier calls for privatisation by saying that it
was up to the government to decide if and when the industry was sold off.
</p>
<p>
Nuclear Electric announced pre-tax profits for the six months to September
30 of Pounds 463m, against Pounds 221m for the same period last year.
Operating profits were Pounds 497m, up from Pounds 255m.
</p>
<p>
If the effects of the nuclear levy are excluded, however, the company shows
an operating loss of Pounds 118m, compared with a Pounds 377m loss in the
corresponding period last year.
</p>
<p>
The company says the levy enables it to discharge liabilities inherited from
the Central Electricity Generating Board when the rest of the electricity
industry was privatised.
</p>
<p>
The improvement was helped by high productivity and a considerably better
performance from the company's five advanced gas-cooled reactors (AGRs),
which have previously performed below expectations and design capacity.
</p>
<p>
Income from electricity sales was Pounds 861m, up from Pounds 618m,
reflecting an increase in power market share in England and Wales from 21.6
per cent to 25 per cent. Nuclear Levy receipts fell 3 per cent to Pounds
615m.
</p>
<p>
The company said it was studying an offer for reprocessing contracts with
British Nuclear Fuels. The deals are being negotiated after the government's
decision last year not to underwrite them.
</p>
<p>
Nuclear Electric provided Pounds 316m, included in operating costs, for
decommissioning and disposal of used fuel in connection with the half year
operations. It paid Pounds 306m in discharging CEGB liabilities.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Nuclear Electric </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>339</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pole position </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
In spite of the growth of high-technology satellite and cable
communications, BT engineers still need to be able to climb one of the 4m
wooden telephone poles in use across the UK. Staff, seen here training at
Yarnfield in Staffordshire, start on 10ft poles before graduating to the
familiar 30ft poles which are still a common sight along roads in towns and
countryside
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>89</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Treasury to pay Pounds 380,000 over canteen irregularities
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN, Public Policy Editor</byline>
<p>
The Treasury has agreed to pay the Inland Revenue Pounds 380,000 after its
catering arm made irregular payments to staff over 10 years.
</p>
<p>
The sum will cover tax and national insurance contributions which should
have been deducted from the pay of casual staff employed by Forward Civil
Service Catering, a Treasury agency. The National Audit Office last year
revealed financial irregularities in the agency, including mismanagement and
fraud.
</p>
<p>
Sir John Bourn, head of the audit office, says in his report on the
Treasury's 1992-93 accounts that the total loss to public funds could be
Pounds 900,000.
</p>
<p>
Sir John welcomes efforts to tighten up on financial management and improve
controls over cash, stock and credit sales, but remains critical of Treasury
failure to deal with continuing weaknesses, which include:
</p>
<p>
Delegation of audit checks to junior staff with insufficient follow-up to
remedy deficiencies.
</p>
<p>
Poor record keeping at headquarters, particularly on departmental budgets
and management fees.
</p>
<p>
Weak controls over cash in tills and vending machines, with receipts not
fully banked and paperwork missing.
</p>
<p>
Poor stock control procedures, including lack of security and unreliable
records.
</p>
<p>
While Forward's performance was within 1 per cent of its target gross profit
margin, the audit office found 'considerable variations' from budget in
individual items.
</p>
<p>
Sir John says: 'Such variations can be a valuable indicator of matters
perhaps going wrong. There were still some cases where variations did not
appear to have been thoroughly examined.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Forward Civil Service Catering </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>280</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Scots school vote is blow to opting out </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JAMES BUXTON, Scottish Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The government's policy of encouraging schools in Scotland to opt out of
local authority control suffered a severe blow yesterday when parents at
Paisley Grammar, a leading comprehensive school near Glasgow, rejected
opting out by a big majority.
</p>
<p>
Earlier this year Dornoch Academy in Sutherland became the first school in
Scotland to have its application for self-governing status accepted by the
Scottish Office.
</p>
<p>
Paisley Grammar was considered a likely candidate for opting out. There had
been suggestions that the regional council was starving it of resources, and
it is regarded as a 'magnet' school in its area because of its academic
record.
</p>
<p>
In 1988 Mrs Margaret Thatcher intervened with the Scottish Office to prevent
Strathclyde regional council from closing Paisley Grammar on the grounds
that it was making another nearby school unviable. She acted at the
prompting of Mr Andrew Neil, editor of The Sunday Times, an old boy of the
school.
</p>
<p>
Legislation to allow schools in Scotland to opt out was subsequently
introduced after earlier legislation had created school boards or governors
</p>
<p>
A petition requesting a ballot on Paisley Grammar opting out was signed by
219 parents. The turnout was 76 per cent of the 1,630 people who received
ballot papers. Eighty per cent of parents taking part in the ballot voted
against opting out.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tom Farrell, chairman of Strathclyde education committee, called the
result 'a massive vote of confidence in the educational provision of the
authority'.
</p>
<p>
Lord James Douglas-Hamilton, Scottish education minister, said he was
confident the parents would come to recognise the benefits of self-governing
status in the future.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8211 Elementary and Secondary Schools </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>300</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Mortgage rise points to fragile homes recovery </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALISON SMITH</byline>
<p>
Signs that a fragile recovery in the housing market is continuing came
yesterday with figures from the Bank of England showing a small increase in
the number of mortgage approvals.
</p>
<p>
The number of new loans approved was slightly higher in October than in
September, prompting the Council of Mortgage Lenders, which represents
building societies and banks, to welcome the figures as evidence that the
recovery was gathering pace.
</p>
<p>
Net lending during October in both seasonally adjusted and non-adjusted
terms was slightly lower than in September, when it amounted to just over
Pounds 2bn.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the fairly flat numbers lenders have been encouraged by the
Budget decision not to abolish mortgage tax relief altogether.
</p>
<p>
The lending figures came as two surveys from the UK's largest building
societies show prices rising slightly compared with last year. But the
surveys do not present a clear picture of price movements compared with last
month.
</p>
<p>
The survey for the Nationwide, the UK's second largest society, shows house
prices were 2.3 per cent higher than a year ago. The Halifax survey says
that prices were 1.5 per cent higher than a year ago, and on course for an
overall increase of 2 per cent this year.
</p>
<p>
But while the survey for the Halifax shows house prices rising slightly in
November, the Nationwide survey shows a fall of 1.5 per cent from October
prices.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Wriglesworth, building societies analyst at UBS, said that there was
little evidence yet of a strong recovery, and added that he thought the
increase in mortgage approvals reflected people switching from building
society mortgages to fixed rate mortgages.
</p>
<p>
He said however, that not having a Budget in March would assist the recovery
as it would end uncertainties in the spring, which was a good period for the
housing market.
</p>
<p>
Mr Adrian Coles, director-general of the Council of Mortgage Lenders, said
that now pre-Budget uncertainty had ended there was every reason to expect
that the stronger levels of mortgage approvals to feed through into
advances.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
<item> P6162 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>378</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU aid to areas hit by cuts in defence </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEWART DALBY</byline>
<p>
Projects in the UK to benefit from a Pounds 15.5m European Union aid package
for regions suffering from cuts in defence spending were named yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The grants, which will be matched by equal amounts from local authorities or
the private sector, will go to 150 projects selected from 250 applications
from private companies, local authorities and enterprise agencies.
</p>
<p>
The grants can be used for economic regeneration, training, new product
development and environmental schemes.
</p>
<p>
For the first time areas in the south-east and south-west of England will
benefit from EU structural funds.
</p>
<p>
Successful applicants include a new small business centre in Fife and a plan
to revive the Woolwich Arsenal in London. Grants range from Pounds 2,500 for
an information development project in Leeds to more than Pounds 1.3m for a
plan to diversify the local economy of a defence-dependent area of the
south-west. Every region of England, with Northern Ireland, Scotland, Wales
and Gibraltar, will benefit.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9532 Urban and Community Development </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9532 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>192</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Watchdog increases pressure on BT profits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW ADONIS</byline>
<p>
Regulatory pressure on British Telecommunications to cut its prices and
profits appears likely to increase sharply if interest rates remain low,
following a policy statement yesterday by Oftel, the telecommunications
regulator.
</p>
<p>
The prospect was raised by Oftel's settlement of a long-running dispute
between BT and Mercury, its main UK competitor, over charges paid by Mercury
for the use of BT's network to deliver calls to their destinations.
</p>
<p>
By reducing interconnection prices paid by Mercury, Oftel's determination
will further boost competition in the UK telecommunications market. The
settlement is worth at least Pounds 60m to Mercury this year in lower prices
and back payments.
</p>
<p>
In reaching its decision Oftel sharply cut the rate of return on capital it
allows BT. When setting BT's current price cap in June 1992 Oftel allowed BT
a return on capital of between 16.5 per cent and 18.5 per cent. In
yesterday's Mercury determination it cut the figure to 15 per cent, citing
lower interest rates.
</p>
<p>
BT's price formula, setting average price rises at 7.5 percentage points
below the rate of inflation each year, is to be reviewed in 1996.
</p>
<p>
Robert Fleming, the brokers, estimated that applying the reduced rate of
return to BT's existing price cap would have cut this year's pre-tax profits
by about Pounds 300m, around 10 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mr Laurence Heyworth, Fleming's telecoms analyst, said: 'BT faces a very
tough negotiation with the regulator over its next price cap.'
</p>
<p>
BT said the new rate of return was 'lower than we think reasonable', but
said it did not necessarily follow that the same figure would be used for
the next price cap, even if inflation stayed low.
</p>
<p>
Mr Mike Harris, Mercury chief executive, described the Oftel determination
as a 'curate's egg'. He welcomed the reduced charges but not the obligation
imposed by Oftel to pay BT a special contribution to help cover the cost of
maintaining line rental and connection charges at an artificially low level.
</p>
<p>
Oftel ruled that Mercury would have to pay the 'access deficit
contributions' when it gained more than 10 per cent of the market for either
international or domestic calls, with a sharp rise in the level of payments
when it reached 25 per cent of either market.
</p>
<p>
By March Mercury had 19 per cent of the market for international calls and 7
per cent for domestic calls, so it will have to pay BT contributions for its
international traffic.
</p>
<p>
Inter-connecting payments to BT are Mercury's largest outgoing. With
operating profits of Pounds 192m last year, the ruling will significantly
improve its financial performance this year.
</p>
<p>
The company intends to use Pounds 9m of the proceeds to fund experiments in
using radio technology to bypass BT by providing local networks for fixed
phones.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Telecommunications </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
<item> P9631 Regulation, Administration of Utilities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
<item> P9631 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>503</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAB0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Bank staff safety guide published </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
Guidelines on preventing violence aimed at bank and building society
employees were published yesterday by the Health and Safety Executive.
</p>
<p>
The HSE is urging managers to set up a strategy to protect staff, including
advice on the use of security equipment, the issuing of personal attack
alarms and training on how to react in an emergency.
</p>
<p>
Prevention of violence to staff in banks and building societies. HSE Books,
PO Box 1999, Sudbury, Suffolk, C010 6FS. Pounds 6.50.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
<item> P6162 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>112</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pounds 1.7bn of tax written off </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN</byline>
<p>
The amount of tax written off by the Inland Revenue and Customs and Excise
has mounted steeply during the recession, according to the National Audit
Office.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue wrote off Pounds 1.7bn last year, almost double the
amount written off in 1991. More than three-quarters of the total is
accounted for by insolvency.
</p>
<p>
Customs &amp; Excise wrote off Pounds 825m of value added tax and customs duties
as either remitted or irrecoverable last year, up from Pounds 553m in 1991.
Most of this is also because traders became insolvent.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue figures show that more than 60 per cent of large
employers fail to hand over employees' tax deducted under PAYE within the
14-day time limit after the end of the month.
</p>
<p>
The Revenue has been much more successful at collecting information on the
taxable fringe benefits received by more than 3.4m employees. According to
the audit office tax offices have achieved a 50 per cent increase in the
number of P11D forms they receive from employers giving details of
employees' benefits in kind.
</p>
<p>
There remains evidence of a high error rate in the assessment and coding of
benefits, however.
</p>
<p>
The audit office says that efforts to catch moonlighters with second
undeclared incomes and 'ghosts', people unknown to the tax authorities,
yielded Pounds 86m in tax in 1992-93. This is about 5.4 times the cost of
the collection work.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>265</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
1.5p a mile M-way tolls could raise Pounds 700m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR and ROLAND RUDD</byline>
<p>
Tolls on Britain's motorways could raise a total of Pounds 700m a year if
applied across the 2,000-mile network, Mr John MacGregor, transport
secretary, said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Present government thinking is that cars would be charged a maximum of 1.5p
a mile and lorries 4.5p a mile so that a car journey from London to
Birmingham would cost Pounds 1.50.
</p>
<p>
This is a lower rate than charged on continental European motorways, and is
intended to prevent drivers diverting to side roads.
</p>
<p>
Ministers intend to push ahead with detailed studies of an electronic
tolling system which could be introduced by 1998, he said. Vehicles would
carry a smart card on their windscreen which would be read automatically
from overhead gantries.
</p>
<p>
It also became apparent yesterday that bus companies face pressure to raise
fares. When Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, put 3p a litre on petrol in
his Budget he also announced that the bus fuel duty rebate, which usually
compensates for such increases, would not be raised. London Buses estimates
this will add Pounds 3m a year to its costs.
</p>
<p>
However National Express, Britain's largest operator of scheduled coach
services, said it planned to absorb the higher costs without increasing
fares.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday in a Commons written answer, Mr MacGregor promised that motorway
toll charges would be devoted solely to the construction and operation of
the motorway network. The Treasury had no objection to reserving such funds
for a particular purpose because they were not taxes, he said. He also
assured MPs that the government would take the level of charges into account
when setting motoring taxes.
</p>
<p>
Electronic tolling is being introduced in many other countries but systems
are not yet sophisticated enough for Britain's heavily used motorway
network. The transport department is to invite manufacturers to submit
details of their technologies in fields such as smart cards. It will then
set up a trial system within the next year.
</p>
<p>
Organisations representing road users gave a lukewarm response to the
government announcement. The AA and the RAC, motoring organisations, said
they accepted the proposal reluctantly and only if the Treasury did not cut
the roads budget to compensate for tolls.
</p>
<p>
Mr Frank Dobson, shadow transport secretary, said it was like adding a 2 per
cent to 3 per cent value added tax by the back door. 'This is a deplorable
move which will drive yet more people off public transport,' he said.
</p>
<p>
National Express said it did not think motorway tolls would have a
significant effect on its costs but that they might persuade more motorists
to switch to coach travel. It called for a special toll rate for public
transport vehicles.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Service costs &amp; Service prices </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4785 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>489</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The present cabinet </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
First full picture of the present cabinet. Back row (from left): Richard
Ryder, chief whip; Michael Portillo, treasury chief secretary; Virginia
Bottomley, health; Sir Patrick Mayhew, Northern Ireland; William Waldegrave,
public services; David Hunt, employment; Peter Brooke, national heritage;
Peter Lilley, social security; Ian Lang, Scotland; John Patten, education;
Gillian Shephard, agriculture; John Redwood, Wales; Sir Robin Butler,
cabinet secretary. Front row: Tony Newton, Commons leader; Malcolm Rifkind,
defence; Michael Heseltine, trade; Kenneth Clarke, chancellor; Lord MacKay,
lord chancellor; John Major, prime minister; Douglas Hurd, foreign; Michael
Howard, home; John MacGregor, transport; Lord Wakeham, leader of the Lords;
John Gummer, environment.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>126</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Local Government Commission in 'untenable position' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Local Government Commission, which is reviewing council structures in
England, is in 'an untenable position', the European Policy Forum says in a
report today.
</p>
<p>
Mr Steve Leach, lecturer at Birmingham University's Institute of Local
Government Studies and author of the report, predicted that local
authorities would have 'strong grounds for challenging its recommendations
in the courts because of inconsistency in its approach'.
</p>
<p>
He said the impetus for reform had disappeared in a 'classic example of
policy drift' (the survival of a policy initiative beyond the time when
there is any real political commitment to it), and claimed that the exercise
had already diverted large amounts of the organisational resources and
energies of local government into an exercise of 'questionable value'.
</p>
<p>
But Mr David Curry, the local government minister, denied that the review
would place extra strains on councils already trying to accommodate radical
changes in their budgets following yesterday's review of grants.
</p>
<p>
The Local Government Review: A Crisis of Credibility, European Policy Forum,
20 Queen Anne's Gate, London SW1H 9AA. Pounds 5.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>201</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Tory flagship council is biggest grant loser </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Mr David Curry, the local government minister, yesterday made a point of
announcing that Wandsworth - the Conservatives' 'flagship' south London
borough - was the English local authority which had done worst out of the
redistribution of local government grants.
</p>
<p>
This, said Mr Curry, showed that the reallocation of grants had been
'colourblind'. The process, criticised on grounds of fairness over the past
year, had been carried out without regard to a council's political control.
</p>
<p>
But the redistribution has been so drastic that the government has
introduced a Pounds 280m 'buffering' scheme to ensure that no council's
grant will fall by more than 2 per cent this year. However, 82 authorities
will suffer a reduction of at least this amount.
</p>
<p>
The grant each council receives towards its spending from central government
- additional money is made up from council taxpayers or from the council's
reserves - are determined by a complicated formula known as the Standard
Spending Assessment (SSA).
</p>
<p>
SSAs are worked out on a per capita basis and multiplied by the total
population in each authority to arrive at a figure for the overall grant it
will receive. Figures from the 1991 census were incorporated for the first
time this year, so the biggest 'losers' have been inner London authorities.
</p>
<p>
Wandsworth suffered the greatest cut in SSA (10.6 per cent), followed by
Hammersmith and Fulham (9.8 per cent), Havering (8.6 per cent), Brent (8.5
per cent) and Lambeth (7.5 per cent).
</p>
<p>
The government also made changes to the factors determining grants within
the formula.
</p>
<p>
The weight given to the proportion of ethnic minorities in an area has been
reduced, in recognition of the fact that many immigrants are
well-established and do not put as many extra burdens on the education
service as they once did.
</p>
<p>
Instead, measures which capture levels of economic deprivation have been
introduced. For the first time measures of homelessness and unemployment
will be included. The latter addresses widespread complaints from northern
cities with minimal ethnic populations but high levels of unemployment,
particularly in former mining communities, that the old formula unfairly
withheld grant from them.
</p>
<p>
There is also a measure of the number of people who suffer from long-term
illness, in recognition of the demands the growing elderly population place
on social services.
</p>
<p>
The government has introduced a measure of the number of day visitors to an
area, to capture the problems created by areas with low populations but
large numbers of commuters.
</p>
<p>
Most controversially, the 'area cost adjustment', aimed at compensating the
south-east for its high labour costs, has been increased. Northern
authorities have repeatedly branded this measure a political fix to allow
more aid to go to marginal seats in the south-east.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>481</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
DTI halts appeal on Polly Peck directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
The Department of Trade and Industry has decided not to appeal against the
decision by a High Court judge to reject continued attempts to disqualify
four directors of Polly Peck International.
</p>
<p>
The DTI had to decide this week whether to fight a ruling by Mr Justice
Lindsay made at the start of November. He had decided not to extend the
deadline for proceeding with the cases.
</p>
<p>
The DTI had argued for the disqualification of Mr David Fawcus, former
finance director, Mr Mark Ellis, joint managing director, and Mr Lawrence
Tindale and Mr Ulf Siebel, non-executive directors.
</p>
<p>
It argued that they had failed adequately to monitor, probe or institute
changes to prevent funds movements to Polly Peck's near-east subsidiaries -
or to resign in the absence of changes.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Justice Lindsay called the DTI's case 'at best speculative and very
weak' and said the directors had instituted changes.
</p>
<p>
The DTI did not pursue disqualification of Mr Asil Nadir, the former
chairman of Polly Peck, who fled bail conditions to northern Cyprus in May
facing charges totalling Pounds 34m for theft and false accounting.
</p>
<p>
Mr Nadir is bankrupt and his trustee has applied for a suspension on any
automatic discharge on his bankruptcy order.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Polly Peck International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>237</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Transport role for utilities forecast </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN, Public Policy Editor</byline>
<p>
The water and electricity companies are expected to emerge as prime movers
in the government's drive to involve private finance in public services,
according to Mr Stephen Dorrell, financial secretary.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dorrell told journalists yesterday that the government was trying to
create a business sector which would build road and rail infrastructure on
behalf of the transport department.
</p>
<p>
Construction companies and the banks normally act as promoters for large
projects such as the Channel tunnel and estuarial crossings.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dorrell said the benefits of involving the private sector would emerge
only if the design, financing and construction of infrastructure were under
the control of companies with expertise in managing roads and railways.
</p>
<p>
He said: 'Utility companies recognise this as a business they might move
into. There will also be foreign companies with experience of running toll
roads abroad. Not all the expertise has to be home-grown.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Dorrell said he would not be keen to see state-owned foreign operators
such as SNCF, the nationalised company which runs the French railways,
entering the market.
</p>
<p>
The Budget this week included commitments to proceed with three large
public-sector projects using private finance: the modernisation of the west
coast railway line from London to Glasgow, the extension of the Docklands
Light Railway in east London to Lewisham, and the new air traffic control
centre for Scotland.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dorrell said he expected all three projects to be out to competitive
tender by the next Budget. He acknowledged that there was 'scope for
disappointment' over the pace of progress on the private finance initiative.
</p>
<p>
Editorial comment, Page 15
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P16   Heavy Construction, Ex Building </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P16 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>303</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Tighter curbs on tobacco ads expected </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN and DIANE SUMMERS</byline>
<p>
The government is expected to announce tighter voluntary controls on tobacco
advertising soon to head off a private member's bill which would impose an
advertising ban.
</p>
<p>
The bill, to be tabled by Mr Kevin Barron, Labour MP for Rother Valley,
would ban all cigarette, cigar and pipe tobacco advertising except at the
point of sale.
</p>
<p>
The Department of Health confirmed yesterday that tighter voluntary controls
being considered for tobacco advertising include:
</p>
<p>
A ban on poster advertising.
</p>
<p>
An end to tobacco advertising in women's magazines.
</p>
<p>
Removal of tobacconists' shop front advertising.
</p>
<p>
Larger health warnings on cigarette packs.
</p>
<p>
The Advertising Association, the umbrella group for advertisers as well as
practitioners, accused the government of over-reacting. Ms Fionnuala
Tennyson, associate director, said said it was 'totally inappropriate to go
any further without any real evidence' that advertising had an effect on
tobacco consumption.
</p>
<p>
The Tobacco Advisory Council, the trade body for UK tobacco manufacturers,
said advertising stimulated competition between brands, rather than
encouraging anyone to smoke. The total tobacco retail market is worth about
Pounds 10bn a year and about Pounds 60m is spent by the industry on
advertising.
</p>
<p>
Mr Barron, who won third place in a backbench Commons ballot for the right
to introduce legislation, yesterday claimed the support of more than 200 MPs
of all parties.
</p>
<p>
The government, however, is firmly opposed to legislative controls on
tobacco advertising, which ministers believe are less effective than
voluntary curbs. This approach was confirmed by Mr Kenneth Clarke, the
chancellor, in his Budget speech on Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
Government MPs are not normally given voting instructions on private
members' legislation but the government would have little difficulty in
finding procedural ways of killing the bill if it wished.
</p>
<p>
Ash, the anti-smoking lobby group, said yesterday it was concerned that the
government would not be able to get the industry to agree to tighter curbs,
particularly now that it had, in effect, taken away the threat of
legislation.
</p>
<p>
Britain has blocked an attempt by the European Commission to ban advertising
by directive, and ministers rejected similar proposals by the Commons health
committee earlier this year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P731  Advertising </item>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
<item> P2121 Cigars </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P731 </item>
<item> P2111 </item>
<item> P2121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>388</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Sunday shopping opponents muster forces </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN, Political Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Opponents of deregulated Sunday shopping yesterday launched a last-minute
campaign to swing wavering Labour MPs into line before a vital Commons vote
next week.
</p>
<p>
Keep Sunday Special (KSS), a coalition of church, trade union and small
retailing groups, claims the support of a majority of MPs for tight controls
on Sunday shopping in England and Wales.
</p>
<p>
Organisers are privately worried that the Labour front bench and the
executive of Usdaw, the shopworkers' union, are boosting support for
deregulation.
</p>
<p>
MPs will choose in a free vote on Wednesday between three options in the
Sunday trading bill intended to replace the 1950 Shops Act:
</p>
<p>
Full deregulation, supported by the prime minister, the chancellor and Mr
Michael Howard, the home secretary, who is responsible for the bill.
</p>
<p>
Unrestricted trading hours for small shops, with a six-hour limit on larger
stores, which is supported by the Shopping Hours Reform Council (SHRC),
mainly representing chain stores.
</p>
<p>
Limited opening for small shops, DIY stores and garden centres, with
unrestricted opening for all shops on four Sundays before Christmasm, which
is the option supported by KSS.
</p>
<p>
The group's hopes were damaged during the second reading debate when Mr Tony
Blair, the shadow home secretary, described its proposals as unworkable.
</p>
<p>
Its main concern, however, is the Usdaw executive council's decision in
October to switch support from the KSS proposal to the SHRC option.
</p>
<p>
The decision has prompted concern among Usdaw-sponsored MPs loyal to KSS,
who fear other Labour MPs may follow the executive's lead.
</p>
<p>
In an attempt to shore up Labour support KSS has stepped up its attack on
the bill's employment protection provisions, which it says are 'not worth
the paper they are written on'. The group released a survey of Usdaw members
showing that 55 per cent of those contacted had not worked on Sundays, and
95 per cent of those did not wish to.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P52   Building Materials and Garden Supplies </item>
<item> P53   General Merchandise Stores </item>
<item> P54   Food Stores </item>
<item> P55   Automotive Dealers and Service Stations </item>
<item> P56   Apparel and Accessory Stores </item>
<item> P57   Furniture and Homefurnishings Stores </item>
<item> P59   Miscellaneous Retail </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P52 </item>
<item> P53 </item>
<item> P54 </item>
<item> P55 </item>
<item> P56 </item>
<item> P57 </item>
<item> P59 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>383</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Insurers to pass on 3% tax cost </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD LAPPER</byline>
<p>
Most consumers seem likely to face increased costs for home and motor
insurance next year as the country's largest companies digest the
implications of the introduction earlier this week of a 3 per cent premium
tax.
</p>
<p>
Prudential and Pearl, two companies predominantly concerned with life
insurance, have been quick to promise customers that they would absorb the
costs by means of improvements in efficiency.
</p>
<p>
But the composite insurers, which have a larger share of the 'personal
lines' insurance market, say costs must be passed on to their customers.
</p>
<p>
'Somehow the cost will have to be passed on to the policyholder. I can't see
how we can afford to absorb it,' said Mr Mike Jones, head of public
relations for Sun Alliance, the largest insurer of homes in the UK. 'At the
moment, the market is not keen to reduce rates when we are still rebuilding.
We are not in the business of making rash promises,' he added.
</p>
<p>
Mr Roy Randall, head of corporate relations at Royal Insurance, the second
largest home insurer, said his company would also pass on the tax to buyers.
Royal fears that the 3 per cent rate may be increased in future years,
aligning it with the premium tax rates which are common elsewhere in Europe.
</p>
<p>
Legal &amp; General, a company mainly concerned with life insurance which has a
sizeable slice of the home insurance market, also insists that the costs
must be passed on.
</p>
<p>
'Those companies who claim to be able to absorb the additional cost have not
fully thought through the implications, particularly to shareholders,' the
group warned.
</p>
<p>
'This is the thin end of the wedge. When it comes to taxes, chancellors are
like starving men - they can never get enough,' added Mr David Prosser,
group chief executive.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>329</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Motorway tolls 'could reap Pounds 700m a year' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR and ROLAND RUDD</byline>
<p>
Bus fares may rise following a budget change that will increase bus
companies' fuel bills.
</p>
<p>
When Mr Kenneth Clarke put 3p a litre on petrol, he also announced that the
bus fuel duty rebate, which usually compensates for such increases, would
not be raised. London Buses estimated the move would add Pounds 3m to its
costs in a year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Frank Dobson, shadow transport secretary, said it was like adding 2 to 3
per cent value added tax by the back door. 'This is a deplorable move which
will drive yet more people off public transport,' he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Service costs &amp; Service prices </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4785 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>147</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: US-EU Airbus deal likely to be extended
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIANS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
After a year of fruitless negotiations, trade officials in Geneva appear to
have found a formula which will extend the bilateral US-EU deal on state
support for the European Airbus to all Gatt members.
</p>
<p>
The formula marks an important breakthrough in an area which had threatened
to become a serious obstacle in the Uruguay Round of global trade talks.
</p>
<p>
The aim is to revise Gatt's existing code of fair practice on trade in civil
aircraft by December 15, in parallel with the Uruguay Round negotiations.
</p>
<p>
The new approach, proposed by the Swedish chairman of the sub-committee
discussing extension of the Airbus agreement, is based on the draft round
accord on subsidies, modified and supplemented to take account of the
special requirements of the aircraft industry.
</p>
<p>
Trade officials said yesterday the approach had won the support of all the
main participants in the negotiations, including the US and EU, though much
of the detail - including acceptable levels of state support - remained to
be agreed.
</p>
<p>
A revised text is now being prepared for discussion early next week by the
code's 22 members (the EU counting as one).
</p>
<p>
It proved more difficult than expected to 'multilateralise' the bilateral
pact, which applies only to large aircraft and to US and EU support systems.
</p>
<p>
The accord, signed last year after eight years of trans-atlantic feuding,
prohibits subsidies for aircraft production and caps development support at
33 per cent of spending.
</p>
<p>
It also places curbs on indirect supports, such as those derived by US
manufacturers from government defence and aerospace contracts.
</p>
<p>
If finished on time, the revised aircraft code would be incorporated into
the Uruguay Round package applicable to all Gatt's 112 members.
</p>
<p>
Three important competitors - Taiwan, China and Russia - are not currently
Gatt members but may be obliged to sign up to the code as a condition of
joining the world trade body.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Airbus Industrie </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3721 Aircraft </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>356</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Last Nafta hurdle cleared </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON and DAVID PILLING
<name type=place>TORONTO, SANTIAGO</name></byline>
<p>
The last remaining hurdle to implementation of the North American Free Trade
Agreement on January 1 has been removed with an agreement between the US,
Canada and Mexico to negotiate an anti-dumping and subsidy code over the
next two years.
</p>
<p>
Canada's prime minister, Mr Jean Chretien, who pressed for the code to
fulfil a pledge in the recent election campaign to renegotiate parts of
Nafta, yesterday presented the deal as a significant improvement to the
agreement hammered out by the previous Conservative government.
</p>
<p>
The three governments have agreed to set up one working group on subsidies
and countervailing duties, and another on anti-dumping rules. Trade minister
Mr Roy MacLaren said yesterday the Canadians had been assured that the
Clinton administration 'will enter into these discussions in good faith'.
There is no guarantee however, that a code will be drawn up by the target
date of December 31 1995.
</p>
<p>
The new Liberal government in Ottawa failed to persuade Washington to reopen
Nafta's energy provisions. Despite reservations expressed by Alberta oil and
gas producers, the Liberals had pushed for special assurances that Canada
would be able to hold back energy exports to the US in the event of
shortages.
</p>
<p>
In a declaration of its own, Canada said it would take any measures
necessary to ensure domestic energy security, including the establishment of
energy reserves or new incentives for oil and gas exploration.
</p>
<p>
The Canadian parliament passed Nafta enabling legislation earlier this year,
but the law has yet to be promulgated.
</p>
<p>
The US sees few, if any, obstacles to Chile's accession to Nafta or a
bilateral free trade accord with Washington, Mr Curtis Kamman, the US
ambassador in Santiago, said yesterday, writes David Pilling in Santiago
</p>
<p>
There were no specific environmental or labour issues blocking an agreement,
he said. The US would, however, 'watch with interest' the passage of Chile's
environmental protection bill and would hope to see swift implementation of
its new regulatory framework.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> MX  Mexico </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> CL  Chile, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>368</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Franco-German telecom deal goes to
Commission </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW HILL
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The European Commission is preparing to examine details of a new
co-operation deal between Deutsche Telekom and France Telecom, the
state-owned telecommunications groups.
</p>
<p>
Commission officials confirmed yesterday that the two companies had already
made contact informally, but refused to comment on Brussels' likely attitude
to a deeper alliance.
</p>
<p>
France Telecom and Deutsche Telekom revealed late on Wednesday that they
were planning a press conference about their plans on Tuesday in Brussels.
Industry observers believe they may be preparing to merge certain areas of
their activity, outside domestic 'voice' services.
</p>
<p>
On the same day, telecoms ministers from the European Union will be holding
further discussions about the Commission's proposals on liberalisation of
the telecoms sector.
</p>
<p>
If the case does fall under the Commission's jurisdiction - either as a
merger, or because of other monopoly considerations - the attitude of the
Commission's competition directorate will be crucial.
</p>
<p>
The deal could well become one of the most sensitive anti-trust cases yet
examined by the Brussels authorities.
</p>
<p>
Competition officials said yesterday they would work closely on the case
with other Commission departments, notably telecoms and industry.
</p>
<p>
In his contribution to the Commission's proposed white paper on growth,
competitiveness and employment - to be discussed by EU leaders on December
10 and 11 - Mr Martin Bangemann, the industry and telecoms commissioner, has
stressed the need to adapt to the existence of an 'information society',
using telecoms networks and served by strong telecoms and information
technology groups. The Commission is to push through controversial measures
to extend liberalisation of the telecoms terminal and telecoms services
markets to the satellite communications sector.
</p>
<p>
Brussels yesterday approved amendments which will abolish national
restrictions on the provision of satellite earth station equipment,
satellite services used by business networks, and mobile tracking services.
</p>
<p>
The Commission can impose these amendments because the original directives
were adopted using powers to break open national monopolies. The Commission
said it hoped the measures would be in force by the end of next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Deutsche Bundespost Telekom </item>
<item> France Telecom </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
<item> P4899 Communications Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
<item> P4899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>387</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Spanish telephone group in partnership
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RONALD VAN DE KROL
<name type=place>AMSTERDAM</name></byline>
<p>
Telefonica, the Spanish telecommunications operator, said yesterday it
planned to enter into 'intensive co-operation' with Unisource, the joint
venture linking the telecom companies of the Netherlands, Sweden and
Switzerland.
</p>
<p>
The move is widely regarded as a first step towards Telefonica's taking an
equity stake in Unisource, which is aimed at providing one-stop
telecommunications services to the world's multinationals.
</p>
<p>
PTT Telecom, the Dutch shareholder in Unisource, said: 'We don't rule out
the possibility that Telefonica will become a shareholder at a later stage.'
</p>
<p>
Unisource is fighting to establish itself in the field of 'outsourcing' in
direct competition with ventures by AT&amp;T, British Telecom, Deutsche Telekom
and France Telecom.
</p>
<p>
Telefonica will not be able to enter into deals with Unisource's
competitors.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Telefonica de Espana </item>
<item> Unisource </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>175</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: US pressure over cars irks Tokyo -
Campaign for market access runs into mounting criticism </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHIYO NAKAMOTO
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Criticism of the US approach to opening up Japan's market to foreign cars
and car parts is mounting in Tokyo, as the two countries still remain wide
apart on key issues in their bilateral trade and economic framework talks.
</p>
<p>
In a rare move, the Japan Automobile Manufacturers' Association published a
statement that is highly critical of the course being taken in the US-Japan
framework talks, in which the two countries aim to increase foreign access
to Japan's markets.
</p>
<p>
The statement points out that, while attempts to correct the trade imbalance
should be based on a broad discussion of macro-economic policy, the focus of
the bilateral talks has been on micro-economic issues such as cars and car
parts.
</p>
<p>
The association also criticises the US proposals to increase market access
for foreign companies in Japan as going beyond the bounds of the two
governments' activities.
</p>
<p>
Irresponsible intervention by governments in private business not only leads
to managed trade, but in effect reduces consumers' choice, it says.
</p>
<p>
The industry association is particularly concerned that the US proposal to
set 'specific expectations' for foreign penetration of the Japanese car and
vehicle parts markets is in effect a call for numerical targets.
</p>
<p>
Neither do the US proposals reflect any efforts on the part of the US, even
though the framework consultations call for efforts to be taken by both
sides, it says.
</p>
<p>
That point was underlined by a high-ranking Japanese government official,
who indicated that US carmakers were not making the kind of efforts
necessary to win over Japanese consumers.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sozaburo Okamatsu, vice minister for international affairs, said that
Chrysler's decision not to bring its new car, the Neon, to the Tokyo Motor
Show this autumn was disappointing.
</p>
<p>
The Neon, which is widely considered to be a 'Japan car killer', was just
right in terms of price and engine size for the Japanese market, Mr Okamatsu
said.
</p>
<p>
If US car companies were not going to bring that kind of car to the Japanese
market they should not ask for help to penetrate the market, Mr Okamatsu
said.
</p>
<p>
He further underlined that there was 'no chance' that Japan would agree to
set numerical targets for foreign sales in Japan.
</p>
<p>
Not only did numerical targets carry the risk of leading to managed trade,
they were not necessary for foreign companies to succeed in Japan.
</p>
<p>
According to data published yesterday, the foreign share of the Japanese
public pro-curement computer market, which was 7.6 per cent in fiscal 1991,
rose to 14.4 per cent in 1992 after an action plan was implemented to make
public procurement more fair and open, Mr Okamatsu noted.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>493</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: 'Gatt failure would reopen old disputes'
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BUCHAN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Failure to reach a Gatt agreement 'would dash economic confidence and reopen
disputes supposedly settled as part of the Uruguay Round negotiations', a
senior US official told a trade conference in Paris yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Joan Spero, US under-secretary of state for economic and agricultural
affairs, warned that in particular the arrangement which the US and the
European Union reached in June on oilseeds might come unstuck if the Gatt
round failed.
</p>
<p>
She also said Europe's common agricultural policy 'could be challenged in
the Gatt or by private parties under domestic trade laws'.
</p>
<p>
On culture, the other main sticking point between the US and France, Mrs
Spero said protectionism by Europe could backfire against 'European
producers, directors, writers, actors, cinematographers who are a major
force in American films'. Such European artists might lose these
opportunities in the US, she said.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, the US official said, 'the noises coming from the Brussels
negotiations are good.' She said the US believed its Blair House agreement
with the EU 'is the basis upon which the Uruguay Round can be concluded',
apparently indicating that Washington is not adhering to every last detail
of an accord which France has hotly contested.
</p>
<p>
Mr Francois Perigot, president of the French employers' federation, told the
conference that 'nothing would be worse than the failure of seven years of
negotiation' in the Uruguay Round.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>265</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: US unlikely to oppose Chile's entry to
Nafta </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID PILLING and REUTER
<name type=place>SANTIAGO, OTTAWA</name></byline>
<p>
THE US sees few, if any, obstacles to Chile's accession to Nafta or a
bilateral free trade accord with Washington, Mr Curtis Kamman, the US
ambassador in Santiago, said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Unlike most Latin American countries, which needed to liberalise their
economies and lower tariffs, 'Chile has done all that. There's not much left
for it to do,' he said.
</p>
<p>
There were no specific environmental or labour issues blocking an agreement,
he said. The US would, however, 'watch with interest' the passage of Chile's
environmental protection bill and would hope to see swift implementation of
its new regulatory framework.
</p>
<p>
Further talks would be necessary in the area of intellectual property
rights, where Chile had made some, though insufficient, progress. In
particular, US pharmaceutical companies wanted greater protection for their
patented products. The US was 'serious' about concluding new trade
agreements 'in the near future'. However, 'we have not yet decided whether
our preferred course is additional bilateral agreements with other countries
or their accession to Nafta.'
</p>
<p>
He rejected arguments that the US administration would tread carefully
because of 'blood on the carpet' after the Nafta debate or because it now
wished to concentrate on healthcare reform.
</p>
<p>
The US was quite capable of pursuing parallel domestic and foreign policies,
he said. Besides, President Clinton 'made clear during the Nafta debate that
he wants to extend the agreement to other countries, with Chile mentioned as
the first in line.'
</p>
<p>
Canada's new Liberal government announced yesterday that it would enforce
Nafta after obtaining improved rules on subsidies and dumping, Reuter
reports from Ottawa.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> MX  Mexico </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> CL  Chile, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>308</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Trade officials encouraged by progress in
talks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
Trade officials in Geneva yesterday were philosophical about the lack of
concrete results in the Gatt negotiations and said they were encouraged by
reports of progress. 'They do seem to be coming to some specific results,'
said one. 'If we get something on Monday, that would just about fit in with
the negotiating timetable, though there will be a lot of work to do next
week.'
</p>
<p>
Officials at Gatt headquarters said Mr Peter Sutherland, the
director-general, was in close touch with the US and EU negotiators, but he
declined to comment.
</p>
<p>
The relatively upbeat mood among officials appears to reflect a belief that
the setting of fresh US-EU talks for Monday partly reflected Sir Leon
Brittan's wish to avoid presenting a draft accord to EU ministers at last
night's special council meeting, as demanded by France. This in effect
prevents Paris putting a spoke in the wheel of the Uruguay Round
negotiations before they conclude on December 15.
</p>
<p>
Nonetheless, there will be disappointment among trading partners that US-EU
differences over market access for goods and services could not be resolved
before today's key meeting in Geneva to evaluate the results in the round so
far.
</p>
<p>
Although it is already clear that the Uruguay Round target of one-third
tariff cuts is likely to be exceeded, overall gains from the round still
remain heavily dependent on what the two trading giants decide to give each
other, for instance, on textiles, fish, non-ferrous metals and electronics.
</p>
<p>
In addition, the two sides have not yet resolved differences over financial
services, maritime transport and audio-visual services.
</p>
<p>
Trade officials said that intensive negotiations on all aspects of the round
would continue through the weekend on the assumption that a US-EU deal was
close. 'The rest of the process is in reasonably good shape for the final
bargaining,' said a senior trade diplomat.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>348</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Cruise ship lifeline for Cuban economy -
Castro's latest attempt to attract dollars from tourism </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROSIE HAYES and STEPHEN FIDLER</byline>
<p>
When the cruise ship Santiago de Cuba sails later this month from Havana, it
will underline the extent to which revolutionary fervour is giving way to
pragmatism as Cuba tries to adjust to economic hardship.
</p>
<p>
On board ship, there will be gambling - although it will not be allowed in
Cuban ports. The government of President Fidel Castro is now accepting an
activity it banned when it closed Havana's notorious gambling parlours after
the 1959 revolution.
</p>
<p>
Compared with the previous policy shifts forced on the Cuban government by
the collapse of the Soviet Union and its financial support for Cuba, this is
small. Among other things, the government has been aggressively pursuing
previously unwelcome foreign investors and has legalised use of the
once-banned US dollar.
</p>
<p>
The cruise operation - a joint venture between the state-owned Havanatur and
European interests, including the Italian ship agents Fratelli Cosulich - is
the latest attempt to attract tourist dollars to the country.
</p>
<p>
Mr Castro is now laying much emphasis on the promotion of tourism. He turned
up last month on the holiday island of Cayo Coco at a ceremonial signing of
a Spanish-Cuban joint venture and mingled with tourists, even at one stage
watching a dance performance in a discotheque. The joint venture involves
the Spanish group Guitart Hotels investing Dollars 20m (Pounds 13.4m) over
10 years and the local Cubanacana SA contributing the equivalent in local
currency.
</p>
<p>
He spoke of fighting the country's financial problems through tourism and
told Cubans to prepare for an influx of foreign visitors.
</p>
<p>
The president has also heaped praise on Spain, probably the most important
source of foreign investment in the Cuban tourist industry, and has
described Spanish skill and enterprise as a great advantage to the island.
</p>
<p>
He even told an audience of Havana Communist party delegates this month that
sugar was 'no longer the country's main economic source' and that the
tourist industry had developed to such an extent it was now 'Cuba's main
financial lifeline'.
</p>
<p>
The number of visitors to Cuba has increased from 289,000 in 1987 to 460,000
last year, and is forecast to grow again this year. Visitors are also
spending more. According to the government, daily spending rose to Dollars
67 a day in 1990 to Dollars 89 in 1992, and is predicted to increase to
Dollars 100 in 1995.
</p>
<p>
But there are doubts among external observers whether tourism is as
important as the government suggests. Mr Jorge Dominguez, a Harvard
professor and visiting fellow at the Washington-based study group
InterAmerican Dialogue, says that total foreign direct investment in Cuba is
an elusive figure, but probably amounts to less than Dollars 1bn. 'That
means the claim that tourism is significant rests on its generation of
foreign exchange.'
</p>
<p>
Yet the foreign exchange earnings usually quoted by Cuban sources represent
gross, rather than net earnings. A report produced in March by the Cuban
Grupo de Turismo said that tourism generated Dollars 530m in gross
hard-currency receipts in 1992 - four times the 1987 level - and directly
accounted for 62,000 jobs, 1.6 per cent of total employment.
</p>
<p>
A report published in April by La Sociedad Economica, a moderate
London-based exile group which favours the country's transformation to a
market economy, also points out that the policy of keeping tourists in
enclaves 'limits the market for locally-produced goods and services, so
reducing the beneficial effect that tourism could generate in the wider
economy'.
</p>
<p>
The net hard-currency benefit is thus significantly less than the gross
receipts. Tourists have to be serviced by imports, such as Scotch whisky and
video cassettes. Sales commissions, tour operating profits, and aviation
expenses must also be paid.
</p>
<p>
This suggests, says Mr Dominguez, the net annual hard currency gain to Cuba
is between Dollars 100m and Dollars 300m.
</p>
<p>
While this compares with the Dollars 220m earned in 1992 from nickel
exports, it is still significantly less than its earnings from sugar
exports, even though they fell to their lowest level this year since 1963.
This year's harvest of 4.2m tonnes would generate Dollars 800m-Dollars 900m
in export revenues.
</p>
<p>
'Tourism, as at present structured, offers only very limited relief to
Cuba's economic crisis,' argues La Sociedad Economica. This could change if
Americans were allowed to go to Cuba - but the end of the US embargo still
appears a long way off.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Havanatur </item>
<item> Fratelli Cosulich </item>
<item> Guitart Hotels </item>
<item> Cubanacana </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CU  Cuba, Caribbean </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
<item> P4481 Deep Sea Passenger Transportation, Ex Ferry </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
<item> P7011 </item>
<item> P4481 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>799</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Spanish telephone group to link with
partners </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RONALD VAN DE KROL
<name type=place>AMSTERDAM</name></byline>
<p>
Telefonica, the Spanish telecommunications operator, said yesterday it
planned to enter into 'intensive co-operation' with Unisource, the joint
venture linking the telecom companies of the Netherlands, Sweden and
Switzerland.
</p>
<p>
The move is widely regarded as a first step towards Telefonica's taking an
equity stake in Unisource, which is aimed at providing one-stop
telecommunications services to the world's multinationals.
</p>
<p>
PTT Telecom, the Dutch shareholder in Unisource, said: 'We don't rule out
the possibility that Telefonica will become a shareholder at a later stage.'
</p>
<p>
Unisource is fighting to establish itself in the field of 'outsourcing' in
direct competition with similar ventures by AT&amp;T, British Telecom, Deutsche
Telekom and France Telecom.
</p>
<p>
Its co-operation with Telefonica will be exclusive, meaning that the Spanish
company will not be able to enter into deals with Unisource's competitors.
</p>
<p>
In October, Unisource concluded a non-exclusive alliance with Kokusai
Denshin Denwa, Japan's biggest telephone operator, which left the Japanese
company free to continue its involvement in the 'Worldsource' venture
launched by AT&amp;T in the spring.
</p>
<p>
Under a co-operation agreement signed yesterday, Telefonica will provide
customer support to Unisource's clients in Spain, while the Unisource
partners will look after Telefonica's clients outside Spain.
</p>
<p>
The agreement with Telefonica is important to Unisource because it opens up
southern Europe and provides access to markets in Latin America. Telefonica
has holdings in telecom operators in Chile, Argentina and Puerto Rico.
</p>
<p>
'The agreement marks a vital step in the internationalisation of Telefonica
and the positioning of Unisource as a leading pan-European
telecommunications supplier,' Unisource said.
</p>
<p>
Unisource is continuing to look for a possible equity partner on the North
American market. A commercial agreement with Sprint, the US carrier, on the
use of telephone lines is set to expire at the end of this year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Telefonica de Espana </item>
<item> Unisource </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>348</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: P&amp;O buys stake in Chinese terminal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR</byline>
<p>
P&amp;O, the UK shipping and construction group, is extending its container
terminal interests in China with the acquisition of a stake in the
Zhangjiagang-Win terminal near Shanghai, writes Charles Batchelor.
</p>
<p>
P&amp;O is to pay an undisclosed sum for a controlling interest in Win Hanverky
Investments, which owns a 51 per cent stake in the Zhangjiagang-Win
Container Terminals Company. The terminal has an annual capacity of 150,000
20-foot containers. There are plans to expand capacity to more than 350,000
containers.
</p>
<p>
P&amp;O and Swire Pacific, the Hong Kong property and aviation group, last month
paid Pounds 54m for a 25 per cent share each in Shekou Container Port.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation </item>
<item> Win Hanverky Investments </item>
<item> Zhangjiagang-Win Container Terminals </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4491 Marine Cargo Handling </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4491 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>157</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Cocaine trafficker Escobar shot dead </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARITA KENDALL
<name type=place>BOGOTA</name></byline>
<p>
Pablo Escobar, chief of the Medelln drug cartel, and probably the most
wanted man in the world, was killed by a special task force yesterday
afternoon in Medelln, Colombia.
</p>
<p>
The task force surrounded the house where he was hiding in a residential
area of the city, bodyguards opened fire on the police and Escobar was shot
as he tried to escape over a roof. Two of Escobar's men were apparently
killed with him. General Octavio Vargas, commander of the task force, said
the house had been located on the basis of intelligence.
</p>
<p>
The death of Escobar, 44, is very important for President Cesar Gaviria, not
just because Escobar was responsible for smuggling thousands of tonnes of
cocaine and killing hundreds of people, but because his escape from jail in
July 1992 left the government looking incompetent, foolish and corruptible.
</p>
<p>
The US embassy in Bogota immediately issued a communique congratulating the
Gaviria government on its success.
</p>
<p>
Although Pablo Escobar's trafficking organisation had virtually collapsed as
his henchmen were killed or captured over the past 16 months, he continued
to hold Colombia in thrall. His terrorist tactics, with massive car bombs,
kidnappings and selective political assassinations, made people feel that
he, rather than the government, was in control of the country.
</p>
<p>
Escobar started as a small-time thief and gunman and began to build up the
cocaine trafficking business in the late 1970s. By the mid-1980s the Medelln
cartel had become a powerful trafficking and crime organisation and Escobar
had amassed one of the biggest fortunes in the world.
</p>
<p>
In 1991 he surrendered to the authorities after bargaining for easy terms
and ensuring that he would be guarded by his own men.
</p>
<p>
When he escaped from jail a year later it was clear that he had been living
in luxury and running his business from the prison. Since then he had been
on the run.
</p>
<p>
The government is hailing this as a big victory in the fight against
drug-trafficking. However, the Cali groups have already taken over most of
the cocaine traffic.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CO  Colombia, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>372</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Probe at Johnson Space Centre </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>HOUSTON</name></byline>
<p>
Federal agents posing as corrupt contractors have begun a wide-ranging
investigation into charges of fraud and kickbacks at the US space agency's
Johnson Space Centre, law enforcement officials said yesterday, Reuter
reports from Houston.
</p>
<p>
The investigation has targeted several large government contractors,
employees of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and more than
a dozen employees of private companies, the officials said.
</p>
<p>
However, the officials were unable to confirm reports that the case may
involve an astronaut. The FBI allegedly shot videotapes of contractors
accepting cash to set up illegal deals with Nasa.
</p>
<p>
According to local media reports, those caught in the scheme, in which
payments reportedly amounted to tens of thousands of dollars, include
contractors and vendors as well as an astronaut.
</p>
<p>
The investigation was described as the biggest probe into allegations of
government contract corruption since 'Operation Ill Wind', a massive FBI
investigation in the late 1980s into bribery and other wrong-doing in the
Pentagon's procurement system.
</p>
<p>
Word of the investigation came as Nasa launched the space shuttle Endeavour
yesterday on a mission to repair the Hubble Space Telescope - a mission that
officials also hoped would improve the agency's already sagging reputation
after a recent string of failed missions.
</p>
<p>
The US Attorney General's office in Houston declined to comment on the
investigation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9661 Space Research and Technology </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9661 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>248</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Yucatan faces political turmoil </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAMIAN FRASER
<name type=place>MEXICO CITY</name></byline>
<p>
The Mexican state of Yucatan has fallen into political turmoil after last
Sunday's disputed elections for governor, in which independent observers and
the opposition alleged widespread fraud.
</p>
<p>
Ms Dulce Maria Sauri - the governor of Yucatan and a member of Mexico's
ruling Institutional Revolutionary party - 16 members of her cabinet, and a
federal deputy submitted their resignations on Wednesday. The governor said
she was unable to carry out her responsibilities as head of the state
executive.
</p>
<p>
The opposition is planning further protests at what it and independent
observers claim was widespread fraud. It demanded that the elections be
annulled and held again next August.
</p>
<p>
While the government-controlled state election commission had not given out
official results by yesterday morning, the PRI was claiming a convincing
victory in the gubernatorial election. In the election for mayor of Merida,
the state capital, both the PRI and the opposition said they were ahead.
Diario Yucatan, an independent newspaper in Merida, said the governor
resigned after officials in Mexico City asked her to concede to the
centre-right opposition the election for mayor in Merida.
</p>
<p>
Independent observers in Yucatan catalogued a series of irregularities in a
random sample of 250 voting booths, out of a total 1,400. In 115 of the
booths there was no guarantee of a secret vote; in 101 there was pressure to
vote for the ruling party; some 292 people voted without credentials; and
292 who wanted to vote could not. Under state law, if there are
irregularities in more than 20 per cent of the voting booths, elections have
to be cancelled.
</p>
<p>
'Nobody at this moment can assure that the elections were legitimate,' said
Mr Julio Faesler, president of Council for Democracy. 'The situation is in
sharp contrast to the promises of democracy made at the federal level.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> MX  Mexico </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9111 Executive Offices </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>328</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFABAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Chile 'bored by democracy': Indifference to coming national
elections </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID PILLING</byline>
<p>
After only four years of it, Chileans appear to be taking democracy for
granted. With presidential and parliamentary elections due this month, 47
per cent of the electorate declare themselves either 'indifferent to' or
'bored with' politics, according to the results of a nationwide poll.
</p>
<p>
If responses such as 'no confidence' or 'don't know' are added, the
percentage of those disgruntled with politics reaches 75. Furthermore, the
Centre for the Study of Contemporary Reality, which organised the poll,
predicts that 10 per cent of registered voters (who are obliged by law to
vote) will spoil their ballot papers.
</p>
<p>
'If this trend continues,' says Mrs Marta Lagos, director of Cerc, 'it would
mean a significant change in our political culture, which formerly displayed
a strong tendency towards participation in all types of electoral activity.'
</p>
<p>
Such indifference is difficult to fathom in a nation denied access to
democratic institutions for 17 years of military rule. Some commentators
argue that democratic habits take time to be re-learned, while others
believe that General Augusto Pinochet's most important legacy has been the
'de-politicisation' of a once polemical nation.
</p>
<p>
The elections of December 11 - which should result three months later in the
first handover from one democratic government to another since Salvador
Allende became president in 1970 - are hardly designed to animate a bored
populace. The result - a victory for Mr Eduardo Frei, candidate of the
governing Concertacion coalition - has been a foregone conclusion for
months, given the relative popularity of the current administration and
ideological disarray on the right.
</p>
<p>
All recent polls give Mr Frei about 60 per cent of the vote against less
than 20 per cent for his nearest rival, Mr Arturo Alessandri, candidate of
the right-wing Union for Chilean Progress. The remaining four presidential
candidates score about 10 per cent between them, with another 10 per cent
undecided.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Lagos believes that the polls falsely inflate the Concertacion vote at
the expense of support for Mr Alessandri whom she expects to poll 26-30 per
cent on December 11. However, she is certain Mr Frei will do enough to avoid
run-off elections in February. He needs to win more than 50 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Lagos also believes there will be few changes in the make-up of
congress. As things stand, the Concertacion has 58 per cent of deputies and
48 per cent of senators. This has proved enough to govern, but not to push
through controversial legislation or to amend Gen Pinochet's 1980
constitution, which awards disproportionate power to the right-wing
opposition.
</p>
<p>
Dramatic shifts in allegiance are unlikely given the absence of stirring
issues. In 1989 Chileans chose between politicians who had aligned
themselves with the military regime and those who had led the campaign for a
return to democracy.
</p>
<p>
By contrast, in this year's campaign it is difficult to distinguish among
the views of mainstream candidates. All of them support continuation of the
neo-liberal economic model and express the same concerns over perceived
social ills.
</p>
<p>
For the most part, the issues that do provoke electoral interest - such as
poverty, poor housing, unemployment and crises in the health and education
systems - are those where the right is considered weakest. Part of the
electorate may be disgruntled with the Concertacion's performance in these
areas but, other than vote for the extreme left, it feels it has little
alternative but to support the status quo.
</p>
<p>
The one area in which the right is considered more competent is that of
battling crime. According to Cerc findings, a quarter of the population
believes that the spread of delinquency is the nation's biggest problem,
although concrete evidence suggests crime may actually be falling.
Nevertheless, Mr Alessandri is campaigning hard on the issue, suggesting
that Concertacion policies have led to a breakdown of law and order.
</p>
<p>
Of the alternative candidates, the ideas of environmentalist Mr Manfred
Max-Neef appear to have struck the loudest chord. Although Mr Max-Neef, who
derides what he sees as Chile's blind pursuit of economic growth, is polling
only about 3 per cent, Cerc believes he could attract 5 per cent of the
final vote.
</p>
<p>
The other three candidates are Father Eugenio Pizarro, representing the
communist-led Mida coalition, Mr Cristian Reitze, candidate of a
green-humanist coalition, and Mr Jose Pinera, a former minister of Gen
Pinochet and independent right-wing candidate.
</p>
<p>
Such diversity of opinions is unlikely to have much effect on the outcome,
especially since the constitution is designed to reward coalitions and
punish small parties. Furthermore, Chile's recent turbulent history seems
not to have affected basic political allegiances which divide the population
into roughly equal blocks of left, centre and right.
</p>
<p>
If the result of the poll is in little doubt, one thing remains shrouded in
mystery. With less than 30 days to go before elections, it is still not
clear how long Chile's next president will serve. Various attempts to cut
the presidential term from its current eight years have foundered on the
rocks of party bickering.
</p>
<p>
Mr Frei has said that, if elected, he would ask congress to reduce the
period to four years. But, he warned, if parliament could not agree to do so
by March 1994, when the new administration takes over, he felt disposed to
serve out his full eight years.
</p>
<p>
There is certain to be public pressure for congress to put aside its
differences and cut the presidential term. For an electorate already bored
with its politicians, the prospect of having the same president for eight
years is not a thrilling one.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CL  Chile, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>962</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
US spending trend could slow growth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL PROWSE
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
US consumer spending is growing faster than personal incomes, suggesting the
pace of economic growth could moderate in the first half of next year as
people rebuild depleted savings, official figures indicated yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The Commerce Department said consumer spending rose 0.4 per cent in real
terms between September and October, twice the rate of growth of real,
after-tax personal incomes.
</p>
<p>
In the past year, real spending has grown by 3.2 per cent against a 1.8 per
cent increase in disposable incomes.
</p>
<p>
The personal savings rate fell to 3.7 per cent in October, against an
average of 5.3 per cent last year.
</p>
<p>
Figures for new home sales in October indicated the housing recovery, while
strong, was a little less robust than previously estimated.
</p>
<p>
New home sales fell 6.5 per cent between September and October to a
seasonally adjusted annual rate of 679,000. The increase in sales in
September was revised down to show a gain of 14.8 per cent rather than the
initially reported 20.8 per cent. In the first 10 months of the year, new
homes sales were up 6 per cent from the same period last year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>223</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Congress backing sought in foreign aid drive </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GEORGE GRAHAM
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Clinton administration officials are due to meet congressional leaders today
to launch months of discussion on an overhaul of US foreign aid structures
and procedures.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brian Atwood, administrator of the US Agency for International
Development (AID), is expected to brief senior members of Congress on the
draft legislation the administration has submitted to simplify aid
programmes and concentrate US foreign aid on a limited number of strategic
themes.
</p>
<p>
The administration hopes to pass the bill in Congress's next session, early
next year, rewriting a 1961 law.
</p>
<p>
Under current law, AID pursues 33 separate goals and 75 priority areas.
Instead of this scattered approach, the administration wants to focus on
health, population control, the environment, economic growth and democracy.
</p>
<p>
Mr Atwood said he hoped discussions over the next few months could bring
consensus on the sort of reform needed. 'There is no doubt that there is a
consensus that we've got to reform our aid programme,' Mr Atwood said in
Washington at a meeting arranged by the newspaper USA Today International.
</p>
<p>
In the draft proposals submitted to Congress, the administration asks for
more flexibility to deal with changing situations, instead of the 'earmarks'
attached by members of Congress to foreign aid bills to stipulate exactly
where AID must spend its money.
</p>
<p>
AID will reduce its operations to around 50 countries, eliminating some
whose economies have developed beyond the point where they need concessional
assistance and tying aid to recipients' performance.
</p>
<p>
Mr Atwood has already announced closure of 21 AID field missions in
countries such as Argentina, Chile, Ivory Coast and Zaire, either because
they are now deemed creditworthy on their own or because they are considered
'poor partners in development' until their undemocratic governments change
their policies.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, the US will continue to aid a dozen countries for more
strategic reasons. Israel and Egypt, biggest aid recipients today, will
continue to receive money, as will the former Soviet Union.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>356</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Japanese defence minister resigns </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Japanese defence minister Keisuke Nakanishi resigned yesterday after
sparking a furore in parliament by calling for amendments to the country's
constitution, the Defence Ministry said, Reuter reports from Tokyo. He had
called for provision to let Japanese troops take on combat roles under UN
command. He is to be replaced by former environment minister Kazuo Aichi.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>84</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
OECD urges Japan to reform finance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Japan must make radical financial reforms and curb regulations that cause
artificially high prices if it is to achieve sustainable non-inflationary
growth.
</p>
<p>
A gradual rise in taxes and social security contributions will also be
needed to prevent an explosion of public debt, as an ageing population
drains the social security budget and reduces government income tax
revenues.
</p>
<p>
These are the sobering conclusions of yesterday's annual report on Japan by
the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development, which adds
intellectual authority to Prime Minister Morihiro Hosokawa's attempts to
achieve deregulation against resistance from powerful vested interests.
</p>
<p>
It also backs up the Finance Ministry's campaign for a wide-ranging tax
reform to spread the burden of income tax more widely and to obtain a
greater share of tax revenues from consumption tax.
</p>
<p>
Like the Japanese government, the OECD was wrong-footed by the strength of
the recession. The report predicts zero growth in gross domestic product
this year, down from its original 2.5 per cent growth forecast, and
forecasts that the economy will grow by 1.4 per cent in 1994.
</p>
<p>
But since the report was compiled in September, OECD officials have
downgraded their forecasts again, to less than zero growth this year and
well below 1 per cent next. 'Developments since the preparation of the
report have been significant,' said Mr Kumi Shigehara, the OECD's chief
economist, yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Unlike previous recessions, this one was caused by domestic upsets - the
unsustainable asset price and investment boom of the late 1980s - which take
time to put right, says the report. The yen's unexpected strength this year
added a new shock.
</p>
<p>
Unemployment will rise from 2.5 per cent this year to 2.9 per cent next,
while inflation will slow from 1 per cent this year to 0.4 per cent,
forecasts the OECD. The balance of payments surplus, will peak at a record
Dollars 140.8bn this year and recede to Dollars 139.7bn in 1994.
</p>
<p>
US pressure for numerical import targets to reduce the surplus is dangerous
because such targets would encourage cartels and distract efforts to
deregulate and boost competition in sheltered industries, the OECD warns.
</p>
<p>
The weakness of the banking system, hit by the need to write off a growing
pile of bad debts, has not so far proved a serious restraint on recovery,
because credit demand has been even weaker than supply, despite the Bank of
Japan's cuts in the official discount rate to new lows. But the OECD fears
the banks' cost of own funds could rise as they exhaust sources of capital,
so driving up corporate finance costs.
</p>
<p>
A sustained stock market rise would relieve the squeeze on the banks'
capital base. One answer would be to make the stock market more attractive
to individuals by improving corporate disclosure, increasing dividends and
deregulating commission rates, says the OECD.
</p>
<p>
The key to stimulating domestic demand - set to grow by a mere 0.1 per cent
this year - in the medium term is to sweep away regulations that distort
land, housing and food prices. This would also help to reduce Japan's high
savings rate, criticised by trade partners as a factor in the high trade
surplus, the organisation argues.
</p>
<p>
The study says the government should derive a higher proportion of state
income from consumption tax. It stops short of calling for a substantial
income tax cut, seen by Japanese business lobbies as the only way to
stimulate demand, though it does believe income tax schedules for heavily
taxed middle-income earners could be reduced.
</p>
<p>
Today, the Japanese government gets 68.3 per cent of its tax revenues from
income tax - as against the 38.5 per cent OECD average. The burden on income
tax payers will increase as the percentage of people over 65 rises from just
over 12 per cent now to 25.5 per cent in 2020. There would be scope for a
reduction in rates if the income tax base was widened, to include 'more
effective' taxes on capital gains.
</p>
<p>
Consumption tax, at 3 per cent is very low by international standards, and
inefficiently collected. Simplified consumption tax accounting rules for
businesses were introduced to make this tax less unpopular on its launch in
1988, but the 60 per cent of traders which qualify for simplified procedures
tend to underpay.
</p>
<p>
Editorial Comment, Page 15
</p>
<p>
OECD Economic Surveys JAPAN. OECD, 2 rue Andre-Pascal, 75775 Paris Cedex 16,
France. FFr 110 for orders outside France.
</p>
<p>
-------------------------------------------------------
JAPANESE ECONOMY
Annual % change
-------------------------------------------------------
                            1991   1992   1993   1994
Gross domestic product       4.1    1.3    0.0    1.4
Consumer prices              3.3    1.6    1.0    0.3
Industrial production        2.1   -6.1   -4.0    1.1
-------------------------------------------------------
Source: OECD
-------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>809</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Shots fired at Sharif </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>LAHORE</name></byline>
<p>
Gunmen opened fire on Pakistan's former prime minister Nawaz Sharif during
voting for parliamentary by-elections in Lahore yesterday, witnesses said,
Reuter writes from Lahore. Mr Sharif escaped unhurt but an elderly bystander
was injured.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> PK  Pakistan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>64</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Keating seeks to end Mahathir row </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NIKKI TAIT
<name type=place>SYDNEY</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Paul Keating, Australia's prime minister, yesterday sought to end the row
between Australia and Malaysia, by writing to Dr Mahathir Mohamad saying his
recent description of the Malaysian leader as 'recalcitrant' was not
calculated to give offence, Nikki Tait writes from Sydney.
</p>
<p>
Mr Keating made his remarks in response to questions about Dr Mahathir's
non-appearance at the recent Apec leaders' summit in Seattle. Since then,
the affair has got worse. Last weekend, Malaysia banned Australian
television programmes and commercials; this week, it stopped future
government scholarship holders from going to Australia.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Aideed to attend talks </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>ADDIS ABABA</name></byline>
<p>
Somalia's most powerful warlord, Mohammed Farah Aideed, gave a big boost to
peace hopes for his shattered country yesterday by ending a boycott and
flying to talks with his main rival, Reuter reports from Addis Ababa.
</p>
<p>
Gen Aideed, who had said he would not attend because he feared the United
Nations or the US might arrest him, arrived in Ethiopia aboard a US aircraft
for talks that will include his arch-foe, Ali Mahdi Mohammed.
</p>
<p>
A UN spokesman in Somalia told reporters Gen Aideed agreed to attend the
talks after the US, whose troops had scoured Mogadishu to try to arrest him,
assured him his life would not be in danger.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> SO  Somalia, Africa </item>
<item> ET  Ethiopia, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>142</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
W Australia defiant </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NIKKI TAIT</byline>
<p>
The Western Australian government yesterday passed its rebel land rights
legislation - putting it on a direct collision course with the federal
government, which is still trying to get its own native title bill through
the Senate, Nikki Tait reports.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6541 Title Abstract Offices </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6541 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>67</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
HK negotiations ruined by reform move, says China </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TONY WALKER and SIMON HOLBERTON
<name type=place>BEIJING, HONG KONG</name></byline>
<p>
China said yesterday that the decision by Mr Chris Patten, Hong Kong's
governor, to proceed unilaterally with electoral reforms had ruined
prospects for negotiations.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten told Hong Kong's Legislative Council that he could no longer wait
for agreement after 17 rounds of talks in Beijing on his reform proposals
and that he would put 'less contentious' parts of his plans to Legco on
December 15. However, he said he had not broken off talks with Beijing.
'We're prepared to go on talking and our team will never be the one that
walks away from the negotiating table, never,' he said. British officials
said Beijing had not replied to a request for a round of talks on December
17 and 18.
</p>
<p>
Mr Lu Ping, China's top official on Hong Kong, told reporters in Beijing
that if Mr Patten tabled a reform bill, talks on the colony's future would
be broken off.
</p>
<p>
He said: 'If Britain puts its package to Legco, no matter if it is a
complete package or a partial package, this will mean that Britain has
unilaterally broken the talks.'
</p>
<p>
This was the most specific warning yet from a senior Chinese official of the
consequences of Mr Patten going ahead with reforms aimed at broadening the
franchise for elections due in 1994 and 1995.
</p>
<p>
Mr Qian Qichen, China's foreign minister, informed his British counterpart,
Mr Douglas Hurd, this week that Beijing would end the discussions if Mr
Patten proceeded with his reforms in defiance of Beijing's strong
objections. China will resume sovereignty over Hong Kong in 1997.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten said there could be no further delay because the government had to
begin drawing up electoral rolls and defining constituency boundaries.
</p>
<p>
However, he insisted he remained open to negotiations. 'Any proposals we
receive from the Chinese side we'd have to consider very carefully,' he
said.
</p>
<p>
The bill to be introduced on December 15 would reduce the voting age to 18
from 21, abolish government-appointed local councillors and introduce
single-member legislative constituencies.
</p>
<p>
More controversial elements of the governor's plans, including broadening
the franchise for some seats in Legco in elections in 1995, would be set
aside until next year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wu Jianmin, the Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman, warned the collapse
of the talks could affect business relations. His remarks mirrored similar
observations earlier in the year by Chinese leaders, including Premier Li
Peng.
</p>
<p>
'Economic relations are part of Sino-British relations,' Mr Wu said. 'They
are affected because of the Hong Kong question.'
</p>
<p>
China has previously retaliated economically against countries which
displease it. The most recent example was a freeze placed on business with
France last year after the French announced they were selling advanced
Mirage fighter bombers to Taiwan.
</p>
<p>
China last month squeezed Britain's GEC out of an underground railway deal
in Guangzhou, the southern Chinese city. Beijing's intervention ensured the
main contract went to Siemens of Germany, in spite of reports that local
officials favoured GEC-Alsthom.
</p>
<p>
Since the 17th round of Sino-British talks ended in stalemate in Beijing on
Saturday, each side has blamed the other. China has accused Britain of being
responsible for the 'failure', while British officials insist that China
used the protracted talks in Beijing as a smokescreen for inaction.
</p>
<p>
China has denounced Mr Patten's proposed reforms and has threatened to
disregard elections held under the Patten formula. It says the reforms run
counter to agreements reached in previous negotiations. However, Britain
insists they do not violate either the 1984 Joint Declaration or the Basic
Law, China's post-1997 constitution for Hong Kong.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>632</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAA0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Patten bears in mind where his popularity comes from: Limits
to governor's room to move </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SIMON HOLBERTON</byline>
<p>
If there was one thing which came out of Governor Chris Patten's speech to
Hong Kong's Legislative Council yesterday it was the attention he and his
top advisers pay to public opinion in the colony.
</p>
<p>
Hong Kong's willingness to stick by Mr Patten, in open opposition to China's
wishes, has become a limiting factor on the governor's room to manoeuvre and
partly explains why yesterday he said he would be introducing only part of
his democracy plans on December 15, leaving the more contentious issues to a
later bill.
</p>
<p>
The governor told LegCo his administration would introduce a bill to:
</p>
<p>
lower Hong Kong's voting age to 18 from 21 years;
</p>
<p>
abolish appointments to local government so that elections for district
boards and municipal councils would be conducted on a fully democratic basis
in 1994 and 1995;
</p>
<p>
allow Hong Kong delegates to 'people's congresses', the mainland's
rubber-stamping legislatures, to stand for election in Hong Kong;
</p>
<p>
legislate for a third of LegCo's 60 seats to be drawn from 20 single-member
constituencies.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten is fond of pointing out that his colleagues in the British
government would die for his popularity ratings. But this disguises a
shrewder calculation: that a Hong Kong governor's popularity is only skin
deep, especially just 3 1/2 years away from the resumption of Chinese
sovereignty.
</p>
<p>
The governor admitted as much when asked what he would put in this
yet-to-be-drafted second bill. Would it be his original 1992 proposals for
broadening the democratic franchise, or the compromise offer made during
talks at which he backed away from those plans?
</p>
<p>
'We've got to try to find the broadest ground on which to pitch our tents,'
he said.
</p>
<p>
His close aide on constitutional matters, Mr Michael Sze, secretary for
constitutional affairs, stressed this point when commenting on why Mr Patten
had decided to wait 11 days to table the first bill.
</p>
<p>
'As a local citizen of Hong Kong, I think the community, especially in light
of its reaction to March 12, would expect us to act in a measured manner,'
he said.
</p>
<p>
This is a reference to the momentary evaporation of public support when Mr
Patten went to the wall last March for Hong Kong representation - especially
Mr Sze's - at bilateral talks about the colony's political future. Opinion
polls showed that if faced with a choice between representation at the talks
or negotiations, Hong Kong's community would choose the latter.
</p>
<p>
China has told Britain that it will break off talks about Hong Kong's
political development if Mr Patten tables his first-stage bill. Such a
threat will no doubt unsettle public opinion and the business community, but
on these narrow issues Beijing's threats are unlikely to persuade Legco
members not to support it.
</p>
<p>
So Mr Patten can feel relatively confident that he has this support. There
is no political party in LegCo with a representation greater than two
members that opposes these measures.
</p>
<p>
Conservative members, notably those aligned with the Liberal party, will no
doubt come under pressure from the Xinhua news agency, Beijing's bulwark in
the colony, to oppose the governor's bill. But Mr Allen Lee, the Liberal
leader, has said publicly too often that his party supports the measures
contained in the first-stage bill for them to back down.
</p>
<p>
Beijing will also run the risk of looking wholly unreasonable if it opposes
the first bill, especially given that it allows Hong Kong delegates to its
own National People's Congress and other congresses to serve on LegCo. Hong
Kong law currently prohibits those serving in a legislature of another
territory from standing for public office.
</p>
<p>
Where Mr Patten's difficulties will lie, and where China's influence in
LegCo is predominant, is on measures which will be included in the second
bill, which goes to the heart of Mr Patten's attempt to increase democracy
in Hong Kong. These concern broadening the franchise in LegCo's 30
'functional constituencies' (industry votes) and possibly on the structure
of an election committee that will nominate 10 members to the 1995 LegCo.
</p>
<p>
However, Beijing's veiled threat yesterday to harm Hong Kong's economy will
unsettle the stock market. And in the coming weeks the governor may find
that he receives indirect support from a source that is usually opposed to
his plans: the business community.
</p>
<p>
Many of China's advisers are leading tycoons in the colony; many of the
children of China's most senior leaders have, or manage, large family
investments in Hong Kong. This coalition of forces opposes what Mr Patten
wants to do, but it also has a keen sense of its and China's economic
self-interest.
</p>
<p>
The business lobby has proved powerful in the past in staying the hand of
those in the Chinese leadership who might have been tempted to act before
they think. It may yet prove successful again.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>839</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
PLO calls for US talks intervention </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID HOROVITZ
<name type=place>JERUSALEM</name></byline>
<p>
Just a week and a half before the scheduled start of Israel's troop
withdrawal from the Gaza and Jericho areas, the Palestine Liberation
Organisation yesterday called on the US to help break the impasse in
autonomy negotiations, warning that the December 13 deadline for the start
of autonomy was 'sacred'.
</p>
<p>
Israeli officials, by contrast, strenuously played down any talk of a
crisis, with Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin insisting that a delay of a few
weeks would not be too serious, and reiterating Israel's commitment to
completing its military pullout by next April.
</p>
<p>
Crucial autonomy questions - concerning the size of the Jericho autonomous
region, how the army will redeploy in Gaza to protect Jewish settlers there,
responsibility for border crossings, and more - have yet to be resolved at
the Cairo Israeli-PLO negotiations. Mr Nabil Sha'ath, chief PLO negotiator,
left the Egyptian capital yesterday for Tunis declaring the Israelis were
deliberately angling for an 11th-hour deal 'in an attempt to reap the
maximum benefits'.
</p>
<p>
The PLO's appeal for American intervention, which came at the end of a
two-day leadership meeting in Tunis, may well be answered. Mr Warren
Christopher, US secretary of state, is due to begin a Middle East visit
today. Mr Sha'ath said Mr Christopher would meet Mr Arafat in Amman on
Monday, and again in Tunis later in the week.
</p>
<p>
In the occupied territories themselves, meanwhile, Israeli troops shot and
wounded two Palestinians in a car near Gaza City. Hundreds of Jewish
settlers rioted in the Arab West Bank town of Hebron, firing shots into the
air and smashing house and car windows.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IL  Israel, Middle East </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>303</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Business leaders back Mandela as president </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP GAWITH
<name type=place>JOHANNESBURG</name></byline>
<p>
Most of South Africa's senior businessmen would like to see Mr Nelson
Mandela, the African National Congress leader, as president of South Africa,
and they are overwhelmingly optimistic about the future.
</p>
<p>
These are the somewhat surprising findings of a survey of top business
people conducted last month for the South African Chamber of Business, the
Weekly Mail and Guardian newspaper, and the South African Broadcasting
Corporation.
</p>
<p>
Professor Mark Orkin of the Community Agency for Social Enquiry, who
conducted the research, said it showed top business figures 'have already
embraced the political future and are optimistic about the business
prospects heralded by an ANC-led government'.
</p>
<p>
The core finding is optimism about the future, with 85 per cent of
respondents predicting an optimistic future for their children or
grandchildren. In the short term, 87 per cent of respondents felt the
outlook for business was improving and 71 per cent felt it would improve
further after the election. The main reason offered for short-term optimism
was the increased certainty and stability that would follow an election.
</p>
<p>
A surprising finding was that 68 per cent of respondents said they would
'most like' Mr Mandela for president. This compared with 32 per cent for
President F W de Klerk and no support for Chief Buthelezi, leader of the
Inkatha Freedom party.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9111 Executive Offices </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>247</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Illness forces Sony's Morita aside </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS</byline>
<p>
Mr Akio Morita, chairman of Sony, and Japan's best known international
business ambassador, has temporarily given up business activities as a
result of a brain haemorrhage.
</p>
<p>
Sony announced the move yesterday, two days after Mr Morita, 72, was taken
to hospital after collapsing while playing tennis at home. This will have
little impact on Sony's day-to-day operations, since he handed over the
group presidency - the top executive job - to Mr Norio Ohga four years ago.
</p>
<p>
But it could upset the balance of power at the top of business community at
a moment when its influence on government policy is growing. Mr Morita was
expected to succeed Mr Gaishi Hiraiwa, chairman of the Keidanren employers'
association and head of a government advisory panel on deregulation, next
May.
</p>
<p>
It would take some time for Mr Morita to recover, but there was no
indication that he would give up business activities, said Mr Tsunao
Hashimoto, vice president of Sony, denying suggestions that Mr Morita had
resigned from the Keidanren.
</p>
<p>
Mr Morita, said to have refused the job of foreign minister in the current
government, is an advocate of a more internationally open Japan and an
outspoken opponent of US criticisms of Japanese trade policies. He is also a
tough critic of management weaknesses at Sony's US and European competitors.
</p>
<p>
The heir to a family sake-brewing business in Nagoya, Mr Morita built up
Tokyo Telecommunications Engineering Corporation after the war, with his
partner, the engineer Mr Masaru Ibuka. They later named the group Sony,
based on the Latin for sound.
</p>
<p>
Mr Morita is credited with being the marketing force behind Sony innovations
from the tape recorder to the Walkman, and providing the inspiration for
Sony's move into the entertainment software business, with the acquisitions
of CBS Records in 1988 and Columbia Pictures of Hollywood in 1989.
</p>
<p>
Mr Morita also ensured that Sony was the first to move into home video
recorders. But it stuck to its Betamax system long after it was clear that
the competing VHS system, developed by JVC, had captured the market - often
cited as an example of Mr Morita's stubbornness.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Sony Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3651 Household Audio and Video Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>387</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
G7 help waits on Russian elections </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN LLOYD and REUTER
<name type=place>MOSCOW</name></byline>
<p>
The Group of Seven leading industrialised countries have prepared a battery
of support measures for Russian reform, which will be activated after the
election on December 12 - assuming the reformists win.
</p>
<p>
A senior US official said yesterday in Moscow: 'Clearly, after the elections
there will be major opportunities to consolidate progress and we can say
that the G7 are poised to help and to help rapidly, if the conditions are
there.'
</p>
<p>
Support for reform in Russia depends heavily on the poll's outcome. Opinion
surveys indicate dwindling support for Russia's Choice, the leading party
and main reformist group, and a rise in support for the Communists and far
right.
</p>
<p>
The initiatives now being prepared for after the elections by the G7
include:
</p>
<p>
A waiving by the World Bank for the first time of its 'negative pledge'
rule, which means dropping its insistence that a country repay the bank
before other creditors. The board is expected to approve the decision on
December 14, two days after the election. The senior official said this
would release a flood of investment held up during long discussions within
the bank on dropping its time-honoured rule.
</p>
<p>
The first fruit of this is a framework agreement designed by the US Eximbank
to provide loans of Dollars 2bn (Pounds 1.3bn) or more to Russian buyers in
the oil and gas industries of US equipment, the loans secured against hard
currency payments to escrow accounts for future oil and gas deliveries. This
form of agreement, essentially a type of barter, would not be possible under
the bank's negative pledge rule.
</p>
<p>
Mr Thomas Pickering, US ambassador, said yesterday the agreement was the
base for further foreign investment in energy and other fields. 'There must
be no doubt of the desire on the part of US industry to play the leading
role in extending assistance to Russia in the exploitation of its oil
wealth.'
</p>
<p>
A meeting of the G7 'sherpas', or senior civil servants, in Paris in the
week after elections to review progress in reforms and prepare further
assistance. Included in the future aid is a Dollars 3bn fund designed to
support privatised companies with investment and advice, and the second
Dollars 1.5bn tranche of the International Monetary Fund's systemic
transformation facility, delayed for some months as reform veered off track.
</p>
<p>
Visits to Moscow immediately after the election by US Vice President Al Gore
and in January by President Bill Clinton for a summit with President Boris
Yeltsin.
</p>
<p>
The US official said: 'In spite of everything, 1993 has been a good year for
Russian economic reform: real wages went up three times in dollar terms,
inflation has come down from 30 to 15 per cent a month, privatisation has
meant that one third of the workforce now works in the private sector. And
1994 could be a decisive year for Russia.' However, much depends on the
outcome in the fourth quarter of the year.
</p>
<p>
Reuter adds: Two Russian opposition parties were given the green light
yesterday to fight the election. The central electoral commission rejected a
request from Mr Vladimir Shumeiko, first deputy prime minister, to ban the
Communist party and a centrist Democratic Party of Russia from the polls.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>588</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Bosnians say talks collapsing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURA SILBER and MICHAEL LITTLEJOHNS
<name type=place>GENEVA, THE UN</name></byline>
<p>
The Bosnian government said yesterday that talks on the republic's ethnic
partition were on the brink of collapse because the Serbs had made no
territorial concessions, writes Laura Silber in Geneva. After a series of
bilateral meetings on the two-way division of Sarajevo with their Bosnian
Serb adversaries, Mr Mohamed Sacirbey, Bosnia's UN ambassador, said, 'It
seems that the Serbs are not willing to give anything'. However, Mr Radovan
Karadzic, Bosnian Serb leader, said the two sides were close to a settlement
on the capital.
</p>
<p>
Michael Littlejohns adds from the UN: Mr Thorvald Stoltenberg, co-chairman
with Lord Owen of the conference on former Yugoslavia, is being relieved of
his other responsibilities as special representative of the UN secretary
general. He will be succeeded by Mr Yasushi Akashi, whose direction of the
recent UN peacekeeping operations in Cambodia was widely praised.
</p>
<p>
A spokesman for Mr Boutros Boutros Ghali, secretary general, said Mr
Stoltenberg's heavy involvement in peace negotiations left him too little
time to discharge the duties of chief of mission of the UN protection force
and special UN representative.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BA  Bosnia-Hercegovina, East Europe </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>220</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Cabinet reshuffle in Portugal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>LISBON</name></byline>
<p>
Portugal's prime minister, Mr Anibal Cavaco Silva, appointed new ministers
of finance, health, education and employment in a cabinet reshuffle
yesterday, Reuter reports from Lisbon. The new finance minister is Mr
Eduardo Almeida Catroga, a little-known economics professor. He replaces the
highly unpopular Mr Jorge Braga de Macedo, who has presided over a slowdown
in Portugal's once booming economy, growing unemployment and a mushrooming
budget deficit.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> PT  Portugal, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>95</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAATFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Former Italian spy chief held </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GRAHAM
<name type=place>ROME</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Maurizio Broccoletti, former head of Italy's domestic intelligence
services, was arrested yesterday in Monte Carlo on an international warrant
for alleged misuse of the organisation's funds, writes Robert Graham in
Rome. Proceedings are under way for Mr Broccoletti's extradition.
</p>
<p>
In another development, lawyers acting for Mr Franco Bernabe, head of Eni,
the Italian state oil concern, said yesterday they would institute libel
proceedings against Mr Alberto Grotti, a former senior executive. Mr Grotti
claimed in a Milan court that Mr Bernabe had received a L7bn (Pounds 2.8m)
pay-off in the Enimont affair - the reorganisation of the petrochemical
industry between Eni and Ferruzzi-Montedison.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ente Nazionale Idrocarburi </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>136</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAASFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Repo rate cut by Bundesbank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WALLER
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
The Bundesbank surprised European financial markets yesterday by announcing
a quarter of a percentage point cut in the securities repurchase agreement,
the 'repo' rate which determines money market interest rates, without
lowering the 'official' Lombard and discount rates, writes David Waller in
Frankfurt.
</p>
<p>
The bank's council fixed the repo rate at 6 per cent for the next five
weeks, down from 6.25 per cent. Although markets were initially disappointed
about the discount rate, the repo rate cut was enough to trigger a round of
easing in other European countries. The Dutch and Belgian central banks
announced they would cut rates from today: the Dutch by a quarter point and
the Belgians by between a quarter and half a point.
</p>
<p>
The German rate cut move comes against a background of slowing inflation and
economic stagnation in the country.
</p>
<p>
Currencies and Money, Page 33
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>175</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAARFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Nato closer to military co-operation with eastern Europe
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WHITE, Defence Correspondent
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The North Atlantic Treaty Organisation yesterday moved closer to agreeing
concrete plans for military co-operation with eastern European countries,
amid a consensus that the alliance was not yet ready for the admission of
new members, writes David White, Defence Correspondent, in Brussels.
</p>
<p>
Mr Warren Christopher, US secretary of state, said countries actively
involved in the 'partnership for peace' agreements proposed by Washington
should have permanent representatives at Nato and join a special planning
cell at Mons in Belgium, the site of Nato's European military headquarters.
</p>
<p>
At a Nato foreign ministers' meeting he said eastern European partners would
train and exercise with Nato armies, and develop common military standards
and procedures. Joint action could include peacekeeping and humanitarian
missions.
</p>
<p>
Nato officials said the US proposal, due to be formally endorsed at an
allied summit next month, received strong backing from the 16 allies. But at
the same time there was unanimity that enlargement of the alliance was 'not
on the immediate agenda'.
</p>
<p>
In a bid to soothe Russian suspicions about an expansion of Nato to former
Warsaw Pact countries, Mr Douglas Hurd, British foreign secretary,
emphasised the need for 'a strong relationship' between Nato and Moscow.
</p>
<p>
Although the new plan is aimed at all countries of the former eastern bloc,
the UK is understood to oppose forming a partnership agreement with Ukraine
until it joints the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.
</p>
<p>
Allies have yet to agree on which other European countries may be included
in the plan and on how partner nations would consult Nato in a crisis.
</p>
<p>
Mr Christopher said eastern European states would be expected to finance
their involvement, but 'some new Nato resources' would be needed. He added
that the agreements 'could be a key step towards Nato membership'.
</p>
<p>
Allies also backed a US proposal for Nato joint task forces to be formed for
peacekeeping and other missions outside alliance territory.
</p>
<p>
These task forces would include units from France and Spain, which do not
belong to Nato's integrated military structure.
</p>
<p>
More detailed plans are due to be ready by next month.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QW  North Atlantic Treaty Organisation </item>
<item> XL  East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>381</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Coalition in Bonn riven by discord </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JUDY DEMPSEY and QUENTIN PEEL
<name type=place>BERLIN, BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Chancellor Helmut Kohl's coalition of Christian Democrats and Free Democrats
in Germany is facing unprecedented internal strife, amid open speculation
about its ability to survive to the next general election, less than 11
months away.
</p>
<p>
The fragile alliance won a brief respite yesterday when the CDU candidate
for premier in the east German state of Saxony-Anhalt, Mr Christoph Bergner,
was narrowly elected to form a government, thanks to total disarray in FDP
ranks.
</p>
<p>
Yet the speculation about active plotting within the FDP to bring down the
coalition in Bonn as well as in Saxony-Anhalt, allegedly involving Mr
Hans-Dietrich Genscher, the former foreign minister, forced his successor,
Mr Klaus Kinkel, party leader, to issue a vigorous denial.
</p>
<p>
The CDU-FDP split in the eastern state has merely brought to a head tensions
at national level. At the same time there is growing evidence of dissent
within the CDU itself, and criticism of the chancellor's role, in spite of
the fact that no one can propose a realistic alternative to lead the party
in the next election.
</p>
<p>
The most outspoken criticism has come from Mr Kurt Biedenkopf, the
left-leaning CDU premier of Saxony, who warned yesterday that the opposition
Social Democrats were set to win next year's elections.
</p>
<p>
Yet the most serious evidence of party division, as far as the chancellor is
concerned, has emerged from unnamed senior members of the leadership in the
columns of the conservative Frankfurter Allgemeine newspaper. Even his close
allies are speculating on how to stop the dramatic decline in party fortunes
and prevent a series of humiliating defeats in local and national elections.
</p>
<p>
In an extraordinary front page report yesterday, the newspaper quoted one
'leading CDU politician' as comparing the situation to 1982, when the FDP
under Mr Genscher abandoned its coalition with the SPD, and formed a new
government with Mr Kohl and the CDU. 'We are practically in the 1982
situation again,' he said. 'Then it was only a question of how the thing was
going to fall apart, and who should get the blame.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>376</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Parties try to fan east's fading fires: Voter interest in
Brandenburg's poll is low </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JUDY DEMPSEY</byline>
<p>
Political parties in the east German state of Brandenburg may disagree with
one another on many issues, but one concern unites them: fear of a low
turnout in next Sunday's local government elections, the first since
unification. More than 30 per cent of the electorate have yet to decide
which party they will vote for - or even if they will vote at all.
</p>
<p>
'You would imagine people would jump at the chance to vote,' says Mr Thomas
Klein, general secretary of the opposition Christian Democratic Union.
</p>
<p>
His party needs all the votes it can muster. A recent opinion poll gave it
only 9 per cent, compared to 29.4 per cent in 1990's state elections. The
Free Democrats, the CDU's junior partner in the Bonn coalition, is expected
to get a miserable 3 per cent, compared to 6.6 per cent in 1990.
</p>
<p>
'These polls, and the election results, are a signal for the way in which
eastern Germany could vote in next year's state and federal elections,' says
Mr Klein, who helped organise the CDU's 1990 campaign in Brandenburg.
</p>
<p>
Social Democrats in Brandenburg, the only one of the five eastern states the
party controls, are expected to win 36 per cent of the vote, slightly less
than in 1990. But party activists are taking no chances. Election posters
drum home the message: 'We call on all citizens to participate.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Manfred Stolpe, Brandenburg's prime minister and an east German, keeps
returning to this theme in his speeches: 'Voting matters. It will strengthen
democracy. If you throw away your vote, others will make the decisions.'
</p>
<p>
What has compounded the fear of a poor turnout is the low level of political
participation. 'Here in Brandenburg, elections cannot be held in one in five
local communities and councils because we can't find a candidate. Nobody
wants to stand,' says Mr Klein.
</p>
<p>
'There are all sorts of reasons for this strange phenomenon,' he adds.
'People were forced to participate politically over the past 40 years. Many
aspects of their lives were politicised.' This partly explains low
membership of political parties. The SPD has 6,000 paid-up members, the CDU
11,500, Free Democrats 3,000, Greens 750, and the Party of Democratic
Socialists (PDS), or reformed Communists, has 20,000, 90 per cent of them
former Communists.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wolfgang Thierse, an east Berliner and a senior member of the SPD, says:
'This is a worrying trend. We are finding it difficult to create new, local
political elites, not only in Brandenburg but throughout eastern Germany. It
will take time. But the political parties themselves must work harder at
local level.'
</p>
<p>
What worries the established parties is that a low turnout will play into
the hand of the PDS. It is not that they expect a return to
Socialist-dominated governments, even at the local level. 'What it means,'
says a senior SPD official, 'is that the PDS could have a bargaining
position when it comes to forming coalition local government councils, and
that's a slap in the face for the centre and the old status quo. Unless the
CDU and SPD join forces.'
</p>
<p>
Indeed, the PDS, which inherited the Communist party's organisation and
structure, might even take Potsdam, the state capital, from the SPD.
</p>
<p>
Says Mr Lothar Nicht, PDS party manager in Brandenburg: 'People all know us.
We are all locals.' More than 90 per cent of the party's 23,000 paid-up
members are former Communists. In Mr Nicht's view there is no need to defend
his party's record before unification. 'The PDS has now broken with the
past.'
</p>
<p>
The far right, consisting of the Republicans and the Democratic League, have
only eight candidates standing in three towns. 'We don't expect them to play
a big role,' says Mr Klein. But officials across the political spectrum say
the inhabitants of these towns, which include Eisenhuttenstadt, whose
loss-making steel mill threatens further redundancies, and the lignite mines
near Cottbus, could be vulnerable to the populist slogans of the extreme
right and the PDS.
</p>
<p>
According to Ms Petra Weissflog, spokeswoman for the Greens/Bundis 90:
'People don't trust the politicians. . . They are also disappointed with
unification, especially the high level of unemployment. They do not have
much of a perspective. They have other things to think about besides
listening to politicians who cannot deliver on their promises.'
Brandenburg's unemployment rate is nearly 20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
'Why should we trust anyone?' asks Mr Horst Wegner, a 39-year-old lorry
driver. 'Look at those Wessis (westerners) running Saxony-Anhalt, and
fiddling their expenses. They don't need the money. And we don't need them.
If I bother to vote, it will for one of us, and none of those Wessis.'
Whether that meant voting for the far right, the PDS or Mr Stolpe, he would
not say.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>834</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Turkish trade gap widens </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MURRAY BROWN
<name type=place>ISTANBUL</name></byline>
<p>
Turkey's consumer boom continues apace with the trade deficit reaching
Dollars 10bn in the third quarter, according to figures released yesterday.
</p>
<p>
In the nine months to September, imports rose to Dollars 21bn, up 30 per
cent over the same period in 1992, and almost as much as for the whole of
last year. Exports were up just 1.5 per cent over 1992 at Dollars 10.7bn.
</p>
<p>
While the rest of Europe pulls slowly out of recession, Turkey is enjoying
strong growth fuelled by easier domestic credit and increased foreign
capital inflows.
</p>
<p>
In the third quarter gross national product grew by 7.9 per cent, against 12
per cent in the second quarter. Growth for the year is projected at 8 per
cent. Vehicle output is 27 per cent higher than in 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> TR  Turkey, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>171</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAANFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Irish industrial output rises </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>DUBLIN</name></byline>
<p>
Irish industrial output rose a seasonally adjusted 2.7 per cent in August
after a 5 per cent increase in July, according to the central statistics
office, Reuter reports from Dublin. Manufacturing production rose 1.2 per
cent after a 4.9 per cent increase last month.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IE  Ireland, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>76</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
France to reform pension system </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
The French government is to introduce legislation to reform the country's
pension system by next spring, Mr Edmond Alphandery, the economy minister,
said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The reform would involve the establishment of powerful pension funds and
would be aimed at easing the burden on the state pension system. It would
also provide a significant new source of funds for the stock market and
assist the government's ambitious privatisation programme.
</p>
<p>
'As long as privatisations are important, our country must have funds which
have a large part of their holdings in shares,' Mr Alphandery said,
referring to the government's plans to sell 21 publicly-owned companies over
the next five years.
</p>
<p>
The state pension system is under strong pressure as contributions from the
workforce fall short of requirements for the country's ageing population.
</p>
<p>
Earlier this year, the government passed legislation to extend from 37.5
years to 40 years the period which people need to work to qualify for a full
state pension and recalculated this full pension on the average of a
person's 25 best-paid years rather than the previous 10-year duration.
</p>
<p>
But the deficit in the pension system, which stood at more than FFr15bn
(Pounds 1.71bn) last year, has increased pressures for a more fundamental
reform and a shift towards capitalised private pensions, as in the US and
UK, rather than France's existing 'pay as you go' system.
</p>
<p>
Pension reform would also form part of the government's plans to divert
funds from the short-term money market into the corporate sector. The
relatively high level of interest rates in France in recent years has
encouraged the public to place its savings in such Sicav funds. At present,
there is an estimated FFr1,200bn held in these funds.
</p>
<p>
'French companies have suffered from the tendency to invest in the money
market rather than in stocks' said one French banker. 'Reform of the pension
system is long overdue.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>352</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAALFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Row over packaging waste divides EU </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
European Union environment ministers were last night struggling to find a
compromise on Europe-wide rules for dealing with packaging waste, after the
Belgian presidency of the EU signalled it was prepared to see German-led
insistence on ambitious recycling targets voted down.
</p>
<p>
Belgium has made it a priority to get through a directive on waste
packaging, after complaints from eight member states that Germany's
ambitious national waste recycling legislation has led to dumping of waste
in neighbouring countries. Germany does not have the capacity to meet its
own targets, and its subsidised exports of waste are stifling efforts
elsewhere to build up recycling industries. France in June threatened a ban
on German waste imports and other member states are warning of legal action.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ioannis Paleokrassas, the EU environment commissioner, warned of a 'a
real legal war' if the 12 could not agree common rules. The stakes are high
because if no decision is reached by today, the controversy is likely to
drift through the Greek presidency in the first half of next year, and be
returned to only when Germany itself is in the EU chair during the second
half of 1994. The interim could be punctuated by acrimonious legal disputes.
Moreover, unless the 12 reach a plausible consensus, the European
Parliament, which under the Maastricht treaty could veto this directive,
could further complicate the controversy.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Tim Yeo, junior UK environment minister, and French and
European Commission officials, Denmark - which along with the Netherlands
sides with Germany on higher targets - was spearheading a filibuster likely
to take negotiations throughout the night. The German-led trio can, however,
be outvoted under the EU's weighted majority voting system.
</p>
<p>
The original Commission proposal had been for 60 per cent recovery of waste
over five years, with 40 per cent recycling, and 90 per cent after 10 years,
with 60 per cent recycling. The Belgian presidency compromise abandons the
10-year aim and suggests a 50-60 per cent recovery target, with a 30 to 40
per cent recycling obligation. The latter would be an overall target for all
waste, allowing, say, higher targets for paper and board if there were
insufficient capacity to deal with plastic. But no waste material would be
exempt from the recycling effort, with a minimum 15 per cent target. The
Germans, Dutch and Danes denounced the compromise as unacceptably 'low and
unambitious.'
</p>
<p>
Negotiations were proceeding last night on French and British suggestions
which would allow the 'greener' member states to set higher targets if there
were no resulting trade and single market distortions of the type already
caused by Germany. Those who wanted higher targets would also have to
demonstrate they had enough reprocessing capacity.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4953 Refuse Systems </item>
<item> P267  Miscellaneous Converted Paper Products </item>
<item> P265  Paperboard Containers and Boxes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Pollution </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4953 </item>
<item> P267 </item>
<item> P265 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>493</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Europe 'in need of democracy overhaul' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID MARSH, European Editor</byline>
<p>
Member states of the European Union should set up a two-chamber European
parliament to improve democratic control of decision-making, according to an
international report published today. This is among a series of
recommendations for a fully fledged European constitution, put forward by a
group of 13 academics and researchers from seven European countries.
</p>
<p>
The report says the need for a broad public debate on a European
constitution has been underlined by difficulties over ratifying the
Maastricht treaty. In addition, the prospective enlargement of the Union in
coming years requires important changes in EU decision-making.
</p>
<p>
The study group says the legal basis of the EU has become 'incomprehensible'
as a result of two important amendments to the original Common Market
treaty: the Single European Act and the Maastricht treaty.
</p>
<p>
A Proposal for a European Policy Constitution, European Constitutional
Group, 20 Queen Anne's Gate, London SW1H 9AA.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>180</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Neo-fascists set sights on Rome: Seventy years after Il Duce
marched on the Italian capital, the right-wing MSI party hopes Sunday's city
election will catapult it to national prominence </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GRAHAM</byline>
<p>
Italian politics have been electrified by the prospect of two key cities,
Naples and Rome, falling under the control of a party inspired by the
fascist ideals of Benito Mussolini.
</p>
<p>
The neo-fascist MSI (Italian Social Movement) has a modest chance of winning
the elections for mayor in both cities in Sunday's second round run-off. If
it does, this would represent the biggest single electoral gain by a
right-wing nationalist party in Europe in three decades.
</p>
<p>
However, the sudden swing to the MSI is likely to be a temporary phenomenon.
It is the product of the collapse of the centre parties and the absence of
alternatives other than the Left. The party itself is ill-equipped to cope
with success. To maintain its momentum it would have to tone down its
intemperate rhetoric, weed out some of the uglier elements in its ranks and
forge links with known moderate voices on the right.
</p>
<p>
Polls show that Mr Gianfranco Fini, the MSI leader, is commanding just over
46 per cent of the vote in Rome against nearly 54 per cent for Mr Francesco
Rutelli, the Green candidate backed by a left-wing alliance. In Naples, Ms
Alessandra Mussolini, the granddaughter of Il Duce, is running neck and neck
against her rival, Mr Antonio Bassolino, the candidate of the Party of the
Democratic Left (PDS).
</p>
<p>
Under the new local election laws approved in March, there is a run-off
between the two candidates with the most votes when no one obtains an
absolute first round majority. The winner is then entitled to the majority
of council seats to ensure a stable government.
</p>
<p>
In the first round on November 21, Mr Fini polled 36 per cent of the vote,
Ms Mussolini 30 per cent - both of them running second but enjoying the
largest single party vote. The party also did well in many southern Italian
towns as well as near Rome, and in isolated instances in the north such as
the city of Trieste.
</p>
<p>
Part of the party's success is due to Mr Fini, a 40-year-old former
journalist who took control of the MSI in 1987. Ambitious, street-wise and
an effective public speaker, Mr Fini has polished the party's image with
more moderate talk. Born seven years after the execution of Il Duce, he
describes himself as a 'post-fascist'.
</p>
<p>
He chose to stand for election in Rome, where the party has frequently
joined forces with Christian Democrat elements, as a launchpad to project
the party nationwide. Until these elections the MSI had remained a noisy
minority party, averaging about 5 per cent of the vote in general elections
since 1953.
</p>
<p>
Traditionally the party has been strongest in southern Italy and among what
has been sometimes called the 'clerk class'. Since the end the of the 1960s
the party has also absorbed the Monarchists, giving the current full name
MSI-DN (Destra Nazionale - National Right).
</p>
<p>
The party has never disowned Mussolini, merely distanced itself from the
fascist regime's excesses. Alessandra Mussolini is open in her admiration
for her grandfather and exploits his name. ( A family detail is that her
famous aunt, actress Sophia Loren, has not publicly supported her
candidacy.)
</p>
<p>
The MSI actively celebrates the anniversary of Mussolini's march on Rome in
1922 that paved the way for his assumption of absolute power. MSI literature
is tinged with law and order metaphors and by Italy's tolerant standards is
both xenophobic and racist. In the 1960s and 1970s, elements of the party
were linked to right-wing terrorism. More conservative members of the
military also tend to gravitate towards the party.
</p>
<p>
Against this, the MSI has been fully accepted as a parliamentary party since
1948. In parliament MSI deputies are extremely active and vociferous. Their
concerns have ranged from defence issues to budgetary discipline. Unlike
other extreme-right parties in Europe, the MSI still formally espouses the
state corporatism pioneered by Mussolini.
</p>
<p>
Most commentators agree that the sudden swing to the MSI has little to with
its policies. Especially in Naples and Rome, voters have deserted the
Christian Democrats, Socialists, Social Democrats and Liberals in protest at
the corruption they practised while running the country. The MSI itself has
been caught in the scandals, but in a lesser way which has not damaged its
image.
</p>
<p>
But this is not simply a protest vote. Many voters see in the MSI a new
source of patronage. In the specific case of Rome, Mr Fini has won support
because he looks a more decisive figure than his rival, who seems too much
under the wing of the PDS. Surprisingly, little propaganda has been made of
the more unsavoury MSI elements standing for the council. This may yet prove
Mr Fini's weak point in Rome.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>836</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Europe 'in need of a democratic overhaul' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID MARSH, European Editor</byline>
<p>
Member states of the European Union should set up a two-chamber European
parliament to improve democratic control of decision-making, according to an
international report published today. This is among a series of
recommendations for a fully-fledged European constitution, put forward by a
group of 13 academics and researchers from seven European countries.
</p>
<p>
The report says the need for a broad public debate on a European
constitution has been underlined by difficulties over ratifying the
Maastricht treaty. In addition, the prospective enlargement of the Union in
coming years requires important changes in EU decision-making.
</p>
<p>
The study group includes representatives from universities and research
institutes in France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, Sweden and the UK.
It says the legal basis of the EU has become 'incomprehensible' as a result
of two important amendments to the original Common Market treaty: the Single
European Act and the Maastricht treaty.
</p>
<p>
Europe needs a constitutional framework to define where European governments
should take on collective powers, and where these powers should best be
exterted at the local and national level, in line with the principle of
subsidiarity, the report says.
</p>
<p>
The bicameral parliament advocated by the report would add to the present
directly-elected European parliament a second chamber of 175 deputies,
chosen by national parliaments. Their role would be to review the need for
Europe-wide legislation and to check whether proposed laws met
constitutional guidelines.
</p>
<p>
The report suggests strengthening the Council of Ministers and introducing a
better balance between larger and smaller states through a new system of
majority voting.
</p>
<p>
The report says the goal of economic and monetary union should be achieved
through 'market process' which exclude any 'artificial deadlines'.
</p>
<p>
It terms the proposals for Emu in the Maastricht treaty 'ill conceived',
saying: 'They attempted to achieve political union by slight of hand.
Contempt for open debate and for the inconveniences of public opinion is not
the way to build European Union.'
</p>
<p>
A Proposal for a European Policy Constitution, by the European
Constitutional Group, 20 Queen Anne's Gate, London SW1H 9AA. Fax 071-2220554
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>374</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Hanson to float housebuilding side </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Hanson, the industrial group, intends to float its UK and US housebuilding
divisions to cut its debt. The Anglo-US conglomerate may raise more than
Pounds 500m from the two sales, analysts estimate.
</p>
<p>
The businesses came from Hanson's acquisition of Beazer in 1991, when Beazer
was planning a flotation of the housebuilding activities. Since then, the UK
and US subsidiaries have been expanded through small acquisitions.
</p>
<p>
A flotation of all of Beazer Homes, the fourth largest housebuilder in the
UK, should go through by the end of March, and might raise more than Pounds
400m. The business made an operating profit of Pounds 42m in Hanson's 1993
figures.
</p>
<p>
A float of 70 per cent of Beazer Homes USA, which made Pounds 16m, and a
simultaneous offer of Dollars 125m (Pounds 83.8m) of senior notes, should
come earlier.
</p>
<p>
A filing with the US Securities and Exchange Commission is likely next week.
Lazard Brothers will sponsor the UK float, with Hoare Govett and James Capel
as brokers.
</p>
<p>
Hanson made the announcement yesterday with its annual results, which showed
a sharp fall in pre-tax profits from Pounds 1.29bn to Pounds 1.02bn in the
year to September 30.
</p>
<p>
The fall in profits, warnings of much higher interest charges, and Hanson's
failure to increase its quarterly dividend, unsettled the shares, which fell
15 3/4 p to 268 1/2 p.
</p>
<p>
For the first time, Hanson held a press briefing on its results. Lord
Hanson, the chairman, was not present. The meeting was headed instead by Mr
Derek Bonham, the chief executive and heir-apparent.
</p>
<p>
Profits were depressed by the US coal strike, which cost Pounds 125m in the
year; by a fall in exceptional profits from Pounds 172m to Pounds 24m; and
by a Pounds 32m drop in interest receivable to Pounds 14m.
</p>
<p>
In his statement, Lord Hanson said recovery was 'now evident in most of our
major markets' and that trading profit would improve in 1994. However, Mr
Bill Landuyt, finance director, said Hanson might suffer a Pounds 275m cut
in interest earnings because of acquisitions and the narrowing gap between
UK and US rates.
</p>
<p>
Hanson is one of the groups that had been thought likely to bid for parts of
a privatised British Coal. However, on the day the that the coal
privatisation bill was published, the company was understood to be no longer
interested in buying any part of the UK coal industry.
</p>
<p>
Lex, Page 16
Hanson shares tumble, Page 19
Coal sale bill published, Page 8
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hanson </item>
<item> Beazer Homes </item>
<item> Beazer Homes USA </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P1521 Single-Family Housing Construction </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> COMP  Demerger </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P1521 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>465</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Volvo abandons Renault merger: Chairman quits as board bows
to shareholder pressure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH CARNEGY and CHRISTOPHER BROWN-HUMES</byline>
<p>
Volvo last night tore up its controversial plan to merge with France's
Renault, prompting the resignation of Mr Pehr Gyllenhammar as chairman of
the Swedish industrial group.
</p>
<p>
An unprecedented revolt by senior management forced the Volvo board to bow
to shareholder pressure and to abandon the plan to create Europe's second
largest automotive group, in the course of one of the most dramatic days in
Swedish corporate history.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gyllenhammar, who has led Volvo since 1971 and has been one of Sweden's
leading industrialists, immediately announced his resignation, along with
four other board members. They included Mr Raymond Levy, Renault's former
chief and nominee on the Volvo board.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gyllenhammar bitterly denounced his critics for having 'turned their
backs on Europe and the world'.
</p>
<p>
He warned that Volvo's three-year-old alliance with Renault would be
destroyed and the long-term survival of Volvo jeopardised. 'The alliance
will not remain. It will be dismantled by a Renault management who,
understandably, has lost its confidence in Volvo . . . Volvo is right now a
wounded company.'
</p>
<p>
The board's decision followed a demand by Volvo's top management that the
merger be dropped. The revolt was co-ordinated over the past two days by Mr
Soren Gyll, the chief executive who was brought into Volvo last year by Mr
Gyllenhammar. Mr Gyll's decision in turn followed a wave of opposition to
the merger proposal from Volvo's Swedish institutional shareholders.
</p>
<p>
The board said it had become clear that it was 'very unlikely' the merger
would be approved at a shareholders' meeting. That meeting, scheduled for
next Tuesday, has now been cancelled.
</p>
<p>
Despite Mr Gyllenhammar's warning, Mr Gyll said he hoped Volvo would be able
to overcome Renault's disappointment and continue the alliance.
</p>
<p>
By the merger plan, Volvo would have placed all its core car and truck
operations into a joint company with Renault, in exchange for a 35 per cent
stake in the new company. Swedish shareholders, however, objected to what
they saw as a takeover on unclear terms by a state-owned company.
</p>
<p>
Their objections were not countered by assurances from the French side that
Renault would be privatised by the end of next year and that a planned
golden share would not be used to dilute Volvo's holding.
</p>
<p>
Investors, who had driven up Volvo's share price this week in anticipation
of the deal crashing, pushed it up further yesterday in New York following
the announcement. Within minutes the share price rose Dollars 3 to Dollars
55.50.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gyllenhammar, who strode into a press conference to announce his
resignation, dismissed arguments that Volvo's vehicle operations can prosper
on their own.
</p>
<p>
Mr Bo Rydin, a leading industrialist who heads the forestry group SCA, takes
over as acting Volvo chairman pending the election of a new board.
</p>
<p>
Renault said last night that privatisation could still go ahead. Industry
observers said the process would be complicated by merger's failure.
</p>
<p>
Back seat drivers, Page 17
Gyllenhammar statement, Page 22
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>546</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
US and EU edge closer to trade deal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
US agriculture secretary Mike Espy (left), US trade negotiator Mickey Kantor
and EU external trade commissioner Sir Leon Brittan at a joint press
conference in Brussels where they said the US and EU were close to a deal on
market access for industrial products and on trade in food products.
</p>
<p>
But the absence of a definitive breakthrough because of last-minute snags is
still holding up overall progress in the Uruguay Round trade negotiations in
Geneva, involving 116 countries.
</p>
<p>
After 36 hours of intensive talks in Brussels between Sir Leon and Mr
Kantor, both sides said they hoped to reach an outline deal in a new
bargaining session on Monday.
</p>
<p>
The most significant progress appears to have been made in farm trade, an
issue that has dogged negotiations on the Uruguay Round since they it
launched in 1986
</p>
<p>
Report, Page 16
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>176</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Stock and Currency Markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
----------------------------------------------------------------------
STOCK MARKET INDICES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE 100:                      3,223.9            (-9.3)
Yield                              3.70
FT-SE Eurotrack 100            1,374.18           (+8.64)
FT-A All-Share                  1,585.9           (-0.2%)
FT-A World Index                  163.8          (+0.52%)
Nikkei                        17,458.75         (+333.44)
New York:
Dow Jones Ind Ave              3,702.11           (+5.03)
S&amp;P Composite                    463.11           (+1.22)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
US RATES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Funds:                  3 1/16%            (same)
3-mo Treas Bills: Yld            3.168%            (same)
Long Bond                      99 11/16          (99 7/8)
Yield                            6.268%          (6.251%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
LONDON MONEY
----------------------------------------------------------------------
3-mo Interbank                  5 5/16%          (5 3/8%)
Liffe long gilt future:     Dec 117 1/2    (Dec117 13/16)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH SEA OIL (Argus)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Brent 15-day  (Jan)       dollars 14.15           (14.47)
Gold
New York Comex  (Dec)     dollars 373.8           (374.8)
London dollars                   374.95          (375.45)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
STERLING
----------------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
dollars                         1.48385           (1.478)
London:
dollars                          1.4825          (1.4805)
DM                               2.5525          (2.5425)
FFr                              8.7975          (8.7825)
</p>
<p>
SFr                              2.2175           (2.215)
Y                                161.25          (160.75)
Pounds Index                       81.7            (same)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DOLLAR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
DM                               1.7225         (1.72375)
FFr                              5.9365           (5.945)
SFr                               1.498          (1.5005)
Y                                 108.8            (same)
London:
DM                               1.7215          (1.7175)
FFr                               5.935          (5.9325)
SFr                              1.4965           (1.496)
Y                                108.75          (108.65)
Dollars Index                      67.3            (67.2)
Tokyo close          Y 108.45
----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> COSTS  Equity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>213</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAADFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pensions probe after fears over bad sales advice </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN and ALISON SMITH</byline>
<p>
Financial regulators are to review the personal pensions of up to 500,000
individuals who have transferred savings out of employers' schemes into
private plans. Up to Pounds 7bn is involved.
</p>
<p>
The Securities and Investments Board, the City's top watchdog, fears that
people may have been badly advised and might be worse off in retirement than
if they had stayed in their employers' schemes. An initial review by
regulators found that, in many cases, sales agents sought too little
information to be able to give proper advice.
</p>
<p>
Almost every life insurer, bank and building society that has sold personal
pensions is expected to be affected. The SIB has retained the accountancy
firm KPMG Peat Marwick to find out how many people are at risk. Its report
is to be released within the next few weeks.
</p>
<p>
The review is intended to see that those who followed wrong advice are
compensated and that measures are taken to ensure that, in future, personal
pensions are sold only to those for whom they are appropriate.
</p>
<p>
Mr Andrew Large, SIB chairman, said personal pension policyholders 'should
not be alarmed. The problem we are looking at is not about theft.'
</p>
<p>
'The SIB felt that this was a problem that should be flagged and dealt with
promptly, so regulators are taking action now to ensure that people will not
be disadvantaged when they retire.'
</p>
<p>
The life insurance industry, under fire for its sales practices, has been
alerted to the regulators' actions and is concerned that the publicity will
further damage its reputation and business. It will also raise questions
about the government's strategy of offering tax incentives for people taking
personal pensions.
</p>
<p>
The SIB, along with the self-regulatory bodies for retail financial
services, Lautro, Fimbra and Imro, will form a panel of regulators and
industry officials. The panel will set a uniform standard for determining
when an individual is deemed to have been given wrong advice. Priority will
be given to cases of older individuals who have been encouraged to leave
schemes with fully inflation-indexed benefits.
</p>
<p>
The panel will also agree a method of assessing compensation. Regulators
feel compensation will prove most difficult to deliver where the employer's
scheme will not allow individuals to rejoin or where the life insurer cannot
or will not pay.
</p>
<p>
There are also concerns about whether insurers will be willing to pay
compensation on policies sold through independent financial advisers.
Lautro, the self-regulatory body for the life insurance industry, will ask
member firms to review the cases of those who rejected an employers' scheme
in favour of a personal pension.
</p>
<p>
Lautro has taken disciplinary action against several life insurers whose
sales agents have aggressively encouraged transfers to personal pensions
from employers' schemes. Separately, the SIB has been stepping up
supervisory visits at the banks and building societies whose retail
financial services activities it directly regulates.
</p>
<p>
French pension reform, Page 2
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> KPMG Peat Marwick </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
<item> P8721 Accounting, Auditing, and Bookkeeping Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
<item> P8721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>537</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAACFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Top Treasury official speaks out </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
In tomorrow's Weekend FT, Sir Terry Burns, the Treasury's long-serving top
official and budget strategist, admits to past mistakes, talks about reform
and replies to his critics in a rare on-the-record interview with Christian
Tyler.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>67</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAABFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: 'Driverless' Tube train </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<p>
A London Underground train carrying 150 passengers but no driver sped
through tunnels at up to 40mph for more than a mile before it was stopped by
a track safety device. The Piccadilly line train pulled away after the
driver stepped outside his cab to check a faulty door.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>80</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLCDFAAAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Council taxes may rise 7% after cuts in spending </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931203FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931203</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JAMES BLITZ and JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
The government announced one of the toughest crackdowns ever on
local-authority spending in England yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Under new plans to fund local authorities unveiled by Mr John Gummer,
environment secretary, many council tax bills will increase by at least 7
per cent next year.
</p>
<p>
However, the Institute of Fiscal Studies said Mr Gummer's assumptions about
local authority spending were too modest and council tax bills might rise by
as much as 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
'Councils are already spending more this year than the government wants them
to spend next year,' the institute said.
</p>
<p>
The proposals, announced in the government's annual finance settlement for
local authorities, will radically reduce Whitehall's grant to England's 403
local councils as a proportion of their overall spending.
</p>
<p>
The shortfall will have to be raised by increases in council tax that may be
four times the present level of inflation. It might further undermine the
Conservatives' performance in next year's local-council elections.
</p>
<p>
Ministers said councils would be able to increase their overall spending
programmes next year to ensure that local services, including education and
housing provision, stay at current levels.
</p>
<p>
But local-authority chairmen and Labour politicians said the measures would
undermine local services and were a result of the spending cuts imposed on
the Department of the Environment in this week's Budget.
</p>
<p>
Councils that spend more than the amount projected for them by central
government will be limited to an increase in total spending of at most 1.75
per cent.
</p>
<p>
That 'capping' measure, designed to limit council tax bills, will cut even
more tightly the more councils exceed their projections. Seven authorities
are certain to have to make cuts, with 26 certain of a freeze.
</p>
<p>
Several groups of public-sector workers, including teachers and the police,
are paid out of local-authority budgets, so any increase in their pay would
require cuts in other services.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gummer said he was expecting local authorities to spend a total of Pounds
42.66bn in 1994-95, an increase of 2.3 per cent on the current year.
</p>
<p>
However, local-authority associations said that amounted to a 1.2 per cent
cash cut, as councils are spending more than their government assessments.
</p>
<p>
The total central government grant to local councils will be Pounds 34.32bn,
an increase of 1.7 per cent on current spending.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gummer expected that the council tax for band C, one of the most widely
applicable charge bands, would be Pounds 468 a year, a Pounds 30 increase on
its current level.
</p>
<p>
Biggest grant loser, Page 7
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>450</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Sir Bob Reid to chair London Electricity </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931209</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sir Bob Reid, full-time chairman of British Rail since 1990, has been
appointed a non-executive director of London Electricity, and is scheduled
to take over as part-time chairman of the company on April 1, when the
incumbent, John Wilson, retires.
</p>
<p>
A BR spokesman said that the new appointment did not signify the likelihood
of Sir Bob stepping down from his role at BR, where he is on a five-year
contract. 'He anticipates that his post with London Electricity, even when
he becomes chairman, will not take up more than two days a week.'
</p>
<p>
Nor is there any indication that Sir Bob's current part-time BR job, which,
in his words, was to 'make sure the trains run on time', will be scaled
back, even though the Railways Bill, coincidentally coming into effect on
April 1, will leave him without any train timetables to concentrate upon.
</p>
<p>
Sir Bob has in the past clashed with government ministers over rail
privatisation, and his role at BR has to some extent been undermined by the
appointment of another former oil executive, Bob Horton, former chairman of
BP, as head of Railtrack, the newly-formed body which will initially take
charge of railway stations, though the two are understood to have cordial
relations.
</p>
<p>
From April 1, Sir Bob's role at BR, according to some commentators, will be
merely to supervise the dismantling of the rail network as it is known
today; though he gives every indication of seeing his BR contract through to
what may ultimately be a rather bitter end.
</p>
<p>
But Sir Bob is pleased to join London Electricity not least because its cash
position is - unlike BR's - very healthy.
</p>
<p>
Aged 59, he joined Shell UK in 1956 and spent more than 30 years there,
eventually becoming chairman and chief executive in April 1985 until
September 1990. He is also a director of the Bank of Scotland, and
earlier this year was installed as the first chancellor of the Robert
Gordon University, Aberdeen.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> London Electricity </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>360</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Donors' generosity overwhelms Uganda </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LESLIE CRAWFORD
<name type=place>KAMPALA</name></byline>
<p>
When the World Bank and other donors abruptly cancelled their support for
Uganda's National Aids Secretariat, the shock waves went through the entire
edifice of donor-funded projects that prop up Uganda's economy.
</p>
<p>
The secretariat had appealed in November for Dollars 450m to fund a
'multisectoral' plan to combat the disease. It proved to be the last straw
for donors already exasperated by the failings of the secretariat. 'We are
interested in fighting Aids, not funding an Aids bureaucracy,' one of the
donors present at the meeting explained.
</p>
<p>
The secretariat's staff had not been up to the job, causing donors to
question whether they had been too ambitious for one of their model pupils
in Africa.
</p>
<p>
Uganda has been smothered with aid since President Yoweri Museveni's
government adopted a World Bank-approved programme of economic reforms six
years ago. The international community, delighted with Mr Museveni's
enlightened, if unelected, leadership, pledged more than Dollars 825m in aid
this year, an amount equivalent to a quarter of Uganda's gross domestic
product.
</p>
<p>
Foreign aid finances 60 per cent of government spending. Even the luggage
trolleys at Entebbe airport say 'donated by the UN Development Programme'.
Aid has financed every development project since the end of the civil war in
1986. Most of it has gone on rebuilding roads, dams, electricity and
telephone systems destroyed during the war. Donors are also involved in
rebuilding civil society: providing judges to train new magistrates,
inspectors for the police force, and cash for the demobilisation of
soldiers.
</p>
<p>
But their generosity has begun to outstrip Uganda's ability to absorb the
aid. The World Bank estimates it has a backlog of projects worth Dollars
750m awaiting implementation. In some cases the government has been unable
to contribute the 10 per cent counterpart funding for projects demanded by
the World Bank. In others, the underpaid bureaucracy has been slow to get
projects off the ground.
</p>
<p>
'I think we have reached the point where we have to take a hard look at the
amount of aid Uganda is getting,' says Mr Chukwuma Obidegwu, the resident
World Bank economist in Kampala. 'My main concern is that it discourages
Ugandans from developing the exports that would reduce their dependence on
aid.'
</p>
<p>
The inflow of dollars has led to an appreciation of the Ugandan shilling,
which is now overvalued. This has undermined donor-funded efforts at export
promotion and diversification. As the trade deficit widens, Uganda has
become more dependent on donors for balance of payments support.
</p>
<p>
Aid money is also feeding an industry of consultants. Virtually every
government ministry has a clutch of expatriate 'advisers'. Their standard
pay is Dollars 10,000 a month, or about 100 times the salary of a senior
Ugandan civil servant.
</p>
<p>
One official said he knew of an international firm of chartered accountants
who charged Dollars 200,000 for a report on accounting information systems
for the public sector. 'It was copied straight out of a first-year
accountancy text book,' he said. Its recommendations were not implemented.
</p>
<p>
Although most aid is being put to good use - building roads, repairing
hydroelectric dams, providing essential drugs - its abundance is breeding
corruption.
</p>
<p>
Diplomats in Kampala speak openly and disparagingly about government
ministers who are on the take.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> UG  Uganda, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>573</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Let Moscow join European Union, says Seguin </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BUCHAN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Philippe Seguin, president of the French national assembly, last night
called for radical changes in the European Union to widen its membership to
Russia, to create a European Security Council, and to relaunch the European
economy with interest rate cuts and massive public borrowing.
</p>
<p>
The impact of the views of Mr Seguin, who led last year's French referendum
campaign against Maastricht, and the degree to which they might rock the
foundations of the Balladur government's European policy, may depend in part
on the outcome of the Gatt negotiations.
</p>
<p>
If a Gatt crisis were seriously to divide the French government, and
particularly Mr Edouard Balladur from his party leader, Mr Jacques Chirac,
then the latter might lend a sympathetic ear to some of Mr Seguin's views,
at least those on economic and monetary policy.
</p>
<p>
Mr Seguin, who has led the criticism of government policy, particularly its
failure to stem unemployment, within the prime minister's own RPR Gaullist
party, has been competing with Mr Balladur for Mr Chirac's ear.
</p>
<p>
The National Assembly president shares much of the Euroscepticism prevalent
in London.
</p>
<p>
But, in his speech last night to a Paris university audience, he pushed the
thesis of a wider-rather-than-deeper European integration further than any
British conservative minister would dare or probably want to.
</p>
<p>
He called for the EU to consolidate the peace of Europe by extending its
membership to Russia, Ukraine and Belarus. Capping his vision of a 'Grand
Europe' would be a European Security Council, modelled on the United Nations
version with four or five main European powers on it and able to dispatch
peace-keeping forces throughout the continent.
</p>
<p>
He proposed a radical downgrading in most EU institutions, with the Brussels
Commission losing its right to make proposals and with the European
Parliament confined to ratifying European legislation 'which would be
collectively elaborated by national parliaments'.
</p>
<p>
To stop Europe's 'collective suicide' in the form of ever-rising
unemployment, Mr Seguin called for a 'rapid and substantial lowering of
interest rates', and for recognition that the plan for a single European
currency, is 'strangling the whole of Europe'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>391</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU warns it may use force to free blocked aid in Bosnia
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURA SILBER and LIONEL BARBER
<name type=place>GENEVA, BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The Belgian presidency of the European Union yesterday served notice that
Europe was ready to use force against local warlords blocking the flow of
humanitarian aid in Bosnia.
</p>
<p>
The warning followed talks in Brussels between Mr Jacques Delors, European
Commission president, and Mr Warren Christopher, US secretary of state,
which helped lay the groundwork for next month's visit by President Bill
Clinton to Europe and a Nato summit.
</p>
<p>
The talks were a clear effort to patch over the political rift which
surfaced in the transatlantic relationship earlier this year, principally
over US support for arming the Bosnian Moslems against the Serbs.
</p>
<p>
Mr Christopher said the US opposed using the threat of a suspension of
humanitarian aid as a lever on the Bosnian government to offer concessions
in the Geneva peace talks.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Bosnian government officials yesterday signalled for the first
time that they might accept the partition of the Bosnian capital of
Sarajevo.
</p>
<p>
Mr Muhamed Sacirbey, Bosnia's ambassador to the UN said: 'If the division is
what we need to save lives ...The Serbs are insisting on it, while we are
wondering how to survive the winter."
</p>
<p>
A member of the Serb delegation yesterday said he believed the two sides
were on the verge of making a deal. He said Serbs had offered to make
territorial concessions outside of Sarajevo, if they were given 40 per cent
of the capital.
</p>
<p>
Moslem leaders reportedly rejected the Serbian proposal to exchange two
industrial suburbs, Vogosca and Ilijas, in exchange for the Moslem enclaves
of Srebrenica and Zepa, eastern Bosnia. Mr Alija Izetbegovic, the Bosnian
president, had earlier put forward a map outlining a mostly Moslem republic.
</p>
<p>
Speaking on condition of anonymity, a member of the Bosnian Serb delegation
yesterday dismissed the map as 'maximalist'.
</p>
<p>
In addition to Moslem demands for eastern Bosnia, a key sticking point
remains their plan to gain a land connection to the Adriatic and a 10km
stretch of the coast.
</p>
<p>
Croat leaders this week reiterated their refusal to hand over any portion of
the coast.
</p>
<p>
In exchange for the gradual lifting of sanctions on Belgrade, the European
Union 'action plan' says Serb leaders must hand over 3-4 per cent more land
to their Moslem adversaries, in addition to the 20 per cent of land
envisaged in the plan brokered by the international mediators.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BA  Bosnia-Hercegovina, East Europe </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>437</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Anti-cancer pill </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
British researchers at the Institute of Cancer Research reported progress
towards developing a contraceptive pill that would also prevent breast
cancer. For post-menopausal women, it would combine cancer prevention with
hormone replacement therapy.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
<item> P8731 Commercial Physical Research </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
<item> P8731 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>68</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Writer's killer condemned </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
A Cairo court sentenced a Moslem militant to death for murdering Egyptian
anti-fundamentalist writer Farag Goda in June 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> EG  Egypt, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>46</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AETFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: De Klerk warns hardliners </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
South African president FW de Klerk urged white hardliners to stop
'irresponsible' war talk and accept the will of the majority. Neo-Nazi
leader Eugene Terre Blanche last week told his supporters to prepare for
civil war if the African National Congress won next April's election.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>75</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AESFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: Falklands oil prospect </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Falkland Islands, fought over by Britain and Argentina in 1982, may have
oil reserves bigger than those of the North Sea, according to a British
Geological Survey member who has studied recent seismic data from the
region.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FK  Falkland Islands </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>69</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AERFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Volvo plans for merger hit by wave of dissent </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931204</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH CARNEGY and JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>STOCKHOLM, PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Volvo's ambitious plans to merge with France's Renault were under renewed
threat last night after the Swedish group's third-largest shareholder joined
a growing chorus of opposition to the deal.
</p>
<p>
The call by Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken Funds, which controls 5.7 per cent
of Volvo's voting capital, for the merger to be postponed brought to seven
the number of Swedish institutional shareholders that have said they will
not support the deal at a special shareholders meeting next Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
With only two Swedish institutions independent of Volvo pledged in favour,
opponents called on Volvo not to proceed. Volvo declined official comment,
but a senior executive said: 'We are, of course, taking the situation very
seriously'.
</p>
<p>
Volvo's share price rose steeply on speculation that the merger would fail.
The most-traded B share closed at SKr444 (Dollars 51), up SKr30 from
Tuesday's close.
</p>
<p>
Votes committed against the merger still trail those in favour by a margin
of between 10 and 6 per cent of the votes. But the Yes camp includes
Renault's 10 per cent holding and the opposition now holds a clear lead
among the independent institutions. Volvo admits it is reluctant to push
through the deal on a narrow majority.
</p>
<p>
Renault said that while yesterday's developments were obviously unwelcome it
had no new plans ahead of the shareholder vote and would await next week's
decision.
</p>
<p>
A French government official adopted a similar stance, adding that the
French side had done all it could to reassure Swedish investors and clarify
points of concern about the deal.
</p>
<p>
Doubt was also cast yesterday over the decision of one of the supporting
institutions. The board of the Fourth Fund state pension fund, the biggest
Volvo shareholder after Renault, is set to reconsider its narrow 8-6 vote in
favour of the merger at a meeting tomorrow. This follows the revelation that
the fund's chief executive also sits on the board of a Volvo subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
Today, attention will focus on a decision expected from the SPP insurance
company which holds 4.5 per cent of the Volvo votes.
</p>
<p>
S-E Banken Funds, which has a close relationship with the Volvo board, did
not reject the merger outright, but said a final decision should be
postponed until next April.
</p>
<p>
The funds sharply criticised the information provided by Volvo on the
merger, saying it was not sufficiently detailed to allow a proper evaluation
of the values placed on Volvo assets.
</p>
<p>
Under the merger plan, Volvo would put all its core car, truck and bus
making operations into the new Renault-Volvo company in exchange for a 35
per cent shareholding. 'The information was not up to the standard we like
to have in such an important case as this,' said Mr Peter Thelin, S-E Banken
Funds chief executive.
</p>
<p>
He also said time was needed to 'repair the damage' caused by what had
become an emotional tussle between Volvo and its shareholders.
</p>
<p>
Background, Page 18
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> SR  Surinam, South America </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>542</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (19): A tour of the gnomes' grottos -
Night-life: Though it may not be that exciting, Zurich has something for
everyone, from Latin American music to a panorama bar </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARIA MULLER</byline>
<p>
Compared to that of London or Paris, Zurich's night-life is small town
stuff. Still, there is something for almost everyone, from Latin American
music at the old stock exchange to the Jules Verne panorama bar for the
star-struck.
</p>
<p>
On the right bank of the Limmat, night-life centres on the medieval part of
Zurich, stretching along Limmatquai between Central and Bellevue.
</p>
<p>
The Polygon (Rothus, Marktgasse 17) offers a variety show and dancing, while
the Limmatbar (Limmatquai 82) with its loud music, attracts a young
clientele.
</p>
<p>
For a drink and to observe the night-life in full swing, the bar of the
Konigstuhl (Stussihofstatt 3) is recommended. You can watch the comings and
goings of le tout Zurich from the comfort of an enormous black and white
striped sofa.
</p>
<p>
Or have a peaceful, pre-midnight drink at the Splendid Hotel's piano bar
(Rosengasse 5). After midnight, the bar tends to become very noisy and
crowded.
</p>
<p>
Close to Bellevue is the Odeon (Limmatquai 2), featuring big chandeliers and
marble walls. Once frequented by Zurich's artists and writers, the Odeon
lost much of its glory when the bar was split in two and the balcony
removed. One side of the bar now houses a chemist and all efforts to restore
it have come to naught.
</p>
<p>
A few steps up the hill from Bellevue brings you to the quiet Kronenhalle
bar (Ramistrasse 4), which is attached to the famous restaurant and where
the drinks are good. Or head south across Bellevue to the Spaghetti Factory,
known as something of a meat market.
</p>
<p>
On the left bank, traders and bankers often convene at the Old Fashion Bar
(Fraumunsterstrasse 15) for after-work drinks. Another yuppy favourite is
the Savoy Hotel Bar on Paradeplatz.
</p>
<p>
For something more exotic, try the Jules Verne bar (appropriately in
Uraniastrasse 9) for a view of Zurich by night or some serious star-gazing.
Take the lift in the Brasserie Lipp on the ground floor to the 11th floor to
reach Zurich's only panorama bar. Be prepared to wait for a place.
</p>
<p>
When Jules Verne closes at midnight, make your way to the nearby Roxy disco
in Beatengasse 11.
</p>
<p>
Kaufleuten at Pelikanplatz is favoured by the city's young bankers and
beautiful people. The front part of the bar is narrow and noisy, but if you
go through the connecting door at the back of the bar and around the corner,
you will find yourself in a ballroom with a long bar, comfortable velvet
sofas and a gleaming parquet floor. This part of the bar turns into a disco
at weekends and is sometimes used for concerts during the week.
</p>
<p>
As a fitting conclusion to your tour of the gnomes' grottos, go to the old
stock exchange building (Bleicherweg 5) where the erstwhile main trading
ring has been converted into a Latin American bar, the El Cubanito. Unlike
the stock exchange, it is open only on Fridays and Saturdays.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
<item> P7929 Entertainers and Entertainment Groups </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
<item> P7929 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XV</biblScope>
<extent>547</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (18): When men get a chance to dress up
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
Zurich's own festival, called Sechselauten, (six o'clock chimes), is played
out on the streets of the old city every year on the third Monday of April.
According to a 650-year-old tradition, the (male) pillars of the city's
business establishment dress up in extravagant medieval garb and, having had
slap-up lunches in the halls of their various guilds (zunfts), they parade
down the streets on foot or on horseback.
</p>
<p>
Lining the streets are mainly the men's wives, mistresses, secretaries and
other female friends and acquaintences, many of whom will have been
dragooned into being there.
</p>
<p>
Their role is to throw flowers at their preening menfolk. The man who
accumulates the most flowers by the end of the parade gains new prestige. He
is easily identifiable because he will have acquired a woman assistant along
the way to help carry his flowers.
</p>
<p>
The procession ends in a city park where a symbolic figure of winter, known
as Boogg and capable of being pronounced only by Swiss, is put to the torch.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XV</biblScope>
<extent>208</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (17): A sort of Soho in the galleries -
The accent is on contemporary work. As a result, interesting international,
as well as experimental, artists are featured </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KAREN SIMON</byline>
<p>
Zurich's gallery scene is lively - as one might expect in a town that is
visited by a lot of rich people - and fairly compact.
</p>
<p>
The galleries tend to be less specialised than in other cities, most of them
showing a wide range of contemporary work, from drawing, painting and
sculpture to photography, printmaking and video. Some feature only Swiss
artists, others have an international cast.
</p>
<p>
A quarterly listing of exhibitions, called Kunst in Zurich, complete with
maps showing the locations of galleries, is available at any of the
galleries. The Zuri Tip pull-out section of the Tages Anzeiger newspaper
every Friday provides up-to-date information.
</p>
<p>
To get a taste of the scene, one might start with the Susi Brunner gallery
at Spitalgasse 10 in Niederdorf. It specialises in naive and primitive
painting, sculpture and furniture.
</p>
<p>
Many of the exhibits, such as the strange, brightly painted papier mache
giant animal forms and the small human forms with trays on their heads
holding the visualised content of their thoughts will make you smile.
</p>
<p>
The furniture includes chairs with legs of deer and arm-rests with cats'
heads and tables and cupboards with birds' wings and angels' heads.
</p>
<p>
Up Spitalgasse a few steps and left into Predigergasse you will find the
very posh and rather cold Lelong Zurich gallery. It shows the top
international painters and sculptors and is worth a visit just to enjoy the
wonderful gallery space.
</p>
<p>
Although the staff can be intimidating, it is a treat to browse through the
catalogues of their artists. The October-November exhibition included a
group show of Forg, Kirkeby, Klapheck, Lam, Lupertz, Miro, Nitsch, Penck,
Rainer and Tapies.
</p>
<p>
Other galleries that show interesting international artists include Galerie
Esther Hufschmid, next door to Lelong, Ruth Alleman and Walcheturm at
Stampfenbachplatz, Renee Ziegler in the Schauspielhaus across from the
Kunsthaus, Helmhaus at Limmatquai 31 and Ursula Siegenthaler in
Oberdorfstrasse 24.
</p>
<p>
Sylvia Baviera in Zwinglistrasse 10 has a reputation for discovering new
Swiss and German artists.
</p>
<p>
A sort of Soho has developed in recent years in Hardturmstrasse where a
clutch of old warehouses along the Limmat have been transformed into
galleries. Many of them specialise in experimental art, the most adventurous
being the Kunsthalle Zurich.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
<item> P8412 Museums and Art Galleries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
<item> P8412 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XV</biblScope>
<extent>430</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (16): Key facts for the visitor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
TAXIS
</p>
<p>
Zurich is one of the most expensive towns in Europe for taxi rides. Short
trips in town cost SFr20 (Pounds 9 or Dollars 13.28) very quickly, and for a
15-20 minute ride to or from the airport you can expect to pay between SFr45
and SFr60.
</p>
<p>
In general, one does not hail a cab in Zurich. There are several ranks in
the centre of town, or a phone call to one of the co-operative radio cab
centres will almost always produce a cab within five to ten minutes.
Tel:271-1111 or 444-4444.
</p>
<p>
TO AND FROM THE AIRPORT
</p>
<p>
Avoid taking a taxi in rush hours. It is much quicker and cheaper to take a
train from the main station (Hauptbahnhof). Trains run every 10 to 20
minutes and the journey takes roughly 10 minutes. You alight at the station
underneath the airport building. Some hotels have a shuttle service.
</p>
<p>
PUBLIC TRANSPORT
</p>
<p>
Zurich's blue painted trams and buses are the epitome of Swiss efficiency.
They have reserved lanes in most streets, so they do not get bogged down in
traffic, even in rush hour. Board at any door except the front one next to
the driver. Alight from any door.
</p>
<p>
Make sure you buy a ticket before boarding as there is a SFr50 (Pounds
22.50) fine, payable on the spot, for those caught by random inspections
without one. Every stop has a vending machine with instructions in four
languages, and manned kiosks are at Paradeplatz, Bellevue and under the main
station.
</p>
<p>
Tickets cover zones and a given time period. If you are taking at least two
rides in the central zone within a 24-hour period, it is worth buying a SFr6
day ticket (Tageskarte), which entitles you to as many rides as you like for
the next 24 hours.
</p>
<p>
Timetables at tram and bus stops are unfailingly adhered to. Vehicles run
roughly between 6am and midnight at fairly frequent intervals.
</p>
<p>
BOAT EXCURSIONS
</p>
<p>
Take a boat trip on Zurich's lake - in good weather, this can be a quick way
to get away from it all and relax. The main departure stop is at
Burkliplatz. One boat features a midday trip, complete with lunch, which is
pleasant in the summer.
</p>
<p>
TOURIST INFORMATION
</p>
<p>
The Tourist Office on Bahnhofplatz (main station) is a mine of useful
information and usually very helpful.
</p>
<p>
TRANSLATION SERVICES
</p>
<p>
Rarely needed in this multilingual business centre, especially as most Swiss
companies have their own in-house translators. Try Agentur der
Dolmetscher-und Uebersetzervereinigung, Lindenbachstrasse 7. Tel: 362-3714.
</p>
<p>
CONSULATES
</p>
<p>
Addresses of consulates in Zurich (the embassies are in Berne, the official
capital):
</p>
<p>
Austria: Minervastr. 116 Tel. 383 7200
</p>
<p>
Belgium: Bellerivestr. 36 Tel. 385 3033
</p>
<p>
France: Muhlebachstr. 7 Tel. 251 8544
</p>
<p>
Germany: Kirchgasse 48 Tel. 265 6565
</p>
<p>
Italy: Todistr. 67 Tel. 286 6111
</p>
<p>
Japan: Utoquai 55 Tel. 252 9897
</p>
<p>
Netherlands: Mainaustr. 8 Tel. 383 8818
</p>
<p>
Spain: Hotzestr. 23 Tel. 363 0644
</p>
<p>
Sweden: Wiesenstr. 9 Tel. 383 4162
</p>
<p>
UK: Dufourstr. 56 Tel. 261 1520
</p>
<p>
US: Zollikerstr. 141 Tel. 422 2566
</p>
<p>
CHANGING CURRENCY
</p>
<p>
Banks will quickly and efficiently exchange your Japanese yen into Italian
lire without batting an eyelid. Normal banking hours are 8am to 4.30pm. But
the offices at the airport and main railway station have much longer hours.
</p>
<p>
STOCK MARKET PRICES
</p>
<p>
All the big banks in the city centre have the prices on display screens in
their windows. Or go to the Investor's Club in Nuschelerstrasse, in fact a
public cafe, where information on all financial markets is available.
</p>
<p>
TIPPING
</p>
<p>
A service charge of 15 per cent is automatically included in all restaurant
or cafe bills, but many people still round up the figure. Taxi fares also
include a service charge but the drivers usually expect a slight rounding up
of the bill, especially if they heave your heavy luggage about.
</p>
<p>
CINEMAS
</p>
<p>
Zurich has a large number of cinemas - and they almost always show foreign
films in the original language, with subtitles in both German and French.
Cinema listings in the newspapers specify the languages by use of letter
codes, for example, Efd, meaning English with French and German subtitles.
French films come with only German subtitles and German films usually come
with none.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7832 Motion Picture Theaters, Ex Drive-In </item>
<item> P4121 Taxicabs </item>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7832 </item>
<item> P4121 </item>
<item> P4111 </item>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XIV</biblScope>
<extent>739</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (15): Start at 'The Gates of Hell' -
The city is blessed with enough museums, gardens and galleries to keep the
visitor busy for a week or more. But check admission times: some are open
only in the afternoons </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KAREN SIMON</byline>
<p>
Where is the largest collection outside Scandinavia of the work of Edvard
Munch? And where is one of the finest private collections of European art?
</p>
<p>
Where is the only museum in Europe entirely devoted to native American
Indians? And where is the only museum showing the influence of coffee on
social and cultural life? Where did the Dada movement begin?
</p>
<p>
Where can one view a collection of 20th-century art, dominated by the works
of Augusto and Giovanni Giacometti and Giovanni's son, Alberto? Where is one
of the world's finest museums of Asian and African art? And which European
city threatens its graffiti artists with imprisonment?
</p>
<p>
The answer to all these question is, of course, Zurich. The city is blessed
with enough museums, gardens and galleries to keep the most enthusiastic
observer busy for a week or more.
</p>
<p>
The smaller contemporary art galleries tend to open only in the afternoons,
so it is a good idea to visit the main collections in the mornings.
</p>
<p>
Why not start your tour at 'The Gates of Hell' by Rodin outside the entrance
to the ultra-modern Kunsthaus in Heimplatz? Here, you can acquaint yourself
with the work of the leading Swiss 20th-century painter, Ferdinand Hodler.
</p>
<p>
There is also an excellent range of paintings, drawings and sculptures of
old masters and Zurich artists from the 15th century to the present. It is
here that one can see so much Edvard Munch and so much space devoted to the
Giacomettis.
</p>
<p>
The Kunsthaus is on the circuit for full-dress exhibitions of artists of
international repute and often has smaller studio presentations of
contemporary and local artists.
</p>
<p>
The Swiss National Museum (Schweizerische Landesmuseum) is a neo-Gothic
building which looks like an old castle complete with gate tower and wings
built around a central courtyard. It is across the street from the main
railway station and acquired notoriety in the late 1980s when drug addicts
converged in the adjacent Platzspitz park. The addicts have since been
shooed away and the park has been restored.
</p>
<p>
It displays artefacts of Swiss culture from the stone age to present,
including weapons, flags, uniforms, armour, toy armies, costumes, coins,
jewellery, seals, glass painting, religious painting and sculpture, whole
house interiors, watches, musical instruments and farm and industrial tools.
In short, one can discover a well-presented and informative illustrated
history of Switzerland.
</p>
<p>
The Rietberg Museum in Gablerstrasse is housed in the grounds of an
exquisite 19th-century neo-classical mansion, Villa Wesendonck, built for a
German merchant in imitation of the Roman Villa Albani. It long served as a
retreat for musicians and writers. Richard Wagner spent several years here,
and there is a monument to him.
</p>
<p>
After the City of Zurich acquired Baron Eduard Van der Heydt's famous Asian
and African collections in 1956, this villa became a public museum for
non-European art.
</p>
<p>
The Bellerive Museum, housed in another neo-classical villa in Hoschgasse,
is devoted to arts and crafts, including art nouveau textiles, tapestries
and modern furniture. Sadly, the display space is limited, but the care
which is taken in presenting the frequently changing displays make it well
worth a visit. In the summer the courtyard contains a sculpture exhibition.
</p>
<p>
Across the street from the Bellerive is the unique Heidi Weber Private
Museum. This was the last building built by Le Corbusier and is the only
modern example of 'total concept art', where architecture, sculpture, and
painting live in supposedly perfect harmony. It is open only from June to
October.
</p>
<p>
The Buhrle Collection (Stiftung Sammlung EG Buhrle), built on the fortune of
the great Zurich-based weapon makers, Oerlikon Buhrle, is small, but
contains some of the finest European paintings from several periods. The
impressionist and post-impressionist works are particularly dazzling. Here
one sees Manet's Swallows, Renoir's Little Irene and Cezanne's Boy in the
Red Waistcoat, among other masterpieces. The collection is open only on
Tuesday and Friday afternoons from 2pm to 5pm but alone is worth a trip to
Zurich.
</p>
<p>
If North American Indians are of special interest, the Indianermuseum in
Feldstrasse 89, with some 1,400 items in part of an old schoolhouse, is
worth a visit. On the same theme, try to find the Museum Leuengasse in
Leuengasse 10. This unusual exhibition space - it is an old nuclear bomb
shelter - is devoted exclusively to North and South American Indian and
Eskimo art and culture. It houses not only ancient works but also the
occasional contemporary artists on two levels proceeding ever deeper into
the earth.
</p>
<p>
In addition to these formal collections, the city's main churches are
repositories of wonderful works of art.
</p>
<p>
The 12th-century Fraumunster in Munsterhof is best known for the narrow
stained glass windows created by Marc Chagall in the chancel and south
transept and by Augusto Giacometti in the north transept. If you have time,
you can see the remains of the Romanesque cloisters on the south side of the
church, decorated with frescoes by Paul Bodmer representing the legend of
the foundation of the abbey as well as that of Grossmunster and the
Wasserkirch.
</p>
<p>
Across the Munsterbridge the Grossmunster cathedral, with the south tower
crowned by a colossal statue of Charlemagne, can be clearly seen. The
Grossmunster also dates from the Carolingian period, and it was here that
Huldrych Zwingli set off the Reformation in 1519.
</p>
<p>
The bronze doors of the north and south portals are by Edvard Munch and
inside are stained glass windows by Augusto Giacometti. The crypt under the
choir is the best example of early Romanesque architecture in Switzerland,
and it contains the original statue of Charlemagne. The one on the south
tower is a copy.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8412 Museums and Art Galleries </item>
<item> P8422 Botanical and Zoological Gardens </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8412 </item>
<item> P8422 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XIII</biblScope>
<extent>1006</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (14): In search of antiques - The best
places in which to find old masters, silver plate, old books, antique
furniture and other objects of value - and some advice on what to look for
in the city </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SUSANNE ORLANDO</byline>
<p>
Zurich is an attractive hunting ground for antique lovers. The leading shops
are concentrated in the area between Ramistrasse and Niederdorf and around
Paradeplatz. They deal in old masters, antique furniture, silver, porcelain,
non-European art and old books.
</p>
<p>
The best address for old masters from the Dutch baroque, early Renaissance
and Venetian painting schools is David Koetser in Talstrasse 37. Koetser is
the youngest member of a art-dealing dynasty of Anglo-Dutch descent.
</p>
<p>
Inside Koetser's distinguished but unobtrusive premises you will find the
whole palette of artists from the Golden Age.
</p>
<p>
Craggy peaks under stormy skies point to Joost de Momper. Cheery skaters
frolic on the ice in front of a wintry village scene with snow-covered
houses - the sort of subjects that could stem from Hendrick Avercamp or
Pieter Brueghel the younger.
</p>
<p>
Jan Brueghel the Older liked to create rich vegetation in typical
turquoise-brown contrast dotted with tiny figures. Scenes from the Old
Testament or mythology were often painted with minute finesse.
</p>
<p>
Grandiose landscapes with the melancholy or serene atmospheres of Salomon
and Jacob van Ruysdael hang opposite an endless range of still-life works
painted by Jan Davidsz de Heem, Pieter Claesz or Jan van Kessel.
</p>
<p>
Between flowers and fruit, wine goblets and oysters, you will find fine
droplets of water glittering, delicate insects crawling and cute mice
sitting up and begging. The prices range from SFr50,000 up to seven figures
and beyond.
</p>
<p>
The leading specialist in silver plate for the distinguished table is Fritz
Payer in Pelikanstrasse 6. Most of the pieces he offers are of German origin
from the 17th and 18th centuries, quite often partially gold-plated.
</p>
<p>
Figures and floral patterns on sideboard bowls, imposing carafes with
medallions, voluptuous lidded jugs and trophies with floral decoration in
filigree, solid mugs with emblems and curved handles provide a breath of
luxury to the discerning user. Prices go into five or six figures.
</p>
<p>
English and French furniture, flanked by objets d'art and 19th century
silver, is offered by the dealer pair Monica Hellman and Richard Redding in
Strehlgasse 9 - again for prices in five or six figures.
</p>
<p>
A rare carriage clock made of marble and gold-plated bronze in the shape of
a graceful lyre costs SFr55,000. The signature on the enamel clockface is
Robert Robin, clockmaker to the King in Paris (approx 1785).
</p>
<p>
Or you may prefer a heavy silver mustard holder from Napoleon Bonaparte for
SFr25,000. The engraved hallmark promises highest quality craftsmanship. Or
how about a superbly decorative pair of wine carafes of crystal and gold
plated silver, specially created by Christofle for the World Exhibition in
Amsterdam in 1883 and now going for SFr45,000?
</p>
<p>
In 1898 Elkington &amp; Co created an exceptional solid silver bowl - decorated
with a scene from mythology and featuring two panthers audaciously bent over
the rim. Price SFr28,000.
</p>
<p>
British noblesse or Asian meditation radiate from the furniture, sculptures
and objects at Robert Hafter, St. Peterstr. 10.
</p>
<p>
Hafter has a broad range of Buddha statues, some of which feature costly
gold plating. A bronze Buddha head from Thailand, Sukhothai (14-15th
century) costs SFr12,000, while a sitting Buddha made of wood with gold
setting (around 1800 from Burma) has SFr10,000 on the price tag.
</p>
<p>
A Tibetan casket with dragon decoration in black and gold on red background
(17th century) costs SFr9,000. A mahogany bookcase, Regency, created around
1810, is priced at SFr38,000.
</p>
<p>
The little mahogany 'Drum table' of the same period (around 1815) is a
charming and versatile piece costing SFr12,000, and an oil lamp in the shape
of a young Greek (around 1810) costs SFr7,800.
</p>
<p>
Marguerite Iseli-Mooser is the leader in Zurich in the area of antique
furniture from the Louis XV and Transition periods. Her business, Arts et
Decors in Kirchgasse 33, is a pearl.
</p>
<p>
A bewitching small chest of drawers created by Maitre Louis-Noel Malle in
Paris 1765 is an example of the highest level of craftmanship. Richly
decorated with inlays in precious woods of musical instruments, amphora
flowers and geometric patterns, and with brass handles and a marble top,
this piece costs SFr136,000.
</p>
<p>
A further small commode (1765-1770) from Paris is remarkable for its oak
base, worked with rosewood with maple inlay. This decorative piece which
features the original handles and an original grey-white marble top is on
offer for SFr52,000.
</p>
<p>
Two charming Transition gueridons also await a discerning buyer. One of them
bears the mark of Jean-Pierre Dusautoy (1719-1800) and is veneered and
richly inlaid a la reine (with coloured exotic wood) for SFr65,000.
</p>
<p>
The other gueridon for SFr48,000 has oak bodywork with rosewood veneer. Both
are crowned with a gilt, perforated gallery, chutes and sabots and a white
and grey marble top.
</p>
<p>
The cheaper piece may not have any inlay work, but offers a pull-out writing
top with leather inlay inside the drawers.
</p>
<p>
A few houses further down at Kirchgasse 31 is Fortuna Galerie. Here Margit
Szechenyi offers decorative graphic art contrasting with fascinating
antiques from the Mediterranean area.
</p>
<p>
An Etruscan, early Hellenic pair of anthropomorphic handles made in bronze
(330-280 BC) with beautiful rust-red patina draw attention. The finely
modelled figures of young men probably served as handles on a carafe or an
amphora.
</p>
<p>
Their hair falls to the rim of the vessel providing a frame for the broad
strong faces. The price is SFr40,000 for the pair.
</p>
<p>
The late-Etruscan-Hellenic silver on bronze bottle dated 2nd or 3rd century
BC, once containing perfume, would grace a museum. Ornamental strips are
laid over the smooth base ring. It is priced at SFr28,000. Worth a mention
among the graphic art is a charming lithograph called 'Zurich from the
vantage point Waid' which shows the town embedded in green fields and
pastures. It stems from Lemercier in Paris around 1860 and costs SFr20,000
framed.
</p>
<p>
A picturesque view of old 'Zurich with Paradeplatz' dated 1950, from a print
by Johann Konrad Werdmuller and part of a series of views of old Zurich,
costs just SFr1,200.
</p>
<p>
Hellmut Schumann AG, Ramistrasse 25, offers antiquarian books. This
establishment is a leader in the field of rare manuscripts and books, 15th
to 19th century literature and a wide range of Helvetica.
</p>
<p>
For SFr25,000 there is a large one-side printed woodcut from an 'Ars
Moriendi' book (around 1470) on offer, originating from Niederrhein in
north-west Germany. The Master ES has caught for posterity the fate of a man
on his deathbed being tempted by three demons. The Latin title says that
there is no hope of salvation.
</p>
<p>
Giovanni Alessandro Brambilla compiled an 'Instrumentarium chirurgicum
Viennense' (SFr23,500) published by Matthias Andreas Schmidt in 1781 and
containing hundreds of illustrations by Ferdinand Landerer.
</p>
<p>
In Bernhard von Breydenbach's 'Peregrinationes in Terram Sanctam' published
by Peter Drach in Speyer in 1505 (SFr65,000) you can discover one of the
most famous pilgrimages to the Holy Land and to the Catherine Monastery on
Mount Sinai.
</p>
<p>
'Der Romische Carneval' (1789) is judged to be Goethe's most imposing work.
An edition with title illustration by Heinrich Lips and 20 coloured copper
engravings by Georg Melchior Kraus from Johann Georg Schutz is on offer for
SFr45,000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5999 Miscellaneous Retail Stores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XII</biblScope>
<extent>1240</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (13): How to raise the heartbeat - The
hilly city of Zurich and its environs provide plenty of opportunities for
those who wish to take exercise - ranging from walking trails to skiing and
wind-surfing </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
In many cities these days, the better hotels provide guests with jogging
maps and other guides to help them get some exercise while on a business
trip.
</p>
<p>
In Zurich, this would be largely redundant. The city is blessed with
beautiful parks with well-marked walking and jogging trails. A fair portion
of its streets is given over to cyclists and the surrounding countryside is
ideally suited for day or half-day walks.
</p>
<p>
Slightly further afield, the highest Alps beckon to those who have at least
a full day for recreation.
</p>
<p>
Zurich is also a hilly city, so it is possible to raise the heartbeat just
by walking about or cycling. Good bicycles can be hired from main railway
stations throughout Switzerland.
</p>
<p>
For walkers and joggers, the park of choice is the Zurichberg, the large
hill rising on the east side of the city, with trails of varying lengths
well indicated, and a vertical rise from downtown of over 200 metres. Two
tram lines (5 and 6) run to the excellent zoo at the southern edge of the
park.
</p>
<p>
For swimmers, there are two Olympic length public indoor pools, the
Hallenbad at Sihlstrasse 71 in the city centre and the Club Intersport in
Oerlikon. Most visitors will be impressed by the cleanliness, efficiency and
swimming discipline at the Hallenbad, but locals feel it is less than
immaculate and they complain about having to slalom around the idlers there.
They much prefer the wider pool at Oerlikon where they can stay well clear
of the layabouts.
</p>
<p>
In summer, swimming in the Lake of Zurich is a treat, with changing rooms
(Badanstalt) conveniently located on both the east and west shores.
</p>
<p>
From November to March, a low band of fog hangs over the city almost
constantly. By the end of the working week, Zurichers have had enough and
head for the mountains to get above it. Visitors, too, may feel the need.
</p>
<p>
Depending on the height of the fog band, you may not have to go very far.
Sometimes, it is enough to take a train of the private
Sihltal-Zurich-Uetliberg (SZU) line from the main station to the Uetliberg.
Its peak is only 16 kilometres to the south-west of the city, but at an
altitude of 870 metres, 465 metres above the lake.
</p>
<p>
Trains run every half hour - more frequently in rush hours - and the trip
takes less than half an hour. (This line achieves the steepest grade in
Europe for an adhesion railway, 70 metres per kilometre.)
</p>
<p>
From the top of the Uetliberg, there is a delightful ridge walk south about
20km to Sihlbrugg, with several opportunities to break off sooner and catch
another SZU train back from one of the Sihl valley stations.
</p>
<p>
The scope for full day outings from Zurich is much greater, thanks to the
country's excellent train and Postauto (bus) services.
</p>
<p>
Popular destinations start with Rigi, an 1,800 metre peak rising from the
Lake of Zug to the east and the Lake of Lucerne to the west. A dense network
of cogwheel trains and cable cars gets you to the top where the views of the
Alps are suitably spectacular. There is plenty of space for gentle walks and
several restaurants.
</p>
<p>
Slightly further afield are Pilatus (2,100 metres), Burgenstock (1,100
metres) and Engelberg (up to 3,200 metres on the Titlis glacier), but the
facilities and charms are much the same as those at Rigi. The Swiss Federal
Railways offer special day packages from Zurich to all of these areas.
</p>
<p>
In the winter, the railways also offer day trip skiing packages from the
main station to nearby resorts, including Andermatt, Arosa, Engelberg and
Klosters. The package includes a day ski pass at a ridiculous discount,
making it among the few bargains to be had in Switzerland.
</p>
<p>
In the spring and summer, motorcyclists flock to the many roads over
mountain passes, revelling in the endless hairpin turns. Visitors can join
in the fun, as the local dealers of the main brands are willing to rent
bikes, fully insured, by the day.
</p>
<p>
Wind-surfing enthusiasts go to the Urner See, the south leg of the Lake of
Lucerne, which benefits from constant strong winds funnelling down the Reuss
valley from the Gotthard massif. Boards can be hired on the edge of the lake
at Fluelen from Surfcenter Jauch (tel 044-29-222).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P79   Amusement and Recreation Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P79 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page XI</biblScope>
<extent>783</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (11): Lobster might creep off the plate
- A close look at two of the best restaurants in the city </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
The best restaurant within the city of Zurich these days is, by general
consent, Tubli, a small establishment in a narrow street in Niederdorf
behind the city's leading fishmonger's shop.
</p>
<p>
Lights strung along the wall of the restaurant twinkle brightly, providing a
warm welcome in an otherwise dark alley. The warmth continues inside, where
the small staff seem genuinely pleased to see you and seek throughout the
evening to sustain a quietly festive atmosphere.
</p>
<p>
The restaurant is in a small room, with low vaulted ceilings and probably
only a dozen tables. The walls are bare white, but for a few pictures of
pigeons (Tubli means little pigeon in Swiss German).
</p>
<p>
The menu is utter simplicity. There is a single daily fixed price
seven-course programme, with the option to take fewer courses for reduced
prices. The menu consists of pasta and salad courses alternating with two
fish courses and ending up with pigeon, all for SFr145 (about Pounds 65 or
Dollars 96) per person.
</p>
<p>
For vegetarians or others who insist on something else, Mr Martin Surbeck,
the enthusiastic young chef, aims to please.
</p>
<p>
We both had the menu, and found everything fresh and pleasantly presented,
but nothing particularly memorable. We also felt slightly cramped under the
vaults and found ourselves whispering to each other.
</p>
<p>
No such inhibitions emerged at Petermann's Kunststube, a roadside restaurant
cum contemporary art gallery in the lakeside suburb of Kusnacht, a 10-minute
drive from the city centre.
</p>
<p>
This restaurant, too, is quite small, but the high ceilings, warm dark
panelled wainscotting, immense vase of fresh flowers by the entry and
well-separated tables give a sense of relaxed spaciousness. The clientele
seemed more the comfortable suburban horsey set whereas at Tubli one felt
among the earnestly upwardly mobile.
</p>
<p>
And from the arrival of the complimentary duck pate on tomato aspic hors
d'oeuvre, one has an expectation of something special. As at Tubli, there
was a set six-course meal, complete with cheeses and Creme brule, for
SFr160, but there is also a substantial a la carte selection, which we also
sampled.
</p>
<p>
As befits a restaurant attached to an art gallery, the presentation of many
of the courses was outstanding, usually on delicate Paloma Picasso plates.
The lasagne lobster looked as if he might just creep off the plate; a course
featuring a slice of veal pate was composed in such a way that it could be
admired from every angle. The seafood consomme was delightfully tangy and
the beef in a light balsamic vinegar sauce a discovery.
</p>
<p>
The cheeses were mainly standard Swiss and French, but very fresh. A
chocolate glazed pear on a bed of fruit and praline sauces was more
memorable - and not only visually - than the creme brule.
</p>
<p>
Alas, although the restaurant was not full, the service occasionally
flagged, and we ended up waiving coffee rather than extend our visit beyond
four hours.
</p>
<p>
Tubli, Schneggengasse 8, tel 251-2471.
</p>
<p>
Petermann's Kunststube, Seestrasse 160, Kusnacht, tel 910-0495.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page X</biblScope>
<extent>539</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (12): A chance to eat, drink and be
merry - Alan Bridgman samples two top Italian restaurants </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN BRIDGMAN</byline>
<p>
Il Giglio is a fairly recent arrival on the Zurich scene and is managed by a
young team. Casa Ferlin, on the other hand, which dates back to 1907, is
still owned and operated by the Ferlin family and their long-serving staff.
</p>
<p>
Il Giglio is a little off the beaten track in a less attractive part of
Zurich, near Stauffacher. The dining room does not have a specially warm
atmosphere, but is very reminiscent of many restaurants in Italy in its
austerity.
</p>
<p>
First courses include antipasto, a plate of undistinguished cold vegetables,
some fried in oil. But the prawns in batter (gamberetti) (SFr14) on a green
salad were delicious.
</p>
<p>
For those who like their pasta with a 'bite', the linguine mare (SFr16) were
acceptable, if rather chewy. The plate-sized pasta triangle filled with
ricotta and basil, however, was perfect (SFr12).
</p>
<p>
The beef tournedos with aceto balsamico (SFr36), a speciality, was
beautifully tender, but the scaloppine al limone (SFr27) was too drenched in
lemon juice to have its own flavour.
</p>
<p>
Full marks to the waitress who immediately offered and quickly brought a
plain grilled veal dish in replacement.
</p>
<p>
The choice of desserts was not enormous, but strictly Italian. Panna cotta
was excellent, and there were various fruit-flavoured sorbets. The
restaurant also offers a choice of dessert wines by the glass.
</p>
<p>
The wines available were from all over Italy at prices from SFr34 to SFr130
a bottle. The Vino Nobile di Montepulciano (SFr42) was agreeable, although
the year we asked for was not available despite being on the list.
</p>
<p>
On arriving at Casa Ferlin, which is a short walk from the main station and
the Bahnhofstrasse, one cannot but be impressed by the warm and welcoming
atmosphere exuded by the dark red walls, and the oil lamps alight on every
table.
</p>
<p>
The service is friendly and personal, in a relaxed way that the young and
less experienced staff of Il Giglio will no doubt learn with time.
</p>
<p>
The menu here is more international, although the specialities of the house
are typical Italian dishes. Unfortunately, the main specialities of the
house (including filetto di vitello al limone) are available only for a
minimum of two persons.
</p>
<p>
We started with a half portion of the locally famous home-made meat-filled
ravioli (SFr17), and a half-portion of fettucine alla panna (SFr14), and
were not disappointed. For our main course we chose the piccata alla marsala
(SFr36), which was pleasant if not memorable, and an excellent veal
medaillon at SFr45, with mushrooms (funghi porcini), spinach and saffran
risotto.
</p>
<p>
These dishes were accompanied by a good if overpriced 1981 Chianti (SFr58).
The restaurant's other name happens to be Chiantiquelle, or source of
Chianti, and the wine list mentions a number of vintages, mostly from the
same grower. There is also a reasonable selection of other wines from Italy
and elsewhere.
</p>
<p>
Our dessert was a zabaglione of outstanding quality (SFr11), accompanied by
a Vinsanto dessert wine (Antinori).
</p>
<p>
Both these restaurants were full when we visited, but we had to book a day
in advance for Casa Ferlin, which suggests that many people appreciate its
qualities.
</p>
<p>
Casa Ferlin, Stampfenbachstrasse 38, tel 362-3509.
</p>
<p>
Il Giglio, Weberstrtasse 14, tel 242-8597.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page X</biblScope>
<extent>573</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (9): All your needs can be satisfied -
A plethora of specialist retailers, offering something for everyone </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOAN BRIDGMAN</byline>
<p>
Zurich is well endowed with specialist shops, and they are a delight for the
knowledgeable shopper, partly because the staff are also knowledgeable, but
also because they usually have the time and willingness to explore all of
your needs.
</p>
<p>
If you want to buy climbing rope 'off the reel' - try Seilerei Denzler in
Torgasse. Buy your walking or climbing boots at Schuhhaus Grab just round
the corner in Oberdorfstrasse - the staff there will patiently search for
just the right fit and make you balance on the edge of the stairs to test
how far forward your foot moves.
</p>
<p>
For ski equipment, Fritsch in Rennweg, Och in Bahnhofstrasse and Max Eiselin
in Stampfenbachstrasse are the leaders. Beach Mountain at Birmensdorferstr.
21 are the snowboard specialists.
</p>
<p>
For advice on fishing rods and bait go to Fischerei &amp; Sportartikel,
appropriately situated on the corner of Burkliplatz at the edge of the Lake
of Zurich.
</p>
<p>
Browse through an awe-inspiring array of buttons and buckles at Keck in
Oetenbachgasse off Rennweg or choose a decorative silver-topped wine cork
with a sporting or culinary motif from H. Meng, also in Rennweg. They have a
fascinating choice of silver thimbles, too.
</p>
<p>
For upmarket desk accessories for the executive who has everything, look in
Papeterie Landolt-Arbenz in Bahnhofstrasse.
</p>
<p>
You can find some unusual gifts in the Messer Dolmetsch shops - Shop-Ville
under Bahnhofplatz, Bahnhofstrasse and Limmatquai - where you will be
stunned to see so many types of scissors (there's even a pair to cut the top
off your boiled egg) and, of course, a full line of Swiss Army knives.
</p>
<p>
Drogerie Wernle in Augustinergasse specialises in candles in any shape, size
or colour.
</p>
<p>
If you want to please a philatelist friend, choose a first-day cover with
one of the Swiss stamp series from the Post Office shop in
Fraumunsterstrasse, first floor.
</p>
<p>
Zigarren Durr on Bahnhofplatz sells cigars to customers from all over the
world and has a good selection of pipes and tobacco.
</p>
<p>
There are several model railway specialists ready to give highly technical
advice - look in at Paul Aebi, Schrennengasse 37; Peter Schneebeli in
General-Willestrasse or the special sections in the big toyshops.
</p>
<p>
Musical instruments are at Hug, Limmatquai and Jecklin in Ramistrasse. At
Rascher in Marktgasse in Niederdorf you will find experts on all types of
watercolours, oils, paint for airbrushes and every type of canvas or drawing
paper.
</p>
<p>
Beautiful topographical maps are a Swiss speciality. The high-quality
printing makes them so decorative that many people buy them just because
they look good. Orell Fussli are the printers - they also print Swiss
banknotes - and you can buy the maps at their new bookshop in Susslistrasse.
</p>
<p>
The town's silver specialist is Silber Meister on Paradeplatz where the
daughters of old Zurich families still have lists left for their future
trousseaus. Starting with their christening, they are given bits of silver
on every occasion until they get married.
</p>
<p>
Pastorini, across the street from the Storchen Hotel on the left bank, has a
huge choice of well-made wooden toys - and specialises in doll house
furniture. The Franz Carl Weber store in Bahnhofstrasse probably has one of
the most comprehensive selections of toys in Europe, but avoid a visit on
Wednesday afternoons when Zurich's children get a half-day off.
</p>
<p>
Pewter has always been popular in Zurich - go to Braumandl in
Zahringerstrasse (Niederdorf), which specialises in wine carafes - a
different shape and style for every canton.
</p>
<p>
Leaded glass paintings to hang in a window are typically Swiss creations,
mainly of family coats of arms, or cantonal flags. Anton Christen's shop in
Hallwylstrasse is a main supplier.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5999 Miscellaneous Retail Stores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page IX</biblScope>
<extent>651</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (10): Even the well-educated use this
dialect - The mysteries of the Swiss German language </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOAN BRIDGMAN</byline>
<p>
An English friend, visiting Zurich for the first time, got off the tram and
asked what the big argument had been about: why had her neighbours been
shouting?
</p>
<p>
Without realising it, she had been listening to a normal, civil conversation
in Swiss German. Zuri Tuutsch, to be precise, is one of many Allemanic
dialects in the country.
</p>
<p>
Visitors with some knowledge of German get completely frustrated with these
dialects, which seem so close, yet are so far, from proper German.
</p>
<p>
Zurichers politely reply in German if thus spoken to, but among themselves
they stick to dialect almost as if they are guarding a 'secret code' to
exclude all foreigners.
</p>
<p>
Before the first world war, it was considered a sign of culture in German
Switzerland to speak proper German - only the peasants and lower classes
spoke dialect with its extraordinarily guttural consonants and singsong
tone.
</p>
<p>
Educated Swiss felt themselves to be part of a greater German culture. Two
world wars have wrought a radical change in attitudes and the Swiss now have
a horror of being mistaken for Germans.
</p>
<p>
Thus, you have the bizarre phenomenon of well-educated German Swiss who can
speak virtually unaccented English, French and Italian, but who deliberately
put a heavy accent on their German.
</p>
<p>
The code is not that difficult to crack - although it is easier without a
foreknowledge of proper German.
</p>
<p>
In Zurich dialect, the 'au' sound, as in ouch, is usually pronounced 'oo' as
in boot. 'Ei', as in eye, is pronounced 'ee' as in feel. But if you follow
these rules slavishly, you can end up causing much hilarity when you say
'Stoobsooger' for Staubsauger or 'Bleestift' for Bleistift. For no obvious
reason, they are pronounced 'Staubsooger' and 'Blaystift'.
</p>
<p>
The suffix 'li', meaning little, gets tacked on to the end of all kinds of
unlikely nouns from 'Huusli' (toilet) to 'Guetsli' (biscuit). The past
participles in constant use are 'gsii' (gewesen) and 'ghaa' (gehabt).
</p>
<p>
There is a paucity of adjectives, reflecting the fact that this is a purely
oral language. Everything from the weather to a meal or a pretty girl will
be described as 'schon' (pretty or nice).
</p>
<p>
German speakers should not be surprised if they find it impossible to
recognise some words. Some common ones, such as 'Anke', meaning butter, come
from other sources.
</p>
<p>
Many French words have been incorporated, such as Billet for ticket and
Perron for platform. Merci and Adieu are commonly used. In recent years, as
elsewhere, many English words have been borrowed, especially in the youth
culture.
</p>
<p>
But the core remains strong. The Swiss will be bellowing 'Gruuezi mitenand'
at each other and at visitors for a long time to come.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page IX</biblScope>
<extent>488</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (8): Where shopping can still be a
pleasure - This relatively small city offers exquisite and tranquil delights
for the discerning visitor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOAN BRIDGMAN</byline>
<p>
Even people who generally hate shopping will probably end up succumbing to
the charms of an excursion in Zurich.
</p>
<p>
Few places can boast so many interesting and well-stocked shops in a
concentrated space, a combination which reflects the extraordinary wealth
and earning power of this relatively small city. Moreover, apart from
Saturday mornings, Zurich shops and pavements are seldom crowded; shopping
here is not stressful.
</p>
<p>
There are three main shopping areas in the city centre; the Bahnhofstrasse,
the old town (Altstadt) and Niederdorf, although all three are within short
walking distance of each other and connected by the city's usually uncrowded
trams.
</p>
<p>
The Bahnhofstrasse is especially pleasant because it is a car-free zone, but
with tram services to take you from one end to the other.
</p>
<p>
Zurich's shop window displays are among the most exquisite in Europe. Window
shopping through the old town with its boutiques and many antique shops can
bring surprises - here a window full of broken pieces of mirror with some
sunglasses artistically arranged on top, there another with autumn fashions
cunningly strewn across banks of fallen leaves.
</p>
<p>
If you are tempted inside, you will find sales staff friendly, patient,
multilingual and knowledgeable about their particular type of merchandise.
Swiss sales staff do two years' apprenticeship in their special product area
to qualify for a job.
</p>
<p>
They will also gift-wrap anything you ask them to, be it a diamond ring or a
humble potato peeler.
</p>
<p>
Fashion
</p>
<p>
Swiss fashion shops tend to cater for discerning, fairly conservative buyers
- but top quality materials and classic lines make up for any slight lack of
originality.
</p>
<p>
In so prosperous a city it is no surprise that many international names are
based in or around the golden mile, as the Bahnhofstrasse is sometimes
called: Chanel, Ungaro, Krizia, Cartier, Fendi, Jaeger, Burberry, Bally and
Benetton are all here.
</p>
<p>
Swiss establishments, such as Walter Gross, Weinberg, Grieder Les Boutiques
(which sells couturiers' lines), Oskar Rom (fabulous evening gowns),
Goldschmidt and Gassmann all stock high-class fashions and are worth a
visit.
</p>
<p>
Slightly down the scale is Modissa (take a peep at the vast pullover section
on the ground floor, with every imaginable shade), Wollen Keller,
Sturzenegger (special blouses), and Handar, all in Bahnhofstrasse, within a
stone's throw of each other.
</p>
<p>
There are three department stores on the golden mile - Globus, Jelmoli and
Vilan. Although it recently had a face lift, Jelmoli has the most
traditional, 'you can find anything here' image. Globus's range is less
comprehensive but has a definite style and everything is colour co-ordinated
(the kitchen and tableware department alone is worth a visit), and Vilan
tries to appeal to the young.
</p>
<p>
Go up to the rooftop restaurant in Vilan where you can admire the scenic
view over the town and rest your tired feet in a conservatory - alas,
without the Palm Court orchestra.
</p>
<p>
As in London, there is an incredible number of shoe shops in Zurich. The
Italian designers are especially popular. Without leaving Bahnhofstrasse,
you will find exclusive and beautiful shoes at Bruno Magli, Ferragamo,
Pedrino, Flair 2000, Michel, Moda Parade and, of course, Bally.
</p>
<p>
Much of Limmatquai, along the right bank of the river at the edge of
Niederdorf is devoted to shoes and watches, occasionally interspersed with
sidewalk cafes and casual clothes warehouses, blaring deafening pop music.
</p>
<p>
Not surprisingly, Zurich is particularly well endowed with shops selling
Swiss watches, where you will be served with endless patience, whether you
want a SFr20,000 diamond wristwatch or a crazy Swatch for SFr50.
</p>
<p>
For handbags look in at Fendi or Maedler, both on Paradeplatz, or walk a few
steps to Leder Locher on Munsterhof. It is next door to the most beautiful
baroque building in Zurich, the guildhall Zunfthaus zur Meise.
</p>
<p>
For underwear try Kowa or Perosa or the lingerie floors in the department
stores. Silk foulards are at Leonardo's in Bahnhofstrasse or Seiden
Fenigstein.
</p>
<p>
And when it all becomes too much, you can rest your feet in Paradeplatz and
watch the trams go by, at chairs and tables provided by Credit Suisse.
</p>
<p>
Food
</p>
<p>
You can find Swiss hand-made chocolates in imaginative packages at any of
the Confiserie Sprungli branches around the town, at Teuscher in
Storchengasse 9 or Hefti in Bahnhofstrasse.
</p>
<p>
All department stores offer a variety of chocolate gifts, and Merkur in
Bahnhofstrasse specialises in whimsical packaging for all occasions.
</p>
<p>
Migros is the biggest supermarket chain in Switzerland and their basement
food hall in Migros City, a glass and marble shopping centre in
Lowenstrasse, is a showcase.
</p>
<p>
The rows of mink-coated women at the checkout on a Saturday morning,
especially before Christmas and the new year, are clear testimony that here
one finds the freshest - as well as the cheapest - lobster and smoked salmon
in town.
</p>
<p>
Cheese shops abound - take home a specially put together mix of grated
cheese for your next fondue from Chas Hebise in Rennweg, or choose from the
huge selection downstairs in Globus's food hall.
</p>
<p>
Leave some time to stroll through the city's open flower, fruit and
vegetable market on a Tuesday or Friday morning on Burkliplatz at the
lakeside (7-11am). The Swiss are enthusiastic about 'bio' produce (no
chemicals used in cultivation) and the market is usually packed with
housewives picking out exactly the tomato or apple they want (the
stallholders don't complain).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P56   Apparel and Accessory Stores </item>
<item> P23   Apparel and Other Textile Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P56 </item>
<item> P23 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page VIII</biblScope>
<extent>944</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (7): Noted for foreign talent - The
music scene: Zurich offers a varied repertoire, and performances should be
good. But don't expect the avant garde </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW CLARK</byline>
<p>
Zurich's private banks, Alpine views and chocolate truffes may be
unmistakably Swiss, but its musical life is heavily dependent on imported
talent. That gives it a more international character than most European
cities of comparable size.
</p>
<p>
Insecure about their own artistic merits, the Swiss have used their money to
tap into Europe's cultural mainstream. In return, Zurich has provided
foreign artists from Wagner onwards with a haven of wealth and stability.
</p>
<p>
This means that, while Zurich may not be the cradle of the avant garde, it
offers dependable performances, varied repertoire and appreciative
audiences. For the visitor in search of a civilised evening, the Opera House
and the Tonhalle concert hall are the places to be. Both were built a
century ago by the Viennese architectural team of Fellner and Helmer, whose
sense of proportion and stucco ceiling decorations provide a handsome
central European atmosphere.
</p>
<p>
The Opera House, situated next to the lake, is run on a semi-stagione basis
not unlike Covent Garden. The season comprises around 25 operas, each
performed in a properly rehearsed series. In any given week, you might have
three operas and a ballet to choose from, perhaps with a song recital or
chamber music concert on a Monday.
</p>
<p>
Casts are a mixture of youth and experience. Zurich may be a small speck on
the map for Pavarotti and Domingo, but it regularly attracts divas such as
Agnes Baltsa and Gwyneth Jones. This season's highlights include Verdi's
'Falstaff' staged by Jonathan Miller, Handel's 'Alcina' conducted by
Nikolaus Harnoncourt and Mozart's 'Le nozze di Figaro' with Ruggero
Raimondi.
</p>
<p>
Performances are sung in the original language without surtitles - but the
programme-sellers will provide an English synopsis free of charge. The
theatre has good acoustics and an attractive neo-baroque lay-out, with
galleries and side-boxes. The best seats and sight-lines are in the central
and rear stalls, which cost up to SFr200 (Pounds 90). You can eat before the
performance in Belcanto, the upbeat Italian restaurant attached to the
theatre, but nearby hotels and restaurants offer a more relaxed meal after
the performance - as long as you book in advance.
</p>
<p>
Zurich's opera public is smart and cosmopolitan. The atmosphere at the
Tonhalle is more sedate. Like the Opera House, the exterior of the building
has been spoilt by redevelopment, but the interior - a shoe-box design with
a resonant acoustic - is magnificently intact. The Tonhalle Orchestra has a
distinguished history and a well-blended sound. Its problem is complacency:
it hardly ever tours or makes records, and is run by a variety of
commissions and committees - a very Swiss arrangement which militates
against dynamic artistic leadership.
</p>
<p>
Audiences are dominated by subscription-holders, but each programme is given
three or four times, so tickets are never hard to find. A good seat in the
body of the hall costs around SFr100 (Pounds 45). The standard of guest
conductors and soloists is comparable to a good regional orchestra in
Britain. This season's highlights are a Lutoslawski cycle and a series
pairing the conductor-oboeist Heinz Holliger with the pianist Andras Schiff.
A big shake-up is expected when the American conductor David Zinman takes
over as chief conductor in 1995, the Tonhalle's centenary.
</p>
<p>
Zurich has several good choral societies, and the Zurich Chamber Orchestra
gives concerts about once a month, often with instrumental soloists of the
old school. Both the Tonhalle and the Migros retail co-operative promote
concerts by touring orchestras, and there some high-powered recitals - but
to get a good seat you have to book well in advance.
</p>
<p>
Box office numbers
  Opera House: 01-262 0909
  Tonhalle: 01-206 3434
Tickets for a variety of events are also available at:
  Musik Hug: 01-261 1600
  Billettzentrale am Werdmuhleplatz 01-221 2283.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
<item> P7929 Entertainers and Entertainment Groups </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
<item> P7929 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page VII</biblScope>
<extent>678</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (5): There's a yen for business cards -
Business etiquette: It reduces a host's anxiety if you arrive early and are
as fully briefed on the Swiss as they will be on you, advises Ian Rodger.
Indeed, the parallels with Tokyo are surprisingly close </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
When leaving Tokyo for Zurich, nearly three years ago, I joked to friends
that this would not be a difficult move because the two cities were much
alike: clean, safe, expensive, blessed with dependable services and
inhabited by courteous, if inscrutable, natives.
</p>
<p>
I soon realised that this observation was actually quite perceptive. Zurich
is perhaps not as neurotically clean as Tokyo, but it is every bit as safe,
and public services are well maintained and a treat to use.
</p>
<p>
But the big surprise related to the natives. They are astonishingly like the
Japanese, especially in their business culture. They are, for example, only
fractionally slower than the Japanese to produce their business cards, and
nearly as earnest about studying them.
</p>
<p>
Swiss businessmen, like their Japanese counterparts, tend to preface any
conversation with a foreigner with a po-faced litany of the overwhelming
disadvantages and problems they face - including high labour costs, an
absence of natural resources and a paralysed government.
</p>
<p>
Japanese companies are famed for their consensus decision-making; Swiss
companies also prefer to go through a long process of consultation before
taking important decisions.
</p>
<p>
And the Swiss match the Japanese taste for nemawashi - preparing for every
meeting or conference with the most meticulous care. Do not be surprised if
you are asked for a curriculum vitae and a list of topics or questions
before meeting a senior corporate executive. And be as fully briefed as you
can on them. They will be fully briefed on you.
</p>
<p>
Needless to say, meetings occur punctually in Zurich, and it reduces a
host's anxiety if you arrive a little early. As in Japan, offices are
modest, even for chief executives. Meetings with outsiders tend to take
place in specially appointed meeting rooms.
</p>
<p>
The Swiss business set, like that in Japan, is overwhelmingly male and
misogynist. Women are used mainly for menial tasks and decoration. At a bank
press conference in Zurich a few months ago, visitors were greeted at the
door and guided about by immaculately groomed and identically uniformed
young women, each in a state of ill-concealed terror that she would put a
foot wrong. But for the prevalance of blonde hair and the absence of bowing,
one might have been in Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
As in Tokyo, the foreign company or bank setting up for business in Zurich
is obliged to have an opening party to which the city's business leaders are
invited and usually appear. All guests are presented with a gift as they
leave.
</p>
<p>
The Swiss corporate structure bears more than a passing resemblance to
Japan's keiretsu or loose networks of companies, although it would probably
be more accurate to see the Swiss structure as one single keiretsu, a sort
of Schweiz AG.
</p>
<p>
It is not uncommon to find the chairmen of two of the big three banks
sitting on the board of the same industrial company, or an industrialist on
two or three bank boards.
</p>
<p>
As in Japan, when Schweiz AG companies get into trouble, everyone closes
ranks to help out. Thus Mr Rainer Gut, chairman of Credit Suisse, and Mr
Thomas Schmidheiny, chairman of the Holderbank cement group, were helping
Swissair in its ultimately unsuccessful negotiations on joining forces with
three other European airlines.
</p>
<p>
At first glance, there would seem to be no reason why the two business
cultures would be so similar. They have certainly not had much impact on
each other historically, although General Douglas MacArthur promised when he
went to run the occupation administration in Japan after the second world
war that he would make it the Switzerland of Asia.
</p>
<p>
Socially, there are at least two intriguing similarities - cultural unity
and a strong egalitarian spirit. Before someone protests that the Swiss are
anything but mono-cultural, I should limit the claim to the German Swiss,
who make up 70 per cent of the population and rather more of the business
community.
</p>
<p>
And even though there are many sub-groups in Swiss German society, the men
at least are brought together in a very intense way through their compulsory
military service, just as the Japanese are in their gruelling education
system.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P87   Engineering and Management Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P87 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page VI</biblScope>
<extent>757</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (6): Where to get to know your banker -
There may be no restaurant in the area worth a detour, but Ian Rodger offers
advice on where to eat in the city if you are in search of a memorable
evening out </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
One eats well in Zurich, but if an evening out is memorable, it more likely
to be for the company or the atmosphere of the restaurant rather than for
the cuisine.
</p>
<p>
It is safe to say that there is no restaurant in the Zurich area that is
'worth a trip in its own right' as the Michelin Guide would have it, and
probably none that is 'worth a detour'. That is perhaps as it should be in a
city that still lives very much by Protestant virtues.
</p>
<p>
Public restaurants also suffer from the loss of a large part of the most
desirable clientele. This is because private bankers would not dream of
taking their rich clients to a restaurant, for fear a competitor would see
them.
</p>
<p>
Conversely, many rich people would not like to reveal their status by being
seen in the company of a private banker. Thus, some of the city's best
tables can be found in the banks.
</p>
<p>
Reviews of four of the Zurich area's top restaurants, all of which will
certainly fulfil the needs of a special evening, appear elsewhere in this
survey, on page 10.
</p>
<p>
Swiss ambience and cuisine are at their best in the Rotisserie of the Hotel
zum Storchen. The restaurant overlooks the Limmat and, on a rare clear
evening, one can see past the lake to the Alps. At night, a fairytale
atmosphere prevails, as the river lights twinkle and the illuminated old
facades of Niederdorf on the opposite bank are reflected in the water.
</p>
<p>
Try to get a table by the window or - in summer - on the terrace. Nowhere
will you find the traditional Zurich speciality, Zurcher Geschnetzeltes -
thin slices of veal in a rich cream sauce with rosti potatoes - better
prepared.
</p>
<p>
Other purely Zurich-style culinary experiences can be found in the Zunft
houses (guild halls), the best being the Zunfthaus zur Waag in Munsterhof
and the Zunfthaus zum Ruden on Limmatquai. In both cases, the prices are
adjusted upwards for the medieval atmosphere.
</p>
<p>
The Kronenhalle at Bellevue, once one of the finest restaurants in town, has
lost a bit of its flair since the passing of its legendary foundress, Hulda
Zumsteg. But it still serves a good meal and is worth a visit anyway just to
sit among some outstanding paintings of Chagall, Miro, Matisse, Klee and
Braque.
</p>
<p>
For fondues and other simple Swiss dishes, try Walliser Kanne in
Lintheschergasse or Walliser Keller in Zahringerstrasse. For Grison
delicacies, it is Bundnerstube in Nuschlerstrasse.
</p>
<p>
Italian restaurants have a long and distinguished tradition in Zurich,
reflecting the immigration of thousands of Italians to the city in the
1950s. They range from cheap and cheerful pizzerias to exclusive
establishments. Standards are high in all categories, reflecting the fierce
competition.
</p>
<p>
For a quiet, elegant business lunch or dinner, try Conti da Bianca in
Dufourstrasse behind the Opera (their lobster spaghetti is a revelation), or
Piccoli Accademia near Stauffacher (where the calves' liver Veneziana is a
speciality and the Zabaglione a marvel).
</p>
<p>
Hard by Paradeplatz, established bankers eat at Orsini, while up-and-coming
colleagues frequent Bindella or Contrapunto. The cachet of the latter two
establishments is likely to rise next year as their owner, Mr Rudi Bindella,
figures in a trial of a former city restaurant inspector for taking bribes.
</p>
<p>
For a light lunch and all the business news, go to the Investors Club in
Nuschlerstrasse, and after work to the James Joyce pub, both establishments
maintained lovingly by Union Bank of Switzerland, whose headquarters are
only a few steps away.
</p>
<p>
For seafood, the Hummer Bar in the St Gotthard Hotel rates highly and has a
warm, clubby atmosphere. Nouvelle cuisine and and a hip atmosphere combine
well in a refurbished mill at Tiefenbrunnen called the Blaue Ente, while
Kaufleuten in Pelikanplatz offers a bistro style.
</p>
<p>
Zurich is not much of a town for fast food. There are three McDonald's
outlets, but no chicken emporiums. Zurichers on the run grab a slice of
pizza from the occasional sidewalk vendors or stop at the Vorderer Sternen
stand at Bellevue for the best bratwurst in the world.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page VI</biblScope>
<extent>752</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (4): Private banking provides fuel -
Finance: Managing the private fortunes of the rich is the sector's
speciality </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
Zurich is synonymous with finance in most people's minds, yet an uninformed
visitor would be surprised to hear that this is Europe's second most
important financial centre after London.
</p>
<p>
The city is not dominated by grand banking halls, either new or old, and the
average banker walking along the Bahnhofstrasse is more likely to be wearing
flannels and a sports jacket than the sober dark suit that prevails in the
City of London. As for pinstripes and bowler hats, a gnome who was so
attired would be laughed out of Paradeplatz.
</p>
<p>
Secondly, for the non-German-speaking visitor, the names on the big Swiss
banks that have their headquarters in Zurich bear no relation to their
international brand names, and are somewhat intimidating as well. The
well-known Credit Suisse, for example, becomes transformed into
Schweizerische Kreditanstalt, or SKA, as it is known locally.
</p>
<p>
Union Bank of Switzerland and Swiss Bank Corporation have confusingly
exchanged names, UBS becoming Schweizerische Bankgesellschaft while SBC,
which is in fact based in Basle, calls itself Schweizerischer Bankverein.
</p>
<p>
Most financial centres are known for being compact, enabling participants to
walk to all their deal-making meetings. Zurich's is especially so, with
virtually every institution enclosed in the triangle formed by the rivers
Limmat and Sihl and the Lake of Zurich.
</p>
<p>
For most visitors, nothing more exotic than a currency conversion will be
required, and most downtown bank branches are ever ready to do this -
usually in a number of languages - with a minimum of fuss.
</p>
<p>
The main attractions of Zurich's financial centre are its private banking
services. The city is host to dozens of banks that specialise in managing
the private fortunes of the rich.
</p>
<p>
Private banking has been a speciality of the Swiss for nearly a century, the
country having initially been a safe haven from the wars and bouts of wild
inflation that ravaged Europe in the first half of the century.
</p>
<p>
In the post-war period, Switzerland's role became more that of a haven for
rich people seeking to avoid paying taxes in their home countries and, in
some instances, seeking to hide funds gained from criminal activities. Also,
until the 1980s, Switzerland was nearly unique among European countries in
allowing total freedom of capital movement.
</p>
<p>
In recent years, with the rising concern about drug money laundering, the
Swiss have tightened their banking laws and regulations so that it is no
longer possible for criminals to hide their money in anonymous accounts or
to insulate themselves from international criminal investigations.
</p>
<p>
This, together with the development of other havens and an increasing demand
from clients for good investment performance, has made life tougher for the
Swiss private banks. But they have managed to retain a leading market share
in this very attractive business. According to various recent studies, they
still look after about a third of all funds placed by rich individuals
outside their home countries.
</p>
<p>
Zurich is just one of four centres of private banking in Switzerland. Geneva
is probably slightly larger in this sector, appealing more naturally to
clients from the Middle East, the Mediterranean countries and Latin America
than Zurich.
</p>
<p>
Lugano is the centre used by Italians, while Zurich and Basle appeal mainly
to Germans, east Europeans and, to some extent, clients from North America.
</p>
<p>
The Zurich scene is particularly competitive. The big Swiss universal banks
are leading players in their own right as well as through subsidiaries such
as Bank Leu, Bank Hofmann and Clariden Bank in the case of Credit Suisse, or
Bank Cantrade and Hyposwiss in the case of UBS.
</p>
<p>
Then there are the Swiss specialists, such as Bank Julius Baer and Bank J.
Vontobel, and a long list of outlets of foreign banks, including Barclays,
National Westminster (Coutts), Midland (Guyerzeller) and Rothschild from the
UK.
</p>
<p>
Private banking throughout Switzerland provides much of the fuel that drives
other aspects of the Zurich financial centre. For example, it gives the
banks huge placing power, enabling them to absorb much larger bond issues
than would normally be expected in a country of this size - and financial
prudence.
</p>
<p>
That has attracted a large number of foreign investment banks, especially
from Japan, to the city. Starting in the mid-1980s, several Japanese
companies used the Swiss franc market to float bonds, largely because the
rules were then simpler than those prevailing at home.
</p>
<p>
Since then, borrowers from other countries have joined in and the business
has ebbed and flowed, depending on the competitiveness of swap rates from
Swiss francs into other currencies.
</p>
<p>
In the late 1980s, the main Swiss financial markets - in foreign currencies
and equities - lost considerable ground to London and other centres, mainly
because of the government's refusal to remove transaction taxes, but also
because of the lack of liquidity.
</p>
<p>
In the past few years, the Swiss have fought back gamely and with
considerable success to revitalise their markets. Four of the seven regional
stock exchanges have been closed and Zurich's dominates.
</p>
<p>
By early 1995, a national electronic exchange will replace all the remaining
open-outcry exchanges, a move which could win back a lot of activity from
London. The Zurich exchange moved into a new building only last year, and it
is well worth a visit before the electronic exchange turns it into a white
elephant.
</p>
<p>
For its part, the government has removed or reduced many of the transaction
taxes, although bankers still grumble that they are at a disadvantage to
other financial centres that do not impose such taxes.
</p>
<p>
The government has also significantly eased the conditions on granting work
permits to foreigners, a move that has contributed significantly, along with
the improved liquidity, to the rapid development of lively derivatives
markets in Zurich.
</p>
<p>
The Swiss Options and Financial Futures Exchange (Soffex), now just over
five years old, is the third-largest option exchange in Europe and has the
second most successful product, an option on the Swiss stock market's SMI
index.
</p>
<p>
Both the quoted and over-the-counter derivative markets have also become
extremely active, with foreign as well as local banks bringing out new
issues regularly.
</p>
<p>
It all means that Zurich is not likely to be easily displaced as Europe's
second-largest international financial centre.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6029 Commercial Banks, NEC </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6029 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page IV</biblScope>
<extent>1080</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (2): A harder line on drugs - The
city's policies have been tightened </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
Zurich's hard drug scene became infamous throughout the world in the late
1980s because the city's Pink-Green government adopted a liberal policy
towards its surprisingly large addict population.
</p>
<p>
Soon, gruesome photographs appeared in international newspapers and
magazines, spoiling the city's image for order and perfection in all things.
</p>
<p>
Tourism plunged, and the city's business community protested bitterly about
the policy and the associated petty crime that was driving visitors away.
</p>
<p>
Today, the Pink-Green coalition is still in power and the liberal policy is
still largely intact, although with some significant modifications.
</p>
<p>
For one thing, Zurich has driven away non-resident addicts, thus
substantially reducing the concentration of addicts and dealers. And it has
stepped up rehabilitation programmes, including from next year an experiment
in distributing low-cost heroin through legal channels.
</p>
<p>
For its part, the federal government has finally cracked down on asylum
seekers, mainly from the former Yugoslavia, who support themselves by
dealing in drugs.
</p>
<p>
In the past, it was impossible to subject these people to long imprisonment
or extradite them until their applications for asylum had been processed, so
they were often back in business shortly after being arrested. A new law
will soon make it possible to throw them out summarily.
</p>
<p>
From the visitor's point of view, there are two reassuring things about the
Zurich drug scene:
</p>
<p>
Addicts and dealers remain in a relatively derelict territory well away from
the main sightseeing and shopping areas.
</p>
<p>
There is remarkably little petty crime, such as shop break-ins, or mugging,
suggesting that most of the addicts are pretty well-heeled. Also, the Zurich
police force is deeply frustrated by orders from its political masters to go
easy on drug offences, and so it jumps with zeal on even the most minor
misdemeanour committed by these people. And the drug community knows it.
</p>
<p>
Visitors can examine the, admittedly depressing, scene quite safely, by
walking along Sihl Quai or Wasserwerkstrasse. It is probably best to do so
in daylight and in nondescript clothing.
</p>
<p>
What is less reassuring is the fact of the scene's existence, which seems
extraordinary in such a prosperous and well-organised place as Zurich.
Paradoxically, it seems, it is precisely this easy comfort and smooth
organisation that many young people cannot tolerate.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9229 Public Order and Safety, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9229 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page III</biblScope>
<extent>413</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (3): High standards, high prices - Ian
Rodger explores the city's hotel scene and offers advice to the would-be
visitor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
Hotelkeeping could be called a Swiss art.
</p>
<p>
Cosar Ritz, 'hotel-keeper to kings and king of hotelkeepers', as Edward VII
is said to have called him, was Swiss. And the Ecole hoteliere de Lausanne
is still the most respected institution in its field.
</p>
<p>
Its graduates, most of them Swiss, run many of the world's best hotels, so
it is only to be expected that hotels in Zurich have very high standards.
</p>
<p>
Unfortunately, prices also tend to be rather grand.
</p>
<p>
The city's most famous hotel is, undoubtedly, the Dolder Grand, perched
spectacularly on top of a hill of the same name, overlooking the city and
its lake.
</p>
<p>
The Dolder has its own nine-hole golf course and tennis courts. Nearby are
an outdoor pool in summer, an ice rink in winter and a funicular railway to
take you down to Romerhof near the city centre.
</p>
<p>
The Dolder, which wears its grandeur heavily, is fine if you have lots of
time and your Zurich contacts are content to come to you. But if you have to
be out and about in the city, it is inconvenient.
</p>
<p>
The city has five other luxury hotels, all of which are more in the swing of
things. The Baur (pronounced bore) au Lac at the bottom of Bahnhofstrasse is
probably the second ranked, and it combines the convenience of being in the
centre of the city with lush gardens overlooking the lake.
</p>
<p>
Le Pavilion restaurant in the garden is extremely pleasant, especially in
summer, but the atmosphere around the hotel otherwise is rather solemn.
</p>
<p>
The Savoy Baur en Ville, a short walk up the Bahnhofstrasse at Paradeplatz,
was founded by the same Austrian immigrant, Johann Baur, more than a century
ago, but is now controlled by Credit Suisse and run by Mr Manfred Horger
with style and warmth.
</p>
<p>
The Hotel Zurich on Neumuhlequai on the Limmat is the closest thing Zurich
has to a large, downtown, luxury, convention hotel. Housed in a nondescript
skyscraper, it comes complete with the inevitable piano bar and a medley of
interesting restaurants - a suave brasserie, a Thai emporium and a highly
rated Italian restaurant, Scala.
</p>
<p>
The Zurich is a bit of a trudge from the banks and boutiques of the
Bahnhofstrasse and Niederdorf, both physically and spiritually. Its upstream
neighbour is a pornographic cinema while 100 metres downstream can be found
the hard drug scene.
</p>
<p>
Among the several three- and four-star hotels in the downtown area, the
Storchen is much appreciated for its setting on the Limmat among the
boutiques of the old town. The Glockenhof in Sihlstrasse is close to all the
big department stores and the Seidenhof, also in Sihlstrasse, is teetotal.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page III</biblScope>
<extent>492</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
FT Traveller, Zurich (1): The pun that said it all - First
impressions: The city's calm and wealth mask tensions be neath the surface
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER</byline>
<p>
Except to those who pass through it often, such as fervent alpinists and
those whom Swiss bankers covetously refer to as high net worth individuals,
Zurich probably conjures up little more than images of heartless gnomes in
Spartan counting rooms conspiring to manipulate the world's financial
markets.
</p>
<p>
Even the city's exact location is something of a mystery - somewhere in the
Alps between Germany and Italy and close to - well, we are not quite sure
what it is close to.
</p>
<p>
Oddly, a first visit confirms this uncertainty. Whether the visitor arrives
by aeroplane, train or car, he or she quickly becomes disoriented. The city
is spread over a series of gentle pre-Alpine valleys where the waters flow
out of the Lake of Zurich from the river Limmat, which will be joined a few
hundred metres later by the river Sihl.
</p>
<p>
Roads meander up and down these valleys unpredictably rather than follow any
systematic pattern, making it difficult to maintain one's orientation. And
in the centre of the town, the presence of two rivers, plus the remains of a
long river-like moat, adds to the confusion.
</p>
<p>
A second impression is more reassuring. The city exudes a sense of calm and
confident order. There is a place for everything and everything is in its
place, and what is more, you will have to pay a quick SFr60 fine if your car
is not in the right place.
</p>
<p>
The first surprise, for many, may be that the city's proportions are so
modest. Few buildings exceed five storeys and few roads are wider than four
lanes. Zurich is the antithesis of the great monumental cities of Europe -
Paris, Berlin, Rome and Vienna.
</p>
<p>
Zurich has never had an empire, but it has always been associated with
money. Its early history can be traced to the site of Fort Lindenhof where
Roman soldiers established a tax collecting station called Turicum in 15BC.
Today, Zurichers play chess on giant boards in the pavement in the small
park above the Limmat, surrounded by ruins of the old fort.
</p>
<p>
Other landmarks in the city's history include seeing off the Habsburgs and
joining the Swiss confederation in 1351 and the Protestant reformation in
the first half of the 16th century, led by the still revered Huldrych
Zwingli.
</p>
<p>
The city's key figure in the 19th century was Alfred Escher, sometime
president of the cantonal government, founder of Schweizerische
Kreditanstalt (Credit Suisse) and financier extraordinaire, notably of the
railway tunnel through the Gotthard pass and of massive hydroelectric
projects in the Alps.
</p>
<p>
Were it not for Escher's prodigious efforts, Zurich might today be just
another relatively nondescript provincial European city - like, say,
Toulouse or Stuttgart.
</p>
<p>
But Zurich is still a financial centre to be reckoned with. Along its quiet
streets can be found the headquarters of two of the world's largest
international banks, Union Bank of Switzerland and Credit Suisse, and two of
its largest insurance companies, Zurich Insurance and Swiss Reinsurance.
</p>
<p>
The wealth that they and several other Zurich-based banks and businesses
have brought have made the city the rather special place it is.
</p>
<p>
That wealth is not on display in great buildings or great plazas. Indeed,
there is very little distinguished architecture in Zurich, old or new.
Rather, reflecting the Protestant values that have long prevailed, wealth is
manifested discreetly, and only gradually does it become apparent to the
unsuspecting visitor.
</p>
<p>
It is, of course, in the Fraumunster church, with its exquisite stained
glass windows by Chagall and Giacometti. And it is in the splendid private
art collections, the astonishing variety of small, but excellent, museums
and the world-class music schedule, only made possible by the sponsorship of
the big banks and others.
</p>
<p>
Above all, it is in the shops. Few agglomerations of Zurich's size can boast
such a range of high quality shops. From antiques to fashions, every
specialised taste is catered for with skill and polish, usually in the
language of your choice.
</p>
<p>
It is also in the excellent public services, especially the public transport
system, whose clean and uncrowded buses, trams and trains run unfailingly to
schedule.
</p>
<p>
For all its understated bounty, Zurich is not paradise. Even the casual
visitor will notice signs of social tension. Many building walls have been
decorated with angry, surrealistic graffiti paintings, testimony to youthful
frustration with such a well-ordered society.
</p>
<p>
Hard by the main railway station, youths squatting in an abandoned warehouse
painted on the wall facing the platforms the word 'Zureich' in the style of
the Swiss Federal Railways. 'Too rich]' shouted this cunning pun - but last
week the police demolished the buildings and drove out the squatters.
</p>
<p>
Zurich's biggest social headache, however, is its outsize hard drug scene.
Originally the outgrowth of student protests in the 1970s, it grew and
shifted through the 1980s, becoming firmly entrenched in 1986 when a
coalition of Socialists and Greens took control of the city government.
</p>
<p>
They implemented as liberal a policy towards the addicts as Swiss laws would
allow, and provided clean needles and counselling services. The scene
mushroomed as addicts from all over the country and even from beyond Swiss
borders came to take advantage of these friendly conditions.
</p>
<p>
Tension of a different kind is reflected in the absence of a ring road
around the city, forcing a huge volume of through traffic to negotiate the
downtown area. When proposals for a ring road were first advanced in the
1950s, city merchants objected, fearing they would lose business. Now the
project is stymied because of endless legal manoeuvres by environmentalists.
</p>
<p>
The city's main problem, however, is not yet easily visible. Like many
American cities, its population is declining as people move to the suburbs.
Initially, this movement reflected a shortage of housing in the city, but
latterly it has become a form of protest by companies and the middle classes
against the ever-higher taxes the city has imposed to deal with its mounting
social problems.
</p>
<p>
Zurich's population has sunk from 445,000 in 1962 to about 340,000 today,
but the real trend is even more dramatic, as the exodus of the middle
classes has been replaced partly by lower earning immigrants.
</p>
<p>
The city runs large deficits chronically and, sooner or later, some
political restructuring will be needed, perhaps by incorporating suburban
municipalities into the city, perhaps by shifting more of the city's
obligations to the cantonal government. If the history of the drug problem
is any example, action will only occur when the business community feels its
custom is seriously threatened.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page II</biblScope>
<extent>1132</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: New highs and lows for 1993 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
NEW HIGHS (324)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (60) AMERICANS (1) Varity, BANKS (5) Bk. Scotland, Barclays,
Lloyds, Ottomane, Ryl. Bk. of Scotalnd, BREWERS (3) Gibbs Mew, Scott. &amp;
Newcastle, Vaux, BLDG MATLS (15) BUSINESS SERVS (4) BNB, Christie, Chubb
Security, Serco, CHEMS (2) Croda Intl., ICI, CONGLOMERATES (3) Hanson, Do
Wrts., Do 9 1/2 pc Cv., CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (4) Abbey, Berkeley, Crest
Nicholson, Westbury, ELECTRICALS (3) BICC Cap. 10 3/4 pc Cv. '20, Dewhurst
A, Oxford Instrs., ELECTRICITY (1) Northern, ELECTRONICS (6) Acal, Control
Techs., Elect'comps., Farnell, Molynx, Peek, ENG AERO (2) Rolls Royce, Smith
Inds., ENG GEN (4) Dobson Park, Siebe, Sterling Inds., TI, FOOD MANUF (2)
Assoc. Brit. Foods, Devro, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (3) Amersham Intl., Court
Cavendish, Quality Care Homes, HOTELS &amp; LEIS (6) Airtours 6 3/8 pc Pf., Barr
&amp; WAT A, Compass, Forte, Jurys, Stanley Leis., INSCE BROKERS (1) Willis
Corroon, INSCE COMPOSITE (1) Trade Indemnity, INSCE LIFE (3) Legal &amp;
General, Lon. &amp; Manchester, Prudential, INV TRUSTS (104) MEDIA (18) Adscene,
Carlton Comms., Central ITV, Daily Mail A, EMAP, Elsevier, Euromoney Publs.,
HTV, Metal Bulletin, Metro Radio, Pearson, Radio Clyde, Quarto 8 3/4 pc Pf.,
Reed Intl., Reuters, Sleepy Kids, Southnews, Trinity Intl., MERCHANT BANKS
(2) Close Bros., Kleinwort Benson, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING (1) Clayhithe 9 1/2 pc
Cv. '00-01, MISC (11) BAT Inds., Barlo, Birkby, Hornby, Kershaw (A), McLeod
Russel, Nobo, Plantsbrook, Portmeirion Potts., Spandex, Tams (J), MOTORS (3)
ABI, Henlys, Lex, OIL &amp; GAS (2) Calor, Command Ptlrm., OTHER FINCL (4)
Carlisle, Perpetual, Smith New Court, Do Cv. Pf., OTHER INDLS (1) OMI,
PACKG, PAPER &amp; PRINTG (7) Arjo Wiggins Appleton, De La Rue, Ferguson, Gibbon
Lyons, Kymmene, NMC 7 3/4 pc Pf., Wood (SW), PROP (20) STORES (11) Argos,
Cantors, Carpetright, Courts, GUS, Kingfisher, Kleeneze, Lloyds Chems.,
Marks &amp; Spencer, Sears, Smith (WH), TELE NETWORKS (2) BT, Securicor NV,
TEXTS (3) Alexandra Workwear, Atkins, Yorklyde, TRANSPORT (3) BAA,
Dawsongroup, Powell Duffryn, PLANTATIONS (1) Bertam, MINES (2) Joel (JH),
Ovoca.
</p>
<p>
NEW LOWS (12)
</p>
<p>
CHEMS (1) Caird, CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (1) BB &amp; EA, ELECTRONICS (2) Micro Focus,
Radius, ENG GEN (1) Beverley, FOOD RETAILING (1) Geest, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (1)
SmithKline Bchm. A, MEDIA (1) Birkdale, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING (1) Apollo Metals,
OTHER FINCL (1) Policy Portfolio, OTHER INDLS (1) Bruntcliffe Aggrts., PROP
(1) Dares Ests.
</p>
<p>
Data based on those Companies quoted on the London Share Service.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>442</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Drinks cheer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
The drinks sector was buoyant following the chancellor's decision not to
increase excise duties. Bass, which yesterday reported respectable but dull
figures, according to analysts, was one of the star performers, surging 34
to 537p in its biggest ever turnover of 16m. Other domestic-based drinks
stocks also bounded forward, Scottish &amp; Newcastle rising 25 to 512p,
Whitbread 21 to 557p, Wolverhampton &amp; Dudley 31 to 531p, Allied-Lyons 25 to
620p and Greenalls also 25 to 408p.
</p>
<p>
Poor results from Argyll Group confirmed the market's worst fears over the
impact of the price war currently under way among the country's food
retailers. As well as announcing figures at the bottom end of forecasts, the
company was telling analysts that the continuing price pressures might
affect second-half profits. The stock dropped 23 to 256p in record turnover
of 23m.
</p>
<p>
Bank shares were among the market's best performing stocks and interest in
the sector was additionally boosted by news that SG Warburg Securities had
launched a call warrant into a basket of four UK bank stocks, underlining
the broking firm's bearish stance on the stocks.
</p>
<p>
Each basket is the equivalent of seven Barclays, seven National Westminster,
six TSB and three Royal Bank of Scotland shares, and was priced at Pounds
104.57 as at 4.30pm on November 30. Warburg said the warrant would enable
holders of the underlying stocks who want to lock in profits but also wish
to maintain exposure to the sector to do so by selling the stock and
purchasing the warrant.
</p>
<p>
National Westminster was the strongest performer in the sector, climbing 27
to 586p, closely followed by Barclays, up 25 at 609p. HSBC climbed 20 to
762p, Lloyds 11 to 604p, Abbey National 18 to 424p and TSB 7 to 221p.
Merchant banks showed SG Warburg 40 higher at 897p and Kleinwort Benson up
16 at 539p.
</p>
<p>
Composite insurances delivered strong gains across the board, confirming the
view prevalent in the market after the Budget that the imposition of a 3 per
cent tax on general insurance would have only a minimal impact on the
companies' business and that their stock prices would anyway be big
beneficiaries of the market's surge.
</p>
<p>
Commercial Union, where dealers cited large-scale switching out of the
convertible bond, jumped 19 1/2 to 626p. Sun Alliance rose 11 1/2 to 381p.
</p>
<p>
Leading property shares bounded forward as hopes of sustained low interest
rates underpinned the rises. Dealers said the immediate response was to the
hardening gilt yields, which will impact in turn on the yields in the direct
property market. Even after yesterday's big rises, one leading agency broker
said: 'All the bull arguments are still valid. The sector still has plenty
of value.' MEPC, which reports results today, advanced 17 to 550p, Land
Securities 20 to 763p and Hammerson 17 to 394p, leading the risers.
</p>
<p>
Rothmans International softened 2 to 411p after a disappointing trading
statement and profits of Pounds 233.4m, which were in line with forecasts
but affected by Pounds 16.6m of restructuring.
</p>
<p>
Publishers recorded sharp gains on relief that the chancellor did not impose
VAT on books, newspapers and magazines in the Budget. United Newspapers
soared 34 to 583p, EMAP forged ahead 38 to 401p, The Telegraph was up 19 to
404p and Reed International gained 32 at 797p.
</p>
<p>
Airline and foreign holiday companies shrugged off worries over the new
airport levy. BAA rose 22 to 951p, British Airways 8 to 428p, Airtours 22 to
457p and Owners Abroad 4 to 79p. Euro Disney was helped by a report in the
French press that US parent Walt Disney may be prepared to put up Dollars
700m in loans and fresh capital if banks follow suit. The shares jumped 45
to 413p.
</p>
<p>
The strong market rescued an oil sector still beset by worries about crude
oil prices. Shell was run up 14 to 694p and BP edged up 4 to 337 1/2 p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bass </item>
<item> Argyll Group </item>
<item> Commercial Union </item>
<item> Sun Alliance Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P2082 </item>
<item> P5411 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>718</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: GEC upset </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
The market's fears earlier this week that GEC's interim results would be
accompanied by a warning of continuing difficult trading proved correct as
the company warned that its full year earnings were unlikely to be
substantially higher than last year's.
</p>
<p>
It was that warning, rather than the actual figures - which showed half-time
profits at the top end of market expectations - that produced the latest
severe bout of underperformance by GEC shares.
</p>
<p>
They dropped to 317p in the aftermath of the results and accompanying
statement before embarking on a rally which left them a net 13 off at 320
1/2 p. Turnover in the stock reached a hefty 44m, easily the highest since
January 1989, shortly after GEC launched its ultimately successful bid for
Plessey. GEC shares have come under sustained downside pressure since early
October, retreating from a peak 366p.
</p>
<p>
'It seems likely that downgrades in the order of 3 to 5 per cent will be the
norm,' said one specialist. Previously analysts had been looking for full
year profits of between Pounds 910m to Pounds 945m. A figure of Pounds 900m
was being pencilled in late yesterday.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3812 Search and Navigation Equipment </item>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3812 </item>
<item> P3612 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>237</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Ladbroke out of favour </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE, PETER JOHN and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
As the market surged ahead, Ladbroke provided one of the few splashes of red
on dealing screens as a variety of bearish stories struck the leisure stock.
First came news that Mr Michael Hirst, a main board director, had unloaded
125,000 shares - virtually half his stake - in the market four days ago at
161p a share.
</p>
<p>
The timing of the announcement, which came just minutes before the market
closed on Tuesday, meant the stock felt the full brunt of investor concern
as the market opened yesterday. It drifted lower throughout the morning
session, amid reports that one of the stock's most bullish brokers had
turned negative. There was also talk of a boardroom rift over the share
sale.
</p>
<p>
However, it was not until late afternoon that the shares went into full
retreat as rumours swept the market - later confirmed in an after-hours'
statement from the company - of the group's decision to take advantage of
foreign income dividend rules, a move which will hit pension fund
shareholders. There were grumblings from some brokers that the news of the
announcement had been leaked into the market selectively.
</p>
<p>
The stock finished 20 1/2 weaker at 151p after very large turnover of 23m
shares.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ladbroke Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>247</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Equity futures and options trading
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER JOHN</byline>
<p>
London's derivatives markets saw record turnover and huge premiums
yesterday. The buying played a significant role in driving the FT-SE 100
Index to a new high after the Budget, writes Peter John.
</p>
<p>
Volume in Footsie futures for December topped 30,000 contracts, which
represented an underlying value of some Pounds 2.5bn and the highest
turnover ever. Also, furious activity in traded options drove the daily
turnover above 90,000 contracts, nearly two-thirds of which reflected
activity in the Footsie.
</p>
<p>
One dealer said: 'Everyone was involved, UK institutions, US investment
houses, marketmakers taking profits and setting up positions. The Budget has
renewed interest in the London market.'
</p>
<p>
On most arithmetic models the December contract should be priced at or just
below the underlying cash market. But yesterday when it opened at 3,213 it
was at a premium of about 15 points and it continued to push ahead
throughout the day.
</p>
<p>
At best it hit 3,274, and while it eased back to 3,259 by the official
close, it pressed ahead again in after-hours' trading to reach 3,265 and
show a premium of 32 points to cash. The premium reflected the dearth of
stock in the underlying market and most dealers expected the Footsie to rise
by a further 20 points when it opens today.
</p>
<p>
One important element behind the rise was closing of bear positions by
pension funds, who had been particularly worried about Budget changes to
advance corporation tax and bought Footsie put options as protection.
Implied volatility on at-the-money puts fell from 18 per cent to 14 per cent
yesterday.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>299</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Equities scale new peaks in very
heavy trading - Market report </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY BYLAND, UK Stock Market Editor</byline>
<p>
The London stock market surged to new peaks yesterday in the most successful
trading session of the year as investors welcomed a UK Budget seen as
sustaining economic recovery and opening the way for further cuts in UK base
rates in the new year.
</p>
<p>
The FT-SE 100 Index ended the day 66.3 points up at a new closing peak of
3,233.2, showing the biggest daily advance since September 1992 when the
stock market was celebrating sterling's departure from the European exchange
rate mechanism. Buying across the wider range of the market took the FT-SE
Mid 250 Index ahead by 80.7 to 3,565.6, also a new peak.
</p>
<p>
One seasoned trader described trading volume as 'phenomenal - the heaviest
I've seen in 17 years.' European and US investment funds were heavy buyers
of UK equities, spurred on by upgradings of the London market by two of the
largest US investment banks. Seaq volume of 1,235.1m shares dwarfed
Tuesday's 576.4m.
</p>
<p>
The absence from the Budget of the feared attack on pension fund tax and
dividend status played a significant role in the hurried reversal of some
bearish positions taken in the equity futures markets during the week before
Budget day.
</p>
<p>
Dealers arrived in the City early yesterday morning and the market broke
through to new peak territory before the official opening, and without
waiting for the futures sector to provide a lead. Between 8.00am and 8.30am,
when screen prices are 'indicative only', the FT-SE Index touched a nominal
3,202.
</p>
<p>
The Index dipped back to 3,197 but quickly rose again when the December
future contract opened at a substantial premium. Footsie 3,200 was quickly
recaptured and from then on, shares forged ahead strongly, pausing only
briefly as the premium on the December contract ebbed and swayed.
</p>
<p>
London was also sharing in the general advance in other European bourses and
benefited from a firm start on Wall Street, which gained 18 Dow points in UK
trading hours.
</p>
<p>
At best, the Footsie was 83.2 points ahead at 3,250.1 and the drift
downwards towards the close was ascribed to little more than the expected
profit-taking in a market which, at yesterday's peak, had risen by nearly 6
per cent since the eve of last week's cut in UK interest rates to 5.5 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
There was no lack of encouragement from the market strategists. Mr Nicholas
Knight, the bull from Nomura, heads predicted a rally of 200 - 400 Footsie
points 'in the next eight weeks,' which would bring it to his celebrated
year-end forecast of 3,500.
</p>
<p>
At Goldman Sachs International, believed by some dealers to have turned
bearish ahead of the Budget, yesterday raised its Footsie forecast to 3,600
'in a year (3,250-3,300 at year-end). Salomon International, another heavy
presence in derivatives markets, raised its year-end target to 3,350, with
its June 1994 target at 3,500.
</p>
<p>
Two weak spots in the market were GEC, after a disappointing interim report,
and Ladbroke which confirmed intentions to take advantage of foreign
dividend rules.
</p>
<p>
Among the strongest sectors yesterday were building and construction issues,
cheered by Budget decisions to proceed with major projects, and banks, which
benefit both from interest rate optimism and active stock markets. Brewery
stocks advanced on the absence of Budget changes in beer duties.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>584</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (America): Dow loses steam after nudging
record high </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Wall Street
</p>
<p>
An overnight rally in Tokyo, more favourable news on the US economy and a
resilient bond market lifted Wall Street out of the doldrums yesterday,
writes Frank McGurty in New York.
</p>
<p>
But an early surge in share prices petered out in the final hours of
trading, leaving only the secondary markets with big rises on the day. The
Dow Jones Industrial Average ended 13.13 up at 3,697.08, after flirting with
a record high level of 3,710.77 during mid-morning. The Standard &amp; Poor's
500 gained just 0.10 at 461.89, but the American SE composite added 2.74 at
462.77 and the Nasdaq composite climbed 9.42 to 763.81. NYSE volume was a
heavy 294m shares.
</p>
<p>
The US Treasury market once again set the tone. After a much stronger than
expected reading of business activity in Chicago on Tuesday, bond traders
were braced for more unfavourable news when the US purchasing managers'
monthly index was released yesterday.
</p>
<p>
In the event, the index showed a moderate gain to 55.7 per cent, from 53.8
per cent in October, bringing a measure of relief to traders fearing a
strong signal of inflationary pressure. In late trading, the 30-year
benchmark government bond was  1/2 higher at 99 13/16 , yielding 6.258 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
With concern over tighter credit temporarily put aside, equity investors
took encouragement from a 4.4 per cent jump in Tokyo shares overnight and
impressive showings by European exchanges.
</p>
<p>
Sentiment was also buoyed by the Commerce Department's announcement of a 2.5
per cent increase in October construction spending, the largest rise since
March 1992.
</p>
<p>
Amid the fresh signs of steady economic growth, cyclical stocks were among
the session's best performers. Deere, the farm equipment maker, advanced
Dollars 1 1/8 to Dollars 72, Chrysler Dollars 1 1/8 to Dollars 53 7/8 and
Ford Dollars 1 3/4 to Dollars 62 1/2 . Paccar, the truck manufacturer, was
up Dollars 1 1/4 at Dollars 68 1/4 , but rival Navistar International fell
Dollars 2 3/4 to Dollars 22 3/8 . Whirlpool added Dollars 2 3/4 at Dollars
62 1/8 after Merrill Lynch said a recent price decline left the stock
undervalued.
</p>
<p>
Boeing shed Dollars  1/2 to Dollars 38 1/8 on news that the aerospace
concern would further cut production and employment.
</p>
<p>
Walt Disney rallied Dollars 1 to Dollars 40 3/4 after an upbeat assessment
of attendance prospects for the Euro Disney theme park, in which the US
company has a 49 per cent stake.
</p>
<p>
On the Nasdaq, America Online rose Dollars 1 3/4 to Dollars 67 1/4 after
announcing plans to develop interactive television services with Intel and
General Instrument. Intel put on Dollars 1 1/4 at Dollars 62 3/4 . On the
NYSE, GI edged ahead Dollars  1/8 to Dollars 53 1/2 .
</p>
<p>
Canada
</p>
<p>
Toronto rose sharply in active trading, in line with other major world
markets. The TSE 300 index closed 40.2 ahead at 4,220.4 and advances led
falls by 459 to 291 after volume of 75.7m shares.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>536</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Asia Pacific): Pledges on economy take
Nikkei up 4.4% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Tuesday's rush of promises to support the economy by ministers and financial
authorities prompted short-covering and bargain hunting, and the Nikkei
average jumped 4.4 per cent, retrieving the 17,000 level for the first time
in four trading days, writes Emiko Terazono in Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
The 225-issue index ended 718.77 ahead at 17,125.31 after a day's low of
16,429.94 and high of 17,168.22, while the Topix index gained 69.81, or 5.1
per cent, at 1,443.87. In London the ISE/Nikkei 50 index put on 1.71 at
1,169.12.
</p>
<p>
Investors actively sought shares after Mr Morihiro Hosokawa, the prime
minister, told parliament that he would take whatever measures necessary to
revive the economy.
</p>
<p>
Mr Yasuo Ueki at Nikko Securities said investors were also cheered by
Tuesday's comments from leading ministers regarding the implementation of a
land tax reform to boost the ailing property market. 'Investors saw this as
the government's pledge to finally deal with asset deflation,' he added.
</p>
<p>
However, there is still concern over the parliamentary debate on political
reform, which is currently being stalled due to talks over the supplementary
budget. Mr Hosokawa has pledged that he would resign if he could not
introduce the reforms this year.
</p>
<p>
Volume rose to 370m shares from 332m. Advances overwhelmed declines by 1,064
to 42, with 41 issues unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Banks, which have been especially hit during the recent falls, recovered
ground. Industrial Bank of Japan rose Y170 to Y2,860 and Sumitomo Bank
gained Y220 at Y2,000.
</p>
<p>
East Japan Railway advanced Y12,000 to Y427,000, while Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone moved ahead Y45,000 to Y729,000.
</p>
<p>
High-technology stocks firmed. Hitachi climbed Y31 to Y799 and Fujitsu Y50
to Y772. Consumer electronics companies were also strong, with Sony up Y190
at Y4,860 and TDK adding Y320 at Y3,670.
</p>
<p>
Steel issues were in demand: Nippon Steel put on Y13 at Y314 and NKK Y9 at
Y230. Construction shares, which have been battered by the recent spate of
bribery scandals, rose: Nishimatsu Construction, the most active issue of
the day, rallied Y70 to Y1,110.
</p>
<p>
In Osaka, the OSE average rose 797.93 to 18,977.00 in volume of 26.5m
shares. Roundup
</p>
<p>
Strong advances were recorded in some regional markets.
</p>
<p>
HONG KONG was buoyed by a late surge in index futures, in spite of lingering
investor caution over Sino-British friction.
</p>
<p>
The Hang Seng index climbed 128.92, or 1.4 per cent, to 9,254.03 in turnover
that improved to HKDollars 5.06bn from Tuesday's HKDollars 4.82bn. December
index futures surged to a high of 9,355 before finishing a net 140 up at
9,340.
</p>
<p>
HK Telecom put on 20 cents at HKDollars 14.90 in spite of the government's
decision to allow three competitors to enter the market after the expiry of
Telecom's local monopoly in 1995.
</p>
<p>
TAIWAN forged ahead by 2.6 per cent, led by the Formosa Plastics group,
which soared after the group said on Tuesday that major construction work on
its Dollars 9bn petrochemical complex would start early next year.
</p>
<p>
The weighted index rose 114.44 to 4,468.34, its highest close since May 18.
Turnover jumped to TDollars 58.84bn, the heaviest since April.
</p>
<p>
Shares in four major Formosa group firms soared, Formosa Plastics ending
limit up at TDollars 44.10, Nan Ya Plastics ahead TDollars 2.90 at TDollars
48.10, Formosa Chemical and Fibre limit up at TDollars 24 and Formosa
Taffeta limit up at TDollars 30.40.
</p>
<p>
BANGKOK took its lead from higher Tokyo and Hong Kong markets, advancing 2.4
per cent on strong demand for finance, brokerage, banking and property
shares. The SET index rose 31.39 to 1,341.34 in turnover of Bt13.15bn,
against totals of less than Bt8bn on Monday and Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
SINGAPORE was helped higher by the rebound in major overseas markets and
speculators returning to trade Malaysian shares dealt over the counter. The
Straits Times Industrial index closed 9.87 up at 2,106.01 but was off the
day's best of 2,112.37.
</p>
<p>
KUALA LUMPUR extended recent gains on strong speculative and institutional
buying and the composite index rose 18.97 to an all-time peak of 1,015.42.
News that Finance Minister Anwar Ibrahim had been appointed Malaysia's
deputy prime minister and would also keep his finance portfolio helped
market sentiment.
</p>
<p>
NEW ZEALAND finished firmly after a heavy day's trading and strong overseas
interest, particularly in forestry stocks. The NZSE-40 index added 18.9 at
2,040.53.
</p>
<p>
BOMBAY closed higher in spite of a ban on the forward sale of 10 volatile
shares. The BSE 30-share index moved forward 59.71 to 3,292.85. KARACHI saw
fresh buying of fuel, power and textile issues, which pushed the KSE 100
index up 29.47 to 1,721.30.
</p>
<p>
AUSTRALIA was left easier by a weak mining sector and mixed performances
from blue chip issues. The All Ordinaries index shed 4.0 to 2,005.4.
</p>
<p>
SEOUL's composite index finished 2.31 off at 808.75 in spite of support for
blue chip manufacturers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
<item> TW  Taiwan, Asia </item>
<item> TH  Thailand, Asia </item>
<item> SG  Singapore, Asia </item>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
<item> PK  Pakistan, Asia </item>
<item> AT  Austria, West Europe </item>
<item> KR  South Korea, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>857</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: US drug stocks affected by health care
reforms - The afflictions of the sector </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL ABRAHAMS</byline>
<p>
US drug stocks have had a torrid year so far. Since the beginning of
January, the Standard &amp; Poor's drug index has underperformed the S &amp; P
composite by 18 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The reasons for this are not hard to find: the sector, which generates an
unusually large proportion of sales outside the US, has been hit by health
care reform in most of its international markets, as well as changes in its
domestic customer base.
</p>
<p>
Growth of the US market, the world's most important, has decelerated rapidly
over the last 12 months. IMS International, the market research company,
estimates that it expanded at only 4 per cent during the first nine months
of this year, compared with the same period last year. Until last year it
was enjoying double-digit growth.
</p>
<p>
The deceleration has been caused not by the Clinton reforms, but by changes
in the customer base. Hospitals, doctors and other purchasers of drugs are
increasingly grouping together to purchase drugs.
</p>
<p>
These managed groups, often more interested in the price of a drug than its
safety and effectiveness, represent an increasingly large proportion of the
drugs market. They are also negotiating ever greater discounts from
pharmaceuticals companies.
</p>
<p>
The drugs groups' difficulties in the US have been exacerbated by a series
of significant patent expiries. These affect sales of not only the
off-patent drug but its patented competitors as well.
</p>
<p>
Many drugs groups are cutting prices to compete in this new environment. The
Clinton reforms, encouraging the creation of health alliances, can only
assist the market's deceleration. At the same time, pharmaceuticals earnings
have also been hit by changes in the tax regime in Puerto Rico, where many
of the US companies make their medicines.
</p>
<p>
US groups have found little help through exports. The Japanese market, the
world's second largest, is growing at only 4 per cent, while Europe's top
seven countries generated zero growth during the first nine months of this
year compared with the same period last year.
</p>
<p>
But although all US groups are facing similar problems, their abilities to
weather the health care storm vary enormously. Analysts have spent the last
12 months trying to explain to investors the difference between the haves
and the have nots of the drugs industry. They have almost completely failed.
</p>
<p>
The differences between the companies are immense. At one extreme there is
Syntex, the Californian-based group. The US patents of its most important
product, Naprosyn, expire this month and effects will devastate the company.
Naprosyn's US sales were Dollars 760m last year, compared with group
pharmaceuticals turnover of Dollars 1.8bn. Its shares have underperformed
the drugs market by 12 per cent since the beginning of the year.
</p>
<p>
At the other extreme is Merck &amp; Co, the world's biggest drugs group. Its
shares have also underperformed the drugs sector by 12 per cent, yet its
underlying volume growth rate is about 9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Another star with a disappointing stock market performance is Pfizer. Its
volume growth remains in double digits and its main problem is minimising
its profits to prevent political embarrassment. Yet it has only outperformed
the drugs sector by 3 per cent and has underperformed against the market.
</p>
<p>
Those that have done well against the sector this year are not the
industry's traditional stars. Warner-Lambert, normally seen as a dull
consumer products, chewing gum and confectionery company - with a few drugs
tacked on - has outperformed the sector by 9 per cent so far this year.
</p>
<p>
Upjohn, which has been struggling with the patent expiries of three of the
group's leading drugs over the past 12 months, has also done well: its
shares are 10 per cent higher than the sector on the basis of takeover
rumours. At one stage it was outperforming by 26 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The only company whose stock market performance has matched its commercial
performance has been Schering-Plough. The analysts' favourite this year,
with its young portfolio of products, its strong position in antihistamines,
its programme of operating margin improvement, and its powerful pipeline of
new drugs, the company has outperformed the sector by 18 per cent. Even so,
the shares are only 5 per cent up since January.
</p>
<p>
The drugs industry is complicated. The market is fragmented, with Merck, the
world's largest drugs group, controlling little more than 5 per cent of the
market; there are about six important therapeutic areas which cover many
different diseases; for each disease there may be four or five different
classes of drugs that can be used; in each class there may be as many as 15
different drugs; and each of these probably has three different names.
</p>
<p>
When all drugs groups were generating 15 per cent earnings growth, such
complexity did not matter. Now, in spite of the quality of some drugs
companies, it is not surprising that many fund managers have been
disinclined to increase their weighting. The sector is too difficult for its
own good.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>876</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: South Africa </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The market moved ahead in active trading following a few days of
uncertainty. The gold shares index strengthened 31 to 1,857, industrials
rose 52 to 4,903 and the overall index added 45 at 4,209. De Beers gained
R1.70 at R85.45.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>69</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Europe): Bourses gain ahead of Buba
meeting </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By Our Markets Staff</byline>
<p>
Bourses were encouraged by signals that the Bundesbank might cut rates
today, writes Our Markets Staff.
</p>
<p>
FRANKFURT put on a good performance ahead of theBundesbank meeting, although
opinion among analysts remained divided as to whether there would be a
further round of cuts. Many expect the bank to wait until December 16.
</p>
<p>
The DAX index closed just below the day's high, up 32.01 or 1.6 per cent at
2,089.78.
</p>
<p>
Sentiment was also helped, said Mr Eckhard Frahm at Merck Finck, by an
improvement in machinery orders which showed an order inflow up some 17 per
cent in October.
</p>
<p>
Daimler was one of the day's main movers, the shares gaining DM19.30 to
DM734.00, as investors were encouraged by co-operation talks between the
German group and Mitsubishi of Japan.
</p>
<p>
Thyssen underperformed the market, rising just 40 pfg to DM237.90, after
reporting a loss in 1992/1993 of nearly DM1bn and omiting the dividend.
</p>
<p>
PARIS rose some 2 per cent in good turnover as the market looked forward to
a year end rally on renewed optimism for lower interest rates. Even the rise
in jobless figures did not affect the rally as the CAC-40 index gained 43.89
to 2,153.98.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was FFr4bn.
</p>
<p>
Euro Disney featured with a rise of FFr4.20 to FFr36.45 on hopes that
negotiations over financial restructuring were proceeding. However,
suggestions in the French media that its US parent was to inject fresh
capital were erroneous, the group said.
</p>
<p>
ZURICH was boosted by better than expected economic data, taking shares 1.3
per cent higher to an all-time record close. The SMI index added 35.8 to
2,774.3.
</p>
<p>
Domestic led demand picked up on figures showing that November inflation
fell to 2.2 per cent, its lowest level since January 1989, and compared with
expectations of between 2.5 and 2.7 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The mood was enhanced by news that seasonally-adjusted GDP rose 0.6 per cent
in the third quarter, compared with a 1.1 per cent decline in the same 1992
period.
</p>
<p>
Banks led the advance with bearer shares in UBS jumping SFr14 to SFr1,327.
</p>
<p>
Exporters were also strong with recent positive US economic figures being
seen as enhancing their prospects. Registered shares in Nestle, at the top
of the actives list, rose SFr13 to SFr1,172.
</p>
<p>
AMSTERDAM was another market to be supported by positive sentiment
throughout the continent with the CBS Tendency index adding 1.3 or almost 1
per cent to 138.2.
</p>
<p>
The internationals were all firmer with Elsevier in particular gaining from
arbitrage to end up Fl 4.90 at Fl 161.20. ING added Fl 1.20 to Fl 85.40
ahead of today's results which are expected to be broadly positive.
</p>
<p>
STOCKHOLM rose 2.9 per cent, the Affarsvarden index adding 38.40 to
1,342.00. The market was led higher by a SKr30 or 9.6 per cent rise in
Volvo's B shares to SKr444 as opposition grew to the proposed merger with
Renault.
</p>
<p>
MILAN remained inhibited by political uncertainties ahead of this weekend's
second round of local elections and the Comit index shed 3.90 to 544.66.
</p>
<p>
Fiat added L126 to L3,916 in the wake of analysts' recommendations while
Olivetti rose L60 to L1,808. In the opposite direction, Generali shed L608
to L36,056 on the back of one large sell order.
</p>
<p>
Montedison shed L31.5 to L755.80 as shareholders approved its capital
increase and the group outlined investment plans.
</p>
<p>
MADRID rebounded on late institutional buying and the general index rose
5.60 or 1.9 per cent to 298.54 in heavy volume of Pta 35.4bn. The market
took its lead from the strength of foreign markets and a cut in the one year
treasury bond yield at the day's tender.
</p>
<p>
Banks, hard hit in recent days, led the advance. Banesto rose Pta110 or 5.3
per cent to Pta2,200 and Santander added Pta280 or 4.6 per cent to Pta6,390.
Sevillana led electricals with a Pta40 or 6.8 per cent rise to Pta631.
</p>
<p>
ATHENS continued higher, still pinning hopes on the announcement today of
tax policies favourable for investors. The general index ended added 14.25
or 1.7 per cent to 877.26 in turnover of Dr5.5bn.
</p>
<p>
Written and edited by John Pitt and Michael Morgan.
</p>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE ACTUARIES SHARE INDICIES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dec 1.                                             THE EUROPEAN SERIES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Hourly changes           Open        10:30        11:00        12:00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100   1355.91      1357.45      1360.92      1361.80
FT-SE Eurotrack 200   1438.49      1441.03      1445.30      1445.34
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Hourly changes          13:00        14:00        15:00        Close
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100   1362.62      1364.24      1365.96      1365.54
FT-SE Eurotrack 200   1449.05      1450.41      1450.22      1452.41
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Nov. 30   Nov. 29   Nov. 26   Nov. 25   Nov. 24
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE Eurotrack 100   1343.12   1344.70   1346.66   1343.06   1329.41
FT-SE Eurotrack 200   1420.82   1417.23   1412.67   1410.14   1396.51
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Base value  1000 (26/10/90); High/day: 100 - 1366.90; 200 1453.03
Low/day: 100 - 1355.77  200 - 1438.46.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
<item> GR  Greece, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>842</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Markets Report: Pound falters after Budget </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RACHEL JOHNSON</byline>
<p>
After its initially positive reaction to the chancellor's tough Budget on
Tuesday, the pound fell back yesterday to close a touch lower on the day -
even though UK shares enjoyed one of the biggest rallies of the year and
gilts continued to rise on the back of the Budget, writes Rachel Johnson.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke's outline of a sharply diminishing public sector borrowing
requirement over the next few years - which should bring a big decline in
gilts supply in its train - was among the best pieces of news that gilts had
had all year.
</p>
<p>
But other factors were clearly contributing to take the post-Budget shine
off the pound. Topmost were investor fears of further UK interest rate cuts,
combined with the view that sterling's level was about right for the moment.
</p>
<p>
Mr Roger Bootle, UK economist at Midland Montagu, the securities house, said
it was a little disappointing that demand for sterling had evaporated so
fast after the Budget, but the market clearly had its reasons. 'The pound's
effective range is DM2.40 to DM2.60. As soon as sterling starts trading
comfortably above DM2.54 there is too much downside.' Above that level the
authorities start becoming concerned about UK competitiveness, he added.
</p>
<p>
On the Bank of England's trade-weighted index against a basket of
currencies, sterling opened at 81.7 and finished slightly weaker at 81.6, as
dealers sold off after the small rise in the currency. Against the dollar
the pound finished at Dollars 1.4805, down from Dollars 1.4845, and against
the D-Mark it slipped to a close of DM2.5425 from a previous DM2.5475.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's fiscal tightening and unexpected cut in government spending
underpinned the currency late on Tuesday and sparked a 66-point jump in the
FT-SE 100-share index yesterday.
</p>
<p>
On monetary conditions, Midland economists could not understand why the
money markets were showing such caution about the future path of interest
rates. For according to their reading of the fiscal projections, the
chancellor's PSBR cuts were predicated on revenues from strong economic
growth. With the recovery still as yet not firmly established, there was no
question that lower interest rates would be needed as a further stimulus for
growth.
</p>
<p>
Before last week's cut in the base rate to 5.5 per cent, the markets thought
the interest rate floor would be about 5 per cent. But some economists have
been arguing that economic conditions dictate a 4 per cent floor for some
time.
</p>
<p>
The sterling contract for June was just three basis points higher at 94.95,
while the December short sterling contract ended fractionally lower at
around 94.62. Gains in short sterling futures were concentrated in the
contracts expiring from late 1994 onwards - the December 1994 contract was
up 10 basis points at 94.85 at one stage.
</p>
<p>
The markets took their lead from Mr Clarke, who suggested on BBC radio that
he would not cut again 'unless and until' he was satisfied the right
conditions existed. The three-month interbank rate moved a tiny bit lower to
around 5 3/8 per cent, reflecting the view that the chancellor would level
the rate to 5 per cent over the next few months.
</p>
<p>
The Bank of England predicted a shortage of Pounds 1.15bn (revised from an
earlier Pounds 900m) during the day, which it relieved with total help of
Pounds 831m. The Bank bought Pounds 141m of band one bank bills at the
established rate of 5 3/8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The dollar was guided by a revision in the US gross domestic product figure
to 2.7 per cent, after a previous 2.8 per cent, in the third quarter.
Economists had expected the revision to produce a number closer to 3 per
cent, but rationalised the figure by recalling the heavy disruption caused
by flooding in the Midwest during the three months. Growth for the final
quarter is expected to near 4 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The November survey of the National Association of Purchasing Management in
Detroit reported a drop of 2.1 points to 60.0. But economists said it
reflected strength in production, new orders and employment. The dollar
ended a shade firmer at DM1.7175 in London, and finished at DM1.7237 in New
York.
</p>
<p>
There was bad news on the world trade talks, which are due to be finished in
exactly a fortnight's time. Mr Edouard Balladur, the French prime minister,
said the European Union must have an outline accord on the Uruguay Round of
the Gatt trade talks well before December 15; and said there had been no
progress on four problem areas.
</p>
<p>
The D-Mark's weaker tone - following on from remarks made by Mr Hans
Tietmeyer, the new Bundesbank president, which helped to depress the
currency on Tuesday - continued yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The chances of an early easing in the Lombard or discount rates disappeared
following the announcement that the Bundesbank would hold no news conference
after its regular fortnightly council meeting today. This heightened
expectation that the Bundesbank would take advantage of slower growth in
broad money and lower inflation to ease on December 16. The central bank's
last rate cut, on October 22, however, took the markets by surprise.
</p>
<p>
During the day, the Bundesbank withdrew DM15.1bn in this week's fixed rate
6.25 per cent repo. This left call money firm and not far below the 6 3/4
per cent Lombard rate.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 41</biblScope>
<extent>927</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAG0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Precious metals put on a spurt
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KENNETH GOODING, Mining Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Precious metals went through a brief torrid interlude yesterday afternoon as
a sudden burst of buying on the New York Commodity Exchange sent prices
spurting upwards. Silver lead the way by gaining nearly 4 per cent to touch
Dollars 4.62 a troy ounce at one point, gold jumped to Dollars 377 an ounce
and platinum reached Dollars 374.
</p>
<p>
Analysts said buying, mainly by New York funds, was prompted by the
announcement of economic data showing a surge in construction spending and a
big rise in the National Association of Purchasing Managers' index. These
data suggested a strong US economic recovery, which might eventually cause a
rise in inflation, they pointed out.
</p>
<p>
The surge spilled over to trading in London where the shorts - or those who
had sold metal they did not own in the expectation of buying it later at a
lower price - rushed to cover their positions.
</p>
<p>
However, the excitement died away as quickly as it appeared.
</p>
<p>
One trader suggested that the funds pushed prices up through various
important points on the technical charts and, having achieved their
objectives, allowed prices to drop back again.
</p>
<p>
Gold closed in London up Dollars 4.45 an ounce at Dollars 375.45, silver
ended at Dollars 4.57 1/2 , up 13 cents an ounce, while platinum closedonly
10 cents up at Dollars 366.75.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1041 Gold Ores </item>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1041 </item>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>267</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: British Gas in Polish deal
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BOBINSKI
<name type=place>WARSAW</name></byline>
<p>
British Gas has been granted oil and gas exploration rights in a 9,000 sq km
area 100km west of Warsaw. The British company is expected to spend
USDollars 20m over the next three years on the project.
</p>
<p>
Amoco was granted petroleum exploration rights in Poland just over a year
ago and is also to drill for coalbed methane in Silesia in projects worth a
total of USDollars 30m.
</p>
<p>
The Polish government is also talking to a Shell-Exxon consortium on
exploration rights in an area east of Poznan, while a new tender closing
next April has just been opened for sites further east of Poznan and east of
Gdansk.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> PL  Poland, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>151</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Pakistan set for another
disappointing cotton crop </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FARHAN BOKHARI
<name type=place>ISLAMABAD</name></byline>
<p>
Pakistan's cotton output will be at least 15 per cent below target this
year.
</p>
<p>
'We will not be able to achieve our targets and we may stay in the range of
10m bales,' said Mr Chaudhary Ahmed Mukhtar, the minister of state for
commerce. That would represent a shortfall of 2m bales.
</p>
<p>
Pakistan had expected a bumper cotton crop of over 12m bales, but large
losses were caused by inadequate rainfall and a subsequent pest attack in
the province of Punjab. Last year the crop was 3m bales below target because
of widespread floods.
</p>
<p>
Mr Mukhtar was still hopeful, however, that some of the production loss
would be compensated by higher international prices . Pakistan expects that
its leading cotton market competitors, such and India and China, will also
face short-falls because of crop damage.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> PK  Pakistan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0131 Cotton </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0131 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>172</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Commodities Prices: Cotton and Jute </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
COTTON Liverpool- Spot and shipment sales amounted to 197 tonnes for the
week ended 26 November, against 60 tonnes in the previous week. Improved
demand brought moderate purchases, mainly in Bali and Cameroon descriptions.
Benin growths made some headway.
</p>
<p>
JUTE
</p>
<p>
September/October c and f Dundee: BTC Dollars 465, BWC Dollars 490, BTD
Dollars 440, BWD Dollars 455. c and f Antwerp: BTC Dollars 455, BWC Dollars
455, BTD Dollars 425, BWD Dollars 425.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0131 Cotton </item>
<item> P0139 Field Crops Ex Cash Grains, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0131 </item>
<item> P0139 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>108</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Estonia's hot rock industry
shows its age - The republic's oil shale sector faces severe cost problems
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MATTHEW KAMINSKI</byline>
<p>
Large black mounds dot the flat landscape along the southern Gulf of Finland
coast. These mountains of ash are sombre monuments to Estonia's oil shale
industry and the environmental damage it has inflicted on the area over the
past 70 years.
</p>
<p>
Ecological questions are less peripheral than they were under Soviet rule,
but the newly independent state is being forced to restructure its energy
sector in the face of mounting economic costs.
</p>
<p>
Thanks to oil shale, Estonia enjoys a measure of self-sufficiency rare among
former Soviet republics. The fossil fuel covers half the country's energy
needs, including all electricity demand, according to the International
Monetary Fund. Worryingly, however, output has been falling - from the
equivalent of 5m tonnes of oil in 1990 to 4.22m tonnes in 1992. The drop
would be even more marked but for sustained electricity exports to Latvia.
</p>
<p>
Age and inefficiency are the chief culprits at all three levels of
production: mining, retorting and upgrading.
</p>
<p>
Estonia's only natural resource, the oil-bearing rock, is mined at three
open pits and two underground mines near Kohtla Jarve, an hour's drive east
of Tallinn, the capital. Since the 1920s, plants have turned the fossil fuel
source into liquid fuel and electricity by retorting, or heating, and then
upgrading.
</p>
<p>
Because of high costs, the mines are not extracting fast enough to meet
demand. Imported explosives are too expensive, accounting for a full third
of all costs associated with oil shale production. Little can be done about
that, but the consultancy Arthur D. Little said in a recent study that costs
could be reduced by buying new machinery and selecting mining sites more
wisely.
</p>
<p>
The retorting operations, using ancient gas-generators, also desperately
need new equipment to improve efficiency. Normally, state-owed enterprises
would be privatised to do this, but the retorts are not hot items. 'They're
awful. Nobody will buy it,' says Mr Jaan Uustalu, of the Estonian ministry
of economics.
</p>
<p>
Instead the government plans to sell off subsidised divisions at two of the
three chemical factories, such as the ammonia and urea producing operations,
and keep profitable production of shale oil, the fuel product, in state
hands for another ten to 15 years. Shale oil production at present fails to
meet its profit potential, reckoned at around Dollars 60m a year, because
the other divisions eat the money.
</p>
<p>
Kivioli and Kohtla Jarve, the two plants, also face staff reductions. The
larger Kohtla Jarve plant, with 3,500 employees, would ideally have to lay
off half the employees to be profitable, according to Mr Uustalu.
</p>
<p>
Kivioli is starting to move into the black after recently cutting its
workforce from 2,500 to 1,100. The small plant's advantages are
illustrative: it operates 400 tonne retorts, rather than the 1,000 tonne
units used at Kohtla Jarve, to get better yields and higher quality of shale
oil and to use less energy.
</p>
<p>
The broader economic question, hotly debated in Estonia, revolves around
price. Since spring producers have pressed for a rise in the state-set lump
oil shale price, which is below cash flow minimums needed by the mines. The
government did raise the price from EKr36 to EKr45 a tonne on October 21,
but only after pressure from Eesti Energia, the state electricity company.
</p>
<p>
Mr Uustalu estimates that, to reflect true cost, the price must go up to
EKr65 per tonne. But the government fears this might stoke inflation. The
latest increase electricity raised costs by some 27 per cent, compared with
an inflation rate of just 5.6 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The processing factories are also worried. Arthur D Little found Kivioli
could afford to buy oil shale at prices up to EKr110.5 a tonne but Kohtla
Jarve would be forced into bankruptcy if the price was set at EKr65 a tonne.
</p>
<p>
At current low prices, however, the industry as a whole suffers. Declining
output hurts lucrative exports: on the world market, shale oil fetches
Dollars 75 a tonne, raised to Dollars 105 a tonne in Rotterdam by the
inclusion of transport costs.
</p>
<p>
More importantly, if mined and processed correctly, oil shale could help
make up for the drop in Russian oil imports by supplying at least a quarter
of domestic fuel needs, up from below 20 per cent today. Last year Finland
helped the country through the tough winter with a 100,000-tonne delivery of
heating oil, but Estonia needs a more fecund domestic fuel industry.
</p>
<p>
Western governments are equally, if not more, worried about the high
environmental cost. Oil shale mining has left a legacy of pollution around
Kohtla Jarve with an estimated 350m tonnes of untreated water pumped out of
the mines annually. The Purtse River is biologically dead and local bathers
recount coming out of area streams covered with black ash.
</p>
<p>
The large ash mounds are another a problem: they have a 10 per cent organic
content, which slowly leaks out.
</p>
<p>
Finland allotted FMr37.4m (Dollars 6.5m) last year to help ease
environmental problems in Estonia, oil shale pollution chief among them. But
no active cleaning operation is under way. 'Everyone's there looking at it
and thinking about it. The hotels are happy", comments an Estonian
government official.
</p>
<p>
The last, less discussed, alternative would leave the oil shale in the
ground until the price went up or a less costly way was found to develop
Estonia's unique resource. But few in Tallinn can afford such patience.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> EE  Estonia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P1321 Natural Gas Liquids </item>
<item> P9511 Air, Water, and Solid Waste Management </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> RES  Pollution </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P1321 </item>
<item> P9511 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>960</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Farm exit bonds 'could save EU
Pounds 3.8bn a year' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALISON MAITLAND</byline>
<p>
The European Union could save about Ecu5bn (Pounds 3.8bn) a year in
agricultural spending in the short-term under a bond scheme that would
replace open-ended subsidies for farmers, according to a study published
today.
</p>
<p>
The study, published by the European Policy Forum, a London-based
think-tank, examines options for so-called exit bonds, which would guarantee
farmers a sum equivalent to the subsidies they replace, but only for a fixed
period, in this case 15 years.
</p>
<p>
After that, all financial support would end and farmers would be subject to
market forces.
</p>
<p>
Barclays Bank economist Mr Philip Poole, who wrote the report, said recent
reforms of the common agricultural policy did not go far enough.
</p>
<p>
'Medium term budgetary savings are unlikely, particularly in view of the
prospects for (EU) enlargement to include agricultural producers in central
and eastern Europe,' he said. 'Reconciling the revamped CAP regime with
global trading rules is also problematic under existing plans for reform.'
</p>
<p>
His report draws on proposals put forward by Prof Stefan Tangermann,
applying them to a specific sector - UK wheat production - in order to
examine their likely impact.
</p>
<p>
Mr Poole suggests that farmers could choose between two kinds of exit bonds.
The first, income-only bond, would pay interest in the form of a coupon for
a fixed term, while the second would provide no income but grow in value
until maturity.
</p>
<p>
The bonds would be tradeable on a secondary market, so that farmers who
wanted to leave the industry could sell them and re-invest in some other
activity, such as leisure facilities. Alternatively, farmers could use the
bond as collateral for a loan to restructure their holdings, for example by
cutting food production and diversifying into a non-farm business.
</p>
<p>
'The only rationale for continuing the subsidisation of agriculture is that
farmers have invested over an extended period on the basis of previous EC
policy and you need to give them time to readjust,' said Mr Poole. 'This
gives them that opportunity with a guaranteed period of subsidy but then
they have to live with the market.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Poole suggests that the near-term annual savings to the CAP budget,
standing at Ecu35bn this year, would be about Ecu5bn, assuming that 15 per
cent of farmers choose the second bond option to take advantage of its
higher sale value in order to leave the industry. This is because subsidies
to those farmers would end immediately and the EU would not have to pay out
on the bond for 15 years.
</p>
<p>
Exit bonds would also remove the need for set-aside, since they would bring
about the shrinkage in arable production which set-aside is designed to
achieve, Mr Poole said.
</p>
<p>
Reform of the Common Agricultural Policy: the use of exit bonds. European
Policy Forum, 20 Queen Anne's Gate, London SW1H 9AA. Free.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
<item> P9641 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>514</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: UK poultry industry 'at
disadvantage' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DEBORAH HARGREAVES</byline>
<p>
More stringent application of European Union rules in the British poultry
industry is costing companies around Pounds 60m more than their competitors
in other member states, according to the National Farmers' Union.
</p>
<p>
Mr Norman Brook, NFU poultry chairman, told a House of Commons select
committee that he believed the UK industry's costs were Pounds 30.4m higher
than those of French companies. In addition, he estimated that tighter
salmonella rules added 4p a dozen to the cost of producing eggs in the UK.
</p>
<p>
UK poultry producers were operating on very low margins, which gave them
little ability to invest in new equipment in line with tighter regulations
on animal health, according to Mr John Maunder, managing director of Lloyd
Maunder, poultry producers.
</p>
<p>
'I believe we lead Europe in animal welfare regulations. The industry is
making a massive investment by January 1995 in new equipment,' he told the
committee. The industry must bring its equipment up to meet standards set in
the EU's Battery Cage directive which Mr Maunder estimated would cost about
Pounds 10 a bird.
</p>
<p>
Poultry industry representatives told the committee that a settlement of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade would put further pressure on
producers with an expected large increase in imports to the EU. In addition,
restrictions on export subsidies that would accompany a Gatt agreement could
see French producers finding it harder to export outside the EU and
diverting shipments to the UK.
</p>
<p>
Separately, the British Egg Industry council told the committee that annual
egg consumption in the UK had dropped from 225 a person to 177 over the past
5 years. Free-range eggs' market share had risen to 15 per cent over the
same period, and was expected to grow to 20 per cent by the end of the
decade.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P025  Poultry and Eggs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P025 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>335</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (5): Slow to catch
on to their potential uses - Derivatives </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TRACY CORRIGAN</byline>
<p>
The recent expansion of derivatives trading has yet to feed fully into the
fund management industry. International fund managers have been slower to
catch on to the potential uses of derivative instruments than the treasurers
of large international companies, most of whom actively use swaps and
options to manage their exposure.
</p>
<p>
Fund managers now account for a relatively small portion of the Dollars
140,000bn-worth of futures contracts traded annually on the world's
exchanges, and an even smaller portion of the notional Dollars 4,500bn
outstanding in the over-the-counter (OTC) swaps market. (The OTC market
consists of specially tailored, bi-lateral agreements between two
counterparties, rather than contracts traded on and cleared on exchanges).
</p>
<p>
A gradual evolution is in progress, but most fund managers remain extremely
cautious, even sceptical. However, many of them have woken up to the
advantages of using derivative instruments for asset allocation. Because
futures contracts traded on exchanges are more liquid than their underlying
cash markets, fund managers often buy, particularly, stock index futures,
when they have decided they like a particular market but are not yet sure
which stocks they wish to buy.
</p>
<p>
Many fund managers go no further. Some are concerned at the lack of
liquidity of some OTC instruments. Most fund managers mark their positions
to market on a daily basis, but it may be difficult to realise that profit
by selling on the option, because of the market's illiquidity.
</p>
<p>
The difficulties involved in performance measurement can prove a deterrent.
And some trustees still do not allow institutions to use derivatives. 'It
would be much easier if we could use derivatives across the board, but we
can't,' says one manager.
</p>
<p>
These difficulties are exacerbated by a lack of familiarity with these
instruments. It is widely accepted that the US fund management industry is
at least a few years ahead of Europe in this area.
</p>
<p>
Often, the institutions most sophisticated in using derivatives have
appointed a specialist head of derivatives, and/or employed staff with a
background in derivative markets. One such is Mr Rob Gambi, head of fixed
interest and currencies at AMP Asset Management, the UK-based fund
management group owned by the Australian insurance company.
</p>
<p>
The complexities of options pricing hold no mystery for Mr Gambi, a former
derivatives specialist at a bank who used to price options for a living. For
him, derivatives are 'multi-dimensional', allowing more complex views to be
expressed. When an investor buys bonds or shares, he takes the view that
they are going to go up. With derivatives, he can take the view that they
are going to go down - and within a certain period of time.
</p>
<p>
There are a number of ways, other than straightforward asset allocation, in
which some fund managers are using derivatives.
</p>
<p>
WRITING OPTIONS:
</p>
<p>
If a fund manager has an overweight position in a particular market, and
thinks he may already have caught most of the rally, he may decide to write
call options against that position.
</p>
<p>
This is called covered call writing. It is common among UK fund managers,
who frequently write options against their UK equity portfolios. Writing, or
selling, options earns additional revenue, thereby enhancing returns, but if
the fund manager does not already hold the underlying securities it can be a
dangerous game.
</p>
<p>
HEDGING:
</p>
<p>
If a fund manager expects a market to rally, without being certain when,
derivatives can be used for protection. If a bond fund manager is
underweight in US Treasuries and overweight in European bonds, because he is
bullish on the European market but concerned that European bonds will
under-perform in the next three months, he can hedge by buying options on
the spread between the two markets.
</p>
<p>
The more specific the hedge, the cheaper it is to buy - you are only paying
for what you get. So knock-out options - which expire if the price of the
underlying security falls below a certain level - have been popular.
</p>
<p>
RISK ENHANCEMENT:
</p>
<p>
Derivatives can be used to adjust risk in ways which are not possible in the
cash market, and which may involve taking on new risk, but will pay off in
several different scenarios.
</p>
<p>
'Nine times out of 10, forward contracts are the best instruments for
currency hedging. Options are more complicated and less liquid,' says Mr
Andrew Maclaren, assistant director at UBS Asset Management in London.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gambi says he is more likely to use derivatives for bonds than for
currencies: 'Let's say I'm fully invested in global bonds, but I want dollar
not D-mark exposure: I can hedge forward my D-marks into dollars. That is
what I would call hard exposure - you make money all the way up and lose
money all the way down.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>830</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (5): Service by
fractions - Costs do make a difference </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN</byline>
<p>
In an industry which defines the difference between success and failure in
fractions of a percentage point, costs make a difference for sharp-eyed
clients asking whether the fund manager has under- or out-performed the
industry median. High on the list of costs are those required for custody.
</p>
<p>
'Typically, all the leading fund managers in the UK had their own
custodians,' says Mr Nigel O'Sullivan, partner in the investment practice at
consulting actuaries Bacon and Woodrow. 'It was a fairly cosy relationship
and there was no unbundling of services because pension fund trustees did
not know what a custodian was.'
</p>
<p>
The recent publication of a report from the UK government's advisory panel
on occupational pension law, headed by Professor Roy Goode, urged that the
appointment of custodians should be a function delegated to trustees, a move
which Mr O'Sullivan believes will only serve to heighten awareness of just
how much that service costs.
</p>
<p>
'We came across one European bank that was offering clients interest rates
of three percentage points below base rates on cash balances of Pounds
250,000 or less,' he says. Furthermore, in the course of advising clients,
Mr O'Sullivan says he has come across custodial banks which habitually
credit client accounts for transactions the maximum number of days after
execution which the client's contract allows.
</p>
<p>
Mr O'Sullivan is one of a growing number of UK pension fund consultants
specialising in advising clients how to get the most out of their custodian
at the lowest cost. Consultants of a similar stripe have been carrying on a
land office business in the US for years, with the result that prices for
the basic master custody service have been driven down to barely profitable
levels.
</p>
<p>
Consultants urge clients to consider the various components of a custodian's
service, and examine whether each can be obtained more cheaply through the
use of several providers. Awareness about fees is accompanied by
increasingly complex client needs. The use of derivative instruments for
sophisticated hedging strategies is becoming an accepted element of
investment. Investment strategies around the world increasingly require
cross-border fund movements.
</p>
<p>
A study prepared by InterSec Research Corp, a pension fund research group,
concludes that US pension funds transferred nearly Dollars 50bn abroad in
the first six months of 1993. This compares with Dollars 30bn which went
abroad in the whole of 1992. Of that, Dollars 2bn went into emerging
markets. By contrast, at the end of 1992, US investment in emerging markets
was Dollars 5.4bn in total. The later development has in particular spurred
demand for the so-called global custodian - the custodian who can service
the client's needs in any number of centres, especially investments in
emerging markets. According to Philips and Drew Fund Management's 1993
survey of investment industry trends, there has been an increasing use of
global custodians by clients. Some say this may be somewhat misleading.
'They are choosing custodians with global capacity,' says Mr Michael Borkan,
vice president at Bank of New York's custody business. 'But what they really
want are a series of regional custodians.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Simon Murray, consultant at Davis International Banking Consultants, says
that some European banks still do not offer interest on cash balances, and
have tended not to have made the significant systems investments, thus
forcing them to be more labour-intensive and more expensive.
</p>
<p>
But Mrs Adrienne Cooper, partner at Coopers &amp; Lybrand, the accountancy firm,
says that price is typically not at the top of the list of criteria for
clients selecting a custodian. Mrs Cooper, who carried out a comprehensive
study of custodial services in Britain for a leading UK insurance company,
says: 'People talk about all these added services. But what they really want
is to have all the basic stuff done well. Better than if they had done it
themselves.
</p>
<p>
'But it is important to say that most of the outfits contracting for
custodial services don't know what it is costing them.'
</p>
<p>
One UK pension fund which has loudly advocated greater transparency in
custodial charges is ESN, which manages the Pounds 12.5bn pension scheme of
the privatised electricity companies. 'You appoint a custodian and you
appoint a fund manager on the basis that you have clarity of responsibility
and clarity of cost,' says Mr Brian Matthews, finance director.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6371 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>768</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (5): Rally may soon
end - Government bond markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARA WEBB</byline>
<p>
Bond investors will probably look back on the early 1990s with affection,
grateful for the generous profits they have reaped from the world's main
government bond markets.
</p>
<p>
With the economies of the US, Europe, Japan and Australia in recession,
there was plenty of scope for investors to make gains in the fixed income
markets. As inflation was brought under control, there was a strong case for
lower interest rates in order to stimulate the flagging economies. (Falling
rates, with a low inflation background, are generally good for bond
markets.)
</p>
<p>
In the first 10 months of 1993, the high-yielding European government bond
markets provided investors with returns of over 20 per cent in local
currency terms. Spanish government bonds showed a gain of 23.13 per cent,
while Italian government bonds rose 22.45 per cent, according to Kemper
Investment Management Co.
</p>
<p>
Given the strong performance of the bond markets, what is perhaps so
surprising is that many institutions still place a relatively low proportion
of their funds in fixed income investments. According to Caps (Combined
Actuarial Performance Services), the average holding of global bonds in UK
pension funds has steadily declined over the past decade. At the end of
September 1993, UK pension funds held 9 per cent of their assets in global
bonds (5 per cent in overseas bonds, 4 per cent in UK fixed interest). In
1982, they had nothing in overseas bond markets, but an average of 21 per
cent in UK fixed income.
</p>
<p>
The question is: just how much further can the bull run in bond markets go?
</p>
<p>
Japanese yields have fallen steadily since 1991 - the official discount rate
fell from 6 per cent in 1991 to 1.75 per cent in 1993, and 10-year
government bond yields have declined from a high of 6.81 per cent in 1991 to
a low of 3.61 per cent in November 1993. As a consequence, many
international investors believe there is little more to be gained from the
Japanese government bond market.
</p>
<p>
In the US, the Treasury bond market has suffered jitters recently over
whether inflation is likely to pick up, fuelling expectations that interest
rates could be edging up again. One international fund manager says: 'We see
the global government bond rally as being very close to its end. In fact in
some countries - the US, and possibly the UK - it could have gone too far
already.'
</p>
<p>
So much of the focus now is on continental Europe, in particular the
expectation that the Bundesbank will continue to bring down its key interest
rates. In the early 1990s, investors felt they could hardly go wrong in
Europe. The prospect of European economic and monetary union meant that
European inflation and interest rates were expected to converge gradually,
while investors saw little risk on the exchange rate front because of the
close currency alliance of the European exchange rate mechanism (ERM).
</p>
<p>
The result was that the Bundesbank set the pace at which other countries
could lower their domestic interest rates; and as the Bundesbank stubbornly
refused to lower its rates as rapidly as some of the other Europeans would
have liked, more and more countries were forced either to devalue within the
ERM or to abandon their links, and when that failed, they opted for wider
fluctuation bands.
</p>
<p>
The UK pound and the Italian lira broke free in autumn 1992, unable to bear
the strain. The fluctuation bands were widened for most of the other
currencies this summer.
</p>
<p>
For many international investors, these changes have had important
consequences. Before the collapse of the ERM, investors had a tendency to
lump the European markets into the D-Mark core bloc and the high-yielders.
</p>
<p>
With the system's collapse, they expected not only to see individual central
banks using their freedom to ease more rapidly (they were largely
disappointed), but they also realised that it was prudent to examine
European markets on a more individual basis.
</p>
<p>
Nick Henderson, at Gartmore fund management, says: 'Break-up of the ERM
means we have to pay closer attention to individual countries - for example,
Belgium. There the government bond market had been swept along on hard core
currency status, but following the ERM break-up, spreads have widened and
currency has remained weak.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>749</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (4): Wall of money
rolls on - US cash has driven world markets this year </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD WATERS</byline>
<p>
US investors, led by the country's ballooning mutual funds, have provided
much of the cash that has fuelled stock and bond markets around the world
this year.
</p>
<p>
The question is now: when will this wall of money subside - and what effect
would a reversal have on the more overheated of the 'emerging country'
stockmarkets?
</p>
<p>
The move by US mutual funds to direct a larger proportion of their cash flow
abroad is the latest twist in the search for higher yields which began with
the flood of cash out of money market instruments and into US stocks and
bonds. The flow of money abroad in earnest, from both bond and equity funds,
dates from the first quarter of the year.
</p>
<p>
So far in 1993, US mutual funds have bought an average of Dollars 20bn a
month of foreign financial assets, split evenly between fixed income and
equity investments.
</p>
<p>
After the post-1987 lull in foreign investment, this renewed interest has
pushed up US holdings of overseas financial assets: total holdings of
foreign equities reached Dollars 210bn at the end of June - twice what they
were two and half years before, according to the Securities Industry
Association. The demand has caused a rapid growth in some US-based mutual
funds. Fidelity Investments, the Boston-based mutual fund group, has seen
its six-year-old international growth and income fund jump from Dollars 100m
in March to Dollars 1bn now.
</p>
<p>
It is all eerily reminiscent of the pre-crash market in 1987. Then, the
perception that US asset prices had become over-inflated encouraged funds to
look for value - and higher yields - abroad.
</p>
<p>
The ebb and flow of interest of US investors in foreign markets is clearly
seen in the rise and fall, and rise again, of some of the big foreign mutual
funds.
</p>
<p>
Assets in Fidelity's main overseas fund, for instance, reached a record
Dollars 3.2bn in 1987, the year of the crash. By the end of last year, the
fund had fallen back to just Dollars 700-800m. This year's renewed interest,
though - and the rising value of assets held in the fund, in dollar terms -
has doubled it again, pushing the level back up to Dollars 1.5bn.
</p>
<p>
One difference from 1987 has been the fad for emerging markets.
</p>
<p>
Last year, US investors bought a net Dollars 5bn of shares in emerging
markets, up from Dollars 2bn the previous year, while total net foreign
equity purchases remained constant at about Dollars 30bn. In the first half
of this year, emerging markets purchases reached nearly Dollars 4bn out of a
total of Dollars 20bn.
</p>
<p>
Mutual funds have not been the first, nor the only, US investors to drive
this flow of capital abroad. US pension funds have also been forced to
become more adventurous in overseas investing, though foreign assets
continue to account for only a small portion of their portfolios. Declining
investment returns in the US and burgeoning liabilities have together forced
the pension funds to be more ambitious in the search for returns.
</p>
<p>
The pressure on pension funds is not restricted to those, mainly in the
steel and auto industries, which have the biggest deficits - though the
extent of the underfunding has reached gargantuan proportions. The deficit
in the 50 weakest funds jumped from Dollars 29bn to Dollars 38bn by the end
of 1992, and will have jumped by as much again by the end of this year,
</p>
<p>
While General Motors grabs the headlines for its Dollars 14bn deficit (it
expects this to become Dollars 24bn this year), the overall picture shows a
general weakening in the financial position of US pension plans.
</p>
<p>
In 1988, according to Buck Consultants in the US, 95 per cent of corporate
pension plans had sufficient assets to cover obligations. By the end of 1992
the proportion had fallen to 76 per cent. Over the period the average
funding ratio of US plans has fallen from 158 per cent to 135 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The funding levels have fallen fast as US interest bond yields have come
down (the yields provide the discount rates used to calculate the present
value of the funds' future liabilities, so falling falling bond yields have
boosted liabilities). Falling bond yields have also hit investment returns,
putting further pressure on funds to be more adventurous in their outlook.
</p>
<p>
But what would happen if Treasury bond yields continued to climb, in turn
helping to stimulate a rise in the US dollar?
</p>
<p>
The returns (in dollar terms) available in some of the emerging markets
would look far less stellar, prompting a retreat by some investors. An
appreciation of the dollar against the European (and perhaps Japanese)
currencies would also make US assets more attractive again. And, given that
the long bond yield fell to nearly 5.5 per cent this autumn, a level of 6.5
per cent or even 7 per cent may not look so bad after all.
</p>
<p>
'The US has become the fountain of liquidity for the world. One thing that
will shut it off overnight is a good correction,' says Mr John Hickling,
manager of Fidelity's overseas fund. The Treasury bond market's losses so
far are more of a hiccup than a correction, he adds - but it is a movement
that is already sending jitters through stockmarkets around the world.
</p>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
NET PURCHASES OF FOREIGN EQUITIES BY US INVESTORS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
January-June 1993                        Dollars bn
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
European Union                                  9.2
Other Europe                                    2.3
Canada                                          2.6
Latin America                                   2.3
Hong Kong                                       1.8
Japan                                           2.3
Other                                           1.2
TOTAL                                          21.7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Securities Industry Association
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
NET PURCHASES OF FOREIGN BONDS BY US INVESTORS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
January-June 1993                        Dollars bn
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
European Union                                 23.0
Other Europe                                    1.3
Canada                                          7.7
Mexico                                          2.0
Other Latin America                            -5.3
Japan                                          -0.7
Other                                          -0.7
TOTAL                                          27.3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Securities Industry Association
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 38</biblScope>
<extent>1030</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (4): EU failure to
agree - Artificial barriers to pension investment </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN</byline>
<p>
Just over three years ago, the European Commission began work on a directive
aimed at lifting the barriers to pension fund investment and pension rights
mobility across Europe.
</p>
<p>
The goal, in line with other EC directives, was to remove the artificial
barriers which countries have constructed to keep their assets at home. But
while great strides towards free movement in banking, insurance and
investment services have passed the critical hurdles within the EU, free
movement in pension investment remains an elusive goal.
</p>
<p>
'The insurance and banking directives were more far reaching than the
pension directive,' said Mr Humbert Drabbe, of the Commission's DG-15, which
has been shepherding the directive through the system. 'And those were
achieved within one year.'
</p>
<p>
Why liberalising pension fund investment is so thorny, when agreement is
possible on banking and insurance, remains a vexing question. But the facts
are that last June, the European Commission failed to agree on terms of the
directive hammered out over a two-year period, and referred it back to the
EU's Internal Market Council.
</p>
<p>
Since then, several meetings of the council have been held to try to work
out a compromise which will allow the directive to gain the approval of all
member states. But fundamental differences in the style of pension fund
provision throughout Europe and varying degrees of dependence on pension
scheme assets to fund public sector deficits remain obstacles.
</p>
<p>
The draft rejected by the full council contained three key elements. First,
a rule barring countries from requiring minimum degrees of investment in any
category or nationality of investment. Second a rule allowing countries to
set a maximum investment in any category. And third, a rule barring
countries from requiring that more than 60 per cent of liabilities be
financed by assets in the same currency.
</p>
<p>
This last rule, which applies to defined benefit final salary schemes, has
proved to be perhaps the most controversial one of all. The directive does
allow a higher ceiling of 80 per cent to apply to money-purchase defined
contribution schemes.
</p>
<p>
The European Federation of Retired People (EFRP), a Europe-wide body
representing pension scheme sponsors, is deeply troubled by the directive.
</p>
<p>
'We would rather have no directive than a bad directive,' said Mr Koen de
Ryck, permanent representative. In short, Mr de Ryck says, the directive
falls far short of what is needed to help funded pension schemes achieve the
kinds of returns they will need to meet retirement bills in the next
century. Not only is there extensive academic research to show that currency
diversification reduces risk and increases returns, but in some countries
domestic markets are too small to absorb all the cash which could
potentially be invested in them.
</p>
<p>
Moreover, the directive is more restrictive than what is already allowed in
many EC states, thus raising the possibility that some governments will wish
to roll back their relatively liberal laws and adopt those in line with the
directive.
</p>
<p>
Figures from the EFRP show wide variations in the degree to which European
pension schemes invest outside their home country. In the UK and Ireland,
the figures are 29.98 and 35 per cent respectively, while Denmark has only 4
per cent of its assets outside the country.
</p>
<p>
And while there are no investment requirements in the UK, Netherlands or
Ireland, other countries do set limits both on categories of asset and
non-domestic investment.
</p>
<p>
In Germany, purchases of foreign securities are limited to 5 per cent of
total assets, while the total equity exposure of a pension scheme is limited
to 30 per cent. Switzerland limits total equity investment to 50 per cent of
assets, but foreign purchases may be no more than 30 per cent of assets.
Denmark, which relies heavily on pension schemes to purchase government debt
and mortgage bonds, sets a ceiling on total equity exposure at 40 per cent
and foreign purchases at 15 per cent of assets.
</p>
<p>
Given these rules, it is easy to see why some EC states feel the directive
goes too far. Several member states, France and Italy in particular, tried
hard to raise the 60 per cent currency matching requirement to 80 per cent
for all pension schemes. They point to the currency matching requirements of
the EC Insurance directive and ask why more liberal investment rules should
apply to pensions.
</p>
<p>
Mr Emmanuel Reynaud, pensions researcher at Institute de Recherches
Economiques et Sociales, the French labour think tank, said 'One problem
with pensions at the European level is that people do not understand each
other.' In France, which has almost no funded pension schemes anyway, there
is no distinction between pension and insurance.
</p>
<p>
Ironically, the member states which have raised the greatest objections to
the liberalising moves are those with the smallest pools of pension scheme
assets. France, for instance, relies almost entirely on so-called Pay As You
Go financing, in which the current generation of workers pays for its
parents' retirement and has almost nothing to invest. For the French, the
terms of the EC pensions directive are still academic.
</p>
<p>
With growing public sector deficits, many European governments have kept
their eyes on the the potential for domestic pension pools to finance their
debts. Among the factors leading to the withdrawal of the proposed directive
in June was opposition from the Dutch government. While there are officially
no restrictions on pension fund investment there, foreign investment for its
huge public sector scheme, the ABP scheme, is limited to 5 per cent of
assets. The Dutch tried - and failed - to have the APB scheme exempted from
the legislation on the grounds that it is a social security system.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, the French tried and failed to have their AGIRC and ARRCO schemes
classified in the same manner.
</p>
<p>
'I do not believe that there will be a pensions directive,' Mr Reynaud said.
</p>
<p>
Still, Mr Drabbe of DG 15 remains much more optimistic. The Belgians,
currently holding the EU presidency, are determined to achieve a directive
by the end of their term. But whether it is one which truly liberalises
pension investment remains to be seen.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 38</biblScope>
<extent>1067</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (4): Brokers'
prayers are answered at last - Japanese fund managers return to market </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO</byline>
<p>
A recent visit by leading Japanese brokerage officials to Ise Shrine, an
important Shinto sanctuary, to pray for a recovery of the Tokyo stock
market, may have failed to support share prices, but it seems to have
brought Japanese institutional investors back into the market.
</p>
<p>
The recent falls in the stock market are pushing share prices to levels
which make the Tokyo market's value seem reasonable. Leading life insurance
companies recently said they were considering stepping up purchases of
Japanese shares.
</p>
<p>
During the first half of the business year, sharp declines in interest rates
prompted increased bond investments. However, investors are becoming
increasingly wary that bond prices may be peaking out, and are searching for
alternative investments.
</p>
<p>
With buying by foreign investors and public pension funds petering out,
Japanese stocks failed to find support until recently. But the Tokyo market
broke through the main psychological support levels in November, making
stocks more attractive.
</p>
<p>
Nippon Life, the country's largest life insurance company, says it will
actively buy stocks of companies with good earnings performances if the
stock market continues to decline. The company bought stocks worth Y30bn in
November. Officials at Sumitomo Life said the company purchased Y50bn during
October and November.
</p>
<p>
Investment in tokkin, or specified trust funds, by insurance companies,
which accounts for about 3.8 per cent of total assets, were up by 19 per
cent over the last year.
</p>
<p>
Foreign investors and public funds have been the main buyers of Japanese
shares. Public pension funds have been pumped into the market by the
government to prop up share prices since the Nikkei plunged to a six year
low in August last year.
</p>
<p>
The sharp appreciation of the yen attracted foreign investors, and
foreigners have been the leading buyers since last March. However, a recent
halt in the yen's price has caused profit taking; overseas investors have
become net sellers of Japanese shares since the end of September.
</p>
<p>
Until recently, domestic investors invested heavily in the bond market. Life
insurers, the largest category of institutional investor with total assets
of Y157,000bn, actively placed funds in the government bond market. Bond
yields have fallen sharply as the Bank of Japan cut its discount rate to a
record low 1.75 per cent.
</p>
<p>
According to brokers James Capel in Tokyo, total investments in bonds by
life insurers rose by 42 per cent during the year to June, accounting for
almost half of net cash flow. Government bond investments rose by 71 per
cent, while local government bond investments rose by 66 per cent.
</p>
<p>
In sharp contrast to bond investments, life insurers' attitudes to shares
have been conservative. Equity investment has fallen to below 20 per cent,
with only 5.8 per cent, or Y710bn of net cash flow, invested in the stock
market.
</p>
<p>
The strength of the yen has taken away incentive for Japanese institutions
to invest overseas. 'We're trying to reduce European and US investments
because of currency movements and the high prices,' says a fund manager at
Tokio Fire and Marine, a non-life insurance company.
</p>
<p>
Uncertainty over the Nafta trade negotiations has also been a reason to
restrain allocation of assets to the US. Overseas investments have been
reduced by life insurance companies over the past year by Y1,100bn to about
10 per cent of total assets.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kazuo Tamayama, fund manager at the second investment division of Yasuda
Kasai Brinson Investment Management, expects to maintain a portfolio
weighted heavily towards bond investments, keeping weightings in equities at
a minimum. He expects a further rise in government bond prices, but does not
see an upturn in the stock market and advises taking profits in equity
holdings.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Japanese fund managers have recently joined in the rush among US
institutions to invest in Asian markets, where growth potential is expected
to overcome currency risk. Over Y210,000bn in Asian funds has been
established this year. Nomura Investment Trust set up two large scale
investment trusts based in the region at the end of October.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Jason James, strategist at James Capel, believes that Japanese
institutional investors are eventually going to be forced to invest in the
Tokyo stock market because of the lack of alternatives.
</p>
<p>
Some insurance companies are becoming increasingly nervous about the rise in
the bond market, and are starting to take profits. Growth in corporate
loans, which accounts for 40 per cent of life insurers' assets, is likely to
be difficult to sustain, as demand for funds is declining. Companies have
slashed capital spending, and refinancing needs for equity-linked bonds
issued during the late 1980s have also peaked.
</p>
<p>
Property investments have grown strongly. Mr James believes that low
interest rates and low equity weightings at financial institutions offer
buying opportunities which could 'represent the start of a sustainable new
trend.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 38</biblScope>
<extent>847</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (3): Well placed to
out-perform market - As the crisis in the property sector diminishes,
Christine Moir finds the market in better shape </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTINE MOIR</byline>
<p>
All the main property markets have been in crisis to some degree over the
past three years.
</p>
<p>
Falling rents and demand, over-supply from the development boom of the late
1980s, recessionary squeezes throughout the broad economy and structural
problems in some centres have persuaded many investors to become net
disinvestors in property.
</p>
<p>
But the corner may have been turned. According to Rick Lacaille of NatWest
Investment Management's property team: 'The perception now is that there may
be a risk in not being in property. Not that property assets will suddenly
shoot ahead but the sector is now placed to out-perform steadily.'
</p>
<p>
The price of that change in perception has been a savage correction in
property values across the world.
</p>
<p>
Over the past year that painful process has been reinforced by falling
interest rates. In those centres where the dual effect has been to produce a
positive yield gap between property and fixed interest, investors are
returning.
</p>
<p>
Evidence is still patchy. The UK Central Statistical Office (CSO) figures
for the second quarter (the latest available) inspired a wave of invective
from property market professionals for suggesting that institutions had
lapsed back into net sellers of Pounds 177m of property in the UK in the
second quarter this year, after a spring flurry of net buying amounting to
Pounds 155m.
</p>
<p>
Anecdotal evidence pointed to buying activity continuing to strengthen in
the summer. But the two might not really be in dispute.
</p>
<p>
The Pru is typical in concentrating on its home market for the present. 'We
disinvested from Europe over the past few years and we are not planning to
re-enter it. We don't feel we have sufficiently good information about the
markets. In North America we are looking more actively, but we haven't done
deals.'
</p>
<p>
Nigel King, Salomon Brothers' head of European real estate, confirms that,
for US institutions, cross-border activity has been a low priority recently.
'There has been concern over currencies, the economic slow down and lease
structures. On top of that, US institutions have been busy turning private
pools of assets into public pools.' This has mostly taken the form of
repackaging property portfolios from failed savings and loans operations as
quoted Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
</p>
<p>
Where US investors do look abroad, Mr King says, their first port of call is
London. Beyond that their preferences are - in order - Paris, Frankfurt and
Madrid.
</p>
<p>
US investors are not the only ones to turn their eyes first to London. As it
becomes the first important market to complete the painful correction and
offer positive rates of return compared with cash and fully priced equities,
overseas investors remember the virtues of the UK's uniquely long leases and
upwards-only rent reviews.
</p>
<p>
In the past couple of months, says Malcolm Naish, a fund management partner
at Jones Lang Wootton, competitive bidding has returned to the London
market. Interest has resurfaced from German, middle eastern and far eastern
investors - witness last month's sale of the headquarters of the European
Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), at No 1 Exchange Square, in
the Broadgate development, to Deutsche Grundbesitz Investmentgesellschaft.
</p>
<p>
David Seddon, Mr Naish's colleague, confirms that London's restructuring is
the most advanced of European centres.
</p>
<p>
Price corrections elsewhere have not yet been completed. Nevertheless some
markets are already reviving. In Germany lettings remain weak, but the
investment side is buoyant, with local open ended investment funds sucking
in DM11bn in the first nine months of 1993, compared with DM6bn for the
whole of 1992. Since they must invest at least 50 per cent of income,
domestic markets are now sure to be supported. Munich, Hamburg and
Dusseldorf are likely to benefit first. Rents there have stabilised, while
in Frankfurt and Berlin rents are still falling back from the giddy peaks of
post-union euphoria.
</p>
<p>
Demand is also picking up in the Benelux countries, where rent stability has
also returned. Brussels, which showed exceptional growth from 1987 until
last year, is beginning to be attractive again, especially to Scandinavian
investors. The four main cities of the Dutch randstadt have developed a
positive yield gap over fixed rate mortgage money. Although they are
dominated by Dutch institutions, these markets also attract cautious
international funds happy with the long history of rents matching inflation.
</p>
<p>
Opinion is most divided about Paris. No investment market to speak of has
existed there for the past couple of years, yet many investors remain
sceptical about whether the locals have got the message and reduced prices
far enough.
</p>
<p>
Others believe that the final correction cannot be far off, and that rents
will bottom out by the end of this year. On this theory, France is the
market for 1994, and a few institutions are already fishing at the bottom,
hoping for early worms.
</p>
<p>
Spain continues to present a less than attractive front. although prices
have more than halved. Madrid is simply over-built outside its historic
core, which is largely closed to commercial opportunities. Rents in
Barcelona, despite having fallen from Pta4,500 to Pta2,500 per sq m per
month, may still not have bottomed out. And prices still produce a yield of
7.5 per cent at a time when cash offers 8 per cent to 9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
In short, Europe divides into two halves: the north already active and in
some cases buoyant; inertia still ruling in France and Spain - though with
France, perhaps, poised to hit bottom and bounce back.
</p>
<p>
Everywhere, however, investors' appetite will only be maintained if interest
rates remain below property yields.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6798 Real Estate Investment Trusts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6798 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 37</biblScope>
<extent>987</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (3): Volatility is
likely to continue - The foreign exchange markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER MONTAGNON</byline>
<p>
One of the striking features of international financial markets this year
has been an outflow of funds from the US as investors there seek higher
yields.
</p>
<p>
It has not been so much a question of retail money moving abroad. Small
investors prefer to stick with their own market, but their push into US
stocks and bonds has driven up local values to the point where institutions
have felt compelled to seek better opportunities overseas.
</p>
<p>
Since this development coincides with a feeling among large institutions
that they are underweight in international issues, many have begun to
increase their foreign exposure to 20 per cent - or even more - of their
total portfolio.
</p>
<p>
That, however, only serves to aggravate the nagging worry about the currency
risk they may be running, especially given the widespread perception that,
after years of cyclical decline since the Plaza agreement of 1985, the
dollar may tend to strengthen once US interest rates start to rise. US
investors could then see their foreign market gains wiped out by currency
loss.
</p>
<p>
Besides, currency volatility in the second half of last year was as high as
it had been since 1985, says Ms Margaret Waller of Pareto Partners, the
London-based currency advisers. 'There is no evidence that volatility is
going to turn down, particularly given the changes to the ERM (European
exchange rate mechanism). If anything, it's going to become more of an
issue.'
</p>
<p>
Thus it is no surprise that US fund managers should be expressing increasing
interest in currency management techniques such as overlay, whereby currency
and investment decisions are taken separately and appropriate hedging
arrangements put in place for the latter.
</p>
<p>
A recent survey of US funds by Rogers, Casey, the Connecticut consultancy,
shows more than half of them expected active currency management of their
international investments to increase over the next three years, and 71 per
cent expected currency overlay to reduce the volatility of these
investments.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Reza Viskai of Rogers, Casey, the appeal is enhanced by the
perception that active currency management can add value to the portfolio.
'You can actually enhance the return on your international investment,' he
says.
</p>
<p>
One way this can work is if investors change their hedge ratios as currency
rates move, so that they increase their exposure to a strengthening currency
and reduce it to a strengthening one.
</p>
<p>
Some investors go further and engage in active currency investment for its
own sake, through the derivatives market. That increases the return compared
with a conventional overlay which cannot use leverage, but it also increases
the risk.
</p>
<p>
The slowly growing popularity of the latter approach to currencies is,
however, an admission that currency decisions involve some active judgment.
Using outside advice to put a currency overlay in place can provide comfort
for the fund manager who does not wish to take full responsibility for the
impact of exchange rate movements, but it does not provide automatic
protection.
</p>
<p>
Judgments are easier to make when currencies are moving in a clear long term
trend. They are harder when the waters are simply choppy, as may be the case
at the moment.
</p>
<p>
Nor is an active hedging policy easy to pursue in every type of investment.
Emerging market portfolios are difficult to hedge, for example, because of
the limited instruments available in individual currencies, and because high
real short term interest rates in developing countries would often make
hedging expensive.
</p>
<p>
Indeed, the only currencies where hedging is easily available are the yen,
the larger European currencies and the dollar itself.
</p>
<p>
Emerging market exposure can be hedged by using the dollar as a proxy for
developing country currencies which are often linked to the US unit, but
hedging by proxy can produce some nasty surprises, as some US investors
found when the ERM collapsed.
</p>
<p>
While the ERM was holding together, the D-mark could count as a proxy for
the smaller currencies in the system, which also, incidentally, carried
higher interest rates. It was thus tempting, if only on cost grounds, to use
the D-mark to hedge exposure to, say, Irish pounds or Spanish pesetas. That
looked a lot less sensible when the high interest rate currencies started to
devalue.
</p>
<p>
Partly because they are more used to taking currency exposure as a matter of
routine, UK fund managers remain less drawn to overlay theory. 'Using
currency tactically is something we do all the time, but it's part of the
overall iterative process,' says Ms Caroline Burton of GRE. She does not
believe that it makes sense to separate the decisions on whether to have
exposure in yen and whether to buy European bonds.
</p>
<p>
One important relationship, the sterling dollar rate, has been remarkably
stable over the past year, but that does not mean currency management does
not help.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tom Crombie of Scottish Equitable says that while the Japanese market may
have room to rise, the yen's appreciation against sterling has probably just
about run its course.
</p>
<p>
Low interest rates in Japan mean it actually saves money to hedge Japanese
exposure against a fall in the yen. Scottish Equitable has covered half its
exposure in this way. Cleverly, it has also used the savings to buy an
option that allows it to benefit if the currency continues to rise. That
looks like the best of both worlds.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 37</biblScope>
<extent>943</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (2): From Brady to
Beijing - Emerging markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BARRY RILEY</byline>
<p>
In September Morgan Stanley, the New York-based investment bank, led a tour
of American and European institutional investors to China. A subsequent huge
surge in Hong Kong share prices, as Morgan Stanley's investment strategists
sharply raised their target weightings, symbolised the power of the flows of
funds now moving around the globe, with an impact especially on the
so-called emerging markets.
</p>
<p>
The key conclusion - according to a subsequent 80-page report, exclamatorily
entitled 'China]' - was that 'investing in China's future will be the
world's most profitable investment opportunity for the next 10 years'.
</p>
<p>
History may well show that the hype associated with the Morgan Stanley trip
marked a temporary peak in the fortunes of the Hong Kong market. By
mid-November Morgan Stanley was reducing its weighting again, apparently
taking something less than a ten-year view.
</p>
<p>
Investors in emerging markets are seeking high returns to offset the
generally high risks, and after a prosperous few years they are confident
that the rewards are there. For instance, as Mr John Mullen of the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York points out in a recent study, annualised equity
returns averaged more than 20 per cent over the years 1976-92 in Argentina,
Chile, Mexico, South Korea and Thailand. Developed country returns, in
comparison, were in the 14-17 per cent range over the same period.
</p>
<p>
The current emerging markets boom reflects the coincidence of two, maybe
three, favourable trends. There has been a general outflow of capital from
the US, partly reflecting greater international diversification by pension
funds and partly, also, a search for value by mutual fund investors who have
embarked on an unprecedented shift towards international bond and equity
funds.
</p>
<p>
Second, the developed markets happen to have become relatively unappealing.
Economic growth in Japan and Continental Europe is currently zero or even
minus something. In many countries, bond interest rates have slipped to
levels not seen for many years, and US pension funds are having trouble in
reaching their actuarial rate of return targets by investing in conventional
US Treasury or corporate bonds. For example, each 1 percentage point fall in
bond yields increases the deficit of General Motors' pension plan by Dollars
5bn-Dollars 6bn.
</p>
<p>
The focus of global investors has therefore shifted to developing countries,
where economic growth rates are still high - often 6 per cent a year in
Latin America and parts of the Far East. Indeed, there is a fashionable
theory that the economic momentum of south east Asia is now strong enough -
especially as a source of cheap manufactures - to be causing a realignment
of the global economy.
</p>
<p>
The emergence of China is a key element in this argument. India and
Indonesia, with big populations, also have great potential. If relatively
small nations such as South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore and Thailand could
create a significant impact, how much more dramatic will the changes be when
the giants of the region really get going?
</p>
<p>
Hence the theories of investment strategists that global equity investors
should search for growth in these fast-expanding emerging markets, while the
uncompetitive developed world will be troubled by price deflation and
economic depression (although developed country bond prices may benefit from
low inflation).
</p>
<p>
The third factor that has encouraged investment in emerging markets relates
in a rather less specific way to favourable political developments. Many
Third World countries have dumped socialism and adopted market-oriented
policies much more acceptable to international investors.
</p>
<p>
This trend has not yet done much to encourage flows of capital into Eastern
Europe or Africa, where the political obstacles are judged to be too great
for the time being. But Latin America has benefited tremendously, and is
currently receiving large flows of capital from the US.
</p>
<p>
After the protracted insolvency crisis of the 1980s, most Latin American
countries are now regaining their creditworthiness, especially after the
Brady-type debt restructurings. For instance, American investors bought
Dollars 1.4bn worth of Mexican bonds in 1992 - and stepped that up to
Dollars 2bn in the first half of 1993. Bigger sums still are involved in
equities - but the political and financial frameworks of many countries
remain fragile.
</p>
<p>
So risks remain, but investing in emerging markets is no longer primarily
the occupation of pioneers - the kind of lone prospectors who would fly into
Bangkok or Santiago, aiming to be the first foreigner investors in town.
</p>
<p>
A global infrastructure is being built, so that today international equity
and bond placements are quite frequently made by developing countries.
Privatisation issues have featured strongly, and provide the kind of large
scale and solid corporate investments that are favoured by mainstream global
investors. For example, Telemex raised Dollars 1.2bn in 1991, with a listing
on the New York stock exchange, and such placements reached some Dollars 9bn
in 1992.
</p>
<p>
Mr Martin Quintin-Archard is managing director of emerging market debt
trading at Intercapital Brokers. the London firm. 'We sell Mexican CDs to
Danish pension funds,' he says. 'It's a completely global business. We sell
Peruvian debt to the Singaporeans.'
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, once investors move outside a narrow group of large,
relatively liquid issues, they still need to tread carefully. Share prices
can be volatile, financial reporting may be primitive or even fraudulent.
Overseas investors may be confined to less-attractive classes of share
capital, or cut out of attractive new issues. The quality of research will
also be poor, although some investors see this as an advantage as it implies
that emerging markets can be very inefficient, thus offering attractive
opportunities if you know what you are doing.
</p>
<p>
Growth, however, now so hard to find in developed markets, is the
fundamental attraction.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
<item> XC  Latin America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 36</biblScope>
<extent>985</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management (2): Seeking
undiscounted recovery - This year's equity performance in the main markets
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD GRAY</byline>
<p>
At the turn of the year, opinion on the main stock markets was almost
unanimous: Europe was the place to be and France was the market most likely
to perform.
</p>
<p>
Interest rate cuts had powered US equities in 1991 and UK shares in 1992,
and so (the reasoning ran) falling rates would do the same for continental
stock markets in 1993. France was favoured because it had come further
through its recession than Germany. French interest rates would fall
rapidly, either because the Bundesbank would cut rates or because France
would leave the ERM. Once the rates fell, France was the European economy
best placed to grow.
</p>
<p>
Events, of course, did not quite pan out that way. De facto, France has left
the old ERM - but has continued to peg its monetary policy to Germany. As a
result its recession has intensified. Small wonder, then, that Paris has not
fulfilled the best hopes of the bulls. The CAC-40 index is up by 13 per
cent, only slightly more than the 12 per cent gain for the FT-A All-Share
index. More surprising, perhaps, is the performance of the market no one
liked in January: the economic news from Germany has worsened over the year,
yet the DAX index is up by almost a third.
</p>
<p>
Liquidity - particularly American liquidity - is the driving force behind
the rally. Low deposit rates and falling US bond yields have tempted
investors into equities. Mutual fund receipts are running at record levels,
with some Dollars 60bn a quarter flowing in. Yet despite hitting new highs,
Wall Street has proved a dull performer and the S&amp;P composite index has only
risen by 7 per cent this year.
</p>
<p>
So about half of that money has flowed into markets where recovery prospects
are not so heavily discounted. There has been heavy US buying of UK gilts,
French OATs and, particularly, German bunds. Equities - their yields looking
cheap by comparison - have followed.
</p>
<p>
Even more spectacular have been the gains in those Pacific Rim markets which
benefit from booming regional economies and trade with China. Hong Kong
equities are up by three-quarters, largely on the strength of US buying. The
only market to fare poorly in the region has been Japan, which is up 1 per
cent on the year thus far. It is saddled with deflationary forces, political
instability and a rising yen; its problems will take years rather than
months to resolve. The government's inability to agree a fiscal stimulus for
the economy is further damaging shares.
</p>
<p>
The main worry now for most equity markets is the degree to which such a
liquidity-driven boom can be sustained. 'By the conventional measures of
earnings ratios or absolute yields, shares look expensive. In our model
portfolio we have gone underweight in equities.' says David Roche of Morgan
Stanley.
</p>
<p>
Yet because the rally was led by a lowering of bond yields and reduced
inflationary expectations, the ratio of bond to equity yields still shows
most stock markets to be relatively cheap. Such yield ratios should be
treated with some caution since they only give strongly reliable signals
near extremes. But they do at least offer some comfort that equity
valuations can hold so long as bond markets do not suffer.
</p>
<p>
Andrew Bell of BZW says that slow growth rather than renewed inflation is
the greater threat. Markets may thus be able to hold on to the gains of the
last year. Even if inflation ticks up slightly in the US and the UK during
1994, real bond yields are still satisfactory by long run historical
standards. Most countries still have substantial unemployment and output
gaps, subduing inflation. Commodity prices also remain depressed.
</p>
<p>
More alarming is the prospect that growth will be too slow for companies to
generate significant earnings increases. P/e ratios are high in all the
important markets - and astronomical in many emerging ones. Many industrial
managers continue to make exceptional provisions against further
rationalisation, and trading statements are often downbeat.
</p>
<p>
Companies are also backing words with deeds. Rights issues are running at
record levels in the UK and the new issue market is buoyant. Initial and
secondary public offerings in the US are also running at high levels as the
de-gearing of balance sheets continues. Companies are increasingly choosing
to demerge or float off subsidiaries rather than make trade sales. The
market is valuing prospects much more highly than most company directors. If
these managers are right and earnings prospects are poor, then a correction
may set in.
</p>
<p>
Set against that is the weight of money. Unlike some previous booms which
relied on margin trading and borrowed funds, much of the cash coming into
shares is as a direct transfer of assets from deposits to equities. That
should help prevent panic selling, but it does raise the question of whether
investors sufficiently appreciate the risks they run. A 3.5 per cent yield
on equities may have more appeal than a 2 per cent return on cash while
markets are rising, but when shares start to fall minds may change quickly.
</p>
<p>
The other risk is that US short term interest rates may start to rise, not
because of renewed inflation, but because competition for capital will
increase if the recovery gathers pace. David Roche of Morgan Stanley thinks
that the US economy may expand by almost 4 per cent next year, and with
savings low, funds for investment may be low. If that happens the flow of US
money out of international equities would be hard to replace.
</p>
<p>
Ironically, given how unpopular it was earlier this year, Germany may be the
market best able to cope. Bond yields in that country may have further to
fall, and the extensive retrenchment programme needed may make its capital
goods exports industries competitive. The UK and US markets may also be
relatively successful, if modest performers, next year. But the seemingly
intractable problems of Japan, and the slow recovery in the continental
economy, will make it hard for equities to make substantial gains in those
markets.
</p>
<p>
Overall, equities are caught between the risk of slow worldwide growth
producing disappointing earnings, and stronger US growth sucking funds back
into America. The difficulty for investors now is in deciding how far they
dare ride the liquidity wave before it hits the beach.
</p>
<p>
-------------------------------------------------
EQUITY FUND MANAGEMENT
TOP GLOBAL CENTRES
-------------------------------------------------
End 1992                         Dollars bn
-------------------------------------------------
Tokyo                                  1367
New York                                584
London                                  533
Zurich                                  333
Boston                                  269
Geneva                                  211
Paris                                   189
San Francisco                           171
Frankfurt                               152
Los Angeles                             141
Philadelphia                            110
Chicago                                 102
Toronto                                  96
Edinburgh                                88
Hartford Ct                              77
Hong Kong                                67
Houston                                  55
Basle                                    49
Montreal                                 47
Atlanta                                  47
-------------------------------------------------
Source: Technimetrics
-------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
---------------------------------------------------------
EUROPEAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY MANAGEMENT CENTRES
(RANKED BY HOLDINGS OF US EQUITIES)
---------------------------------------------------------
                                      Dollars bn
---------------------------------------------------------
London                                      50.2
Zurich                                      49.9
Geneva                                      31.7
Paris                                       19.1
Frankfurt                                   11.7
Basle                                       11.6
Edinburgh                                    9.4
Munich                                       7.9
Milan                                        4.7
Lugano                                       4.3
---------------------------------------------------------
Source: Technimetrics
---------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 36</biblScope>
<extent>1209</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey of International Fund Management: US investors back
in the driving seat - International fund managers have enjoyed buoyant
conditions in most markets, with bonds largely leading equities upwards. A
general downward trend in short term interest rates has created a benign
framework for the capital markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BARRY RILEY</byline>
<p>
It has been a year in which the US has once again come to dominate the
global investment scene.
</p>
<p>
Upstart rivals such as Japan and Europe have faced acute domestic problems
and have retreated before the tidal wave of money - aggregating nearly
Dollars 50bn during just the first half of 1993 - which has left the US and
flooded into the global equity and bond markets.
</p>
<p>
One corporate event may symbolise this new phase of American domination: the
decision by the troubled German motor giant Daimler-Benz to list its shares
in New York in October, and to agree to publish amended financial statements
which comply with the US generally accepted accounting principle (GAAP).
</p>
<p>
Not very long ago, it was countries such as Germany and Japan that were
effectively writing the rules on the back of heavy capital outflows.
However, Germany has stumbled under the burden of reunification and its
capital surplus has faded away. Japan, meanwhile, is still fighting its long
battle against debt deflation and the aftermath of the bubble economy of the
1980s.
</p>
<p>
The Japanese economy is in deep recession. One consequence is a large
balance of payments surplus that has helped to push the yen exchange rate to
extreme heights. Instead of sending more capital abroad and risking currency
losses, Japanese investors are keeping their heads down.
</p>
<p>
As for the UK, for much of the 1980s a disproportionately important
participant in the global securities markets following the 1979 abandonment
of foreign exchange curbs on portfolio investment, the institutional
allocation to overseas assets appears to have peaked out, with the typical
pension fund having an exposure of almost 30 per cent.
</p>
<p>
How big are these international securities markets? We are dealing in
international telephone numbers here, but the IMF estimates that the value
of publicly-traded debt and equity around the world is of the order of
Dollars 24,000bn. Some Dollars 14,000bn of this is managed by investment
institutions and a different agency, the United Nations, has calculated that
Dollars 2,500bn is held on a cross-border basis.
</p>
<p>
There are different theories about the right degree of international
exposure.
</p>
<p>
Some arguments are based on concepts of diversification, through which a
better balance of risk and return can be obtained so long as the different
national markets have only a low degree of correlation. Others are based on
matching theories, so that the appropriate international exposure for a
pension fund, for example, is linked to the proportion of imports in the
basket of goods and services that the future pensioner can be expected to
consume.
</p>
<p>
Whatever the details of the logic, the broad brush conclusion is that
overseas diversification is more important in a small, open economy than in
a large, closed one where a broad range of investment opportunities is
available in the domestic markets.
</p>
<p>
Strategic judgments are subject to tactical modifications, however. The
impetus of the current US portfolio outflows has been derived from perceived
declining value for money in US securities markets. Long Treasury bond
yields fell below 6 per cent at one stage this year, prompting an
intensified search for higher returns elsewhere. Dividends and
price-earnings ratios on US equities have been at historically unattractive
levels, again leading to a renewed inspection of international
opportunities.
</p>
<p>
Some of the effects have been quite strange. US pension funds have found it
hard to invest in domestic bonds which meet their actuarial return
requirements, and so they have been buyers of substantial volumes of Latin
American and other Third World debt. It is not clear whether they understand
all the risks they are taking - although probably such securities should be
seen as replacing domestic junk bonds rather than US Treasuries.
</p>
<p>
US mutual fund investors, meanwhile, have been drawn overseas for
straightforward reasons by the performance figures. Most of the
top-performing mutual funds earlier in the year were international
specialists, and investors have recently been putting nearly half of their
new money into overseas stock and bond funds in the hope of capturing extra
performance.
</p>
<p>
Although American investors have stayed light in Japanese equities, which
they have judged to be still very overvalued (correctly, on the basis of the
very latest tumble by the Tokyo market), they have been active in driving up
stock prices in Continental Europe and many less developed countries (or
emerging markets, as they are somewhat tendentiously named).
</p>
<p>
The greatly strengthened US interest in global securities markets has
created substantial opportunities for US-based investment management firms
to develop their international business.
</p>
<p>
This is putting competitive pressure on some of the London managers who have
until now been able to exploit a reputation for global skills almost
unchallenged.
</p>
<p>
US pension plan sponsors, for instance, find it less necessary to hire their
global specialist expertise in London than they used to.
</p>
<p>
London remains a leading centre for global equity management, however.
According to Technimetrics, which runs an investment management database,
equities worth Dollars 530bn were managed out of London at the end of last
year, almost as much as the Dollars 580bn of equity portfolios being run in
New York. Boston came some way back with Dollars 270bn.
</p>
<p>
Given the much higher overseas weightings in the London portfolios -
probably 30 per cent against 7 per cent in the US - the role of London is
considerable, especially when backed up by the Dollars 110bn or so
controlled in Scotland.
</p>
<p>
The biggest centre of equity fund management by far is actually Tokyo, with
funds of nearly Dollars 1,400bn, but this again is very much an
inward-looking centre: its US and European equity assets of some Dollars
60bn at the end of 1992 were less than half the size of the corresponding
portfolios run in London.
</p>
<p>
With bonds the picture is rather different. There is a lot of expertise in
bond fund management in Continental Europe, in centres such as Frankfurt and
Zurich, although London has been rapidly developing its skills in this area
too.
</p>
<p>
In some respects the management of global bond funds is easier to organise
than global equities. Economic and political data can be gathered into a
single location and analysed according to a consistent framework.
</p>
<p>
Equities are more difficult, because local information still counts for a
lot, especially in emerging markets where information may be poorly
distributed and where pricing may well be inefficient.
</p>
<p>
Managers in London have too often attracted criticism for poor performance
in the US and Japan. The obvious solution is to set up overseas subsidiary
operations which have their ears close to the ground. But this is often not
a satisfactory answer either, because global networks can be difficult to
manage, and expensive.
</p>
<p>
For a big institution, the better the quality of the people in local centres
around the globe, the more difficult it is likely to be to maintain central
control of the strategic asset allocation process.
</p>
<p>
No magic formula has been found for international fund management. There are
still plenty of opportunities for small specialists, while at the other end
of the spectrum the biggest institutions struggle with multi-office
telecommunications hook-ups across the time zones to allow their various
investment gurus to talk to each other.
</p>
<p>
Fast-talking marketing men from quantitative boutiques, armed with glamorous
global tactical asset allocation models and impeccable backtesting results,
are in direct competition with traditional international banks.
</p>
<p>
With Dollars 14,000bn of assets there to be managed around the world, and
more every day, perhaps everyone can find an opportunity.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6722 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 35</biblScope>
<extent>1327</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Government Bonds: Post-Budget rally continues in London
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CONNER MIDDELMANN and FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>LONDON, NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
UK gilts continued their post-Budget rally, rising by about 1 1/2 points at
the ultra-long end and outperforming most continental European bond markets.
</p>
<p>
The market has been cheered by the chancellor of the exchequer's forecasts
of a declining Public Sector Borrowing Requirement, his larger than expected
spending cuts and his optimistic inflation forecasts.
</p>
<p>
Long maturities posted the biggest gains, with the yield on the 25-year
benchmark nudging against the key 6.75 per cent barrier. The March long gilt
futures contract rose by 1 5/32 on the day to 117 1/32 .
</p>
<p>
Some traders warned the market could correct ahead of Wednesday's auction of
Pounds 3bn of 6.75 per cent gilts due 2004. 'The market doesn't want to own
new paper at this level,' said a gilts trader at a large UK bank. 'I expect
to see a decent correction before the auction.'
</p>
<p>
But so far, 'there's been no sign of profit-taking, and it would be
dangerous to be short right now,' said Mr Adrian James, European bond
analyst with NatWest Markets.
</p>
<p>
Gilts' yield spread over other European bonds narrowed dramatically. The
10-year gap over German bunds dropped to 76 basis points, from 96 before the
budget. At the ultra-long end, the UK 25-year yield gap over the French
30-year benchmark dropped even more sharply, to some 17 basis points from 44
two days ago.
</p>
<p>
German government bonds edged higher in thin trading as dealers looked to
today's meeting of the Bundesbank
</p>
<p>
In the morning, hopes of a cut in official interest rates were fuelled by
rumours - later denied by the Bundesbank - that it would announce a
significant downward revision in Germany's October M3 money supply numbers
today. But towards the close, the majority of dealers expected no change in
rates today.
</p>
<p>
The December Bund futures contract on Liffe ended at 99.92, up 0.15 points.
</p>
<p>
French bonds traded largely in line with bunds. The December notional bond
future ended at 124.20, up 0.20 points.
</p>
<p>
In the Dutch market, traders are looking to Friday's likely announcement of
the first government bond issue in the 1994 calendar. Most dealers are
calling for new 10-year bonds with a coupon of around 5 3/4 per cent.
'There's a real supply shortage in that sector - we haven't had any 10-year
paper since March,' said a trader.
</p>
<p>
Japanese bonds gave up some of their recent gains but remained relatively
well supported by hopes for further interest rate cuts to boost the flagging
economy.
</p>
<p>
Amid hopes for another cut in the 1.75 per cent Official Discount Rate, the
key three-month certificate of deposit rate plunged to 2.08 per cent from
2.22. per cent on Tuesday and 2.31 per cent a week ago.
</p>
<p>
Braced for a further sign of surging economic growth, the US Treasury market
breathed a sigh of relief when an important indicator of business activity
showed only a moderate advance.
</p>
<p>
By midday the benchmark 30-year government bond was  9/16 higher at 99 7/8 ,
to yield 6.254 per cent. At the short end, the two-year note was 1/16 ahead
at 100 1/8 , yielding 4.167 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Early trading was listless as the market awaited the November report on
business activity from the National Association of Purchasing Management.
Traders were expecting the worst after a sharp rise in the Chicago index of
purchasing managers during the previous session sent bond prices down.
</p>
<p>
In the event, the national index advanced moderately to 55.7 per cent from
October's 53.8 per cent and the market took the figure in its stride.
Meanwhile, dealers moved to cover their short positions when the expected
sell-off failed to materialise.
</p>
<p>
Also encouraging was a revision in the Commerce Department's estimate of
third-quarter gross domestic product to 2.7 per cent from an earlier
estimate of 2.8 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 34</biblScope>
<extent>685</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: UK tops November government
bond league </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARA WEBB</byline>
<p>
Gilts were the top performing government bonds last month showing a return
of 2.15 per cent in local currency terms, followed by Japanese government
bonds (with gains of 2.07 per cent) and Belgian government debt (2.05 per
cent), according to figures compiled by JP Morgan Securities.
</p>
<p>
The UK government bond market was boosted by favourable inflation news and a
0.5 percentage point cut in the base rate to 5.5 per cent a week ahead of
the Budget. Gilt returns since the start of the year have amounted to 17.76
per cent.
</p>
<p>
Continuing signs of economic weakness and a sharp fall in the Tokyo stock
market fuelled hopes of an easing in interest rates by the Bank of Japan and
drove the Japanese government bond market higher last month.
</p>
<p>
Among continental European bond markets, Belgium turned in the strongest
performance in November, propelled by government measures to curb social
spending, keep wage increases under control and tackle unemployment. The
measures enabled the Belgian central bank cut its key interest rates.
</p>
<p>
Italy showed the worst performance last month with a loss of 2.17 per cent,
mainly in response to the municipal election results, which sent foreign
investors scurrying out of Italian government paper. However, the
high-yielding bond markets of Spain and Italy have been the top-performers
since the start of the year in local currency terms, with returns of 28.26
per cent and 25.25 per cent respectively.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 34</biblScope>
<extent>278</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Bonds: Austrian agency adds to unsold DM
mountain </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
The Eurobond market let out a collective groan yesterday as a further DM800m
piled on to the mountain of unsold, D-Mark Eurobonds with maturities of more
than 10 years.
</p>
<p>
Asfinag, an Austrian government-guaranteed agency, raised DM500m through an
offering of 20-year Eurobonds while the German state of North
Rhein-Westphalia launched a DM200m issue of 25-year Eurobonds which are
puttable after 10 years.
</p>
<p>
'There is far too much supply of long-dated paper but no demand from
investors,' said one syndicate manager who was involved in the Asfinag deal.
</p>
<p>
Sales of Asfinag's bonds were reported to be slow, reflecting a view in the
market that they were expensive compared with other long-dated issues. The
bonds remained in syndicate overnight but were expected to be freed to trade
today.
</p>
<p>
Asfinag's bonds were priced to yield 51 basis points over the 6 per cent
German government bond due 2003, which was virtually the same as the current
yield spread on LKB Baden Wurttemberg's 15-year Eurobonds. Some syndicate
managers said that the yield spread on Asfinag's bonds should have been at
least eight basis points wider.
</p>
<p>
Late in the day, the German state of Schleswig-Holstein came with a DM300m
issue of 10-year Eurobonds which provide investors with an option to extend
the maturity by a further 10 years and receive a higher coupon. 'This is a
new structure which turns the puttable bond on its head,' said lead manager
JP Morgan in Frankfurt.
</p>
<p>
Merck, the largest pharmaceuticals group in the US, could provide some
sparkle to a jaded Eurobond market today when it raises Dollars 250m through
its first Eurobond offering.
</p>
<p>
The five-year bonds, via Morgan Stanley, are likely to be priced to yield
around 15 basis points over US Treasuries.
</p>
<p>
The tight yield spread reflects the borrower's triple-A rating and the
scarcity of corporate issuance in the Eurobond market.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> AT  Austria, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 34</biblScope>
<extent>357</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Net sales of gilts could be
cut to Pounds 26bn in 1994-95 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARA WEBB</byline>
<p>
The UK government bond market could be looking at dramatically lower net
sales of Pounds 26bn in the forthcoming financial year as a result of the
lower Public Sector Borrowing Requirement and the chancellor of the
exchequer's Budget decision to 'sell some Pounds 7bn fewer gilts than would
otherwise be necessary to fund the PSBR through to the end of 1994 - 95'.
</p>
<p>
The gilt market was clearly delighted with Mr Kenneth Clarke's forecasts for
a diminishing PSBR over the next few years, which implies a sharp decline in
supply.
</p>
<p>
While there was no official revision for the 1993 - 94 PSBR in Tuesday's
Budget, some City economists expect that the original Pounds 50bn forecast
may turn out to be too pessimistic.
</p>
<p>
However, the chancellor gave the gilt market two shots of good news for the
next financial year (1994 - 95). First, the PSBR is forecast to be Pounds
38bn rather than the Pounds 44bn which Mr Norman Lamont, the previous
chancellor, projected in March 1993.
</p>
<p>
Second, Mr Clarke said that Pounds 6.8bn of gilt sales from the 1992 - 93
financial year would be used for funding between now and the end of the 1994
- 95 financial year. This follows from a change made to the funding rule in
March 1993 whereby gilt sales to the monetary sector (banks and building
societies) which in the past had not counted towards funding, would do so in
future. Mr Lamont said then that retrospective account would be taken of the
Pounds 6.8bn of purchases made in 1992 - 93 'over the next two to three
years' but did not specify when.
</p>
<p>
The implications of these two measures are that the Bank of England will not
need to issue so heavily in the gilt market. So far this year the Bank has
issued about Pounds 43bn of gilts which will fund the estimated Pounds 50bn
PSBR, leaving an estimated Pounds 7bn more funding to complete this
financial year.
</p>
<p>
The Bank has another Pounds 3bn auction lined up for December 8, and in all
likelihood will continue to hold auctions and issue stock through the first
three months of 1994 - provided market conditions remain favourable - with
the result that it will 'over-fund' for 1993 - 94. Many gilt specialists
believe the Bank would be wise to over-fund while conditions are good and
there is a bull market for gilts.
</p>
<p>
With a 1994 - 95 PSBR of Pounds 38bn, the Bank may be looking at net gilt
issuance of Pounds 26bn (taking into account the Pounds 6.8bn from gilt
sales to banks and building societies in 1992 - 93 and estimated National
Savings sales of Pounds 5bn). Taking into account gilt redemptions, gross
issuance would be around Pounds 34 - Pounds 35bn.
</p>
<p>
The Bank has been very successful in its funding programme in the last two
years, during which gilts have rallied strongly. Provided market sentiment
remains good and there are expectations of further base rate cuts, the
funding task should not prove onerous.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Kendall, economist at Baring Sterling Bonds, says the chancellor
should not rush to cut the base rate to 5 per cent, but should keep the gilt
market on its toes waiting for the next half-point easing. 'If they cut
again too soon, there's a danger the market will think that is it and the
next move will be upwards,' he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 34</biblScope>
<extent>614</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Injunction awarded against Smith
Barney </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATRICK HARVERSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
A US judge issued a preliminary injunction yesterday prohibiting the Wall
Street securities house Smith Barney Shearson from diverting its mutual fund
administration business away from the Boston Company, the money management
company that Mellon Bank bought from Shearson last year for Dollars 1.45bn.
</p>
<p>
The injunction follows a lawsuit filed by Mellon in September which
contended that Smith Barney Shearson had been breaking an agreement the two
companies concluded when Shearson merged with Smith Barney in March.
</p>
<p>
Under the pact, it was agreed that the Boston Company would continue to
administer Shearson's mutual funds, an arrangement that had been established
in 1992 when Shearson, then part of American Express, sold the Boston
Company to Mellon.
</p>
<p>
Mellon's original lawsuit claimed that Smith Barney Shearson had dodged its
obligations to grant its mutual fund administration business to the Boston
Company by creating new funds that were replicas of the funds that the
Boston Company had run for Shearson.
</p>
<p>
Mellon has taken the issue to court because the job of administering the
Smith Barney Shearson funds provides the bulk of The Boston Company's
Dollars 170m in annual fund servicing revenues.
</p>
<p>
Under the terms of yesterday's injunction, which will last for seven years,
Smith Barney Shearson is blocked from providing administrative services to
any fund it acquired because of the Shearson merger, any fund that is
similar to existing Shearson funds, or any new fund created after Smith
Barney agreed to acquire Shearson on March 12.
</p>
<p>
The injunction also forces Smith Barney Shearson to recommend to the boards
of the relevant funds that the Boston Company administer the funds.
</p>
<p>
Smith Barney Shearson said yesterday that it was disappointed at the judge's
ruling, which would prohibit the firm from providing administrative services
to the funds 'on a more competitive cost basis'. It said it would appeal
against the ruling.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Smith Barney Shearson </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
<item> P6211 Security Brokers and Dealers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
<item> P6211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>349</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Mexico gives Televisa network
concession </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAMIAN FRASER
<name type=place>MEXICO CITY</name></byline>
<p>
Grupo Televisa, the Mexican media group, has been granted a concession to 62
television stations that will enable it to extend a television network
across much of the country.
</p>
<p>
Televisa serves 90 per cent of Mexico's television audience, and takes a
similar proportion of advertising. The new network will give the company a
total of 291 television stations, about 51 per cent of the total in the
country.
</p>
<p>
The concession has been a controversy since the beginning of the year.
Rivals complained that while the government was selling off two state-owned
television national networks in an open auction, Televisa was being given
another national network without any competition.
</p>
<p>
The concession was granted to Radiotelevisora de Mexico Norte, a subsidiary
of Televisa, after it promised to pay the Mexican government Dollars 91m.
The two state-owned television networks were sold for Dollars 646m last
July, to an investor group headed by Ricardo Salinas of Grupo Elektra.
</p>
<p>
Critics say Televisa is being rewarded for its close co-operation with
Mexico's ruling party. Televisa was not available to comment.
</p>
<p>
The company is planning a secondary stock offering of about Dollars 900m
later this month, which will give it a full listing on the New York Stock
Exchange.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Grupo Televisa </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> MX  Mexico </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>245</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Mahindra GDR issue meets strong
demand </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SHIRAZ SIDHVA
<name type=place>NEW DELHI</name></byline>
<p>
Mahindra and Mahindra the Indian truck manufacturer, yesterday said that its
Dollars 65m global depositary receipt (GDR) offer, was nearly eight and a
half times oversubscribed with a demand of over Dollars 550m.
</p>
<p>
The Euroissue was the first Indian GDR offering without warrants to be
priced with no discount to the ruling market price. Mahindra's GDRs were
priced at Dollars 7.44, the equivalent of Rs232.50, which was the closing
price of the company's equity share on the Bombay stock market on November
25. The issue was priced five days earlier than expected, to avoid further
demand.
</p>
<p>
Banque Paribas, lead managers, will exercise an option to increase the issue
to approximately Dollars 75m. coThe Mahindra family purchased part of the
equity, to maintain their 32 per cent stake. The money will be used to
expand and modernise production.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Mahindra and Mahindra </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>178</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Mixed results for Indian group
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RC MURTY
<name type=place>BOMBAY</name></byline>
<p>
Grasim Industries, India's largest producer of viscose staple fibre, blamed
a bumper cotton crop for a 17 per cent decline in net profits to Rs598m
(Dollars 19m) in the six months to December, writes RC Murty in Bombay.
</p>
<p>
Another company in the Adita Birla group, Hindalco Indutrie, a primary
aluminium producer, saw profits slip 10 per cent to Rs545.7m, but a third,
Indian Rayon and Industries, posted a 30 per cent rise to Rs340m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Grasim Industries </item>
<item> Hindalco Indutrie </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3334 Primary Aluminum </item>
<item> P2823 Cellulosic Manmade Fibers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3334 </item>
<item> P2823 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>117</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAGAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: NZ bank to raise NZDollars 200m
in flotation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY HALL
<name type=place>WELLINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Trust Bank New Zealand, the country's fifth biggest bank, is to raise up to
NZDollars 200m (USDollars 109m) in a public flotation early next year,
writes Terry Hall in Wellington.
</p>
<p>
There has been speculation that it intends to use the money to buy
Countrywide Bank, the country's sixth-largest retail bank, from Bank of
Scotland. Trust Bank is the largest New Zealand-owned and controlled bank,
formed by the merger of nine regional savings banks in the late 1980s.
</p>
<p>
Chief executive Mr Graeme Pentecost said yesterday there are no specific
plans. However, ANZ McCaughan Securities analyst Mr Hugh Amundsen said the
funds being raised were well above what the bank needed for its capital
ratios, and suggested the capital may be used to buy Countrywide Bank.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Trust Bank New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>169</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Price fall hits Siam Cement
figures </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM BARNES
<name type=place>BANGKOK</name></byline>
<p>
A 15 per cent fall in domestic wholesale cement prices has hurt profits at
Siam Cement, Thailand's largest conglomerate and building materials
supplier. Unconsolidated third-quarter net earnings slid 28 per cent to
Bt694m (Dollars 27m).
</p>
<p>
Net profits for the first nine months were 38 per cent lower at Bt2.22bn.
Many stockbrokers now think full-year consolidated earnings will dip to
Bt3bn from 1992's Bt3.98bn.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hayden Meadows, of Baring Research in Bangkok, said the company's
aggressive depreciation policy - capital values over five years - along with
heavy interest charges distorted the figures.
</p>
<p>
'Operational results have been better than expected because the demand for
cement has picked up,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Two-thirds of Siam Cement's revenue comes from cement and construction
material sales. Good returns from steel and machinery and electricals
subsidiaries boosted Siam Cement's consolidated third-quarter earnings by 2
per cent to Bt1.03bn from Bt1.011bn. The nine-month consolidated profit was
down 29 per cent to Bt2.58bn.
</p>
<p>
Siam City Cement, Thailand's second-largest cement company, reported
consolidated net earnings for the first time at Bt364m, a 2 per cent rise
over last year's parent company only figures. Nine-month consolidated
profits were Bt1.38bn.
</p>
<p>
Analysts are forecasting full-year earnings of Bt1.6bn, compared with
Bt1.24bn in 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Siam Cement </item>
<item> Siam City Cement </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> TH  Thailand, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3241 Cement, Hydraulic </item>
<item> P5039 Construction Materials, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3241 </item>
<item> P5039 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>250</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: MAS interim profit falls 96%
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KIERAN COOKE and REUTER
<name type=place>KUALA LUMPUR, ISLAMABAD</name></byline>
<p>
Malaysia Airlines (MAS), the state-controlled national airline, continues to
battle financial problems, with results for the six months to September 30
revealing a 96 per cent fall in pre-tax profits.
</p>
<p>
MAS made pre-tax profits in the period of MDollars 6.4m (Dollars 2.5m),
compared with MDollars 153m in the same period last year, although turnover
rose 4 per cent to MDollars 2.02bn.
</p>
<p>
Analysts point out that MAS would be in the red but for a change in
accounting policy which cut aircraft depreciation charges, thereby adding
MDollars 31m to operating profits.
</p>
<p>
The analysts say MAS is paying the price for an ambitious fleet expansion
programme launched three years ago just as the worldwide airline industry
was heading into recession. In the course of its present five year plan to
1996-97 MAS has orders for 72 aircraft costing a total of MDollars 10.6bn.
</p>
<p>
MAS, partially privatised in the mid-1980s but still more than 60 per cent
controlled by various state bodies, now has excess capacity on many of its
routes.
</p>
<p>
In the past MAS has benefited from cash generated by aircraft sales. Such
sales have then been incorporated into pre-tax profits. But in the six-month
period MAS was unable to sell any aircraft, adding both to its financial
difficulties and its excess capacity problems.
</p>
<p>
While MAS has managed to defer delivery on some aircraft the financial
position of the carrier is likely to come under increasing pressure in the
short term with 10 new aircraft due for delivery over the next six months.
</p>
<p>
The Malaysian government has also announced plans for a second carrier which
could take business away from MAS on domestic and regional routes.
</p>
<p>
"MAS expanded into a recession in the world aviation business,' said one
industry observer. 'It got carried away in the general euphoria about
economic growth in the south-east Asia region.
</p>
<p>
'But it's clear airlines in this part of the world are not immune from the
problems of the world economy. MAS looks set for a couple of very tough
years.'
</p>
<p>
Despite the generally gloomy assessment of MAS' prospects, the carrier's
shares have been trading at all-time highs on the Kuala Lumpur stock
exchange in recent weeks.
</p>
<p>
Analysts say there have been rumours that Bank Negara, the Malaysia central
bank, will sell some or all of its 40 per cent shareholding in MAS.
</p>
<p>
But so far there has been nothing to substantiate the reports.
</p>
<p>
State-run Pakistan International Airlines (PIA) said it earned a profit of
Rs312m (Dollars 9.9m) in the year to last June, showing a decline of more
than 70 per cent over the previous year, Reuter reports from Islamabad.
</p>
<p>
Revenue of about Rs22bn was 7.45 per cent up on 1991-92, when the profit was
put at Rs1.1bn. PIA's operating income declined to Rs623m from Rs1.58bn in
1991-92, it said.
</p>
<p>
Directors blamed the decrease mainly on global recession, introduction of an
open-sky policy by the Pakistani government allowing freer access by foreign
airlines and new domestic privately owned airlines.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Malaysia Airlines Systems </item>
<item> Pakistan International Airlines </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
<item> PK  Pakistan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>548</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Indian steel group squeezed
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By R C MURTHY
<name type=place>BOMBAY</name></byline>
<p>
Essar Gujarat, the flagship company of India's Essar group, saw first-half
margins squeezed by recession in the steel industry and by cheap imports of
scrap steel.
</p>
<p>
Sales jumped by more than four-fifths in the first half to September to
Rs3.7bn from Rs2.45bn in the same period last year.
</p>
<p>
Net profits in the six months, however, rose by only one-third to Rs827.3m
(Dollars 26.3m) from Rs700m a year ago.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Essar Gujarat </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3312 Blast Furnaces and Steel Mills </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3312 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>107</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Record subscription for Kunming
Machine Tool </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SIMON DAVIES
<name type=place>HONG KONG</name></byline>
<p>
Kunming Machine Tool Company, the sixth Chinese state corporation to launch
its flotation on the Hong Kong stock market, has become the second most
heavily subscribed new issue in the colony's stock market history.
</p>
<p>
The HKDollars 128.7m H share offer for the company was 628 times
oversubscribed, attracting HKDollars 81.7bn (USDollars 10.6bn) in public
money. The largest over-subscription was in February, when Chinese car
manufacturer Denway pulled in HKDollars 240bn.
</p>
<p>
The offer closed on Friday, in a nervous stock market and amid increasing
concerns over the lack of agreement between Britain and China over the
colony's political future. It demonstrates the continued enthusiasm for
companies profiting from the rapid restruc turing of China's economy.
</p>
<p>
Kunming Machine Tool, founded in 1938, has developed into the market leader
within a niche industry, despite its location in the capital of one of
China's poorest provinces. About 92 per cent of its orders are in China,
servicing the manufacturing, transportation, energy, aerospace and
electronic industries.
</p>
<p>
The company is on a strong growth track, with profits forecast to increase
from Yn16.4m (Dollars 2.8bn ) to Yn31m, putting the shares on a fully
diluted prospective price-earnings ratio of 10.6, a substantial discount to
the blue chip Hang Seng Index average of more than 15.
</p>
<p>
Support for the issue was fuelled by the performance of the previous five H
share flotations. When the Kunming Machine Tool offer closed, the average
increase in share price for the previous five H share offers was 103 per
cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Kunming Machine Tool </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3542 Machine Tools, Metal Forming Types </item>
<item> P3541 Machine Tools, Metal Cutting Types </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3542 </item>
<item> P3541 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>297</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Anglo American lifts dividend
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP GAWITH
<name type=place>JOHANNESBURG</name></byline>
<p>
Improved earnings from diamond and gold investments helped Anglo American
Corporation, South Africa's largest company, increase attributable
first-half earnings by 8 per cent to R629m (Dollars 172m) from R581m a year
ago.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share rose to 271 cents from 251 cents and the interim dividend
was increased to 95 cents from 90 cents a share.
</p>
<p>
Mr Julian Ogilvie Thompson, chairman, predicted that full-year results would
show a similar pattern to those recorded in the first half.
</p>
<p>
Commenting on the political backdrop to the group's performance, Mr Ogilvie
Thompson welcomed the interim constitution agreed last month, describing it
as a 'major achievement' in the country's progress towards 'market democracy
status'. He also described the five-year government of national unity, which
will follow next April's election, as offering 'the best chance of creating
the political and economic stability required for growth and broadly based
development'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ogilvie Thompson also said the economic outlook was more positive. Not
only has the country's four-year recession ended, but the economic policy
debate has produced considerable consensus. He stressed particularly
progress made on the anti-trust debate - where Anglo is normally the prime
target on account of its size - which had developed 'in a rational and
co-operative spirit'.
</p>
<p>
On the operating side, investment income rose to R690m from R641m mainly as
a result of higher dividends from Anglo's gold interests. Higher dividends
from diamonds were offset by weak performances from platinum and base metal
interests.
</p>
<p>
Trading income fell by 12 per cent to R201m because of the fall in operating
profit at Amcoal.
</p>
<p>
A R68m surplus on the realisation of certain gold investments helped lift
pre-tax income to R978m from R928m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Anglo American Corp of South Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1041 Gold Ores </item>
<item> P1499 Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Minerals </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1041 </item>
<item> P1499 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>326</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Montedison refinancing approved
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HAIG SIMONIAN
<name type=place>MILAN</name></byline>
<p>
Montedison, the Italian industrial group controlled by the debt-ridden
Ferruzzi Finanziaria (Ferfin) holding company, yesterday got the green light
from shareholders for an ambitious recapitalisation.
</p>
<p>
Approval for the scheme, part of the wider rescue package for the entire
Ferruzzi group, followed Tuesday's go-ahead from Ferfin shareholders for its
own financial restructuring.
</p>
<p>
The plan for Montedison, which controls the Montecatini chemicals group as
well as Edison (energy) and Eridania Beghin-Say (sugar) envisages raising
L5,172bn (Dollars 3bn) by a mixture of new shares and warrants.
</p>
<p>
Montedison's board also gained approval to raise a further (nominal)
L1,000bn in new shares and L500bn in bonds over the next 18 months.
</p>
<p>
Mr Guido Rossi, chairman, said Montedison expected to raise about L3,629bn
over the next five years from disposals, which would also reduce its debt
burden by about L150bn.
</p>
<p>
He gave no indication as to when the group might finalise 'Project Sophia',
its ambitious joint venture in polyethelenes and polypropelenes with Shell.
The new company due to be formed would be the world's leading supplier of
such materials.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Montedison </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2899 Chemical Preparations, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>207</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Miller Brewing to close brewery
and shed 1,200 jobs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD TOMKINS
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Miller Brewing Company, the second biggest brewer in the US, yesterday
announced it was to close its Fulton brewery in upstate New York next year
with the loss of all 900 jobs. Another 300 jobs are to be cut from its other
brewing operations.
</p>
<p>
The company is owned by Philip Morris, the US cigarette, food and brewing
group, which last Wednesday outlined plans to cut 14,000 jobs as part of a
worldwide restructuring aimed at defending its brands against price
competition.
</p>
<p>
Two days later Philip Morris detailed the first of the cuts when it
announced that 800 hourly-paid and 100 salaried employees would be cut from
the workforce of its cigarette manufacturing operations in Richmond,
Virginia.
</p>
<p>
Miller Brewing Company, which makes Miller Lite, the world's top-selling
low-calorie beer, employs 9,000. It has been struggling in the face of
stagnant beer sales in its domestic market caused partly by a doubling of
the federal excise tax.
</p>
<p>
Mr John MacDonough, the subsidiary's chairman and chief executive, said
Miller had more production capacity than it needed and the cost of retaining
it could not be justified in an extremely competitive environment.
</p>
<p>
'By closing our Fulton brewery, we would be able to eliminate significant
fixed expenses while still meeting demand in the north-eastern US through
production at our other eastern plants,' he said.
</p>
<p>
The brewery will be closed in two phases next year: the first on January 31
and the second by October 1.
</p>
<p>
Production will be transferred to Miller breweries in Eden, North Carolina;
Albany, Georgia; and Trenton, Ohio.
</p>
<p>
The remaining 300 jobs to go are salaried posts at Miller's Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, headquarters and six other breweries.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Miller Brewing Co Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2082 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>322</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: US groups in PC/TV link </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LOUISE KEHOE
<name type=place>SAN FRANCISCO</name></byline>
<p>
Intel and General Instrument of the US have jointly developed new high-speed
communications devices linking personal computers to cable TV networks to
provide a broad array of information services.
</p>
<p>
The technology can transform a cable TV network into a data pipeway to the
home, delivering information 1,000 times faster than via standard telephone
lines, the companies said.
</p>
<p>
The development is the latest evidence of the rapid convergence of computer,
communications and consumer electronics technologies.
</p>
<p>
Intel is the world's biggest maker of computer chips and General Instrument
is a leading designer of TV set-top devices for cable TV systems.
</p>
<p>
Both companies are also developing technologies that will upgrade television
sets so they become terminals for interactive information services but
personal computers are more likely to lead the way toward broad use of home
information services, the companies said.
</p>
<p>
'The much touted congruence of high-speed communications and computing will
intersect at the PC long before anywhere else,' said Mr Andrew Grove,
Intel's chief executive.
</p>
<p>
Approximately 24m US households now own at least one PC, while 60m US homes
are linked to cable TV networks.
</p>
<p>
'This breakthrough could open up a vast new market of home PC-based on-line
services that cable system operators could provide with minimal capital
investment,' said Mr Daniel F. Akerson, chairman and chief executive of
General Instrument.
</p>
<p>
Two leading cable system operators, Comcast and Viacom International, are
planning to field-test the technology next year. America On-Line and
Prodigy, two leading on-line information service providers, said they would
participate in the trials.
</p>
<p>
The Viacom test will take place in Castro Valley, California, where 500
homes will initially be provided with modems to link PCs to on-line
information services, on-line games, and software distribution. Details of
the Comcast trial were not available.
</p>
<p>
Further blurring the lines between television and computer services, America
On-Line said it would also team up with General Instrument to develop
services for interactive television in 1994.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Intel Investment </item>
<item> General Instrument </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3663 Radio and TV Communications Equipment </item>
<item> P3625 Relays &amp; Industrial Controls </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3663 </item>
<item> P3625 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>372</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Chemicals stake pushes Seagram
into the red </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON and AP-DJ
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Seagram, the international drinks group, was pushed into the red in the
third quarter by losses stemming from its stake in Du Pont, the US chemicals
producer.
</p>
<p>
The net loss for the three months to October 31 was USDollars 100m, or 27
cents a share, compared with earnings of Dollars 166m, or 44 cents a share,
a year earlier.
</p>
<p>
The latest figure includes a Dollars 239m loss, equal to 64 cents a share,
resulting from non-recurring charges taken by Du Pont, in which Seagram has
a 24 per cent interest.
</p>
<p>
Revenues dipped to Dollars 1.41bn from Dollars 1.45bn, due to a Dollars 85m
foreign exchange loss, while operating income was virtually unchanged at
Dollars 197m, compared to Dollars 195m.
</p>
<p>
Income of the wine and spirits group, accounting for over 90 per cent of the
total, was unchanged. Weak sales in Europe, Seagram's biggest single market,
were offset by a strong performance by Chivas Regal whisky and Martell
cognac in south-east Asia and Latin America.
</p>
<p>
Tropicana, the fruit juice maker, boosted operating income by 14 per cent to
Dollars 25m, due to higher market share in the US orange juice market and
improved international results.
</p>
<p>
Earnings for the first nine months, excluding accounting changes, fell to
Dollars 232m, or 62 cents a share, from Dollars 428m, or Dollars 1.14 a
share.
</p>
<p>
Pepsi-Cola Canada will cut prices in a corporate strategy that the company
described as 'an all-out assault', AP-DJ reports from Toronto.
</p>
<p>
Pepsi Canada said it would continue to streamline operations and
administrative procedures and 'enhance its competitiveness by eliminating
activities which do not directly add value to its products, consumers and
retail customers'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Seagram </item>
<item> Pepsi-Cola </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2084 Wines, Brandy and Brandy Spirits </item>
<item> P2085 Distilled and Blended Liquors </item>
<item> P2086 Bottled and Canned Soft Drinks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2084 </item>
<item> P2085 </item>
<item> P2086 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>338</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAF0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: AT&amp;T to cut workforce in
long-distance business </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN DICKSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
American Telephone &amp; Telegraph, the US telecommunications group, yesterday
confirmed it needed to cut jobs in its consumer long-distance business,
where it faces strong competition from rivals such as MCI Communications.
</p>
<p>
In a separate move, the company said it had signed a licencing agreement
with All China Marketing Research, a subsidiary of the Chinese government's
statistical bureau, to commercialise and market worldwide a database
containing information on more than 400,000 Chinese companies.
</p>
<p>
Responding to reports that it could be planning to cut several thousand jobs
in its consumer long-distance business, AT&amp;T acknowledged it needed to
reduce costs significantly.
</p>
<p>
It said it would take every initiative to do so before resorting to job cuts
but believed some reduction in employment would be necessary. It expected
that a significant portion would come through attrition, voluntary
separation and retraining.
</p>
<p>
AT&amp;T's consumer business, which employs some 32,000 people, is still the
largest in the US, accounting for some 60 per cent of long-distance
telephone calls.
</p>
<p>
It has, however, been losing market share to smaller rivals, notably MCI,
whose innovative marketing programmes have led to a growth rate of around 15
per cent a year, three times the industry average.
</p>
<p>
Mr Joseph Nacchio, who took over as head of the consumer business three
months ago, has a reputation as a cost cutter, and has promised to make AT&amp;T
a much more effective marketer of services.
</p>
<p>
The deal with China follows AT&amp;T's signing of a memorandum of understanding
with the Republic last February to explore business opportunities.
</p>
<p>
Eastgate Services, an information consulting arm of AT&amp;T Bell Laboratories,
will publish an English language directory of the industrial database and
licence it to third parties internationally.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> American Telephone and Telegraph </item>
<item> All China Marketing Research Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
<item> P7375 Information Retrieval Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
<item> P7375 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 32</biblScope>
<extent>341</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Argentine unit sold by Eni arm
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HAIG SIMONIAN
<name type=place>MILAN</name></byline>
<p>
AgipPetroli, the petroleum distribution arm of Italy's state-owned Eni
energy and chemicals group, has sold its Argentine operation to local buyers
for about L120bn (Dollars 70m).
</p>
<p>
The deal is part of a drive to dispose of non-core activities and raise
money ahead of privatisation plans for Eni's oil and gas operations by the
end of 1995.
</p>
<p>
AgipArgentina is being bought by Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales, the
recently privatised Argentine state oil group which has more than 50 per
cent of the local petroleum market. AgipArgentina, created in 1960,
specialises in bottling and distributing liquefied natural gas and has about
700 employees with a market share of about 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The sale, which follows that of AgipPetroli's Steuart Petroleum subsidiary
in the US this year, is part of a plan to focus on markets in Europe and
south-east Asia. However, Agip will remain active in Argentina in the
lubricants sector.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> AgipPetroli </item>
<item> AgipArgentina </item>
<item> Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AR  Argentina, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P5172 Petroleum Products, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P5172 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>201</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Record-breaking drive for
Argentina's volume car makers - The recent revival in the industry despite
low levels of investment and profit return </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BARHAM</byline>
<p>
Once given up for dead, Argentina's car industry is recovering rapidly. Its
three volume car makers, Ciadea, Autolatina and Sevel, are breaking
production records almost every month and, for the first time in decades,
companies are considering investing, rather than divesting, in Argentina.
</p>
<p>
GM, which pulled out of Argentina 15 years ago because of political violence
and plunging sales, is investing Dollars 100m to start making pick-up trucks
next year in association with Ciadea, a local company that makes Renault
cars under licence.
</p>
<p>
Mr Leo Kunigk, the Brazilian organising the GM project, said GM will move
part of its pick-up production from the Brazilian industrial city of Sao
Paulo to Cordoba.
</p>
<p>
Output in the first year will be only 5,000 units but should build up to
around 25,000 units in a year. Four-fifths of the pick-ups would be exported
to Brazil, other South American markets and possibly the Middle East.
</p>
<p>
In addition Mazda is talking to its local distributor Cirlafin about a
Dollars 50m venture to assemble pick-ups in Buenos Aires.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sasson Attie, Cirlafin president, says he hopes to start building 5,000
Mazda pick-ups a year towards the end of 1994, and raise output to 10,000 a
year within three years. The Mazda factory, like GM's, would be equipped
with imported second hand equipment.
</p>
<p>
But talks between Isuzu and Argentina's Cametal to build buses in the
industrial city of Santa Fe are making little progress. A company official
said 'the Japanese keep saying that they're looking and studying the
situation, but nothing happens. They say it's the recession in Japan, or
that they are not in conditions to invest.'
</p>
<p>
As for the industry as a whole, output is growing at a rapid pace. Although
sales dipped 6 per cent in October, output this year should hit a record
340,000 units, one-third more than last year. Next year it is forecast to
rise to 400,000 units and it should hit 500,000 units before the end of the
decade.
</p>
<p>
Demand is expected to remain strong as Argentines continue to replace their
obsolete cars, the average age of which is estimated to be 15 years. In
addition, economic growth, forecast at 5-6 per cent a year to the end of the
decade, should boost sales further.
</p>
<p>
However, Argentina, a country of only 32m people, is not the main objective
of the manufacturers. The great prize is privileged access to the much
bigger Brazilian market through the Mercosur common market, that takes in
Paraguay and Uruguay as well as Argentina and Brazil.
</p>
<p>
Mr Alan Acosta, an analyst at Baring Securities in Argentina, said: 'The
size of the combined Mercosur market is estimated to be about 1.5m units a
year and is expected to grow to 3m by the year 2000'.
</p>
<p>
Trade in cars and parts between Brazil and Argentina was worth about Dollars
1bn last year.
</p>
<p>
Both governments require that trade be balanced. Companies based in both
countries, like Autolatina, the company that manages Ford and Volkswagen in
Brazil and Argentina, can meet this requirement relatively easily.
</p>
<p>
But Brazil-based GM lacks a foothold in Argentina while Ciadea has no
operations in Brazil. GM, which exported about 13,500 pick-ups and small
cars to Argentina last year, has trouble balancing this with imports of
Ciadea's cars and vans. Building pick-ups in Argentina with Ciadea and
shipping them to Brazil will make it easier to balance trade.
</p>
<p>
The government also hopes increased competition will help the local car
industry to shape up. It is the only large industrial sector still
benefiting from significant import barriers and will retain this protection
until the end of the decade.
</p>
<p>
As a result, the industry's costs are high and investment has been low.
Despite 1992 sales of Dollars 5.09bn, the industry's trade association Adefa
says investments were only about Dollars 140m.
</p>
<p>
It puts investments this year at Dollars 240m. Sevel, a locally-owned
company which dominates the market with Fiats and Peugeots made under
licence, has invested only Dollars 160m in 1992-93, despite sales of Dollars
1.38bn in the nine months to September.
</p>
<p>
Profits are thin as well. Sevel, one of Argentina's two quoted car
companies, earned Dollars 52.6m to September, a margin of just 3.8 per cent
over sales. However, performance at Ciadea, where Renault transferred
control to local management last year, did better, with a 7 per cent margin
on sales of Dollars 1bn.
</p>
<p>
Sales across the industry are levelling off after their heady explosion
following economic stabilisation in 1991. Although analysts are confident
growth will remain steady in the coming years, Argentina is unlikely to
repeat the days of the 1960s when it had 24 car manufacturers.
</p>
<p>
Companies and government both say Argentina cannot compete with Brazil's
lower cost, high-volume car makers. They hope instead that Argentina can
attract investments in more sophisticated design and component niches as
well as volume production.
</p>
<p>
However, for that to happen, the industry will need a shake-up in
management, a big reduction in costs, more investment and more training to
raise productivity. And productivity will first have to rise to Brazil's
levels and then to world levels if the industry is to survive the planned
elimination of import protection in 2000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AR  Argentina, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>930</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Boeing forced to cut more staff
and production </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN DICKSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Boeing, the world's largest commercial aircraft manufacturer, is to reduce
production of its 737 and 747 jets further next year and cut its workforce
by between 2,000 and 3,000 because of continued recession in the world
aviation industry.
</p>
<p>
The move comes on top of a programme, announced early this year, to sharply
cut production of its 737, 747, 757 and 767 jets, which involves the loss of
some 28,000 jobs.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ron Woodard, executive vice-president of the company's Commercial
Airplane business, said yesterday: 'While there are some signs of
improvement in the air travel market, losses or inadequate profits continue
at many airlines.'
</p>
<p>
'Until more customers are in a position to order new airplanes, we must
reduce our production, as painful as that is for our employees, for our
suppliers and for our communities.'
</p>
<p>
Production of the 747 jumbo jet, which is now at five a month and is due to
drop to three in February, will fall to two a month from January 1995. The
smaller, twin-engined 737 aircraft, now produced at 10 a month, will drop to
8.5 a month next November.
</p>
<p>
The cutbacks will have a significant knock-on effect on parts suppliers such
as Northrop, the Los Angeles-based group which makes fuselage sections for
the 747. They will also have an impact on the economy of Seattle, Washington
State, where most of Boeing's 118,000 employees work.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's announcement dashed hopes that Boeing would be able to shore up
its current production rates with its share of an impending order for up to
60 aircraft from Saudi, the Saudi Arabian state-run carrier. The order is
also being pursued by rivals McDonnell Douglas and Airbus Industrie.
</p>
<p>
That order is likely to be the last big one for many months in a market
which has battered the main three manufacturers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Boeing </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3721 Aircraft </item>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3721 </item>
<item> P3724 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>348</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Payout omitted as Thyssen incurs
loss </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ARIANE GENILLARD
<name type=place>BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Thyssen, the German steel and engineering group, incurred a loss of DM994m
(Dollars 391.3m) for the year ended September, against a profit of DM350m
the previous year.
</p>
<p>
As a result, it will not pay a dividend. In 1991-92, shareholders received
DM6 a share.
</p>
<p>
The company said all non-steel divisions experienced a decline in sales and
profits, with the exception of the US Budd subsidiary, which makes
automotive parts. The steel divisions suffered massive, undisclosed losses.
</p>
<p>
Although operational results improved in the second half of the year,
earnings were swallowed by extraordinary expenses for the restructuring of
the steel divisions.
</p>
<p>
Mr Heinz Kriwet, chief executive, launched an attack against remaining state
subsidies for European steelmakers, saying such hand-outs were threatening
the survival of German private steel companies.
</p>
<p>
'We cannot afford a steel industry when politicians in Bonn and Brussels are
unwilling to create fair competition,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Sales at Thyssen Stahl, representing a third of group turnover, fell 15 per
cent to DM10.6bn. The group spent DM400m this year on restructuring the
business.
</p>
<p>
Talks are also continuing between Thyssen and Krupp-Hoesch, Germany's
second-largest steelmaker, on the possibility of merging special steel
activities.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Thyssen </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3312 Blast Furnaces and Steel Mills </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3312 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>241</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Richemont defies gloom on brand
names </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN RODGER and ALICE RAWSTHORN
<name type=place>ZURICH, PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Richemont, the Swiss group combining the Rothmans tobacco and the Cartier
and Dunhill luxury goods businesses, has defied the prevailing pessimism
over branded products. It reported a 9.8 per cent rise in pre-tax profits,
to Pounds 310.9m (Dollars 460.1m), for the six months to September 30.
</p>
<p>
Mr Anton Rupert, managing director, said although times were tough, his
faith in brands was unshaken. 'I would rather keep on supporting our brands
in a recession than show a big increase in earnings,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Group sales were up 13.2 per cent, to Pounds 1.7bn, but almost all of the
growth came from currency gains. Net income rose by only 2.2 per cent to
Pounds 96.6m, because the strong performance of Rothmans' 50 per cent-quoted
companies in Malaysia and Australia led to a 29 per cent jump in deductions
for minority interests.
</p>
<p>
Rothmans' worldwide cigarette volumes were 9 per cent lower, with the drop
particularly pronounced in France, the UK and the former Yugoslavia.
</p>
<p>
Vendome, the new holding company combining Dunhill and Cartier, the group's
luxury goods interests, saw sales rise 15.4 per cent to Pounds 524.4m in the
half year, helped substantially by favourable currency changes.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, exchange rates, combined with the impact of cost-cutting, enabled
Vendome to increase operating profits by 23.9 per cent, to Pounds 90.1m from
Pounds 72.7m. However, the increase in operating profits was restricted to
just 8 per cent in Swiss francs.
</p>
<p>
The strongest area of Vendome's activity was the jewellery and pens
division, which includes Cartier and Mont Blanc. The watch division suffered
a 3 per cent fall in sales, and the leather goods business, which is heavily
dependent on the volatile Japanese market, slipped by 11 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Operating losses on other activities rose to Pounds 8.7m from Pounds 8m.
Larger losses at the satellite television network, FilmNet, in which the
group has a 45 per cent stake, overwhelmed the lower profits of the US
direct retailing interests.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rupert said Vendome's sales in October were slightly below those of a
year earlier. However, he forecast that both it and Rothmans would turn in
satisfactory full-year results. There would be further significant costs at
FilmNet.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Financiere Richemont </item>
<item> Rothmans International </item>
<item> Vendome </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
<item> P3911 Jewelry, Precious Metal </item>
<item> P3172 Personal Leather Goods, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P2111 </item>
<item> P3911 </item>
<item> P3172 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>424</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Payout omitted as Thyssen slides
to DM994m loss </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ARIANE GENILLARD
<name type=place>BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Thyssen, the German steel and engineering group, incurred a loss of DM994m
(Dollars 391.3m) for the year ended September, against a profit of DM350m
the previous year.
</p>
<p>
As a result, it will not pay a dividend. In 1991-92, shareholders received a
payment of DM6 a share.
</p>
<p>
The company said all non-steel divisions experienced a decline in sales and
profits, with the exception of the US Budd subsidiary, which makes
automotive parts. The steel divisions suffered massive, undisclosed losses.
</p>
<p>
Although operational results improved in the second half of the year,
earnings were swallowed by extraordinary expenses for the restructuring of
the steel divisions, Thyssen said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Heinz Kriwet, chief executive, launched a bitter attack against remaining
state subsidies for European steelmakers, saying such hand-outs were
threatening the survival of German private steel companies.
</p>
<p>
'We cannot afford a steel industry when politicians in Bonn and Brussels are
unwilling to create fair competition,' he said. He was referring to German
government support for Ekostahl, a loss-making east German steel mill, and
to the failure of the European Commission to reach an agreement on reducing
state subsidies for steel.
</p>
<p>
Sales at Thyssen Stahl, representing a third of group turnover, fell 15 per
cent to DM10.6bn. The group spent DM400m this year on restructuring Thyssen
Stahl, including 15,000 job cuts between October 1992 and October 1994.
</p>
<p>
Talks are also continuing between Thyssen and Krupp-Hoesch, Germany's
second-largest steelmaker, on the possibility of merging special steel
activities, including tin plates, non-corrosive steels and sheets for the
electrical industry.
</p>
<p>
Members of the board of both companies are due to meet on December 16 to
discuss proposals ranging from managerial co-operation to full mergers.
Thyssen warned, however, that such talks had been held in the past without
yielding concrete results.
</p>
<p>
Among the non-steel divisions, Thyssen Industrie, capital and manufacturing
goods, recorded a 7 per cent drop in sales to DM8.1bn.
</p>
<p>
Sales in the trading and services divisions were DM14.1bn, down 2 per cent.
Thyssen said that despite the slowdown in economic activity, a 'declining
but satisfactory profit' was recorded in this division.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Thyssen </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3312 Blast Furnaces and Steel Mills </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3312 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>395</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Sinking in a sea of opposition -
Volvo is losing the battle against shareholders </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH CARNEGY</byline>
<p>
A week ago, Volvo saw the tide turning in its struggle to win shareholder
approval for the proposed merger of its car and truck operations with
France's Renault. However, a flood of opposition has now engulfed the
beleaguered group, threatening the deal anew.
</p>
<p>
Little has gone right since the Fourth Fund state pension fund, the second
biggest Volvo shareholder after Renault, and the Folksam insurance group
announced last Thursday they would support the merger.
</p>
<p>
Since then, the number of Swedish institutional shareholders opposed to the
deal has grown to seven, with none joining the Fourth Fund and Folksam in
the 'yes' camp. Moreover, opponents made much of the narrow 8-6 majority
within the board of the Fourth Fund, which undermined its symbolic
importance as the 'swing vote' in the merger affair.
</p>
<p>
The determination of those opposed to the deal has been hardened by the fact
that the Fourth Fund vote was carried largely because of the support of the
blue-collar trade unions, government officials, and the fund's chief
executive who, it turned out, sits on the board of Volvo's group finance
unit. These forces beat off the opposition of representatives from private
industry.
</p>
<p>
The parade of senior business figures to line up against Volvo over the past
few days has been impressive. The objections they have aired against the
merger agreement have also shown that the Swedish opposition runs much
deeper than worries about the privatisation of Renault and terms of a
subsequent state golden share.
</p>
<p>
The deal's essential feature - that Volvo would sell its vehicle-making
operations to Renault in exchange for a 35 per cent stake in the merged
company - has, at best, been seen by critics as a too-vague valuation of
Volvo and, at worst, as the unacceptable sell-out of Sweden's industrial
crown jewels.
</p>
<p>
A powerful voice in the 'no' camp is Mr Gunnar Johansson, a former Volvo
chief executive and member of the Fourth Fund board.
</p>
<p>
'The merger,' he declared, 'transforms Volvo from a vehicle-manufacturer to
an investment company. That cannot be right for a company whose name means
'I roll''.
</p>
<p>
Others have weighed into the public debate, notably Mr Bjorn Wolrath, chief
executive of Skandia, the insurance company, and Mr Marcus Storch, chief
executive of Aga, the industrial gas group.
</p>
<p>
'French interests will dominate the new (merged) company at all levels,'
said Mr Wolrath. 'Volvo's engagement in the automotive industry will be
limited to three executive posts on the board of (the merged holding
company),' said Mr Storch. 'For shareholders . . . the Volvo parent will be
valued as an investment company, with a discount.'
</p>
<p>
At the same time, Volvo's case has been weakened by internal developments.
Both Skandia and the S-E Banken Funds, which announced its opposition
yesterday, cited a growing hostility to the merger among Volvo employees,
led chiefly by the engineers and white-collar workers.
</p>
<p>
'We are very concerned about the doubts among Volvo's personnel, especially
the engineers,' said Mr Peter Thelin, chief executive of the S-E Banken
Funds. 'If you don't have your employees with you going into a merger like
this it will be very damaging.' Ironically, Volvo has also been a victim of
its own recent success. Figures leaked this week showed the company made an
operating profit of SKr460m (Dollars 54.3m) in October, more than it showed
in the whole first nine months.
</p>
<p>
This has been fuel on the fire for those arguing that Volvo cars and trucks
could survive without the merger, especially given the recent trend of
falling profits at Renault.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>648</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: State urges Renault to sustain
unit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
The French government has asked Renault to draw up plans to prolong activity
at Chausson, the motor group which suspended payments in September.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gerard Longuet, industry minister, said the government was seeking to
ensure the industrial future of Chausson, which is owned 50-50 by Renault,
the state-owned automotive group, and Peugeot, its private-sector rival.
</p>
<p>
Mr Longuet said Peugeot's decision to stop manufacturing bodies for its 504
utility vehicle from the end of November left the fate of the company in
Renault's hands.
</p>
<p>
Chausson has two factories on the outskirts of Paris, at Creil and
Gennevilliers. It manufactures body parts and components for cars, including
Renault's Trafic van.
</p>
<p>
Mr Longuet said rationalisation was still necessary at Chausson, which has
been confronted by an increasingly difficult financial situation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Renault </item>
<item> Chausson </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>174</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Rescue talk triggers Euro Disney
share rise </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALICE RAWSTHORN</byline>
<p>
Shares in Euro Disney, the struggling leisure group, rose 12 per cent
yesterday on speculation about the progress of negotiations over the
company's emergency financial restructuring. They closed FFr4.20 higher at
FFr36.45.
</p>
<p>
The rise was triggered by a report in La Tribune, the French financial
newspaper, that Walt Disney, the US entertainment group which owns 49 per
cent of Euro Disney, had offered to inject FFr3bn (Dollars 341m) of fresh
capital into the company.
</p>
<p>
However, the Disney camp said the report related to a meeting in Paris three
weeks ago, at which Walt Disney told Euro Disney's 60-strong banking
syndicate it would be willing to participate in a rescue rights issue. Walt
Disney's share of such an issue would be roughly equivalent to FFr3bn.
</p>
<p>
Sources said there had been no formal contact between Walt Disney and the
Euro Disney banks - which are owed FFr20.3bn and include Deutsche Bank,
National Westminster and Citibank - since last month's meeting.
</p>
<p>
The next stage in negotiations will be the formation of an official steering
committee by the Euro Disney banks, which are presently split into two
syndicates.
</p>
<p>
The committee is expected to be headed by Banque Nationale de Paris or
Banque Indosuez, the heads of the existing syndicates. Once the committee
has been formed, it will map out a negotiating strategy for the banks
against Euro Disney and Walt Disney.
</p>
<p>
In the meantime, the banks plan to commission an investigative audit of Euro
Disney. The audit will assess the company's present financial position and
its capital requirements for the future.
</p>
<p>
Euro Disney's shares, which collapsed following last month's surprise
announcement of a FFr5.3bn net loss for the year ended September, have risen
18 per cent since the start of this week, when they were worth FFr30.90.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Euro Disney </item>
<item> Walt Disney Co Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7996 Amusement Parks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7996 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>334</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Currency gains bolster profits
at Rothmans </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP RAWSTORNE</byline>
<p>
Favourable exchange rates lifted first-half profits of Rothmans
International, the restructured tobacco group, by 11.5 per cent. The rise
came in spite of a 9 per cent decline in worldwide cigarette sales writes
Philip Rawstorne.
</p>
<p>
Operating profit rose 8.6 per cent, to Pounds 212.6m (Dollars 314.6m), in
the six months ended September, on net sales 12 per cent ahead at Pounds
1.22bn. Taxable profits, boosted by Pounds 29m from currency translation,
rose from Pounds 209.3m to Pounds 233.4m.
</p>
<p>
Due to the complexity and timing of the group's reconstruction, a single
dividend for the year will be paid next August.
</p>
<p>
Much of the overall decline in cigarette volumes was accounted for by lower
sales in the UK, France, and the former Yugoslavia. Profits in western
Europe were also hit by taxation changes in Germany and rationalisation
costs of Pounds 16.7m, mainly in Belgium.
</p>
<p>
Operating profit in Malaysia benefited from price increases and a favourable
change in the mix of brand sales. The contribution from Australia, Indonesia
and the Philippines improved after last year's Pounds 9.2m exceptional
costs. However, in the Philippines volumes were significantly lower due, in
part, to the closure last December of Alhambra Industries.
</p>
<p>
Net investment income rose 54 per cent, from Pounds 13.5m to Pounds 20.8m.
</p>
<p>
In spite of difficult conditions in a number of markets, Lord Swaythling,
chairman, said he expected satisfactory full-year trading results. Profits,
however, would reflect the effects of reconstruction costs of Pounds 48m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Rothmans International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>276</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Development Securities to spend Pounds 44m
on properties </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER PEARSE</byline>
<p>
Development Securities, formerly Clayform Properties, yesterday announced
two acquisitions for Pounds 44m to be partly funded by a placing and open
offer to raise about Pounds 29.3m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robert Ware, joint managing director, said that yesterday's moves were
the same as those which had been planned for November, when the property
investor and developer postponed the share issue and acquisitions amid press
comment about an investigation by the Department of Trade and Industry into
dealings in the shares of Clayform.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ware said that the company welcomed the probe which was - as he
understood it - looking into dealings on the two days before Mr Martin
Landau, the property entrepreneur, joined DS as deputy chairman. He
emphasised that the dealings had 'nothing to do with the company or the
directors'.
</p>
<p>
DS is buying a portfolio of 85 properties from Ethel Austin Properties for
Pounds 26m, Pounds 25m of which will be in cash. Valued at Pounds 25.8m on
December 1, they consist mainly of retail units in town and city centres.
Currently the properties produce net rental income of about Pounds 2.2m a
year.
</p>
<p>
DS is also acquiring Grafton Estates for Pounds 18m, of which Pounds 15.4m
will be in loan notes, Pounds 2.2m in cash and the balance in shares.
Grafton has a portfolio of 10 properties across the UK; which were valued at
December 1 at Pounds 28.3m and produce rental income of about Pounds 2.5m a
year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ware said that the acquisitions would increase retail property's share of
DS's portfolio to 69 per cent of the total leaving offices with 25 per cent
and the industrial property with the remainder.
</p>
<p>
DS is issuing some 93.7m shares at 32 1/2 p - the shares were unchanged
yesterday at 33 1/2 p - on a 4-for-5 basis. It is also borrowing Pounds 15m
to lift the Pounds 29m from the placing to the Pounds 44m acquisition price.
Year-end debt will be between Pounds 31m and Pounds 33m, giving pro forma
gearing of 45-50 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Development Securities </item>
<item> Ethel Austin Properties </item>
<item> Grafton Estates </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>391</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dunton Pounds 3.79m in red </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Provisions against stocks of properties left Dunton Group with pre-tax
losses of Pounds 3.79m for the year to May 31, against losses of Pounds
803,000.
</p>
<p>
Turnover for this USM-quoted company with interests in brickmaking,
engineering and property, was Pounds 1.9m (Pounds 2.74m). Provisions,
resulting from the revising of the carrying value of the company's assets,
totalled Pounds 2.66m.
</p>
<p>
Further provisions of Pounds 3.36m were taken against the revaluation
reserve and the group now has negative net assets of Pounds 4.02m.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share were 8.91p (1.01p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dunton Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
<item> P3251 Brick and Structural Clay Tile </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
<item> P3251 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>129</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Field grows by 14% to Pounds 6.8m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Field Group, the folding carton company which floated on the stock market in
July, yesterday reported interim results showing a 14.4 per cent rise in
pro-forma pre-tax profits to Pounds 6.8m - in line with expectations.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend is set at 2.3p, an 8 per cent rise on the dividend the
group indicated it would have paid had it been public last year.
</p>
<p>
The shares rose 8p to 273p, compared to the float price of 250p.
</p>
<p>
Mr Keith Gilchrist, chief executive, said that the high level of promotional
activity by customers such as supermarkets - which adversely affects Field's
business by shortening runs - had not eased as hoped. Mareen, the Belgian
subsidiary, had been affected by the economic slowdown in continental
Europe, although it had recently won two new contracts worth Pounds 1.5m.
</p>
<p>
However, the group's Portsmouth factory had beaten expectations on its
tobacco packaging machine, installed in February.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gilchrist said recovery in the UK was still slow and fragile, but there
were signs of improvement further ahead. For instance, orders for Easter egg
packaging next year were not imaginative, but designs for Easter 1995 now
being discussed were revealing a greater desire for innovation from
customers suggesting, he said, 'marketeers are less constrained by
accountants'.
</p>
<p>
Pressure on selling prices had been balanced by raw material price
reductions and through cost cutting. Turnover growth in the half to October
3 was 10.5 per cent to Pounds 75m, although volume growth was higher than
that.
</p>
<p>
Operating profits rose 10.7 per cent to Pounds 6.97m, including Pounds
205,000 from the packaging business bought from Boots in July. Pro-forma
interest charges fell to Pounds 176,000 (Pounds 360,000). The tax charge for
the year is estimated at 26 per cent. Earnings per share were 8.5p (7.5p) on
a pro-forma basis.
</p>
<p>
Despite the Pounds 5.7m acquisition of the Boots business, net debt was
Pounds 1m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Field Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2657 Folding Paperboard Boxes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2657 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>352</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Osborne back into property </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CATHERINE MILTON</byline>
<p>
Mr Trevor Osborne, former chairman of Speyhawk, the debt-strapped
development company which went into receivership in May, yesterday took
another step back into the property world with the launch of a facilities
management company.
</p>
<p>
The new concern, Building and Property Group, is a joint venture formed by
Amec, the UK construction company, and Pell Frischmann, the international
engineering consultancy.
</p>
<p>
BPG paid the UK government Pounds 10.4m for two former Property Services
Agency businesses, Building Management South East and Building Management
South &amp; West.
</p>
<p>
Mr Osborne, brought in to chair the company through Pell Frischmann, claimed
the joint venture is the UK's largest facilities management company, with
pre-tax profits forecast at Pounds 20m for the year to March 1994 on sales
of Pounds 450m.
</p>
<p>
Unkindly dubbed 'Clever Trevor', Mr Osborne, one of the best known figures
in the UK property industry, is anxious to put the unhappy experience of
Speyhawk behind him. At the time of the receivership 46 banks were owed more
than Pounds 350m secured on assets of Pounds 200m. Mr Osborne said:
'Building and Property is the story - not me.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Building and Property Group </item>
<item> Amec </item>
<item> Pell Frischmann Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7349 Building Maintenance Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7349 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>229</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Northamber cuts first half deficit to
Pounds 54,000 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Reduced pre-tax losses of Pounds 54,000 were announced by Northamber, the
supplier of computer hardware and software, for the half year to October 31.
Losses last time were Pounds 495,000 restated.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Phillips, chairman, said the result reflected the benefit of the
closure of Studley in Ireland, which lost Pounds 258,000 in the first half
last year and more than Pounds 1m in the full year.
</p>
<p>
On trading he said that competition continued to intensify and gross margins
declined again in the period.
</p>
<p>
It was clear, he stated, that the 1993-94 year could be another difficult
year for the sector.
</p>
<p>
Turnover improved to Pounds 45.7m compared with Pounds 45.3m which included
Pounds 3.05m from discontinued operations.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share were 0.3p (2.2p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Northamber </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5045 Computers, Peripherals and Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5045 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>160</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Gibbs Mew ahead to Pounds 1.6m as cask ale
sales jump 25% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GRAHAM DELLER</byline>
<p>
Gibbs Mew, the Salisbury-based brewer and commercial property company, has
built upon the revival shown in last time's second half. The USM-quoted
group yesterday reported a marked improvement in profits and earnings per
share and its first increase in the level of interim dividend since 1990.
</p>
<p>
Profits before tax for the six months to October 2 amounted to Pounds 1.6m,
against Pounds 317,000 in the corresponding period and Pounds 1.17m for the
last full year. Comparisons were restated for FRS 3.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tom Hedderson, appointed non-executive chairman in October following the
death of Mr Peter Gibbs, who had headed the company since 1967, said the
group had 'produced real growth and profit despite economic and trading
conditions that remain extremely fragile and exceptionally competitive'.
</p>
<p>
The increase, he said, reflected the integration of UK D and the move away
from high volume low margin business. Turnover totalled Pounds 18.4m (Pounds
11.8m); adjusted for UK D sales, however, the figure fell by some Pounds
1.5m.
</p>
<p>
The brewery division was the main engine of growth with volume sales of
cask-conditioned ales ahead by some 25 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend is raised 25 per cent to 3.75p (3p), payable from fully
diluted earnings of 16.99p (2.44p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gibbs Mew </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2082 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>256</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: British Bio-technology losses widen to
Pounds 8.8m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM BURT</byline>
<p>
British Bio-technology, the pharmaceuticals group, yesterday announced
losses of Pounds 8.81m for the six months to October 31, against Pounds
4.72m.
</p>
<p>
The company blamed the 87 per cent increase on escalating costs of
developing a new generation of anti-cancer and anti-Aids drugs.
</p>
<p>
Mr James Noble, finance director, said the results were within budget but
warned that further losses were inevitable as the company continued clinical
trials of drugs which would not go on sale for at least three years.
</p>
<p>
The range of drugs being tested by the company includes new treatments for
cancer, HIV, acute shock and asthma.
</p>
<p>
Mr Noble claimed most biotechnology companies incur losses while they
develop such drugs, and British Bio-technology was no exception.
</p>
<p>
The results also included second quarter figures which showed turnover, on
continuing operations, of Pounds 693,000 (Pounds 1.2m). Losses amounted to
Pounds 4.61m (Pounds 1.83m) and losses per share worked through at 12.7p
(5.1p).
</p>
<p>
Losses are expected to worsen next year with the launch of clinical trials
in the US.
</p>
<p>
These trials will be conducted by a new subsidiary in Maryland which will
oversee drug development and seek regulatory approval in the US.
</p>
<p>
'We're moving into the most expensive stage of development and we will need
to raise more money,' Mr Noble said.
</p>
<p>
The company expects to make a share placing in 1994 and hopes to forge
alliances with large pharmaceutical manufacturers to cover development costs
of its patented drugs.
</p>
<p>
Turnover for the six months declined from Pounds 3.9m to Pounds 2.83m,
mainly reflecting the disposal of British Bio-technology Products, its
research reagent and assays subsidiary, which was sold in July to Techne
Corp of the US.
</p>
<p>
Interim losses per share widened from 14.3p to 24.3p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Bio-Technology Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>322</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Rowlinson Secs doubles to Pounds 1.1m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Rowlinson Securities, the Cheshire-based property group, doubled first half
profits from Pounds 515,000 to Pounds 1.11m pre-tax in the six months to
September 30.
</p>
<p>
Gross rental income was Pounds 1.87m (Pounds 1.68m).
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share were 5.96p (2.76p). The interim dividend is held at
0.24p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Rowlinson Securities </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>82</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Alexander &amp; Alexander buys actuarial firm
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD LAPPER</byline>
<p>
Alexander &amp; Alexander Services, the US-based international insurance broker,
is to acquire Clay &amp; Partners, one of the UK's biggest actuarial firms.
</p>
<p>
A&amp;A paid Clay's partners with 2.27m shares of A&amp;A common stock, valuing the
firm, which provides employee benefits and related consulting services to
corporate clients, at Dollars 40m (Pounds 27m).
</p>
<p>
The deal is A&amp;A's biggest since it acquired Reed Stenhouse in 1985 and
signals growing interest among international insurance brokers in the skills
of actuaries, which are increasingly important in commercial insurance and
linked consultancy business.
</p>
<p>
The world's biggest broker, Marsh &amp; McLennan, acquired William M Mercer, the
UK's biggest firm of actuaries, in 1986.
</p>
<p>
Clay employs 90 qualified actuaries, ranking third equal in size in the UK
with Bacon &amp; Woodrow. Its practice complements the more regionally
diversified consultancy business of Alexander Consulting Group, the A&amp;A
consulting subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brian Kennedy, chairman and chief executive of ACG in Europe, said the
new business - Alexander Clay &amp; Partners - will be made up of 650
professional and support staff.
</p>
<p>
He said Clay's 'actuarial strength complements ACG's existing human resource
management consulting services.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Alexander and Alexander Services Inc </item>
<item> Clay and Partners </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6411 Insurance Agents, Brokers, and Service </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>237</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Acquisition costs cut Cape to Pounds 6.1m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TIM BURT</byline>
<p>
Cape, the building products and industrial services company, reported
pre-tax profits down by 6 per cent to Pounds 6.1m in the six months to
September 30, against Pounds 6.5m.
</p>
<p>
The company blamed interest payments of Pounds 600,000, compared with
receivable of Pounds 100,000. Net borrowings at the period end were Pounds
8.5m following the Pounds 8.25m acquisition in January of Darchem
Contracting.
</p>
<p>
Group operating profits rose 4.5 per cent to Pounds 6.7m. The figure was
after a Pounds 1m loss at Socap, the French insulation business.
</p>
<p>
The loss followed an investigation which discovered that the subsidiary's
profits had been overstated.
</p>
<p>
Mr Michael Farebrother, chief executive, said yesterday: 'The management
responsible for the problems in the French company have been dismissed.'
</p>
<p>
Socap's activities have been cut and the workforce reduced by 100.
</p>
<p>
The financial mis-statements were corrected by a Pounds 5.9m adjustment to
shareholders' funds in the balance sheet to March 31, he added.
</p>
<p>
Socap's poor performance contributed to a 20 per cent decline in operating
profits of the industrial services division to Pounds 3.3m. Turnover fell 10
per cent to Pounds 83.6m.
</p>
<p>
The problems were offset by the building and architectural products
division, where operating profits rose from Pounds 3.2m to Pounds 4.1m and
turnover increased Pounds 300,000 to Pounds 35.3m.
</p>
<p>
Cape's results were also held back by a Pounds 200,000 increase to Pounds
800,000 in the compensation provision for former workers suffering from
asbestosis.
</p>
<p>
Group turnover declined by 7 per cent to Pounds 118.9m (Pounds 127.9m). The
interim dividend is maintained at 3p, payable from earnings per share down
from 8.2p to 7.6p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Cape </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7389 Business Services, NEC </item>
<item> P5039 Construction Materials, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7389 </item>
<item> P5039 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>307</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Johnson Matthey improves 6% - Car catalyst
side casts shadow over mid-term performance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KENNETH GOODING, Mining Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Johnson Matthey, the precious metals technology group, lifted profits before
tax by 6 per cent from Pounds 33.2m to Pounds 35.1m in the six months to
September 30 1993.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend goes up from 3.2p to 3.4p.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Davies, chairman, said the group had performed well.
</p>
<p>
The result was widely predicted but analysts came away from a meeting with
management disappointed by the performance of the car catalyst business,
where turnover was up only 2 per cent, and the share price dipped 3p to 496p
in an otherwise rising market.
</p>
<p>
Some analysts also suggested that JM had been a good defensive stock in the
recession but was unlikely to gain as much as other companies from the
recovery.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share rose 21 per cent, from 12.1p to 14.6p, after a one-off
Pounds 3.7m saving on ACT from the group's enhanced scrip dividend
alternative.
</p>
<p>
Mr Davies gave little away about the second half.
</p>
<p>
He said there were some 'encouraging' signs of growth in the US economy but
recovery in the UK remained fragile and JM was experiencing poor conditions
in other European markets.
</p>
<p>
Platinum group metals prices are important to JM because it takes a
percentage commission from Rustenburg of South Africa.
</p>
<p>
Mr Davies pointed out that, although rhodium prices had recovered from their
lowest levels, 'any significant improvement in platinum group metals prices
is unlikely without sustained economic recovery.'
</p>
<p>
The materials technology division provided the highlight of the half-year
and continued its recovery with a 53 per cent improvement in operating
profit to Pounds 13.5m.
</p>
<p>
Operating profit at the catalytic systems division was slightly ahead at
Pounds 13.2m; in the colour and printing division it was up 19 per cent at
Pounds 5m, while the precious metals division's operating profit was down by
Pounds 400,000 to Pounds 10.1m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Davies revealed that, after a successful two-year collaboration, JM had
signed a license agreement with Sandoz Pharma, the Swiss group, for a class
of anti-viral compounds which have a novel mechanism of action against the
virus that causes Aids.
</p>
<p>
The compounds were identified at JM's biomedical research facilities and
have been patented.
</p>
<p>
Mr Davies also pointed out that. although 50 per cent of JM's profit was
earned outside the UK, where it is based, only a small proportion was earned
in the growth markets of Asia.
</p>
<p>
The company was attending to this: a Pounds 25m facility had been opened in
Japan and the group was 'well down the road' towards establishing a car
catalyst manufacturing plant 'somewhere in south-east Asia.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Johnson Matthey </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3341 Secondary Nonferrous Metals </item>
<item> P3911 Jewelry, Precious Metal </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3341 </item>
<item> P3911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>478</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Armour Trust litigation withdrawn </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Agreement has been reached to settle litigation between Armour Trust, Random
Investments of Jersey and Mr Cyril Freedman, a former director of Polco
Products and Polcon.
</p>
<p>
Under an agreement dated October 1985, Armour Automotive Group acquired
Polco and Polcon and agreed to buy Random's holding at fair value.
</p>
<p>
Armour will acquire Random's holding of AAG loan stock for Pounds 49,323 and
will issue 103,000 shares to fund the purchase of Random's 2.75 per cent
stake in AAG.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Armour Trust </item>
<item> Random Investments of Jersey </item>
<item> Armour Automotive Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>122</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Anglo United reduces deficit to Pounds 6.5m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KATRINA LOWE</byline>
<p>
Anglo United reported a sharply reduced pre-tax loss of Pounds 6.5m for the
six months to September 30, helped by a 'significant recovery' in its
Coalite smokeless fuel business.
</p>
<p>
On sales from continuing operations of Pounds 236m (Pounds 244m), profit
before interest was Pounds 5.7m, against a Pounds 6.4m loss in the
comparable period.
</p>
<p>
Interest payable of Pounds 12.2m (Pounds 16.2m) meant that losses at the
pre-tax stage narrowed from Pounds 22.6m to Pounds 6.5m.
</p>
<p>
The results for the first half of 1992 were hit by the Pounds 11.2m costs
connected to its bank restructuring, abortive disposals and loan write-offs.
</p>
<p>
Mr Harold Cottam, chairman, said that in the period under review efforts had
been focused on improving divisional performance.
</p>
<p>
The Pounds 2m profits advance to Pounds 4.8m in the smokeless fuels division
had been achieved mainly through cost reductions. These had offset reduced
demand for coal from electricity generators and for the various industrial
services provided to British Coal.
</p>
<p>
Lower demand from agrochemical producers hit the liquid fuels and chemicals
division, which had an operating loss of Pounds 400,000 (Pounds 200,000).
</p>
<p>
Mr Cottam said operating profits from other businesses rose to Pounds 1.3m
(Pounds 1.2m), excluding Dundee, Perth &amp; London Shipping, sold in March.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share were cut to 0.8p (7.1p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Anglo United </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2999 Petroleum and Coal Products, NEC </item>
<item> P2899 Chemical Preparations, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2999 </item>
<item> P2899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>258</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: GWR shows sharply lower loss of Dollars 9m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Great Western Resources, the US-based oil, gas and coal company which almost
collapsed last year following litigation with its largest customer,
announced pre-tax losses of Dollars 9m (Pounds 6m) for the year to September
30, against Dollars 47.4m.
</p>
<p>
Total revenues advanced to Dollars 123m (Dollars 74.9m) with revenue from
coal at Dollars 97m (Dollars 48m). Costs and expenses increased from Dollars
122m to Dollars 132m and included a provision of Dollars 3.65m for
settlement of litigation.
</p>
<p>
Losses per share were 8 cents (52 cents).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Great Western Resources Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P1321 Natural Gas Liquids </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P1321 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>131</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Derwent pays Pounds 9m for offices </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Derwent Valley Holdings, through its Colebrook Estates subsidiary, is buying
a 75,000 sq ft 10-storey leasehold office building for Pounds 9.23m.
</p>
<p>
The property, at London's Hyde Park Corner, is held on a 70-year unexpired
ground rent of Pounds 2,750 a year.
</p>
<p>
Its rental income amounts to Pounds 1.67m a year with most leases due for
renewal at the end of 1994.
</p>
<p>
The consideration will be satisfied from the company's existing facilities.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Derwent Valley Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>112</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAFAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Cantab Pharm </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Cantab Pharmaceuticals, which came to the market in October, reported higher
third quarter pre-tax losses of Pounds 762,000, against Pounds 359,000.
Turnover fell from Pounds 280,000 to Pounds 219,000.
</p>
<p>
The figures for the nine months to September 30 showed losses of Pounds 2m
(Pounds 825,000) on turnover of Pounds 837,000 (Pounds 1.45m). Three months
losses per share were 14p (8p) for nine month figures of 37p (20p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Cantab Pharmaceuticals </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>97</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Mountview Estates </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mountview Estates, the property dealing group, saw profits dip to Pounds
3.37m in the half year to end-September.
</p>
<p>
The decline from last time's Pounds 3.62m was described by directors as
'disappointing' although there was 'reasonable expectation' that results for
the full year would match the previous Pounds 6.79m.
</p>
<p>
Turnover amounted to Pounds 7m (Pounds 7.31m). Earnings dipped to 49.3p
(52.8p); the interim dividend goes up to 10p (8p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Mountview Estates </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>101</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Radius </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Shares in Radius fell 6p to 27p yesterday after the USM-quoted computer
systems and maintenance company said that following a particularly bad third
quarter operating losses for the second half to December 31 would be broadly
similar to the first.
</p>
<p>
However, based on the continuing growth in sales of the group's new
products, directors expect a return to profits in 1994. Pre-tax losses of
Pounds 466,000 were reported for the first half.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Radius </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7379 Computer Related Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7379 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>102</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Mid Kent </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mid Kent Holdings, the water supply company, announced an 11 per cent
reduction in pre-tax profits from Pounds 4.28m to Pounds 3.8m for the half
year to September 30.
</p>
<p>
Turnover rose 5 per cent to Pounds 16.4m (Pounds 15.6m) but the pre-tax
result was after a net interest charge of Pounds 644,000 against Pounds
298,000 received. That represented the costs of financing the continuing
investment programme.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend is lifted to 5p (4.75p), payable from earnings per
share of 16.7p (19.3p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Mid Kent Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
<item> P4952 Sewerage Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
<item> P4952 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>117</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Gibbon Lyons </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Increased market share helped Gibbon Lyons raise pre-tax profits by 38 per
cent in the six months to September 30.
</p>
<p>
On sales up 10 per cent at Pounds 12.7m (Pounds 11.5m) the pre-tax figure
increased from Pounds 712,000 to Pounds 980,000.
</p>
<p>
The USM-quoted maker of printing inks and related products raised its
interim dividend to 2.2p (2p) on earnings per share of 6.3p (4.4p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gibbon Lyons Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2893 Printing Ink </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2893 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>95</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Millgate poised for USM float </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Millgate is coming to the USM through the placing of 17.8m shares at 40p to
raise a net Pounds 6.6m. Of the proceeds Pounds 6.02m will be used to
purchase Laserline Car Alarms (UK), and the balance for working capital.
</p>
<p>
An additional Pounds 400,000 is being raised by the sale of shares at 40p to
some directors and Laserline SpA, the Italian manufacturer of the alarms
which Laserline (UK) imports.
</p>
<p>
In the six months to May 31 Laserline (UK) reported pre-tax profits of
Pounds 455,000 on turnover of Pounds 2.97m. Net assets are warranted at not
less than Pounds 666,500.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Millgate </item>
<item> Laserline Car Alarms (UK) </item>
<item> Laserline (UK) </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5065 Electronic Parts and Equipment </item>
<item> P3669 Communications Equipment, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5065 </item>
<item> P3669 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>152</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: LWT considers making bid for Yorkshire-Tyne
Tees </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
London Weekend Television is considering making a bid for Yorkshire-Tyne
Tees, the financially-troubled ITV company in which it holds a 14 per cent
stake.
</p>
<p>
Following Carlton Communication's agreed conditional bid for Central this
week, attention is turning to the future of LWT, the most attractive
takeover target after Central.
</p>
<p>
Granada, which early this year bought 20 per cent in LWT, is being put off
by the latter's hefty 593p share price and is also reluctant to move before
a proposed ITV ownership rule change is approved by parliament.
</p>
<p>
The debate on the rule change, which outside London will allow one ITV
company to hold two broadcasting licences, is scheduled for next Wednesday.
Granada's results are due on the same day.
</p>
<p>
Sir Christopher Bland, LWT chairman, is believed to be determined not to
accept a takeover if he can find an alternative that makes financial sense
for shareholders.
</p>
<p>
Every possible target is being analysed at LWT, but despite the obvious
difficulties Yorkshire-Tyne Tees has not been ruled out and is still being
considered seriously.
</p>
<p>
The main problems include the need to divest Tyne Tees and demonstrate that
Yorkshire (in which Pearson, owner of the Financial Times, has a 14 per cent
stake) could be quickly returned to profit.
</p>
<p>
Uncertainty in the City over a possible bid could lead to a fall in the LWT
share price, which could in turn make it easier for Granada to pounce.
</p>
<p>
Senior managers at Tyne Tees would, however, be interested in a buy-out,
although it is unclear whether such a deal could be financed.
</p>
<p>
The Yorkshire-Tyne Tees results are expected on December 14 and are likely
to show pre-tax losses of about Pounds 5m, mainly because of over-trading
and discounting of advertising.
</p>
<p>
The problems are likely to be tackled in the 1992-93 accounts and Lazer, the
LWT advertising sales team which formally takes over the Yorkshire sales
business on January 1, will be able to sell 100 per cent of the
Yorkshire-Tyne Tees airtime.
</p>
<p>
Yorkshire-Tyne Tees is capitalised at only about Pounds 90m, compared with
LWT's market capitalisation of some Pounds 600m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Yorkshire Tyne Tees Television Holdings </item>
<item> LWT Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7812 Motion Picture and Video Production </item>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7812 </item>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>399</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Argyll joins store price war </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NEIL BUCKLEY</byline>
<p>
Argyll Group yesterday became the third of the UK's big three retailers to
admit that the trading climate was becoming more difficult in UK food
retailing and that it was altering its strategy.
</p>
<p>
The group, which includes the Safeway, Lo-Cost and Presto chains, reported
an increase in interim pre-tax profits from Pounds 205.1m to Pounds 217.3m.
It warned, however, that trading would be difficult in the second half with
increased price competition from Sainsbury and Tesco.
</p>
<p>
Sir Alistair Grant, chairman, said Argyll had adopted a three-point plan.
</p>
<p>
Safeway has launched an 'everyday low pricing' campaign, cutting the prices
of about 200 own-label and branded goods. The group has also cut its planned
capital spending from Pounds 650m to Pounds 550m and is reviewing its policy
on depreciation of land and buildings, which is likely to result in a Pounds
40m profits hit this year.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Webster, deputy chairman, said Safeway had not lost sales to the
growing band of discounters such as Aldi, Netto and Kwik Save, but had been
affected by a chain reaction.
</p>
<p>
The spread of discounters offering very low prices had forced superstore
operators Asda and Gateway to cut their prices to compete, which in turn had
forced Sainsbury and Tesco to respond.
</p>
<p>
This, he said, had destabilised the market, but he believed it would
eventually regain its equilibrium. In the meantime, the bigger chains were
best-placed to withstand the increasing competition.
</p>
<p>
'Chains with advantages of scale and efficiency, with big own brands, and
who are prepared to tough it out, are in a much stronger position than new
entrants.'
</p>
<p>
Group sales were up 11 per cent to Pounds 3.15bn (Pounds 2.84bn). Sales at
the Safeway chain increased 13 per cent to Pounds 2.55bn with new stores
contributing 12.7 points of the increase. With inflation at about 2 per cent
for the year, like-for-like sales were down about 1.7 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Operating profits at Safeway increased 21 per cent to Pounds 187.5m (Pounds
155.3m).
</p>
<p>
News from the Presto and Lo-Cost chains was less positive. Turnover
increased 3 per cent to Pounds 601m, but operating profit fell 15 per cent
to Pounds 23.7m. This was due mainly to a fall in profits at Lo-Cost, which
Mr Webster admitted had been hit by competition from chains such as Aldi and
Netto.
</p>
<p>
Group earnings were up 6 per cent to 14.1p (13.3p), and the interim dividend
is raised to 3.75p (3.55p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Argyll Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>442</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Pearson acquires Extel Financial for Pounds
73.5m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
Pearson, the publishing and media group, yesterday agreed to buy Extel
Financial, the financial information group, from United Newspapers for
Pounds 73.5m.
</p>
<p>
There was considerable interest in Extel, which pushed the purchase price
beyond the expected Pounds 50m-Pounds 60m, but it is believed that Pearson,
owner of the Financial Times, was the only bidder willing to buy all five
divisions of Extel Financial, including the lossmaking Financial Systems
side.
</p>
<p>
The purchase price, which has delighted United, includes repayment of an
Pounds 11.8m inter-company loan.
</p>
<p>
Pearson, which announced in July it intended to concentrate on its media
interests, said the buy would accelerate its expansion 'into electronically
delivered information markets not only in Europe but also in the US and
Asia.'
</p>
<p>
Extel Financial's businesses range from financial and corporate information
on securities to financial news and services for investment admin-istration
and analysis.
</p>
<p>
According to Pearson, Extel's 1992 sales were Pounds 34.5m and pre-tax
profits, excluding pension credit, Pounds 5.6m before losses of Pounds 2.8m
in Financial Systems, a division providing investment accountancy systems
and services. Pearson believes the losses can be cut sharply next year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Derek Terrington, media analyst at Kleinwort Benson, said the deal was
'good news for United and a considerable challenge for Pearson.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Graham Wilson, managing director of United, said that after provision for
goodwill the sale would realise a net gain of more than Pounds 25m.
</p>
<p>
Extel, whose managing director is Mr Martin Brooks, a former Financial Times
executive, will continue as a separate operating subsidiary with the
Financial Times Group.
</p>
<p>
Mr Fred Perkins, managing director of Financial Times Information Services,
said Extel was in almost every area complementary to FTIS services such as
the Profile data base.
</p>
<p>
As part of the deal Pearson also gets a 50 per cent share of a joint venture
with Agence France Press which operates the AFX electronic financial news
service.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Pearson </item>
<item> Extel Financial </item>
<item> United Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7375 Information Retrieval Services </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7375 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>366</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: New Rothmans and Vendome lose appeal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
An appeal by New Rothmans and Vendome Luxury Group to have their shares
included in FT-SE Actuaries share indices has been turned down by the appeal
committee.
</p>
<p>
However, the committee said it 'would strongly hope that a means may be
speedily found whereby New Rothmans and Vendome Luxury Group may be included
in the UK indices.'
</p>
<p>
The shares were excluded by the FT-SE Actuaries Share Indices Steering
Committee because the companies do not conform to the definition of UK
companies.
</p>
<p>
A working party will now start to review the share indices ground rules on
the inclusion of shares in companies with cross border capital structures.
</p>
<p>
Actuaries changes, Page 28
Rothmans results, Page 30
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Rothmans International </item>
<item> Vendome Luxury Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
<item> P3161 Luggage </item>
<item> P3171 Women's Handbags and Purses </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2111 </item>
<item> P3161 </item>
<item> P3171 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>161</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAE0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: GEC expected to acquire choicest parts of
Ferranti </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Even though GEC yesterday abandoned its 1p a share rescue bid for Ferranti,
Britain's biggest manufacturing group is still expected to pick up the best
of what remains of Ferranti's defence electronics businesses.
</p>
<p>
Indeed GEC could well save money by buing those Ferranti operations it wants
from the receiver instead of footing an Pounds 11.4m acquisition bill and
assuming responsibility of Ferranti's net debts, contingent liabilities and
overdue creditors' payments totalling about Pounds 155m.
</p>
<p>
The dismantling of Ferranti actually began in 1989 following the discovery
of huge fraud in International Signal and Control, the US subsidiary which
Ferranti acquired in 1987.
</p>
<p>
The ISC fraud blew a massive hole in Ferranti's balance sheet and forced
Ferranti's management, led by Mr Eugene Anderson, chairman, to embark on a
Pounds 500m asset sale programme to try to keep Ferranti afloat. In the
process its workforce was cut from 22,000 to less than 3,700 and bank debts
were reduced from Pounds 689m in 1989 to about Pounds 100m at the end of
September.
</p>
<p>
GEC picked the prize fruit of the Ferranti empire after the ISC debacle,
paying Pounds 310m in 1990 for its radar division.
</p>
<p>
The business included the project leadership for the radar to equip the
European Fighter Aircraft. Last year, GEC-Marconi bought the company's
missile business for Pounds 38m.
</p>
<p>
In its offer document for Ferranti issued at the start of November, GEC
identified four other areas where a combination of both group's operations
would result in business units 'better placed to win orders for defence
equipment at home and overseas.' These are combat management systems for
surface ships and submarines; air defence command, control and
communications systems; ship and submarine sonars; simulation and training
products.
</p>
<p>
It is assumed that these are the businesses which GEC might be interested in
acquiring from the receivers. Among these assets Ferranti's sonar operations
were folded into a joint venture with Thomson-CSF, the French defence group,
in 1990 and its investment was valued at Pounds 25.7m in the latest
accounts.
</p>
<p>
Putting a value on Ferranti's other assets is difficult, particularly since
much of the potential value to a purchaser probably lay in the experience of
its workforce which may now be dissipated.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>420</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Sorrell sells 40% of WPP holding </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DIANE SUMMERS, Marketing Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Mr Martin Sorrell, chief executive of WPP, the heavily-indebted marketing
services group, has sold about 40 per cent of his shares in the company.
</p>
<p>
A total of 848,917 shares were sold by Mr Sorrell on November 18 at 92 1/2
p, leaving him with 1.3m shares out of WPP's issued equity capital of 434m
shares.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sorrell is the first director to turn seller of the shares since they
began a robust recovery from their all-time low of 22 1/2 p in October 1992.
</p>
<p>
He and some fellow board members had been periodic buyers of the shares
during the sharp upturn.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sorrell bought 100,000 shares at 34 1/2 p in September 1992, while other
directors acquired stock the following month.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sorrell acquired a further 100,000 shares at 55p this January.
</p>
<p>
WPP's share price peaked at 105p in mid-September, following the sale by
banks of most of the ordinary shares they received by converting preference
shares in the company.
</p>
<p>
SG Warburg, the stockbroker, bought 46.9m shares at 93p and placed them at
94p with 60 institutions in the UK, US and Europe.
</p>
<p>
The shares yesterday closed 3p up at 91p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> WPP Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7311 Advertising Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>231</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Strong second half lifts Bass </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP RAWSTORNE and PETER MONTAGNON</byline>
<p>
A strong second half performance by Holiday Inn operations in the US and
Asia/Pacific helped Bass, the UK brewing, hotels and leisure group, lift
full year pre-tax profits 7.4 per cent to Pounds 508m.
</p>
<p>
The results were ahead of market expectations and the shares added 34p to
537p.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ian Prosser, chairman and chief executive, said it appeared unlikely that
trading in the first half of the present financial year would benefit
significantly from the economic environment.
</p>
<p>
'However, the management actions we have taken will produce improvements
over the year and the business is well placed to gain from any increased
consumer spending in our markets.'
</p>
<p>
Operating profit for the year to end-September increased marginally to
Pounds 603m on turnover which grew by 3.3 per cent to Pounds 4.45bn.
</p>
<p>
Holiday Inn profits rose 15.3 per cent to Pounds 128m (Pounds 111m). The
results reflected a substantial turnround after a first half decline. In
North America second half dollar profits were 15.5 per cent higher, with
revenue per available room 3 per cent ahead, and in Asia/Pacific profits
rose 41 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Overall, a net 89 hotels were added to the system which now comprises 1,774
hotels.
</p>
<p>
Brewing profits fell 8.2 per cent to Pounds 156m, hit by price competition
and charges of Pounds 18m for reorganisation, increased bad debt provisions,
and the change to end product duty. Net margins fell from 10.9 per cent to
9.8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
UK beer volumes, however, rose nearly 1 per cent to 8.38m barrels and market
share grew 0.5 per cent to 23 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Profits from Britvic soft drinks fell to Pounds 35m (Pounds 41m) as
recession, poor summer weather, and price competition reduced sales volume
by 5 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Pub profits, reflecting a reduction in the estate of about 520 outlets, were
4.2 per cent lower at Pounds 205m. But profit per managed house, driven by
an increasing contribution from food sales, was 5 per cent higher.
</p>
<p>
Leisure operations raised profits by 15.6 per cent to Pounds 74m with a
strong performance by Barcrest, the amusement machine business, which led
the UK market with a 43 per cent share, and improvements from Coral betting
shops and Gala bingo clubs.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share grew 2.8 per cent to 36.3p and a final dividend of 14.35p
lifts the total 4.8 per cent to 19.8p.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
Bass has seen a remarkable improvement in the second half and deserves
credit for increasing its share of the beer market with only a limited drop
in margins. But since the market is likely to remain highly competitive
there must be doubt about whether the company can cut costs far enough to
avoid further margin erosion. Hotel profits were actually down by 2 per cent
in dollar terms. While the US hotel business is showing good underlying
growth, the European market is depressed and further progress in the US may
depend on the rate at which new franchises are added. Brokers' profit
estimates for the current year of about Pounds 530m put the shares on a
forward multiple just over 14 times. That would make them expensive without
the support of a historic yield of 4.6 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bass </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5813 Drinking Places </item>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5813 </item>
<item> P2082 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>575</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Yorkshire Water advances 4.2% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
Yorkshire Water said its non-regulated businesses made an small but
encouraging contribution to pre-tax profits, which grew by 4.2 per cent to
Pounds 74.8m in the six months to September 30, against Pounds 71.8m.
</p>
<p>
The interim dividend is lifted 8 per cent to 7.6p (7.05p). The interim
payment will exceptionally be made on April 6, to take advantage of the
reduction in the rate of advance corporation tax effective from that date.
</p>
<p>
Turnover rose by 8 per cent to Pounds 259.4m (Pounds 239.5m), in which there
was an overall increase in main charges income from the core business of a
little more than 5 per cent, and an increase of nearly 75 per cent from
non-regulated activities.
</p>
<p>
The downward trend in industrial and commercial water consumption continued
and this seemed likely to be maintained as more customers sought economies.
</p>
<p>
Investment in water services totalled Pounds 112m in the first six months,
almost 20 per cent below last year's record level. Investment totalling
Pounds 260m was planned for the full year, which Yorkshire said was
sufficient to maintain progress towards compliance with the company's
quality and environmental obligations.
</p>
<p>
Non-regulated activities contributed Pounds 2.9m to operating profits of
Pounds 83.8m. A further Pounds 63m was invested in the non-regulated
activities during the period, including the purchasing of a third leasing
company in July for Pounds 51m. The operating profits were evenly split
between leasing, property and environmental activities.
</p>
<p>
Net debt rose Pounds 10.1m to Pounds 225.9m, giving gearing of 18.3 per
cent, up from 11.2 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share were 36.1p (34.4p).
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
Yorkshire's shares closed 25p higher at 585p, boosted partly by a rising
market. However, the company helped give the whole sector a lift by talking
again about the scope for reducing manning levels over the next five years,
which will be speeded by a new management structure. The shares are on a
prospective yield of about 5 per cent, which puts them in the middle of the
pack. Yorkshire has done well on the costs front and seems to have chosen
interesting areas for diversification, such as medical incineration.
However, the shares are likely to drift, along with the rest of the sector,
until the regulator gives a clearer indication in July of the pricing regime
which will apply from 1995 onwards.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Yorkshire Water </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4941 Water Supply </item>
<item> P4952 Sewerage Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4941 </item>
<item> P4952 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>427</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Stammers set to resign second post </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BOLGER</byline>
<p>
Mr Lionel Stammers is expected today to resign as non-executive director of
BBA, the car components group - just 24 hours after stepping down as
non-executive director of BTR, the industrial conglomerate.
</p>
<p>
Mr Stammers is believed to have decided to quit both posts after concerns
arose about possible future conflicts of interest between the groups.
</p>
<p>
He wanted to behave in an even-handed manner over any potential conflict of
loyalty.
</p>
<p>
It appears BTR is still smarting over the departure of one of the industrial
conglomerate's most promising executives, Mr Roberto Quarta, 44, who last
month left to become chief executive of BBA.
</p>
<p>
Mr Stammers's resignation from BTR yesterday severed a 29-year connection
with the group. BTR said the possibility of future conflicts of interest
with a competitor meant his resignation had been announced 'with regret'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Norman Ireland, BTR's chairman, stressed he was not suggesting any
impropriety by Mr Stammers, who he accepted had played no part in Mr
Quarta's selection. He had the highest regard for Mr Stammers, a former
joint chief executive of BTR's European region and an executive director
until 1988. Mr Ireland said: 'There's nothing in the air between us - it's
just a situation that arose.'
</p>
<p>
However, since Mr Stammers joined BBA's board in 1989, the scope for a
conflict of interest is scarcely new.
</p>
<p>
BTR watchers will be left wondering what role had been planned for Mr
Quarta, the US-born son of an Italian tailor who was seen as a future
candidate to succeed Mr Alan Jackson as chief executive.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BBA Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>294</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Heron repays Pounds 150m early </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Heron International, Mr Gerald Ronson's private property and trading group
which finalised a Pounds 1.2bn debt restructuring in September, has repaid
Pounds 150m of debt early, writes Maggie Urry. The payment, made by Heron
Corporation, was due on March 31 next year and Pounds 25m of it had been
repaid by September.
</p>
<p>
The payment was made largely from disposals of properties which have been
sold at values higher than those ascribed to them in the refinancing plan.
</p>
<p>
Heron cut its debt in the restructuring through a swap of some loans into
equity. The next debt repayment is Pounds 160m March 1995.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Heron International </item>
<item> Heron Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>142</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dairy Crest ahead to Pounds 17m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Dairy Crest, the Milk Marketing Board's dairy products division which is due
to float in the new year, recorded a 28 per cent rise in pre-tax profits
from Pounds 13.3m to Pounds 17m for the half year to September 30.
</p>
<p>
Profits were struck after Pounds 2m (Pounds 4.4m) of exceptional
rationalisation costs.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Houliston, chief executive, said Dairy Crest was 'very much looking
forward to industry deregulation and flotation.'
</p>
<p>
The flotation is expected to value the group at between Pounds 250m and
Pounds 300m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Houliston said details of the move were under active discussion.
</p>
<p>
In the past three years much had been done to prepare the business to be 'a
robust and sustainable' company when it was exposed to a free market in
milk, when the MMB is abolished on April 1, and to being a public company.
</p>
<p>
Mr Houliston said that although he believed that Milk Marque, the buying
group the MMB has proposed to succeed itself, was the safest way of moving
into the new system, the company's prime consideration was to guarantee its
milk supplies at competitive prices.
</p>
<p>
In the half year turnover fell from Pounds 575m to Pounds 526m, as the
volume of milk available for manufacture fell by 6 per cent and Dairy Crest
had to absorb price increases of 12.8 per cent for liquid milk.
</p>
<p>
Turnover from continuing operations rose 1 per cent to Pounds 412m (Pounds
409m). The group sold five bottling dairies which supplied doorstep milk
deliveries, a market currently down by more than 10 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Operating profits from continuing businesses rose 14 per cent to Pounds
17.7m (Pounds 15.5m).
</p>
<p>
The consumer foods division increased operating profits by to Pounds 9.2m
(Pounds 6.6m), but the food services side fell from Pounds 8.9m to Pounds
8.5m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dairy Crest </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2022 Cheese, Natural and Processed </item>
<item> P2026 Fluid Milk </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2022 </item>
<item> P2026 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>339</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAETFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Huntingdon falls to Pounds 8.79m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CATHERINE MILTON</byline>
<p>
Severe price competition and weak demand in some areas saw pre-tax profits
at Huntingdon International, the life sciences and engineering services
company, fall from Pounds 14.4m to Pounds 8.79m in the year to September 30.
</p>
<p>
The board remained confident about long term prospects but expected 1994 to
be another difficult year. Earnings growth in the second half of 1993 was
unlikely to continue through the first quarter of 1994.
</p>
<p>
A maintained final dividend of 1.9p is proposed for an unchanged total of
2.775p. Earnings fell to 7.4p (11.5p).
</p>
<p>
Sales, net of subcontracting costs, rose to Pounds 156.1m (Pounds 139.8m).
Operating profits were Pounds 15.5m (Pounds 16.7m). Mr Christopher Cliffe,
finance director, said the company had endured 'one of the most difficult
years in its history'.
</p>
<p>
There was a Pounds 3m exceptional charge for restructuring the US
engineering and environmental business which forced the company to make a
trading statement in March.
</p>
<p>
However, the company's strongest business, life sciences, had seen growth in
confirmed contracts net of cancellations for the first time in three years.
The division had resisted price pressure, margins had held up and even
improved, Mr Cliff said.
</p>
<p>
The first full year contribution from Travers Morgan, the
construction-related project management company bought in December 1991, had
been struck during a year of survival in the midst of fierce competition in
its largest UK market.
</p>
<p>
Net debt rose to Pounds 44.5m (Pounds 39.7m) partly because of the large
amount denominated in dollars. Gearing at the year end was 69.9 per cent
(70.9 per cent).
</p>
<p>
For the second year in a row the company saw a net cash outflow, of Pounds
2.2m (Pounds 4.6m). In 1992 Huntingdon paid Pounds 11m for Travers Morgan.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Huntingdon International Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8731 Commercial Physical Research </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8731 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>321</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAESFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Brighter outlook for GEC on back of
investment </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN CANE</byline>
<p>
Yesterday's sharp decline in GEC's share price, sparked by Lord Prior's
warning of more or less flat earnings for the current year, may have been
overdone. There is no doubt, however, that coupled with the group's
lacklustre results for the first half, the warning prompted an abrupt change
of market sentiment.
</p>
<p>
Looking further ahead the picture is somewhat brighter, as the group should
begin to reap the benefits of its heavy investment in electronic systems and
power systems, two of its three principal businesses.
</p>
<p>
Profits in the electronic systems division, for example, were down by Pounds
11m to Pounds 79m but orders, up 2 per cent since March at Pounds 4.9bn,
exceeded sales of Pounds 1.14bn.
</p>
<p>
Orders were received for avionics systems for Tornado aircraft for Saudi
Arabia, sonar systems for Trident and the laser warner for the Eurofighter.
</p>
<p>
The decline in profits in electronic systems was caused by heavy development
costs necessary before product sales, according to Lord Weinstock, GEC
managing director. The costs of interactive in-flight entertainment systems,
for example, had risen and provisions had been made. Work on the Eurofighter
was progressing, but longer development cycles provoked higher spending, he
said.
</p>
<p>
Pre-tax profits in the components - semiconductor chips - area were flat at
Pounds 6m. The company's profitability is tied to volume sales of products
such as computer disk drives for which it makes special circuitry.
</p>
<p>
Power systems showed a slight rise in pre-tax profits from Pounds 77m to
Pounds 79m. The order book, at Pounds 6.6bn, was 8 per cent higher than at
the March 31 year end. The company has been selected by the Korean High
Speed Construction Authority to negotiate the high speed train contract for
the Seoul-Pusan line, valued at Dollars 2.4bn (Pounds 1.61m). It has also
won orders worth more than Pounds 300m for London Underground's Jubilee Line
extension.
</p>
<p>
Telecommunications, the third of GEC's principal businesses, showed a
significant drop in profits to Pounds 44m (Pounds 61m). Orders received,
however, were up 32 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Continental Europe, where GEC has about one third of its business, remains
the company's chief problem area, but the trio of businesses in the US,
Gilbarco, Videojet and Picker, turned in record sales and profits.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
<item> P3743 Railroad Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
<item> P3743 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>425</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAERFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Companies in this issue </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
--------------------------------------------------
UK
--------------------------------------------------
Anglo United                         28
Argyll                       27, 25, 20
Armour Trust                         28
BTR                                  26
Bass                             50, 26
British Bio-tech                     29
British Gas                          25
Cantab Pharm                         27
Cape                                 28
Clay &amp; Partners                      28
Commercial Union                     50
Dairy Crest                          26
Derwent Valley                       27
Extel Financial                      27
Ferranti                          26, 1
Field                                29
GEC                       50, 26, 25, 1
Gibbon Lyons                         27
Gibbs Mew                            29
Great Western Res                    28
Heron                                26
Huntingdon Intl                      26
Johnson Matthey                      28
LWT                                  27
Ladbroke                         50, 25
London Electricity                   20
Mid Kent                             27
Millgate                             27
Mountview Estates                    27
National Westminster                 50
Northamber                           29
Pearson                              27
Radius                               27
Rowlinson Secs                       28
Simon Engineering                    20
United Newspapers                    27
WPP                                  26
Whitbread                            50
Yorkshire Tyne-Tees                  27
Yorkshire Water                      26
--------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
Overseas
--------------------------------------------------
AT&amp;T                                 32
Anglo American                       33
Autolatina                           31
Boeing                               30
Eni                                  31
Euro Disney                          30
GM                                   31
General Instruments                  32
Intel                                32
Kunming Machine Tool                 33
Mahindra, Mahindra                   33
Malaysia Airlines                    33
Mellon Bank                          33
Miller Brewing                       32
Montedison                           32
Renault                          30, 25
Richemont                            30
Rothmans                             30
Seagram                              32
Smith Barney Shearson                33
Thyssen                              30
Vendome                              30
Volvo                            30, 25
YPF                                  31
--------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>206</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Argyll to write down its stores </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NEIL BUCKLEY</byline>
<p>
Food retail group Argyll warned yesterday its profits would be reduced by
about Pounds 40m this year by its decision to start depreciating its store
values. The move could knock tens of millions of pounds off other food
retailers' earnings.
</p>
<p>
Argyll, which owns the Safeway, Presto and Lo-Cost chains, also admitted
price competition was putting pressure on its gross profit margin, and had
persuaded it to cut capital spending this year from Pounds 650m to Pounds
550m.
</p>
<p>
Its announcement came as it reported a 6 per cent increase in interim
pre-tax profits to Pounds 217.3m. Stripping out Pounds 2.1m property
profits, the figures were at the lower end of expectations, and the shares
slid 23p to 256p.
</p>
<p>
Argyll's decision to depreciate buildings over 40 years, and review its
depreciation policy on fixtures and fittings, followed growing pressure from
the City.
</p>
<p>
Fears about sustainability of margins and returns on capital had raised the
question of whether superstore assets should be depreciated over their
useful lives. Analysts had warned that food retailers might otherwise be
forced to make big one-off write-downs.
</p>
<p>
If Argyll's main competitors decide to follow suit, their larger property
portfolios mean they could suffer from even bigger depreciation charges.
Analysts suggested J Sainsbury's earnings could be reduced by as much as
Pounds 60m or Pounds 70m, and Tesco's by about Pounds 70m, if they adopted
Argyll's policy.
</p>
<p>
Tesco has hinted privately it may follow Argyll, but Sainsbury has
consistently denied any need to depreciate its superstores.
</p>
<p>
'It doesn't really matter whether the others follow suit,' said Mr Frank
Davidson, analyst at James Capel. 'All investors now, when looking at the
earnings of Tesco and Sainsbury, will work out what they would have been on
Argyll's devaluation basis.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Alistair Grant, chairman, insisted Argyll could withstand growing price
competition by exploiting its scale, efficiency and the strength of its own
label.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the price pressure, the operating margin at the main Safeway
chain increased in the first half from 7.3 per cent to 7.8 per cent, and
market share from 5.6 per cent to 5.9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
People, Page 20
Lex, Page 24
Details, Page 27
London SE, Back Page
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Argyll Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>400</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Ladbroke hit by twin set of doubts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SKAPINKER and MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Shares in Ladbroke fell 20 1/2 p to 151p yesterday after news that Mr
Michael Hirst, head of the group's Hilton International hotel subsidiary,
had sold more than half his shares and that the company would take advantage
of the new foreign income dividend scheme, hitting pension fund investors.
</p>
<p>
Ladbroke said last night that 'amicable discussions' had been taking place
with Mr Hirst about his future with the group but that no decision had been
reached.
</p>
<p>
The group said Mr Peter George, who takes over as group chief executive in
January, had talked to Mr Hirst about bringing in a chief executive to
strengthen the management of Hilton International - Mr Hirst is cur-rently
both chairman and chief executive.
</p>
<p>
The company announced last Tuesday that Mr Hirst had sold 125,000 shares at
161p each on 26 November. This leaves him with 115,067 shares. He was
unavailable for comment.
</p>
<p>
Ladbroke said yesterday that it would take advantage of the introduction of
foreign income dividend (FID) legislation when paying its final 1993
dividend in July 1994.
</p>
<p>
A switch to paying FIDs will mean a significant loss in income to pension
funds as FIDs do not carry the 20 per cent tax credit of normal dividends
and which tax-exempt investors can reclaim.
</p>
<p>
The FID scheme is an attempt to help companies that pay surplus advance
corporation tax (ACT) because of a high proportion of profits from overseas.
Ladbroke said it had surplus ACT of Pounds 30m.
</p>
<p>
Some analysts were angry that the FID announcement appeared to be
circulating during yesterday afternoon, although it was only announced
through the Stock Exchange after the market had closed.
</p>
<p>
Ladbroke said it had made the announcement to some journalists at about 2pm
because it did not believe it was price sensitive. It had asked the exchange
to make the announcement on the advice of its brokers, Smith New Court and
Warburg Securities. The group said the exchange had also said it did not
believe the statement was price sensitive but Ladbroke had asked for a
formal announcement to be made anyway.
</p>
<p>
Lex, Page 24
London SE, Page 50
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ladbroke Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>397</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
New threat to Volvo merger </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HUGH CARNEGY and JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>STOCKHOLM, PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Volvo's ambitious plans to merge with France's Renault were under renewed
threat last night after the Swedish group's third-largest shareholder joined
a growing chorus of opposition.
</p>
<p>
The call by Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken Funds, which controls 5.7 per cent
of Volvo's voting capital, for the merger to be postponed brought to seven
the number of Swedish institutional shareholders that will not support the
deal at a shareholders' meeting on Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
Volvo's share price rose steeply yesterday on speculation that the merger
would fail. The most-traded B share closed at SKr444, up SKr30.
</p>
<p>
With only two Swedish institutions independent of Volvo pledged in favour of
the merger, opponents called on Volvo not to proceed. Volvo declined
official comment, but a senior executive said: 'We are of course taking the
situation very seriously.'
</p>
<p>
Votes committed against the merger still trail those in favour by a margin
of between 10 and 6 per cent of the votes. But the Yes camp includes
Renault's 10 per cent holding and the opposition now holds a clear lead
among the independent institutions. Volvo has said it is reluctant to push
through the deal on a narrow majority.
</p>
<p>
Renault said that while yesterday's developments were obviously unwelcome it
had no new plans before the shareholder vote. A French government official
adopted a similar stance, adding that the French side had done all that it
could to reassure Swedish investors.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday doubt was also cast on the decision of one of the supporting
institutions. The board of the Fourth Fund state pension fund, the biggest
Volvo shareholder after Renault, is set to reconsider its narrow 8-6 vote in
favour of the merger at a meeting tomorrow. Today attention will focus on a
decision expected from the SPP insurance company which holds 4.5 per cent of
the Volvo votes.
</p>
<p>
Mr Bjorn Wolrath, chief executive of the insurance company Skandia, another
large shareholder opposed to the merger, said in a newspaper interview
yesterday that Mr Pehr Gyllenhammar, the Volvo chairman, should resign.
</p>
<p>
Background, Page 30
World stock markets, Page 47
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Volvo </item>
<item> Renault </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>391</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAENFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Don't you just love being in control: Richard Giordano's
move to British Gas </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT CORZINE</byline>
<p>
Mr Richard Giordano's decision to become chairman of British Gas on January
1 suggests that the 59-year-old American, who was at one time Britain's most
highly paid executive, is not about to have his career placed on the back
burner.
</p>
<p>
His appointment to succeed Mr Robert Evans, the present chairman, will be as
a non-executive. But British Gas have made it clear that the position will
be his 'main job'. It carries with it a salary of Pounds 450,000, compared
with the Pounds 380,000 paid to Mr Evans, but there will be no bonus or
share options.
</p>
<p>
Mr Giordano said yesterday that he wanted British Gas to 'focus on adding
value for the 2m loyal shareholders and institutions' - a sentiment welcomed
in the City, where analysts know him well as the former chairman and chief
executive of BOC, the industrial gases group. One observer said the
appointment marked British Gas's evolution, with 'senior management becoming
more worldly'.
</p>
<p>
Few expressed fears that his non-executive status would mean a limited
commitment to the job. Most said that, based on past performance, it would
be out of character for Mr Giordano to take a back seat.
</p>
<p>
The former lawyer joined BOC in the late 1970s when it took over the US
company Airco, of which he was president. He remains on BOC's board and
other non-executive directorships include RTZ, Lucas, Reuters and Grand
Metropolitan, where he will remain deputy chairman - the other posts are up
for review.
</p>
<p>
The presence of a strong commercial figure at the top of British Gas should
help to remove analysts' concerns that the senior management and board of
directors is top heavy with insiders. Such a situation, they say, sat
uncomfortably with British Gas's strategy of diversifying away from its
heavily regulated business in the UK into competitive international markets.
</p>
<p>
With Mr Giordano's appointment, two of the top three positions will be
occupied by executives with outside experience. Mr Cedric Brown, chief
executive, has worked his way through the British Gas hierarchy. But Mr
Philip Rogerson, finance director, joined British Gas from ICI last year.
</p>
<p>
The task which faces the trio is not altogether clear, however, aside from
the obvious fact noted by Mr Giordano that the company is 'entering a period
of great change'. Mr Michael Heseltine, trade and industry secretary, is
expected to decide shortly on whether to implement a Monopolies and Mergers
Commission recommendation that British Gas be broken up into separate
trading and pipeline companies. He must also decide whether to end its
monopoly in the residential market.
</p>
<p>
Given that the government decision could be handed down as early as this
month Mr Giordano's task will be not so much to influence the government's
thinking on the industry as to make commercial sense of whatever official
policy emerges.
</p>
<p>
Aside from adding an international gloss to British Gas, Mr Giordano will
bring to bear specific skills and experience gained at BOC. Analysts point
to similarities between BOC's market position in the 1980s and British Gas's
current predicament. Both enjoyed a near monopoly position in a
quasi-commodity domestic business. And both have chosen a strategy of
international diversification with an emphasis on adding value.
</p>
<p>
An area in which Mr Giordano is likely to make an early impact is British
Gas's expansion into undeveloped international markets. BOC had strong links
with Asia, an area which British Gas has also targeted, both for its
exploration and production possibilities as as well as for opportunities to
provide gas for power generation schemes and industrial use.
</p>
<p>
Mr Giordano is also likely to have a substantial effect on a corporate
culture which critics say is still steeped in the company's public sector
roots. Many of Mr Giordano's boardroom colleagues are the product of a
regional power structure which some analysts say has given rise to
quasi-autonomous empires. 'There could be a lot of friction between him and
what is still in some ways a sleepy and bureaucratic company,' said one.
</p>
<p>
The pace at which power becomes concentrated at British Gas's Thameside
headquarters in London may be one of the best ways of assessing Mr
Giordano's progress, according to one industry expert.
</p>
<p>
Company officials stress, however, that internal opinion, from Mr Brown
downwards, is solidly behind the choice of Mr Giordano. 'It's good to have a
real heavyweight who wants to make the company more profitable,' said one
official.
</p>
<p>
His appointment has reduced some of the uncertainty surrounding the
business, but whatever the value added by Mr Giordano, it is still the UK
government which is firmly in control of British Gas's destiny.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4923 Gas Transmission and Distribution </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4923 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>811</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
GEC shares fall on profit warning </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN CANE</byline>
<p>
Shares in The General Electric Company fell 13p to 320p yesterday - in a
market that hit a new closing peak - after a warning by the chairman Lord
Prior that profits this year would show little improvement over 1992.
</p>
<p>
GEC's shares were marked down despite interim profits and dividends which
advanced in line with City expectations. It marked the cooling of market
sentiment towards the electronics giant, regarded as an unexciting but
reliable performer.
</p>
<p>
The City had anticipated group profits would be weighted towards the second
half and was expecting about Pounds 935m in pre-tax profits for the full 12
months. Analysts yesterday cut full-year forecasts to no more than Pounds
900m.
</p>
<p>
Interim profits fell in nearly every business area, and the cables division
incurred a trading loss as a result of weak demand and cheap imports.
</p>
<p>
Lord Weinstock, GEC managing director, said the company was in continuing
discussions with British Aerospace, which were expected to lead to the
announcement of at least two joint ventures in the near future. Talks which
could have led to a merger of the two groups' defence interests were called
off earlier this year.
</p>
<p>
Pre-tax profits at the halfway mark were slightly up at Pounds 360m,
compared with Pounds 356m, while turnover advanced 3 per cent to Pounds
4.39bn, against Pounds 4.26bn. Earnings per share inched up from 8p to 8.2p.
A dividend of 2.81p will be paid, 4.85 per cent ahead of the year before.
</p>
<p>
The group's order book improved to Pounds 13bn, from Pounds 11.9bn a year
earlier, while total net cash stood at Pounds 2.43bn, against Pounds 1.8bn.
Lord Prior, chairman, said most of the businesses had performed
satisfactorily in poor trading conditions, adding: 'While profits will, as
expected, be weighted towards the second half of the current year, the
directors consider in the light of the current trading conditions that they
are unlikely to be substantially higher than for last year.' In the year to
March 1993, the group reported pre-tax profits of Pounds 863m on revenues of
Pounds 5.6m.
</p>
<p>
The group's pessimism is based on recession in mainland Europe; trading in
Germany and Belgium had been particular poor, Lord Weinstock said, with
France only marginally better. The company spent Pounds 499m on research and
development in the first half.
</p>
<p>
Details, Page 26
Lex, Page 24
London SE, Back Page
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3743 Railroad Equipment </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3743 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 25</biblScope>
<extent>442</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAELFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Brussels may keep eye out for UFOs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The European Union, which at its last five summits has acknowledged its
failure to bring Euro-doings 'closer to the citizen', is being offered the
chance to plug another communications gap - by setting up an EU observatory
to watch for unidentified flying objects.
</p>
<p>
The proposal comes from the energy, research and technology committee of the
European Parliament, which wants to turn France's Sepra space study unit in
Toulouse into a fully fledged Euro-institution.
</p>
<p>
The Italian nuclear physicist Mr Tullio Regge, who is responsible for
producing the committee report, is understood not to believe in the
'metaphysics' of UFOs. The committee, however, notes that Sepra has reported
2,300 cases of UFO sightings in the past 15 years. Some were hoaxes, some
could be explained rationally, but more than two-fifths could not easily be
explained.
</p>
<p>
A Belgian institution called Sobeps has logged 1,500 sightings based on
reports to the gendarmerie, while the Italian air force reported 32
sightings last year.
</p>
<p>
Some EU officials wonder whether Europe's putative ability to communicate
with extra-terrestrials would compensate for its inability to reach its own
citizens.
</p>
<p>
Were the plan really to take wing, it might further complicate Europe's
integration process. The eventual prospect of intergalactic integration, for
instance, might severely tangle controversial Euro-issues such as
subsidiarity - whether measures are most effectively taken at local,
regional, national, pan-European, international, and now, interstellar
level.
</p>
<p>
On enlargement, more parochial officials among the existing 12 member states
are already chary about taking into the Union four new Nordic and alpine
countries from the European Free Trade Association, referring to them as
'Eftans'.
</p>
<p>
It may be argued that it is premature to expect such member states to adjust
to the idea of linking up with Martians so soon after Eftans.
</p>
<p>
But the European Parliament committee insists that Europe should stop
looking inwards and raise its gaze to new potential neighbours. 'The
possibility that aliens have established a base in the asteroid belt cannot
be ruled out,' it says.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8733 Noncommercial Research Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8733 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>363</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Government admits to errors in documents on IRA contacts
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN and TIM COONE</byline>
<p>
The British government admitted last night that mistakes were contained in
secret documents released on Monday detailing exchanges with Provisional IRA
leaders.
</p>
<p>
The admission followed confirmation that Mr John Major and Mr Albert
Reynolds will tomorrow make a concerted attempt to bridge differences
between London and Dublin over a constitutional settlement for the province.
The meeting will come amid signs of mounting strain in relations.
</p>
<p>
Conceding the errors last night, Sir Patrick Mayhew, Northern Ireland
secretary, emphasised they were the result of transcription and typing
errors and did not alter the sense of the messages.
</p>
<p>
In particular, he said the corrections cast 'no doubt whatsoever' on the
authenticity of the original message received from the IRA leadership in
February saying the conflict was over. Republican leaders deny such a
message was sent.
</p>
<p>
However, the effect of 11 corrections to a document in which the government
set out its conditions for beginning talks with Provisional leaders - a
version of which was released by the government and Sinn Fein this week - is
that the Sinn Fein account is now accepted as essentially correct.
</p>
<p>
The admission, which may further tarnish the government's credibility over
Northern Ireland, comes less than a week after it admitted it had been in
prolonged contact with the IRA, despite previous denials. Unionist MPs are
expected to be pounced on the government's admission in the Commons today.
</p>
<p>
The IRA last night made the claim, denied by Downing Street, that the
government had proposed secret talks in March in Scotland or Scandinavia.
</p>
<p>
It said: 'We wish to confirm that . . . the British government made a
definitive proposal for full-blown delegate meetings between their
representatives and Sinn Fein.' It claimed the government asked for an
unannounced suspension of activity to help accommodate the meetings.
</p>
<p>
Last night both London and Dublin were playing down expectations of what the
'working' summit between the two prime ministers would achieve.
</p>
<p>
At least one additional meeting between the two leaders - at next week's
European Council in Brussels - might well be needed before a joint
communique could be agreed. The two prime ministers will be accompanied
tomorrow by senior ministers.
</p>
<p>
The main sticking point is understood to concern Dublin's insistence on
including acceptance of the principle of self-determination for the people
of all of Ireland in a joint communique.
</p>
<p>
According to officials in Dublin this would imply an all-Ireland referendum
on any changes to Northern Ireland's constitutional status, although these
would also need majority consent in Ulster. London is understood to be
worried that Unionists would find a formulation involving an all-Ireland
referendum unacceptable.
</p>
<p>
At Westminster the establishment of a Northern Ireland select committee
moved a step closer after a group of MPs published recommendations on which
parties should be represented.
</p>
<p>
Page 8
On patrol in the heart of republicanism
Mayhew takes responsibility for mistakes
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>516</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Ferranti </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Those Ferranti shareholders who thought Mr Eugene Anderson was bluffing now
know differently. The company's chief executive warned that Ferranti would
go down if GEC's bid failed. Now GEC has pulled out, presumably because the
due diligence process found something nasty in the woodshed. GEC investors
who thought the bid more than reflected Ferranti's value may well be
relieved. Lord Weinstock can now pick up interesting pieces at a one-man
auction. And potential defence entrepreneurs might ponder Ferranti's folly
of paying good money for hush-hush businesses when asking hard questions is
considered bad manners.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>139</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Ladbroke </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Things are not looking good at Ladbroke. While City attention was focused on
Tuesday's budget speech, the company announced that a senior director had
sold just over half his stake. Then yesterday it dribbled into the market
the news that, while others are still cautiously awaiting the small print,
it is leaping at the chance to pay a foreign income dividend. Only after the
market had closed and its shares had already fallen 12 per cent did it issue
a formal statement through the Stock Exchange. Ladbroke's assessment that
the announcement was not price sensitive looks curious when the foreign
income dividend will reduce the return to institutions who will be unable to
claim a tax credit.
</p>
<p>
The main market worry is that the company appears to be scrabbling around
for ways of maintaining an unsustainable dividend instead of working to
reduce its Pounds 1.5bn borrowings and repair its balance sheet. There may
well be an innocent explanation for the share sale by Mr Michael Hirst, a
respected hotelier who runs Ladbroke's Hilton division. But the market is
nervous after the Queens Moat debacle. Perhaps yesterday's violent reaction
will convince Ladbroke that it does not pay to be so coy.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ladbroke Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>241</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Argyll </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Argyll's decision to depreciate its freehold assets and scale back its store
opening programme helps clarify some of the uncertainties bedevilling the
food retailing sector. Some other grocers are likely to follow Argyll's
lead, ensuring their stated earnings will stall - or even fall - over the
following few years. The market had implicitly assumed as much and
confirmation could even come as a relief. Attention may now switch to other
valuation criteria, which suggest food retailers possess more value than
reflected in their stock market worth. It certainly appears anomalous that
Argyll yields 5.5 per cent while it boasts such generous dividend cover.
</p>
<p>
Argyll has not yet accepted the logical conclusion that it should cut its
opening programme still further and return more cash to shareholders. Such a
volte face would perhaps be too great coming just a year after it committed
itself to accelerating capital spending. Were it any smaller, that might
make Argyll vulnerable to a bid. A predator would certainly have the
financial leeway to make brutal asset write-downs and halt capital spending,
releasing a torrent of cash flow. Retailing rivals would find it hard to
justify opening more superstores in such circumstances, restoring price
equilibrium to the market.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Argyll Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>236</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: GEC </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
A profits warning is hardly the ideal end to the good run which GEC's shares
have enjoyed over the past year. Some of the mix of reasons offered are
perhaps understandable - particularly poor conditions in the cables market
and difficulties with customised chips. Others, such as cost overruns on
development projects, are hardly the kind of problem normally associated
with Lord Weinstock.
</p>
<p>
Still, in the longer term there are grounds for optimism. With projects like
the European Fighter Aircraft in development, defence margins are being
squeezed now but may recover, despite shorter production runs and potential
postponements. In power systems, technology may also allow contracts to be
won at higher margins than in the past, particularly with strong worldwide
demand for gas turbines and fast trains.
</p>
<p>
The UK government's oft-repeated assertion that it wants private help with
infrastructure projects may also finally start to move now that Sir Alastair
Morton is starting to shove. Since GEC seems keen to use part of its cash,
projects like the Channel tunnel rail link might well be attractive. Forming
a structure which would encourage the company to fund the refurbishment of
the West Coast main line might be harder, even if an order for GEC Alsthom
trains were to follow. Meanwhile, steering the company through the world
recession towards such prospects is a task equal to the management's
traditional talents.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3743 Railroad Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3743 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>267</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
The Lex Column: Jazzing up the market </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
It is strange that a Budget lauded for being tougher than expected should
drive UK equities into such a frenzy. Worries about an attack on their tax
privileges have kept pension funds on the sidelines, but it is difficult to
believe that their return was responsible for yesterday's 2 per cent rise in
the FT-SE 100 index. Investors caught short of stock going into the Budget
are more likely culprits, in which case equities might now settle back.
</p>
<p>
Relief that budgetary balance is being pursued through lower spending rather
than higher taxes is certainly not a cause for celebration on the scale seen
yesterday. Either way the impact will be deflationary. With the public
sector constrained and tax rises slowly squeezing consumers, the corporate
sector will have to perform exceptionally well for the chancellor's growth
targets to be met. There is always scope for another cut in interest rates,
but results from GEC and Argyll are reminders that companies are hardly
brimming with confidence.
</p>
<p>
The upward march of gilts looks more convincing. The position of gilts
relative to overseas markets limits the scope for progress ahead of next
week's Pounds 3bn auction. The yield differential between 10-year gilts and
German bunds is already close to its recent limit. If the chancellor can
maintain his new-found credibility, though, international investors will
come to accept a smaller premium. Lower gilt yields could then provide some
support for equities, too.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>281</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London admits errors in secret documents on IRA contacts
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN and TIM COONE</byline>
<p>
The British government's credibility on Northern Ireland was severely
tarnished last night when it admitted that mistakes were contained in secret
documents released on Monday detailing exchanges with Provisional leaders.
</p>
<p>
The admission followed confirmation that Mr John Major and Mr Albert
Reynolds will tomorrow make a concerted attempt to bridge differences
between London and Dublin over a constitutional settlement for the province.
The meeting will come amid signs of mounting strain in their relations.
</p>
<p>
The Northern Ireland Office was last night at pains to emphasise that
mistakes in the documents were accidental and the result of transcriptional
typing.
</p>
<p>
The admission, which is expected to be pounced on by Unionist MPs in the
Commons today, followed threats by Sinn Fein to 'set the record straight'
amid claims that some of the British documents were bogus.
</p>
<p>
Separately, the IRA last night made the sensational claim, strongly denied
by Downing Street, that the government had proposed holding secret talks
with it in March in Scotland or Scandinavia.
</p>
<p>
It said: 'We wish to confirm that . . . the British Government made a
definitive proposal for full-blown delegate meetings between their
representatives and Sinn Fein.'
</p>
<p>
It claimed the government asked for an unannounced suspension of activity to
help accommodate the meetings.
</p>
<p>
Both London and Dublin were last night playing down expectations of what the
'working' summit between the two prime ministers was likely to achieve,
billing it as the first of two or three important sessions that could take
place before Christmas.
</p>
<p>
At least one additional meeting between the two leaders - at next week's
European Council in Brussels - might well be needed before a joint
communique could be agreed. The two prime ministers would be accompanied
tomorrow by other senior ministers.
</p>
<p>
The main sticking point is understood to concern Dublin's insistence on
including acceptance of the principle of self-determination for the people
of all of Ireland in any joint communique.
</p>
<p>
According to officials in Dublin this would imply an all-Ireland referendum
on any changes to Northern Ireland's constitutional status, although these
would also need the consent of the majority in the province. London is
understood to be worried that a formulation involving an all-Ireland
referendum would be unacceptable to Unionists.
</p>
<p>
Downing Street hinted last night that it regarded Ulster Unionist acceptance
of the content of any joint communique as crucial, saying: 'It is getting
words that can command support throughout Northern Ireland - that's a key
factor.'
</p>
<p>
On the beat in the heart of republicanism, Page 8
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>457</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Nice try </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
One City figure who did not have a particularly good Budget was Lehman
Brothers' Tony Underwood, one of the stars of England's 15-9 victory over
New Zealand's All Blacks last Saturday. Having spent his pre-Budget
lunch-hour warming up in a local gym, England's dashing winger was about to
return to his post on Lehman's equities desk in time to hear the chancellor
speak, when he found that someone had run off in his shoes. Worse still, the
person who had 'borrowed' them turned out to be a Kiwi.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>113</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAECFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Rising sap </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
George Bush's honorary knighthood may cement British relations with Texas -
Mark Thatcher, Steve Wyatt and so on - but Ann Richards, the salty
Democratic governor of the Lone Star State, shows much less respect for the
former first family.
</p>
<p>
She could well battle against the ex-president's oldest son, George Walker
Bush Jr, in next year's governor's race. Getting her knives in early, she
has started referring to junior as 'shrub'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>96</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Timetable </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Those who set deadlines at Barclays have often come to regret it. Remember
the slogan of Sir John Quinton's era - 'Number One by '91'?
</p>
<p>
The ensuing burst of poor lending led to huge bad loan provisions, Sir
John's departure as chairman, and the management ructions that have since
dogged the bank.
</p>
<p>
Now we have a fresh date. Martin Taylor, the youthful new chief executive,
says in an interview with Banking World that he has given himself two years
after he starts full time in January to make an impact. 'If at the end of
two years - and two years is a deliberate timeframe - the business has no
direction, then that will be my fault,' he says.
</p>
<p>
Things will be fixed by '96?
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Barclays </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>152</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAEAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Battering Ramsden </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
There are those who think that Harry Ramsden's is the Coca-Cola of the world
fish and chip industry because its success is based on a secret recipe for
its batter - unchanged since Harry opened his first chippie in Leeds in
1928.
</p>
<p>
Hence there might be some concern about the news that Ramsden's - which
sells over 2,300 tons of chips and 940 tons of haddock in its eight shops -
is putting its name to a new type of batter developed for one of United
Biscuits' frozen food businesses.
</p>
<p>
However, John Barnes, Harry Ramsden's chairman, reassures Observer that his
secret is safe. But if he's doing so well, why get into bed with a potential
rival?
</p>
<p>
'Two million packets of frozen fish sold in supermarkets every year with our
name on them, that's why,' says Barnes, who sounds like a Yorkshireman -
even if he doesn't speak like one.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Harry Ramsden </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5812 Eating Places </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>178</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: PC plodders </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
They seek him here, they seek him there; but they can't find him because
they haven't looked in Bangkok.
</p>
<p>
Scotland Yard had been hunting Brazil's most wanted man, Paulo Cesar Farias,
alleged to be at the centre of the corruption ring, the discovery of which
brought down former president Fernando Collor.
</p>
<p>
Farias eluded arrest in the UK last month, where he had been living since
fleeing Brazil in June. But unfortunately for PC, as he is universally known
in Brazil, he has a face as familiar in Brazil as any soap opera star, and
was spotted by a visiting Brazilian in a posh Bangkok hotel.
</p>
<p>
He is now, according to the Brazilian government, being kicked out and sent
home.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9222 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>145</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Feudal justice </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Rarely does Britain's Department of Trade and Industry show imagination. But
in its investigation into the affairs of hotel chain Queens Moat Houses -
which recently notched up the second biggest loss in UK corporate history -
a bright spark has been at work.
</p>
<p>
For the DTI has selected Patrick Phillips QC as one of its inspectors on the
case - and Phillips knows about moat houses. Each summer he organises a
historical recreation of Tudor domestic life at his restored stately home,
Kentwell Hall, complete with moat and 200 suitably dressed Elizabethans.
</p>
<p>
Queens Moat executives may have cause to fear that Phillips' love of the
16th century encompasses another favourite Tudor practice: head-chopping.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Queens Moat Houses </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>144</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Observer: Not beyond our ken </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
It's a good job you can't judge a book by its cover. Otherwise the
rushed-out analyses of the UK Budget from James Capel, Credit Lyonnais Laing
and UBS economic research units should by rights have been binned
immediately.
</p>
<p>
The UBS cover shows a tattered Ken Clarke trumpeting 'Hey Big Spender' -
hardly appropriate given the nature of the measures he announced. James
Capel's glossy goes in for a Christmas feel, with Ken as Mr Scrooge being
handed - inappropriately enough - a piece of paper with VAT on it.
</p>
<p>
But at least they escaped the wild fantasy dreamed up by the team at Credit
Lyonnais; that shows Ken as Freddy Kruger, the cinematic monster who has
knives in place of fingers, with the caption 'Nightmare on Downing Street'.
</p>
<p>
Given City and public reaction to the Budget, far from presenting John Major
with a nightmare, Ken seems to have offered him the chance of his first full
night's sleep in ages.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>189</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Economic Viewpoint: Now time for a post Budget notebook
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SAMUEL BRITTAN</byline>
<p>
What an absurd British institution Budget day is. The real Budget is not the
chancellor's speech - which is a political showcase - but the Financial
Statement and Budget Report, popularly known as 'the Red Book'. This is now
143 pages. Yet it is issued only just before 5pm when the chancellor sits
down in the House of Commons. And to tell a secret, the first editions of
most newspapers have to be ready two or three hours later.
</p>
<p>
Thus it all turns into a great obstacle race; and a magnificent job is done
in the circumstances. Editors congratulate their staffs; and the Treasury
has even been known to congratulate editors. It is no doubt very British to
turn a heavyweight political and financial occasion into a sporting contest.
But how absurd and how unnecessary.
</p>
<p>
A seriously unified Budget would be in two parts. The first would contain
the main tax and spending decisions. The second, a couple of days later,
would contain the detailed expenditure decisions and, if necessary, the more
technical changes emanating from the Inland Revenue and Customs and Excise.
Both would be issued at 9am. And if courtesy to the Commons meant that the
latter body met in the morning, it would do MPs no harm.
</p>
<p>
As usual I went to the House - not to witness a parliamentary occasion but
because it gave me the chance of picking up my copy of the Red Book a few
minutes earlier. What struck me from the question time exchanges before the
Budget was how little debate there really is.
</p>
<p>
The Labour leader, John Smith, asked the prime minister why Britain's budget
deficit was worse than that of Japan, the US, Germany and seven other
countries. John Major made no attempt to answer, but reeled out different
facts about exports, unemployment and growth. The opposition leader in turn
ignored these and denounced 'mismanagement' of the deficit. The prime
minister then rather easily responded by asking what Labour would cut. No
one answered anyone else; nor was expected to. Ministers and their shadows
are judged by how snappily they reel off prepared briefs, irespective of the
question asked. A European federal assembly could not be worse.
</p>
<p>
* * *
</p>
<p>
The best summary of the political economy of the Budget comes from the
accompanying chart. What would the proverbial Rip Van Winkle, awakened from
the late 1920s, make of it? He would, first, have to be told that the gap
between government expenditure and tax revenue does not all represent the
budget deficit, but that some of it represents nationalised industry
profits, oil revenues and other receipts.
</p>
<p>
Having swallowed this much, Mr Van Winkle might assume that a Labour
government had come into office around 1979-80, determined to lever the tax
burden upwards. He would see a temporary recession-induced fall-off in that
burden in the early 1990s, which the government was correcting as soon as it
could. Seeing, however, that public spending was also under gradual downward
pressure, he would come to an additional conclusion. This was that Philip
Snowden - the highly orthodox Labour chancellor whose budget-balancing
economies at the onset of the Depression brought down the 1929-31 Labour
government - was, after all, still in office.
</p>
<p>
* * *
</p>
<p>
Further study of the Red Book confirms one's initial impression. Take
together Norman Lamont's 1993 Budget, which covered taxation only, and
Kenneth Clarke's November Budget. Then compare 1993-94 with 1996-97. We see
a planned fiscal tightening of Pounds 20bn per annum, or 3 per cent of GDP.
Of this, Mr Lamont's Budget contributed Pounds 9 1/2 bn. Of Mr Clarke's
additional Pounds 10 1/2 bn some Pounds 6bn comes from higher taxes and
Pounds 4 1/2 bn from reductions in earlier spending plans.
</p>
<p>
The spending side is tricky to assess. Nearly half comes from lower
government debt interest and cyclical social security, which reflects lower
inflation and the modest economic recovery so far rather than heroic tussles
with the spending departments. Most of the rest is accounted for by a lower
reserve for contingencies. This is normal enough. But the bottom line
consists not of cuts but of determination to make existing spending
guidelines - including the freeze on departmental wage bills - effective.
</p>
<p>
* * *
</p>
<p>
What of the principles of economic policy? There were none in the Budget
speech; and I do not entirely blame Mr Clarke for avoiding doctrinal
hostages to fortune. But there are none so theory-bound as those who think
they are pragmatic; and it is a commentator's duty to look at the criteria
for policy.
</p>
<p>
Three main planks can be discerned. There is short-term economic forecasting
- which becomes more important every time a chancellor tries to talk it
down. Second, there is the budget-balancing view of fiscal policy and,
third, a naively monetarist attitude to interest rates and inflation.
</p>
<p>
The economic forecasts are still based on adding up obvious components of
demand - all put into volume terms with inflation taken out. The
relationships are based on what might be called anti-Victorian values. If
people try to be more thrifty and save more, then output and employment are
reduced. Lady Thatcher would have had a fit if she had realised how the
forecasts were drawn up.
</p>
<p>
It would be hypocrisy for me to disagree with the underlying logic - except
for the treatment of inflation, which is not now central. My objection is to
the substitution of crystal ball gazing for thought. The panel of
independent forecasters (not, not the 'wise men') has turned out to be a
giant step backwards. The Treasury uses the panel quite explicitly in the
Red Book to show that its own predictions are near to, but slightly more
pessimistic than, the average of the independents on both output and
inflation.
</p>
<p>
None of this is much use, however. For when the forecasters have made the
most harmful errors, they have usually erred together; and if the Treasury
simply wants to show how near to the consensus it is, why bother to have an
in-house team at all?
</p>
<p>
The policy doctrine in force is, however, the opposite of what might be
inferred from the forecasting methods. Something very like the old Treasury
view, which Churchill - to his later regret - advocated in the 1920s,
prevails. This is that the object of fiscal policy is to balance the budget
and that the government cannot or should not stimulate demand and output by
spending more or taxing less. Indeed, Mr Clarke has frequently said the
upturn is not as vigorous as he would like, and then spoken in the next
breath of the need to put the public finances in order - which means cutting
both public and private spending. There is nothing peculiarly British in
this combination of under-consumptionist forecasting and fiscal puritanism.
It is a notable feature of IMF reports.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury now publishes variants, showing that with even slightly slower
growth than envisaged, public sector borrowing would be much higher. But of
the policy implications - whether to tighten for fiscal reasons or lessen to
stimulate the economy - we are not told a single thing.
</p>
<p>
Finally, there is the view that the Bank of England has a special hot line
to inflation which it can fix by shifting interest rates without any
intermediate effect on economic activity. I used to shudder at this view, as
a caricature of monetarism, which discredited what was valuable in that
doctrine. But this caricature is very close to the words of the Budget
speech.
</p>
<p>
A similar black magic view is held by many of those now advocating an
independent Bank of England as a panacea - as if the Bank could directly
eliminate inflation without affecting the rest of the economy. A better
reason for Bank independence is to make that institution accountable, which
it is not at present.
</p>
<p>
As Adam Smith said, there is a lot of ruin in a nation. Whatever the
headline doctrine, the Bank of England tries to manage nominal demand and
does not just drive for zero inflation at all costs. There are also more
self-correcting mechanisms in the world and British economies than
forecasters envisage. Moreover, there are political inhibitions on fiscal
rectitude.
</p>
<p>
But I still worry that if there were a Great Depression - or even a
prolonged stagnation - neither the Treasury model, nor the forecasting panel
would expect it; and that the policy response would be between inadequate
and perverse.
</p>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE
(excluding privatisation proceeds)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Changes from previous plans/projections
Pounds m                        1993-94         94-95         95-96
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Central government expenditure    3,400           400         2,600
Local authority expenditure         900          -500          -600
Financing requirements of
  nationalised industries          -430            30          -420
Reserve                          -4,000        -3,500        -3,000
Adjustment                         -300             -             -
New control total                  -400        -3,600        -1,500
Cyclical social security         -1,100        -1,500        -1,500
Central government debt interest      0        -1,000        -1,500
Accounting adjustments              400             0           500
General government expenditure
  excluding privatisation
  proceeds                       -1,100        -5,700        -3,600
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: The Red Book
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>1549</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Public sector pay freeze </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Tuesday's Budget has set tough targets for UK public spending over the rest
of the decade. More than Pounds 15bn has been lopped off general government
expenditure for the next three years. The cumulative increase in spending
between 1993-94 and 1998-99 will be held to less than 4 per cent, compared
with a rise of almost 13 per cent in the six years from 1980-81. Mr Clarke
and Mr Major are thus more ambitious in expenditure plans than Mrs Thatcher
and her chancellors ever dared to be.
</p>
<p>
In pursuing these targets, an important role will be played by a clampdown
on public sector pay. For government departments, running costs will be held
at this year's level of Pounds 20bn for the next three years. Provision for
pay throughout the rest of the public sector has been set on a comparable
basis. Providing it can be made to stick, this freeze is likely to make the
largest contribution to the Pounds 5.7bn cut in public spending forecast for
1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The approach is at the centre of the continuing attack on waste and
inefficiency in the public services, according to Mr Michael Portillo, the
chief secretary. He believes that efficiency savings of 2 to 3 per cent a
year can be found throughout the public sector. Some of this can be used to
increase the pay of employees, though part must be ploughed back into the
service itself.
</p>
<p>
Catch-up exercises
</p>
<p>
This is a blunt weapon for improving the efficiency of public services. Yet
it may be the only one left in the government's armoury. White-collar civil
service numbers have changed little over the past 10 years. The number of
local government employees is almost identical to that of 1979. And most
health service managers have made little use of their greater freedom to
reduce staff costs. Similar organisations in the private sector have made
great improvements in efficiency in recent years, often driven by cuts in
staff costs imposed during difficult times. The same approach is needed in
the public sector.
</p>
<p>
However, the experience of pay policies which apply only to the public
sector suggests that some consequences may be less benign. If efficiency
savings are not found quickly enough, pay in the public sector tends to lag
behind the private sector, making it harder to attract good people into the
public services and undermining standards. These pressures have then
invariably led to expensive catch-up exercises to restore comparability,
just at the point that private sector settlements are tailing off and so
putting extra pressure on companies to match the high headline pay increases
awarded to the public sector.
</p>
<p>
Sensible decisions
</p>
<p>
This time it may be different. The framework for greater decentralisation of
public sector pay determination is now largely in place. Some local
authorities and health organisations have used their greater freedom to be
flexible on pay and staffing. From next April, some government departments
and the larger agencies will have responsibility for the pay of their staff.
And the government appears to accept that extra money may have to be made
available for groups such as the police, teachers and nurses, where
efficiency savings are unlikely.
</p>
<p>
The introduction of accruals-based resource accounting for government
departments will also give civil service managers the tools they lack to
make sensible decisions about costs, resources and priorities. So too will
the Treasury's relaxation of the annuality rules, which discourage managers
from making savings by clawing back the money. But it must be asked whether
public sector management systems are sufficiently well-developed or robust
enough to meet the challenge they have been set. Enormous efficiency savings
will be needed to compensate for a real fall in the pay bill of as much as
10 per cent over the next three years.
</p>
<p>
The cash-limiting of running costs is an excellent discipline in reining in
public service costs. But earnings in general rise faster than prices over
the medium term, even in periods ministers describe as 'inflation-free'.
Holding the increase in cash limits so far below the rate of inflation risks
an explosion, perhaps in 1995-96, with a general election in prospect.
Ministers have set the right course, but they will need to tack a little if
they are to reach it.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>753</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Leading Article: Russian democracy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
On October 4, when forces loyal to President Boris Yeltsin were still
battering the remains of the Russian parliament into submission, western
governments were quick to express their support for him. They were right to
do so, because Mr Yeltsin was clearly preferable to his opponents.
Parliament had degenerated into a rabble, taking its lead from an alliance
of communists and fascists. Mr Yeltsin at least offered some hope of
coherent government. He also promised to make the people the final arbiters
of the conflict.
</p>
<p>
This latter point was stressed in a solemn declaration issued by European
leaders four days later: 'We attach the utmost importance to the earliest
possible holding of free and fair elections which will give the Russian
people the possibility to express themselves clearly on their future and
create conditions for the adoption of the required new constitution.'
</p>
<p>
In the event Mr Yeltsin telescoped that process. He has called on the
Russian people, in 10 days' time, both to elect a parliament and to adopt a
constitution under which that parliament would serve. This involves a
contradiction. Some opposition parties are campaigning not only against Mr
Yeltsin's government but also against the draft constitution, which -
modelled on that of the fifth French republic - gives the president very
extensive powers. Were they to succeed in defeating the constitution,
theoretically they would also invalidate their own election.
</p>
<p>
Official warning
</p>
<p>
Last week Mr Yeltsin seized on that contradiction (which is actually of his
own making) to threaten his opponents with loss of their free air time for
party political broadcasts if they continued to use it to attack the
constitution, rather than explain their own programmes. This week Mr
Vladimir Shumeiko, first deputy prime minister and chairman of the
commission organising the referendum, went further, demanding on the same
grounds that two leading opposition parties be disqualified outright and two
centre ones be given an official warning.
</p>
<p>
Evidently Mr Yeltsin and some of his aides are worried that the constitution
may be defeated, or (more likely) that the 50 per cent minimum turnout may
not be reached. They should realise that the best way to ensure a good
turnout is to have a lively debate, and that their attempts to interfere in
the electoral process can be counterproductive. At least the main
pro-government party, 'Russia's Choice', realises this: its leaders hastened
to explain, rather quaintly, that Mr Shumeiko had spoken 'only' in his
official capacity, and not as a candidate of their party.
</p>
<p>
Misplaced scepticism
</p>
<p>
Mr Yeltsin and his advisers should also realise that their outbursts are
prominently reported in the west, and contribute to a widespread western
scepticism about the depth of their commitment to democracy and the 'free
and fair' quality of the current electoral process. That is unfortunate
because the scepticism, especially on the latter point, is largely
misplaced. What is surprising about the election campaign, given all the
circumstances, is its freedom and vigour. In a perverse way Mr Yeltsin and
Mr Shumeiko have provided new evidence of this: opposition parties have
ignored their warnings, and Mr Shumeiko's call for their banning has been
summarily rejected by the electoral commission.
</p>
<p>
Party political broadcasts have also been used for scathing attacks on the
government, some of which would fall foul of libel laws, or indeed of
anti-racist legislation, in many western countries. Opposition newspapers,
most of which have been allowed to reappear after the brief clampdown
imposed in October, are similarly outspoken. Only the most overtly racist,
such as Dyen, remain banned. It is true that Russia's Choice is better
financed than its competitors. But in which western democracy could that not
be said of a strongly pro-business party?
</p>
<p>
Perfect formal democracy is a rare bird, very unlikely to be sighted in a
country as large and hard to govern as Russia, which has no democratic
tradition and is trying to come to terms simultaneously with the dissolution
of its empire and the collapse of its economic system. All things
considered, the process we are now witnessing is a much closer approximation
to it than anyone had a right to expect.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>718</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Fatal attraction to wrong decisions: A lack of luck and
judgment at Ferranti </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TONY JACKSON</byline>
<p>
Ferranti's final collapse into receivership yesterday raises some
depressingly familiar questions. The company's history is one of
technological triumph dragged down by commercial incompetence. Not all the
blame lies with management. In the past 20 years the UK government's
handling of Ferranti has veered between lame-duck subvention and dogmatic
faith in competition, with little space for market solutions in between.
</p>
<p>
There is a kind of melancholy duty about recalling Ferranti's record in the
field of innovation. In the early 1960s it developed the Atlas computer,
which challenged the largest machines available from IBM. In the same
decade, it was one of the pioneers in numerical controls for machine tools.
In the 1970s it developed the first European microprocessor, and in the
early 1980s took a world lead in so-called ASIC (application-specific
integrated circuit) chips, sold to Black &amp; Decker for drills, Sinclair for
computers and Leica for cameras.
</p>
<p>
All of this came to nothing. The computer business was sold to the British
computer maker ICL, now part of Fujitsu of Japan. The technology for
numerically controlled machine tools now rests in the hands of Japanese,
American and German manufacturers. ASIC chips were eventually abandoned, on
the grounds that the required investment was too big and the likely return
too small.
</p>
<p>
The obvious question is what Ferranti could or should have done instead. It
is hard not to feel a twinge of sympathy for any company which loses its
nerve after a series of strategic reverses. Indeed, to be risk-averse in
those circumstances may be no more than sober realism. But one conclusion
stands out. If a company cannot afford the going rate of investment in its
industry, or no longer has the stomach to bet the ranch on a new technology,
it is in the interests of employees, shareholders and industrial efficiency
that it should resign its independence while the going is good.
</p>
<p>
Ferranti did the reverse. Its catastrophic acquisition of International
Signal and Control in 1987 was the hammer-blow from which the company never
recovered. It may seem unfair to generalise on the basis of ISC, a company
so bizarrely fraudulent as to deserve a place in the commercial history of
the 20th century. Even at the time, though, it was apparent that Ferranti
was taking a risk of a different kind. Determined to retain its
independence, it took on a company of such notorious secrecy and opacity
that no sane competitor would risk a hostile bid for the combined entity.
</p>
<p>
The essential point is that while ISC finished Ferranti off, the original
business was sliding downhill on its own account. Even as the fraud unfolded
in the late 1980s, Ferranti itself was periodically in loss. Its
technological ambitions were pathetically diminished. Amid the world
revolution in telecommunications, Ferranti's answer was to invest small sums
in low-cost telepoint technology, which in the UK has already proved a dead
loss.
</p>
<p>
Long before the ISC debacle, Ferranti had taken another fatal strategic
decision. If the risks and rewards did not stack up in the world of
commercial competition, the answer was to seek safe haven in the cost-plus,
nationalistic world of defence. This left the company open to the risk that
defence spending would turn down, as happened after the collapse of the old
Soviet Union. It also exposed it to another serious risk: that fashions and
ideology would change in British industrial policy.
</p>
<p>
Having been bailed out with taxpayers' money in 1975, Ferranti thus found
itself 10 years later at the mercy of a new ideology which said that if
Britain was to depend on domestic suppliers of defence equipment, it would
at least guarantee competition between those suppliers. It was in vain for
Lord Weinstock of GEC to point out to the Ministry of Defence that companies
like Ferranti and Plessey were no longer big enough to carry the burden of
research and technology. In the interests of competition, they had to be
left to fend for themselves.
</p>
<p>
The irony thus is that Ferranti could probably not have surrendered its
independence had it wanted to: not at any rate in the mid-1980s, when it
really mattered. The UK government has since reversed its stance, so that
GEC has bought the essential bits of Plessey and will doubtless have
official blessing to snap up the remaining defence bits of Ferranti from the
receivers. If business, like war, needs luck as well as judgment, poor old
Ferranti has had the worst of both.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 23</biblScope>
<extent>792</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Recipe for reform lacks dash of spice: Elections have
strengthened India's PM but he still needs to rally support </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEFAN WAGSTYL</byline>
<p>
The ghost of the destruction of the Ayodhya mosque, which has haunted India
for a year, has been laid to rest.
</p>
<p>
The verdict from six state elections held last month is clear. Though vote
counting has yet to be completed, the electorate has rejected the militancy
propagated by the Hindu revivalist Bharatiya Janata party.
</p>
<p>
Supporters of the BJP, the main opposition to the ruling Congress (I) party
in parliament, unleashed widespread violence and political unrest after they
stormed the mosque last December, resulting in more than 2,000 deaths. At
the time of the riots the BJP's support was rising. Before Ayodhya, the BJP
controlled four of the six states. Now it will run just two.
</p>
<p>
The BJP's defeat comes as a relief to the Congress party and Mr P V
Narasimha Rao, the prime minister, who even a few months ago feared the BJP
might do well enough in the state polls to give unstoppable impetus to its
demands for an early general election.
</p>
<p>
The outcome is thus the prospect of greater political stability for the
government than seemed likely earlier this year. Mr Rao, who was under
attack from within his own party for failing to combat the BJP with any
vigour, has seen his softly-softly approach vindicated. Now he can look
forward to leading the party and the country at least until the next general
election due in 1996.
</p>
<p>
Mr H K L Bhagat, the Congress party president, says: 'The results have
strengthened the party and strengthened the prime minister.'
</p>
<p>
Businessmen have also welcomed the poll result as it provides some assurance
of political stability at a time of economic change; so too have stock
market investors who yesterday sent the Bombay Stock Exchange's index up
59.71 to 3,292.85 on the first trading day following the election results.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tarun Das, director-general of the Confederation of Indian Industry, a
leading employers' organisation, says: 'Stability at the political level is
good news for the economy and for investors, including foreign investors.'
</p>
<p>
However, the fact that the government is now relatively stable does not mean
that it is popular. The election results show that Indians remain
disillusioned with their national political leaders. The fall in BJP support
was not matched by any surge in enthusiasm for Congress. Without such
enthusiasm, Mr Rao and his party will find it difficult to carry out
controversial policies - notably the economic liberalisation he started in
1991.
</p>
<p>
The appeal of Mr Rao's Congress party has worn thin nearly 50 years after it
came to power as a nation-builder, leaving Indians looking for a new
direction among their political leaders. Some have found it in the BJP's
brand of Hindu nationalism, though, as the state polls show, others, such as
those who voted for the populist coalition in the largest state of Uttar
Pradesh, are repelled by the party's militant Hindu nationalism.
</p>
<p>
Nearly one third of Indian voters were eligible to vote in the state
elections which took place in four states - Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan,
Himachal Pradesh, and Madhya Pradesh - where the BJP had previously held
power; and in two other small states - the city of Delhi and the
north-eastern state of Mizoram.
</p>
<p>
Congress benefited from the anti-BJP vote mainly in the states where it was
the only credible alternative - Himachal Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh, where
it overturned BJP majorities, and Rajasthan, where it reinforced its
position as the largest opposition party.
</p>
<p>
But in Uttar Pradesh, the most populous state and the heartland of north
Indian politics, the anti-BJP vote was captured not by Congress but a
powerful third force in the form of the alliance between the Samajwadi party
and the Bahujan Samaj party, representing mainly the deprived lower castes.
Congress won just 28 seats in the 425-member state assembly which it once
dominated.
</p>
<p>
The BJP may be down but it is not out. It remains the single largest party
in Uttar Pradesh with 176 seats. It retained control of Rajasthan and won
Delhi, where state-level polls were held for the first time in 40 years.
</p>
<p>
Mr K R Malkani, the BJP's spokesman, says the party needs to broaden its
support. He claims it suffered because it was wrongly portrayed as a
one-issue party committed to claiming the site of the Ayodhya mosque for a
Hindu temple. 'We have to explain ourselves better to the average man.'
</p>
<p>
Many middle-class Indians have sympathy for the BJP because they see it as a
vigorous alternative to an over-conservative, tired-looking Congress. One
leading busi-nessman says: 'If the BJP can develop a non-religious agenda,
it could yet be the party of the future.'
</p>
<p>
However, at least until the 1996 national elections, it is Congress which is
in power. It will have opportunities for legislative action as early as
today, when parliament meets for its winter session. It is already preparing
the next tranche of its economic reforms for publication in the 1994-95
budget in February.
</p>
<p>
Mr Manmohan Singh, the reform-minded finance minister, has indicated the
budget will bring further reductions in customs duties, tax reforms and
measures to ease private companies' entry into insurance and other
industries dominated by state enterprises. He may also further liberalise
foreign exchange controls.
</p>
<p>
However, the political obstacles to further radical reform remain daunting.
Congress generally is willing to accept economic liberalisation - such as
customs duty cuts and incentives for exporters and foreign investors - but
only if it can be achieved without too much political hardship.
</p>
<p>
But, with a few honourable exceptions, MPs are loath to contemplate more
painful measures - such as relaxing tough labour laws which prevent
companies sacking workers and cutting jobs in the overmanned public sector,
which absorbs about two-thirds of India's organised labour. As Mr P
Chidambaram, a pro-reform MP and former commerce minister, says: 'There is
support for reform. But a critical mass of support is absent.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Manmohan Singh believes that a pro-reform consensus is steadily growing
both in Congress and in the country at large. Economic reform was not an
issue in last month's state polls, not least because the BJP generally
supports liberalisation. But Janata Dal and other parties of the left which
have been strong critics of pro-market reform fared badly at the elections.
</p>
<p>
MPs have good reason to be wary of radical reform. In the mountain state of
Himachal Pradesh, the outgoing BJP administration pursued exemplary
pro-market economic reforms - including trimming state spending, cutting
subsidies for apple farmers and introducing a no-work, no-pay rule for civil
servants who went on strike (which they often did). The result was electoral
disaster.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Chidambaram believes that support for reforms could grow with a
stronger lead from New Delhi. Even cost-cutting in state-owned industry and
other controversial measures are possible, he says.
</p>
<p>
At the Confederation of Indian Industry, Mr Das agrees: 'Reforms are on
Manmohan Singh's agenda. I believe the prime minister will now let him get
on with it.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>1205</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Difficult education issue
side-stepped </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Dr A P C BRUCE</byline>
<p>
Sir, Your report on the expansion of student numbers in UK higher education
does not provide an accurate account of its funding implications for the
universities ('Student population reaches 1m', November 23). There is no
sense in which the Committee of Vice Chancellors and Principals regards the
current level of higher education funding as 'adequate'.
</p>
<p>
There has been a severe squeeze in the unit of funding over the past few
years, with increased resources falling far short of the rapid growth in
student numbers. Among the most obvious consequences of this squeeze are a
marked decline in the relative pay position of academic staff, a serious
maintenance backlog and a general decline in the quality of the student
experience. The fall in the unit of funding continues with the announcement
on Tuesday that further annual 'efficiency gains' of 4 per cent will be
imposed in the next two financial years.
</p>
<p>
Constraints on public expenditure have also resulted in the government's
decision to cap the student intake at present levels for a three year
period. However, on the basis of international comparisons, there is
certainly no reason for complacency about current levels of participation in
UK higher education. Without further sustained expansion, the aspirations of
many potential students, including those coming up through the
still-expanding further education sector, are unlikely to be met.
</p>
<p>
Increasing participation in higher education from 30 per cent to 40 per cent
of the 18-19 age group would require additional funds in excess of Pounds
1bn a year. Further resources would also be needed to compensate for years
of under-investment. In present circumstances, funding at these levels might
well require a direct contribution from the beneficiaries of higher
education towards the cost of their tuition.
</p>
<p>
The CVCP regrets that the government has stepped away from this difficult
issue in its Budget announcement and appears to be content to rest on what
has been achieved so far.
</p>
<p>
A P C Bruce,
</p>
<p>
head of resources and funding,
</p>
<p>
CVCP,
</p>
<p>
29 Tavistock Square,
</p>
<p>
London WC1H 9EZ
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>373</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAD0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Unions will seek wage increases to
counter 'damage' of Budget (2) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr KEN CAMERON</byline>
<p>
Sir, In your Budget '93 special, you stated: 'The projected public sector
pay freeze on which all the figures are predicted remains a heroic
assumption.'
</p>
<p>
The chancellor said that pay increases for public sector staff would have to
be paid for by greater efficiency.
</p>
<p>
The workload in the fire service has increased by 65 per cent. We are
operating without the approved number of firefighters in post. For these
people, and millions of others trying to deliver essential services to the
community, heroism is a daily duty.
</p>
<p>
They deserve better than a further two years of pay restraint in order to
rescue an incompetent government.
</p>
<p>
Ken Cameron,
</p>
<p>
general secretary,
</p>
<p>
Fire Brigades Union,
</p>
<p>
Bradley House,
</p>
<p>
68 Coombe Road,
</p>
<p>
Kingston Upon Thames,
</p>
<p>
Surrey KT2 7AE
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P8631 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>170</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Unions will seek wage increases to
counter 'damage' of Budget (1) </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr BILL MORRIS</byline>
<p>
Sir, I am glad that, amid all the theatrical oohs and aahs which have
greeted the chancellor's magic deficit disappearing tricks, your leader ('Mr
Clarke shows his skills', December 1) has reminded us that this is a tough
Budget. It will be particularly tough for the low paid, the unemployed and
those struggling to survive with the backing of the tattered remains of our
welfare state.
</p>
<p>
This has been no ordinary Budget to balance revenue and expenditure. It
underlines the government's fundamental shift to indirect taxation aimed at
allowing wealthier Tory supporters to enjoy a disproportionate share of the
national cake.
</p>
<p>
The message is: if the wealthy don't need it, let's scrap it. If they do
need particular services, let's find a way of ensuring they pay less than
they can afford while others pay proportionately more of their income.
</p>
<p>
With three new taxes - insurance and airport taxes, and a threatened tax on
motorway travel - combined with increased indirect taxation on petrol and
cars, it is clear that living costs will rise in consequence. That means the
poor will pay more, and for reduced services.
</p>
<p>
This strategy represents a clear attack on the interests of ordinary working
people. Until it becomes possible to change that strategy, trade unions will
pursue their members' interests by seeking wage increases which take account
of the damage the Budget will do to standards of living.
</p>
<p>
Bill Morris,
</p>
<p>
general secretary,
</p>
<p>
Transport and General Workers Union,
</p>
<p>
Transport House,
</p>
<p>
Smith Square,
</p>
<p>
Westminster,
</p>
<p>
London SW1P 3JB
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P8631 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>297</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Why provision of motorway service on
M40 was delayed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr ROBERT KEY</byline>
<p>
Sir, The letter from Miss Pirie (November 26) highlights the absence of
services on the M40. I would like to make clear that my department proposed
three motorway service areas for the M40, intending to open them at about
the same time as the road. All three schemes, however, provoked objections
which led to lengthy public inquiries and substantial delays in provision.
Planning clearance was eventually refused for one of the sites, but it was
granted for the other two and construction is now under way; both are due to
open next year.
</p>
<p>
In the meantime temporary facilities, open 24 hours a day, are signposted
from the motorway at Junction 10 and between Junctions 13 and 15.
</p>
<p>
Following a commitment in the Citizen's Charter, future motorway service
areas will be promoted by the private sector rather than the department. I
understand that at least three planning applications for further service
areas on the M40 are currently under con-sideration.
</p>
<p>
Robert Key,
</p>
<p>
minister for roads and traffic,
</p>
<p>
Department of Transport,
</p>
<p>
2 Marsham Street,
</p>
<p>
London SW1P 3EB
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5541 Gasoline Service Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5541 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>214</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Book Review: Economic eggheads unscrambled </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL PROWSE</byline>
<p>
LOST PROPHETS
By Alfred L Malabre Jr
Harvard Business School Press
272 pages Dollars 27.95
</p>
<p>
He's sick of the lot of them. Alfred Malabre would refrain from using such
coarse language. But, after 35 years of business and economic re-porting for
the Wall Street Journal, his opinion of professional economists seems pretty
low. His advice to the public and policymakers: stop listening to these
charlatans and follow your gut instincts.
</p>
<p>
Malabre's long service in the economic trenches gives him a valuable sense
of perspective. He points out that the omnipresent economic 'guru' is a
relatively recent phenomenon. Politicians and industrialists did not always
hang on economists' every equation. When he joined the Journal staff in
1958, the paper did not employ any economists. It rarely ran an article
about economics on its feature pages. If reporters used terms such as
'balance of trade', they had to define them because readers were assumed to
be 'economic ignoramuses'.
</p>
<p>
This was not an oversight on the Journal's part but a reflection of the low
demand for the insights of economists. In those days, few of Wall Street's
top firms bothered to employ professional economists: Salomon Brothers, for
example, did not set up an economics department until 1961. Economists were
just as rare at leading US corporations. The National Association of
Business Economists had not been created. The economy, however, was doing
just fine.
</p>
<p>
Malabre fears economists have sold the public a false bill of goods. Through
the use of computers and high-powered mathematics the profession has created
a largely fraudulent aura of scientific competence. At the same time
practitioners have made large sums by pretending to be able to predict the
economic future. Yet their forecasts have proved anything but accurate.
</p>
<p>
Moreover, economists have made grandiose claims for a succession of mutually
inconsistent theories - Keynesian economics, monetarism and supply-side
economics. In the author's view, none lived up to expectations and each
created as many problems as it solved.
</p>
<p>
Malabre's first swipe is at John Maynard Keynes. His theories, he argues,
had absolutely nothing to do with the US's superior economic performance
after the second world war - for the simple reason that Keynesian professors
did not begin to exert much influence in Washington until the election of
John F Kennedy in 1960. In the 1940s and 1950s policymakers still followed
the old rules - balanced budgets, sound money and so on.
</p>
<p>
The author marvels at the extraordinary hubris of the Keynesian gurus
(mostly from Cambridge, Massachusetts) of the 1960s: the Paul Samuelsons and
Walter Hellers. Many Keynesians seemed convinced that scientific 'demand
management' could abolish the business cycle. Yet as soon as Kennedy and
Johnson tried to put their ideas into practice everything came unstuck.
Their legacy was not endless economic expansion but the inflationary
crack-up of the 1970s and the budget deficits that still haunt the US.
</p>
<p>
The next craze - monetarism - was no better. Indeed, Malabre recalls with
shame how 'super salespeople' such as Milton Friedman duped him. Friedman
assured Malabre in long discussions that there was a reliable short-term
link between monetary growth and inflation, but somehow forgot to mention
that the velocity of circulation (the rate money changes hands) could vary.
</p>
<p>
Malabre recalls with shame how Friedman 'virtually dictated' articles to him
which ran at length on the Journal's front page. Yet the relationship
between money and inflation proved more complex than Friedman claimed; by
the late 1980s central banks were not sure they could define money, let
alone control its growth.
</p>
<p>
Malabre reserves his strongest invective for 'supply-side' economics - the
theory that tax cuts would generate so much growth they would pay for
themselves. He always regarded this as 'nonsense of the worst sort' but had
to watch helplessly as the Journal's influential editorial page became prime
sponsor of the new gospel. He argues the theory was so daft it could never
have won political support without the tireless advocacy of Journal writers
such as Jude Wanniski and Robert Bartley. It led, he claims, to record
budget deficits, a collapse of US savings and investment and a reduction in
the economy's potential growth rate.
</p>
<p>
The lesson from these debacles, says Malabre, is that economists must learn
to be humble. They are not scientists. They cannot predict the future. They
have at best a limited understanding of the economy. Their policies are hard
to implement and often backfire in unexpected ways. Policymakers, meanwhile,
should be less gullible and recognise that the economy has a natural rhythm
- the business cycle - which they can do little to tame. They should
concentrate on the simple things, like keeping their budgets in balance.
</p>
<p>
Malabre hints that the economics profession, at least in the US, may now be
losing ground. He reports that many companies have reduced their economic
staff since the mid-1980s: Citibank, for example, once employed more than 50
economists but now makes do with only a handful. At Harvard, government has
overtaken economics as the most popular undergraduate major. President
Clinton's economics team consists mainly of lawyers rather than economists.
All this suggests economists may now be paying a price for their exaggerated
claims to omniscience.
</p>
<p>
It was time somebody took a shot at economists. Malabre has got his revenge
on the eggheads who lectured him for so many years. But his critique, though
highly entertaining, is probably too damning. Most economists subscribe to a
core of theory - mostly micro-economic - that is useful and that should be
heeded by politicians. It is the egotistical forecasters and 'super
salespeople' that give the profession a bad name.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2731 Book Publishing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2731 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>964</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Letters to the Editor: Right that aspirations of Russia not
endorsed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>From Mr VIACHESLAV A SKRYGHIN</byline>
<p>
Sir, The position you have taken with regard to Russia's self-proclaimed
role as 'peace-keeper' within the republics of the former Soviet Union in
your editorial, 'Russia and its neighbours' (November 22), is commendable to
we who live directly within Russia's sphere of influence.
</p>
<p>
While there is little question that Ukraine and Russia are culturally,
linguistically and economically interrelated and that continuing such ties
will be beneficial to both nations, it is also crucial that the
international community recognises the existence of Russian proclivities to
undermine stability in the region. These proclivities are the result of
Russia's attempt to regain its former superpower status and are evidenced by
many of its recent policy statements, including that which your editorial
examines.
</p>
<p>
It is comforting to know that some of Russia's actions which attempt to
shroud its inclination to dominate the affairs of sovereign nations are
recognised as such by the international community and are appropriately not
endorsed.
</p>
<p>
Viacheslav A Skryghin,
</p>
<p>
vice-president,
</p>
<p>
Ukrainian Financial Group,
</p>
<p>
15 Proreznaya Street,
</p>
<p>
Kiev,
</p>
<p>
Ukraine 252034
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>206</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: 'Derby Day' winner - Theatre </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MALCOLM RUTHERFORD</byline>
<p>
Here is a real long shot, but in the end a clear winner. The Yorkshire
Theatre Company's Derby Day by Brian B Thompson is all that we have learned
not to expect from the contemporary fringe theatre in London. True, like the
principal horse involved, it has a slowish start. After that, it has all the
traditional virtues of laughter, suspense, a touch of sentimentality and
even a social conscience.
</p>
<p>
One of the reasons for admiring it is that it is so unexpected. Derby Day
comes from no recognisable stable. It contains a lot of blunt Yorkshire
humour, then moves to Newmarket where the way of life is quite different,
but still essentially male-dominated.
</p>
<p>
The adopted daughter of a widowed trade unionist has moved south to become a
jockey. I shall not reveal whether or not she wins the Derby; for that is
part of the suspense, and anyway the result depends on a stewards' inquiry.
Yet even from that brief outline you should see that there are serious
subjects underlying the comedy.
</p>
<p>
Derby Day combines old-fashioned drama with new-fashioned acting and
staging. There is a cast of four, and no props except the odd box and fence.
The actors play the horses as well as the jockeys, trainers, owners, BBC
commentators and other hangers-on. They do the horses by emitting a series
of grunts and moving forwards and backwards as each race takes its course.
</p>
<p>
A touch of fairy tale enters when the Kentucky horse Lone Dancer (one of
several roles by Christopher Halliday) turns out to be able to talk, but
mainly to the girl jockey.
</p>
<p>
The horses can, of course, talk to each other, as they do before the start
of the big race. One of them is called 'Theboydonegood'. 'No horse with a
cheap and nasty name,' says a horse named Bunbury, 'has ever won the Derby.'
Still, Theboydonegood makes the early running.
</p>
<p>
Thompson throws in pots of extraneous jokes. 'You didn't catch Clem Attlee
in the bookies,' says the trade unionist. The whole piece is extraordinarily
good-natured. In the one scene of violence where the male jockeys turn on
their girl rival, the punching and kicking is mimed rather than acted out.
Much London theatre could learn from that restraint.
</p>
<p>
It is tempting to give all the acting laurels to the diminutive Rosalind
Paul as the heroine, and certainly this is a magnificent performance. Yet
she also has the most sympathetic part. The boys do pretty good as well: not
only Halliday, but Bruce Byron and Andrew McIlwee in various other parts.
This is an outstanding group directed by Toby Swift.
</p>
<p>
Derby Day runs at the Cockpit until December 18. There must be some other
London theatre with a similar open stage capable of picking it up.
</p>
<p>
Cockpit Theatre, London NW8, (071) 402 5081
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>502</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: A cradle for new music - Andrew Clark visits Vienna,
home of Europe's largest contemporary music festival </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW CLARK</byline>
<p>
It may no longer be a hot-bed of the avant-garde, but Vienna is still home
to all that is modern and contemporary in music. That much is confirmed by
Wien Modern, founded by Claudio Abbado in 1988 and now the biggest, most
popular contemporary music festival in Europe. It is an extraordinary
achievement. The festival virtually takes over Vienna's concert life for
four weeks, drawing full houses night after night. This year's event was
more wide-ranging than the previous five, and no less palatable.
</p>
<p>
Vienna has advantages. As well as being a city of musical entertainment, it
has always been a cradle for new music, from Schubert to Schoenberg, and
composers still form an important part of the local music establishment. It
has two ensembles whose raison d'etre is to interpret modern music: the
excellent Klangforum Wien - Vienna's answer to the London Sinfonietta - and
the Austrian Radio Symphony Orchestra. And the city government backs Wien
Modern to the tune of Sch10m (Pounds 625,000).
</p>
<p>
Such foundations do not guarantee the viability of a large-scale festival;
the key seems to be the way Wien Modern sells itself. It builds its
programme around four established composers, but leaves room for subsidiary
themes. It encourages a youthful audience by spotlighting a younger Austrian
composer and offers the complete set of 40 concerts for the all-in price of
Sch650 (Pounds 40). It does not restrict itself to the new or avant-garde,
but sets these in the context of a postwar retrospective. And it unites the
city's two main concert promoters - the Musikverein and the Konzerthaus. No
wonder Wien Modern is a success.
</p>
<p>
This year, there were mumblings that four weeks were too long, that some of
the visiting ensembles were of indifferent quality. A more sustainable
complaint was that Abbado, as artistic director, should be less of a
figurehead and more of a participant. He conducted just one short work; more
is promised next year.
</p>
<p>
My own impressions left such quibbles in the shade. The four main composers
were Bernd Alois Zimmermann, Toru Takemitsu, Krzysztof Penderecki and Erich
Urbanner. Zimmermann died a generation ago, but the concerts I heard
underlined how advanced his music sounds even today. Takemitsu is virtually
unknown in central Europe, so this was a chance for Vienna to catch up. The
60th birthday tribute to Penderecki suggested there may not be such a marked
difference between his early and later output as previously thought. The
inclusion of Urbanner, born in 1936 and unknown outside Austria, seemed more
of a sop to local interests.
</p>
<p>
Zimmermann at his most dynamic, sinewy and down-to-earth was represented by
the early Violin Concerto (1949), played with tremendous spirit by Ernst
Kovacic. Antiphonen for solo viola and 25 instrumentalists (1961) was at
once more absorbing and perplexing, its oblique collage of sound experiments
and multilingual texts challenging the imagination but offering little to
the heart. It formed the centrepiece of a Klangforum concert conducted by
Hans Zender, whose own Furin No Kyo ('Songs about wind and bells') -
beautifully vocalised by Julie Moffat - bore the stamp of a Zimmermann
clone. Zender should stick to conducting, at which he is expert.
</p>
<p>
Of the younger generation of Austrian composers, the spotlight fell on Georg
Haas, whose microtonal Descendiendo was a delicate filter of isolated sounds
and sudden, massive climaxes, confidently scored for large orchestra. It is
an unmistakable product of the Viennese school, currently dominated by
Friedrich Cerha - whose own Langegger Nachtmusik III (1991), conducted by
Cerha himself, gobbled up all the resources that the Austrian Radio Symphony
Orchestra could muster.
</p>
<p>
Cerha will never be able to free himself from the language of Berg, but
Langegger was more uninhibited than anything else of his I have heard. It
incorporates some spicy African and Arabic influences, and supplements the
main orchestra with an instrumental group in the body of the auditorium - as
echo, counterpoint, conversational partner and rival band. Probing the
relationship between space and sound is nothing new: from Gabrieli to
Gruppen, there are plenty of ground-breaking precedents. But Cerha has
offered his own valid contribution.
</p>
<p>
The Docklands Sinfonietta brought Harrison Birtwistle's Three Movements with
Fanfares (1965) - a fount of brilliant, tightly-compressed ideas - and
Jonathan Harvey's Easter Orisons (1989), a unbroken skein of sound which
takes on a momentum of its own and rewards patient listening. In this
context, it was hard to take Takemitsu seriously. Nostalghia, a tribute to
the late Andrei Tarkovsky, mirrors the slow, funereal world of his film.
Tree Line sounded so familiar - so Debussyan - that it is a wonder no-one
has accused Takemitsu of plagiarism.
</p>
<p>
Sian Edwards conducted performances of commitment and refinement. Her
orchestra's visit was part of a British mini-invasion of Vienna over the
past fortnight. Independent of Wien Modern, the Northern Sinfonia gave two
guest programmes featuring music by John Casken and Nicholas Maw. A new
production of Kenneth MacMillan's Manon has just given the Staatsoper ballet
its biggest success of recent seasons. And this weekend Simon Rattle makes
his debut with the Vienna Philharmonic.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AT  Austria, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7929 Entertainers and Entertainment Groups </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7929 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>889</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Minus heart and guts - Cinema </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEPHEN AMIDON</byline>
<p>
THE HAWK (15)
David Hayman
BOUND AND GAGGED: A LOVE STORY (18)
Daniel Appleby
LAST YEAR IN MARIENBAD (U)
Alan Resnais
TALE OF THE FOX
Wladyslaw Starewicz
</p>
<p>
The Hawk is a British screen thriller that strives so hard for efficiency
that it winds up jettisoning its characters for a fast, smooth ride. Set in
a quiet Manchester suburb, it tells the story of a frustrated housewife
(Helen Mirren) who gradually comes to suspect that her straying husband may
in fact be The Hawk, a serial killer who has been dispatching women very
similar to herself with alarming alacrity. As the clues begin to accumulate,
she tries to make her fears public, only to have her own past history of
mental illness cast doubt on her reliability as a witness. As is usually the
case in these sorts of stories, she is left on her own to investigate
whether or not her suspicions are correct.
</p>
<p>
The best thing about this film is that everyone seems to know they are
working to a tried and tested formula. It is a largely seamless production,
unpretentious and fast-moving, only coming unglued at the end with a
gratuitous sprint to the demolition lot in pursuit of that vital clue. David
Hayman's direction is crisp and Mirren's performance is as subtly regal as
ever.
</p>
<p>
The problems lie in Peter Ransley's script. He seems so intent on its
mechanics that he neglects the ghost in the machine - fully rounded
characters. To be sure, clues accumulate, red herrings wriggle by, a big
climax is achieved. But where is the motivation, the psychological nuance?
The killer's mind remains an enigma even after his identity is revealed,
while Mirren's past mental illness is shown to be post-natal depression,
hardly likely to cast her suspicions into doubt now that her youngest child
is seven or eight. And minor characters, especially the relatives who
harbour the killer, are two-dimensional villains.
</p>
<p>
These are maddening shortcomings, since they could have been rectified in
the time it takes to pan along a grimy Manchester street. In the end, the
film remains a distinctly cool, grimly functional affair. Any satisfaction
to be had by watching the did-he-or-didn't-he plot unfold remains north of
the neck, leaving the heart and the guts untouched.
</p>
<p>
The best thing about Bound and Gagged: A Love Story is its title, which
promises the sort of kinkiness and black humour in the work of Almodovar or
David Lynch. Unfortunately, the film proves to be neither sexy nor funny. In
fact, it is hard to figure out exactly what were the thematic intentions
behind this stylised, off-key road movie to nowhere.
</p>
<p>
The plot is not without a certain skewered potential - rebellious bisexual
Elizabeth (Elizabeth Saltarrelli) kidnaps her lover Leslie (Ginger Lynn
Allen) when the latter proves unable to make the break from her abusive
husband (Chris Mulkey). Accompanied by Cliff (Chris Denton), an
inefficiently suicidal nerd, they set off across the American heartland with
the wronged and wrongful husband in pursuit. Their destination is the ranch
of a veteran de-programmer (Karen Black), who, Elizabeth hopes, will be able
to 'cure' Leslie of her dependency on her husband in particular and men in
general.
</p>
<p>
Despite the plot's potential wackiness, writer/director Daniel Appleby
proves incapable of finding either the right comic or erotic pitch to make
this strange story work. Since little attempt is made to establish an
emotional bond between viewer and characters, much of the film is downright
unpleasant. Appleby spends so much time trying to make matters stylishly hip
that they wind up not being much of anything at all. The humor is crass,
relying on kicks to the groin and smashed heads, while there is a decidedly
unfunny sub-plot involving wimpy Chris's estranged wife and her Native
American lover. A bunch of guff about dependency and personal freedom is
wheeled out in the final frame in a belated attempt to render meaning, but
by then most viewers will have abandoned this road trip for the first bus
back home.
</p>
<p>
When Last Year in Marienbad was first released 32 years ago, it proved the
sort of movie that could divide audiences as effectively as a slab of
falling masonry. Some hailed Alain Resnais's second film as a masterpiece
which helped liberate cinema from the shackles of narrative dogma, while
many others dismissed it as self-indulgent tripe. What is interesting in
viewing it now is that it inhabits neither of these extremes, standing
instead as a necessary if not exactly enduring stage in the history of
French cinema, a 90-minute purgation of its storied past in favour of the
New Wave.
</p>
<p>
For those who have not experienced it, the storyline is both maddeningly
simple and inscrutably complex. Set in a German castle which serves as a
retreat for the wealthy, Resnais's elegant and beautifully-shot film
choreographs the movements of two would-be lovers as they try to piece
together their past, present and future, all the while menaced by the
woman's jealous husband. But any such summation is ultimately reductive in a
film where locations can change in the middle of a conversation, where time
is irrevocably out of joint, and where textual repetition takes the place of
linear exposition.
</p>
<p>
Viewed in itself, the film is now a distant enigma, an ageing riddle there
seems little reason to solve. But when placed in the context of cinema
history, it begins to make sense. Resnais and writer Alain Robbe-Grillet
were not trying to tell a story or even create a genre, but were rather
taking a hammer to the work of the masters who had preceded them. By setting
the film in a retreat for the upper classes, Resnais deliberately evoked the
work of Ophuls and Renoir, only to tear it into glorious shreds. It is as a
piece of sumptuous vandalism, and not in establishing any aesthetic criteria
for subsequent filmmakers, that Last Year in Marienbad proves revolutionary.
Thus only those wanting to understand the evolution of French cinema will
feel gratified by this beautiful relic's re-release.
</p>
<p>
A French relic with more accessible charms is Wladyslaw Starewicz's Tale of
the Fox, a pioneering 1931 masterpiece of animation. It took the director 10
years to prepare and 18 months to shoot this 60-minute jewel - and it shows.
From its small, exquisite puppets to its sophisticated sense of wry humor,
this fairy tale oozes care, rivalling anything done in animation since. It
reminds you that all the digital technology and computer wizardry in the
world cannot beat a solitary injection of passion and humanity.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7832 Motion Picture Theaters, Ex Drive-In </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7832 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>1125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: Today's Television </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER DUNKLEY</byline>
<p>
ITV programme chiefs keep on claiming that, although they have scrapped This
Week, Viewpoint and First Tuesday, their current affairs output is as good
and serious as ever; that they are covering much the same ground as before;
and that their chief concern is not the maximisation of ratings. Perhaps
they simply don't have time to watch their own output.
</p>
<p>
Having given us The Big Story with such humdingers as Is Wacko Jacko A
Pervert? and Blues And Twos where we were invited to follow the camera under
the lorry to peer at the old lady trapped there, today they begin Hollywood
Women (9.00). This, they tell us, provides 'a fascinating no-holds barred
insight' into four areas: Glitz And Glamour (today) Sex And Success, Money
And Power, and Fear And Violence.
</p>
<p>
Interviewees include Bo Derek, Michelle Pfeiffer, and Zsa Zsa Gabor.
</p>
<p>
Channel 4 has chosen to delay its acknowledgement of World Aids Day by 24
hours and is running more than three hours of programmes from 9.00,
beginning with the second part of the better-than-average documentary The
Plague.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4832 Radio Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
<item> P4841 Cable and Other Pay Television Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4832 </item>
<item> P4833 </item>
<item> P4841 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>222</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Arts: 'Celestina', the bygone blockbuster - Theatre </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALASTAIR MACAULAY</byline>
<p>
'Arguably Europe's first blockbuster' is how the advance blurb describes
Fernando de Rojas's La Celestina (1499, with over 60 re-prints before 1600).
The story it tells is all about love - in particular, carnal love
overwhelming courtly love. Its title character is a bawd who makes profit by
using sorcery. She helps one man, Calisto, turn his unreciprocated courtly
love for Melibea into reciprocated passion.
</p>
<p>
The tale is satirical, and it ends bitterly. Passion leads to date rape,
while the financial greed involved in Celestina's schemes leads to her death
and that of her envious assistants. Calisto's heartless enjoyment of Melibea
backfires on him, and leads to his accidental death: whereupon Melibea,
still ardent for him but still sore that he ever deflowered her, takes her
own life. Love] Love the sweet poison, love the dear wound - 'Love, thou has
the power to kill thy subjects.'
</p>
<p>
I adore all this kind of stuff. But, never fear, Jilly Cooper and Co: this
ex-blockbuster is not likely to knock you off the best-seller lists these
days. Certainly not in this Actors Touring Company version, translated by
James Mabbe and co-adapted by Max Hafler and Nick Philippou. (Philippou
directs.) As performed here, the story simply becomes mildly camp. The noble
characters speak in 'thees' and 'thous', whereas the vulgar people's talk is
decidedly modern ('I'd rather neck with a leper'). This alternation becomes
far-fetched, and the switch between 'thou' and 'you' occurs once in
mid-sentence: 'Thou makest me believe you.'
</p>
<p>
Each of the six actors has to represent at least two characters. The
role-swapping is fun, and the performance is energetic, but nothing much
stirs beneath the lively surface. Each character is simply an obvious
'type'. As the play proceeded, I grew interested by Mia Soteriou's vivid but
unexaggerated account of two opposite roles, the virtuous maid Lucretia and
Celestina's scheming daughter Elicia; and Lucy Whybrow as a shrill,
plaintive Melibea and the gutsy good-time girl Areusa.
</p>
<p>
But Ann Firbank plays Celestina as just an obvious crone. Sebastian Harcombe
overdoes all Calisto's external features - glassy smile, pretty gestures,
tremulous declamation - while never exposing any real erotic drive.
</p>
<p>
The more serious the tale grows, the more enjoyable the performance becomes.
You want to know what will happen next.
</p>
<p>
But love? It was never in evidence for a moment.
</p>
<p>
At the Lyric Studio, Hammersmith, W6, 081-741-2311, until December 11
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7922 Theatrical Producers and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7922 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 21</biblScope>
<extent>431</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Murray Stuart, vice-chairman of Hill Samuel Bank, at CLERICAL, MEDICAL AND
GENERAL Life Assurance Society. Robert Walther, investment director of
Clerical Medical Investment Group, as chairman of Clerical Medical
International's Isle of Man companies on the retirement of Andrew O'Leary.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Clerical Medical and General Life Assurance Society </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>72</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Flemming Heilmann, chairman and ceo of Brockway Standard of Atlanta and
already on the board of Porter Chadburn Inc, at PORTER CHADBURN in the UK.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Porter Chadburn </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5091 Sporting and Recreational Goods </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5091 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>54</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Miller McLean, director of legal and regulatory affairs at The Royal Bank of
Scotland, as vice-chairman of BANCO DE COMERCIO E INDUSTRIA following the
retirement of Charles Winter, vice-chairman of both the Royal Bank and BCI.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Banco de Comercio e Industria </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>70</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mark Denby, underwriter for marine syndicate 609, at ASHLEY PALMER &amp;
HATHAWAY.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ashley Palmer and Hathaway </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>41</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Peter Ross has resigned from TINSLEY ROBOR.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Tinsley Robor </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2754 Commercial Printing, Gravure </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2754 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>35</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Peter Wood, who was chairman of the Heart of England Building Society at the
time of its merger, at CHELTENHAM &amp; GLOUCESTER BUILDING SOCIETY.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Cheltenham and Gloucester Building Society </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6162 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>56</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Anthony Hamilton, joint md and head of corporate finance at Fox-Pitt,
Kelton, at AXA EQUITY &amp; LAW.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Axa Equity and Law </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>49</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Derek Roberts, provost of University College, London, and a former joint md
(technical) of GEC, at FISONS.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Fisons </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
<item> P2879 Agricultural Chemicals, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2834 </item>
<item> P2879 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>48</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Non-executive directors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Barrie Stephens (above), who has built Siebe into Britain's biggest
engineering company in the space of 20 years, has picked up his first
non-executive directorship since he announced that he was splitting his role
as chairman and chief executive of Siebe. An industrial engineer who has
spent his whole life in the engineering industry on both sides of the
Atlantic, he has been appointed a non-executive director of the troubled
Simon Engineering.
</p>
<p>
The appointment is a coup for Simon which, despite its illustrious history,
is a fraction of Siebe's size and has been beset by management upheavals and
financial problems. Sir Richard Lloyd, chairman of Vickers, sits on the
boards of Siebe and Simon and is understood to have helped recruit Stephens.
The latter will be 66 next month and while he will remain a non-executive
chairman of Siebe, is handing over the chief executive's job to Allen Yurko.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Alan Jarvis, who was replaced as Simon Engineering's finance
director last October, has resigned from the board.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Siebe </item>
<item> Simon Engineering </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3494 Valves and Pipe Fittings, NEC </item>
<item> P3624 Carbon and Graphite Products </item>
<item> P1629 Heavy Construction, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3494 </item>
<item> P3624 </item>
<item> P1629 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>211</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology: Strong feelings over patent dispute - The
multimedia industry may soon turn into a legal minefield </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TOM FOREMSKI and LOUISE KEHOE</byline>
<p>
US computer software companies are up in arms over the granting of a basic
patent on multimedia databases to Compton's New Media, a small software
company best known for its development of an electronic multimedia
encyclopedia that is sold on a CD-Rom, similar to an audio compact disc.
</p>
<p>
Compton's has shocked the industry by announcing that it has been granted a
patent that covers any computer-controlled system that searches through a
database and retrieves text with images or audio or video information.
</p>
<p>
The company is seeking royalties amounting to 1 per cent of revenues from
sales of multimedia products ranging from personal computer databases to
interactive television. It has said that it will reduce or eliminate
royalties on the patent to software developers that use Compton's as a
distributor.
</p>
<p>
Many in the software industry are convinced that Compton's claim to have
invented a novel process for searching multimedia databases is false. 'This
patent basically claims that Compton's invented multimedia,' says Philip
Dodds, executive director of the Interactive Multimedia Association (IMA), a
trade association representing more than 260 companies in the rapidly
emerging multimedia industry.
</p>
<p>
Compton's patent covers a search system process that is common and
considered non-proprietary, the industry group maintains. Compton's patent
now seems certain to be challenged in the courts. Several industry groups
including the IMA and San Francisco's Multimedia Developers Group are
banding together in an effort to get the patent overturned.
</p>
<p>
Compton's, however, is determined to assert its patent rights. 'We simply
want the public to recognise Compton's NewMedia as the pioneer in this
industry, promote a standard that can be used by every developer and be
compensated for the investments we have made to make multimedia a reality
for developers and end users,' said Stanley Frank, president and chief
executive.
</p>
<p>
The dispute has raised strong feelings in the software industry because it
comes just as multimedia products appear set to break into the mainstream of
personal computing. Dozens of software companies have launched CD-Rom titles
for home and school use and sales of PCs complete with stereo sound and
video capabilities are booming.
</p>
<p>
The fledgling multimedia industry could soon turn into a legal battleground
says G. Gervaise Davis III, a partner in Davis &amp; Schroeder, a
California-based law firm specialising in intellectual property issues.
Thousands of multimedia patent applications have been filed in the past few
years, he notes.
</p>
<p>
However, the row over Compton's multimedia patent is only the latest example
of a much broader problem with software patents. Critics charge that
software patents covering basic ideas are stifling the creativity of the
small companies that have led innovation in the software industry by
limiting access to fundamental ideas.
</p>
<p>
Until seven years ago, the US Patent Office did not grant patents on
software. Since then, more than 10,000 software patents have been granted,
but there are as many as 15,000 software patent applications waiting for
approval.
</p>
<p>
Yet the US Patent Office is ill-equipped to examine properly these claims,
industry critics charge. The agency lacks the expertise or resources to
fully research 'prior art' that can invalidate patent applications. As a
result, several sweeping patents have been granted for basic computer
processes that are not novel, the IMA complains.
</p>
<p>
A group of US firms including Apple Computer, IBM, Digital Equipment, Lotus
Development and Microsoft have formed the Software Patent Institute, which
is building a database of software inventions for the Patent Office's use in
an effort to avert software patent disputes.
</p>
<p>
But Compton's patent issue is spurring industry pressure for broader
reforms. The IMA has called for the formation of an industry commission to
review pending patents and provide the Patent Office with the expertise it
currently lacks.
</p>
<p>
Some are also calling for changes in US patent laws to give patent
challengers an opportunity to make their case before a patent is granted.
Currently, in the US, patent filings are secret until approval is granted.
This means that anyone wishing to dispute a patent must either challenge the
patent in the courts or ask the Patent Office to re-examine the patent.
</p>
<p>
Both are lengthy and expensive procedures. In the meantime, the challenger
must pay royalties to the patent holder or run the risk of being liable for
triple damages for willfully infringing the patent.
</p>
<p>
Such disputes are nothing new in other sectors of the high-technology
industry such as semiconductors and computer hardware, where patents have
long been recognised as a primary means of protecting intellectual property
rights that enable innovators to recoup their investments in technology
development.
</p>
<p>
Yet in the software industry, patent rights are a relatively new phenomenon
and one that few developers have previously encountered. Although many may
see the dispute over Compton's patent as a threat to innovation, it may well
prove to be a catalyst for broader understanding of intellectual property
rights in the software industry and improvements in the patent process that
will eventually benefit all software developers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Compton's New Media </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7372 Prepackaged Software </item>
<item> P6794 Patent Owners and Lessors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7372 </item>
<item> P6794 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>878</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Technology: Charged up for battle - The war between
re-usable and disposable batteries is getting fiercer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DELLA BRADSHAW</byline>
<p>
Christmas is coming and the credit card bill is getting fat. Come New Year
and the expense will continue with the never-ending demand for batteries to
power games computers, remote control racing cars or the latest in walking,
talking dolls.
</p>
<p>
Increasingly advanced technologies and the growing demand for 'green'
products, however, means that 1994 could be the year when it becomes
fashionable to recharge spent batteries rather than consigning them to the
dustbin.
</p>
<p>
Traditionally, rechargeable batteries have commandeered just a fraction of
the market, 2 per cent of consumer battery sales in volume terms in 1992.
The result is that 12bn batteries every year end up in landfill sites
worldwide.
</p>
<p>
Several products launched this year have not only fuelled consumer interest,
but sparked a war of words in the seemingly staid world of the battery
maker.
</p>
<p>
The third largest US battery maker, Rayovac, which owns the Vidor battery
company in the UK, has thrown down the gauntlet with Renewal, a re-usable
alkaline battery system which will be on sale in the US for Christmas.
</p>
<p>
Until now only nickel-cadmium batteries have been re-usable - not alkaline
batteries, which make up the bulk of the disposable battery market from
manufacturers such as Duracell or Ever Ready.
</p>
<p>
The renewable alkaline batteries can be used at least 25 times, but only the
special Rayovac brand can be used in the Renewal charger and they cost about
twice as much to buy as disposable or 'primary' batteries. The two Renewal
chargers costs Dollars 15 (Pounds 10) and Dollars 30.
</p>
<p>
The Renewal batteries have the advantage over their nickel-cadmium
counterparts that they can be charged to 1.5 volts - the same as primary
batteries. They are also ready charged on the shop shelves, so desperate
parents can slot them into battery-powered toys without waiting hours. And
there is no 'memory' problem, where a battery will only fully recharge if
the battery is completely spent.
</p>
<p>
Rayovac believes a further advantage is that they lose power gradually, so
that consumers are warned that they need to charge the battery as the tape
in the personal stereo begins to slur. Nickel-cadmium batteries lose power
suddenly.
</p>
<p>
Manufacturers of rechargeable nickel-cadmium batteries, such as Ever Ready,
which is the market leader in the UK, believe their technology is still the
best on offer. They hit back at detractors who say that because
nickel-cadmium batteries supply a constant 1.2 volts they are unsatisfactory
for use in the most power-hungry toys, such as video games machines. Both
disposable batteries and rechargeable alkaline ones begin to lose their
power as soon as they are used, so it is not long before the power drops
below 1.2 volts, they point out.
</p>
<p>
Each nickel-cadmium battery can be recharged 1,000 times, making them very
economical. Japanese electronics specialist Panasonic is so convinced of the
future of rechargeable nickel-cadmium batteries in Europe that it has
recently launched its first rechargeable product, called Rechargeable Nick.
</p>
<p>
Two R6 Rechargeable Nick batteries, say Panasonic, will power a personal
stereo for three years, provided that the batteries are removed and
recharged every night. The alternative is to use 540 disposable batteries.
</p>
<p>
A more controversial method of recharging batteries was launched in the UK
in August when Kleeneze Holdings, which produces the Innovations catalogue
found in many of the UK's Sunday newspapers. The company introduced a
machine which recharges all the commonly available primary batteries -
alkaline or zinc chloride. Only the button types which power watches and
cameras cannot be put in the Battery Manager.
</p>
<p>
Although the Battery Manager was first on to the market, Andy White, product
development manager at the Innovations Group, says that there are 40 or 50
international patents outstanding on similar developments.
</p>
<p>
Most battery chargers work in a similar way, essentially a technology
devised in the 1940s. When a battery is used the metal from the electrode is
dissolved in the electrolyte and dissipated. To recharge the battery the
metal particles are plated back on to the electrode - in the same way as
silver plating cutlery.
</p>
<p>
The variations in the way the machines work centre around the speed and
power at which the batteries are recharged and the control mechanisms used
to prevent the batteries exploding. The control mechanisms in the latest
chargers incorporate microchips to ensure consistency.
</p>
<p>
Reaction to the Battery Manager from primary battery suppliers was swift. A
spokeswoman for Ever Ready says the company is still concerned about the
safety of recharging primary batteries which are sealed, so preventing the
escape of gases produced in the process. Consumers who re-charge their Ever
Ready primary batteries in a Battery Manager automatically invalidate their
guarantee if things go wrong, she says.
</p>
<p>
'Once a year someone in the world claims to have found a way of recharging
primary batteries,' says a sceptical Peter Galazka, European marketing
manager for Duracell. 'Innovations is the latest in a long line of them.'
</p>
<p>
Galazka is also concerned that the Innovations product could cause confusion
and persuade consumers to recharge primary batteries in machines designed to
charge nickel-cadmium batteries. That could easily result in the batteries
leaking and in extreme cases, exploding.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, in the four months since its launch, sales of the Battery
Manager have been brisk, with 200,000 chargers ordered. Previous to that, by
comparison, Ever Ready reckons that only 66,000 nickel cadmium battery
chargers in total were sold in the UK.
</p>
<p>
Innovations has been a victim of its own success, however. Sales of the
Battery Manager have been so brisk that Innovations has only been able to
ship 70 per cent of the chargers ordered, says White.
</p>
<p>
Whether the new breed of battery rechargers will dent the ever-growing
market for primary batteries is debatable. Galazka believes that consumers
will be disappointed with the performance of recharged batteries, in
particular about the time each battery lasts between charges.
</p>
<p>
All the battery and recharger manufacturers acknowledge that the biggest
problem is consumer inertia and the 'hassle factor' as Galazka puts it.
'Actually,' says the Ever Ready spokeswoman, 'people are just lazy.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Rayovac Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3691 Storage Batteries </item>
<item> P3692 Primary Batteries, Dry and Wet </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> TECH  Products &amp; Product use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3691 </item>
<item> P3692 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>1063</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Budget Rent A Car </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Peter Giamalva, formerly vice-president of sales worldwide based in Chicago,
has been appointed vice-president and md for Europe, Middle East and Africa
of BUDGET RENT A CAR.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Budget Rent A Car </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7514 Passenger Car Rental </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7514 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>59</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: BICC Cables </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
David Hingston, formerly director of strategic planning, has been appointed
operations director of BICC Cables.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BICC Cables </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3351 Copper Rolling and Drawing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3351 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>44</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: ISS Europe </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Ken Pepper has been promoted to become md of international operations for
ISS Europe.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> ISS Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1799 Special Trade Contractors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>43</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
People: Smith benefits from split role at Argyll </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Argyll, the food retailing group comprising Safeway, Presto and Lo-Cost, is
splitting the roles of chairman and chief executive, currently filled by Sir
Alistair Grant, and promoting Colin Smith, finance director since 1989, to
the chief executive's position.
</p>
<p>
Sir Alistair, who became chief executive in 1986 and added the chairman's
role in 1988, will continue as full-time executive chairman. David Webster
continues as deputy chairman with responsibility for corporate finance and
development and strategic planning.
</p>
<p>
Argyll says Sir Alistair, who is nearly 57, was keen to 'play in' a new
executive before he reached the retirement age of 60, and bring in someone
else to participate in trading and investment decisions that may have an
impact beyond that date.
</p>
<p>
'We will split the job as you would expect,' said Smith (above right)
yesterday. 'It will be my responsibility to conduct operations, while
Alistair will be executive chairman. He is the boss at the end of the day.'
</p>
<p>
He added that 'everybody's style is different. Mine will be different from
Alistair's, who had a background in marketing, while mine was on the finance
side. My style will probably be different from what it was when I was
finance director. I will need to get much more closely involved with the
operations.'
</p>
<p>
Smith, 46, has a degree in commerce from Liverpool University, and began his
career with Arthur Andersen in 1969. From 1976 he spent three years on
consultancy assignments, and joined Argyll Foods as financial controller of
its meat division in 1979.
</p>
<p>
He was rapidly promoted, being appointed finance director of Argyll Stores
division in 1983 and to the board of the Argyll Group in 1984.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Argyll Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5411 Grocery Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 20</biblScope>
<extent>309</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKADAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Accountancy Column: Last call for smaller company annual
audits - The opportunities and potential hazards of the government's
proposed abolition </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Britain's first unified budget this week may not have had much effect on
beer drinkers or newspaper readers, but it will certainly make its impact on
small companies and professional accountancy practices around the country.
</p>
<p>
Almost as an aside in the middle of his lengthy speech on Tuesday, Mr
Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor of the exchequer, spared a thought for the
drawbacks of the current statutory audit requirements.
</p>
<p>
After two previous failed attempts by government in the past few years to
relax the rules for annual audits of limited liability companies, draft
legislation could now be ready by as soon as next year.
</p>
<p>
This will lift the requirement for a full audit each year for an estimated
500,000 of the 1.1m limited liability companies across the country. All
those with a turnover below Pounds 90,000 a year - some 300,000 - will be
exempt; most with a turnover below Pounds 350,000 a year - a further 200,000
businesses - will be verified by a report by an independent accountant less
exacting than an audit in future.
</p>
<p>
Interestingly, while most of the work on the small company audit has been
conducted by officials at the Department of Trade and Industry, all the
glory has been claimed by Treasury ministers.
</p>
<p>
It was Mr Norman Lamont, the previous chancellor, who first hinted at
government sympathy for reform in his budget speech in March. It was his
successor, Mr Clarke, who was given the task of announcing the decision -
and who claimed he had been fully in support of the idea while at the DTI.
</p>
<p>
Mr Neil Hamilton, minister of corporate affairs at the DTI, was left with
the more technical task of unveiling a consultative document this April -
although the first indications that the DTI was again considering the issue
came through his predecessor, Mr John Redwood, in February last year.
</p>
<p>
That stoked the fires at a wide range of lobbying groups, which began months
of campaigning and preparation of briefs long before any official documents
left the DTI headquarters to ask for their views.
</p>
<p>
It rapidly became clear that the mood had changed since previous attempts at
reform. The usual candidates arguing for abolition at a higher level came
forward, not least the small businesses organisations and much of the
accountancy profession, including the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
England and Wales and the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.
</p>
<p>
They said, as they had in the past, that the audit was costly, irrelevant
and not best suited to the needs of smaller companies. What was the point of
a supposedly independent audit conducted very often by the sole practitioner
who had prepared the books and provided advice to the company?
</p>
<p>
Equally, why have the auditor reporting to the shareholders on the conduct
of the directors when the two groups were very often the same?
</p>
<p>
By the time the DTI consultative document was issued, it was becoming
difficult to find objectors to the principle of reform. It received an all
but unprecedented number of 500 responses, nearly all in favour of reform.
</p>
<p>
For example, the British Bankers' Association had been swayed, in spite of
concerns that its members wanted to be able to rely on audited accounts
before approving loans.
</p>
<p>
Even the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants - which includes
some 4,000 members auditing the smallest companies - began to backtrack. Mr
David Bishop, last year's president, had sometimes had to speak through
gritted teeth against his own personal views, to argue that the privilege of
limited liability must be accompanied by the obligation of the audit.
</p>
<p>
That attitude had softened by the spring, although the association
maintained its position that any deregulation should be accompanied by
measures to make it easier for many thousands of companies trapped with
limited liability for tax reasons to be able to disincorporate. No such
measures were announced in the budget.
</p>
<p>
More significant were the silences. Officials at the Inland Revenue and HM
Customs and Excise were suddenly no longer murmuring about the reliability
of unaudited accounts. They were under pressure from the deregulators that
they did not place that much reliance in published accounts, and have powers
of far wider access to financial information during tax inquiries.
</p>
<p>
That said, the details announced in the budget go considerably further than
those recommended by the DTI in the spring. Its consultative document called
for abolition of the audit for companies below the annual turnover threshold
above which registration for value added tax: which was just raised in the
budget to Pounds 45,000.
</p>
<p>
The new limit for complete exemption is twice that level, and for the lesser
requirement of a 'compilation report' by an independent accountant is nearly
eight times as high. It is likely that these figures will remain fixed,
while the tax limits tend to rise year by year.
</p>
<p>
These higher levels caught many people by surprise, not least the Certified
Association. It issued a statement warning: 'Removal of the audit
requirement will also remove accountability . . . (and) may give rise to
concerns with regard to the public interest.'
</p>
<p>
Even so, the association seems resigned to the changes. Mr John Moore,
deputy president and a small practitioner based in Belfast, says: 'If the
Chancellor has made our bed we will lie on it and arrange the duvet to be as
warm and comfortable as possible.'
</p>
<p>
'I am certainly not concerned in terms of our own practice,' he says. 'We
are happy to be released from the time to do the statutory audit. It was a
bit of a bind. This will leave clients with more funds to seek other
accountancy services.'
</p>
<p>
A lone campaign will continue against reform by the Institute of Credit
Management. 'We view these proposals with serious concern,' says Kate
Beddington-Brown, assistant to the director general. 'They will probably
prove counter-productive to smaller companies.
</p>
<p>
She says the institute's members are sceptical of the assurance that will be
provided by the independent accountant's report, and are less likely to
provide strong credit-ratings to unaudited accounts.
</p>
<p>
A number of details have still to be finalised. There has been considerable
agonising in Whitehall over the nature of the independent accountant's
report. If it is to remain reasonably rigorous, how far will it differ from
the existing audit requirement?
</p>
<p>
The DTI must consider how to prevent fraud and to retain assurance that the
figures are reliable, although - as it recommended - abolition of the audit
will still require unanimous shareholder approval.
</p>
<p>
Equally, there are concerns also among practitioners about exactly what
obligations they would be taking on by assuming this new role.
Standards-setters may yet have to lay down precise guidelines.
</p>
<p>
But the DTI is committed to reform. It will introduce the reforms as
secondary legislation, without the need for an act of parliament, which it
says will be in place by the middle of next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8721 Accounting, Auditing, and Bookkeeping Services </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8721 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 16</biblScope>
<extent>1206</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management (Marketing and Advertising): Rewards for the
loyal shopper - Wooing and keeping customers </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DIANE SUMMERS</byline>
<p>
Boots the Chemists was this week putting a brave face on what must be
judged, at the very least, a public relations embarrassment. Its
vouchers-for-sports equipment scheme is not in the same league as Hoover's
free flight fiasco of a year ago. But it does highlight some of the dangers
inherent in the current rash of customer loyalty schemes, designed to
attract and reward regular spenders.
</p>
<p>
Between September and November Boots issued 36m vouchers to customers - one
for every Pounds 5 spent at its stores - which could be exchanged by schools
for sports equipment. A total of 22,000 schools throughout the UK registered
for the scheme and started eyeing equipment in the Boots' catalogue for
which they hoped parents would collect tokens.
</p>
<p>
Unfortunately, the vouchers were worth so little individually that customers
threw them away; when the required volume of vouchers failed to get through
to schools there was a stream of complaints. Boots has recently announced it
would halve the number of vouchers needed for each piece of equipment.
</p>
<p>
Such a miscalculation is just one of the traps to be avoided by companies
tempted to join the customer loyalty industry.
</p>
<p>
Existing schemes range from Air Miles (run by a British Airways subsidiary),
now believed to be collected by one in 10 UK households, to tie-ups between
petrol stations and retailers. Premier Points, for example, are collected at
Mobil and redeemed at Argos.
</p>
<p>
One of the largest schemes is yet to come. AT&amp;T Istel, an information
technology subsidiary of the US communications group, is currently
negotiating with UK retailers to set up in the spring an 8m-member loyalty
card programme. The company will manage the scheme on behalf of
non-competing toy, grocery, petrol, DIY, electrical and clothing retailers,
restaurants and hotels.
</p>
<p>
Customers can pick up points whenever they use a participating outlet and
will be able to redeem them for a range of discounts, goods and services.
AT&amp;T Istel will manage the database of card members and participating
companies will get shared access to the data, allowing them to mail each
other's customers. AT&amp;T Istel plans to spend Pounds 8m marketing the scheme
in each of the next three years.
</p>
<p>
Arguably there is little new about customer loyalty programmes - the
'dividends' offered by the co-operative society shops, Green Shield stamps
and store cards were all antecedents of the current schemes. But industry
observers say recent interest is unlikely to abate. The recession has made
companies question the cost-effectiveness of traditional mass-marketing
techniques, and turn to more focused methods, according to Stephen Taylor,
Air Miles' marketing director. In good times, the fact that advertising is
not as targeted or as effective as might be desired 'doesn't really matter,
because you're establishing your brand name', he says.
</p>
<p>
The economic benefits of keeping existing customers loyal, rather than
focusing on the short-term recruitment of new customers, has also received
much attention. The longer the 'life' of a customer, the more initial
recruitment costs will be spread. With an 80 per cent annual retention rate,
for example, a customer base will need renewing once every five years; by
increasing the retention rate to 90 per cent, the base need only be renewed
every 10 years.
</p>
<p>
'Customer loyalty appears to be the only way to achieve sustainably superior
profits,' Frederick Reichheld, a director of the consultancy Bain and
Company, wrote in the Harvard Business Review earlier this year. One of the
examples he used was the life insurance business, where, Reichheld says, 'a
five percentage point increase in customer retention lowers costs per policy
by 18 per cent'.
</p>
<p>
The latest research from Cranfield School of Management, published this
week, which looked at shopping patterns in 10 large shopping centres across
the UK, found that loyal shoppers spend up to four times more in their
first-choice store than those who are 'promiscuous' in their shopping
habits.
</p>
<p>
The payoff for keeping customers is clear, but it cannot be assumed that the
current craze for the card, token and voucher-based loyalty schemes is
necessarily doing the trick.
</p>
<p>
Says Tim Denison from Cranfield who, together with Simon Knox, carried out
the retailing research: 'How effective loyalty schemes are is still in
question.' It is not known, for example, whether customers behave tactically
towards the schemes, reaping a few advantages and then moving on to a new
offer. Denison points to a lack of monitoring by companies, and accounting
practices which fail to highlight which customers are most worth keeping.
</p>
<p>
Taylor suggests that deferred discount programmes - which offer discounts
after points have been accumulated - can 'work, ultimately, against the
whole notion of a customer loyalty programme' by devaluing the brand.
</p>
<p>
Schemes such as the Mobil-Argos tie-up may not devalue the brand, adds
Taylor, but they can easily be copied. Inflation of the currency, of the
type that led, in part, to the eventual demise of Green Shield stamps, may
then follow.
</p>
<p>
Mobil, which says it was first into the market with the plastic 'swipe'
card, rather than tokens or stamps, confirms Taylor's view.
</p>
<p>
'It's like shooting at a moving target,' says Mobil's spokesman Roger
Newstead. Premier Points gave an initial boost to sales, but competitors
pinched the idea within a short time and now it is hard to identify to what
extent the scheme has increased or maintained those sales, he says. Mobil
knows it needs some sort of promotion all the time, otherwise sales drop.
</p>
<p>
Clearly the danger is that competitors engage in what Taylor describes as a
'zero sum game' where everybody will be 'spending money on programmes just
to keep the playing field level, rather than to have an advantage'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7331 Direct Mail Advertising Services </item>
<item> P731  Advertising </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7331 </item>
<item> P731 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>987</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management (Marketing and Advertising): Cutting down on the
credits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DIANE SUMMERS</byline>
<p>
Zapping - switching between different television channels by viewers - is
the TV advertiser's nightmare, particularly when it happens during or just
before a commercial break.
</p>
<p>
Anything which induces a viewer to opt out of expensively purchased airtime
is therefore of interest to those who have the job of deciding where
advertisements should be placed.
</p>
<p>
The latest viewer research, conducted by the ITV Network Centre for the
independent television companies in the UK, shows that surprisingly few
viewers switch over during the break itself; the main culprit seems to be
the credits at the end of programmes.
</p>
<p>
The study indicates that by the time the credits reach best boy or chief
gaffer, viewers are highly likely to have reached for the remote control,
zapped and then missed the ensuing ads.
</p>
<p>
Only too aware of the increasing competition from cable and satellite and
the need to keep advertisers sweet, the ITV companies have immediately
responded to the research by announcing a reduction in the length of
credits.
</p>
<p>
The aim now will be to cut credits to 20 seconds at the end of a programme
which lasts an hour or less - ITV companies say that many programmes exceed
the current unofficial guideline of 30 seconds.
</p>
<p>
The research also reveals that breaks of five minutes or more lose viewers.
</p>
<p>
The study concludes: 'The findings are unequivocal - if ITV is to maximise
the audience to commercial breaks, as many breaks as possible should be less
than five minutes in duration.' More frequent, but shorter breaks,
therefore, seem on the cards.
</p>
<p>
Longer term, the threat for advertisers is that viewers decide not only to
zap, but to edit out the breaks altogether by using the video-recorder
technology that already exists to eliminate the breaks.
</p>
<p>
In this way they order what they want to watch, rather than waiting for it
to be served up.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7313 Radio, Television, Publisher Representatives </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7313 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>347</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Management (Marketing and Advertising): Home, sweet hotel
home - The US is going to new lengths to attract tourists </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KATE BUTTON</byline>
<p>
If you wake up in a hotel where the television news is reported in Japanese,
the breakfast menu features miso soup and green tea and your concierge slips
the Japan Times under the door, you could be forgiven for thinking that you
were in one of Tokyo's finest resorts.
</p>
<p>
But you are just as likely to be in America. With 19.5m overseas visitors
expected to flood into the US this year, hotels are going to new lengths to
attract foreign travellers.
</p>
<p>
'The whole point is to make your guests feel as at home as possible,' says
Jo-Anne Cavanaugh, international sales director for Marriott Hotels. 'If
they enjoy their experience with you, they will come back again.'
</p>
<p>
Although many tourists travel abroad to sample alternative cultures, hotel
sales managers in the US are finding that by adopting some of the services
and customs exercised in other countries, their guests feel less
disorientated and return to the same destination time and again.
</p>
<p>
For this reason Gary Zodrow, executive vice-president of HBR Hotels, based
in San Francisco, California, makes special arrangements for foreign
visitors, who make up 55 per cent of his clientele.
</p>
<p>
'If we have French guests, we order softer croissants, special breakfast
rolls and jams,' says Zodrow. 'If we are hosting Germans, we make sure
German beer is stocked in the bar.'
</p>
<p>
Other hotels go to greater lengths, particularly for the Japanese. According
to the US Travel and Tourism Administration, they are expected to comprise
21 per cent of all overseas visitors to the US in 1993.
</p>
<p>
For example, many hotel chains now offer Jan (Japan Assistant Network),
which provides translation services for business travellers, plus
information for holiday makers about local restaurants, shopping facilities
and tourist attractions.
</p>
<p>
Some hotels also subscribe to Scola, a 24-hour international news channel on
cable television that tunes into news desks worldwide to cover events
directly from source.
</p>
<p>
Hotel Nikko, in San Francisco, owned by Japan Air Lines, not only offers its
Japanese guests news from home and coverage of the Nikkei stock index, but
also caters for international conferencing through Photo &amp; Sound, an
in-house audio visual company that provides real-time translation of
business meetings.
</p>
<p>
Hotels have also initiated finer modifications for specific foreign
visitors.
</p>
<p>
The Marriott, for example, provides longer length bath robes for Japanese
guests. 'The Japanese are very modest people, they appreciate a little more
coverage,' explains Cavanaugh. Meanwhile, the Westin St Francis Hotel
researches the status of its guest list prior to check-in and accommodates
higher ranking individuals on higher floors than their subordinates - in
line with traditional Japanese protocol.
</p>
<p>
But despite these attempts to draw foreign trade, many leading chains are
reporting decreased custom from certain nationalities, including the
Japanese.
</p>
<p>
Alain Ane, assistant general manager at the Hotel Nikko, claims Japanese
tourists make up 25 per cent of the hotel's guest list.
</p>
<p>
But that figure is 10 per cent down on last year - and falling. Partly due
to the recession in Japan, Ane believes that declining Japanese patronage is
also attributable to recent negative press about the US.
</p>
<p>
Shootings of German and British tourists in Florida, the slaying of a
Japanese student in October last year and the Los Angeles riots following
the Rodney King incident, have done a great deal to engender fear and
apprehension in travellers to the US.
</p>
<p>
'It's embarrassing,' says Zodrow. 'America used to provide such a wonderful
and safe environment for travellers. Now we give a third-world impression of
safety.'
</p>
<p>
At least those willing to brave the streets of America, for business or
pleasure, may rest assured their visit will be home from home.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
<item> P7331 Direct Mail Advertising Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
<item> P7331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 14</biblScope>
<extent>664</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Payments for EU programmes cut </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The drive to cut government spending next year has been helped by a large
cut in payments to Brussels to fund European Union programmes, including
farm subsidies.
</p>
<p>
Payments to the EU in 1994-95 were set in the Budget at Pounds 1.35bn, a cut
of Pounds 1.3bn on the Pounds 2.65bn envisaged in the March Budget.
</p>
<p>
However, the cut is more than compensated for by higher UK spending on EU
projects this year and in 1995-96. In these years payments have been boosted
by Pounds 1.04bn and Pounds 890m respectively.
</p>
<p>
Under the new plans, Britain is due to channel Pounds 2.45bn to EU projects
this financial year and Pounds 2.89bn in 1995-96.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9641 </item>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>158</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Tax relief on extortion banned </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government has placed a complete ban on companies claiming tax relief on
extortion payments.
</p>
<p>
The 1993 Finance Act introduced legislation to prevent tax relief on any
payments contrary to the Prevention of Corruption Acts and the Prevention of
Terrorism Acts.
</p>
<p>
The additional proposals announced on Tuesday by the chancellor impose a
wider ban on extortion payments to terrorists or other criminals which are
illegal.
</p>
<p>
The government said the total expected to be saved was less than its
'negligible' definition of Pounds 5m a year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>117</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Tourism given promotion boost </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government has increased funding for the promotion abroad of tourism to
the UK, and reduced proposed cuts in the budget of the English Tourist
Board, which encourages UK residents to take holidays in England.
</p>
<p>
Government funding of the British Tourist Authority - which promotes Britain
to overseas visitors - is to rise from Pounds 32m in 1993-94 to Pounds 34m
in 1995-96, Pounds 500,000 higher than government projections published a
year ago. The English board, which aims to improve facilities, is to see its
funding fall from Pounds 13.9m in 1993-94 to Pounds 10m in 1995-96. However,
this figure is Pounds 1m higher than previous government plans.
</p>
<p>
The authority and the board yesterday said the increases were 'mildly
encouraging'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P7999 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>158</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Industry gloomy on investment prospects
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL CHEESERIGHT</byline>
<p>
Low levels of manufacturing investment are likely to continue in spite of
Budget measures to help small businesses, Midlands business leaders warned
yesterday, Paul Cheeseright writes.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Botterill, chief executive of the Engineering Employers' Federation
in the west Midlands, said: 'The major disappointment is the lack of any
direct incentive to further investment prospects. The temporary 40 per cent
capital allowance rate has not been re-affirmed.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Geoff Nicholls, east Midlands chairman of the Confederation of British
Industry, said: 'The allowance should have continued because of the
depressed nature of the investment scene.'
</p>
<p>
Companies held back from new investment not only because of the business
climate but also because of the pressure on margins. 'Everybody is very
clear that the pressure on margins is going to continue,' Mr Nicholls said.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Nicholls said the chancellor 'has avoided damaging the rather
nervous growth prospects'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>188</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Government to ease retirement burden on
women </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NORMA COHEN, Investments Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The government will try to offset some of the adverse effects of raising the
state pension age for women by making it easier for home carers to obtain
larger pensions when they retire.
</p>
<p>
Women will be able to earn entitlement to benefits while caring for children
or the disabled for up to 19 years, three years longer than at present. The
State Earnings Related Pension Scheme can also be modified so that women
with no more than 20 years of employment who have had caring
responsibilities in other years will be eligible for a full Serps pension.
</p>
<p>
The government in addition will enlarge state pension benefits for those who
defer the date they begin drawing benefits and allow women who reach
retirement age before their husbands to obtain better benefits.
</p>
<p>
The details were contained in a white paper on equalising state pension ages
released yesterday by Mr Peter Lilley, the social security secretary. On
Tuesday Mr Kenneth Clarke announced that women will have to wait until
reaching the age of 65 - the same as men - before being eligible to draw
state pensions. The change will be phased in gradually from 2010 to 2020. No
one currently over the age of 44 will be affected.
</p>
<p>
Tables published yesterday show that the first group of women to be affected
are those born in December 1952, who cannot receive state pensions until
they are 62 years and eight months.
</p>
<p>
The consultation document notes that companies which pay bridging pensions
to men who retire at 60 must also consider paying the same pensions to women
or phase the payment out altogether.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>328</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Early solution unlikely over late payment
- Plans to tackle overdue debts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL CASSELL</byline>
<p>
Fifteen years after the Law Commission first called for a statutory right to
interest payable on overdue corporate debts, the government has launched a
fresh debate on how best to tackle one of business's biggest headaches. It
promises to be a tough argument to resolve.
</p>
<p>
With the economy emerging from recession and demands on working capital set
to rise, there is a fresh urgency behind government efforts to find a
solution.
</p>
<p>
Most companies and every business organisation acknowledge the severity of
an overdue payment problem that is now endemic in the UK and across most of
Europe. It can be immensely time-consuming, plays havoc with cashflow and
each year it kills off countless smaller enterprises.
</p>
<p>
The UK is now almost alone in Europe in not having resorted to legislation
to try to ease the problem. But invoking the law in other countries of the
European Union appears to have had minimal impact, and there is disagreement
in the UK on whether to continue to use education and persuasion or to start
using a big stick.
</p>
<p>
This week's post-Budget consultative document says ministers are 'prepared
to give positive consideration to the introduction of legislation'.
</p>
<p>
But when Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, and Mr Michael Portillo,
Treasury chief secretary, met Tory backbenchers in the Commons after
Tuesday's Budget, they were left in no doubt that deep reservations persist
within the parliamentary party about the value of legislation.
</p>
<p>
Wide differences also exist in the business community. The Forum for Private
Business is demanding a legal right to punitive interest to help reduce what
it says has become an average payment time of 81 days.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Ewen Macpherson, chief executive of 3i, the venture capital group,
believes a right to interest on late payment would simply institutionalise a
bad habit. 'I strongly believe we need a suitable code of conduct and that
central and local government must take a lead in offering a good example on
prompt payment to everyone else,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Critics of statutory interest say it would simply lead to big customers
imposing longer credit periods and coercing suppliers into waiving the right
to interest, while smaller businesses could find themselves with double
interest burdens - for borrowing on working capital and payments on overdue
invoices.
</p>
<p>
Ministers say they have already tried to set an example, requiring
government departments to monitor payment performance and publish the
results. Prime contractors of government also have to commit themselves to
paying subcontractors on time and, from this week, all government contracts
will normally nominate a 30-day payment period.
</p>
<p>
The consultation paper raises other options, including a maximum statutory
credit period, an idea backed by the Association of British Chambers of
Commerce. But ministers dismiss the idea as neither desirable nor
practicable.
</p>
<p>
The document also raises the possibility of a new British Standard on prompt
payment and says preliminary talks held between government officials and
outside groups have raised no objections.
</p>
<p>
Companies would have a choice of whether or not to adopt the standard. It
would, however, have to be very widely adopted to be effective, and the
ultimate threat of withdrawal of British Standard certification might prove
less than intimidating to companies for which paying late has become a way
of life.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>599</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAC0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Audit change arouses anger </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Credit-rating agencies yesterday reacted with surprise and anger to the
chancellor's proposals to remove the annual audit requirement for smaller
companies.
</p>
<p>
In a letter to Mr Kenneth Clarke, the Institute of Credit Management warned
that smaller companies would find it more difficult to obtain credit and the
potential for fraud would be increased.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's proposal to waive a statutory audit for limited liability
companies with an annual turnover below Pounds 350,000 contrasted with
proposals from the Department of Trade and Industry in the spring to exempt
those with turnovers below Pounds 37,600.
</p>
<p>
The institute warned that credit granters would be less willing to rely on
unaudited financial information.
</p>
<p>
The letter said: 'To relax the audit requirement at the low level proposed
in the consultative document would have been serious enough. To propose
extending the regime to companies with a turnover of up to Pounds 350,000
could be positively dangerous.'
</p>
<p>
About 500,000 of the 1.1m limited liability companies which currently must
obtain an annual audit would be exempted under the government's plans.
</p>
<p>
There would be no requirement for companies with turnover below Pounds
90,000 - twice the new threshold for companies to register for value added
tax. Those above this level but with turnover below Pounds 350,000 a year
would need only a compilation report by an independent accountant.
</p>
<p>
Any companies below this limit which are public limited companies, part of a
group structure or subject to statute-based regulation, such as the
Financial Services Act will not be exempt from the audit.
</p>
<p>
The exemptions would still require unanimous approval by shareholders in the
companies - but in many cases the directors are the shareholders.
</p>
<p>
All limited-liability companies would still be required to maintain proper
books and records and to file annual accounts with Companies House.
</p>
<p>
Lord Strathclyde, minister for small businesses at the DTI, said the
government would provide details of the measures early in the new year and
put them into force by the middle of 1994.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7323 Credit Reporting Services </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7323 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>377</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: 95% of families will be poorer, Labour
claims </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN, Political Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Labour yesterday accused the Conservatives of becoming 'the high-tax party'
and said 95 per cent of families would be worse off.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gordon Brown, the shadow chancellor, said the Budget Red Book showed that
the tax burden would rise from 34.25 per cent of national income this year
to 38.5 per cent by 1998-99.
</p>
<p>
'The Tories have now presented the British people with the biggest tax
demand in history - overall a tax rise over the next three years of Pounds
24bn,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brown accused the prime minister of breaking his promise at the 1992
general election that taxes would come down 'year on year'.
</p>
<p>
He told the Commons: 'This Budget finally broke any residual trust that even
the most ardent Tory could have in this government over taxation policy.'
</p>
<p>
Labour concentrated its fire on claims that the government had broken its
promises not to raise income tax, value added tax, and National Insurance
contributions.
</p>
<p>
Shadow ministers also highlighted the impact on public services of the
decision announced by Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, to cut public
spending by Pounds 8bn over three years.
</p>
<p>
However, Conservatives accused the opposition of failing to spell out how it
would have reduced the government's Pounds 50bn borrowing requirement
without raising taxes or cutting spending.
</p>
<p>
The Labour attack was further blunted when Mr Donald Dewar, the shadow
social services secretary, claimed that the 50p a week provided for
pensioners by the VAT compensation scheme was insufficient.
</p>
<p>
'This is not full compensation. It is Mr Clarke calculating the minimum he
must pay to survive. He may have bought off some of his own rebels but he
can't buy off the old and the cold with 50p,' Mr Dewar said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Lilley, the social security secretary, prompted roars of
Conservative laughter by producing a newspaper article written two weeks ago
in which Mr Dewar called for compensation of 50p a week.
</p>
<p>
Labour also failed to respond to the chancellor's announcement that a freeze
on central government pay bills is to be extended by two years until 1997,
affecting 5m public-sector workers.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Margaret Beckett, Labour's deputy leader, accused Mr Clarke of
'stealing' Labour's ideas for childcare allowances, closing tax loopholes
and improving small businesses' cashflow through curbs on late payments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>422</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: TUC warns of big public-sector job losses
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT TAYLOR and DAVID GOODHART</byline>
<p>
As many as 270,000 public-sector jobs will be lost during the next two years
as a result of the chancellor's public spending plans, the Trades Union
Congress said yesterday. It said local government services would be the
hardest hit.
</p>
<p>
The TUC also estimated that the take-home pay of the average worker,
assuming a 4 per cent pay rise, would be cut by 2 per cent in real terms
because of the effect of inflation and tax increases.
</p>
<p>
The TUC said the cut for 'scapegoated' public-sector workers would be even
bigger.
</p>
<p>
'Mr Clarke's assault on the public sector is worse than anything we saw in
the Thatcher decade,' said Mr John Monks, TUC general secretary. 'His
assumption that the public services can carry on for the next three years
with reduced funding and fewer staff is totally unrealistic.'
</p>
<p>
By extending for a further two years the freeze on public-sector pay already
planned for 1994-95, the government is forcing public-sector workers to
choose between big job cuts and big pay cuts, the TUC said.
</p>
<p>
It said it was the government's 'undeclared intention' to save Pounds
3bn-Pounds 4bn a year on the public-sector pay bill.
</p>
<p>
'The anticipated savings from the reductions are intended to bridge the gap
between the Pounds 5.1bn projected underspend in government expenditure
totals,' it added.
</p>
<p>
Pay analysts, such as Mr Chris Trinder of the Public Finance Foundation, say
the wage gap between the public and private sectors is likely to widen. But
the government appears to believe that at a time of high unemployment this
will not necessarily cause people to shift to the private sector.
</p>
<p>
The five pay review bodies - which cover about 2m of the 5m public-sector
workers - will warn the government that the pay policy will hit morale in
the sector. But the position of the review bodies themselves looks
increasingly provisional.
</p>
<p>
The review bodies, covering such sectors as the army, doctors and dentists,
nurses and teachers, have already seen their pay-setting authority
undermined by the 1.5 per cent limit for 1993-94. Despite this, the
teachers' review body still met and produced a report on restructuring.
</p>
<p>
Since the announcement in September of the pay-bill freeze for 1994-95, the
five bodies have continued to hear evidence from unions and employers and
are expected to produce reports in January.
</p>
<p>
'They will come to their own independent judgments,' said Mr Mike Cahill, of
the review bodies' secretariat.
</p>
<p>
So far there have been no resignations over government pay policy from the
40 people who sit on the review bodies, but the latest move could provoke
some reaction.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>480</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Tories unite to swallow Dr Clarke's bitter
medicine - Philip Stephens finds a new mood of accord in the Conservative
party as the chancellor's tax and spending measures are absorbed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS</byline>
<p>
The Conservative party has now to make up its mind. After the first-night
applause for Mr Kenneth Clarke's Budget came the inevitable second, more
considered, thoughts.
</p>
<p>
After waving their House of Commons papers in delight as the package was
unveiled, Tory MPs began to look more closely at the implications.
</p>
<p>
The broad judgment remained the same. Mr Clarke had produced as clever a
political package as most could have hoped for to begin digging the
government out of that dreadful hole. There have not been many occasions
since the general election when MPs from the right and left of the party
could appear together on television and say roughly the same thing.
</p>
<p>
But it will not be painless. Higher income taxes, new levies on insurance
and air travel, higher petrol prices, and cuts in mortgage interest relief
are not the stuff of popularity in the Tory shires.
</p>
<p>
Nor will deep cuts in defence spending, further erosion of the contributory
principle behind the welfare state or cuts in student grants enhance the
government's popularity.
</p>
<p>
Defence cuts will be a problem and the rumblings were already apparent
yesterday. The nasty implications of the overall squeeze for local authority
spending and the level of the council tax will be obvious later today with
the announcement of next year's grant for local authorities.
</p>
<p>
All this is on top of the hefty tax increases already put in place by Mr
Norman Lamont.
</p>
<p>
The realisation is beginning to dawn. You cannot take another Pounds 18bn
off public borrowing - as Mr Clarke intends to by 1997-98 - without causing
political distress.
</p>
<p>
It hardly provides an auspicious background for the local elections next May
and the poll for the European Parliament a month later. Mr John Major's
future may well still hinge on the results.
</p>
<p>
But this is a take-it-or-leave-it Budget - as well as what Mr Clarke likes
to call a commonsense Budget. His pitch yesterday was that it was the last
dose of the bitter medicine that the Tory party must take to recover from
the malaise it has suffered since the general election.
</p>
<p>
If it is swallowed quickly, then the Pounds 50bn borrowing hole will begin
to disappear. Then the government has a chance at least of political
revival. Who knows, Mr Clarke's arithmetic might even allow for the odd 1p
off the basic rate of income tax before the next general election.
</p>
<p>
If on the other hand Tory MPs live up to their recent reputation as badly
behaved schoolchildren and recoil from the taste, then, as Mr Clarke might
put it, 'all bets are off'.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor is in confident form. The virtue of his Budget was that it
demonstrated grip and sense of purpose. He would not pretend that a ragbag
of measures had added to the rationality of the tax system. Nor that the
squeeze on public spending is risk-free. But he offered a plan with a
reasonable chance of reducing borrowing to tolerable levels without offering
too many targets for the disgruntled and rebellious on his own backbenches.
</p>
<p>
He decided early on after arriving at the Treasury that borrowing would have
to come down much faster. A public sector borrowing requirement of 8 per
cent of national income seemed too much like an accident waiting to happen.
</p>
<p>
The eventual balance between the Budget's spending cuts and tax increases,
however, was fortuitous. Mr Clarke's cabinet colleagues behaved more
responsibly than we have come to expect of them. The EDX cabinet committee,
charged with sharing out the smaller public spending cake, ran smoothly. It
left enough spare cash to defuse the threat of a backbench rebellion over
value added tax on domestic fuel.
</p>
<p>
Now the Clarke/Portillo double act - the One Nation chancellor and his
Thatcherite chief secretary - will come into play to sell the package.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke is dismissive of some of his deputy's more ambitious plans to
reduce the size of the welfare state. For months now Mr Michael Portillo has
been floating the possibility that people might opt out of the state pension
scheme or other universal benefits. The chancellor brushes that ambition
aside: 'A welfare state is a key part of the British tradition . . . I
regard the state pension as a key part of the welfare state.'
</p>
<p>
But Mr Clarke is smart enough to realise that Mr Portillo's credibility with
the unreconstructed Thatcherites on the Tory back benches will be essential
to maintain support for the Budget package. He will make the most of it.
</p>
<p>
While the chancellor soothes his natural supporters on the left about his
intentions towards the welfare state, Mr Portillo will try to persuade the
right that the true path of virtue puts fiscal rectitude first and tax cuts
second.
</p>
<p>
The signs last night were that it will be a powerful combination. For at
least 24 hours now the Conservative party has looked as if it has decided at
last that it wishes to remain the party of government.
</p>
<p>
The only problem is that the real world stretches beyond Westminster. Mr
Lamont and Mr Clarke between them have imposed the biggest tax increases in
modern history. The squeeze on spending will lead inevitably to a further
deterioration in the quality of public services.
</p>
<p>
When they queue for ever-less-frequent trains and see the hefty new
deductions from pay packets next April, voters may not take much comfort
from the fact that Tories judged it a clever package.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>975</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After the Budget: Markets bullish on interest rate cuts
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMMA TUCKER, Economics Staff</byline>
<p>
The financial markets went into the Budget with a half-point cut in base
rates under their belts and strong expectations of another reduction - to 5
per cent - by early 1994.
</p>
<p>
The Budget further encouraged those expectations. The markets moved
vigorously in expectation of more monetary easing over the next few months,
despite cautious comments from the chancellor.
</p>
<p>
Long-dated government bonds rose by more than a point, continuing their
post-Budget rally. Yields at the long end have dropped 20 basis points since
Monday, reflecting City belief that long-term borrowing costs will continue
to fall.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Clarke was eager to give the impression that lending rates would not
come down rapidly. In a post-Budget briefing, he emphasised that any
decision to cut rates had to be based on a range of monetary indicators and
the medium-term inflation outlook.
</p>
<p>
'I was very glad to reduce interest rates last week but I won't do it again
unless and until I am satisfied the conditions exist,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Michael Portillo, chief secretary to the Treasury, was similarly
cautious, dismissing the idea that public spending was a significant 'engine
of growth' and stressing that conditions were in place for 'sustained,
prolonged and rather unspectacular growth'.
</p>
<p>
However, the markets' behaviour expresses their conviction that the budget -
in taking an axe to the public sector borrowing requirement - opened the way
for sustainable, lower interest rates.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury forecast an underlying rate of 3.25 per cent for the retail
prices index excluding mortgage interest payments in the fourth quarter of
next year, a downward revision of its March forecast.
</p>
<p>
Even so, decisions about cuts in interest rates - based as they are on a
continuing assessment of monetary conditions - may be slower in coming than
the markets expect.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>338</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After the Budget: Portillo committed to lower taxes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN, Political Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Mr Michael Portillo, chief secretary to the Treasury, yesterday restated his
rightwing credentials in the wake of the Budget by setting out his
commitment to lower taxation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo, a long-standing opponent of tax increases, was taunted by
Labour MPs during a debate on the chancellor's decision to increase taxes by
Pounds 1.7bn next year.
</p>
<p>
He said the government was determined to keep 'the most fundamental promise
of all, and that is to deliver sound public finances'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo said it was essential for the government to reduce the burden of
debt interest payments and pave the way for lower taxation 'in due course'.
</p>
<p>
He reminded Conservative backbenchers that Sir Geoffrey (now Lord) Howe
delivered a tax-raising Budget in 1981, which provided a base for the
economic recovery of the mid-1980s. 'I share the chancellor's judgment about
the speed at which he reduces the public sector borrowing requirement,' he
said.
</p>
<p>
'I congratulate him that he has been able to achieve the reduction he seeks
with so much emphasis on the control of public spending and so little on the
raising of taxes, particularly in the year ahead.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo said that sustained lower taxation could be achieved only
through improved competitiveness, which required a fall in public spending
as a proportion of national income. 'We must reduce the proportion of
national income that is spent by the government,' he said. 'The chancellor
has pointed the way in which that is going to be achieved.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo also dismissed Opposition claims that the Budget arithmetic
depended on 'smoke and mirrors' to balance government revenue and
expenditure.
</p>
<p>
He told Labour MPs: 'We are taking serious action to put right the problem.
You continue to pretend that no serious action needs to be taken.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 13</biblScope>
<extent>333</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Lecturers slam threat to cut holidays
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Lecturers in further education yesterday reacted furiously to 'interference'
in contract negotiations by Mr John Patten, the education secretary, after a
Budget that could mean they must accept halved holidays next year to gain a
pay rise.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten said Pounds 50m was to be withheld from the Further Education
Funding Council, 'to be released when there has been satisfactory progress
within colleges towards more flexible contracts of employment'.
</p>
<p>
The council has funded colleges since they were removed from council control
in April.
</p>
<p>
It now seems certain that the government's public-sector pay policy will be
rigorously enforced, with lecturers receiving a pay rise next year only if
they sign a new 'flexible' contract drawn up by the Colleges' Employers'
Forum.
</p>
<p>
The National Association of Teachers in Further and Higher Education
(Natfhe) is in a dispute with the forum over the contracts, which would cut
annual holiday entitlement from 14 weeks to seven and add an hour to the
working day.
</p>
<p>
Lecturers in seven colleges have voted to take action, while ballots are
pending in 14 others.
</p>
<p>
Mr Derek Betts, head of policy for Natfhe, said Mr Patten should not have
interfered in 'delicate' negotiations which are due to continue until the
end of this month. He added that the 3 per cent growth in further education
spending to fund a projected 8 per cent growth in student numbers was
'derisory'.
</p>
<p>
The Association for Colleges, representing principals, also reacted with
alarm. Ms Ruth Gee, chairman, said: 'Colleges were promised autonomy. The
increased degree of centralisation through the retention of Pounds 50m by
the funding council is not a move we welcome. Colleges are accountable for
their spending, and a degree of help from the government is essential.'
</p>
<p>
But Mr Roger Ward, chief executive of the Colleges' Employers' Forum,
welcomed Mr Patten's move.
</p>
<p>
He said: 'Natfhe have brought this policy upon themselves. Their recent
round of strikes in defiance of the current negotiations with the employers
has delivered a clear message to the government. They have let down their
members and they have let down the sector, and they will live to regret
their strike action.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P8221 Colleges and Universities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P8221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>396</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: IFS queries tough curb on public
expenditure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MARTIN WOLF</byline>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, is proposing a public-spending squeeze
far tougher than anything achieved in the 1980s, Mr Andrew Dilnot, director
of the Institute for Fiscal Studies, said yesterday. Questions must be
raised, he said, about the feasibility and desirability of these plans.
</p>
<p>
One consequence, under plausible assumptions about local authority spending,
is that council tax bills from local authorities might have to rise by 15
per cent. Otherwise local authority pay or services would have to be
severely cut, he argued.
</p>
<p>
The government plans to increase the real level of the non-cyclical elements
in public spending, contained in the 'new control total', by a cumulative
amount of only 3.8 per cent between 1992-93 and 1998-99 (see chart).
</p>
<p>
By contrast, between 1980-81 and 1986-87, when Baroness Thatcher was prime
minister, - and Lord Howe and Lord Lawson were chancellors of the exchequer
- comparable spending rose by 12.5 per cent in real terms.
</p>
<p>
The government also plans to reduce real non-cyclical spending by 1.3 per
cent between this year and next, before it starts to rise once more in line
with former chancellor Mr Norman Lamont's plans. Mr Dilnot said it was far
from obvious that such a cut was the best way to squeeze greater efficiency
out of the public sector.
</p>
<p>
Local authority spending could lead to political difficulties soon. Total
central government support for local authorities is set to decline by 2.4
per cent in real terms between 1993-94 and 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Mr Michael Ridge of the IFS noted in particular, that the revenue from the
uniform business rate was set to decline from Pounds 11.6bn in 1993-94 to
Pounds 10.7bn in 1994-95, an 11 per cent fall in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dilnot was particularly critical of the government's failure to set
priorities. He said that too much emphasis was placed on control of
public-sector running costs, mainly pay, which is to be fixed in nominal
terms for three years, implying a real fall of almost 10 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Furthermore, government plans implied that the shares of national income
being spent on health and education would fall even though people would want
to spend a higher share of their growing incomes on them.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>406</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Unified Budget brings discipline to
cabinet negotiations - The new system helped the Treasury claw back power
and prestige within Whitehall </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER NORMAN</byline>
<p>
Until this week Britain's new unified Budget had a generally bad press.
</p>
<p>
The decision by Mr Norman Lamont, the former chancellor, to combine public
spending and revenue decisions in one Budget late in the year, in place of
the Autumn Statement on spending and the March Budget covering taxation, was
criticised on several counts.
</p>
<p>
Many commentators, seeing government spending plans seemingly cast in stone
for three years at a cabinet meeting in July, condemned the new system for
apparently failing to allow debate within the cabinet on the relative merits
of spending and taxation.
</p>
<p>
There were fears that the new Budget could dampen consumer confidence ahead
of Christmas and, in current conditions, put recovery at risk. Some Tory
politicians, doubtless remembering past glories, argued that a November
Budget destroyed the possibility at some point in the future of the
government announcing big tax hand-outs and calling a snap spring election.
</p>
<p>
But yesterday, as the Treasury dusted itself down after the exertions of
Tuesday, both Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, and Mr Michael Portillo,
the chief secretary, said the unified Budget had helped cut public spending
below previously planned totals in the two coming financial years.
</p>
<p>
Talking to journalists, Mr Clarke admitted that he 'had a slight change of
mind' about the prospects for cutting public spending after taking over as
chancellor in May.
</p>
<p>
His first reaction was that the pre-set control totals for 1994-95 and
1996-96 were so tough that it was an achievement to win cabinet support for
them in July. As the autumn unfolded it became clear that it might be
possible to cut them further.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke said that putting tax and spending together into the same Budget
'had a big effect' in winning cabinet support. Although negotiations on
spending and taxation did not take place together, the unified Budget
created a 'context' in which spending ministers were aware that tax
increases would be a necessary alternative to any failure to control
spending. 'It got lower expectations into the system,' the chancellor said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Portillo said that the unified Budget, combined with the process of
negotiating changes to spending plans within a control total that could not
be breached, built 'a very strong collective willpower' among cabinet
members on the need for spending cuts. Discipline had 'become a habit', he
said.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Clarke's ability to cut next year's control total by Pounds
3.6bn to Pounds 251.3bn and lop Pounds 1.5bn off the 1995-96 control total
to Pounds 263bn also owed much to the way the negotiations were carried out
between the Treasury and spending departments.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor began the Budget process at the end of July when, at a
meeting with Treasury ministers and senior officials at the government's
grace-and-favour mansion at Dorneywood, he determined to cut the PSBR by a
'substantial' proportion of GDP.
</p>
<p>
This decision guided the Treasury in its negotiations with the spending
departments. As the talks progressed it became apparent to the Treasury that
the overall numbers for tax revenues and spending were moving in relation to
each other, enabling Messrs Clarke and Portillo to push down the control
total for 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
They arrived at the final figure for next year's control total after
refusing to allow any transfer to departmental budgets from the Pounds 7bn
contingency reserve originally budgeted for the coming financial year. 'The
public spending was conducted as a zero-sum game without recourse to the
reserve,' commented one official.
</p>
<p>
When the Treasury halved the reserve for 1994-95 to Pounds 3.5bn, the Pounds
3.5bn of funds that were liberated were available to cut the control total.
This year's spending round was completed by the end of October, leaving Mr
Clarke a month to draw up his final tax plans.
</p>
<p>
The government's spending plans, unlike its tax measures, were settled
through a process in which the chancellor and the chief secretary shared
power with other senior ministers in the EDX cabinet committee chaired by Mr
Clarke. But the final outturn, with the control totals cut from previous
levels, will have clawed back for the Treasury some of the power and
prestige within Whitehall that was lost in September last year when Britain
was forced out of the European exchange rate mechanism.
</p>
<p>
In these circumstances, Messrs Clarke and Portillo are unlikely to tamper
with the system of the unified Budget, which they believe helped the
Treasury achieve this success.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>787</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: MoD boosts army manpower ceiling </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WHITE, Defence Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Ministry of Defence yesterday bowed to political and military pressure
by again raising its ceiling for future army manpower, and announcing plans
to buy up to 259 Challenger 2 tanks.
</p>
<p>
Mr Malcolm Rifkind, defence secretary, also committed the government to
purchasing new helicopters for the RAF, including the UK-Italian EH101 in
which Westland is a partner, and announced that tenders were being invited
for up to seven new minehunters.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind told the cross-party Commons defence committee he was setting up
a 'defence cost study' to look at ways of reducing the forces' spending on
back-up services to meet heavy cuts in the defence budget from 1996.
</p>
<p>
His statement to the committee was aimed at fending off criticism that the
financial cuts will damage the forces' fighting capability.
</p>
<p>
Combined cuts over the next three years are estimated at almost Pounds 1.8bn
which, compared with previous plans, is significantly larger than forecast.
</p>
<p>
Previous plans had only been made public for the first two of these years,
now reduced by Pounds 260m and Pounds 520m respectively. The Pounds 22.79bn
provision for 1996/97 is reckoned to be Pounds 1bn less than the MoD had
planned.
</p>
<p>
Plans for army strength have changed for the second time this year. In
February, Mr Rifkind agreed to increase the mid-1990s target total by 3,000
to 119,000. He said yesterday that front-line units would be strengthened by
a further 3,000 personnel.
</p>
<p>
In what he called 'an adjustment of priorities', allowance would be made for
an increase in overall manpower if these numbers could not be fully offset
by reductions in back-up jobs. Regimental mergers will not be affected.
</p>
<p>
A contract for additional Challenger 2 tanks is to be negotiated with
Vickers in preference to earlier plans for updating existing numbers of
Challenger 1. About Pounds 800m is thought to be budgeted for the order,
which is expected to be concluded next year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind said the army had opted for a 'smaller but unmixed' tank fleet
and hoped the decision would assist Vickers' exports. Some 300 Challenger 1
tanks in service since 1983 will become redundant.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind also announced that contracts would be negotiated to provide the
RAF with a mixed support helicopter fleet of EH101s and Boeing Chinooks. The
EH101 has so far been ordered only for the navy.
</p>
<p>
Tendering for additional Sandown class minehunters will be restricted to UK
yards including Vosper Thornycroft which built the first five of the class.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind said lower expectations for inflation and pay increases would
account for Pounds 570m of the planned budgetary savings while the transfer
of 69,000 service married quarters to a private-sector housing trust would
yield several hundred million pounds.
</p>
<p>
He said he was confident the budget targets for the next two years could be
reached without damaging front-line strength.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Westland Group </item>
<item> Vickers </item>
<item> Vosper Thornycroft Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P3721 Aircraft </item>
<item> P3795 Tanks and Tank Components </item>
<item> P3731 Ship Building and Repairing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P3721 </item>
<item> P3795 </item>
<item> P3731 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>534</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Whitehall faces accounting reform </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
The government has pledged to introduce plans for a radically different
system of financial reporting for Whitehall during the first half of next
year.
</p>
<p>
During his Budget speech on Tuesday, Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor,
called the existing system of accounting in central government 'archaic' and
said far-reaching changes would be introduced.
</p>
<p>
The changes will move the public sector closer to the style and content of
information presentation used in the private sector and will echo reforms
being introduced by a number of other central and local governments around
the world. Mr Geoff Foster, a principal in the government services and
economics division of accountants Coopers &amp; Lybrand, said: 'This means
government accounts will begin to feel more like those of the rest of the
world.'
</p>
<p>
He said it would permit the separate functions within each government
department to be held accountable, and distinguish the roles of agencies as
purchasers, providers and policymakers.
</p>
<p>
'At the moment they are all mixed up,' he said. 'The changes will allow
readers to see the real resources consumed in providing services and see how
they are allocated.' At the heart of the changes is a shift from 'cash' to
'accruals' accounting. This will show for the first time non-cash items such
as depreciation, superannuation and insurance.
</p>
<p>
There will also be wider changes with implications for the future management
of government departments.
</p>
<p>
They will focus on outputs and results and will require information on
assets, cashflows and service agreements.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury's proposals for accounting reform will consider how best to
present financial information in each department, and consider the
implications for public expenditure, planning and control. Discussions are
still at an early stage, but the intention is to implement the changes over
the next three to five years. They should trigger substantial fees for
accountancy consulting firms.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's reform coincided with the arrival of Mr Andrew Likierman, a
professor at the London Business School, to take up his appointment as head
of the government's accountancy service and adviser on accountancy in place
of Sir Alan Hardcastle.
</p>
<p>
Mr Likierman has considerable experience within the public sector and has
written on accruals accounting.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>400</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Training moves up political agenda </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GOODHART, Labour Editor</byline>
<p>
The government's sudden interest in the idea of apprenticeships is not just
a new vocational training wheeze. When the prime minister recently
speculated about reinventing apprenticeships, after a decade in which they
have almost become extinct, the response from some employers was loud and
enthusiastic.
</p>
<p>
This is why, despite the strict public spending climate, the money available
for the training of school-leavers is expected to rise substantially over
the next three years. This increase is only partly the result of falling
numbers.
</p>
<p>
Currently the department spends about Pounds 700m a year on Youth Training
(YT), mainly in the form of subsidies to employers to take on
16-to-18-year-olds, all of whom are guaranteed a YT place. But the training
offered by employers to the 210,000 YT trainees is highly variable and YT is
still regarded by many employers and trainees as a way of keeping
unemployment down.
</p>
<p>
The apprenticeship scheme would, in effect, be a higher grade YT, subsidised
with a training credit carried by the trainee. But such is the opprobrium in
which YT is held that one training expert said yesterday: 'If the apprentice
idea is seen as YT Mark 2 it will kill it.'
</p>
<p>
The idea is that the employer and the trainee would sign an 'apprenticeship
compact' setting out what each expected from the other. The compact would
include targets for achieving National Vocational Qualifications level three
- the vocational equivalent of A levels - as opposed to the lower NVQ level
two which YT trainees are supposed to attain.
</p>
<p>
The Department of Employment is coy about saying exactly how much money will
be made available for apprenticeships when it is offered to school-leavers
in 1995, although it does say that the money per trainee is likely to be at
least double the YT level.
</p>
<p>
'There will be a substantial increase on what YT trainees are currently
getting but it also depends on how many employers are interested and how
much they are ready to put up,' said one official. 'Employers are saying
they want this, so we are saying: 'We'll put up if you'll put up',' the
official added.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Hunt, the employment secretary, and his officials see the
apprenticeship scheme as an economic rather than an unemployment measure,
designed to fill the big gap between basic YT training and academic
qualifications. 'This is about increasing the number of technicians and
first line supervisors with a modern apprenticeship system - not like the
old time-restricted, male only, trade-union dominated apprenticeships,' says
Mr Hunt.
</p>
<p>
There are two main doubts about the plan. First, whether the training credit
scheme, open to all school-leavers in 1995, will be a sensible way to fund
it, and second, whether the government and employers can convince young
people and their parents that it is a better option than staying on at
school or aiming for university.
</p>
<p>
The government believes it has hit on something which will attract broad
political and industrial support. Since the war Britain has lagged behind
countries such as Germany in high-skill vocational qualifications. But in
the 1980s the number of apprenticeships slumped as the government abolished
most of the industry training boards. Britain currently has about 250,000
people who classify themselves as undergoing an apprenticeship, compared
with about 2m in Germany.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8331 Job Training and Related Services </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8331 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>594</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: M25 targeted for 'shadow tolls' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROLAND RUDD and ANDREW TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
The government has targeted Britain's busiest motorway, the M25 around
London, as the first project for which it proposes to pay 'shadow tolls' to
private investors.
</p>
<p>
Under the scheme, investors would be repaid out of public sector funds
according to the number of cars using the road rather than by tolls paid
directly by motorists.
</p>
<p>
Ministers had been opposed to 'shadow tolls' because they felt that
insufficient risk was being taken by the private sector. However, in
Tuesday's Budget speech Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, announced a
policy change.
</p>
<p>
The Transport Department intends to hold 'early discussions with the
construction industry and others to identify appropriate schemes'.
</p>
<p>
Most of these other schemes are expected to involve widening and
improvements rather than new building. The first contracts could be awarded
within 18 months.
</p>
<p>
In the longer term, the government intends to install an electronic system
for charging motorists for using motorways.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury dropped its opposition to shadow tolls in return for the
transport department accepting such a system of electronic charg-ing.
</p>
<p>
Spending on the national road network is planned to fall from Pounds 2.09bn
in this financial year to Pounds 1.96bn in 1995-96. Companies interested in
taking part in shadow toll schemes would be asked to bid for the tender to
widen a particular motorway. The company that asked for the smallest payment
from the government for the traffic using its lanes would normally be given
the contract.
</p>
<p>
Construction companies, which have been lobbying the government to accept
shadow tolling, welcomed the change of heart but said they would need to see
the small print of the plan before acclaiming it.
</p>
<p>
Plans to proceed with involving private companies in a Pounds 400m-Pounds
600m modernisation of the west coast mainline railway from London to
Scotland were announced by the government yesterday. Companies are to be
asked 'within the next few days' to bid for a contract to draw up
performance specifications for the line, Mr John MacGregor, transport
secretary, said.
</p>
<p>
Once detailed specifications have been agreed, the private sector will be
invited to bid late next year to carry out the work on the track and
signalling. Bids will be sought late next year.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Sir Wilfrid Newton, London Transport chairman, said yesterday
that government funding would meet only half of the money needed to maintain
and modernise London's Underground system over the next three years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> London Regional Transport </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P1611 Highway and Street Construction </item>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4785 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P1611 </item>
<item> P4111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>460</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After The Budget: Lilley spells out reform of benefit system
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JAMES BLITZ and ALAN PIKE</byline>
<p>
Mr Peter Lilley, social security secretary, yesterday outlined the
government's plans to rein in the growing cost of welfare spending by
reforming the structure of the benefit system.
</p>
<p>
In one of the most wide-ranging reforms of welfare policy for many years, Mr
Lilley told the Commons how he plans to reform the distribution of a range
of state subsidies including invalidity benefit, housing benefit and support
for the unemployed.
</p>
<p>
He also announced plans to combat benefit fraud, and gave details of how the
state pension scheme will be equalised for men and women at age 65.
</p>
<p>
The reforms were intended to 'strengthen our welfare state, to adapt it to
modern needs, and to make it affordable into the next century'. The social
security system must not outstrip the nation's ability to pay for it, he
said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Lilley revealed that the total cost of compensation for the imposition of
value added tax on fuel - one of the most contentious issues for the
government - would amount to Pounds 1.25bn a year by the time the measures
fed through. Over three years, the total additional help for VAT on fuel
would be Pounds 2.5bn.
</p>
<p>
One of the key reforms is a change in invalidity benefit, claims for which
have doubled over the past 10 years.
</p>
<p>
The government yesterday published a consultation document on a tougher
medical test to accompany a new incapacity benefit to replace invalidity
benefit. This will focus only on medical issues - the current test takes
into account such factors as an applicant's age and skills.
</p>
<p>
The new tests mean the end to the system by which family doctors decide
whether a prospective claimant is fit for work.
</p>
<p>
They set out 16 categories of disability and claimants gain severity scores
for various tests. For example, on walking, the severity scores range from
25 points for 'cannot walk at all' to 3 points for 'can walk 400 yards
without stopping'.
</p>
<p>
On manual handling, severity scores include 25 points for being 'unable to
handle a book so as to read it'; 9.5 points for 'cannot pick up and carry a
5lb bag of potatoes in either hand separately'; 4.5 points for 'cannot lift
and push an unladen wheelbarrow'.
</p>
<p>
Incapacity benefit, unlike invalidity benefit, will be taxed. This change
will not apply to existing claimants when the new scheme is introduced, but
they will be subject to the new medical test when their cases are reviewed.
</p>
<p>
Mr Lilley said that plans to combine unemployment benefit and income support
into a new jobseeker's allowance would also reduce the bureaucracy and
anomalies affecting the present scheme.
</p>
<p>
Applicants will receive the allowance for six months, rather than 12 months
under existing unemployment benefit. Long-term unemployed people will become
eligible for a jobfinder's grant of Pounds 200 to help cover the costs of
resuming employment.
</p>
<p>
The government also announced that it would create a Fraud Board to step up
prevention and detection of fraud.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9531 Housing Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9531 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>546</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After the Budget: West coast rail bids to be invited </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR, Transport Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Plans to proceed with much-delayed moves to involve private companies in a
Pounds 400m-Pounds 600m modernisation of the west coast mainline railway
were announced by the government yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Private companies are to be asked 'within the next few days' to bid for a
contract to draw up performance specifications for the line, which runs
between London and Glasgow, Mr John MacGregor, the transport secretary,
said. That work is expected to take nine months.
</p>
<p>
Once detailed specifications have been agreed, the private sector will be
invited to bid late next year to carry out the work on the track and
signalling. Work on the line will start in 1995 and take between seven and
10 years.
</p>
<p>
The companies concerned will earn a return on their investment in the form
of service payments from Railtrack, the company which has been set up to own
and manage British Rail's track and signalling.
</p>
<p>
The level of fees will depend on the quality and reliability of the service
they offer and be subject to penalties and bonuses.
</p>
<p>
Involving private companies will take no longer than if the project had been
financed from public funds, Mr MacGregor said.
</p>
<p>
But the work will have to take into account the need to keep services
running on the line. No government funding will be put into the project.
</p>
<p>
Government funding will meet only half of the money needed to maintain and
modernise London's Underground system over the next three years, Sir Wilfrid
Newton, London Transport chairman, said yesterday. Despite Department of
Transport efforts to spare it the worst of spending cuts in the Budget, the
Underground will still not be given enough money to maintain 'a decently
modern metro', he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Railtrack </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4011 Railroads, Line-Haul Operating </item>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4011 </item>
<item> P4111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>329</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
After the Budget: Whitehall faces accounting reform </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
The government has pledged to introduce plans for a radically different
system of financial reporting for Whitehall during the first half of next
year.
</p>
<p>
During his Budget speech on Tuesday, Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor,
called the existing system of accounting in central government 'archaic' and
said far-reaching changes would be introduced.
</p>
<p>
The changes will move the public sector closer to the style and content of
information presentation used in the private sector and will echo reforms
being introduced by a number of other central and local governments around
the world.
</p>
<p>
Mr Geoff Foster, a principal in the government services and economics
division of accountants Coopers &amp; Lybrand, said: 'This means government
accounts will begin to feel more like those of the rest of the world.'
</p>
<p>
He said it would permit the separate functions within each government
department to be held accountable, and distinguish the roles of agencies as
purchasers, providers and policymakers.
</p>
<p>
'At the moment they are all mixed up,' he said. 'The changes will allow
readers to see the real resources consumed in providing services and see how
they are allocated.'
</p>
<p>
At the heart of the changes is a shift from 'cash' to 'accruals' accounting.
This will show for the first time non-cash items such as depreciation,
superannuation and insurance.
</p>
<p>
There will also be wider changes with implications for the future management
of government departments.
</p>
<p>
They will focus on outputs and results and will require information on
assets, cashflows and service agreements.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury's proposals for accounting reform will consider how best to
present financial information in each department, and consider the
implications for public expenditure, planning and control.
</p>
<p>
Discussions are still at an early stage, but the intention is to implement
the changes over the next three to five years. They should trigger
substantial fees for accountancy firms in consulting service.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's announcement of the reform of accounting presentation coincided
with the arrival of Mr Andrew Likierman, a professor at the London Business
School, to take up his appointment as head of the government's accountancy
service and adviser on accountancy in place of Sir Alan Hardcastle.
</p>
<p>
Mr Likierman has considerable experience of accounting issues within the
public sector and has written on accruals accounting.
</p>
<p>
Accruals accounting is already used by the New Zealand government. In
Australia, it has been introduced at federal level and for the state
governments of New South Wales and Victoria. The US and Canadian authorities
are both considering its introduction.
</p>
<p>
In the UK, versions are already in place in many of the executive agencies,
in local authorities and in former state companies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 12</biblScope>
<extent>473</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Benefits fraud rises to Pounds 20m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Detected fraud against local authorities has risen from Pounds 17.5m to
Pounds 25m over the past three years, the Audit Commission says today in a
report.
</p>
<p>
Most of the fraud is committed by people abusing the benefits system,
particularly for housing and local tax benefits. Benefit fraud accounts for
96 per cent of the 54,000 cases, and now makes up Pounds 20m of the total.
</p>
<p>
Corruption is relatively rare, with only 143 proven cases in the past three
years. But the commission stresses: 'Even the suspicion of corruption can
damage trust in authorities, and all suspicions must be rigorously
investigated.'
</p>
<p>
The commission is setting up a fraud unit to spread information on how to
fight the problem and has published a management paper for authorities. It
recommends wider use of information technology to cross-check information
held by different authorities.
</p>
<p>
Mr Andrew Foster, controller of the commission, said: 'At present people are
right to have confidence in the administration of local government funds.
But local government is facing many changes and today's high standards could
be at risk.'
</p>
<p>
Protecting the Public Purse - Probity in the Public Sector: Combating Fraud
and Corruption in Local Government. HMSO. Pounds 9.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9222 </item>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>234</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Patten backs Flowers recommendation for longer academic year
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
The government yesterday endorsed plans to lengthen the academic year, while
lecturers suggested that the Budget's drastic measures to curb expansion in
student numbers rendered it irrelevant.
</p>
<p>
An independent committee headed by Lord Flowers, the former vice-chancellor
of London University, recommended that universities should switch to an
academic year of three 15-week semesters with each student studying for only
two of them each year. This would allow a rise of 50 per cent in student
numbers. Even if student numbers did not expand, the committee would still
recommend the longer year because the reduction in the time spent at
universities by students would save money.
</p>
<p>
The first semester would start early in September. While Lord Flowers said
A-level results would be needed only two or three days earlier than they are
produced now, lecturers' unions said that three or four weeks was more
realistic.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Patten, the education secretary, said: 'The report builds on current
trends in higher education by responding to the needs of its customers for
more flexible patterns of teaching and learning. By outlining a new
structure for the academic year it offers welcome new flexibility for
students and staff, as well as increases in the numbers who can be taught
while maintaining high quality.'
</p>
<p>
Education department sources made clear that any question of raising extra
funds from students through 'graduate taxes' or income-tax-related loans had
been abandoned for at least three years. Means-tested grants will be cut by
10 per cent a year with loans from the government-funded Student Loans
Company increased to compensate. Expansion in numbers would cease for three
years, with the government predicting a fall of 3.5 per cent next year.
</p>
<p>
Dr Ken Edwards, chairman of the Committee of Vice-Chancellors and
Principals, attacked Budget clause which cut the tuition fees universities
receive for each applicant recruited. He said: 'These plans do nothing to
satisfy the enormous and growing demand for higher education and run counter
to the government's philosophy of responding to market forces.'
</p>
<p>
He said the government should aim to provide 40 per cent of the population
with higher education (up from the current 32 per cent). Individual
institutions must now decide whether to adopt the new year.
</p>
<p>
A statement by the Natfhe and AUT lecturers' unions said: 'This government
has yet again pulled the rug out from under the feet of those trying -
however misguidedly - to plan for the sector.'
</p>
<p>
Review of the Academic Year, External Relations Dept, HEFCE, Northavon
House, Coldharbour Lane, Bristol BS6 1QD. Pounds 5.
</p>
<p>
Lecturers protest, Page 12
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P8221 Colleges and Universities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P8221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>464</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Welsh Office accounts queried </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROLAND ADBURGHAM, Wales and West Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The National Audit Office has qualified the Welsh Office accounts on roads
expenditure for the fifth successive year. It has also qualified its
accounts on training programmes, where it estimates payment errors of Pounds
5.96m, and on the community charge.
</p>
<p>
Sir John Bourn, comptroller and auditor-general, says in a report published
today: 'Significant amounts of advances (to local highways authorities) made
before March 1991 are the subject either of overdue claims or of claims
bearing qualified audit certificates.' He concluded there was 'material
uncertainty as to the final amounts properly chargeable'.
</p>
<p>
Sir John said he was encouraged by Welsh Office systems improvements which
meant advances were now being recorded satisfactorily.
</p>
<p>
The Welsh Office responded by saying there had never been any suggestion of
misappropriation of funds in any NAO report on roads. It said that only
Pounds 4m of claims out of over Pounds 430m paid between 1974 and 1990 were
still to be resolved.
</p>
<p>
Responsibility for training in Wales transferred from the Department of
Employment to the Welsh Office in April last year. Mr Bourn said weaknesses
in financial control by the employment department in previous years had
largely continued in Wales in 1992-93.
</p>
<p>
'Erroneous payments to Training and Enterprise Councils continue at
significant levels,' he said. The main problems included lack of documentary
evidence by the Tecs to support claims and arithmetic errors.
</p>
<p>
The Welsh Office said it had set up a team to monitor improved controls.
</p>
<p>
On the community charge, Mr Bourn said the Welsh Office had made erroneous
overpayments in March 1993 to four authorities totalling Pounds 963,000. The
Welsh Office said the money had since been recovered.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P8331 Job Training and Related Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P8331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>319</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Councils' rules on homeless may be relaxed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN</byline>
<p>
The government is considering making it easier for local authorities to
fulfil their duty to house the homeless by allowing them to place people
permanently in accommodation now categorised as temporary.
</p>
<p>
The move - aimed partly at providing a stimulus for the private rental
sector - would form part of the sweeping reform of homelessness legislation
announced by Sir George Young, housing minister, at October's Conservative
party conference.
</p>
<p>
The government's preliminary proposals are expected to be published early
next year.
</p>
<p>
One effect of the plans might be to clear the way for homeless lone mothers
to be housed in alternative accommodation such as hostels instead of council
houses or flats.
</p>
<p>
The government may seek to portray such a move as removing an unjustifiable
incentive for parents to turn unmarried pregnant teenagers out of the family
home in full knowledge that they would go to the top of the list for council
flats.
</p>
<p>
In his conference speech, Sir George said there was a need to distinguish
between providing a safety net and a device for jumping the housing queue.
He said: 'By guaranteeing speedy access to secure accommodation at low
rents, the law rewards those who come under it and penalises those who
don't'
</p>
<p>
Curbing the availability of council housing for lone mothers has become a
popular call on the Conservative right. Mr Peter Lilley, social security
secretary, used his conference speech to signal that moves in this direction
were a better way of combating the breakdown of the family than changing the
welfare system.
</p>
<p>
Local authorities are now allowed to house the homeless in temporary
accommodation such as private rental units or bed-and-breakfast accomodation
while they are waiting for a permanent dwelling such as a council house or
flat to become available.
</p>
<p>
Ministers have been anxious for some time to enlarge the private rented
sector. Sir George believes it is a 'paradox' that British pension funds
have shown willingness to invest in high-quality rented flats in Paris and
New York but not in Britain.
</p>
<p>
Sir George announced in October that he was discussing action needed to
secure the investment of 'serious long-term money' in rental accommodation
with pension funds and insurance companies.
</p>
<p>
Of individuals who rent accommodation in Britain, about three-quarters do so
from a local authority or housing association.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9531 Housing Programs </item>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9531 </item>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>416</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Levitt sentence defended: Fellow group director is fined
Pounds 750 and disqualified for 18 months </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MASON, Law Courts Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The judge in the trial of Mr Roger Levitt yesterday defended his decision to
impose a community service order on the former financial services salesman.
</p>
<p>
Mr Justice Laws gave further detailed reasons for the sentence while
imposing a Pounds 750 fine on the fourth defendant in the case, Mr Alan
McNamara.
</p>
<p>
Mr McNamara, a former commercial director with the Levitt Group, was also
disqualified from being a company director for 18 months.
</p>
<p>
The judge stressed that the sentences were strictly in line with the charges
to which Mr McNamara, along with Mr Levitt and Mr Mark Reed, the Levitt
Group's former managing director, had pleaded guilty.
</p>
<p>
These related only to the deception of Fimbra, the regulatory body that
over-saw the Levitt Group. Fimbra officers had been given false documents,
including fee-notes, invoices and minutes of a board meeting, which all
purported to show that Pounds 21m injected into the company by Mr Levitt had
been earned as a result of advisory work.
</p>
<p>
The judge told Mr McNamara yesterday: 'You do not fall to be sentenced for
cheating anybody out of any money whatsoever - as I hoped I had explained
last week.'
</p>
<p>
In imposing the service orders on Mr Levitt and Mr Reed, the judge said the
fraudulent trading they had admitted to occurred in the closing stages of
the Levitt Group saga. 'The persons, including banks and private individuals
who had lost money as a result of the affairs of the business, had already
lost it by the time false documents were put up to Fimbra,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr McNamara pleaded guilty last week to recklessly providing false and
misleading information to the regulators under Section 201 of the Financial
Services Act. The judge said this was a less serious offence than that
admitted by Mr Levitt and Mr Reed since it did not involve dishonesty.
</p>
<p>
The judge said Mr McNamara was in a different category from Mr Levitt and Mr
Reed. He had been 'swept along' by others, notably Mr Levitt.
</p>
<p>
However, he rejected the argument by Mr Howard Godfrey QC, for Mr McNamara,
that a conditional discharge was the appropriate sentence. Mr McNamara's
offence was too serious, he said.
</p>
<p>
'The regulatory authorities cannot do their work for the protection of
investors, whose individual funds may be modest, if they are unable to rely
on information given to them because it turns out to be wholly false,' he
said.
</p>
<p>
Mr McNamara was originally charged with fraudulent trading alongside Mr
Levitt and Mr Reed. This was reduced to breaching the Financial Services Act
as part of the Serious Fraud Office's plea-bargaining.
</p>
<p>
Had this been the original charge against Mr McNamara he would have pleaded
guilty to it three years ago, Mr Godfrey told the court.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Levitt Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
<item> P6282 Investment Advice </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
<item> P6282 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 10</biblScope>
<extent>505</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
BT to lose control of issuing numbers </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW ADONIS</byline>
<p>
British Telecommunications will lose control of the allocation of phone
numbers early next year under plans announced yesterday by Oftel, the
industry regulator.
</p>
<p>
The announcement came as Flextel, a small Cheshire-based company, launched a
personal numbering service which it claimed was the first such service to
charge only the calling party.
</p>
<p>
Flextel is offering subscribers personal numbers they can take with them
when they move. Telephone subscribers who move generally need to change
their number unless they are remaining in the same area.
</p>
<p>
Oftel said yesterday it would set up a numbering administration unit to
start work in January, taking over responsibility for allocating blocks of
numbers and 'nationally significant codes'.
</p>
<p>
The move is in line with Oftel's policy of divorcing control of the national
numbering system from BT to ensure fairer competition with Mercury and the
increasing number of new operators.
</p>
<p>
Mr Don Cruickshank, Oftel director-general, said: 'Numbering is an essential
element in the development of a competitive market in new telephone services
in the UK.'
</p>
<p>
He said BT had tried to be even-handed in allocating numbers, but the new
arrangement would 'reduce the risk of premature disclosure of commercially
sensitive plans for new services requiring a number allocation'.
</p>
<p>
BT said the plans were 'as expected', and that it had 'long been reconciled
to losing responsibility for numbering'.
</p>
<p>
Of more concern to BT are investigations of its directory inquiry service
and directory advertising service, which includes Yellow Pages. The Office
of Fair Trading is examining the first and Oftel the second.
</p>
<p>
In both cases competitors claim that BT gains an unfair advantage from
possession of the national numbering database. Reports are expected early
next year.
</p>
<p>
The report on directory advertising could lead to a reference to the
Monopolies and Mergers Commission.
</p>
<p>
Flextel, which holds a government telecommunications licence, is gearing its
service to small and medium-sized businesses without private networks, which
are anxious not to have to change their numbers when moving offices.
Personal numbers offering low-cost portability on a day-by-day basis are
likely to be on offer within a year. A service is already on offer in the US
and at least one private company, Numbering Viewed Worldwide, is developing
a commercial service for the UK.
</p>
<p>
The main hurdle is finding a mechanism for users to update a database linked
to the phone network that does not require a long call to an operator.
</p>
<p>
Oftel predicts that personal numbers will become 'an area of rapid growth',
and is encouraging entrepreneurs into the field. Cambridge Cable also offers
a service.
</p>
<p>
Mr William Goodall, Flextel's managing director, said one in seven phone
numbers was changed each year, so personal numbers would be 'a powerful tool
enabling businesses to plan for both expansion and office relocation without
risking the loss of customer contact'.
</p>
<p>
The bulk of the cost of Flextel's personal numbers fall on those phoning
them, who have to pay a premium rate of 15p per minute in peak hours. All
calls, including local calls, are charged at that rate. There will be an
annual fee of Pounds 24 per number.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Telecommunications </item>
<item> Flextel </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9631 Regulation, Administration of Utilities </item>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9631 </item>
<item> P4813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>557</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Welsh pit told to double its output </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SMITH</byline>
<p>
British Coal yesterday intensified its drive for efficiency by announcing
plans to close its mine service centre at Ashington, Northumberland, and
demanding a doubling in production from a reduced workforce at its Tower
colliery in Wales.
</p>
<p>
The corporation said it would have to review its position at Tower if the
targets were not met.
</p>
<p>
Unions at the pit, previously considered one of the 19 core collieries,
interpreted this as a threat to close it.
</p>
<p>
Unions in the north-east were told that British Coal wanted to close the
Ashington centre next February following the rapid contraction of mining
capacity throughout the country. Closure would mean the loss of 212
engineering jobs.
</p>
<p>
Two service centres would remain: one in nearby Tursdale and the other in
Bestwood, Nottinghamshire.
</p>
<p>
A recent decision to close Wearmouth colliery has left just one deep mine in
the north-east - at Ellington. That has reduced work for the Ashington
centre, which repairs and refurbishes underground vehicles and tunnelling
equipment. British Coal said falling demand for coal had also pushed
workloads down.
</p>
<p>
At Tower, near Hirwaun, Mid Glamorgan, managers said they wanted 37
redundancies from the 240-strong workforce and a doubling of production to
11,000 tonnes a week by Christmas.
</p>
<p>
British Coal said no bonus payments would be made unless the manpower and
production target was met.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tyrone O'Sullivan, National Union of Mineworkers branch secretary, said
that no more men wanted to take redundancy.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, miners at Silverdale pit in Staffordshire were voting on whether
to accept the colliery's planned closure and take redundancy payments of up
to Pounds 44,000 each. A vote in favour of closure was expected.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Coal Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
<item> P1222 Bituminous Coal-Underground </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1221 </item>
<item> P1222 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>316</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Bristol waterfront project wins extra funds in Budget </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROLAND ADBURGHAM, Wales and West Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Extra funding in the Budget has cleared the way for Bristol Development
Corporation to develop its 30-acre flagship site next to Temple Meads
railway station.
</p>
<p>
Regeneration of the waterfront site close to the city centre - being
marketed as Quay Point - has been held up because the corporation has been
unable to afford a crucial 8.5-acre parcel of land owned by Royal Life
Insurance.
</p>
<p>
The corporation is seeking a partner to develop a 2m sq ft commercial centre
at Quay Point, including offices, hotel and leisure and retail space. It
described the site as a Pounds 400m gateway project with the potential to
create 8,000 jobs.
</p>
<p>
A compulsory purchase order for the Royal land was confirmed by the
government in January last year, and an attempt by Royal to have the order
rescinded was rejected by the High Court last July. However, the corporation
lacked the money to proceed with the purchase. It is enacting the order in
the light of the Budget announcement of additional government funding.
</p>
<p>
The amount of the grant has not been disclosed because the compensation for
Royal has to be negotiated. But the funding is understood to be above Pounds
2m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Miles Collinge, chief executive of the development corporation, said
yesterday: 'The timing couldn't be better. The market is continuing to move,
and move very positively for us. We are receiving very significant
speculative offers.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bristol Development Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9532 Urban and Community Development </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9532 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>282</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Bathing water standards improve </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The percentage of UK bathing water meeting European Union standards improved
from 79 per cent last year to 80 per cent this year, the environment
department announced yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The department said the improvement in water quality came in spite of poor
weather in many places during the bathing season.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7999 Amusement and Recreation, NEC </item>
<item> P9511 Air, Water, and Solid Waste Management </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7999 </item>
<item> P9511 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>86</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Joint venture creates 100 jobs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
A total of 100 jobs will be created in Wolverhampton following the decision
by MK Electric of Edmonton, north London, and Merlin Gerin, a French-owned
company in Telford, to form joint-venture company Ajax Electrical. Ajax will
invest Pounds 5.6m in a new electrical switchgear factory.
</p>
<p>
The investment has been sweetened by Pounds 650,000 of regional selective
assistance from the Department of Trade and Industry. Wolverhampton City
Challenge provided Pounds 100,000 to refurbish an existing factory of
Federal Electric, a Merlin subsidiary, next door to the proposed Ajax plant.
This safeguards 84 jobs.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> MK Electric </item>
<item> Merlin Gerin </item>
<item> Ajax Electrical </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3694 Engine Electrical Equipment </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3694 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>147</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKACAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
M&amp;S signs big power contract </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID LASCELLES</byline>
<p>
Marks and Spencer has signed a contract with Northern Electric for the
supply of electricity to 160 stores, around half M&amp;S's stores around the
country, David Lascelles writes.
</p>
<p>
The deal, worth more than Pounds 10m a year, is one of the first of a new
generation of contracts intended to take advantage of the next step in the
de-regulation of the electricity market next year.
</p>
<p>
The contract represents an estimated 200GWh of electricity a year. It takes
effect next April 1, when anyone with demand of more than 100kWh a year can
shop around for electricity rather than be tied to the local supplier. Only
consumers of 1MWh or more have this freedom now.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Northern Electric </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>146</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
ICI wins engineering prize </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW BAXTER</byline>
<p>
ICI yesterday won the Royal Academy of Engineering MacRobert Award, the UK's
premier prize for innovation in engineering, for developing a new
refrigerant to replace ozone-depleting chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Andrew
Baxter writes.
</p>
<p>
The Pounds 50,000 award, which attracted more than 50 entrants, was
presented at the Science Museum in London by the Duke of Edinburgh.
</p>
<p>
It recognises ICI's achievement in developing KLEA 134a and opening three
production plants worldwide - a Pounds 250m investment that has given the
company a leading share in a worldwide market potentially worth more than
Pounds 1bn.
</p>
<p>
ICI brought together engineers and chemists for the project in 1987, using
teamwork to accelerate the development process. Its latest plant, in Japan,
opened last week only five years after the team identified the refrigerant's
molecule.
</p>
<p>
The engineers sharing the award were (from top) Frank Maslen, John Scott,
team leader Denis Henderson and Rachel Spooncer.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Imperial Chemical Industries </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2899 Chemical Preparations, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2899 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>180</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Fuel duty changes raise fears for EU energy plan </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BRONWEN MADDOX, Environment Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Budget may have jeopardised European Union plans to ratify the global
warming treaty agreed at last year's Rio Earth Summit, Mr Tim Yeo,
environment minister, has acknowledged.
</p>
<p>
At the two-day EU environment ministers' meeting beginning today in
Brussels, the UK will reaffirm its opposition to a co-ordinated Europe-wide
tax on fuels. The steady annual increases in fuel duties announced in the
Budget emphasise the UK's determination to go its own way in setting taxes,
Mr Yeo said.
</p>
<p>
Proposals for a co-ordinated energy tax, weighted towards high-carbon fuels,
have been at the heart of the EU's plans for meeting its commitments under
the Rio convention. The EU pledged to bring carbon dioxide emissions,
implicated in global warming, back to 1990 levels by 2000.
</p>
<p>
For the EU to ratify the convention, its member countries need to agree a
plan for cutting carbon emissions.
</p>
<p>
'It is inconceivable that the Treasury will change its mind,' Mr Yeo said.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury has opposed a carbon-energy tax because of fears that it would
put a heavy burden on industry. 'It will be interesting to see if the EU can
find a way through that,' Mr Yeo added.
</p>
<p>
If the meeting fails to agree on a plan to cut carbon emissions, the UK may
ratify the Rio treaty on its own, he said.
</p>
<p>
The government has indicated that it might support a 'framework' which
allowed countries to adopt a carbon-energy tax if they chose.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9511 Air, Water, and Solid Waste Management </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> RES  Pollution </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9511 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 9</biblScope>
<extent>288</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
End to unlimited liability at Lloyd's urged </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD LAPPER</byline>
<p>
A senior figure at Lloyd's of London yesterday cast doubt on the insurance
market's 300-year-old tradition of unlimited liability for its Names - the
individuals whose assets support the market.
</p>
<p>
It follows the successful admission to the market of investment trusts and
companies backed by corporate investors in the past few months.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robert Hiscox, deputy chairman of the market, said Lloyd's should next
year 'stand back and consider' whether it should admit new Names with
unlimited liability.
</p>
<p>
'You shouldn't have two classes of shareholder,' said Mr Hiscox, who has
headed the market's successful drive this year to attract corporate capital.
</p>
<p>
Sixteen investment trusts and companies have already raised more than Pounds
800m in capital and are eventually expected to provide more than Pounds 2bn
of capacity (the amount of premiums syndicates are allowed to underwrite)
next year.
</p>
<p>
Individual Names, who are theoretically liable for losses down to their last
personal possessions, still provide the bulk of the market's capital, with
about 19,000 underwriting Pounds 8bn next year. But their numbers have
declined sharply in the past few years.
</p>
<p>
More than 13,000 Names have resigned or been forced out of the market by
losses of more than Pounds 5bn since 1989. In spite of rising premiums and
good prospects for profitability, only about 50 new Names have so far signed
up to join Lloyd's for 1994. This decline is expected to continue during the
rest of the decade, partially reflecting the gradual rise in the average age
of Names, which is now 58.
</p>
<p>
Unlimited liability 'causes too much grief', insisted Mr Hiscox. 'Every 30
years or so we have blown Names out of the water; I just don't want anybody
in future to have to sell their homes to meet losses.'
</p>
<p>
Many existing Names are expected to choose participation on a limited
liability basis as soon as they are able to transfer liabilities incurred by
syndicates with 'open years'.
</p>
<p>
Syndicates leave years of account 'open' because of uncertainty about the
scale of future claims. Lloyd's aims to transfer several billion pounds of
liabilities stemming from 1985 and earlier years of account to a new
reinsurance company which it hopes to form within the next two to three
years.
</p>
<p>
Most Names, however, will participate at Lloyd's in members' agents pooling
arrangements or Mapas, a kind of unit trust allowing them to reduce risks by
spreading their investments across a much wider range of syndicates than is
possible for typical individual Names.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hiscox said Lloyd's agents might seek to convert Mapas into limited
liability companies after the formation of the new reinsurance company.
</p>
<p>
Separately, Lloyd's yesterday put the final touches to a settlement offer
for loss-making Names, expected to amount to about Pounds 900m. The offer
will be sent to over 21,000 Names and made public next week.
</p>
<p>
The Names, who are claiming Pounds 3.5bn in compensation from their agents,
will be offered varying amounts of compensation depending on their
syndicates and their chances of legal success.
</p>
<p>
It is understood that as much as two-thirds of the amount of compensation -
between Pounds 500m and Pounds 600m - could be channelled to Names who were
members of Feltrim and Gooda Walker syndicates, allowing for settlement at
the rate of about 50p in the pound.
</p>
<p>
Compensation will also reflect other factors. Names involved in legal action
are expected to be offered greater sums, especially if they have court
dates. The worst-hit Names, who were in heavy loss-making syndicates, should
also receive above-average compensation.
</p>
<p>
Finance for the settlement will come from three main sources.
Errors-and-omissions insurers, which cover agents against legal awards for
negligence, are expected to pay up to Pounds 400m while Lloyd's is expected
to make a contribution of at least Pounds 400m from its central fund. Some
Lloyd's agents and brokers will also contribute.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Lloyd's of London </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6411 Insurance Agents, Brokers, and Service </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>674</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
DTI official admits he was 'cavalier' on Iraq exports </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD DONKIN</byline>
<p>
A government official agreed yesterday that he had been 'cavalier' in
overriding the Foreign Office when he approved a temporary export of machine
tools to Iraq.
</p>
<p>
The admission was part of a catalogue of omissions and failures to take
action over warnings about the military uses of British machine tools which
emerged at a hearing of the Scott inquiry into arms-related exports to Iraq.
</p>
<p>
Mr Anthony Steadman, former head of the Department of Trade and Industry's
export licensing unit, told the inquiry that he had not waited for Foreign
Office approval before he decided to license the export of machine tools for
an exhibition in Baghdad.
</p>
<p>
Lord Justice Scott said to him: 'As far as the DTI was concerned, the
importance of trade was more important than concerns of the FCO.' Mr
Steadman agreed, but said he had approved only a temporary licence.
</p>
<p>
'It was fairly cavalier, wasn't it?' said Lord Justice Scott. 'Yes,' replied
Mr Steadman, adding 'I didn't wait for the FCO to give their decision,
that's true. I couldn't wait because the export would have been out of
date.'
</p>
<p>
Lord Justice Scott told him: 'You could have waited. The export would have
been missed but you could have waited.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Steadman said he had circumvented procedures on an earlier occasion when
he had approved the temporary export of other machine tools to a trade fair
in Baghdad in 1989. 'It did seem a sensible approach, given the cumbersome
nature of the control procedures we had to go through.'
</p>
<p>
Refusal to allow the shipments would have damaged British industry, he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Steadman earlier admitted to the inquiry that he had approved machine
tool licences after receiving a clear intelligence warning that they were
for the Iraqi missile programme. He said he could not recollect seeing the
report even though he knew a copy had been made for him.
</p>
<p>
He blamed the omission on 'intense and relentless' pressure of work in the
unit. Lord Justice Scott told him he did not understand why the licence
application had not been dismissed out of hand at the outset.
</p>
<p>
The hearing was told that Mr Steadman failed to notice warnings in a series
of Intelligence reports, sometimes because he had not seen the reports and
sometimes because he had not noticed the relevant information.
</p>
<p>
In one case, he said, he had failed to spot the name Matrix Churchill - the
company at the centre of many of the reports - even though it had been
spelled out in block capitals.
</p>
<p>
He told Ms Presiley Baxendale, counsel for the inquiry, that he had kept one
intelligence report, contrary to normal practice. But he had not noticed
Matrix Churchill information in it.
</p>
<p>
'I know it seems a conundrum but I didn't pick it up,' he said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IQ  Iraq, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>498</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Standards tightened for auditors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Accountants must be able to show that they have met adequate auditing
standards if their fees are questioned by a client under ethical rules
approved yesterday by their professional body.
</p>
<p>
The rules place the onus on auditors to demonstrate that they have met audit
regulations, especially those governing quality control.
</p>
<p>
The details were approved by the three councils controlling the ethical
committees for the chartered accountancy bodies for England and Wales,
Scotland and Ireland.
</p>
<p>
The rulings fall substantially short of more radical options considered by
the committee, including placing a lower limit on the level of fees that can
be charged.
</p>
<p>
The widespread practice of 'low-balling' or predatory, intensely competitive
pricing for audits has raised concerns among smaller practitioners that the
quality of auditing was impaired. The committee said it found no evidence of
this happening.
</p>
<p>
'There is nothing inherently wrong with keen pricing, but that doesn't
change the requirement to do an effective audit,' said Mr Jock Worsley,
chairman of the committee.
</p>
<p>
The new ethical rules call for transparency in fee levels before a contract
begins, and forbid accountants from using contingency fees in audit work or
other reporting assignment with professional opinions.
</p>
<p>
A separate ruling, to strengthen independence, states that any partner must
not work on the same audit for more than seven years at a time, and then
have a five-year 'quarantine' before taking charge again.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
<item> P8721 Accounting, Auditing, and Bookkeeping Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9651 </item>
<item> P8721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>269</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Economic Indicators </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY - Indices of industrial production, manufacturing
output (1990=100); engineering orders (Pounds billion); retail sales
volume and retail sales value (1990=100); registered unemployment
(excluding school leavers) and unfilled vacancies (000s).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Indl.     Mfg.     Eng.   Retail   Retail    Unem-
            prod.   output   order*     vol.   value*   ployed   Vacs.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1st qtr.    95.0      93.4     30.8     98.7     99.5    2,635   118.0
2nd qtr.    94.9      93.8     30.8     99.4    104.5    2,708   116.6
3rd qtr.    96.0      94.2     30.2     99.6    104.8    2,805   115.9
4th qtr.    96.6      94.2     31.0    100.4    123.5    2,918   118.1
September   96.7      94.3     30.2    100.3    104.8    2,841   111.5
October     97.6      94.8     31.2    100.8    109.4    2,868   113.5
November    96.4      94.1     31.4    100.6    118.0    2,913   117.3
December    95.8      93.5     31.0     99.8    143.1    2,972   123.4
1993
1st qtr.    96.7      95.2     31.7    102.0    105.0    2,967   121.3
2nd qtr.    97.7      95.8     31.6    102.4    110.0    2,923   122.3
3rd qtr.    98.7      95.7     31.7    103.4    111.3    2,914   127.6
January     96.2      94.7     31.4    101.7    104.1    2,992   120.3
February    97.4      95.6     31.2    102.0    104.4    2,967   120.5
March       96.5      95.2     31.7    102.2    106.6    2,941   123.2
April       96.9      95.6     31.6    102.1    110.9    2,940   123.5
May         98.5      96.9     31.5    101.8    109.3    2,917   123.6
June        97.7      94.9     31.6    103.3    109.9    2,912   119.7
July        98.7      96.0     31.4    103.1    111.3    2,916   127.6
August      98.6      95.4     31.9    103.4    111.0    2,922   128.0
September   98.7      95.8     31.7    103.8    111.6    2,904   127.3
October                                104.0    115.5    2,855   134.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
OUTPUT - By market sector; consumer goods, investment goods,
intermediate goods (materials and fuels), engineering output, metal
manufacture, textiles, clothing and footwear (1990=100); housing starts
(000s, monthly average).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
         Cnsmer.  Invest.  Intmd.     Eng.   Metal   Textiles   Housg.
           goods    goods   goods   output   mnfg.      etc.   starts*
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1st qtr.    95.6     90.4    96.9     90.1    87.1      88.2      14.0
2nd qtr.    96.3     90.4    96.3     90.0    87.4      88.6      14.5
3rd qtr.    96.3     91.7    98.0     90.8    86.9      90.1      13.1
4th qtr.    96.5     93.1    98.6     91.5    84.0      90.8      10.6
September   96.6     91.9    99.0     91.0    85.7      91.0      12.6
October     96.3     94.7    99.9     93.0    85.5      91.2      11.8
November    95.7     92.8    98.8     91.1    85.5      90.9      10.8
December    97.3     91.7    97.1     90.3    81.1      90.2       9.2
1993
1st qtr.    97.1     93.9    97.8     92.0    86.7      89.3      15.6
2nd qtr.    97.6     94.8    99.2     93.3    87.0      90.3      16.7
3rd qtr.    97.9     94.2   101.3     93.1    84.8      90.7      15.2
January     96.7     93.8    97.0     91.9    87.5      90.3      14.4
February    97.1     94.4    99.1     92.3    86.5      89.0      14.0
March       97.4     93.5    97.4     91.7    86.1      88.7      18.5
April       97.1     94.9    97.6     93.1    87.5      89.6      16.5
May         98.3     96.1    99.8     94.7    88.6      91.8      16.4
June        97.2     93.3   100.1     91.9    84.9      89.4      17.3
July        98.0     94.8   101.1     93.6    85.7      90.7      15.1
August      97.5     94.2   101.5     92.6    84.2      90.9      14.8
September   98.4     93.7   101.3     93.0    84.4      90.5      15.8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
EXTERNAL TRADE - Indices of export and import volume (1990=100); visible
balance (Pounds m); current balance (Pounds m); oil balance (Pounds m);
terms of trade (1990=100); official reserves (end period)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Export  Import  Visible  Current    Oil   Terms of  Reserves
          volume  volume  balance  balance  balance  trade*  USDlrs bn
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1st qtr.   101.4    97.5   -2,910   -2,038     +400   101.1     44.31
2nd qtr.   103.5   101.1   -2,967   -2,506     +355   102.6     45.70
3rd qtr.   103.4   101.7   -3,223   -1,629     +337   103.0     42.68
4th qtr.   105.4   103.3   -4,306   -2,447     +395    98.8     41.65
September  103.2   100.9     -956     -645      +81   102.5     42.68
October    106.1   101.9   -1,092     -843     +168    99.2     42.14
November   106.3   102.4   -1,313   -1,097     +103    98.5     42.09
December   103.7   105.7   -1,901   -1,620     +124    98.7     41.65
1993
1st qtr.   106.9   103.7   -3,076   -2,564     +418   102.8     40.90
2nd qtr.   105.8   101.9   -3,056   -2,435     +536   102.0     41.90
January    105.9   103.9   -1,109              +122   104.0     42.56
February   108.7   104.8   -1,047              +229   101.6     43.45
March      106.2   102.5     -920               +67   102.8     40.90
April      103.9   101.5   -1,172              +186   102.1     41.66
May        104.9   100.7     -950              +270   101.9     41.73
June       108.7   103.4     -934               +80   102.2     41.90
July       105.4   102.7   -1,064              +281   102.1     43.32
August     110.8   100.9     -419              +242   103.6     43.16
September                                                       43.04
October                                                         43.55
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
FINANCIAL - Money supply (annual percentage change), M0, new M2 (retail
deposits and cash), M4; bank sterling lending to private sector;
building societies' net inflow; consumer credit**; Clearing Bank base
rate (end period).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Bank        BS   Cnsmer.    Base
             MO      M2      M4    lending   inflow*  credit**    rate
              %       %       %      Pds m     Pds m    Pds m        %
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1st qtr.    2.0     7.6     6.1     +5,790       266     +142    10.50
2nd qtr.    2.3     5.8     5.3     +9,205        77       +5    10.00
3rd qtr.    2.4     5.3     5.2     +4,868      -262      -11     9.00
4th qtr.    2.7     5.0     4.5     +4,377       214     +226     7.00
October     2.3     5.1     5.2     +3,408       281      +72     8.00
November    2.9     4.7     4.4        -35      -184      +17     7.00
December    2.9     5.3     3.8     +1,004       117     +137     7.00
1993
1st qtr.    4.4     4.9     3.4     +4,456       820     +400     6.00
2nd qtr.    4.3     5.6     3.6     +4,906     1,713     +525     6.00
3rd qtr.    5.1     5.3     3.7     +6,450       -69     +918     6.00
January     4.0     4.7     3.3     +2,730       363     +150     6.00
February    4.6     5.1     3.4     +1,251       208      +54     6.00
March       4.7     4.8     3.6       +475       249     +196     6.00
April       4.8     5.5     3.5     +1,946     1,069     +194     6.00
May         3.5     5.8     3.8     +1,908       700     +118     6.00
June        4.5     5.5     3.4     +1,052       -56     +213     6.00
July        4.8     5.4     3.5     +1,993       -61     +204     6.00
August      5.2     5.0     3.6     +2,460      -132     +225     6.00
September   5.3     5.5     3.9     +1,997       124     +489     6.00
October     5.4             4.3     +1,800       258              6.00
November    5.1                                                   5.50
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
INFLATION - Indices of earnings (1990=100); basic materials and fuels;
wholesale prices of manufactured products (1990=100); retail prices and
food prices (Jan 1987=100); Reuters commodity index (Sept 18th 1931
=100); trade weighted value of sterling (1985=100)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
            Earn-    Basic  Whsale.                 Reuters
             ings  matls.*   mnfg.*    RPI*  Foods*  cmdty.*  Sterling*
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1992
1st qtr.    113.4      97.6   107.3   136.2   129.0    1,599      90.6
2nd qtr.    113.7      96.5   108.8   139.1   129.1    1,598      92.3
3rd qtr.    114.9      94.7   108.9   139.0   127.3    1,542      90.9
4th qtr.    116.4     100.7   109.7   139.6   127.7    1,648      79.8
September   115.4      95.2   108.9   139.4   127.1    1,540      88.2
October     117.0      97.8   109.3   139.9   127.4    1,610      80.8
November    116.1     101.3   109.8   139.7   127.3    1,656      78.3
December    116.0     103.0   109.9   139.2   128.4    1,675      80.0
1993
1st qtr.    118.0     104.2   111.2   138.7   130.1    1,740      78.5
2nd qtr.    117.9     102.7   113.1   140.9   131.5    1,667      80.2
3rd qtr.    118.6     100.1   113.5   141.3   131.2    1,647      81.0
January     117.0     103.9   110.6   137.9   128.8    1,703      80.6
February    118.2     104.3   111.1   138.8   130.2    1,759      76.8
March       118.7     104.3   112.0   139.3   131.3    1,758      78.2
April       117.6     103.3   112.9   140.6   130.8    1,672      80.5
May         118.3     102.7   113.2   141.1   132.2    1,669      80.5
June        117.8     102.1   113.3   141.0   131.4    1,661      79.6
July        118.3     101.1   113.5   140.7   131.3    1,690      81.3
August      118.9     100.3   113.5   141.3   131.5    1,636      81.0
September   118.7      98.8   113.5   141.9   130.9    1,616      80.8
October                98.7   113.7   141.8   130.0    1,584      80.4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
* Not seasonally adjusted
** Net changes in amounts outstanding, excluding bank loans.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Industrial production </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>1145</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
On patrol in the heart of republicanism: Jimmy Burns joins
British troops on their daily duties on the streets of west Belfast </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JIMMY BURNS</byline>
<p>
Peace seemed far removed from the minds of the soldiers of 42 Marine
Commando yesterday as they made their way nervously through the back streets
of republican west Belfast.
</p>
<p>
Around midday, a company of about 40 men split into teams, some on foot
patrol, some in armoured Land Rovers, and zigzagged through the Springhill
estate, not far from the home of Sinn Fein president Mr Gerry Adams.
</p>
<p>
The Catholic west of the city is an area of high unemployment and entrenched
political allegiances. The area resonates with symbols. A republican flag
flies over a building site; a mural proclaims: 'You can kill a
revolutionary, but you can't kill a revolution' over portraits of Che
Guevara and James Connolly, one of the republican leaders executed by the
British after the 1916 Easter Rising in Dublin.
</p>
<p>
Along the street of flags and murals, the marines struck attitudes of
disciplined aggression, covering the area in as short a time as possible in
the sights of their automatic rifles.
</p>
<p>
Very briefly, there was time for tourism. A soldier photographed a colleague
in front of a memorial in memory of 26 dead local IRA volunteers and other
civilians who had died at the hands of the security forces and loyalist
paramilitaries. The memorial, dedicated to 'Irish freedom,' had been
unveiled by Mr Adams.
</p>
<p>
The streets were otherwise deserted except for a young man and his child
standing at the open door of his small terraced house. 'This is normal for
us. Not a day goes by when the Brits don't come round. I wish they'd just
leave us alone,' the man said.
</p>
<p>
One of the marines took an imaginary pot shot through his rifle sight and
confessed to being bored. 'It's been too quiet and we've got the rest of the
day left,' he said. Another tried to make conversation with an old woman but
a barking dog intervened and he beat a tactical retreat, uttering a loud
expletive.
</p>
<p>
The marines have only recently begun their latest Northern Ireland tour,
joining more than 10,000 other troops in the province.
</p>
<p>
Security sources said yesterday the threat from the IRA and loyalist
paramilitaries remained high in the absence of a political settlement in the
province. They believe much hinges on the outcome of the Dublin-London peace
initiative.
</p>
<p>
It is widely accepted that the IRA will only declare an extended ceasefire
if the Dublin talks lead to the making of political concessions to the
nationalist community.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>459</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Customers report banking errors </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
A fifth of bank and building society customers have suffered mistakes in
standing orders or direct debits, says a poll published in Which? the
Consumers' Association magazine.
</p>
<p>
The magazine says that the poll, which involved more than 3,500 people who
responded to a random postal survey, showed that the code of banking
practice had not succeeded in improving services.
</p>
<p>
The most prevalent complaints were of money being incorrectly taken from an
account, reported by one in seven; and of incorrect charges being imposed,
reported by one in eight.
</p>
<p>
Midland Bank and National Westminster Bank are rated worst for overall
satisfaction, while Abbey National, First Direct, Girobank and Yorkshire
Bank are rated best.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Safety &amp; Standards </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6162 </item>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>148</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Lucas moves will cost up to 280 jobs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
Lucas, the international engineering group, yesterday started a series of
factory moves which will mean the loss of up to 280 jobs in the Cheltenham
area of Gloucestershire.
</p>
<p>
The group announced that manufacture of engine control systems at what was
the Dowty Fuel Systems plant in Cheltenham would move to factories in
Birmingham. That will create 100 new jobs in Birmingham and the 380
Cheltenham employees will be encouraged to apply.
</p>
<p>
The Cheltenham factory will be used by Lucas Bryce, which manufactures
diesel fuel injection systems. The lease on the Lucas Bryce plant at
Hucclecote, Gloucestershire, will expire soon and its 330 employees will
move to Cheltenham.
</p>
<p>
However, the new Lucas plant at Stonehouse, Gloucestershire, is expecting to
recruit more staff.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Lucas Industries </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3714 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>158</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAB0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Labour averts northern breach </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRIS TIGHE</byline>
<p>
The threat of a breakaway by Labour's northern region from the national
party receded yesterday when the area's representatives met the party's
national executive committee, Chris Tighe writes.
</p>
<p>
The region, fearing a loss of its identity, had fiercely opposed plans to
cut costs by merging it with the Yorkshire region, and had threatened to
ballot its 30,000 members later this month on the proposal.
</p>
<p>
The NEC said yesterday that, after its meeting with representatives of the
northern and Yorkshire regional executives, agreement had been reached on
the merger.
</p>
<p>
The meeting had agreed that a merged executive committee would be elected by
a regional conference and that an interim committee, with 20 members from
each area, would draw up draft rules for the new region.
</p>
<p>
Labour's head office said: 'The meeting recognised the need to conform to
the Labour party rules and to annual conference decisions.'
</p>
<p>
The northern representatives said: 'The NEC has moved away from
confrontation.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>185</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Paisley says documents are 'positive proof of double
dealing' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JIMMY BURNS</byline>
<p>
The Rev Ian Paisley, leader of the hardline Democratic Unionist party, said
yesterday in Belfast that documents relating to secret contacts between the
government and the IRA were 'positive proof of the double dealing and lying
of the secretary of state', Jimmy Burns writes.
</p>
<p>
He also alleged that the IRA had threatened to kill him because of his
opposition to its possible involvement in the peace process. Security
sources said they had no evidence of that.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>114</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
MMC recommends curbs on Stagecoach </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR, Transport Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Monopolies and Mergers Commission ruled yesterday that the acquisition
by Stagecoach Holdings, the fast-growing bus company, of a bus depot in
Lancaster could operate against the public interest.
</p>
<p>
It recommended that Stagecoach should give undertakings limiting its ability
to retaliate against new bus operators entering the market.
</p>
<p>
Perth-based Stagecoach said the commission had not found evidence that it
had restricted competition, and it would be happy to hold discussions with
the Office of Fair Trading. The operations affected by the report produced
revenues of less than Pounds 2m out of the company's total Pounds 175m
turnover.
</p>
<p>
The reference to the monopolies commission arose after Stagecoach bought a
bus depot and 12 buses from Lancaster City Transport in August for Pounds
700,000. Stagecoach, which feared that a bid for the entire company would
prompt a monopolies reference, offered more for the depot than other bidders
had offered for the entire company, and the municipally owned bus company
subsequently went into voluntary liquidation.
</p>
<p>
The OFT will seek undertakings from Stagecoach that if it reduces fares or
increases its bus frequencies to fight off competition, it will not
subsequently raise fares or reduce services if the competitor withdraws. It
will also attempt to gain an agreement that it will not introduce a more
frequent service than a new competitor on any route.
</p>
<p>
Mr Derek Scott, Stagecoach finance director, said: 'We are very frustrated
at the inquiry because we have been investing and we have not put up fares.
The undertakings they want are for the most part not unreasonable.
</p>
<p>
'We are unhappy about not being able to run a more frequent service than
competitors. That seems to be re-regulating what has been de-regulated.'
</p>
<p>
The Monopolies and Mergers Commission report is the fourth on Stagecoach in
three years and OFT is also investigating allegations of anti-competitive
behaviour by the company's Fife Scottish Omnibuses subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
Mr Scott said: 'It seems a lot, but there are 400 bus company complaints a
year to the OFT. We have 6 per cent of the bus market and regard it as an
occupational hazard.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Stagecoach Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4111 Local and Suburban Transit </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>386</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Mayhew takes responsibility for mistakes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID OWEN</byline>
<p>
Sir Patrick Mayhew, the Northern Ireland secretary, accepted 'full
ministerial responsibility' last night for a series of errors in secret
documents released by the government this week detailing exchanges with
Provisional IRA leaders.
</p>
<p>
The government admitted to 18 errors in the 39 pages of papers. Most of the
mistakes were in a single document: a nine-paragraph message to Provisional
leaders on March 19 - the eve of the Warrington bombing - setting out the
government's conditions for beginning talks.
</p>
<p>
A version of this message was also released this week by Sinn Fein. The
effect of last night's corrections is that the government now admits the
Sinn Fein version was accurate in virtually every respect.
</p>
<p>
Late last night, in a letter to Northern Ireland MPs and parliamentary
spokesmen, Sir Patrick said the errors had arisen from the speed with which
the dossier of messages had had to be completed.
</p>
<p>
Many of the mistakes involved the omission or substitution of a single word
but in the government's report of a message from Provisional leaders, sent
on August 14, a sentence was left out. This read: 'The purpose of a dialogue
about peace is to bring all organised violence by all parties to the
conflict to an end.'
</p>
<p>
As many as seven of the errors occurred in a single paragraph of the March
19 message to the IRA. The government attributed these to a mistaken
transcription from a late draft of the document. There have been suggestions
that the government's original version of this paragraph appeared to confirm
that Provisional leaders initiated the chain of messages by asking for the
government's advice on how to bring the Northern Ireland conflict to a
close, while the Sinn Fein version cast doubt upon it.
</p>
<p>
The government's original version included the wording: 'We note that what
is being sought at this stage is advice.' It has now accepted that the Sinn
Fein version - 'What is being sought at this stage is advice'  - is
accurate.
</p>
<p>
Provisional leaders have denied that it made any request for advice.
</p>
<p>
Sir Patrick said: 'Since my statement in the House on Monday, allegations
have been made by the IRA leadership that it was the British government who
initiated the exchange of messages and was seeking advice. These allegations
are entirely false. The first message was the one received on 22 February
originating from the IRA.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>429</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Assets frozen over metals bribe claim </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
An Isle of Man court yesterday froze assets of five companies alleged to be
involved in bribing Russian officials to rig the New York strategic metals
market.
</p>
<p>
The court hearing was part of litigation begun in New York in 1990 by
Interlink Metals and Chemicals, of New York, against ICD Merchandise,
registered in Delaware. ICD trades in New York and has been renamed
Industrial Products.
</p>
<p>
Interlink claimed Dollars 75m damages in the New York court for loss of
business. It claims that ICD sought to monopolise the New York market in
Russian metals by paying bribes to agents of Russian trading companies. The
bribes were paid through a web of British Virgin Islands companies set up in
and administered from the Isle of Man, Interlink claims.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Interlink Metals and Chemicals Inc </item>
<item> ICD Merchandise </item>
<item> Industrial Products Co Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>165</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
British Coal tells Welsh pit to double production </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SMITH</byline>
<p>
British Coal yesterday intensified its drive for efficiency by announcing
plans to close its mine service centre at Ashington, Northumberland, and
demanding a doubling in production from a reduced workforce at its Tower
colliery in Wales.
</p>
<p>
The corporation said it would have to review its position at Tower if the
targets were not met.
</p>
<p>
Unions at the pit, previously considered one of the 19 core collieries,
interpreted this as a threat to close it.
</p>
<p>
The moves come ahead of the government's privatisation of the industry, with
publication of a bill possible today.
</p>
<p>
Unions in the north-east were told that British Coal wanted to close the
Ashington centre next February following the rapid contraction of mining
capacity throughout the country. Closure would mean the loss of 212
engineering jobs.
</p>
<p>
Two service centres would remain: one in nearby Tursdale and the other in
Bestwood, Nottinghamshire. The Ashington centre was opened in 1959 and
specialises in servicing and repairing engineering equipment for the mining
industry.
</p>
<p>
A recent decision to close Wearmouth colliery has left just one deep mine in
the north-east - at Ellington. That has reduced work for the Ashington
centre, which repairs and refurbishes underground vehicles and tunnelling
equipment. British Coal said falling demand for coal had also pushed
workloads down at Ashington.
</p>
<p>
At Tower, near Hirwaun, Mid Glamorgan, managers said they wanted 37
redundancies from the 240-strong workforce and a doubling of production to
11,000 tonnes a week by Christmas.
</p>
<p>
British Coal said no bonus payments would be made unless the manpower and
production target was met.
</p>
<p>
It said it wanted Tower to succeed and it maintained that the pit had a
future if it could perform at required levels.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tyrone O'Sullivan, National Union of Mineworkers branch secretary, said
no more men wanted to take redundancy because there were no other jobs in
the area, an unemployment blackspot.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, miners at Silverdale pit in Staffordshire were voting on whether
to accept the colliery's planned closure and take redundancy payments of up
to Pounds 44,000 each. A vote in favour of closure was expected.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Coal Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
<item> P1222 Bituminous Coal-Underground </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1221 </item>
<item> P1222 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 8</biblScope>
<extent>388</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Gore in appeal to Latin America </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAMIAN FRASER
<name type=place>MEXICO CITY</name></byline>
<p>
US Vice President Al Gore called yesterday for a new partnership between the
US and Latin America based on open trade, respect for sovereign rights and
co-operation on common social and environmental problems.
</p>
<p>
He said President Bill Clinton would invite to the US next year all the
democratically elected heads of the countries in North, Central and South
America and the Caribbean to a western hemisphere summit. The meeting 'will
codify our shared principles and set forth a vision of economic and cultural
progress'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gore's speech to 5,000 Mexican business people was billed as a
significant statement by the Clinton administration on US-Latin American
relations after congressional approval of the North American Free Trade
Agreement.
</p>
<p>
The proposed summit would find 'creative solutions to regional problems',
including promoting trade and investment, expanding democratic political
culture, and protecting the environment throughout the hemisphere, the
vice-president said.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Gore did not propose any new free trade agreements in Latin
America, which may disappoint some countries wishing to follow Mexico's
path. Instead, he merely said that the US's 'commercial and financial future
will become increasingly integrated with the Americas, not only with Mexico
and Canada, but with Central America, Caribbean and South America'.
</p>
<p>
'Nafta was a starting point for dealing with the common challenges of the
Americas,' of which free trade was only one element, Mr Gore argued. He
hailed the side agreement on labour and environment, describing it as a
'revolution in itself' and called for similar co-operation throughout the
hemisphere.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> XC  Latin America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>294</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Survey suggests big oil zone near Falkland Islands </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEPHEN FIDLER, Latin America Editor</byline>
<p>
Early findings from seismic surveys conducted this year in the south
Atlantic around the Falkland Islands suggest a possibility of finding oil
across a zone 25 per cent larger than the British North Sea.
</p>
<p>
The British Geological Survey, which advises the island's government, said
its reading of preliminary data from the two surveys suggested the region
had a good potential for finding oil. Confirmation, however, would require
exploratory drilling.
</p>
<p>
Mr Nigel Fannin, principal geologist in the survey's petroleum geology
group, based in Edinburgh, said the data suggested a sedimentary basin of
potential oil-bearing rocks of 200,000 sq km around the island, compared
with 160,000 sq km of such formations in the British North Sea. 'We have
been very encouraged by what we have seen,' he added.
</p>
<p>
The two seismic surveys concentrated on areas to the south, west and the
north of the islands, where the water is shallower than to the east.
</p>
<p>
Mr Fannin said the rocks and geological formations both appeared similar to
those of the North Sea. Other conditions would also be similar: the water
was 500 metres deep or less, and the sea state and weather would be similar
to that experienced in the northern zones of the North Sea.
</p>
<p>
However, Britain's Foreign Office played down the significance of the
findings. It said full seismic data would only become available next year
and many further steps would be needed before it was known whether
commercial quantities of oil existed.
</p>
<p>
Mr Fannin said the data should be complete by early next year, and the
survey expected to be in a position to advise the island government on
licensing for exploratory drilling by next summer.
</p>
<p>
A licensing regime has yet to be established and remains a sensitive issue,
with the sovereignty of the islands still disputed between Britain and
Argentina. Mr Douglas Hurd, UK foreign secretary, has kept open the
possibility of co-operation on oil exploration.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>355</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Argentine judge quits under heavy pressure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BARHAM
<name type=place>BUENOS AIRES</name></byline>
<p>
One of Argentina's nine Supreme Court justices resigned yesterday after a
week of intense political pressure on him to quit.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rodolfo Barra said he left because of Argentina's 'process of
constitutional reform'. One of five justices appointed by President Carlos
Menem after he took office in 1989, he was close to the government.
</p>
<p>
Turmoil in the Court is due to demands by the ruling Peronist and opposition
Radical parties that at least three court justices resign.
</p>
<p>
On Tuesday, Mr Antonio Boggiano resigned as court president after five
colleagues said they no longer recognised his authority, after charges that
he had tried to replace a court ruling against the central bank with a
favourable one.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AR  Argentina, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>147</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Airlines agree truce in LA airport fees row </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GEORGE GRAHAM
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
A potential shutdown of Los Angeles airport was averted yesterday when
representatives of the airport authority and the big US airlines reached a
temporary deal over higher landing fees.
</p>
<p>
The airlines agreed to pay the airport's new fees under protest until a
final judgment by the courts or federal agencies on whether the new fees
were reasonable.
</p>
<p>
Los Angeles airport authorities had announced a tripling of their landing
fees this summer, and had threatened to shut down the airport at midnight on
Friday for airlines that refused to pay up.
</p>
<p>
With the exception of Qantas, all the main US and foreign airlines had
balked at the higher fees, and a lawsuit against the increase is waiting
before a federal court.
</p>
<p>
Both sides were summoned by Mr Federico Pena, the US transportation
secretary, for talks in Washington this week aimed at averting disruption of
the US's third busiest airport, which serves around 120,000 passengers a
day.
</p>
<p>
Under the terms of the deal signed yesterday, the airport agreed not to
raise its fees again before July next year and to repay the higher fees if
the court judgment goes against it. Even after tripling its fees, Los
Angeles will be far from the most expensive airport in the country. The
increase to Dollars 1.56 per 1,000lb, or about Dollars 900 for a Boeing 747,
still leaves Los Angeles charging far less than the three New York area
airports or Chicago's O'Hare.
</p>
<p>
Mr Richard Riordan, Los Angeles's new mayor, promised in his election
campaign to raise money from the airport to pay for more police officers.
But he has backed away from this, which would be an illegal diversion of
funds because Los Angeles received federal grants to help pay for capital
improvements at the airport.
</p>
<p>
US airlines pay more than Dollars 3bn a year in landing fees, and, although
this makes up only about 4.5 per cent of their costs, some carriers fear
that other airports country could be encouraged by Los Angeles's example to
raise their fees.
</p>
<p>
A separate case, in which airlines complained that higher fees at Grand
Rapids airport in Michigan violated a federal law requiring them to be
reasonable, was argued this week before the US Supreme Court.
</p>
<p>
The airlines, which are already in shaky financial condition after years of
rising costs and cut-throat competition, are afraid of being milked by
cities anxious for new revenue sources.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Service costs &amp; Service prices </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>450</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Purchasing index points to US growth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL PROWSE
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Reports of rising confidence in the US manufacturing sector and a strong
gain in construction spending yesterday provided further evidence of buoyant
economic growth in the current quarter.
</p>
<p>
The Purchasing Managers' Index - a guide to the manufacturing outlook - rose
to 55.7 per cent last month against 53.8 in October.
</p>
<p>
The new orders component of the index soared to 64.8 per cent, one of the
strongest results since the Reagan boom of the late 1980s.
</p>
<p>
This was the third consecutive monthly gain in the overall purchasing index
and the strongest reading since the beginning of the year, when factory
output was lifted by a surge of demand at the end of 1992.
</p>
<p>
Figures above 50 per cent indicate that the manufacturing economy is
expanding.
</p>
<p>
Separately, the Commerce Department said that construction spending rose by
2.5 per cent in October and 9.8 per cent compared with the same period last
year. This was the sixth consecutive increase in construction spending, the
longest string of increases for seven years.
</p>
<p>
Trade figures yesterday confirmed that the speed-up of growth is causing a
deterioration of the US external account. In the third quarter, the
merchandise trade deficit rose 5.5 per cent to Dollars 34.4bn (Pounds 23bn),
the biggest quarterly deficit for six years.
</p>
<p>
Officials also announced a slight revision to third-quarter growth figures.
Real gross domestic product grew at an annual rate of 2.7 per cent rather
than the 2.8 per cent previously reported. Growth of consumer spending and
business investment was revised up, but the positive impact on growth was
more than offset by upward revisions to the US trade deficit.
</p>
<p>
'The figures confirm that this quarter will be very strong,' said Mr Bruce
Steinberg, senior economist at Merrill Lynch, the US financial services
group. He predicted growth at an annual rate of '4.5 per cent or perhaps
even higher'.
</p>
<p>
Many forecasters, including Mr Steinberg, expect the pace of growth to
moderate early next year to an annual rate of 3 per cent or slightly less
because consumer spending has outstripped growth of personal incomes,
pushing the savings rate to a near record low.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P15   General Building Contractors </item>
<item> P16   Heavy Construction, Ex Building </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P15 </item>
<item> P16 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>402</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Chile may have to cut 1994 budget </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID PILLING
<name type=place>SANTIAGO</name></byline>
<p>
CHILE may have to cut its 1994 budget because of the continued sharp impact
of the international downturn, according to Mr Juan Villarzu, the man widely
expected to be named finance minister after general elections on December
11.
</p>
<p>
Mr Villarzu, economic co-ordinator for presidential frontrunner Mr Eduardo
Frei, said the next administration would 'probably be obliged to revise the
1994 budget which was made when copper prices were higher. . . and with the
expectation of 5 per cent growth'.
</p>
<p>
Chile had planned a 5.4 per cent budget increase next year to Dollars 11.4bn
(Pounds 7.6bn).
</p>
<p>
Weak prices for Chile's principal exports - copper, cellulose and fishmeal -
meant that growth next year would probably be around 4 per cent, he said.
The next administration would seek to implement a 'slightly different
monetary and fiscal mix' by bringing in a temporary tax, possibly on petrol,
which would allow an easing of interest rates. Such a combination would
encourage investment and slow the appreciation of the peso.
</p>
<p>
Mr Villarzu is likely to pursue broadly similar policies to those of the
current finance minister, Mr Alejandro Foxley, a fellow Christian Democrat.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CL  Chile, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>225</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Argentine judges urged to resign </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BARHAM
<name type=place>BUENOS AIRES</name></byline>
<p>
POLITICAL pressure on Argentina's Supreme Court to resign intensified
yesterday following Mr Antonio Boggiano's resignation on Tuesday as court
president.
</p>
<p>
Mr Boggiano quit after five of his colleagues said they no longer recognised
his authority, following accusations by two fellow justices in September
that he had tried to replace a court ruling against the central bank with a
favourable one. However, he will remain a member of the nine-member court.
</p>
<p>
The ruling Peronist and opposition Radical parties are demanding that at
least three court justices resign immediately.
</p>
<p>
A purge of the Supreme Court is one of the Radicals' conditions for
supporting reform of the constitution, which is needed to allow President
Carlos Menem to stand for re-election when his six-year term ends in 1995.
</p>
<p>
Mr Eduardo Duhalde, the influential Peronist governor of Buenos Aires
province, said yesterday that their resignations 'are overdue, there is no
longer any space for anything else'.
</p>
<p>
Last week, three cabinet ministers demanded resignations in the court. Mr
Domingo Cavallo, economy minister, said all nine should be impeached by
Congress. He has publicly accused two justices of corruption.
</p>
<p>
Supreme Court justices are appointed for life to insulate them from
political interference. But their reputation has been severely damaged by
repeated allegations of corruption, incompetence and submission to the
government.
</p>
<p>
Nonetheless, there is widespread belief that a purge could further undermine
the rule of law.
</p>
<p>
The Radicals argue that the Supreme Court lost its independence when Mr
Menem appointed five pro-government justices shortly after he took office in
July 1989.
</p>
<p>
Mr Raul Alfonsn, the Radicals' leader, demands that the government force the
resignation of at least three of the court justices as a gesture of good
faith before Friday's Radical party conference, which is to ratify talks
with the government.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> AR  Argentina, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>324</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Canada set for gradual recovery: OECD survey warns that
prospects depend on US growth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Canada can look forward to a gradual economic recovery next year, with
rising productivity and subdued inflationary pressure, according to the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development's annual survey of
the Canadian economy.
</p>
<p>
But the survey warns that prospects depend heavily on the pace of recovery
in the US, which is by far Canada's biggest export market, and on success in
coming to grips with towering federal and provincial budget deficits.
</p>
<p>
The OECD forecasts 3.9 per cent real growth in gross domestic product in
1994, up from 2.7 per cent this year and 0.7 per cent in 1992. The recovery
has so far been based mainly on strong export growth. This is forecast to
continue in the year ahead, but should be accompanied by substantially
higher household spending and business investment and a strong housing
market rebound.
</p>
<p>
Inflation, measured by the GDP price deflator, is projected at a modest 1.8
per cent in 1994, compared with 0.8 per cent this year. However, the
unemployment rate will drop only marginally to 10.9 per cent from 11.2 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
The OECD cautions that 'heavy government borrowing has left the economy
vulnerable to changes in financial market sentiment, leading to increased
short-term interest rate volatility and higher long-term credit costs'. It
adds that continuing fiscal discipline in the public sector 'appears crucial
to the maintenance of easier monetary conditions and the achievement of
lower long-term rates'.
</p>
<p>
A feature of Canada's recent performance has been a surge in productivity,
with businesses adjusting remarkably quickly to such structural changes as
the 1989 free trade agreement with the US, privatisation and tax reform.
'The better domestic cost performance along with exchange-rate depreciation
has significantly improved international competitiveness,' the OECD
concludes.
</p>
<p>
But the report says that the prospects for long-term growth would be
enhanced by further reforms, including the dismantling of inter-provincial
trade barriers, lower farm subsidies, and improved education and healthcare
systems.
</p>
<p>
Canada's generous social-security net is also singled out as a source of
concern. The new Liberal government has indicated in recent weeks that it
plans to overhaul the entire social security system.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>396</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Solution near in LA airport landing fees row </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GEORGE GRAHAM
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
A potential shutdown of Los Angeles airport appeared to have been averted
yesterday after representatives of the airport authority and the big
airlines neared a deal over higher landing fees.
</p>
<p>
The airport this summer announced plans to triple its landing fees, and had
threatened to shut down operations at midnight on Friday for airlines that
refused to pay up.
</p>
<p>
Both sides were summoned by Mr Federico Pena, the US transportation
secretary, for talks in Washington aimed at averting potential disruption at
the US's third busiest airport, which serves around 120,000 passengers a
day.
</p>
<p>
Mr Pena said on Tuesday night, after 14 hours of talks, that the two sides
had reached agreement in principle, and talks resumed yesterday with the aim
of finalising the deal.
</p>
<p>
US airlines pay more than Dollars 3bn (Pounds 2bn) a year in landing fees,
and although this makes up only about 4.5 per cent of their costs, some
carriers fear that airports across the country could be encouraged by Los
Angeles's example to raise their fees.
</p>
<p>
The airlines, which are already in shaky financial condition after years of
rising costs and cut-throat competition, are afraid of being milked by
cities anxious for new revenue sources.
</p>
<p>
A separate case, in which airlines complained that higher fees at Grand
Rapids airport in Michigan violated a federal law requiring them to be
reasonable, was argued this week before the US Supreme Court.
</p>
<p>
Even after tripling its fees, Los Angeles would be a long way from the most
expensive airport in the country. The increase to Dollars 1.56 per 1,000lb,
or about Dollars 900 for a Boeing 747, would still leave Los Angeles
charging far less than the three New York area airports or Chicago's O'Hare.
</p>
<p>
With the exception of Qantas, all the big US and foreign airlines had
refused to pay the higher landing fees, and have filed a lawsuit against the
increase.
</p>
<p>
Mr Richard Riordan, Los Angeles's new mayor, promised in his election
campaign to raise money from the airport to pay for more police officers,
but he has backed away from this, which would be an illegal diversion of
funds because Los Angeles received federal grants to help pay for capital
improvements at the airport.
</p>
<p>
Los Angeles serves as an important hub for flights between the US and the
Asia-Pacific region, with around 2,000 take-offs and landings a day.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Service costs &amp; Service prices </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>443</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Falkland Island oil hopes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEPHEN FIDLER, Latin America Editor</byline>
<p>
Britain's Foreign Office yesterday played down the significance of a survey
suggesting a good chance of finding oil in the South Atlantic around the
Falkland Islands.
</p>
<p>
Mr Phil Richards of the British Geological Survey, which carried out a
seismic survey around the islands this year, said yesterday: 'The potential
is good all around the islands. But we will not know exactly how much oil is
there until someone starts digging.'
</p>
<p>
The zone around the islands with the type of geological formation most
likely to contain oil was 50 per cent larger than the British section of the
North Sea, the survey said.
</p>
<p>
But the Foreign Office said any new information could only be preliminary,
since full seismic data would only become available next year. It further
emphasised that seismic studies in themselves could not ensure the presence
of oil.
</p>
<p>
A round of exploratory drilling and more seismic tests were planned. Only
after drilling could the presence of oil be guaranteed.
</p>
<p>
Even then, it would be uncertain whether oil was available in commercial
quantities, particularly given the difficult conditions in the waters around
the islands, whose sovereignty is disputed between Britain and Argentina.
</p>
<p>
Mr Douglas Hurd, UK foreign secretary, said this year that co-operation on
oil exploration with Argentina remained a possibility. Oil company
executives have said large-scale investment of oil development in the region
would require a more explicit agreement on sovereignty than exists at
present.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FK  Falkland Islands </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P13   Oil and Gas Extraction </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P13 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 7</biblScope>
<extent>269</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Franco-German telecom alliance to be
extended </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING, ARIANE GENILLARD and ANDREW ADONIS
<name type=place>PARIS, BONN, LONDON</name></byline>
<p>
France Telecom and Deutsche Telekom, the French and German state
telecommunications operators, appear set to announce ambitious plans for
further co-operation next week. They will reveal their intentions next
Tuesday in Brussels, the same day that European Union telecommunications
ministers meet in the Belgium capital.
</p>
<p>
Both companies have an existing alliance, called Eunetcom, to provide 'one
stop' services for multinational companies.
</p>
<p>
Industry observers believe they are planning to extend their co-operation,
most likely by merging core activities in spheres other than domestic
'voice', including international services and data communications. A future
exchange of equity stakes also appears to be a possibility.
</p>
<p>
Although the Franco-German telecom plans are not on the ministers' agenda
next week, any significant merging of activities by the two operators will
require the approval of the European Commission for its competition
implications.
</p>
<p>
In Bonn, Mr Gerard Longuet, French industry and telecommunications minister
and Mr Wolfgang Botsch, his German counterpart, yesterday gave their support
for increased co-operation in a joint statement issued during the
Franco-German summit.
</p>
<p>
The two ministers said the alliance 'could lead to an exchange of capital as
soon as the two companies changed their legal status'. Deutsche Telekom is
slated for privatisation next year. The French government, however, has
delayed plans to change the legal status of France Telecom in the face of
strong trade union opposition.
</p>
<p>
Both ministers also defended the co-operation plans, saying that 'they
respected the rules of competition'.
</p>
<p>
However, other European telecommunications operators, notably British
Telecom, are concerned that the alliance will isolate them and impede fair
competition as the EU's telecommunications markets are liberalised over the
next five years.
</p>
<p>
AT&amp;T, the US telecoms giant, has been engaged in talks with the French and
German companies about a possible relationship with its 'Worldsource'
international venture launched this summer. But the current plans are not
believed to include the US carrier in the immediate future.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> France Telecom </item>
<item> Deutsche Bundespost Telekom </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4813 Telephone Communications, Ex Radio </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>368</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Mitterrand and Kohl in Gatt pledge </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By QUENTIN PEEL and DAVID BUCHAN
<name type=place>BONN, PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
France and Germany yesterday pledged themselves to make 'real efforts' to
promote a compromise agreement in the Gatt trade negotiations in the coming
days, insisting that both the European Union and the US had to make
concessions.
</p>
<p>
President Francois Mitterrand of France and Germany's Chancellor Helmut Kohl
both agreed that compromise was essential, and that no country - meaning
France - should be isolated in the negotiations.
</p>
<p>
Speaking after the latest Franco-German summit meeting in Bonn, Mr Kohl
warned that a deal was necessary, not only to guarantee the future of free
world trade, but also for the future cohesion of the European Union.
</p>
<p>
At the same time Mr Edouard Balladur, the French prime minister, repeated
his insistence that an initial deal must be done by next Monday, to give him
time to present it to the French national assembly. He also warned that any
agreement must be unanimously accepted by the 12 members of the European
Union: 'There is no question of any member state being isolated,' he said.
'If anything is isolated, it would be the European Union itself.'
</p>
<p>
The words of both Mr Mitterrand and Mr Balladur suggested a willingness on
the part of France to make concessions, provided the US government gave
ground on the key questions of farm trade, films and television.
</p>
<p>
'We must keep on making real efforts to reach a compromise that will allow
the signing of an international agreement,' Mr Mitterrand said at a press
conference after the summit. 'We are ready to make these efforts, but we are
not alone. This must include the US.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Balladur said the Gatt negotiations amounted to the first great test for
the European Union, after the Maastricht treaty came into effect. The union
had to show it was capable of acting as a single international entity.
</p>
<p>
The French premier, whose own political reputation is most at stake if the
Gatt deal is rejected in France, said he needed 'eight to 10 days' after
agreement on an initial text between European and US negotiators, to present
the document to both the French president and the parliament. That would
mean a deal by next Monday, to allow French approval by the US Congress
deadline of December 15.
</p>
<p>
On his return to Paris yesterday, Mr Balladur told parliament that there was
still no progress on France's demands on a new world trade organisation,
market access, agriculture, steel, culture, and textiles. He rebuked members
of his own coalition who have urged him to show more courage in doing a Gatt
deal, but hardly in terms that ruled out compromise.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kohl was anxious not to make any statement which could be seen as
interference in the heated French domestic political debate, but merely to
stress the importance Germany still attaches to a deal.
</p>
<p>
'It is our common goal to ensure that Gatt reaches a positive conclusion,'
he said. 'For this it is necessary that both sides, on this side and on the
other side of the Atlantic, show they are capable of compromise.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>551</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Japan seeks protection from discriminatory
deals </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BUCHAN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Japan yesterday sought multilateral protection from pressures, mainly by the
US, to strike bilateral deals on trade and investment discriminating against
Tokyo's interests.
</p>
<p>
A senior Japanese official yesterday asked the Organisation for Economic
Co-operation and Development to issue a declaration 'prohibiting bilateral
negotiations by any OECD country' leading to one-sided trade and investment
measures.
</p>
<p>
Mr Noburu Hatakeyama, special adviser to the Ministry of International Trade
and Industry (Miti), complained to an OECD conference on 'the globalisation
of industry' of recent US pressure to get Japanese electronics companies to
buy up to 20 per cent of their semi-conductors from foreign sources, and for
Japanese-owned car companies in the US to favour parts from US-owned
manufacturers over other sources.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hatakeyama, a former vice-minister of Miti, said he hoped that a
ministerial OECD meeting next year would take a general stance against such
discriminatory pressures. He claimed quite wide support from other
delegations, but acknowledged some like the US regarded it as 'idealistic'.
</p>
<p>
OECD declarations have no binding force on member countries. 'But if we keep
stressing the importance of prohibiting bilateral negotiations which result
in very discriminatory decisions, ultimately this kind of political
declaration will get support, and bit by bit many OECD countries, including
the US, will abide by it,' Mr Hatakeyama said in an interview.
</p>
<p>
The Miti adviser also praised Mexican legislation, passed in the wake of US
approval of the North American Trade Association, to give other countries
the same freedom to invest in Mexico as the US and Canada will have through
Nafta.
</p>
<p>
As part of a new round of US-Japanese talks, begun in July while Mr
Hatakeyama was still vice minister of Miti, 'the US has recently asked us to
issue guidelines to our industry established in the US to purchase parts
from 'traditional' - by which they mean American - suppliers, rather than
Japanese auto component manufacturers established in the US,' he said.
Washington, he complained, was even asking Tokyo to favour the import into
Japan of car parts from US companies over those which could be supplied by
Japanese-owned companies in the US.
</p>
<p>
If successful, the Uruguay Round will help remove certain 'trade-related
investment measures' such as those which require investors to promise to
export a certain share of their production, and remove discrimination in the
service sector. 'But this Gatt round will not deal with discrimination in
industrial or agricultural investment', he said. 'That is a big hole, which
perhaps the OECD can help fill'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QM  Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P3674 Semiconductors and Related Devices </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P3674 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>464</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Chinese licence for Gallup </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATRICK HARVERSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
The Gallup Organisation, the world's largest survey research group,
announced yesterday that it had become the first western company to receive
a licence to operate a market research company in China, Patrick Harverson
writes from in New York.
</p>
<p>
Gallup China, a joint venture between Gallup, based in New Jersey, and
Carrie Enterprises, a state-owned but US-managed import-export company, will
conduct market research surveys on behalf of US, European and Asian clients,
including Chinese companies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gallup China </item>
<item> Carrie Enterprises </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8732 Commercial Nonphysical Research </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8732 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>114</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: SA group to buy aircraft from Canada </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
SA Express, the fledgling South African regional airline, has ordered 12 de
Havilland Dash-8 turboprop aircraft from Bombardier, the Canadian transport
group.
</p>
<p>
The order, worth Dollars 150m, (Pounds 100.6m) marks both a commercial and
political breakthrough for Bombardier in the wake of Ottawa's recent lifting
of sanctions against Pretoria.
</p>
<p>
SA Express is a new airline 51 per cent owned by black South African
interests, led by Thebe Investment Corporation, and 49 per cent by Lardel
Holdings of Ontario. It also has an option on an additional six Dash 8s.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bombardier Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3721 Aircraft </item>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3721 </item>
<item> P3724 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>133</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: SA Express orders 12 aircraft from
Canadian group </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON and ROBERT GIBBENS
<name type=place>TORONTO, MONTREAL</name></byline>
<p>
SA Express, the fledgling South African regional airline, has ordered 12 de
Havilland Dash-8 aircraft from Bombardier, the Canadian transport group.
</p>
<p>
The order, worth USDollars 150m, (Pounds 100.6m) marks both a commercial and
political breakthrough for Bombardier in the wake of Ottawa's recent lifting
of sanctions against Pretoria.
</p>
<p>
SA Express is a new airline 51 per cent owned by black South African
interests, led by Thebe Investment Corporation, and 49 per cent by Lardel
Holdings of Ontario. A group of Canadians, with experience in regional
airline operations, will initially form the senior management.
</p>
<p>
SA Express has an option on an additional six turboprop Dash 8s. De
Havilland, which is jointly owned by Bombardier and the government of
Ontario, has sold a total of 392 Dash 8s, of which 359 have been delivered.
</p>
<p>
The Sydney Steel plant in north-eastern Nova Scotia has won a new lease on
life with the help of China and its over-burdened rail system, Robert
Gibbens writes from Montreal.
</p>
<p>
After months of negotiations, MinMetals, a Chinese government trading
agency, will help keep the basic steel and rail-making plant alive for a
minimum of three years in partnership with the provincial government. Most
of the heat-hardened alloy steel rail being produced will go to China.
</p>
<p>
Sydney Steel, known as Sysco, was taken over by the province in 1967 after
Hawker Siddeley Canada threatened to shut it down because of heavy losses.
The provincial and federal governments have since spent more than Dollars
1bn to modernise it and cover operating losses.
</p>
<p>
In 1990 it was converted into a high-technology rail making operation for
nearly CDollars 300m, (Pounds 152.2m) and providing jobs for 700.
</p>
<p>
Sysco lost CDollars 279m after a special charge in the year ended March 31,
1993, but expected a small operating profit this year. Basic steel output
will be 233,000 tonnes.
</p>
<p>
MinMetals and the province will each provide CDollars 15m in operating funds
for the next three years.
</p>
<p>
The province will assume Sysco's debt and pension obligations. If Sysco
remains profitable, MinMetals will buy it outright for CDollars 30m cash at
the end of three years and undertake to keep it open, the government said.
</p>
<p>
The deal is due to be signed by the end of next month.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Bombardier Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3721 Aircraft </item>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Contracts </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3721 </item>
<item> P3724 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>420</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Farmers fear being forced to leave the
land </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
European farmers' organisations warned yesterday that, unless important
changes were made to the proposed Uruguay Round farm deal, a third of
Europe's 10m-11m farmers would be forced to leave the land.
</p>
<p>
The Committee of Agricultural Organisations (Copa) and the General Committee
for Agricultural Co-operation (Cogeca), grouping farmers' organisations in
all 12 EU member states, said in Geneva that the current draft agreement on
farm trade reform would more than double the amount of productive land left
fallow, halve farm incomes and cripple the rural economy.
</p>
<p>
Their complaints were echoed in more strident form by French farmers' groups
and the European Farmers Co-ordination, representing small farmers across
Europe, who plan a big demonstration in Geneva on Saturday against the
proposed reforms.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Hans Kjeldsen, president of the International Federation of
Agricultural Producers which brings together farming organisations from over
50 countries, said yesterday that a failure of the Uruguay Round this time
would be 'a disaster for farming worldwide' because of the risk of increased
protectionism and trade war.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, farmers needed reassurance that a Gatt accord would
sustain 'a more dynamic and sustainable role' for agriculture. 'If we want
to maintain rural life, we need viable farmers,' he added.
</p>
<p>
Both Mr Kjeldsen and the representatives of Copa and Cogeca were in Geneva
to see Mr Peter Sutherland, Gatt director-general, amid speculation that the
meeting in Brussels yesterday and today between Sir Leon Brittan, EU trade
commissioner, and Mr Mickey Kantor, his US counterpart, could produce a
revised farm accord.
</p>
<p>
Mr Augusto Bocchini, Copa president, said yesterday that the present draft
Uruguay Round farm deal would go well beyond reform of the EU's Common
Agricultural Policy and unilaterally penalise European agriculture. It would
cut European exports of farm products by about a third, on average, and lead
to a considerable increase in imports, while excluding the EU from
participating in any expansion of world farm trade. Total compensation
payments now envisaged under CAP reform would have to double to maintain
present income levels for those farmers still managing to survive, he said.
</p>
<p>
Echoing demands made by France for changes in last year's US-EU Blair House
accord on farm subsidies, Copa and Cogeca are urging a reordering of the
timetable for cuts in the volume of subsidised exports, so that the impact
is felt more evenly over the six-year transition period.
</p>
<p>
The two organisations also want an indefinite 'peace clause' that would
prevent the US and others from challenging EU farm policies during the
reform process, effective safeguards against price and currency fluctuations
and restraints on imports of cereal substitutes.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9641 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>487</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: A Round sceptic seeking a square deal - A
US official negotiating a Gatt package which once he did not believe in
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NANCY DUNNE</byline>
<p>
Mr Jeffrey Garten, the new US Commerce Department undersecretary for
international trade, will make his debut as a trade negotiator in the
Uruguay Round talks in Geneva tomorrow in what he deems 'the most inclusive
international negotiation ever attempted'.
</p>
<p>
An avowed believer in 'an open market-oriented trading system', his brief
will be to defend the US anti-dumping and countervailing duty laws,
considered by many US trading partners as little more than covert
protectionism. He will also oversee the interests of two of the most
protected US industries - textiles and steel.
</p>
<p>
One of the Clinton administration's 'innovative pragmatists', Mr Garten was
taken on to help move the US Commerce Department from the bureaucratic
backwaters to the cutting edge of trade and economic policy. No one who
knows him doubts that this genial former merchant banker has the mental
agility for the job.
</p>
<p>
Mr Garten argues that the US trade laws are essential to assure American
companies that 'there is a degree of fairness in the international trading
system, especially since the US market is more open than others'. The Round
cannot win congressional approval if the trade laws are in any way 'diluted'
and, besides, the amount of trade effected is 'an insignificant portion of
imports' - less than 5 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mr Garten cut his negotiating teeth on Latin American debt restructuring in
the early 1980s. He has also arranged dozens of deals between Asian and
American companies as director of Shearson Lehman Brothers' Japan office.
</p>
<p>
Mr Garten has also written about foreign and economic policy in leading US
newspapers and foreign affairs magazines and in a book on past and future
relations between the US, Japan and Germany.
</p>
<p>
At times his views have got him into trouble. It was while he was at
Shearson Lehman and the Uruguay Round was being launched that he expressed
doubts about the Round in the Wall Street Journal. This proved to be a
public embarrassment to one of the Round's greatest backers, Mr Jim
Robinson, then chairman of American Express, which owned Shearson Lehman.
</p>
<p>
Against all the optimism of the times (the Round was to be completed in 1990
after four years of talks), Mr Garten argued that the negotiations would be
too complex, involved upheaval in too many domestic policies and had little
to do with US trade problems at the time.
</p>
<p>
'The big trade issues had to do with currencies,' he says. 'The dollar was
just coming down. There was talk about de-industrialising the US. The Round
would not deal with the issues that were killing us.'
</p>
<p>
All that has now changed, he he says, since the Clinton administration has
set the course for budget deficit reduction, worker retraining, technology
policy and efforts to stimulate investment. Now the Round provides a link
between trade and domestic economic and social policies, he says.
</p>
<p>
Furthermore, a successful Round will bring into the trading system in a more
integral way the developing countries, which hold the greatest growth
potential for US companies. 'That means the emerging markets have enhanced
obligations. They also have to have a fair shot at access to the
industrialised country markets.'
</p>
<p>
As for Europe, Mr Garten sees it as a diminishing opportunity for US
companies. Writing in Foreign Policy magazine last summer he foresaw the
loss of American leverage in negotiations with Europe 'as a result of
Europe's reduced need for American military protection' and as
intra-European trade rises faster than transatlantic commerce.
</p>
<p>
'There is no chance that Europe will cede its national markets willingly,'
he adds. 'A strong defensive response, characterised by slower-than-usual
approach to trade liberalisation and selective but heavy government
intervention is more likely.'
</p>
<p>
For all its desirability, with all the momentum going for a deal, Mr Garten
does not under-estimate the difficulties. 'The number of trade-offs among
different categories is potentially mind-boggling,' he says. 'You have so
many countries involved . . . at different stages of development. You are
negotiating apples and oranges and pears.'
</p>
<p>
In the end, he insists, the Clinton administration will not take a deal that
falls short of its goals. 'It would be a mistake to think the administration
will sign an agreement simply because it's the Uruguay Round and this has
been a central part of economic strategy and we see trade liberalisation as
a major part of job creation.
</p>
<p>
'There are some very major obstacles to cross; it will take a Herculean
effort to do it.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P33   Primary Metal Industries </item>
<item> P22   Textile Mill Products </item>
<item> P23   Apparel and Other Textile Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P33 </item>
<item> P22 </item>
<item> P23 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>813</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: US-Russian trade in manufactured products
soaring </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
US-Russian trade in manufactured products is soaring this year, while
American trade agencies are being flooded with requests for export finance
and insurance, according to Mr Jeffrey Garten, the US Commerce Department
undersecretary of international trade.
</p>
<p>
As co-chairman of the Business Development Council, a US-Russian Commission,
Mr Garten was in Moscow yesterday helping to dismantle obstacles to US trade
and investment.
</p>
<p>
In the first eight months of this year, US exports to Russia rose by 165 per
cent to Dollars 1bn.
</p>
<p>
While Russia's exports to the rest of the world declined, its American
exports leaped by 287 per cent to Dollars 729m. US enthusiasm for business
ties to Russia, strong when the cold war was winding down, began to cool
when the difficulties of doing business became apparent. However, encouraged
by US government programmes, more than 400 American companies have set up
shop in Russia, Mr Garten said.
</p>
<p>
Applications for trade insurance to the Overseas Private Investment
Corporation are 'off the charts', Mr Garden said.
</p>
<p>
The same is true for financing from the US-Export Import Bank and the Trade
and Development agency, which finances feasibility studies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>235</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Trade News: Gallup in Chinese joint venture </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PATRICK HARVERSON
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
The Gallup Organisation, the world's largest survey research group,
announced yesterday that it had become the first western company to receive
a licence to operate a market research company in China.
</p>
<p>
Until now, commercial market research in China has been conducted from
abroad by contracted research or small consultancy companies.
</p>
<p>
The new operation, Gallup China, is a joint venture between Gallup, which is
based in New Jersey, and Carrie Enterprises, a state-owned but US-managed
import-export company. With headquarters in Beijing, and planned branch
offices or satellites in Shanghai, Guangzhou and 16 other cities, Gallup
China will conduct market research surveys on behalf of US, European and
Asian clients, including Chinese companies.
</p>
<p>
The company however, will not conduct any political research, although Mr
Richard Buckholder, director of worldwide operations, said it would be a
'natural development' to move into political polling.
</p>
<p>
Gallup China has already won three contacts to conduct surveys in China
worth Dollars 100,000.
</p>
<p>
Gallup expects to invest Dollars 10m-Dollars 20m in its Chinese operation,
which is initially licensed to operate for 20 years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gallup China </item>
<item> Carrie Enterprises </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8732 Commercial Nonphysical Research </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8732 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 6</biblScope>
<extent>216</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKABAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Ivory Coast party split on succession </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>ABIDJAN</name></byline>
<p>
Ivory Coast's ruling party acted yesterday to cover deep cracks opened by
the contest to succeed President Felix Houphouet-Boigny, who is gravely ill,
Reuter reports from Abidjan.
</p>
<p>
By a show of hands, the Political Bureau of the Democratic party endorsed
the constitutional claim of Mr Henri Konan Bedie, speaker of parliament, to
take over when Africa's longest-serving president dies or stands down.
</p>
<p>
The decision appeared a setback for supporters of Prime Minister Alassane
Ouattara and opposition parties which are against the constitution's article
11. This states that Mr Bedie, as speaker, takes over until elections in
1995 if the president dies, resigns or is incapacitated.
</p>
<p>
But it remained to be seen if the unprecedented political tension in the
West African country would abate as a result.
</p>
<p>
Mr Houphouet-Boigny, 88, has been in power since independence from France in
1960. Western governments led by France and the US are growing nervous about
the future of a country once held up as a model of political stability and
relative prosperity. The economic crisis in the world's number one cocoa
producer is worsening. Civil service salaries are being paid up to three
weeks late.
</p>
<p>
The main opposition party, the Ivorian Popular Front, is opposed to Mr
Bedie's claim to be interim president and has called for a transitional
government.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CI  Ivory Coast, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>248</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Jordanian banks to operate in the West Bank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>WASHINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Jordan and Israel have agreed to let Jordanian banks operate in the West
Bank, the State Department said yesterday, Reuter reports from Washington.
Ms Christine Shelly, deputy spokesman, said the memorandum of understanding
was reached at a meeting in Washington on Tuesday and yesterday of the
US-Jordanian-Israel Trilateral Economic Committee, an outgrowth of peace
accords among former enemies in the Middle East.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JO  Jordan, Middle East </item>
<item> IL  Israel, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>103</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Israeli army reinforces West Bank </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID HOROVITZ and REUTER
<name type=place>JERUSALEM, BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The Israeli army rushed troop reinforcements to the West Bank yesterday
after Palestinian gunmen shot dead an Israeli woman on the main street of
the town of al-Birah.
</p>
<p>
Hamas, the Islamic fundamentalist movement which opposes the autonomy deal
between Israel and the Palestine Liberation Organisation due to take effect
in the territories on December 13, took responsibility for the murder. It
vowed to continue attacking Israelis in revenge for the recent killings of
some of its leaders by Israeli troops.
</p>
<p>
Speaking in Brussels, Mr Yitzhak Rabin, Israel's prime minister, noted:
'Every incident like this. . . damages the belief of many in Israel that
peace is possible.' Nonetheless, Mr Rabin, who continues his European visits
with a trip to London today, said he intended 'simultaneously to fight
terror and to move forward in implementing' the autonomy accord.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's shooting took place when the car carrying a Jerusalem
kindergarten teacher to her school in the West Bank's Beit El settlement
broke down on the outskirts of nearby al-Birah. Gunmen opened fire on the
vehicle with automatic weapons.
</p>
<p>
In protest, Jewish settlers briefly blocked a main West Bank road, and have
vowed to block all thoroughfares in the territories for several hours today,
paralysing Palestinian movement.
</p>
<p>
At a meeting with Israeli army officers, settler leaders accused the
military of failing to protect them. They have already announced plans to
set up their own security force to guard settlements once the autonomy
period begins, and yesterday they unveiled a programme of dozens of new
settlements, in defiance of government policy, in order to frustrate
Palestinian efforts to create an independent state in the occupied
territories.
</p>
<p>
The Gaza Strip, where clashes on Tuesday left one Palestinian dead and more
than 60 injured, was calmer: the army suspended its hunt for 'wanted'
Palestinian militants, and declared the area a 'closed military zone' to
keep journalists away.
</p>
<p>
Reuter adds from Brussels: Mr Rabin yesterday met Mr Jean-Luc Dehaene,
Belgian prime minister, and won early European Union support for upgrading a
1975 co-operation agreement with the 12-member bloc. Mr Rabin said Israel
was interested in updating its relationship with the EU in a bid to advance
Israeli industry and agriculture.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IL  Israel, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>401</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Setback for Hindu party </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEFAN WAGSTYL
<name type=place>NEW DELHI</name></byline>
<p>
The Bharatiya Janata party, India's Hindu militant opposition party, whose
supporters last year stormed the Ayodhya mosque, yesterday looked set for
its third defeat in six state elections held last month.
</p>
<p>
With counting virtually complete, the BJP seemed set to lose control of the
central state of Madhya Pradesh to the ruling Congress (I) party.
</p>
<p>
The BJP has previously conceded defeat to Congress in the northern state of
Himachal Pradesh. In Uttar Pradesh it faces defeat at the hands of a
coalition led by the Samajwadi party and the Bhagan Samaj party, a populist
alliance. The BJP is likely to retain control of Rajasthan and has won a
clear victory in the city of Delhi. Counting in the small state of Mizoram
in the north-east has yet to start.
</p>
<p>
The results are a serious setback for the BJP, which had hoped the Ayodhya
mosque's destruction last December would help the cause of Hindu
nationalism. Instead voters have deserted the party, partly in protest at
the violence and unrest which the sacking of the mosque provoked and partly
because of the administrative performance of BJP state governments.
</p>
<p>
Recipe for reform, Page 22
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>221</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UN sanctions against Libya now in force </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>THE UN</name></byline>
<p>
New Security Council sanctions against Libya came into force yesterday to
put pressure on Tripoli into surrendering two men accused of bombing Pan Am
Flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland, in 1988, in which 270 people died,
Reuter reports from the UN.
</p>
<p>
The Security Council, at the urging of the US, Britain and France, adopted
the new sanctions on November 11. But it gave Libya a grace period until
they went into effect at 5.01am GMT yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The sanctions freeze Libya's financial assets abroad but exclude future
funds derived from oil, natural gas or agricultural commodities exports.
</p>
<p>
Sanctions in force since April 1992 ban all civilians' flights to and from
the country and the sales of aircraft parts and arms. They can be suspended
if Libya surrenders the two accused for trial in Britain or the US in
connection with the bombing.
</p>
<p>
Libya also must satisfy demands of a French magistrate investigating the
mid-flight bombing of France's UTA Flight 772 over Niger in 1989 in which
171 people died.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> LY  Libya, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>200</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
ADB changes loan strategy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOSE GALANG
<name type=place>MANILA</name></byline>
<p>
The Asian Development Bank will link future lending to policy liberalisation
that will make the economies of borrowing countries more open, Mr Mitsuo
Sato, the new bank president, said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sato, who took over from Mr Kimimasa Tarimazu, who retired on November
24, told a press conference that during his term the ADB would encourage
more of its member countries to 'shift to greater democratisation, to
market-oriented economy, and to greater openness (of their economies) to the
outside world'.
</p>
<p>
The Manila-based ADB counts among its members the high-growth 'tiger
economies' of east Asia, most of which, however, have been identified with
authoritarian governments or protective economic policies.
</p>
<p>
Before his election to the ADB top position, Mr Sato was deputy president of
the Tokyo Stock Exchange. He is credited with opening up membership of the
exchange to foreign groups. He had served previously in Japan's Finance
Ministry.
</p>
<p>
Mr Sato stressed, however, that the new strategy would be manifested in
'policy dialogues' with borrowing member countries. It would not be a strict
condition similar to those imposed by the World Bank and International
Monetary Fund in their own lending criteria. He said these policy
discussions would focus solely on economic matters and 'not in general
terms.'
</p>
<p>
While opposition lingers over a capital increase for the ADB, Mr Sato said
yesterday he was confident the bank's lending programme for the coming year
would not decline as had been feared by some groups.
</p>
<p>
'We have agreed on the need to raise capital,' he said, although certain
'policy questions' remained to be sorted out.
</p>
<p>
'There is a clear consensus among board members that an agreement will be
reached by the end of the year.'
</p>
<p>
In the first nine months of the year, ADB lending totalled nearly Dollars
2.6bn (Pounds 1.7bn), an increase of 11 per cent from the year before.
Equity investments amounted to Dollars 16.4m, up 3 per cent. In the whole of
1992, total lendings reached Dollars 5.1bn, up 6.9 per cent from the
previous year, while equity investments and underwriting came to Dollars
15.8m, down 44 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IN  India, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>387</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Left-winger takes Labour leadership in New Zealand </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY HALL
<name type=place>WELLINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Ms Helen Clark, a former university lecturer who was elected early yesterday
as leader of New Zealand's opposition Labour party, has indicated that she
wants to turn Labour back to its socialist roots, and has spoken of the need
to raise taxes to help the underprivileged.
</p>
<p>
A left-wing group, led by activist women party workers, achieved their aim
of seeing Ms Clark elected. The caucus vote, by 26 to 19, ended a gruelling
and bitter battle to oust Mr Mike Moore, who argued that Labour should be a
centrist party, with appeal to all sections of the community.
</p>
<p>
Mr Moore, who was consistently rated among New Zealand's most popular
politicians, argued that those who plotted against him overlooked his role
in holding the party together after its devastating 1990 loss, leading to
its near win in the general election three weeks ago.
</p>
<p>
In an apparent effort to retain the backing of Moore supporters, many of
whom back the shift to the right of recent years, the party caucus voted to
appoint Mr David Caygill as deputy leader. Mr Caygill is on the right of the
party and as finance minister in 1988 and 1989 after the sacking of
reformist Sir Roger Douglas continued to promote monetarist economic
solutions.
</p>
<p>
The appointment of Mr Caygill is seen as a further blow to Mr Moore, who
wanted Dr Michael Cullen, Labour's finance spokesman, to be deputy leader.
It is being widely questioned how Mr Caygill will be able to accept the
left-wing agenda that Ms Clark is promoting. During the election Mr Caygill
spoke against any significant watering down of legislation which deregulated
the labour market, and is also believed to oppose tax increases.
</p>
<p>
The party divisions and deep rifts that opened during the battle to oust Mr
Moore, are leading to growing beliefs that Labour cannot survive for long in
its present form, and that the right-wing group may form a new party.
</p>
<p>
There is also talk that some right-wing MPs from the ruling National party
may join such a group, in anticipation that they would achieve a degree of
political power under the German proportional voting system which will be
used in the next election.
</p>
<p>
Adding to the confusion, Mr Moore also said last week that if he was
defeated he would consider forming a 'new' Labour party, although yesterday
he pledged that he would continue to support Labour.
</p>
<p>
Ms Clark is the first woman to lead a main New Zealand political party. She
said yesterday the party needed to find ways to work together in the spirit
of consensus politics. 'Above all we need to build a compassionate Labour
party which serves the needs of all New Zealanders.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>480</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Malaysia seeks Keating apology </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KIERAN COOKE
<name type=place>KUALA LUMPUR</name></byline>
<p>
A row over remarks by Mr Paul Keating, Australia's prime minister, about his
Malaysian counterpart, Dr Mahathir Mohamad, shows signs of worsening. Mr
Keating had called Dr Mahathir recalcitrant for not attending last month's
Asia Pacific Economic Co-operation summit in Seattle.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday, Mr Ahmad Badawi, Malaysia's foreign minister, said Australia's
high commissioner in Kuala Lumpur had been called to the Foreign Ministry
and a protest had been made. A similar protest was lodged at Mr Keating's
office by the Malaysian High Commission in Canberra.
</p>
<p>
While Dr Mahathir seemed at first to play down the issue, his ministers have
been increasing their attacks on Mr Keating and have demanded a public
apology. Mr Samy Vellu, energy and telecommunications minister, said
yesterday that he had directed departments under his ministry to review
business ties with Australia.
</p>
<p>
Australian businessmen and investors in Malaysia are concerned about the
consequences of a prolonged row. Malaysia has become one of their most
important overseas markets. Trade between the two countries was worth
MDollars 4.5bn (USDollars 1.76bn) last year, with the balance well in
Australia's favour.
</p>
<p>
Australia also earns substantial amounts from an estimated 8,000 Malaysian
students in the country, and Malaysians are among the leading buyers of
Australian property.
</p>
<p>
Mr Mohamad Rachmat, Malaysia's information minister, has already announced a
ban on Australian television programmes and advertising material. The
state-controlled broadcasting service would also broadcast only negative
views about Australia.
</p>
<p>
Dr Mahathir did not attend the Seattle meeting because he said Apec was in
danger of becoming dominated by the US and being turned into a structured
trading group like the European Union.
</p>
<p>
At the summit, Mr Keating, clearly exasperated at frequent questions by
Australian journalists about Dr Mahathir, said he did not care about the
Malaysian prime minister's position.
</p>
<p>
'I am sick of questions about Dr Mahathir. . . Apec is bigger than all of
us. . . Australia, the US, Malaysia, Dr Mahathir and other recalcitrants.'
</p>
<p>
In a subsequent television interview he hinted that demands for an apology
by Malaysia were based on feigned indignation and suggested that Kuala
Lumpur owed multiple apologies to Australia for various unspecified slights.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>387</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Beijing unveils plan to overhaul tax system </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TONY WALKER
<name type=place>BEIJING</name></byline>
<p>
China yesterday unveiled a drastic overhaul of its tax system aimed at
simplifying collection procedures and boosting the central government's
dwindling share of revenues.
</p>
<p>
Mr Zhang Zhongcheng, a top official of the National Tax Administration, told
an international seminar in Beijing the changes would complement Chinese
economic reforms which have produced dramatic growth without a corresponding
increase in government revenues.
</p>
<p>
'Fiscal reform must favour the power of the central government to implement
tax laws,' he said. Total tax revenue has dropped sharply in the past decade
from 26.7 per cent of gross national product in 1979 to 15.8 per cent in
1991.
</p>
<p>
Among the main features of China's new tax regime, which is to be phased in
from January 1, are:
</p>
<p>
A uniform 33 per cent tax rate on all enterprises to replace the 55 per cent
now levied on large and medium-sized state concerns. Preferential taxes for
foreign enterprises and joint ventures would not be affected initially, but
eventually would be brought into line with the corporate rate.
</p>
<p>
The imposition of a value added tax in line with international practice. VAT
will be applied at a uniform rate of 17 per cent on all goods in
circulation, but an additional excise would also be levied on luxury items
such cigarettes, alcohol and beauty products, along with gas and petrol.
</p>
<p>
Personal income taxes are to be overhauled to introduce a uniform system
that will apply to foreigners, Chinese citizens and a category described as
'private entrepreneurs'. Nine tax rates are to be imposed ranging from 5 per
cent on a base income of 800 yuan (Dollars 140) per month up to 45 per cent
on higher incomes.
</p>
<p>
Special taxes will be levied on the extractive industries such as the mining
of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, and what are described as 'non-metallic
deposits'. This would be in addition to VAT.
</p>
<p>
Charges on property transactions will also be levied, along with taxes on
stock exchange dealings, inheritances and insurance. Tax laws dealing with
Chinese and foreigners will be unified under a 'unified personal income tax
law'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Zhang sought to reassure foreign investors that their tax advantages
would be preserved under the new regime, but he did not go into detail.
</p>
<p>
'We think, to attract foreign capital and foreign methods and to accelerate
China's economic development, preferential tax treatment applied to foreign
investment enterprises are absolutely indispensable,' he said. 'Tax reforms
will not change that.'
</p>
<p>
China faces enormous difficulties collecting taxes in an economy undergoing
rapid transformation. The central government lacks the sophisticated
mechanisms and manpower required to impose a strict regime. Another problem
is a shortage of accountants.
</p>
<p>
Tax avoidance and evasion is widespread. Competition between the centre and
provinces in tax collection - the two are often engaged in a fierce struggle
for a share of revenues - is another factor bedevilling efforts to bolster
central government coffers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>515</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
S Korean industry leader arrested for fund diversion </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BURTON
<name type=place>SEOUL</name></byline>
<p>
The South Korean government denied yesterday the arrest of the head of
Hanhwa, the country's ninth largest business group, signalled a crackdown on
leading conglomerates, or chaebol.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kim Seung-youn, Hanhwa chairman, is the nation's first incumbent chaebol
leader to be prosecuted. He is charged with illegally diverting funds to buy
property in the US in violation of foreign exchange laws.
</p>
<p>
He is the third prominent businessmen to be prosecuted since the reformist
President Kim Young-sam was inaugurated in February.
</p>
<p>
Mr Chung Ju-yung, the founder of Hyundai, was recently convicted of
illegally diverting corporate funds for his failed presidential campaign
against President Kim last year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Park Tae-joon, founder of Pohang Iron and Steel, the world's third
largest steelmaker, fled to Japan in March after he was charged with
illegally using corporate funds to support Mr Kim's conservative political
opponents.
</p>
<p>
Hanhwa's Mr Kim also has close ties with the president's opponents within
the ruling Democratic Liberal party.
</p>
<p>
Critics have accused the president of engaging in a political vendetta
against his foes by ordering investigations of the business leaders.
</p>
<p>
President Kim has criticised the chaebol for benefiting from links with the
country's former military dictatorship and proposed measures to reduce their
dominant position in the Korean economy. The Hanhwa chairman's arrest
surprised observers since the president has recently adopt a more
conciliatory approach toward the chaebol.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Hanhwa </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> KR  South Korea, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>264</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAA0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Japanese sales of vehicles fall further in November </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHIYO NAKAMOTO
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
The severity of the downturn in Japan's vehicle market was underlined
yesterday by figures showing that new vehicle sales in November fell 7.7 per
cent, the eighth consecutive monthly decline.
</p>
<p>
According to the Japan Automobile Dealers Association, passenger cars
suffered a 7 per cent decline in spite of the introduction by several makers
of new models in the autumn. Truck sales were down nearly 9 per cent,
reflecting the overall weakness in economic activity.
</p>
<p>
Mr Futoh Fujii, vice president of Nissan, noted in an interview last week
that the Japanese car industry could face a 'double dip recession'.
</p>
<p>
Such concerns were supported by the weakness of demand in November, which is
the peak year-end sales period as it comes before consumers receive their
bonuses in December.
</p>
<p>
Failing a November pick-up, car makers will probably have to wait until the
spring for the next opportunity for demand to gather pace, a Honda official
said.
</p>
<p>
The downturn in the domestic market has come as exports have also been
forced lower, largely as a result of the yen's strength and sluggish demand
particularly in the European Union.
</p>
<p>
Japanese manufacturers have had to scale back production plans significantly
in order to adjust inventories. Mazda had a two-day closure last month, and
Nissan will follow suit this month.
</p>
<p>
Honda plans to halt production for four days between this month and next
April and to reduce output by about 10,000 units.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5511 New and Used Car Dealers </item>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P5599 Automotive Dealers, NEC </item>
<item> P3713 Truck and Bus Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5511 </item>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P5599 </item>
<item> P3713 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>291</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Japan paying prices of recession: The gloom in Tokyo's
consumer electronics shops </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By WILLIAM DAWKINS</byline>
<p>
The lights are going dim in Akihabara, the neon-festooned electronics
district of Tokyo, consumer test-bed for world-beating gizmos like the
Walkman and the compact disc player.
</p>
<p>
Akihabara, where the Japanese splash out 5 per cent of their Y6,000bn
(Pounds 38bn) a year spending on consumer electronics, is a sensitive
indicator of consumer sentiment. In some places, the recession has hit so
hard that the lights have gone out.
</p>
<p>
One is Hirose Musen, one of the four small chains to have closed there in
the past four months. A picket line of former employees shivered outside one
of Hirose Musen's shuttered shops last week, with their backs to a lifeless
neon sign, politely requesting their jobs back.
</p>
<p>
A stroll through some of the other 500 stores in the area makes it is easy
to see why Hirose Musen's owners closed their three Akihabara shops. Noodle
bars tucked under railway arches nearby appear to be attracting more custom
than the gaudy arcades of Akihabara's main outlets. Many report that sales
this year are down at least 10 per cent and some, like Nakaura, are so
desperate they have sent out salesmen to make house-to-house calls.
</p>
<p>
Prices are at the bottom. In good times, Akihabara sales tickets show two
figures; the manufacturer's price, which has a line through it, plus the
sale price, the point from which one is expected to open bargaining.
</p>
<p>
These discounts were not as generous as they looked, since they were
strictly controlled by suppliers. But last week, sale prices too were scored
through with thick black lines. Discounts on a given brand name varied
between shops, indicating that suppliers' grip on margins has weakened.
Discounts include 40 per cent off miniature televisions at Y11,800 and 25
per cent off digital audio tape machines, down to Y55,800.
</p>
<p>
The range of gadgets is as dazzling as ever, as suppliers and shops try in
vain to revive consumers' jaded tastes. But general consumer spending in the
year to the end of September was down 0.4 per cent, compared with a rise of
2.8 per cent in the same month last year, according to the Economic Planning
Agency.
</p>
<p>
The problem is that people are earning less as their companies slash costs,
and are at the same time saving more to rebuild wealth eroded by the fall in
land prices. Real incomes only rose by 1.2 per cent in the year to
September, while savings as a proportion of disposable income rose to 18.2
per cent last year, from 17.9 per cent in 1991, says the EPA.
</p>
<p>
On top of this, Akihabara has its own problems. What remains of diminished
demand is shifting away from traditional consumer electronics, white goods
and components - and stabilising or growing slightly in computer games,
computers, compact discs and tapes.
</p>
<p>
Even worse, Akihabara has lost its already questionable reputation for the
lowest prices, thanks to the arrival of aggressive discount stores in
suburbs such as Shinjuku and Ikebukuro. They are winning market share.
Discount stores generally are expecting double-digit sales growth this year,
according to a survey by the Nihon Keizai Shimbun newspaper.
</p>
<p>
Akihabara's stores have responded in varying ways. One of the larger ones,
Shintoku, threw out its old stock and filled one of its four shops with Sega
computer games last November. It turned another into a CD and video cassette
store, called Shintoku Soft Terminal. The strategy was not enough to erode
Shintoku's mounting debts and the store filed for bankruptcy last month with
liabilities of Y6.96bn, Akihabara's biggest collapse.
</p>
<p>
Laox, the biggest store, has been more successful. It had expanded out of
Akihabara before the recession hit and has become rich enough to use the
downturn to expand market share, by taking over one of its struggling
neighbours.
</p>
<p>
Laox has also led an Akihabara trend, to devote more space to selling
computers, from which the district now derives about 30 per cent of sales
and to concentrate more on supplying a service than giving discounts. As
part of the same trend, a shop closed by Asia Musen, another recent
Akihabara casualty, was taken over by Sofmap, a retailer of used personal
computers.
</p>
<p>
This is, however, a risky strategy. The profit margin on computers is even
smaller than that on consumer goods, points out Mr Harrison Bates, retail
analyst at James Capel Pacific. Akihabara is heading for a tough Christmas.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3651 Household Audio and Video Equipment </item>
<item> P5731 Radio, Television, and Electronic Stores </item>
<item> P5734 Computer and Software Stores </item>
<item> P5722 Household Appliance Stores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3651 </item>
<item> P5731 </item>
<item> P5734 </item>
<item> P5722 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>786</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Mixed signals from China on Hong Kong: Patten prepares move
towards democracy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SIMON HOLBERTON and ALEXANDER NICOLL
<name type=place>HONG KONG, LONDON</name></byline>
<p>
China is issuing conflicting signals over Hong Kong even though failure to
reach agreement in Sino-British talks is expected today to lead Mr Chris
Patten, the colony's governor, to announce he is pressing ahead with the
first stage of his proposals for broader democracy.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten is expected to tell legislators that he will introduce a bill
dealing with 'straightforward' issues concerning Hong Kong's elections next
year and in 1995, leaving the most contentious aspects open for further
discussion with Beijing if talks should continue.
</p>
<p>
Although Chinese officials have warned against this step, there has been a
softening in their rhetoric by comparison with other difficult periods in
relations over Hong Kong. The threat that no more talks would take place if
Mr Patten proceeds has so far been absent from their comments.
</p>
<p>
Meeting businessmen from Hong Kong, Mr Lu Ping, director of Beijing's Hong
Kong and Macao Affairs Office, made no reference to talks ending if Mr
Patten put his bill to Hong Kong's Legislative Council.
</p>
<p>
However, it also emerged yesterday that Britain's confidence that China
would honour the 1984 Joint Declaration on Hong Kong was shaken in the
latest round of talks in Beijing at the weekend.
</p>
<p>
It was understood that Beijing told British negotiators China would
reintroduce appointments to Hong Kong's local government if Mr Patten
abolishes this system and has all seats elected.
</p>
<p>
According to the Hong Kong Economic Journal, a leading business paper, Mr
Christopher Hum, head of the UK team, pointed out this went against the
Joint Declaration and the Basic Law which vest such power in the Hong Kong
government that succeeds Mr Patten's administration.
</p>
<p>
The Chinese remark was seen as potentially undermining the Joint
Declaration's statement that after sovereignty reverts from Britain to China
in 1997, Hong Kong will enjoy a 'high degree of autonomy', with 'Hong Kong
people ruling Hong Kong'.
</p>
<p>
Despite the apparent breakdown of the talks, British officials point out
that China has agreed to attend a meeting in London next week of the Joint
Liaison Group, the body charged with working out details of the 1997
transfer.
</p>
<p>
Beijing has not yet responded to London's request for a further round of
talks on political development, the officials said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tsang Yok Sing, a pro-Beijing Hong Kong politician, said in a radio
interview from the Chinese capital that talks could proceed as long as Legco
took no final decisions.
</p>
<p>
Mr Zhou Nan, Beijing's top official in Hong Kong, assured Hong Kong
political figures visiting Kunming that China would do its best to preserve
Hong Kong's prosperity and stability even if Britain acted unilaterally on
the political front.
</p>
<p>
Lord Howe, the former UK foreign secretary who negotiated the Joint
Declaration, said yesterday that it was overridingly important for Britain
and China to renew their commitment to a common course leading to agreement
over Hong Kong.
</p>
<p>
Responding to questions from a parliamentary select committee, he said it
was important for Britain to maintain consistency in dealing with China, but
declined to be drawn into discussing the specifics of the current impasse.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 4</biblScope>
<extent>556</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK women lag in 'Euroleague' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID MARSH, European Editor</byline>
<p>
Women in Britain live less long and are less likely to become MPs or
ministers than almost anywhere else in western Europe, according to the
European statistics office Eurostat.
</p>
<p>
They have to cope with lower levels of maternity benefit than in most other
European Union states, and a larger gap compared with male wages.
</p>
<p>
The Eurostat report, published yesterday, paints a mixed picture of the
social and economic position of European women. Female unemployment is
higher than male in every EU country apart from Britain. The female rate is
more than twice the male level in Greece, Belgium, Italy and Portugal.
British women's relatively low unemployment is partly explained by greater
opportunities for part-time work.
</p>
<p>
In nearly every other category, British women are at or close to the bottom
of the Euroleague. Ms Jill Chesworth, spokeswoman for the Equal
Opportunities Commission, an independent body set up to counter sex
discrimination, said the findings confirmed British men and women alike were
getting 'a raw deal' as a result of UK economic decline.
</p>
<p>
Life expectancy for UK women is 78.6 years, ninth lowest in the EU.
Maternity benefits are paid for a shorter time and at a lower level than in
any other EU state.
</p>
<p>
British women seem particularly prone to become single mothers: of women
aged 20-39, 10.1 per cent are living alone with children, more than in any
other EU member. The corresponding figures elsewhere range from 2.3 per cent
in Italy and 2.4 per cent in Greece to 7.7 per cent in Germany and 7.1 per
cent in Belgium.
</p>
<p>
North European women suffer from a larger gap between male and female wages
than in the south. In the retail trade, British and German women employees
earn respectively 36 and 30 per cent less than their male counterparts. In
Portugal and Greece - where the overall level of wages is much lower - the
differential is 20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The Eurostat survey says women account for only 7 per cent of total members
of the UK government. The proportions elsewhere range from 8 per cent in
Luxembourg and Greece, and 10 per cent in Portugal, to 21 per cent in
Denmark and 24 per cent in the Netherlands.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> XJ  West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>411</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
French recycled paper industry protests against imports </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The French recycled paper industry dumped truckloads of waste paper in Paris
yesterday in protest at imports, on the eve of recycling talks by European
Union environment ministers
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9511 Air, Water, and Solid Waste Management </item>
<item> P4953 Refuse Systems </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9511 </item>
<item> P4953 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>64</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Madrid confronts unions head on </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TOM BURNS
<name type=place>MADRID</name></byline>
<p>
The Spanish government is determined to confront the unions and deregulate
the labour market despite the threat of a general strike next month and
foreign investor nervousness about growing industrial unrest, a senior
minister said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Pedro Solbes, economy and finance minister, insisted at a conference in
Madrid organised by the Financial Times and Expansion newspaper that the
strike would have 'no impact on what the government intends to do' and that
it would 'in no way affect the exchange rate'.
</p>
<p>
Unions have called for a 24-hour walkout in the second half of January to
force the government to withdraw legislation aimed at loosening fixed
employment guidelines and making it easier to sack staff. The government,
which argues that Spain's labour market rigidities are directly responsible
its unemployment levels - the highest in the European Union - is to approve
the deregulation measures tomorrow
</p>
<p>
Mr Solbes said the cabinet would approve a decree law, with immediate effect
that would end the government's monopoly on job placements for the
unemployed and remove legal impediments to apprenticeship schemes and
part-time employment.
</p>
<p>
The government hopes as many as 900,000 18-25-year-olds will be able to
enter the job market under these measures. The jobless figure stands at 3.5m
or 23 per cent of the labour force, according to the national statistics
office.
</p>
<p>
The peseta, which has been under heavy selling pressure, remains the weakest
currency in the European monetary system's exchange rate mechanism although
it held steady yesterday at Pta82.18 to the D-Mark. It gained slightly
against the dollar closing at Pta140.95.
</p>
<p>
The government-union showdown in Spain comes at the end of a fruitless
three-month attempt to negotiate a 'social pact' with unions and employers
on wage restraint and labour market reform. The talks were called off
officially on Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
The measures are opposed by the unions who accuse the government of creating
'junk jobs'. Organised labour is even more hostile to a draft law, also to
be unveiled tomorrow, which will alter statutory labour rules on a maximum
eight-hour working day and a daily 12-hour minimum rest period, change
collective bargaining procedures, streamline job classifications and ease
relocations.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8631 Labor Organizations </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8631 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>394</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Turkish tax net tightened </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN MURRAY BROWN
<name type=place>ISTANBUL</name></byline>
<p>
A programme of tax changes designed to close Turkey's budget gap and offset
expected losses from the move to a customs union with the European Union in
1995 were unveiled yesterday by Mrs Tansu Ciller, the prime minister.
</p>
<p>
The changes, which parliament will have to rush through in the next few
weeks to take effect in the 1994 tax year, include a new consumption tax,
increases in effective corporation tax, increased tax allowances for the
lower paid, and administrative reforms to reduce tax evasion.
</p>
<p>
'For some people not to pay tax while those on the minimum wage pay their
tax automatically every month is a shame, a sin and an injustice,' Mrs
Ciller said, warning that the names of tax evaders would be exposed. The
reforms aim to raise the tax take by 2 per cent of gross national product
next year and 3 per cent in 1995.
</p>
<p>
The parliamentary budget commission is expected to conclude the 1994 budget
discussions this week, before taking the draft to the full house for
approval.
</p>
<p>
The budget, which has been calculated assuming parliamentary backing for the
new tax reforms, envisages a deficit of TL192,000bn (Pounds 9.3bn), on
spending of TL819,000bn.
</p>
<p>
The reforms reduce the number of exemptions which allow corporations to
reduce their tax liabilities. Under the new system, companies will pay
corporation tax at a minimum rate of 20 per cent. Tax incentives are to be
introduced for companies going public.
</p>
<p>
The new consumption tax is specifically aimed at offsetting lost revenues
resulting from the move to lower import tariffs and the scrapping of the
mass housing fund as Turkey implements a customs union with the EU in 1995.
</p>
<p>
The announcement, which Mrs Ciller made during a nationwide television
address, coincides with publication of figures showing gross national
product growing by 7.9 per cent in the third quarter. Growth was strongest
in the services sector.
</p>
<p>
After 12 per cent GNP growth in the second quarter, economists are
projecting growth for the whole of 1993 at around 8 per cent, which should
result in higher than budgeted tax receipts for the government in the
current year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> TR  Turkey, Middle East </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>386</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAATFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
'Wise men' favour open skies policy: EU report says airlines
must cut costs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The European airline industry must end the debate over its future and get
down to practical cost-savings measures if it is to have any assured future,
according to the committee of 'wise men' set up by the European Commission
to look at the financial crisis in civil aviation.
</p>
<p>
The committee, headed by former Belgian transport minister Herman De Croo,
presented an interim report to EU transport ministers in Brussels on
Tuesday, and is due to finalise its recommendations by mid-January.
</p>
<p>
The meeting widened the rift between a French-led coalition looking to spare
their flag carriers the sharper measures of the EU air transport
deregulation put in place over the past seven years, and a more or less
equal UK-led group of member states seeking to preserve and extend the 'open
skies' regime and ban state aids to national airlines.
</p>
<p>
But Mr De Croo told the ministers that 'the European airline industry cannot
afford continuing such a largely ideological debate with only sterile
results. What we need are practical measures that work and bring about
incentives for cost savings.
</p>
<p>
'The European airline industry can no longer afford selling a product,
produced at European cost levels, at world market prices,' the report says,
rejecting any solution which rolls back liberalisation.
</p>
<p>
The committee's preliminary findings state that:
</p>
<p>
Europe's airlines have long combined above average growth with below average
profitability, a phenomenon it describes as 'possibly unique'.
</p>
<p>
On average, the industry has a considerable cost disadvantage compared to
its main international competitors, with flag carriers' operating costs at
45 per cent above their US rivals. 'A significant part of this gap stems
from lower productivity,' the report says, pointing out that salary levels
do not substantially differ between Europe and the US.
</p>
<p>
Airlines in Europe pay higher airport and air traffic control costs, while
chronic congestion adds to overall costs.
</p>
<p>
They also pay higher financial costs, because of exchange rate risks, less
favourable conditions for tax-lease arrangements, and 'the higher efficiency
of US capital markets.
</p>
<p>
However, the report notes that financial difficulties have not hit all
sectors of the industry equally. Charter and cargo services have done
remarkably well during the recession. Independent carriers increased jobs in
1990-92 by 10 per cent, while employment at flag carriers fell 4 per cent,
with more redundancies in prospect. The latter are losing market share in
and outside the EU, the report notes.
</p>
<p>
The options, Mr De Croo said, are 'major cost-cutting on all fronts or
declare bankruptcy', or to let the taxpayer pick up the bill through state
aids. 'If we do nothing a combination of all three options will occur.'
</p>
<p>
The interim report does not rule out public funding to aid industry
restructuring, but its tone clearly strengthens the liberal camp in EU
aviation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XG  Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> STATS  Statistics </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>513</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAASFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Anti-EU sentiment grows in Finland </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BROWN-HUMES
<name type=place>STOCKHOLM</name></byline>
<p>
For the first time more Finns oppose membership of the European Union than
support it, according to a Gallup poll published by the Helsingin Sanomat
newspaper. Finland applied for membership in March, 1992.
</p>
<p>
In Norway a Gallup poll this week put EU support at 21.8 per cent, with 51.6
per cent opposing. The latest Sifo poll in Sweden puts the No vote at 48 per
cent, compared with 30 per cent in favour.
</p>
<p>
According to the new poll in Finland, 41 per cent of Finns would vote No to
EU membership if a referendum were held now. This compares with 36 per cent
in favour and 23 per cent who are undecided.
</p>
<p>
There is no doubt that the latest vote has been influenced by widespread
disappointment over the EU's response to Finland's demands on agriculture,
the key issue in the country's membership discussions.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> FI  Finland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>177</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAARFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Pomicino admits funding </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GRAHAM
<name type=place>ROME</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Paolo Cirino Pomicino, a former Christian Democrat budget minister and
one of the party bosses in Naples, yesterday admitted in a Milan court to
receiving L5bn (Pounds 2m) in illicit funds from the Ferruzzi-Montedison
group.
</p>
<p>
Mr Pomicino, until recently protected by parliamentary immunity, is the
first senior minister to have admitted receiving illicit funds. The
admission was part of evidence in the trial of Mr Sergio Cusani, a financial
consultant close to the Socialist party who is charged with helping the
Ferruzzi-Montedison group distribute money to obtain political favours.
</p>
<p>
According to Mr Pomicino, the funds were handed over in the form of treasury
bills. These were then cashed by Mr Franco Ambrosio, the Neapolitan
businessman who controls Italgrani, the grain group.
</p>
<p>
Mr Pomicino said the funds were used for campaigning; but more than L1bn was
passed on to Mr Salvo Lima, the powerful Christian Democrat politician who
represented Mr Giulio Andreotti, the former premier, in Sicily. Mr Lima was
murdered last year in a Mafia assassination and has since been identified as
having Mafia links.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Montedison </item>
<item> Ferruzzi Finanziaria </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9211 Courts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9211 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>207</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Maastrichtrebel urges EU overhaul </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BUCHAN
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Philippe Seguin, president of the French national assembly, last night
called for radical changes in the European Union to widen its membership to
Russia, to create a European Security Council, and to relaunch the European
economy with interest rate cuts and massive public borrowing.
</p>
<p>
Mr Seguin, who led the French anti-Maastricht campaign, shares much of the
Euroscepticism prevalent in London.
</p>
<p>
But, in his speech last night to a Paris university audience, he pushed the
thesis of a wider-rather-than-deeper European integration further than any
British conservative minister would dare or probably want.
</p>
<p>
He called for the EU to consolidate peace in Europe by extending membership
to Russia, Ukraine and Belarus. Capping his 'Grand Europe' vision would be a
European Security Council, modelled on the UN with four or five main
European powers able to send peace-keeping forces throughout the continent.
</p>
<p>
He proposed a downgrading in most EU institutions, with the Commission
losing its right to make proposals and the European Parliament confined to
ratifying legislation elaborated by national parliaments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>203</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU warns it may use force in Bosnia </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURA SILBER and LIONEL BARBER
<name type=place>GENEVA, BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The Belgian presidency of the European Union yesterday served notice that
Europe was ready to use force against local warlords blocking humanitarian
aid in Bosnia.
</p>
<p>
The warning followed talks in Brussels between Mr Jacques Delors, president
of the European Commission, and Mr Warren Christopher, US secretary of
state, which paved the way for next month's visit by President Bill Clinton
to Europe and a Nato summit.
</p>
<p>
The talks were a clear effort to patch disagreements earlier this year,
principally over US support for arming the Bosnian Moslems against the
Serbs.
</p>
<p>
In Geneva, Bosnia's three warring factions reported progress after deciding
to extend negotiations on the republic's ethnic division for another day. Mr
Radovan Karadzic, the Bosnian Serb leader, said progress had been made on a
Serb insistence of partition of Sarajevo, the capital.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BA  Bosnia-Hercegovina, East Europe </item>
<item> BE  Belgium, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>174</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
CSCE defers peace mandate </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTHONY ROBINSON and QUENTIN PEEL
<name type=place>ROME, BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Foreign ministers of the 52-nation Conference on Security and Co-operation
in Europe yesterday postponed a decision on Russia's bid for a CSCE mandate
for its 'peacekeeping' operations in the former Soviet Union.
</p>
<p>
However, they did ask the CSCE secretariat in Vienna to draw up a set of
rules as a basis for the sanctioning of military intervention by Russian
forces. These are likely to emphasise the timely dispatch of armed monitors
to potential trouble spots and the setting up of parallel political
dispute-settling processes.
</p>
<p>
Former Soviet states have been arguing that approval for Russian military
peacekeeping in former Soviet territories would constitute a new 'Yalta
agreement', creating two security zones in Europe. But western diplomats
argue that the west is unlikely to provide troops to address the security
risks in Transcaucasia and central Asia.
</p>
<p>
With elections in Russia looming, ministers also wanted to avoid any hint of
rejecting the Russian proposals. But Mr Anatoli Zlenko, the Ukrainian
foreign minister refused to be restrained by electoral considerations when
he strongly rebutted the attack on Ukraine's nuclear policies made on
Tuesday by Mr Andrei Kozyrev, the Russian foreign minister.
</p>
<p>
Dismissing Russia's claim that Ukraine's slow and partial ratification of
the US-Soviet Start 1 agreement was re-creating a nuclear risk in Europe, Mr
Zlenko said 'everyone knows that the nuclear button remains in Russian hands
and that Ukraine has no intention of obtaining operational control'.
</p>
<p>
Quentin Peel adds from Bonn: France and Germany yesterday called for the
Western European Union, as the arm of common defence policy in the European
Union, to become a vehicle for bringing the countries of eastern Europe
closer to western defence structures - but stopping short of full Nato
membership.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>322</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAANFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
German workers settle for modest pay increase </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PARKES
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
The first significant deal in west Germany's 1994 pay negotiations has
resulted in insurance workers settling for a 2 per cent across-the-board
award.
</p>
<p>
According to officials of the DAG white-collar union, a one-off payment and
travel subsidies will boost the total value of the 15-month package to about
3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The agreement, reached during Tuesday night, is the first concrete evidence
to support hopes of deflationary wage rises in the new year. West German
inflation is widely forecast to average around 3.5 per cent in 1994, dipping
steadily as the year progresses.
</p>
<p>
A tendency towards more moderate union demands has played an important part
in encouraging the Bundesbank council, which meets today, to continue its
programme of cautious interest rate reductions.
</p>
<p>
The traditionally moderate DBV bank workers' association this week requested
a 4.5 per cent increase for the new year. The real test for negotiators
starts next week, when engineering and metal industry employers are due to
open talks with the IG Metall union, which has posted claims for between 5.5
per cent and 6 per cent.
</p>
<p>
However, economists note that the industrial sectors represented by IG
Metall have shed around 400,000 jobs in the past two years, and doubt that
the membership has the heart to resist employers' pressure.
</p>
<p>
A month-on-month increase of just 0.1 per cent in west German import prices
during October and a 1.5 per cent fall compared with the same month last
year, reported by the federal statistics office yesterday, also indicated
continuing reductions in inflationary pressure.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, industrial output figures suggested that the past year's decline
is slowing. Production fell a provisional 0.4 per cent during October,
according to the economics ministry.
</p>
<p>
This followed a sharp upward adjustment for September, when output was
unchanged from August.
</p>
<p>
Combined figures for September and October, a measure used to iron out
short-term fluctuations, showed production up 1 per cent on July and August.
Only consumer goods and food and luxury products registered declines.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>367</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Georgia rebels in PoW swap </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
The Georgian government and representatives of the secessionist region of
Abkhazia yesterday agreed to exchange prisoners of war and allow refugees to
return, writes Frances Williams in Geneva.
</p>
<p>
A memorandum of understanding reached after two days of United
Nations-mediated talks also invited the UN to send an international
peacekeeping force to Abkhazia to police the uneasy ceasefire.
</p>
<p>
Abkhaz rebels seized control of the region last summer after a civil war in
which thousands died.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GE  Georgia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>105</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAALFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Moscow looks set for Baltic withdrawal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MATTHEW KAMINSKI
<name type=place>RIGA</name></byline>
<p>
Russia appears ready to rethink its regional military presence in the
Baltics after it recently proposed to withdraw from all but one of its
strategic bases in the Baltic states.
</p>
<p>
In recent bilateral talks with Latvia and Estonia, which resume tomorrow,
Russia offered to return the nuclear submarine training base at Paldiski,
Estonia, as well as the Ventspils satellite listening post and Liepaja naval
base by next August, or soon after.
</p>
<p>
Although no agreement has been signed, western diplomats note a change of
tone in the long-running negotiations, and place special weight on the
explicit offer to leave Liepaja.
</p>
<p>
A military expert said this means Russia must now reduce its Baltic Sea
naval fleet since the some 50 vessels at Liepaja cannot be restationed in
Baltiisk, the Kaliningrad port, or Kronstadt, near St Petersburg, which are
both full.
</p>
<p>
However, Russia wants to keep the early warning radar station in Skrunda in
Latvia under military control for six more years, until a similar facility
is built in Baranovich, in Belarus.
</p>
<p>
Mr Valdis Birkavs, Latvian prime minster, said Latvia could accept civilian
control for 18 months, but only with 'international guarantees'.
</p>
<p>
Roughly 16,500 soldiers are left in Latvia and Estonia. Russia's defence
ministry is said to want some troops from the Baltic rim moved to 'hot
spots' in the trans-Caucus and central Asian states.
</p>
<p>
Until then, however, neighbouring states are worried about the troop
build-up in Kaliningrad, where more than 100,000 soldiers plus equipment are
concentrated.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>280</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Hint of new deal for foreign capital </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN LLOYD
<name type=place>MOSCOW</name></byline>
<p>
A senior minister yesterday pleaded with western investors to increase their
stake in Russia, promising a much friendlier regime after parliamentary
elections this month.
</p>
<p>
Mr Oleg Soskovets, a first deputy prime minister, told a meeting of US
business people that Russian industry needed many billions of dollars of
foreign capital to modernise itself. The aluminium industry, he said, needed
Dollars 6.6bn (Pounds 4.4bn), oil and gas refineries in the far eastern
province of Sakhalin alone needed Dollars 10bn, while the list of demands
for oil and gas industry equipment stood at Dollars 17.5bn.
</p>
<p>
He said the government would call on the parliament, elected after December
12, to pass legislation creating free economic zones and concessionary
agreements, as well as to rescind 'ill-grounded barriers to the activities
of foreign companies in Russia'.
</p>
<p>
He said the percentage of wholly foreign-owned companies in the overall
number of joint ventures had grown from 19 per cent in 1992 to 40 per cent
in 1993 - though the amount of private foreign capital invested remained
low, at around Dollars 2bn. Against a background of falling production,
foreign-owned enterprises had increased their output of light industrial
products and had helped restore oil production.
</p>
<p>
He said foreign investors should be directed to the priorities of oil
production, agriculture, high technology and military conversion.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, economics ministers, meeting Mr Viktor Chernomyrdin, the Russian
premier, approved a 'tough' budget - with further spending on the energy
sector of Rbs1,500bn (Pounds 870m), to be compensated for by raising
unspecified revenues of an equivalent amount.
</p>
<p>
The ministers heard that gross domestic product fell 12 per cent in 1993,
compared with 20 per cent last year; that inflation had slowed to 15 per
cent in November from 21 per cent in October; and that the budget deficit
for the year would be 10 per cent of GDP.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>349</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Russian reformists denounce call to ban Communist party
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN LLOYD and DMITRI VOLKOV
<name type=place>MOSCOW</name></byline>
<p>
Russia's Choice, the leading reformist group in the Russian election
campaign, has sharply criticised Mr Vladimir Shumeiko, the first deputy
prime minister, for calling for the banning of the Communist and other
parties for their attacks on the draft constitution.
</p>
<p>
In doing so, it has distanced itself from Mr Boris Yeltsin, the Russian
president - who had threatened to deprive parties of television airtime for
criticising the draft.
</p>
<p>
The move, which puts Russia's Choice in the same camp as other conservative
and reformist parties - both in opposing a ban and the loss of airtime -
shows that it has decided it may be better to demonstrate opposition to the
president rather than to democratic practice.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile the latest poll - by the 'Mnenie' organisation - showed both main
reformist parties, Russia's Choice and the Yabloko group of Mr Grigory
Yavlinsky, losing ground compared to their position in mid-November. The
poll also showed a surge of support for the neo-fascist Liberal Democratic
party of Mr Vladimir Zhirinovsky. However, the poll is of doubtful value as
it recorded nearly 50 per cent of respondents as 'Don't knows'.
</p>
<p>
Publication of further polls will be banned from today until election day,
December 12.
</p>
<p>
Mr Shumeiko's call for a ban on the communists has been rejected by the
electoral commission. However, the call electrified the pre-election
atmosphere; it followed a warning by President Yeltsin of the loss of the
free broadcasting for all 13 groups contesting the election. Mr Yeltsin had
also proposed that the two chambers of parliament meet in two buildings far
apart - a proposal also criticised by Russia's Choice as hindering
efficiency.
</p>
<p>
Mr Yegor Gaidar, the first deputy prime minister who heads the group, said
on Tuesday night that criticism of the constitution was no grounds for
banning a party. Mr Gennady Burbulis, a former close aide to Mr Yeltsin and
another leader of Russia's Choice, yesterday apologised for Mr Shumeiko,
condemned his call and said it did not reflect the position of Russia's
Choice.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gary Kasparov, the chess champion who is a Russia's Choice candidate,
went further, saying that 'the whole group will suffer' for Mr Shumeiko's
action, which he said was 'irresponsible'.
</p>
<p>
Editorial Comment, Page 23
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8651 </item>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>411</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Russian 'peacekeepers' raise imperialism fears: Doubts are
growing over Moscow's 'army abroad' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GILLIAN TETT and STEVE LEVINE</byline>
<p>
As the Conference for Security and Co-operation in Europe mulls over the new
Russian military doctrine which provides for the stationing of Russian
troops in the 'near abroad', Colonel Ivan Maleevitch, in the remote republic
of Tajikistan, is laying plans.
</p>
<p>
As spokesman for the newly-created 25,000-strong Russian and Central Asian
'peacekeeping' force, he is already plotting to paint his vehicles blue.
</p>
<p>
'We need to do this to show that we are proper peacekeepers,' says Col
Maleevitch, who is charged with explaining Russia's military presence in
Tajikistan, the scene of a bloody 18-month civil war between the government
and Islamic rebels.
</p>
<p>
His task will be delicate. With the Russian army now actively engaged in the
Caucuses, Moldova and Tajikistan, fears that Russia could be engaged in a
new military imperialism under the 'peacekeeping' guise have been one of the
key issues dogging the CSCE meeting.
</p>
<p>
In Georgia, Russian troops are guarding the railways in defence of the
Georgian government, and in exchange have received permission to run five
military bases, including three Black Sea ports. This has prompted Mr Tengiz
Chachava, the 'ambassador' in Moscow of Georgian rebel leader Mr Zviad
Gamsakhurdia, to claim that 'it should be clear to all countries now that
what is at stake in Georgia is the resumption of Russian rule'.
</p>
<p>
In Azerbaijan 200 Russian military advisers are covertly supporting the
Azerbaijani government in exchange for a share in Azerbaijan oil fields for
Russia's state oil group Lukoil, according to Azeri officials.
</p>
<p>
But it is the 700-mile Tajik-Afghan border which could prove critical in
defining Russia's policies in the 'near abroad', not least because the area
is already an embryo for any future CIS-wide peace-keeping force.
</p>
<p>
To try to allay western fears, Mr Andrei Kozyrev, Russian foreign minister,
recently suggested that the operations be given a United Nations or CSCE
mandate, insisting that 'Russia's withdrawal from its peacekeeping role
would threaten the former Soviet Union with a Yugoslav scenario'.
</p>
<p>
The proposal has already provoked outrage from some Baltic and central
European countries as well as some UN officials, who point out that the UN
stipulates that 'peacekeepers' cannot be taken from adjacent countries.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless the proposals have received a more tolerant hearing in Britain,
France and Germany, where there is a grudging acceptance that Russia has
legitimate security concerns on its borders - and that a Russian-held peace
might be better than no peace since the UN is in no position to provide
peacekeepers.
</p>
<p>
However, as western diplomats admit, the problem is that Russia's
longer-term policy in these areas remains unclear, with the Russian army and
Russian foreign ministry apt to speak with different tongues.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kozyrev, for his part, insists that Russian troops are needed in
Tajikistan, for example to protect the 200,000 Russians in Tajikistan and
prevent the rebels based in Afghanistan from spreading 'Islamic extremism'
into its southern flank.
</p>
<p>
In Dushanbe General Boris Pyankov, acting commander of the peacekeeping
force, denies that Russia has any 'imperialistic' aim, pointing out that all
the Russian forces, including the locally based 201 division, are now under
a joint command structure.
</p>
<p>
This structure, drawn up between Russia, Tajikistan, Kazakhstan, Kyrghyzstan
and Uzbekistan in August, envisages a six-month peace-keeping term,
renewable at the Tajik government's request.
</p>
<p>
But this multilateral control is largely a diplomatic figleaf - most of the
heavy weapons remain in the hands of the Russians. With the Russian troops
now in effect propping up the Tajik government, Mr Abdumalik Abduladjanov,
the Tajik prime minister, admits that the troops are likely to be in the
country 'for a long time'.
</p>
<p>
So far western observers in Dushanbe have retained a discreet silence on the
issue. 'I don't think the United Nations will come out openly with official
support. But I think they will give a tacit nod,' explains one diplomat.
</p>
<p>
Even if the west accepts Russia's role on the border, it is likely to insist
on strong international scrutiny, which may involve a demand that the troops
maintain a dialogue with both sides. There has been little evidence of this
recently in Tajikistan or Georgia, and in Moldova the Russian forces have
openly sided with the local Russians.
</p>
<p>
With the mission in Tajikistan likely to be unwinnable, questions also
remain about Russia's patience. After 25 Russians were massacred by the
opposition on the border in summer, Russian leaders know public opinion in
Russia could become less tolerant. . On the ground Russia's presence has
already made the opposition virulently anti-Russian.
</p>
<p>
'Russia will pay for this in the future - we blame the Russian government
for this,' says Davlat Usmon, opposition leader from his stronghold in the
Pamirs. And in Afghanistan itself, opposition forces are already reported to
be offering Dollars 350,000 for the head of a Russian commander.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
<item> GE  Georgia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>835</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Markets surge as Budget boosts hopes of recovery: Stocks and
bonds record highest daily gains since ERM departure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER MARSH, PETER NORMAN, PETER JOHN and TERRY BYLAND</byline>
<p>
Financial markets rose sharply yesterday on the back of hopes that this
week's Budget would help the UK recovery without stoking inflation and that
a cut in interest rates was on the way.
</p>
<p>
The London stock and government bond markets recorded their biggest daily
gains since sterling left the exchange rate mechanism in September 1992 as
investors gave a vote of confidence to the spending cuts and tax rises
announced by Mr Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor, on Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
In hectic trading, the FT-SE 100 Index of leading shares jumped 66.3 to
3,233.2, a new high, while long-dated gilts gained nearly 2 points helped by
large purchases from UK institutions and investors in continental Europe and
the US.
</p>
<p>
Stocks in BT, British Gas and the privatised water and power companies were
especially buoyant. Construction companies and some retailers also gained on
the view that those sectors had received favourable treatment in the Budget.
</p>
<p>
The optimistic sentiment was helped by comments from Mr Clarke that the
economy was strong enough to withstand the tax increases and spending cuts
announced on Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
He said that the growth forecast of 2.5 per cent next year was 'modest and
realistic' and that the measures to bring down the 1994-95 fiscal deficit
from an expected Pounds 44bn to Pounds 38bn would help to bolster business
and consumer confidence.
</p>
<p>
Although Mr Clarke did not encourage hopes of a cut in interest rates from
the current level of 5.5 per cent, the pound fell on speculation that such a
move might come in the next two months.
</p>
<p>
In London, sterling closed against the D-Mark at DM2.5425, down half a
pfennig, while against the dollar it lost nearly half a cent to end the day
at Dollars 1.4805. In New York, the pound fell further to close at Dollars
1.478.
</p>
<p>
Markets took a positive view of Mr Clarke's decision to cut Pounds 3.6bn
from next year's public spending control total and his tax changes which
will raise Pounds 1.67bn in 1994-95 on top of the Pounds 6.7bn already
announced.
</p>
<p>
Mr George Magnus, international economist at SG Warburg Securities, the
London investment house, said the market had been enthusiastic about the
theory that the moves would put the nation's finances in better shape but
not harm the recovery.
</p>
<p>
Exceptionally high trading in futures derivatives, which track likely share
movements, spurred much of yesterday's heavy buying. Business in the futures
contract which represents the FT-SE 100 Index was worth more than Pounds
2.5bn, about twice as much as on a normal day.
</p>
<p>
A less favourable view came from the Institute for Fiscal Studies, an
independent research group, which said the two Budgets, in March and on
Tuesday, would reverse the tax cuts of the 1980s and reduce household
incomes by an average of 3.5 per cent. Middle-class families would be
especially badly affected.
</p>
<p>
Shrugging off such sentiments, Mr Clarke said it would be 'quite easy' to
get the tax changes announced on Tuesday through the House of Commons.
</p>
<p>
He said the forecast 2.25 per cent increase in consumer spending next year
would be supported by increased consumer confidence, falling savings and the
continuing effects of the past year's mortgage interest rate cuts, which
transferred cash to people with a relatively high propensity to spend.
</p>
<p>
However, he gave no encouragement to speculation about a further interest
rate reduction beyond last week's cut in base rates to 5.5 per cent from 6
per cent.
</p>
<p>
He underlined that any judgment to cut rates had to be based on a range of
monetary indicators and the medium-term outlook for inflation.
</p>
<p>
After the Budget: Pages 12 and 13
Lilley spells out benefit reforms
Tough public spending curb queried
Tories unite behind Clarke
Rate cut hopes
Economic Viewpoint, Page 23
Editorial Comment, Page 23
Lex, Page 24
Government bonds, Page 34
London stocks, Page 50
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>705</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Optimism grows for accord on trade </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LIONEL BARBER and DAVID DODWELL
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
European Union and US leaders signalled yesterday that they were prepared to
be flexible to achieve a breakthrough in their long-running talks on trade
liberalisation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Warren Christopher, US secretary of state, said he was optimistic about
an agreement after meeting Sir Leon Brittan, the European trade
commissioner, and Mr Mickey Kantor, the US trade representative.
</p>
<p>
The suggestion of new-found flexibility came as negotiators in Brussels,
flanked by large contingents of advisers, set out on a race to reach a
comprehensive bilateral deal by tonight. The talks were last night moving
forward 'little by little', according to Mr Jacques Delors, the European
Commission president, who also met the chief US and European negotiators.
</p>
<p>
Mr Christopher warned that failure to complete the Uruguay Round of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade would not just hobble the world
economy but would damage the transatlantic relationship. The stakes 'are
absolutely immense', he said. 'We have a responsibility to meet flexibility
with flexibility.'
</p>
<p>
His remarks echoed sentiments expressed in Bonn after a two-day summit
meeting between French and German leaders.
</p>
<p>
President Francois Mitterrand of France and German chancellor Helmut Kohl
agreed that compromise was essential.
</p>
<p>
Sir Leon and Mr Kantor appeared cautiously optimistic that they would be
able by tonight to deliver to a special EU meeting of foreign and trade
ministers a package of tariff cuts and farm trade proposals that will pave
the way for successful completion of the Uruguay Round.
</p>
<p>
One negotiator said: 'We are at the stage where people are making honest
assessments. Public characterisations showing how tough we are for domestic
audiences are not the point.'
</p>
<p>
The talks are regarded as critical if the long-stalled Uruguay Round
negotiations are to be completed successfully by the deadline of December
15. If they succeed, their market access deal could embrace tariff cuts on
manufactured goods such as non-ferrous metals, semiconductors, wood and
paper products, ceramics and glass, and leather goods.
</p>
<p>
Even more sensitively, it could embrace late US concessions on the year-old
Blair House accord limiting EU exports of subsidised farm goods, and EU
commitments to raise imports of agricultural products.
</p>
<p>
Negotiators have suggested that agreements are not yet in hand for services
trade, anti-dumping policies and rules regulating subsidies.
</p>
<p>
Any agreement reached today will be presented by Sir Leon directly to the
special meeting of EU finance and trade ministers. It will simultaneously be
delivered to Gatt in Geneva, where negotiators from the other 114
participants in the Uruguay Round will meet tomorrow to consider the deal.
</p>
<p>
Gatt officials hope the agreement will lead to improved offers from other
countries, in tariff cuts and in opening their markets to trade in services.
</p>
<p>
Gatt pledge, Page 6
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>488</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Ferranti calls in receivers after GEC drops offer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Ferranti International, the UK-based defence electronics group and
high-technology leader, went into receivership yesterday when the General
Electric Company withdrew a 1p-a-share rescue offer after examining
Ferranti's books. The move puts at risk 3,700 jobs at factories and offices
around the country.
</p>
<p>
Although GEC gave no explanation for its decision, it had made its offer
conditional on finding nothing 'materially adverse to the financial
condition or prospects of Ferranti'.
</p>
<p>
Ferranti's board met yesterday and said in a statement: 'Having carefully
considered with its advisers the alternatives available to it, the board of
Ferranti has now invited the company's bankers to appoint receivers.'
</p>
<p>
There was speculation that GEC's detailed 'due diligence' inquiries showed
that Ferranti was in worse shape than expected. But other observers noted
that GEC will probably be able to 'cherry pick' any Ferranti assets it wants
for bargain prices from the receivers - without having to assume Ferranti's
debts.
</p>
<p>
The move marks the end of a three-year battle by Mr Eugene Anderson,
Ferranti's chairman and chief executive, to keep the company afloat.
</p>
<p>
He joined in 1990 after the discovery of a fraud at International Signal and
Control, the group's US subsidiary, which Ferranti acquired in 1987.
</p>
<p>
At its peak in the wake of the ISC acquisition, Ferranti had a market value
of Pounds 1bn and was a leading force in the global defence market, with
26,000 employees in a dozen countries and an order book worth more than
Pounds 1.5bn.
</p>
<p>
Ferranti subsequently disclosed, however, that it had been the victim of
massive fraud. Mr James Guerin, ISC's founder, who had become deputy
chairman of Ferranti, is now serving a 15-year sentence for financial fraud
and illegal arms sales.
</p>
<p>
The fraud, coupled with the recession and declining defence spending, hit
Ferranti hard. In spite of massive asset sales and job cuts, which reduced
the workforce to just 3,700, the group continued to lose heavily.
</p>
<p>
Ferranti had been looking for an equity partner for several years and GEC
was finally persuaded to offer a token 1p a share, or Pounds 11.4m, early
last month when it became clear Ferranti could no longer survive as an
independent company.
</p>
<p>
The 15 banks, led by National Westminster, which are owed about Pounds 100m,
announced that Mr John Talbot and Mr Murdoch McKillop of Arthur Andersen had
been appointed.
</p>
<p>
Ferranti's shares were suspended at 1p before the start of trading
yesterday. The company's 48,000 shareholders are unlikely to receive
anything.
</p>
<p>
Although Ferranti still operates successful businesses and had an order book
of about Pounds 165m at September 30, it also has debts and liabilities of
at least Pounds 155m.
</p>
<p>
Fatal attraction to wrong decisions, Page 23
Lex, Page 24
Background, Page 26
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3699 Electrical Equipment and Supplies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3699 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>503</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Stock and Currency Markets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
STOCK MARKET INDICES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE 100:                         3,233.2           (+66.3)
Yield                                 3.68
FT-SE Eurotrack 100               1,365.54          (+22.42)
FT-A All-Share                    1,588.91           (+2.1%)
FT-A World Index                    162.96             (+2%)
Nikkei                           17,125.31         (+718.77)
New York:
Dow Jones Ind Ave                 3,697.08          (+13.13)
S&amp;P Composite                       461.89            (+0.1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
US RATES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Funds:                     3 1/16%          (3 1/8%)
3-mo Treas Bills: Yld               3.168%          (3.199%)
Long Bond                           99 7/8        (99 11/32)
Yield                               6.251%          (6.296%)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
LONDON MONEY
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
3-mo Interbank                      5 3/8%            (same)
Liffe long gilt future:      Dec 117 13/16     (Dec 116 5/8)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH SEA OIL (Argus)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Brent 15-day (Jan)           Dollars 14.47           (14.33)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gold
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
New York Comex (Dec)         Dollars 374.8           (369.8)
London                      Dollars 375.45           (370.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
STERLING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
Dollars                              1.478          (1.4865)
London:
Dollars                             1.4805          (1.4845)
DM                                  2.5425          (2.5475)
FFr                                 8.7825          (8.8075)
SFr                                  2.215          (2.2275)
Y                                   160.75           (162.0)
Pound Index                           81.7            (same)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DOLLAR
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
New York:
DM                                 1.72375           (1.715)
FFr                                  5.945           (5.925)
SFr                                 1.5005          (1.4985)
Y                                    108.8          (109.05)
London:
DM                                  1.7175          (1.7165)
FFr                                 5.9325            (same)
SFr                                  1.496           (1.501)
Y                                   108.65           (109.1)
Dollars Index                         67.2            (67.3)
Tokyo open           Y 108.785
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P3339 Primary Nonferrous Metals, NEC </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> COSTS  Equity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P3339 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>239</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAADFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
New claims could be disallowed under Invalidity Benefit
changes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Government told peers last night that 70,000 new claims each year could
be disallowed under changes to Invalidity Benefit rules. In addition, some
250,000 existing claims could be disallowed on review during the first two
to three years.
</p>
<p>
Lilley spells out benefit reforms, Page 12
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>78</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAACFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Clarke warns of low annual pay rises for public sector </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP STEPHENS, Political Editor</byline>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke yesterday called for a permanent break with Britain's
postwar pay bargaining culture as he warned that 5m public sector workers
could expect only 'very modest' increases for the next three years.
</p>
<p>
In confident mood after the favourable reaction on the Conservative
backbenches to Tuesday's Budget, the chancellor said that higher pay awards
in the public sector could only be financed by efficiency savings.
</p>
<p>
He offered a strong hint that this would mean a ceiling on pay increases for
most public sector workers of 1 or 2 per cent a year. But other cabinet
ministers suggested that workers in 'politically sensitive' sectors such as
the police, nurses and teachers might expect more.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's budget package continued to draw wide support from both the
right and left of the Conservative party, despite rumblings among some
backbench MPs about the impact of planned defence cuts.
</p>
<p>
He moved swiftly to counter angry opposition charges that deep cuts in
benefits for the unemployed and for those on invalidity unveiled by Mr Peter
Lilley marked the beginning of an assault on the welfare state.
</p>
<p>
Brushing aside the ambitions of some of his rightwing colleagues to shrink
the size of the public sector, Mr Clarke said the basic state pension would
remain a permanent fixture.
</p>
<p>
He dismissed recent suggestions by Mr Michael Portillo, chief secretary to
the Treasury, that the government might encourage people to 'opt' out of the
basic pension and other fundamental entitlements.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's tough line on pay came amid mounting anger among trades
unions that relatively low-paid public sector workers would bear the brunt
of the Budget's squeeze on Whitehall budgets.
</p>
<p>
Overall, the cuts in the spending targets for the next three years were
judged by Mr Andrew Dilnot, the director of the Institute for Fiscal
Studies, to represent a far tougher policy than anything achieved in the
1980s.
</p>
<p>
But Mr Clarke insisted that low inflation had transformed the environment in
which wage bargaining would take place and said those in work had to take
account of the interests of almost 3m people who were unemployed.
</p>
<p>
Arguing that Britain would not have a better opportunity 'in my lifetime' to
achieve permanently low inflation, Mr Clarke challenged the culture of the
1960s and 1970s which had led to the annual pay round.
</p>
<p>
The new environment had undercut the case for the annual wage round, which
had been started when inflation was at levels which made workers 'markedly
poorer' if their pay was not increased every year.
</p>
<p>
There were now 'large parts of the private sector' where the whole idea of
the annual pay rise was no longer relevant.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Labour </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>481</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAABFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: FT award </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Financial Times has been named International Newspaper of the Year and
International Business Newspaper of the Year in the International Press
Directory awards.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>51</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAAAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World News in Brief: EU may keep an eye on UFOs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931202FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931202</date>
</opener>
<p>
A European parliamentary committee wants to set up an observatory at
France's space study unit in Toulouse to watch for unidentified flying
objects. The energy, research and technology committee insists that Europe
should raise its gaze to new potential neighbours. 'The possibility that
aliens have established a base in the asteroid belt cannot be ruled out,' it
says.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8733 Noncommercial Research Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8733 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 1</biblScope>
<extent>93</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
IIC secures Japanese loan </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEPHEN FIDLER, Latin America Editor</byline>
<p>
The InterAmerican Investment Corporation, the private sector lending and
equity arm of the InterAmerican Development Bank, signed yesterday a Dollars
75m (Pounds 50.3m) loan agreement with Fuji Bank of Japan, writes Stephen
Fidler, Latin America Editor.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wolfgang Schaefer, the IIC's vice-president for finance and
administration, said the loan underlined confidence in the corporation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XC  Latin America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>92</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Swiss group in Olympic deal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BARBARA HARRISON
<name type=place>ATLANTA</name></byline>
<p>
The Swiss company that makes Swatch watches, Suisse Microelectronique et
d'Horlogerie (SMH), said in Atlanta yesterday that it had agreed to be a
Dollars 40m sponsor of the 1996 Olympic Games, writes Barbara Harrison in
Atlanta.
</p>
<p>
The sponsorship is part of a campaign by the Atlanta Committee for the
Olympic Games to raise some Dollars 400m from 10 companies. SMH becomes the
only European company to join the line-up of seven sponsors.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Suisse Microelectronique et d'Horlogerie </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P731  Advertising </item>
<item> P794  Commercial Sports </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P731 </item>
<item> P794 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>113</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Nappy makers in joint venture </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RONALD VAN DE KROL
<name type=place>THE HAGUE</name></byline>
<p>
Uni-Charm, Japan's biggest producer of children's nappies, has set up a
joint venture with Molnlycke, part of Sweden's SCA forest products group, to
make and sell 'panty-nappies' for the European market, writes Ronald van de
Krol in the Hague.
</p>
<p>
The venture, located at Molnlycke's existing facilities in the Netherlands,
is 60 per cent-owned by Uni-Charm which is providing manufacturing
technology while Molnlycke will handle marketing.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Uni-Charm Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2676 Sanitary Paper Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2676 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>109</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AENFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
N Korea in new nuclear treaty threat </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN BURTON
<name type=place>SEOUL</name></byline>
<p>
North Korea threatened yesterday to withdraw from the nuclear
non-proliferation treaty unless the US conducts a new round of talks with
Pyongyang.
</p>
<p>
North Korea suspended its threat to pull out of the treaty in July after
holding two rounds of negotiations with Washington on a possible improvement
in relations.
</p>
<p>
But the US has said a third session will not occur until Pyongyang agrees to
accept routine international inspections of its nuclear facilities and
agrees to resume inter-Korean talks.
</p>
<p>
North Korea appears to want unilateral talks with the US, without involving
South Korea, in an attempt to win diplomatic recognition and economic aid
from Washington.
</p>
<p>
South Korean officials accuse Pyongyang of trying to break co-operation
between Washington and Seoul on the nuclear issue by holding separate talks
with Washington.
</p>
<p>
The statement by the North Korean foreign ministry appeared to be a response
to the declaration issued by the presidents of the US and South Korea in
Washington last week that Pyongyang first had to accept nuclear inspections
and inter-Korean talks before contacts with the US would be resumed.
</p>
<p>
'We want a peaceful resolution of the nuclear issue through dialogue. But if
the US. . . ends the dialogue, there would be no reason for us to stop our
decision to withdraw from the NPT from taking effect,' the North said.
</p>
<p>
It also said it was prepared to withstand economic sanctions and other
consequences if the current negotiations to resolve the nuclear issue
collapsed.
</p>
<p>
'When we decided to withdraw from the NPT, we were prepared for all possible
consequences that our decision entailed. We've compled all preparations to
defend our independence in the face of the worst situation like a war.'
</p>
<p>
Pyongyang urged Washington to accept a package deal in which the two sides
would make simultaneous concessions to resolve the nuclear issue.
</p>
<p>
South Korea persuaded the US to reject the package deal concept and instead
focus on winning initial concessions from the North.
</p>
<p>
However, South Korea's bargaining strategy was criticised this week by its
foreign ministry's Institute of Foreign Affairs and National Security.
</p>
<p>
It implicitly endorsed a package solution, explaining that it would avoid
the 'positional bargaining' that normally occurs in inter-Korean
negotiations.
</p>
<p>
'There is the belief (between the two Koreas) that withdrawing from an
original position or compromising means defeat or loss of face,' a factor
that has bedevilled past inter-Korean negotiations, the institute said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> KP  North Korea, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 5</biblScope>
<extent>428</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
General strike call hits peseta </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PETER BRUCE
<name type=place>MADRID</name></byline>
<p>
The Spanish peseta came under selling pressure yesterday after the country's
two main trade unions confirmed they would call a one-day general strike in
January in protest at the government's resolve to press ahead with labour
market reform without their agreement.
</p>
<p>
The currency closed in Madrid at Pta82.18 to the D-Mark after having fallen
to Pta82.3 earlier yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The leaders of the two main unions, the the socialist General Workers Union
(UGT) and the communist Workers Commissions (CCOO) said they would decide on
an exact date for the stoppage at meetings on December 9 and 10.
</p>
<p>
The strike call is a direct challenge to the political authority of prime
minister Felipe Gonzalez's minority Socialist government. It reflects not
only union anger at reforms that promise to make it easier and cheaper to
hire and fire workers, but also broader union frustration at their inability
to influence policy.
</p>
<p>
Market analysts were unsure yesterday how badly the peseta might be affected
between now and the strike but a common belief was that the country would
probably not be pushed into another devaluation.
</p>
<p>
A half-day general strike in protest at jobless benefit cuts failed badly in
the spring of 1992. While a strike call this time might attract a greater
following, the government says it has no intention of softening its proposed
reforms. These are due to be approved at the weekly cabinet meeting in
Madrid this Friday.
</p>
<p>
The government has been sponsoring efforts to reach agreement on a wide
range of social policy since the general election which Mr Gonzalez narrowly
won last June. The prime minister calculated correctly that while unions,
employers and the government were talking, the markets would ease pressure
on the peseta.
</p>
<p>
These talks formally ended yesterday with no agreement and Mr Gonzalez,
anticipating failure, had been warning for some weeks that he would impose
his reforms - and begin taxing unemployment benefit for the first time -
with or without a deal.
</p>
<p>
The unions have taken this as an excuse to accuse the government of
negotiating in bad faith and in the last few weeks strike action had become
inevitable in order for politically ambitious union leaders to save some
face. This will probably be achieved by bringing the country to a halt for a
day in January but is unlikely to make much difference as the government has
been promising to try to bring new labour regulations into force by the end
of this year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>440</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AELFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Foreign orders lift German gloom </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PARKES
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
The gloom enveloping German industry lifted further yesterday with reports
of rising foreign demand in the key mechanical engineering and electrical
and electronics sectors.
</p>
<p>
New orders for plant and machinery rose in October for the first time since
March 1992, according to the VDMA industry association.
</p>
<p>
While there was little sign of recovery in the domestic market, where
November engineering orders were 3 per cent lower than a year earlier, the
association said foreign demand surged a real 17 per cent.
</p>
<p>
A comparison of the three months to the end of October, a measure which
reduces the distorting effects of single large orders, showed total new
orders down 5 per cent on a year earlier. A 6 per cent increase in export
demand was more than cancelled out by a 12 per cent drop in German orders.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, Mr Franz-Josef Wissing, chief executive of the ZVEI association,
representing electrical and electronics companies with annual sales of
DM200bn (Dollars 118bn) said yesterday the low point of the recession had
been reached.
</p>
<p>
Improving trends in electrical exports, first detected in the spring, had
consolidated in the third quarter, Mr Wissing said.
</p>
<p>
Foreign orders had climbed almost 7 per cent in the three months to the end
of September compared with an aggregate rise of less than 2 per cent for the
first three quarters.
</p>
<p>
Foreign demand for electronic components, an important early indicator, had
risen 18.5 per cent in the third quarter, while power generation and
distribution orders were up 11 per cent.
</p>
<p>
A 25 per cent slump in domestic demand for measuring and automation
technology in the year to the end of September, highlighted the severe
difficulties still being experienced by some parts of the electrical
industry.
</p>
<p>
However, a sustained improvement in the mechanical engineering sector, an
important area for automation technology manufacturers, could help improve
the situation.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wissing said capacity utilisation had fallen further to 78 per cent.
Together with continuing pressure on prices this was eating into the
industry's profits.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P36   Electronic and Other Electric Equipment </item>
<item> P3679 Electronic Components, NEC </item>
<item> P34   Fabricated Metal Products </item>
<item> P35   Industrial Machinery and Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Industrial production </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P36 </item>
<item> P3679 </item>
<item> P34 </item>
<item> P35 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 3</biblScope>
<extent>384</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU's laws on wildlife 'are safe' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID GARDNER
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
Mr Carlo Ripa di Meana, the former European Union environment commissioner,
said yesterday he had won assurances from the European Commission that
legislation to protect wildlife would not be sacrificed in the review of
Euro-directives to weed out those that do not meet subsidiarity criteria.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ripa di Meana, who left Brussels last year to become Italian environment
minister, before resigning and becoming a leader of the Greens in Italy,
said he had returned to Brussels to 'sound the alarm' against any roll-back
of environmental legislation.
</p>
<p>
Wildlife organisations claim that leaks to the European Parliament of draft
Commission proposals show that Brussels is willing to yield on parts of
legislation protecting seals, whales, elephants and species of wild birds.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ripa di Meana said these were precisely the kinds of measures that
'triggered sympathy, consensus and identification with Europe' among its
citizens by 'stressing what Europeans have in common rather than what
divides them'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BE  Belgium, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9512 Land, Mineral, Wildlife Conservation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>187</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
EU call on justice procedure </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW HILL
<name type=place>BRUSSELS</name></byline>
<p>
The Belgian presidency of the European Union has called for a serious
pan-European debate on the sensitive question of how to harmonise national
extradition procedures within the Union. EU justice ministers discussed
extradition at their meeting yesterday. EU leaders will consider the issue
at their summit in Brussels next week.
</p>
<p>
Mr Melchior Wathelet, Belgian justice minister, said: 'We have to clean up
our extradition laws. We have adopted a resolution saying that all our
taboos must be put on the table for negotiation.'
</p>
<p>
He said in some countries extradition laws were more than a century old and
needed to be reformed to take into account political and legal changes. For
example, Belgian extradition requests are rejected by certain EU member
states because Belgium retains the death penalty, although it is never used.
He hoped there could be some overall agreement to modify national
extradition rules by the end of 1994.
</p>
<p>
EU justice ministers also agreed that plans to broaden the scope of Europol,
the new Europe-wide police unit, should be finalised by October.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BE  Belgium, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>203</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLFC8AEIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Poll ban held off </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931206</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN LLOYD</byline>
<p>
The Russian election commission last night postponed a decision on a call
from Mr Vladimir Shumeiko, a first deputy premier, to ban the Communist
party and the Democratic party from further participation in the election
campaign because of their criticism of the draft constitution.
</p>
<p>
The draft, which will be voted on in a referendum to be held on the same day
as the elections - December 12 - has become increasingly controversial since
President Boris Yeltsin threatened to deprive parties of the right to appear
on TV if they criticised it.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P8651 Political Organizations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P8651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>International</edition>
<biblScope>Page 2</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAH2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Personal annuities on par with staff schemes -
Pensions </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Tax rules for approved pension schemes are to change. One aim is to make
personal pension scheme annuities taxable on the same basis as pensions paid
by occupational pension schemes.
</p>
<p>
Another is to improve arrangements for monitoring the tax affairs of
occupational pension schemes to ensure that the conditions on which tax
reliefs are given continue to be met. The government also wants to remove a
requirement for the Inland Revenue to approve the form of certain annuity
contracts before they can be marketed to occupational pension schemes by
insurance companies.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue said yesterday that the purpose of the changes was to
improve the operation of the tax regime for approved pension schemes.
</p>
<p>
At the moment, annuities paid by approved personal pension schemes are
treated as annual payments, so that basic rate income tax is deducted from
each instalment. For some people on small incomes too much tax is deducted
and they have to reclaim the tax overpaid.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke intends to change the basis of the charge for those annuities from
Schedule D to Schedule E, bringing them within the PAYE system and allowing
the correct amount of tax to be deducted from each annuity payment. This
change will bring the taxation of personal pension annuities into line with
those payable under occupational pension schemes, and will apply in general
to annuities paid after April 6, 1995.
</p>
<p>
Once pension schemes have been approved for tax purposes they are monitored
by the Inland Revenue's Pension Schemes Office to see if they continue to
comply with the conditions on which tax approval was granted. The Commons
Public Accounts Committee has recommended improvements to the nature and
extent of these compliance checks. In response to the PAC report
post-approval compliance work has been expanded.
</p>
<p>
The purpose of the Budget proposal is to improve the effectiveness of this
compliance work. The Finance Bill will provide for regulations to be made
which will define clearly the identity of the person who is responsible for
looking after the tax affairs of an approved scheme, and specify more
clearly the records which that person must keep.
</p>
<p>
The Bill will also introduce a monetary penalty on people who make false
statements in order to obtain the benefits of the pensions tax reliefs.
</p>
<p>
One of the ways in which trustees of an occupational pension scheme can
secure the benefits to be paid to a person who leaves the scheme before
retirement age is through an approved deferred-annuity contract (often
called 'buy-out contracts'). Under the Budget proposal, the requirement that
these buy-out contracts must be in an approved form will be removed from
July 1 1994. This will bring the tax rules into line with the requirements
of the Third Life Insurance Directive (one of a series of directives
implementing the single market in financial services throughout the European
Union).
</p>
<p>
New procedures, which have been discussed with pensions representative
bodies, will ensure that the present flexible options available to pension
scheme members can continue.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>541</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAH1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Jobseekers' allowance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government yesterday described the proposed new Jobseeker's Allowance -
to replace income support and unemployment benefit from 1996 - as 'a
simpler, clearer system for unemployed people and a more effective way of
helping them back to work.'
</p>
<p>
Three pilot schemes were announced: the Jobfinder's Grant, for those finding
a job after being out of work for two years or more; an extended jobsearch
and assessment course for young people, and a scheme involving providing the
jobless with caseworkers to help identify the best way out of unemployment.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>119</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAH0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Extension to gift replacement - Tax relief </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The period for replacement of lifetime gifts of property qualifying for
business or agricultural relief has been extended from one to three years
for charges arising as a result of deaths on or after today.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor's intention is to bring the replacement period for business
and agricultural relief into line with that for capital gains tax rollover
relief.
</p>
<p>
Where someone receives a lifetime gift of business or agricultural property,
the property can be sold and, provided it is replaced within a year,
business or agricultural relief will be available in the normal way. The
extension to three years is in line with that for capital gains tax rollover
relief.
</p>
<p>
Sections 113 and 124 Inheritance Tax Act 1984 provide that when a lifetime
gift of property qualifying for business or agricultural relief is made less
than seven years before the donor's death, the donee loses relief if he or
she sells the property within that period. However, relief is still
available if the donee acquires a qualifying replacement property within one
year of the sale. The new rules will give donees more time to do so.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor also proposes to make two improvements in the taxation rules
affecting debts given up by creditors in the context of voluntary
arrangements made under the 1986 Insolvency Act.
</p>
<p>
The rules will be amended to make it easier for a creditor to obtain relief
for trade debts given up as part of a voluntary arrangement. For the debtor,
the amount given up by a creditor will no longer be brought into charge to
tax.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor's intention is to remove tax barriers to voluntary
arrangements, which can allow businesses to continue to trade through a
period of financial difficulty. The changes will take effect from today.
</p>
<p>
First, the present rules governing the computation of taxable trading
profits may sometimes prevent full relief being given for debts released by
creditors in the context of a voluntary arrangement. In future, a trade
creditor will not be denied relief solely because the creditor could have
been expected to recover more of the debt by putting the debtor into
liquidation or bankruptcy. The change will apply to debts released from
today.
</p>
<p>
Second, the effect of the present rules is that if a deduction for a debt
has been given against a debtor's trading profits, and subsequently a
creditor formally gives up all or part of that debt, the amount given up is
added to the debtor's trading profits and is chargeable to tax. From today,
debts given up as part of a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act
1986 will not be brought into the charge to tax in this way.
</p>
<p>
The cost of the two measures will depend on the number of debts given up
under voluntary arrangements but is not expected to be large.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>502</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Change in resource accounting method - Red Book
details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor of the exchequer has announced proposals for an important
change in the way government departments account for public money which will
provide a better measure of the resources which departments are using. The
approach will be similar to that employed in the private sector and in those
parts of the public sector - including executive agencies and the National
Health Service - which already make use of accruals-based accounting.
</p>
<p>
In a resource accounting framework
</p>
<p>
expenditure represents the cost of resources consumed each year, taking into
account the depreciation of assets and the cost of capital, and changes in
the level of creditors and stocks;
</p>
<p>
income represents what is received each year, taking into account changes in
the level of debtors.
</p>
<p>
Resource accounting should be viewed as a development of cash accounting,
not as an alternative system. It can thus be used to generate as much
information on departments' cash flow as is necessary for essential public
expenditure planning and control purposes.
</p>
<p>
The proposed move to resource accounting is part of the development of a
more strategic relationship between the centre of government and departments
and agencies, following principles originally set down in the Financial
Management Initiative in 1982. Linked to parallel changes in a department's
organisational structure and management information systems, resource
accounting will help departments manage their finances and resources more
effectively, and facilitate the further development of measures of
departmental output and performance.
</p>
<p>
It is proposed that departments should introduce resource accounting over
the next 3-5 years. The chancellor will publish detailed proposals in the
first half of 1994. In the meantime, further work is being done with
departments to establish:
</p>
<p>
the framework of accounting principles and conventions, based on private
sector practice, that is required;
</p>
<p>
the handling of various practical issues (information technology systems,
staff training, etc) associated with developing resource accounting in
departments;
</p>
<p>
the implications for public expenditure planning and control arrangements;
and
</p>
<p>
the parliamentary implications of any changes.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE NEW CONTROL TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Pounds billion
                               1993-94    1994-95    1995-96    1996-97
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plans in March 1993 Budget       243.8      253.6      263.3      274.1
Classification changes since
 March Budget1                     1.3        1.3        1.2        1.1
Plans after classification
 changes                         245.1      254.8      264.5      275.3
New control total set out in
 this report                     244.7      251.3      263.0      272.3
Reductions                        -0.4       -3.6       -1.5       -2.9
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The main classification change reflects the changed national
accounting treatment of the fossil fuel levy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>433</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Private finance given key role - Transport </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHARLES BATCHELOR, Transport Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The government yesterday announced that motorway tolling would be introduced
once the electronic technology was ready.
</p>
<p>
In the meantime, the Department of Transport plans to promote new-style
contracts to allow private contractors to design, build, finance and operate
roads.
</p>
<p>
The promoters of private sector roads will receive 'shadow toll' payments
from the government in relation to the level of traffic which uses the new
or improved roads.
</p>
<p>
The department of transport expects to award the first contracts in about 18
months.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday's Budget also marked a modest shift in the balance of transport
spending away from roads and towards rail and underground.
</p>
<p>
If the government succeeds in attracting private finance for new large
infrastructure projects, then public transport should benefit even further.
</p>
<p>
Spending on British Rail and London Underground will be maintained at higher
levels than in the 1980s but there will be a modest reduction in the
provision for the road programme, the chancellor announced.
</p>
<p>
The average cost of road contracts has fallen by 25 per cent since 1989 so
programmes can be carried out at less cost, he said.
</p>
<p>
The reduction in the cost of investment programmes has accounted for most of
the fall in the Department of Transports spending estimates from Pounds 18bn
in the three years to 1995 to Pounds 17bn in the three years to 1996.
</p>
<p>
The capital investment programme nevertheless still includes Pounds 8bn of
planned spending on roads, Pounds 3bn for London Transport and Pounds 3bn
for rail, including Pounds 1.8bn earmarked for Railtrack, which will own and
operate track and signalling.
</p>
<p>
That means that 40 per cent of transport spending goes to buses, rail and
underground although they account for only 14 per cent of passenger
journeys, the department said.
</p>
<p>
According to the department's three-year projections, spending on the
national roads network will now fall from Pounds 2.09bn in this financial
year to Pounds 1.96bn in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Spending on rail will fall from Pounds 1.5bn to Pounds 975m while London
Transport will rise from Pounds 722m to Pounds 930m. London Transport will
be allowed to keep the proceeds of the sale of London Buses.
</p>
<p>
The three main public-private sector projects to be announced yesterday were
for the modernisation of the West coast mainline with the help of between
Pounds 400m-Pounds 600m of private sector funds, the building of a Pounds
200m air traffic control centre in Scotland, and a Pounds 150m extension of
the Docklands Light Railway to Lewisham.
</p>
<p>
Two further public/private sector initiatives which were announced are for
British Rail and Railtrack to be allowed to retain and to invest half of the
proceeds of rail privatisation, up to a maximum of Pounds 200m. The
government will also seek further private finace for the Civil Aviation
Authority's investment programme.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4785 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>502</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Support for loan scheme - Student grants </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN BROWN, Political Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Conservative MPs gave firm support to the decision to increase the scope of
the higher education loans scheme and reduce student grants.
</p>
<p>
The changes were strongly criticised by opposition MPs. They claimed poorer
students would be deterred from higher education, while others would be
forced into debt.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Angela Knight, a Conservative MP with a special interest in education,
said it was right and proper that students should contribute to their living
costs.
</p>
<p>
'We give a world class university education in this country which gives
students qualifications and the opportunity to get much better jobs.'
</p>
<p>
Mrs Ann Taylor, the shadow education secretary, said the changes amounted to
a breach of contract between the government and existing students, who would
be left 'high and dry at a time of increasing hardship'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>168</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLBCKAHWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Modernisation of west coast rail planned - Pounds
600m cost of updating Victorian link with London will be privately financed
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By IAN HAMILTON FAZEY, Northern Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Today the government will announce plans for a Pounds 600m privately
financed modernisation of Britain's west coast railway line,to the relief of
industrialists in north-west England and Scotland.
</p>
<p>
An original Victorian artefact, the line links London with the industrial
cities of Birmingham and Manchester and the ports of Liverpool and Glasgow.
However it has too many bends, unstable banks in cuttings, old rail bridges
over roads, road bridges over rails, and outmoded brick tunnels.
</p>
<p>
These have prevented high-speed trains using the line, keeping typical
journey times up at 2 hours, 40 minutes or more between Manchester or
Liverpool and London.
</p>
<p>
The result is a deterrent to inward investment and relocation, according to
agencies responsible for wooing footloose industry.
</p>
<p>
The prospects of using the UK as a land bridge to the rest of the European
Union via Liverpool and the Channel Tunnel are also affected.
</p>
<p>
There was a warm welcome for yesterday's announcement at KPMG Peat Marwick's
budget-watching party, where most north-west industrial leaders gathered.
Industrialists were cynical, however, at the prospects of funds being
readily forthcoming.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4011 Railroads, Line-Haul Operating </item>
<item> P4013 Switching and Terminal Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4011 </item>
<item> P4013 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>233</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAJAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Recruitment: The most sensitive selection tool - Skilful
interviewing still offers advantages that more scientific methods of
assessment lack </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL DIXON</byline>
<p>
Please suppose - unless, of course, you happen to be one - that you are an
expert recruitment interviewer. Suppose also that you are vetting two men
for a selling job, first A then B, both shown to be suitable by well reputed
tests of reasoning and personality, as well as by their claimed experience.
In their interviews, they behave as follows:
</p>
<p>
A is impassive, rarely nodding in response to your questions and remarks. He
also seems nervous, speaking mostly in a rather high-pitched voice, which
occasionally slips into a lower tone that sounds more natural, and several
times stumbling over words even though he speaks slowly.
</p>
<p>
B is more genial, frequently smiling, nodding and otherwise showing great
interest in what you say, an impression that he strengthens by looking you
straight in the eye. His own speech is relaxed and fluent, and he is adept
at circumventing potential disagreements.
</p>
<p>
Being an expert interviewer, you know what each of them is probably up to.
That much is clear from the research findings set out in the book Successful
Selection Interviewing*, whose *Blackwell, Pounds 19.95.
</p>
<p>
lead author is Neil Anderson of Nottingham University. The signs are that
both candidates are falling short of total honesty, albeit in different
ways.
</p>
<p>
A has the classic marks of the 'deceiver', who is telling lies. B is
probably just being economical with the truth. He has the mien of the
'ingratiator' who seeks to make you like him, and so blind yourself to
evidence of his faults.
</p>
<p>
In both cases, your expertise enables you to confirm the signs as the
interviews proceed. But the important question is what weight you should
give to their different types of deviousness in deciding which one to
appoint to the job.
</p>
<p>
While inexpert interviewers would be likely to reject both, your
professional reading has covered various studies that show that a tendency
to be less than wholly honest is a boon in some occupations. Besides
politics, they include selling - the type of job you need to fill.
</p>
<p>
Since that applies especially to the sort of deviousness used by B, the odds
are that his ingratiating behaviour is a plus. Moreover even the bald lying
done by A in the interview doesn't necessarily make him a bad bet.
</p>
<p>
After all, he was depicted as suitable by the psychometric tests, and the
well-reputed types of personality test include lie-detectors that research
has proved to be highly effective. So the prima facie evidence is that A did
not tell lies in his written answers to the test, but changed to distorting
the truth only when talking with you face-to-face. And while that in itself
is hardly a golden recommendation, it raises questions that you as an expert
interviewer will want to explore.
</p>
<p>
For example, did you slip up professionally by doing something early in the
meeting that made him decide to lie? If not, did anything happen between the
test and your first seeing him that might have had the same effect. . . and
so on?
</p>
<p>
All of which illustrates that when it comes to selecting people for jobs,
interviewing offers a capability that is increasingly overlooked. As Dr
Anderson observes, in their enthusiasm for more modern methods such as
psychometric tests, professional recruiters as well as researchers in the
field now tend to look down on interviewing as being merely a less reliable
method of essentially the same kind.
</p>
<p>
But while that may be so in the case of bad interviewing, it is not true of
the skilful sort, which is a different sort of tool. Unlike tests that
merely detect human oddity, good interviewers can tease out the reasons
behind it. What's more, they can influence an outstanding candidate into
joining their company instead of going to work somewhere else.
</p>
<p>
Now to the table alongside, which shows a few of the findings of Day
Associates' latest survey of pay and perks in City of London banks. Carried
out early last month, it is based on data from 124 employing outfits and
includes 307 jobs, high to low. Anyone wanting the full report, priced at
Pounds 220, should contact Joe Clark at Suite 2.31, Whitechapel Technology
Centre, 75 White-chapel Rd, London E1 1DU; tel (0)71 375 1397, fax (0)71-375
1723.
</p>
<p>
The table's first four columns of figures cover basic salaries. The lower
quartile refers to the person a quarter way up from the foot of a ranking of
all in the same type of job, the median to the person midway, and the upper
quartile to the one a quarter from the top. Then we have the average salary,
followed by the percentage of it typically received as an added bonus.
</p>
<p>
Lastly comes something different. Whereas my previous extracts from Day's
surveys have given data on company cars, this time I've focused on the car
allowances in growing vogue. Even so, the percentages in the upper part of
the table are made to look unrealistically high by the fact that the survey
samples for the best-paid posts, as well as for the personnel directors'
job, are small.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8741 Management Services </item>
<item> P7361 Employment Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8741 </item>
<item> P7361 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page I</biblScope>
<extent>897</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: New highs and lows for 1993 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
NEW HIGHS (119)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (17) OTHER FIXED INTEREST (8) BANKS (1) Lloyds, BREWERS (1)
Scott. &amp; Newcastle, BLDG MATLS (5) CRH, Caradon, Do 7 1/4 pc Pf., Marshalls
6 1/2 pc Pf., Wolseley, CHEMS (1) ICI, CONGLOMERATES (1) Hanson 9 1/2 pc
Cv., CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (1) Banner Homes, ELECTRONICS (4) Comac, Control
Techs., Kalamazoo, Molynx, ENG AERO (2) Rolls Royce, Smiths Inds., ENG GEN
(3) Haden MacLellan, Siebe, Sterling Inds., HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (1) Courts
Cavendish, HOTELS &amp; LEIS (1) Bristol Scotts, INV TRUSTS (28) MEDIA (10)
Border TV, Carlton Comms., Central ITV, CentreGold, Euromoney Publs., HTV,
LWT, Pearson, Radio Clyde, Southnews, MTL &amp; MTL FORMING (1) Clayhithe 9 1/2
pc Cv. '00-01, MISC (5) BAT Inds., Kershaw (A), Nobo, Spandex, Tams (J),
MOTORS (1) Henlys, OIL &amp; GAS (1) Command, OTHER FINCL (4) Caledonia Invs.,
Carlisle, Smith New Court, Do Pf., PACKG, PAPER &amp; PRINTG (6) Arjo Wiggins
Appleton, Cropper (J), De La Rue, Ferry Pickering, Filofax, Gibbon Lyons,
PROP (3) British Land, Merivale Moore, Warner Est., STORES (5) Cantos,
Carpetright, Courts, Kleeneze, Marks &amp; Spencer, TELE NETWORKS (1) Securicor
N/V, TEXTS (2) Atkins, Helen, TRANSPORT (3) British Airways, Do Cap. 9 3/4
pc Cv., Dawsongroup, WATER (2) Cheam A, Do B, MINES (1) Ovoca.
</p>
<p>
NEW LOWS (20)
</p>
<p>
BRITISH FUNDS (4) Treas. 10pc '94, Exch. 12 1/2 pc '94, Exch. 13 1/2 pc '94,
Treas. 14 1/2 pc '94, BLDG MATLS (1) Starmin, CONTG &amp; CONSTRCN (1) BB &amp; EA,
ELECTRICALS (1) Beales Hunter, FOOD MANUF (3) JLI, Waterford, Yorks., FOOD
RETAILING (1) Geest, HEALTH &amp; HSEHOLD (3) Fisons, Scholl, SmithKline Beecham
A, INSCE BROKERS (1) Marsh &amp; McLennan, OIL &amp; GAS (4) Intl. Petrlm., LASMO,
NZ Oil, Victoria Petrlm., TEXTS (1) Dawson.
</p>
<p>
Data based on those Companies quoted on the London Share Service.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>330</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: BICC strong </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
BICC was the outstanding performer in the heavy electricals/contracting area
of the market. Dealers focused on the government's commitment to three new
major infrastructure exercises: the Lewisham extension of the Docklands
Light Railway, the West Coast electrification project and the construction
of a new air traffic control centre in Scotland.
</p>
<p>
'The removal of budget uncertainties over UK road spending has left the way
clear for BICC to hit 450p,' said Mr Mustapha Omar of Williams de Broe, the
stockbroker. BICC ended 22 higher at 404p.
</p>
<p>
Selected drinks stocks enjoyed a pre-Budget bounce, with analysts predicting
that the decision not to raise excise duties on most drinks will be good for
short-term sentiment.
</p>
<p>
Bass, reporting results today, advanced 10 to 503p and Grand Metropolitan,
with figures out tomorrow, put on 4 at 413p. Guinness moved forward 9 to
469p and Wolverhampton &amp; Dudley 12 to 500p.
</p>
<p>
There was a mixture of relief and disappointment among stores analysts. The
lack of VAT increase or extension came as a relief to many stocks, although
too late to affect yesterday's action. Booksellers such as WH Smith 'A', 5
higher at 490p, and J. Menzies, off a penny at 541p, could be subject to
some relief.
</p>
<p>
However, some analysts expressed disappointment that there was not more of a
boost to consumer spending. On the other hand, many now believe that the
lack of nasty surprises yesterday leaves the way clear for a strong seasonal
run-up to Christmas.
</p>
<p>
The clearing banks and the merchant banking sectors staged a smart leap
forward ahead of and during the Budget speech, with both areas regarded by
analysts as beneficiaries of what was initially viewed as 'a market-boosting
Budget'.
</p>
<p>
Barclays, up 14 at 584p, and Lloyds, 13 stronger at 593p, spearheaded the
high street banks. A substantial profits upgrade by one broking house drove
Kleinwort Benson sharply higher and prompted equally strong performances
from other leading merchant banks, which were additionally boosted by
another sparkling performance by the equity and gilts markets.
</p>
<p>
Kleinwort shares raced up 15 to 523p, SG Warburg jumped the same amount to
857p and Hambros advanced 17 to 372p. Smith New Court, one of the leading
trading houses in the City, climbed 16 to a record 410p ahead of interim
figures expected on December 7.
</p>
<p>
The regional electricity companies' interim dividend race got under way,
with Eastern Electricity sprinting into a strong lead and surprising all but
the most optimistic utilities analysts by posting a 20 per cent rise in its
half-year payment. Most analysts' forecasts were bunched around the 6.2p
dividend mark, which would have represented a 13 per cent increase, although
UBS was bang on in forecasting the 6.6p.
</p>
<p>
Eastern's generous payment saw the shares appreciate 8 to 596p, prompting
rises from all the other recs. South Wales, the next of the recs to announce
interim figures, on December 7 along with Midlands Electricity, rose 7 to
648p and the latter 5 to 612p.
</p>
<p>
Water stocks, on the other hand, tended to lose ground, partly because of
switching operations into the recs. Anglian slipped 4 to 530p.
</p>
<p>
Broadcasting shares continued to be buoyed by bid premiums following
Carlton's Pounds 768m agreed offer for Central Television on Monday. The
former added 34 at 831p, while the latter surged 73 to 2546p. LWT, strongly
rumoured to be the next target, jumped 12 to 591p. Granada Group, the likely
predator, put on 10 at 473p. Scottish TV rose 23 to 489p.
</p>
<p>
Poor results from Dawson International sent the shares tumbling 37 to 136p
and also hit Coutaulds Textiles, 8 cheaper at 207p.
</p>
<p>
Analysts reported a generally satisfactory meeting with Glaxo and the shares
moved up 5 1/2 to 676 1/2 p.
</p>
<p>
There was strong support for Cadbury-Schweppes as the stock benefited from
several broker recommendations. The shares surged 14 1/2 to 465 1/2 p.
Unilever was also in demand, gaining 16 at 1137p, with NatWest Securities
and Strauss Turnbull said to be recommending the shares.
</p>
<p>
MARKET REPORTERS: Christopher Price, Steve Thompson
</p>
<p>
Other statistics, Page 57
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BICC </item>
<item> WH Smith Group </item>
<item> J Menzies </item>
<item> Kleinwort Benson Group </item>
<item> Eastern Electricity </item>
<item> Glaxo Holdings </item>
<item> Unilever </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P3351 Copper Rolling and Drawing </item>
<item> P5942 Book Stores </item>
<item> P6029 Commercial Banks, NEC </item>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
<item> P2833 Medicinals and Botanicals </item>
<item> P2079 Edible Fats and Oils, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P3351 </item>
<item> P5942 </item>
<item> P6029 </item>
<item> P4911 </item>
<item> P2833 </item>
<item> P2079 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>753</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Composites falter </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
The imposition of a 3 per cent duty on premiums on general insurance,
excluding reinsurance and marine and aviation business, triggered a general
markdown of the composite insurers.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Peter Constable, insurance specialist at Robert Fleming
Securities, said the Budget, overall, would have only a minimal impact on
the composites, which would be boosted by positive implications for gilts
and equities from the chancellor's assumptions on GDP. 'The sector has had a
good run and may possibly give back some of those gains,' he added.
</p>
<p>
The recent spate of buy recommendations in the composite sector continued to
drive General Accident shares, which settled 20 1/2 higher at 667 1/2 p on
heavy turnover of 2.1m. Commercial Union, however, closed marginally easier
at 606 1/2 p, while Guardian Royal Exchange could manage only a 1 1/2 gain
at 208 1/2 p. Royal Insurance settled 6 up at 305p, and Sun Alliance was
similarly firmer at 369 1/2 p.
</p>
<p>
Confirmation of recent market speculation that there would be no big shift
on pensisons and life assurance was seen as a further big plus for the life
stocks, where Legal &amp; General moved up 4 1/2 to 521p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> General Accident </item>
<item> Commercial Union </item>
<item> Guardian Royal Exchange </item>
<item> Royal Insurance Holdings </item>
<item> Sun Alliance Group </item>
<item> Legal and General Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6331 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>255</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Airline stocks hit by levy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PRICE and STEVE THOMPSON</byline>
<p>
Airline stocks suffered a torrid five minutes at the market finale yesterday
as the chancellor announced the imposition of an airport tax from next
October. Dealers quickly marked down related shares as investors rushed to
sell, with backwardations - a situation when offer prices on the screen are
below bid prices from other marketmakers - in both British Airways and BAA.
</p>
<p>
Transport analysts were unwilling to estimate the effect of the measure on
BA, the UK's largest carrier, although some suggested that yesterday's
electric response was overdone, adding that the shares had enjoyed a good
run in recent weeks.
</p>
<p>
BA shares, initially higher, finished a net 8 down at 420p. On Wall Street,
BA continued to slide. Airport operator BAA's sharp rise during earlier
trading in London was scythed by the 4.25 pm announcement, the stock closing
just 2 up at 929p, after 939p.
</p>
<p>
Elsewhere, tour operator Airtours weakened 6 to 435p, while rival Owners
Abroad slipped 3 to 75p.
</p>
<p>
Benefiting from the fallout was P&amp;O, the ferry company, which forged ahead
17 to 608p. The stock also gained from a survey indicating consumer concern
over using the Channel tunnel.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> British Airways </item>
<item> BAA </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>239</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: FT-SE 100 Index braced to challenge
its peak - Market Report </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY BYLAND, UK Stock Market Editor</byline>
<p>
Britain's first unified Budget was warmly received on the London stock
market yesterday. Share prices moved ahead sharply during the speech from Mr
Kenneth Clarke, the chancellor of the exchequer, and traders predicted that
the FT-SE 100 Index will challenge its all-time peak of 3,199 when trading
commences this morning.
</p>
<p>
Lower than anticipated tax increases and a hard line on public spending
provided 'the best possible combination for both equities and government
bonds', commented Mr Ian Harnett at Strauss Turnbull. The stock market was
particularly pleased that there was no sign of the feared attack on the
pension funds, in the shape of changes in advance corporation tax or foreign
dividends, and the brewing, publishing and book retailing sectors were
jubilant at favourable VAT and excise duty references in the Budget speech.
Optimism in the equity market was boosted by a strong rise in government
bond prices, which had been fairly quiet until the chancellor began to
speak.
</p>
<p>
Among the few less happy areas were airline and overseas tourist stocks,
which suffered from the chancellor's tax moves. Share quotations for both
British Airways and BAA fell briefly into confusion as the Budget speech
appeared on the trading screens. Non-life insurance stocks were restrained
by the imposition of 3 per cent duty on general insurance premiums, but
analysts were wary of tracking individual companies until the picture
becomes more clear.
</p>
<p>
At the official close, the FT-SE Index was 31.1 up at 3,166.9, with Mr
Clarke still speaking in the House of Commons. There was no further official
trading in equities last night but the December contract on the Footsie
reached 3,190, indicating that the FT-SE Index itself would open 15-20
points higher this morning.
</p>
<p>
The stock market was moving ahead from the opening of business yesterday
morning and showed a gain of 25.4 on the Footsie at mid-session.
Profit-takers then moved in ahead of the Budget speech, trimming the Footsie
gain to 11.7 points before Mr Clarke rose to his feet.
</p>
<p>
The recovery came quickly, with the Footsie putting on around ten points in
the first ten minutes of the chancellor's speech. At best, the Footsie was
up by 32.9 points, with most of the best news coming too late for share
trading.
</p>
<p>
Traders expect a strong opening today in brewery shares, with Bass at the
head, and in paper and book retailers such as WH Smith. Stores and consumer
issues are also likely to open stronger after firmness in sterling following
the Budget speech appeared to confirm expectations that base rates can be
cut again before Christmas. There were also gains among the stocks of quoted
marketmaking firms, which benefit from high levels of interest and turnover
in the stock market. Several leading marketmakers were believed to be taking
strongly bullish stances last night.
</p>
<p>
Throughout the session, merchant bank issues continued to forge ahead as
analysts weighed the implications for sector profitability of the continued
strength and activity in financial securities markets.
</p>
<p>
Seaq trading volume, curtailed by the pause ahead of the chancellor's
speech, fell to 576.4m shares from the 687.8m of the previous session.
Retail or customer business on Monday was worth Pounds 1.53bn, maintaining
the prolonged run of highly profitable levels of trading in UK equities.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>583</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
London Stock Exchange: Equity futures and options trading
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY BYLAND</byline>
<p>
Derivatives markets provided one of the few areas in which would-be
investors in UK equities could register their opinion of the Budget speech
yesterday, writes Terry Byland.
</p>
<p>
The December Footsie future was active in after-hours' trading, successfully
warding off minor profit-taking to show a final reading of 3,190, a premium
of 20 points against the official close on the cash market.
</p>
<p>
With fair value now estimated at around 2 points, even less in some
quarters, the contract was signalling a strong start for share prices today.
</p>
<p>
Trading volume, brisk ahead of Mr Clarke's speech, increased sharply as he
addressed the House of Commons, and the December contract finally returned
total turnover of just above 20,000 deals, the highest for many months.
</p>
<p>
Many of the late deals reflected position-taking by equity marketmakers
ahead of today's opening of business in the stock market. Earlier in the
session, the contract had moved from 3,150, with a pause for profit-taking
in the early afternoon. Traders expressed caution at the close, commenting
that equity prices would be vulnerable today if there were any sign of
demand slackening.
</p>
<p>
In traded options, business was moderate, and died away before the
chancellor spoke. Volume of 45,791 contracts compared with 47,118 on Monday.
</p>
<p>
The Euro FT-SE option topped the actives list, recording 3,834 deals.
</p>
<p>
Among individual stock options, Lasmo (3,215 lots traded) had another busy
day as oil prices weakened. British Steel (2,722), BP (2,611) and GEC
(1,256) were also active.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 68</biblScope>
<extent>283</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (America): Good economic news leaves
equities mixed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Wall Street
</p>
<p>
US share prices were mixed yesterday as Wall Street struggled to shrug off a
setback in the bond market and focus instead on evidence of improving
economic conditions, writes Frank McGurty in New York.
</p>
<p>
At the close the Dow Jones Industrial Average was up 6.15 at 3,683.95, but
the more broadly based Standard &amp; Poor's 500 was 0.11 easier at 461.79. In
the secondary markets, the American SE composite lost 0.66 at 460.03, but
the Nasdaq composite gained 2.85 at 754.39 after reversing an earlier
downward trend. NYSE volume was 286m shares.
</p>
<p>
The uncertain mood which has dominated Wall Street recently was underscored
by investors' jittery reaction to the first in a series of economic reports
this week which are expected to indicate robust growth during the final
three months of the year.
</p>
<p>
Stock prices dipped immediately after the release of the Conference Board's
index of consumer confidence, which surged to 71.2 this month, compared with
a consensus forecast of about 60. Separately, the index of business activity
by the Purchasing Management Association of Chicago showed one of the
biggest monthly gains in the survey's 25-year history.
</p>
<p>
The fresh data served to exacerbate anxieties among bond traders, who fear
the economy's gathering strength could be a signal of higher inflation. In
late trading the Treasury's benchmark 30-year issue had fallen nearly a
point to 99 9/32 , yielding 6.298 per cent.
</p>
<p>
But the mood on Wall Street was not as bleak as in the bond market, and
equity prices began to inch higher as the morning progressed. By early
afternoon the Dow Industrial index was up nearly 20 points, before slipping
to leave a more modest gain at the close.
</p>
<p>
With crude oil prices firming after hitting a three-year low on Monday,
energy shares regained lost ground. Exxon was Dollars 1 better at Dollars 62
3/4 and Amoco gained Dollars 1 1/8 at Dollars 53 1/2 . Atlantic Richfield,
up Dollars  3/4 at Dollars 103 3/4 , and Mobil, Dollars 1 1/8 firmer at
Dollars 76 1/8 , were given an extra lift when investment analysts raised
ratings on the issues.
</p>
<p>
By contrast, transport companies, which are the heaviest users of petroleum
products, gave back some of their recent gains. AMR, parent of American
Airlines, lost Dollars 1 1/8 at Dollars 66 7/8 and Delta shed Dollars  7/8
to Dollars 58 1/4 .
</p>
<p>
On the Nasdaq, Dell Computer advanced Dollars 3 to Dollars 27 1/8 after
better than expected earnings for the third quarter. Technology Solutions
added Dollars 1 at Dollars 9 after its directors approved a stock repurchase
plan.
</p>
<p>
Canada
</p>
<p>
Toronto showed no clear trend in moderate trading. The TSE 300 index, after
Monday's drop, closed 9.9 ahead at 4,180.2, but falls led rises by 423 to
383 after volume of 57.6m shares valued at CDollars 709.8m. Golds and
conglomerates rose 1.55 and 1.33 per cent respectively.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>522</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: South Africa </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Gold shares weakened again as the bullion price continued to retreat, and
the index dropped 38, or 2 per cent, to 1,826. The industrial index put on
11 at 4,851 and the overall index declined 19 to 4,164.
</p>
<p>
De Beers receded 50 cents to R83.50 while Anglos closed unchanged at R156.
</p>
<p>
Among the gold shares, Vaal Reefs fell R10 to R370.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> ZA  South Africa, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>90</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Asia Pacific): Hong Kong rebounds 1.3%
as index futures surge </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Many of the Pacific Rim markets were helped ahead by Tokyo's firmer tone.
</p>
<p>
HONG KONG staged a strong rebound, with the Hang Seng index 112.44, or 1.3
per cent, higher at 9,125.21, as the market was buoyed by a surge in index
futures. But turnover contracted to HKDollars 4.55bn from Monday's HKDollars
5.58bn.
</p>
<p>
The index tumbled on Monday amid fears that the government might introduce
Governor Chris Patten's political reform package at a meeting of the
Executive Council yesterday. Reports that the council had given the go-ahead
for the introduction of part of the democratic reform bill came after the
market closed.
</p>
<p>
Bank of East Asia topped the actives list, climbing HKDollars 1.75 to
HKDollars 44. HSBC rose HKDollars 1 to HKDollars 85.50 and Hang Seng Bank
added HKDollars 1 at HKDollars 58.50.
</p>
<p>
After the market closed, the government announced that it had awarded new
telecommunications licences to units of Hutchison, Wharf and New World.
Hutchison was steady at HKDollars 31, Wharf was up 40 cents at HKDollars
26.90 and New World gained 40 cents at HKDollars 27.30. HK Telecom, which
will lose its monopoly on domestic conventional telecommunications in 1995,
rose 30 cents to HKDollars 14.70.
</p>
<p>
TAIWAN finished lower on profit-taking after Monday's 5.3 per cent surge,
although optimism after the ruling Nationalist party's victory in elections
last week continued to support shares.
</p>
<p>
The market index shed 30.61 to 4,353.90 in a large turnover of TDollars
47.2bn. Heavy profit-taking, particularly in financials, was attributed to
recent weakness in Tokyo and Hong Kong.
</p>
<p>
SEOUL took a turn for the better, after four straight sessions of declines,
on renewed demand for export-orientated blue chip manufacturing issues. The
composite index rose 6.52 to 811.06 in Won687.6bn turnover, up from Monday's
Won618.8bn.
</p>
<p>
Demand for the blue chips was attributed to better than expected
third-quarter GNP growth, improving industrial output and current account
surpluses for the second consecutive month.
</p>
<p>
NEW ZEALAND was easier as investors paused to assess the new cabinet,
although a late buying spurt took the market off its low for the day. The
NZSE-40 capital index finished 20.93 down at 2,021.62, having dipped to
2,008.80 earlier.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was still reasonably high at NZDollars 85.75m.
</p>
<p>
The late demand was largely confined to Fletcher Challenge, which
appreciated 7 cents to NZDollars 4.07, Carter Holt Harvey, which ended only
3 cents off at NZDollars 3.43, and Telecom, a net 9 cents down at NZDollars
3.90.
</p>
<p>
AUSTRALIA was marginally weaker after bargain hunters lifted the market off
early morning lows. The All Ordinaries index finished 0.9 off at 2,009.4
after a day's low of 1,994.8.
</p>
<p>
Among leading shares, News Corp rose 15 cents to ADollars 9.83, while BHP
shed 10 to ADollars 16.40.
</p>
<p>
SINGAPORE closed easier, but afternoon sentiment was lifted by the healthy
rebound in Tokyo and investors returning to buy speculative Malaysian shares
traded over the counter. The Straits Times Industrial index lost 2.78 at
2,096.14 after setting an intraday low of 2,090.73.
</p>
<p>
KUALA LUMPUR was led higher by strong demand for utilities, with sentiment
boosted by the rebound in Tokyo and Hong Kong. The composite index climbed
24.35 to 996.45.
</p>
<p>
Tenaga and Telekom firmed 80 cents each to MDollars 16.40 and MDollars 19.20
respectively.
</p>
<p>
KARACHI advanced after seven successive days of falls, the KSE 100-share
index firming 8.35 to 1,691.79.
</p>
<p>
BANGKOK closed at the day's high after local mutual funds bought bank,
finance and brokerage shares in the afternoon. The SET index gained 14.44,
or 1.11 per cent, at 1,309.95 in thin turnover of nearly Bt8bn.
</p>
<p>
JAKARTA ended on a mixed note, although sentiment was positive on selected
stocks. The official index was 1.68 lower at 518.78.
</p>
<p>
SHANGHAI B shares continued to lose ground amid worries that the market
would head even lower on fears that US fund managers were losing some of
their appetite for Asian stocks. The B index slipped 1.31 to 81.42.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> HK  Hong Kong, Asia </item>
<item> TW  Taiwan, Asia </item>
<item> KR  South Korea, Asia </item>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
<item> SG  Singapore, Asia </item>
<item> MY  Malaysia, Asia </item>
<item> PK  Pakistan, Asia </item>
<item> TH  Thailand, Asia </item>
<item> ID  Indonesia, Asia </item>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>708</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAI0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Europe): Continent caught in
consolidation mood </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By Our Markets Staff</byline>
<p>
There were many stories but few themes among the markets yesterday, writes
Our Markets Staff.
</p>
<p>
FRANKFURT came off its intraday high but the DAX index still showed positive
form as it closed 14.34 higher at 2,057.77. The index moved between a high
of 2,061.45 and a low of 2,050.60.
</p>
<p>
Attention continued to be directed towards Thyssen which is due to release
its results today. The shares added DM5.00 to DM237.50 as one German broker
lifted its recommendation on the company.
</p>
<p>
Going in the opposite direction was Heidelberger Zement, off DM15 at DM1,165
as it reported a slight rise in nine month turnover.
</p>
<p>
AMSTERDAM advanced a notch helped by a strong recovery in the shares of
Royal Dutch which has been dropping back in recent days on the falling price
for world oil. The CBS Tendency index added 0.8 or 0.6 per cent to 136.9 as
the international put on Fl 3.50 to Fl 194.70.
</p>
<p>
Philips took a dip, off 70 cents to Fl 37.40, on reports which suggested
further difficulties with partners involved in CD-I technology.
</p>
<p>
MILAN edged higher although the advance was restrained a weaker lira and
bond market. The Comit index advanced 4.67 to 548.56.
</p>
<p>
The mood was also inhibited by political worries ahead of this weekend's
second round of local elections, passage of the budget and the start of
privatisation of Credito Italiano next week.
</p>
<p>
Ferruzzi soared L2,677 or 8.6 per cent to L33,930 in response to news that a
group of foreign creditor banks had joined Italian banks in approving a
restructuring plan and that shareholders had approved a capital increase.
</p>
<p>
Montedison, whose shareholders meet today to vote on its capital increase
rose L12 to L787.
</p>
<p>
Olivetti, in talks with unions to discuss possible jobs cuts, shed L45 to
L1,748.
</p>
<p>
ZURICH was mixed although banks put in a firm performance and the SMI index
edged 0.3 higher to 2,738.5.
</p>
<p>
CS Holding added SFr45 to SFr3,595 and SBC was SFr8 higher at SFr480 with
the latest warrant issue on a bank basket drawing attention to the sector.
</p>
<p>
Nestle was again the focus of foreign selling, the shares easing SFr10 to
SFr1,159.
</p>
<p>
Oerlikon-Buhrle, the arms to fashion group added SFr1.50 to SFr120.50 ahead
of its forecast of a slight rise in 1993 group profit.
</p>
<p>
PARIS fell back slightly with the CAC-40 index slipping 9.21 to 2,110.09,
ahead of today's expiry of options. Turnover was FFr4bn against Monday's
FFr2.8bn.
</p>
<p>
Euro Disney maintained a slight forward momentum, up 50 centimes at FFr32.25
while LVMH, which had improved on Monday, dipped FFr66 to FFr3,685.
</p>
<p>
STOCKHOLM turned round from recent setbacks as the Affarsvarlden general
index rose 11.8 to 1,303.6 helped by gains in Volvo.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was SKr1.1bn.
</p>
<p>
Volvo B shares added SKr23 to SKr414 as speculation continued as to the
future of the group's proposed merger with Renault of France. According to
some estimates the 'No' vote is gaining momentum ahead of next week's
meeting.
</p>
<p>
MADRID was weaker, led down by weaker futures and the general index shed
2.60 or 0.9 per cent to 292.94.
</p>
<p>
Banks were among the biggest losers with BCH losing Pta170 or 5.3 per cent
to Pta3,050.
</p>
<p>
COPENHAGEN firmed as the market prepared for the maturing of the KFX
December future today.
</p>
<p>
The KFX index gained 0.76 to 100.48 in turnover of DKr464m, boosted by a
0.83 point rise in the December future to 100.38.
</p>
<p>
Carlsberg B shares gained DKr5 to DKr265 after a positive analysis of the
brewer's long-term profit prospects by Danske Bank. Novo Nordisk shares also
rose DKr5 to DKr629, after the recent stagnation for its stock price.
</p>
<p>
ISTANBUL continued to find support as the composite index advanced to its
fourth consecutive record close, up 551 or 3 per cent at 18,977.1.
</p>
<p>
Among the most actives Eregli added TL800 to TL8,100.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was TL826bn.
</p>
<p>
ATHENS was little changed as the market spent time analysing the contents of
the country's budget. The general share index put on 0.88 to 863.01.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was strong at DKr5bn.
</p>
<p>
The government said that it would have a report ready within a month on the
privatisation of public organisations.
</p>
<p>
Written and edited by John Pitt and Michael Morgan.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FT-SE ACTUARIES SHARE INDICES
Nov. 30 THE EUROPEAN SERIES
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hourly changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Open     10.30     11.00     12.00
FT-SE Eurotrack 100  1347.09   1346.59   1346.54   1347.19
FT-SE Eurotrack 200  1424.20   1424.26   1425.37   1424.22
                       13.00     14.00     15.00     Close
FT-SE Eurotrack 100  1346.47   1344.37   1344.05   1343.12
FT-SE Eurotrack 200  1423.39   1422.40   1421.78   1420.82
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Nov. 29   Nov. 26   Nov. 25   Nov. 24   Nov. 23
FT-SE Eurotrack 100  1344.70   1346.66   1343.06   1329.41   1325.47
FT-SE Eurotrack 200  1417.23   1412.67   1410.14   1396.51   1393.67
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Base value 1000 (26/10/90); High/day: 100 - 1347.68; 200 - 1425.80
Low/day: 100 - 1342.94 200 - 1417.49.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> NL  Netherlands, EC </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
<item> ES  Spain, EC </item>
<item> DK  Denmark, EC </item>
<item> TR  Turkey, Middle East </item>
<item> GR  Greece, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>851</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets: Brazilian stocks seen fluctuating in
narrow range </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sao Paulo shares were down moderately in midday trade as prices revovered a
little from the day's lows after some institutional investors returned. The
Bovespa index was quoted 150 off at 27,495 by 1 pm.
</p>
<p>
Traders said prices were seen fluctuating in narrow bands, but they did not
discount stronger activity in the afternoon session after a block trade in
Petrobras, the oil group, was concluded.
</p>
<p>
Petrobras has said it would sell part of its stock portfolio in other
companies in a block trade operation, scheduled to take place later
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The block trade was to include 130.3m Eletrobras preferred shares, 41.9m
Telebras common shares, 21.8m Telebras preferred shares and 352,554 Labo
Eletronica preferred stock.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was Cr29.9bn. Petrobras preferred shares were up 2.7 per cent at
Cr26.50.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> BR  Brazil, South America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>162</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
World Stock Markets (Tokyo): Nikkei gains 2% on government
pledges </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By EMIKO TERAZONO
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
Concerted efforts by government ministers pledging economic measures to help
the weak economy boosted confidence, and the Nikkei average, which plunged
to a year's low on Monday, advanced 2 per cent, writes Emiko Terazono in
Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
The Nikkei, which has suffered heavy selling from arbitrageurs, dealers,
corporations and banks during the past month, regained 327.83 at 16,406.54,
after a day's range of 16,004.00 and 16,505.15. The Topix index of all first
section stocks, which dropped 5.2 per cent in the previous session, improved
23.58, or 1.7 per cent, to 1,374.06. In London the ISE/Nikkei 50 index
firmed 3.94 to 1,113.79.
</p>
<p>
Volume totalled 320m shares, against 372m on Monday, while advances led
declines by 691 to 323, with 101 issues unchanged.
</p>
<p>
The 225-issue Nikkei average has lost 18 per cent since October 26, when the
government listed East Japan Railway, the direct catalyst for the fall. The
stock yesterday picked up by Y15,000 to Y415,000.
</p>
<p>
Selling accelerated last week when investors took their cue from bad interim
earnings figures at the country's leading banks.
</p>
<p>
Renewed fears over the stability of the financial system emerged, as 11
commercial banks posted a 22.2 per cent fall in pre-tax profits for the
first half of the year to September, while long term credit banks reported a
10.1 per cent decline. The total of bad loans reached Y13,800bn at 21
leading banks, up 7.7 per cent from last March.
</p>
<p>
A fall in bank prices fuelled fears over a freefall in stock prices, since a
sharp retreat in the banking sector heralded the stock market's plunge in
August last year, when the Nikkei hit a six-year low of 14,309.41. The
banking index has dropped 14.7 per cent over the past week, while leading
banks such as Industrial Bank of Japan have lost 16.9 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Investors still fear that a repeat of last year's fall would severely damage
business confidence, as Japanese companies, including banks, heavily rely on
unrealised profits on shareholdings as a buffer against weak profits.
</p>
<p>
Government ministers yesterday tried to ease the alarm, by addressing the
stock market's weakness, and stressing the need for stimulatory measures.
While ministers said they would not directly intervene in the market to
shore up prices, they pledged to boost the economy.
</p>
<p>
Ms Manae Kubota, director general for the economic planning agency, said the
economy needed an expansionary budget and tax cuts, while Mr Yasushi Mieno,
Bank of Japan governor, said he was ready to take further monetary action if
the real economy demanded.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hirohisa Fujii, finance minister, and Mr Hiroshi Kumagai, minister of
international trade and industry, met to discuss measures to strengthen the
economy. While no concrete plans were announced, the two ministers said the
government would consider easing the burden of land transfer taxes and
increase tax breaks for land deals.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the calls from leading ministers, investors remain cautious over
the stock market's direction.
</p>
<p>
The weak economy, worsening corporate profits, and the absence of public
funds, which lifted the market from its lows earlier this year, mean that
investors have little reason to buy.
</p>
<p>
Mr Alex Kinmont, strategist at Morgan Stanley, expects the market to fall at
least to last year's low, and even to the Nikkei 12,000 level, if the
government fails to implement economic stimulus.
</p>
<p>
Data released yesterday further deepened prevailing gloom over an economic
recovery. Industrial output fell 5.1 per cent from the previous month in
October, the sharpest drop on record, while the country's unemployment rate
rose to 2.7 per cent in October, the highest for nearly six years.
</p>
<p>
Analysts believe that a combination of an income tax reduction, further
monetary easing, and government aid for the banks, is crucial for a market
recovery.
</p>
<p>
However, even if the government manages to formulate such measures,
implementation is likely to be early next year.
</p>
<p>
Investors will need to wait until the political reform bill passes through
the upper house during this parliamentary session, when Prime Minister
Morihiro Hosokawa will finally be ready to make decisions over the economy.
</p>
<p>
Among individual stocks, export-orientated companies performed well, as the
yen settled at its lowest level against the dollar in four months. Hitachi
rose Y26 to Y768, Toshiba Y55 to Y655, Matsushita Electric Industrial Y60 to
Y1,360, NEC Y12 to Y774, and Fujitsu Y32 to Y722.
</p>
<p>
In the car sector, Toyota Motor strengthened Y110 to Y1,640, Nissan Motor
Y22 to Y605 and Honda Motor Y30 to Y1,370.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 65</biblScope>
<extent>776</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Markets Report: Sterling up on Budget </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JAMES BLITZ</byline>
<p>
Sterling gained around  1/2 pfennig against the D-Mark in late European
trading yesterday after Mr Kenneth Clarke, the UK chancellor, announced
unexpected reductions in the government's spending plans for the next
financial year, writes James Blitz.
</p>
<p>
Strong fiscal rectitude was the key theme of Mr Clarke's first Budget. He
announced that public spending would be lower in each of the next three
years than the ceilings set by the cabinet in June.
</p>
<p>
He also announced progressive reductions in the public sector borrowing
requirement, phasing out borrowing to finance current spending by 1997-98.
</p>
<p>
These broad goals were well received by traders in sterling and UK
government bonds. At the start of the chancellor's speech, the pound was
trading at DM2.5450. It rose to DM2.5500 before closing a net  1/2 pfennig
up at DM2.5475.
</p>
<p>
Mr Steve Hannah, chief economist at IBJ International in London, expected
the Budget to give sterling good support over the next few days.
</p>
<p>
In particular, he was impressed by the political skill of the chancellor's
speech. He pointed out that there had been a generous package to compensate
pensioners for VAT on fuel. The squeeze on invalidity benefit, though one of
the more politically sensitive measures, had also been skilfully presented.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Neil MacKinnon, chief economist at Citibank, warned that the
PSBR projections were too reliant on high expectations of growth to be
realistic. He said that 3 per cent growth would push the economy too close
to a balance of payments constraint.
</p>
<p>
If sterling failed to make more headway, it may have been because of the
general strength of the D-Mark against all European currencies.
</p>
<p>
In part, this was due to the Bundesbank's decision to set an unchanged
two-week fixed rate repo at 6.25 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The decision to introduce a fixed rate repo was unsurprising, considering
the recent volatility in German money market interest rates.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank has been trying to suppress the end-of-month scramble for
funds by issuing Paragraph 17 funds and short term liquidity through a
variety of instruments.
</p>
<p>
Against this background, a variable rate repo - which allows banks to state
the rate at which they will buy funds - could not have been expected.
</p>
<p>
This trend was offset by comments towards the end of the day from Mr Hans
Tietmeyer, the new Bundesbank president, which helped to depress the D-Mark.
</p>
<p>
He said the Bundesbank would explore the potential for lower interest rates
in the future in agreement with its policy of monetary stability.
</p>
<p>
Mr Tietmeyer's comments helped to depress the D-Mark at the end of a day
when it had been a good deal firmer against European currencies.
</p>
<p>
The French franc closed unchanged at FFr3.458 to the D-Mark, in spite of
news that French unemployment had hit a record 12 per cent in October. In
recent days, the French currency has performed strongly amid signs that the
Bank of France has managed to recoup most of the reserves that it lost
during the futile defence of the franc in July and August.
</p>
<p>
However, the dollar rose by nearly a pfennig against the D-Mark, following
the release of very strong US economic indicators. The Chicago Purchasing
Managers' Index for November rose to 65.3 per cent from a previous 57.0 per
cent and the Conference Board Confidence Index climbed to 71.2 per cent from
a previous 60.5 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Both these figures strengthened the impression that the US economic recovery
is gaining momentum. The employment component of the Purchasing Managers'
Index underlined speculation that Friday's non-farm payroll figure for
November will come in higher than expected. The dollar ended at DM1.7165,
compared with DM1.7085 previously. It finished New York trading at DM1.7150.
</p>
<p>
The yen came under strong pressure against the dollar in European trading,
following another spate of bad economic news in Japan.
</p>
<p>
Industrial production in Japan fell by 5.1 per cent in October, and there is
growing speculation that the official discount rate could be cut again -
perhaps to 1 per cent from its current level of 1.75 per cent.
</p>
<p>
When European trading opened, the yen dropped from an opening of Y108.75
against the US currency to a low of Y109.30. It closed in London at Y109.10
and in New York it ended at Y109.05.
</p>
<p>
Citibank's economists in London believe that pressure on the yen will
continue over the next 12 months. In the medium term, they expect the yen to
sink as low as Y115 to the dollar.
</p>
<p>
On the German money markets, call money still hovered at the comparatively
high level of 6.68 per cent. Euromark futures were also depressed: the
December contract was down 4 basis points to a close of 93.83; the March
contract declined 5 basis points to 94.56.
</p>
<p>
Sterling markets were little changed against this background, following a
Budget speech which gave no hint of more policy easing. Three-month money
closed unchanged at around 5 5/16 per cent. The December short sterling
contract ended 3 basis points up at 94.64.
</p>
<p>
French franc futures were badly affected by the unemployment news. The
December Pibor contract dropped 8 basis points to close at 93.49.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 59</biblScope>
<extent>897</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: 'Saskatchewan ripe for diamond
rush' </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KENNETH GOODING</byline>
<p>
Canada's next diamond rush is likely to be in Saskatchewan, according to
Credit Lyonnais Laing, part of the French banking group.
</p>
<p>
'Saskatchewan has a very high potential for the discovery of an economic
diamond deposit over the next few years,' suggests analyst Mr Charles
Kernot.
</p>
<p>
Diamond hunting in the province has been going on spasmodically since 1948
but was given a boost by the recent diamond rush in Canada's Northwest
Territories. The most high-profile operation in Saskatchewan is a joint
venture between two uranium companies, Cameco and Uranerz Exploration, which
has found diamonds in the Fort a la Corne region. Monopros, the exploration
arm of De Beers, the world's biggest diamond group, is earning a 33 per cent
interest in that project and providing access to its sampling laboratories
in Johannesburg.
</p>
<p>
Credit Lyonnais has a vested interest in Saskatchewan diamonds because it is
in the process of raising CDollars 3m (Pounds 1.5m) net from European
investors for Kensington Resources, a small Vancouver-quoted company that is
exploring for gems in the province. Kensington has hired the head of the
Saskatchewan ministry of energy and minerals' diamond exploration programme,
Mr Malcolm Gent, as a consultant.
</p>
<p>
De Beers is moving into diamond mining in Ghana. The South African group
will spend USDollars 1m to re-evaluate state-owned Ghana Consolidated
Diamonds' Birim River reserves. If the outcome is positive Ghana's
government will take 20 per cent of a new company, Birim River Diamonds, and
De Beers will share the rest with Lazare Kaplan, a US merchant. Meanwhile,
De Beers will take over management of GCD's existing operations and expects
to double output of mainly near-gem and industrial-quality diamonds to more
than 400,000 carats in the coming year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> De Beers Consolidated Mines </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> GH  Ghana, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1499 Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Minerals </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> RES  Natural resources </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1499 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>329</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Minor Metals </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
European free market, from Metal Bulletin, Dollars per lb in warehouse,
unless otherwise stated (last week's in brackets, where changed).
</p>
<p>
Antimony: 99.6%, Dollars per tonne, 1,600-1,650.
</p>
<p>
Bismuth: min. 99.99%, tonne lots 2.30-2.50.
</p>
<p>
Cadmium: min. 99.5%, 0.35-0.40.
</p>
<p>
Cobalt: MB free market, 99.8%, 10.95-11.40 (11.10-11.50); 99.3%, 10.10-10.55
(10.30-10.70).
</p>
<p>
Mercury: min. 99.99%, Dollars per 76 lb flask, 85-100 (85-90).
</p>
<p>
Molybdenum: drummed molybdic oxide, 2.65-2.75 (2.60-2.70).
</p>
<p>
Selenium: min 99.5%, 4.25-4.90 (4.25-5.15).
</p>
<p>
Tungsten ore: standard min. 65%, Dollars per tonne unit (10kg) WO, cif,
27-39.
</p>
<p>
Vanadium: min. 98%, cif, 1.35-1.45.
</p>
<p>
Uranium: Nuexco exchange value, 6.90.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> QR  European Economic Community (EC) </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
<item> P1061 Ferroalloy Ores, Ex Vanadium </item>
<item> P1094 Uranium-Radium-Vanadium Ores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P1099 </item>
<item> P1061 </item>
<item> P1094 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>135</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Iraq sends oil prices tumbling
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT CORZINE</byline>
<p>
Iraq's announcement last night that it might negotiate with the United
Nations over a one time only sale of Dollars 1.6bn worth of oil sent prices
tumbling in late London trading. The setback came at the end of a day in
which prices had recovered some of the ground lost after last week's meeting
of the Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries.
</p>
<p>
The price of the benchmark Brent Blend fell back to Dollars 14.20 after
having climbed at one stage above Dollars 14.60 a barrel. On Monday prices
briefly fell below the psychological barrier of Dollars 14 as traders
reacted to Opec's decision not to cut output to prop up prices.
</p>
<p>
Iraq has consistently rejected UN offers to organise a one-off sale because
it would have no control over the revenues. They would be used to buy
humanitarian relief supplies for Iraqis as well as compensate some of the
victims of the 1990 invasion of Kuwait.
</p>
<p>
The earlier sharp move upwards in prices was stimulated by reports that
Russia would reduce some exports because of heavy domestic demand caused by
an early cold snap.
</p>
<p>
Other developments, however, pointed to a continuing bearish trend.
Statistics from the American Petroleum Institute were expected to show a
rise in US stocks of crude oil and petroleum products.
</p>
<p>
Dr Alirio Parra, the Venezuelan oil minister yesterday repeated his position
that it would take several more days for the markets to appreciate Opec's
decision. But Nigerian minister Mr Don Etiebet said Opec might 'have to
review the situation as soon as possible'.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------
LME WAREHOUSE STOCKS
(As at Monday's close)
------------------------------------
                           tonnes
------------------------------------
Aluminium        +8,575 to 2,391,550
Aluminium alloy     +40 to    49,200
Copper           +4,525 to   590,500
Lead               -575 to   298,750
Nickel             +456 to   118,944
Zinc             +6,175 to   864,525
Tin                 -50 to    18,995
------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> IQ  Iraq, Middle East </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Commodity prices </item>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>340</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAITFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: World harvest estimate down
another 18m tonnes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD MOONEY</byline>
<p>
The International Wheat Council has made another cut in its forecast of the
1993-94 world cereal harvest.
</p>
<p>
The total for wheat and coarse grains, reduced a month ago from 1.39bn to
1.373bn tonnes, is cut by a further 18m tonnes in the agency's latest
report, published yesterday, to 1.355bn tonnes, 68m tonnes below the 1992-93
total.
</p>
<p>
The wheat estimate's 8m-tonne fall to 562m tonnes, attributed chiefly to
lower projections for the European Union, Kazakhstan, Russia and the US,
takes the figure back to last season's level. But the coarse grains
estimate, reduced by 10m tonnes to 793m in yesterday's report, is 68m tonnes
down from 1992-93.
</p>
<p>
The IWC blames a 'huge drop' of 73m tonnes in reported US maize production
for the sharply lower coarse grains estimate. This has been partly offset by
better prospects in western Europe, the former Soviet Union, Turkey, Egypt
and Australia.
</p>
<p>
The weather problems that cut US wheat output have also affected the quality
of the crop, and the IWC warns that competition for supplies of high-protein
premium breadmaking wheat could become still more keen early in the new
year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> RU  Russia, East Europe </item>
<item> KZ  Kazakhstan, East Europe </item>
<item> TR  Turkey, Middle East </item>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
<item> EG  Egypt, Africa </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P0111 Wheat </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P0111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>231</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAISFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Chinese rare earth producers
form cartel </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>BEIJING</name></byline>
<p>
China has allowed rare earth exporters to end a price war by forming a
cartel and fixing prices, according to the Xinhua news agency, reports
Reuter from Beijing.
</p>
<p>
Producers and exporters set up the cartel at a recent meeting and 'agreed to
adopt uniform prices for exports" starting in 1994, the official news agency
said.
</p>
<p>
China is the largest producer of rare earth, which contains a group of 15
chemically-similar elements used in items such as x-ray screens and colour
television tubes, and in alloys to store hydrogen in fuel cells. They also
have potential uses in super-conducting materials. Its main export markets
are in the US, Japan and Europe.
</p>
<p>
The announcement appeared to conflict with the Communist Party's formal
decision this month to make competition in free markets the cornerstone of
economic development.
</p>
<p>
The Xinhua agency said China's rare earth producers could not handle the
rigours of market pricing and had descended into an increasingly bitter
price war over the last few years. 'Producers and exporters have drastically
lowered prices to win foreign orders in the past few years, making the trade
barely profitable,' it said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CN  China, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1099 Metal Ores, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1099 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>230</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Go-ahead close for PNG gold
project </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KENNETH GOODING, Mining Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The Papua New Guinea government will issue a mining lease for the USDollars
609m Lihir Island project, where the biggest gold mine outside South Africa
is to be developed, at its next cabinet meeting, probably in January, said
Mr Masket Iangalio, PNG's minister of mines and petroleum, yesterday.
</p>
<p>
He also held out hopes that mining could begin again at one of the world's
major copper mines, on Bougainville Island, PNG, where the operator, CRA of
Australia, had to withdraw in 1989 because of secessionist rebel activity.
</p>
<p>
Mr Iangalio, speaking at a presentation in London by Niugini Mining, which
owns 20 per cent of Lihir, said that talks this week with RTZ Corporation of
the UK, which owns the other 80 per cent, had removed the last obstacles to
the lease being granted.
</p>
<p>
Mr Gavin Thomas, Niugini's exploration director, said site clearing and
construction work would begin immediately the licence was granted. The mine,
which is expected to produce 620,000 troy ounces of gold annually for the
first 12 years, should pour its first precious metal in the third quarter of
1996.
</p>
<p>
The PNG government is to spend Dollars 41m to take a 30 per cent stake in
the project and Niugini will build its interest to 30 per cent for Dollars
48m. The three partners intend to put their interests into a new company,
Lihir Gold, which will be floated on the Australian stock exchange in the
third quarter of next year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Geoff Loudon, Niugini's chairman, said the company had about Dollars 24m
in cash and would raise the rest via a placing of 5.7m shares as soon as the
mining licence was issued. This would take the stake in Niugini held by
Battle Mountain Gold of the US down from 54 to just over 50 per cent. Also
Niugini is selling non-core assets and this week collected more than
ADollars 4m for its 12 per cent shareholding in Equatorial Mining, a small
Australian company.
</p>
<p>
He suggested that, after Lihir Gold was floated, RTZ would own between 24
and 30 per cent, Niugini and the PNG government between 18 and 23 per cent
each, and Malaysian Mining Corporation up to 20 per cent while PNG
investors, who would be given preferential treatment, would have 7 to 12 per
cent.
</p>
<p>
Questioned about Bougainville, Mr Iangalio said that PNG government troops
now controlled 90 per cent of the island, including the copper mine site. So
far the site had not been carefully inspected but it seemed that the
conveyor system was still intact. He hoped the troops would soon have total
control of the island and claimed that the PNG government now had the
support of the local community so it would not be necessary to keep a large
force there - at present 2,000 troops are on the island.
</p>
<p>
Analysts suggested it would take many months to evaluate the copper mine,
which is 53.6 per cent owned by CRA and was producing about 175,000 tonnes
of copper a year. The mine had only about ten years of reserves left and it
might not be worthwhile re-starting output, one said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Niugini Mining </item>
<item> RTZ Corp </item>
<item> Lihir Gold </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> PG  Papua and New Guinea, Oceania </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1041 Gold Ores </item>
<item> P1021 Copper Ores </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1041 </item>
<item> P1021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>577</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Canadian fishermen face big
cuts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Cod fishing off Canada's east coast will come to a virtual halt next year if
the government accepts a call by a conservation agency for drastic quota
cuts to protect depleted stocks of cod and other species.
</p>
<p>
The Fisheries Resource Conservation Council has urged an extension of a
two-year moratorium on northern cod fishing off the coast of Newfoundland,
as well as deep cuts in other areas. At the same time, it has questioned the
ability of the North Atlantic Fishery Organisation to control over-fishing
by foreign vessels in international waters.
</p>
<p>
The FRCC recommends a total allowable catch for all species in 1994 about 60
per cent lower than last year. The cod and haddock quota would be less than
5 per cent of levels set in 1988.
</p>
<p>
Mr Herbert Clarke, the council's chairman, warned that east coast groundfish
stocks were at the lowest levels ever recorded. He said that the northern
cod fishery, once one of the world's richest fishing grounds, was unlikely
to reopen for at least 6-7 years.
</p>
<p>
The precise causes of the fishery's decline are disputed, but are believed
to include heavy over-fishing by Canadian and foreign vessels, as well as
changes in water temperature and fish habitats.
</p>
<p>
The decline in the fishery has already put at least 20,000 people out of
work in Newfoundland and other Atlantic provinces. The proposed cutbacks are
likely to cost several thousand more jobs.
</p>
<p>
The government is expected to accept the bulk of the council's
recommendations. Mr Brian Tobin, fisheries minister, said official policy
would 'err on the side of caution'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P091  Commercial Fishing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P091 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>293</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Commodities and Agriculture: Soviet collapse distorts world
dairy market </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By FRANCES WILLIAMS
<name type=place>GENEVA</name></byline>
<p>
The world dairy market is being strongly affected by economic and social
changes in central and eastern Europe, the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade says in its 1993 review of dairy trends and prospects.
</p>
<p>
Commercial shipments of dairy products to Russia, formerly the world's
leading butter importer, have fallen sharply.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, other countries in the region have boosted cheap butter
exports, reflecting lower domestic consumption in response to higher prices
and the need for hard currency earnings.
</p>
<p>
The result has been a continuing butter market imbalance that has kept
stocks high and prices weak, despite falling production, the Gatt report
says. World butter output fell by 2.5 per cent in 1992 and is expected to
fall by a further 2 per cent in 1993. Butter prices have also been depressed
by concessional sales and donations to Russia and by US export subsidies.
</p>
<p>
US dairy exports rose sharply last year, lifted by the dairy export
incentive programme, which paid out Dollars 140m on exports of milk powders,
butter and butter oil, and cheese. Algeria and Mexico were the main
beneficiaries of the programme, which applied to exports to 76 nations.
</p>
<p>
World milk production fell by 2 per cent between 1991 and 1992, mainly
reflecting lower output in western and eastern Europe and the former Soviet
Union. Gatt is predicting another 1 to 2 per cent drop in 1993. However, New
Zealand had record milk production in 1992 and may surpass this level in
1993. Australia's 1993 output is expected to be the highest in two decades.
</p>
<p>
The Gatt report points out that, although milk consumption in developed
countries is flat or declining, it is rising steadily in Asia and Latin
America and there is strong demand worldwide for milk products, especially
cheese.
</p>
<p>
Exports of skimmed and whole milk powder rose in 1992, and stocks of skimmed
milk powder have fallen to low levels, underpinning relatively high prices.
Trade in cheese, meanwhile, remains brisk. High prices and global
consumption growth of 2 per cent a year have encouraged rising production,
of 2 per cent in 1992 and a likely 1 per cent this year.
</p>
<p>
The World Market for Dairy Products 1993. Available from Gatt, Centre
William Rappard, 154 route de Lausanne, CH-1211 Geneva 21, SFr25.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2021 Creamery Butter </item>
<item> P2026 Fluid Milk </item>
<item> P2022 Cheese, Natural and Processed </item>
<item> P2023 Dry, Condensed, Evaporated Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2021 </item>
<item> P2026 </item>
<item> P2022 </item>
<item> P2023 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 58</biblScope>
<extent>428</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Government Bonds: Gilts stage sharp rally in wake of PSBR
reduction </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CONNER MIDDELMANN and FRANK MCGURTY
<name type=place>LONDON, NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
Most of the action in Europe's bond markets took place in the gilts market
which rallied sharply on the back of Chancellor Kenneth Clarke's 1994-95
Budget.
</p>
<p>
The biggest boost to gilts came from the announcement of a cut in next
year's Public Sector Borrowing Requirement and the larger than expected cut
in spending.
</p>
<p>
The long-dated gilt future rallied about 1 1/2 point to 116 29/32 .
</p>
<p>
The Bank of England announced the terms of next Wednesday's auction of
Pounds 3bn of 6.75 per cent gilts due 2004. On a when-issued partly-paid
basis the paper was trading at 50 7/8 in late dealings, yielding some 6.63
per cent, one trader said.
</p>
<p>
German government bonds drifted lower in lacklustre trade. With many
operators lying low ahead of tomorrow's meeting of the Bundesbank's Central
Bank Council and many investors sidelined so close to the year-end, volume
was moderate and trading trendless.
</p>
<p>
'Much of the volume in the futures pits came from roll-overs into the March
from the December (bund) contract,' said a Frankfurt futures dealer.
</p>
<p>
The December bund futures contract closed at 99.91, down 0.06 point from
Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
The Bundesbank's announcement of 14-day fixed-rate securities repurchase
agreements at 6.25 per cent for today's allocation had little market impact
as it was widely expected and was seen to have neutral policy implications
for Thursday's Bundesbank meeting.
</p>
<p>
French bonds drifted lower for most of the day in line with bunds, but
recovered in late trade on jobless data that reignited hopes for near-term
easing by the Bank of France. However, many traders still do not expect the
French central bank to cut rates independently of the Bundesbank.
</p>
<p>
The notional bond future on Matif ended 0.34 point lower at 124.00 but
jumped in after-hours trading to 124.18.
</p>
<p>
After tumbling by more than a point during the session, Italian bonds
recovered from earlier lows towards the close and traders said the
possibility of a a deal between the government and opposition on the budget
could lift prices today. The BTP futures contract on Liffe closed at 111.75,
down 0.81 point from Tuesday.
</p>
<p>
Japanese bonds continued their rally following weak economic data and
suggestions by Bank of Japan governor Yasushi Mieno that further monetary
easing could be needed if the economy were to decline further.
</p>
<p>
The three-month certificate of deposit rate fell to a record low of 2.22 per
cent, down from 2.23 per cent on Monday. The yield on six-month treasury
bills fell to 1.67 per cent from 1.78 per cent, crossing the 1.75 per cent
official discount rate for the first time.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile, the yield on the benchmark JBG No 157 dropped to a low of 3.275
per cent, the lowest in more than five years.
</p>
<p>
US Treasury bond prices moved sharply lower yesterday as fresh evidence of
improving economic conditions served to exacerbate fears of mounting
inflationary pressures.
</p>
<p>
In late trading the benchmark 30-year government bond was down 15/16 at 99
9/32. The yield, rose to 6.298 per cent. At the short end, the two-year note
was 1/8 lower at 100 1/32, to yield 4.217 per cent.
</p>
<p>
As the trading session began, a mood of nervous anticipation was evident.
Crude oil prices, which fell to a three-year low on Monday, had started to
recover some ground. However, the focus of bond traders was set squarely on
this first of a batch of reports this week which are expected to show the US
economy picking up strength in the fourth quarter.
</p>
<p>
The first bad news came when the Conference Board said its index of consumer
confidence had jumped to 71.2 this month, compared with a reading of about
60 forecast by analysts.
</p>
<p>
The second - and perhaps most disturbing - report was the November index of
business activity from the Purchasing Management Association of Chicago,
which showed one of the biggest gains in the survey's 25-year history.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 57</biblScope>
<extent>703</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAINFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Partners look at future of
Globex project </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LAURIE MORSE
<name type=place>CHICAGO</name></byline>
<p>
The three partners in the Globex electronic futures trading system met in
New York yesterday for a day-long summit to discuss the future of the
troubled project.
</p>
<p>
Globex volume, while topping 600,000 in November, is still below targeted
levels. Management issues have kept new exchanges, like Liffe, from joining
the system, and infighting between managing partners has limited growth.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jack Sandner, chairman of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, Mr Patrick
Arbor, chairman of the Chicago Board of Trade, and Ms Rosalyn Wilton,
project manager for Reuters, were expected to discuss a new governance plan
for Globex and Reuter's growing dissatisfaction with the CBoT's promotion of
competing after-hours trading mechanisms.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6289 Security and Commodity Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6289 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 57</biblScope>
<extent>149</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Bonds: World Bank arm in Dollars 500m Eurobond
offer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
The International Finance Corporation (IFC), the private sector arm of the
World Bank, reaped the benefits of its recent Dollars 200m buy-back
programme when it launched its Dollars 500m offering of five-year Eurobonds
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
By buying back old, illiquid Eurobonds, the IFC enabled investors to swap
out of high-coupon, high-premium paper into a current-coupon and liquid bond
at virtually the same spread over US Treasuries, said joint lead manager
Deutsche Bank.
</p>
<p>
The new bonds were priced to yield 13 basis points over the 5 1/8 per cent
US Treasury due 1998. This compared with an average spread of 14 to 15 basis
points over US Treasuries at which the IFC bought back the old bonds.
</p>
<p>
The buy-back programme also allowed the IFC to establish a new benchmark
offering for itself which its relatively modest annual borrowing programme
would not otherwise permit.
</p>
<p>
Mr Robert Graffam, director of the IFC's treasury and financial policy
department, said that the IFC had now raised Dollars 1.2bn of its Dollars
1.6bn international borrowing programme for the current fiscal year which
runs until the end of next June.
</p>
<p>
Around three-quarters of the bonds had been sold by late afternoon, Mr
Graffam said. At the launch the bonds were priced at 99.665 but they eased
to 99.37 bid late in the day, in line with the  1/4 point fall in the US
Treasury market.
</p>
<p>
Elsewhere, the launch of the European Investment Bank's largest-ever Swiss
franc offering ran into difficulty yesterday when other Swiss banks failed
to join in the syndicate group.
</p>
<p>
The EIB raised SFr800m through an offering of five-year bonds. The offering,
which has a re-opening clause, carries a coupon of 3.75 per cent which
syndicate managers said was the lowest in the current interest rate cycle.
</p>
<p>
Lead manager UBS said that EIB's issue established a new benchmark for other
top quality borrowers wishing to tap this area of the yield curve.
</p>
<p>
However, syndicate managers at other Swiss banks said the bonds were priced
well in advance of a further drop in Swiss bond yields. The yield on EIB's
bonds of 3.7 per cent compared with yields around 4 per cent on outstanding
issues with similar maturities, they said.
</p>
<p>
Swiss banks expressed their disagreement with the pricing of the issue by
declining to join the syndicate group, which was made up of Japanese and
American banks.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> CH  Switzerland, West Europe </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Market data </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 57</biblScope>
<extent>437</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAILFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: Citibank study points to lack
of German ADRs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
A study sponsored by Citibank has highlighted a series of obstacles which
inhibit the development of a significant US shareholder base for German
companies.
</p>
<p>
According to the study*, the lack of sponsored or listed American depositary
receipts (ADRs) by German companies is the main hindrance because a large
percentage of US institutions cannot hold ordinary shares of non-US
equities.
</p>
<p>
So far, Daimler-Benz is the only German industrial company to have obtained
a full listing for its ADRs, though Volkswagen has a sponsored ADR
programme. Kaufhof, one of Germany's biggest retailing groups, also plans a
sponsored ADR programme.
</p>
<p>
Other obstacles to investing in German equities range from a lack of
adequate information on German companies, German accounting practices, a
lack of liquidity in the German equity market and insider trading, the study
found.
</p>
<p>
*Current attitudes of United States institutional investors towards German
equities and the German market; Citibank NA, Depositary Receipts Services,
111 Wall Street, 5th floor, New York, NY 10043. USA.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 57</biblScope>
<extent>198</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Capital Markets: DTB sets date for Fibor
future launch </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CONNER MIDDELMANN</byline>
<p>
Germany's futures and options exchange, Deutsche Terminborse (DTB), plans to
launch its long-awaited three-month interest rate contract, the Fibor
future, on March 18.
</p>
<p>
Seven designated market makers have signed up to trade the contract, which
will be based on the Frankfurt inter-bank offered rate (Fibor): Bayerische
Hypotheken-und Wechselbank, BfG Bank, Caisse des Depots et Consignations,
Commerzbank, Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Genossenschaftsbank and Dresdner Bank.
The instrument will complete the DTB's range of products across the German
yield curve.
</p>
<p>
'Investors will now have the opportunity to trade short-term interest rates
in addition to the medium and long-term range,' said Mr Jorg Franke, DTB
chairman. The DTB offers a future on 10-year government bonds (bunds) and on
five-year government notes (bobls).
</p>
<p>
The Fibor future closely resembles the Euromark contract on the London
International Financial Futures and Options Exchange (Liffe) which is based
on the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for three-month
Euromark deposits and has traded successfully since April 1989.
</p>
<p>
The DTB's Fibor future is not expected to lead to an escalation of
competition between DTB and Liffe - partly because the underlying
instruments for the two contracts differ slightly. 'While we have to be wary
about being complacent, I don't see a big risk of business being taken away
from Liffe,' said Mr Roger Barton, managing director of business development
at Liffe.
</p>
<p>
Like Liffe's Euromark contract, the Fibor future will have a contract size
of DM1m, minimum price movements of 0.01 per cent (or a value of DM25), and
will be quoted in per cent, as 100 minus the going rate of interest.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers, Dealers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 57</biblScope>
<extent>302</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Compaq opens Polish unit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By AP-DJ
<name type=place>WARSAW</name></byline>
<p>
Compaq Computer of the US, the world's second-largest manufacturer of
personal computers, opened its Polish subsidiary yesterday, AP-DJ reports
from Warsaw.
</p>
<p>
Compaq hopes to become a 'strong number one' in brand computers in Poland
and win between 10 and 15 per cent of the local market.
</p>
<p>
The subsidiary will build on Compaq's network of resellers in Poland.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Compaq Computer Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> PL  Poland, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3751 Motorcycles, Bicycles, and Parts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3751 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 56</biblScope>
<extent>95</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Sales gain at SHL fails to
offset costs of revamp </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT GIBBENS
<name type=place>MONTREAL</name></byline>
<p>
SHL Systemhouse, a fast-growing North American computer service outsourcing
group, posted an 18 per cent gain in fourth-quarter sales, to CDollars 225m
(USDollars 169m). However, losses continued and heavy special charges
reflected a broad reorganisation.
</p>
<p>
At the operating level, the loss for the three months to August 31 was
CDollars 8.6m against a profit of CDollars 600,000 a year earlier. However,
the final net loss after special charges was CDollars 149m, or CDollars 2.92
a share, against a loss of CDollars 7.4m, or 18 cents a share, a year
earlier.
</p>
<p>
For the full year, the final net loss was CDollars 145m, or CDollars 3.09,
on fewer shares outstanding, against a loss of CDollars 9.5m, or 25 cents.
Revenues were CDollars 913m, up 24 per cent.
</p>
<p>
SHL is moving out of mainframe-based systems to concentrate on network
computing based on workstation technology.
</p>
<p>
The special charge to cover the restructuring required totalled CDollars
135m. Delays in signing and starting work on several large new contracts
also adversely affected results.
</p>
<p>
The order backlog at August 31 was CDollars 1.5bn, double the year-earlier
level, and including a large Canada Post outsourcing contract. SHL says it
is now concentrating on building profitability.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> SHL Systemhouse Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7379 Computer Related Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7379 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 56</biblScope>
<extent>240</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: AMP stake in copper project
expanded </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KENNETH GOODING, Mining Correspondent</byline>
<p>
AMP Society, Australia's biggest financial services group, has taken its
shareholding in Equatorial Mining to 19.9 per cent, the maximum permitted
level before a bid is automatically triggered.
</p>
<p>
Equatorial's main asset is the Leonor copper deposit in Chile, midway
between Chuquicamata, the biggest copper mine in the world, and Escondida,
the third largest. It is expected to produce about 30,000 tonnes of copper
annually for ten years when it goes into production.
</p>
<p>
Analysts suggest that AMP might provide debt finance for the project.
</p>
<p>
AMP bought its first 12.5m shares in Equatorial last summer at 37 cents
each, a placement which raised ADollars 4.625m (USDollars 3.05m) for the
mining company.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday Equatorial's other big shareholder, Niugini Mining, said it had
sold 13.9m shares (about 12 per cent of issued capital) at a net 32 cents
each, a total of ADollars 4.3m, and most of the shares had gone to AMP.
</p>
<p>
Mr Geoff Loudon, chairman of both Equatorial and Niugini, said the latter
was selling non-core assets to help finance its share of development of the
huge Lihir Island gold project in Papua New Guinea. He said: 'It is a great
sorrow to see it go but it is for a good purpose.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> AMP Society </item>
<item> Equatorial Mining </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1021 Copper Ores </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1021 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 56</biblScope>
<extent>250</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Loss deepens at NZ group </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TERRY HALL
<name type=place>WELLINGTON</name></byline>
<p>
Tasman Properties, the financially-troubled property group, yesterday
reported a loss of NZDollars 54.6m (USDollars 30.3m) in the six months to
September 30, writes Terry Hall in Wellington.
</p>
<p>
The result follows further big write-downs in the value of its substantial
property portfolio in Australia and New Zealand.
</p>
<p>
A year ago the loss was NZDollars 12m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Tasman Properties </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> NZ  New Zealand </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 56</biblScope>
<extent>93</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Synergies and savings elusive
for Qantas - Upheaval has been the most conspicuous feature at the airline
since its takeover of Australian 14 months ago </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By NIKKI TAIT</byline>
<p>
Has Qantas, Australia's long-time international airline and, for the past 14
months, owner of the large internal Australian Airlines network, just passed
through a bout of severe turbulence? Or are there more bumps ahead?
</p>
<p>
For most of the year, upheaval has been the most conspicuous feature at the
Sydney-based carrier. On the management front, Mr Gary Toomey today takes
over as chief financial officer. He replaces Mr Graham Jones, who resigned
recently after only 11 months with Qantas and who, according to industry
sources, could not commit himself to a three-to-five year stint at the
airline.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jones followed in the footsteps of Mr John Ward, former managing director
who departed in August, and Mr Bill Dix, previous Qantas chairman who
resigned in March. Even with Mr Toomey's appointment as a director there is
still a vacancy on the Qantas board.
</p>
<p>
Finances have been equally tumultuous - Qantas recently announced a ADollars
377.2m (USDollars 249m) after-tax loss for the year to end-June. The deficit
was due to large abnormal provisions, but operating profits still fell to
just ADollars 32.9m, on revenues of ADollars 5.8bn. The result, which
included a 10-month contribution of ADollars 9.5m from Australian Airlines,
compared with revenues of ADollars 4.0bn and operating profit of ADollars
102.8m for Qantas alone in the previous year.
</p>
<p>
All this can hardly be music to the ears of British Airways, which paid
ADollars 665m for a 25 per cent stake in Qantas in March. Indeed, there has
been speculation that the UK carrier, which is entitled to three of the 12
board seats at Qantas, instigated some of the top-level management changes.
BA says only that it was consulted over Mr Dix's replacement, and declines
to comment on Mr Jones' departure.
</p>
<p>
Much of the turmoil relates directly to the Australian/Qantas tie-up.
Airline mergers are notoriously difficult, and nobody pretends that this
deal has been any exception.
</p>
<p>
Take the labour situation, for example. Some 18 unions were represented at
the two carriers, and although many were common to both - pilots being an
exception - pay and conditions differed. Union negotiators say that wage
rates tended to be higher at Qantas, while benefits and conditions were more
generous at Australian. Qantas had one superannuation fund; Australian had
seven.
</p>
<p>
'Extremely difficult' is how one labour representative leader characterises
the efforts to move towards an integrated structure. The task, he adds, is
probably about 70 per cent complete.
</p>
<p>
The complexities are also demonstrated by the types of aircraft deployed.
Qantas, as an international carrier, used Boeing 747s and 767s; Australian,
737s, 727s and Airbus A300s.
</p>
<p>
There were obvious gains to be achieved from using some Qantas aircraft on
internal routes, rather than have them sitting on the ground between
international flights. But that, in turn, meant different servicing
requirements at different airports. Conversely, when an Australian aircraft,
repainted in Qantas colours, arrived in Melbourne, a demarcation dispute
erupted over who should handle it.
</p>
<p>
While fleet realignment has led to spare aircraft, Qantas - facing a weak
equipment market - has yet to discard unwanted goods.
</p>
<p>
'We've still got four Australian A300s flying around,' says Mr Rodger
Robertson, head of corporate planning. 'Four of any aircraft is a fleet size
which is just too small. We're scheduling them out over the next 12 months,
but the market for selling aircraft is not great.'
</p>
<p>
Costs attached to these kinds of operational changes - together with the
funding of around 1,835 redundances out of the pre-merger combined workforce
of 27,000 - accounted for a large part of last year's abnormal charge.
Qantas wrote off ADollars 282.3m of goodwill in respect of Australian; took
a ADollars 71.5m pre-tax charge for redundancy and restructuring costs;
revised aircraft depreciation policies, leading to a ADollars 46m charge
before tax; and provided, to the tune of almost ADollars 40m, for the
under-recovery of rentals on unused premises.
</p>
<p>
But the pressing question is when the benefits from this process will show
through, how substantial they will be, and whether other changes in the
Australian aviation market will mitigate against a speedy upturn in Qantas'
fortunes.
</p>
<p>
All along, Qantas has argued that the eventual cost-savings from combining
the airlines should run to at least ADollars 100m a year. 'I think we're
relaxed with the Dollars 100m figure,' says Mr Robertson. However, he also
admits that 'some of that will take some time to get in.'
</p>
<p>
Some 'synergies', Mr Robertson suggests, will only be achievable over the
very long-term. Anyone connecting from a old Qantas terminal to a former
Australian one, for example, usually finds that they are on opposite sides
of the airport. 'That means it's going to be a lifetime before we can do all
the things an airline should do and get all its operations together'.
</p>
<p>
How quickly the two airlines' 'cultures' will blend is also debatable. It is
no secret that there were tensions between the two employee groups, at least
at the outset. 'Qantas was bigger and it has always had a bit of a
superiority complex,' says one observer. To make matters worse, Australian
was headquartered in Melbourne and Qantas in Sydney. Rivalry between the two
cities is legendary, and Australian employees faced the prospect of either
shifting base or remaining in a 'branch office'.
</p>
<p>
However, the appointment of executives with experience of Australian to top
positions at the combined airline seems to have smoothed a few feathers. Mr
James Strong, who took over as managing director from Mr Ward, was chief
executive of Australian for four years in the 1980s; Mr Gary Pemberton, the
new chairman, was an Australian director from 1988 to 1990. And Mr Toomey
joins the Qantas fold from Arnotts, the food group, having been chief
financial executive at Australian between 1987 and 1992.
</p>
<p>
All the merger-related upheavals, meanwhile, come against the background of
a local market which is still depressed and price-sensitive, and an
international arena where Qantas must compete for routes with Ansett, the
second and slightly larger domestic carrier.
</p>
<p>
Just as Qantas was allowed to move into domestic aviation by merging with
Australian, Ansett has been permitted to apply for international route
authorities. It has already built up a clutch of interests in the
Asia-Pacific basin.
</p>
<p>
Qantas admits that watching the competition absorbs management effort,
although it downplays the real impact. 'Ansett is more of an impediment than
a huge competitor. They've got very good distribution in Australia, so
they'll get Australians going on the service overseas, but they'll find it
much more difficult to get into the in-bound market,' is the airline's own
assessment.
</p>
<p>
But the rivalry is clearly taken seriously: talking about trans-Tasman
routes, for example, Qantas has made it clear that if Ansett is to be
allowed to fly between domestic terminals in New Zealand and Australia, it
wants parity.
</p>
<p>
Finally, there is the question of British Airways' global ambitions, and the
issue of how quickly and smoothly links with the UK carrier - and with
USAir, BA's US partner - will be pursued.
</p>
<p>
Here, any notion of swift integration is dismissed, a contrast to the
'seamless service' hype. 'So far we've achieved a lot of small things, but
nothing monumental.' says Mr Robertson.
</p>
<p>
'I think BA has been concentrating much more on the USAir relationship and
would have prefered the timing to be a little bit different,' he adds.
</p>
<p>
'Our approach has been a lot less structured than at USAir. There, they've
got people appointed to handle the integration, and they've got consultants.
There's none of that with Qantas, although there is a series of working
groups talking on particular specialist issues. Some are making progress,
others not so fast.'
</p>
<p>
Some tripartite talks have been held, but Qantas remains cautious about the
US leg of the alliance. Qantas customers who arrive on the west coast of the
US, it points out, usually want to connect with flights to other big US
cities such as Chicago or Washington, not to be ferried around USAir's east
coast heartland.
</p>
<p>
'Our difficulty with USAir is that it doesn't serve the west coast of the US
very much, and would not be Qantas' natural partner in the US. It just
doesn't fit properly, which is why we still have our relationship with
American Airlines over there. (Qantas, for example, shares a frequent-flier
mileage scheme with American Airlines, BA's arch-rival on transatlantic
routes.) Until, and if, USAir gets an operation which suits us, we'll stay
that way.'
</p>
<p>
At the end of the day, the delayed privatisation of the remaining 75 per
cent of Qantas which is still owned by government means that the carrier
probably has another year to get its house in order. Every moment, one
suspects, will be welcome.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Qantas Airways </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 56</biblScope>
<extent>1510</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: US pensions hit by shift in
Treasury market - Corporate efforts to tackle the 'double whammy' caused by
falling long bond yields </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD WATERS</byline>
<p>
For many US companies, the retreat in the Treasury bond market of the past
six weeks has not gone far enough. Even after a one-half percentage point
rise since mid-October, long-term bond yields are still a point lower than
at the start of the year.
</p>
<p>
One result: a massive addition to corporate pension fund liabilities, and
pressure on many companies to raise cash contributions to their funds before
the end of the year.
</p>
<p>
Long-term bond yields matter because they are one of the most important
elements in the equation used to assess the scale of a pension fund's
liabilities.
</p>
<p>
They provide the discount rates used to calculate the present value of a
fund's liabilities: future payments the fund is expected to make are
discounted back to their current value. The lower the discount rate, the
higher the present value.
</p>
<p>
According to the Department of Labor, a one point fall in the discount rate
will add 10 per cent to the liabilities of a typical pension fund. On that
assumption, the liabilities of private sector US funds have jumped Dollars
75bn since the end of last year.
</p>
<p>
Falling bond yields have a second harmful effect. They reduce the expected
long-term investment returns on pension plan assets, further undermining the
finances of some funds. This double whammy is only partially offset by
companies' lowering of their assumptions of future wage increases: this has
the effect of lowering the liabilities of defined benefits schemes, in which
pension benefits are based on salaries.
</p>
<p>
General Motors may have hogged the headlines in recent weeks with its
gargantuan pension fund deficit, but the reported earnings and shareholders
funds of many US companies will suffer this year as a result of falling bond
yields.
</p>
<p>
GM, though, remains way out in front. By its own estimate, its deficit at
the end of this year will reach Dollars 24bn, towering over other
underfunded pension plans. Chairman Mr John Smith said steps announced last
month marked the company's plans to bring its deficit down quickly, but it
still has a long way to go.
</p>
<p>
Two factors have made lower bond yields of particular concern to many US
companies this year. First, the assumptions used when calculating pension
liabilities are being policed actively for the first time. The SEC has
warnedmany companies which used a high discount rate last year to use a rate
reflecting current market yields.
</p>
<p>
In the past, companies have picked their own discount rates, making it
possible to smooth the effect of interest rate movements. A survey of 350
clients by Towers Perrin, a benefits consultancy, found rates ranging from
5.5 to 10 per cent at the end of last year.
</p>
<p>
That latitude is about to go. In a letter to the Financial Accounting
Standards Board at the end of September, the SEC said discount rates should
reflect the yields on bonds rated double-A or better 'at the next
measurement date'. One effect of this approach will be to make the scale of
pension fund liabilities more volatile in years to come.
</p>
<p>
GM, with a discount rate of 8.6 per cent for its US funds at the end of last
year, remains higher than many. It has already brought the rate down faster
than market rates, though: between end-1990 and end-1992, while long-term
bond yields fell around 0.8 percentage points to 7.3 per cent, GM's discount
rate fell by 1.5 percentage points.
</p>
<p>
According to Goldman Sachs, 45 companies in the S&amp;P 500 had discount rates
higher than 9 per cent at the end of 1992. Some of the companies with the
biggest deficits were close to this level, though not actually above it:
Westinghouse (9 per cent), Exxon (8.5 per cent), Chrysler (8.38 per cent)
and Ford (8 per cent).
</p>
<p>
The second factor making lower bond yields of particular concern this year
is the planned legislation which would force companies to cut their deficits
more quickly. Backed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the new
law would refine a formula introduced in 1987 which failed to force
companies to make greater efforts to fund their deficits.
</p>
<p>
It would also remove the ceiling on contributions to the PBGC, forcing the
companies with the biggest deficits to pay more of the agency's costs.
</p>
<p>
Companies' reactions to these developments have been modest so far. In part,
this is because the scale of their pension fund commitments will not be
known until the end of the year. With the bond market swinging so sharply,
there is still time for the picture to change before the year-end.
</p>
<p>
'Everybody's attitude at the moment is to ask what everybody else is doing,'
says Jerry Spiegel, a vice-president at Towers Perrin. 'People are running
tests on what would happen if they had to use a discount rate of 7 or 7.5
per cent, but they haven't done anything yet.'
</p>
<p>
To reduce the cash impact of higher contributions, many companies are
exploring ways of injecting other assets into their pension plans. Handing
over shares in the parent has been a favoured route, though the Department
of Labour applies restrictions to the proportion of the sponsoring company's
shares that can be used to meet pension obligations.
</p>
<p>
GM is currently seeking regulatory approval, and freedom from excise duty,
for a proposal to hand Dollars 5.7bn of stock into its pension plan. It is
not alone. Tenneco has received preliminary approval from the Department of
Labor to transfer Dollars 150m of shares it owns in Cummins into its pension
plan. One of only six companies listed by the PBGC as having a funding ratio
below 50 per cent, Tenneco had a pension deficit of Dollars 249m at
end-1992.
</p>
<p>
Other solutions being explored include transfering properties to meet
pension fund liabilities and merging underfunded plans with more robust
ones, says Mr David Walker, chairman of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants' employee benefits committee.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6371 Pension, Health, and Welfare Funds </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6371 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 54</biblScope>
<extent>1037</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: USX agrees to pay LTV Dollars
375m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD WATERS
<name type=place>NEW YORK</name></byline>
<p>
LTV, the US steelmaker which emerged from bankruptcy protection this summer,
is to receive Dollars 375m from rival steel group USX in settlement of a
long-running lawsuit.
</p>
<p>
The money will be used to reduce LTV's massive pension fund deficit, which
has been put at over Dollars 2bn.
</p>
<p>
The payment follows allegations of anti-trust activities against Bessemer
and Lake Eerie Railroad, formerly a subsidiary of USX and now owned by
Transtar, in which USX holds 45 per cent. The railway company was charged
with monopolising the dock handling and inland transportation of iron ore
from Lake Eerie ports from the mid-1950s to the early 1908s, USX said.
</p>
<p>
USX said its potential liability had been as much as Dollars 500m, and that
it continued to appeal judgments of Dollars 210m made in favour of other
companies.
</p>
<p>
LTV's pension fund deficit has been put at Dollars 2.1bn by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation, making it the third largest in the US, behind
General Motors and Bethlehem Steel. Assets in the fund before the Dollars
375m contribution announced yesterday were sufficient to cover only 38 per
cent of the company's pension liabilities.
</p>
<p>
The payment, which has been agreed in principle by both companies but has
yet to be finalised, will be made in two instalments, one later this month
and the other by the end of February.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> LTV Steel Co Inc </item>
<item> US Steel </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3312 Blast Furnaces and Steel Mills </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3312 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 54</biblScope>
<extent>271</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAICFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Four Seasons to raise CDollars
100m with disposals </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON
<name type=place>TORONTO</name></byline>
<p>
Four Seasons Hotels plans to raise about CDollars 100m (USDollars 75m) by
selling half a dozen properties, including the Four Seasons Hotel, formerly
Inn on the Park, in London.
</p>
<p>
The Toronto-based company, which claims to be the world's largest operator
of luxury hotels, decided to sell the properties to reduce debt and to take
advantage of 'what appears to be the beginning of a moderate recovery in the
real estate markets'.
</p>
<p>
Besides the London property, the assets for sale include Four Seasons Hotels
in San Francisco, Austin (Texas), Santa Barbara (California) and Vancouver,
as well as the Inn on the Park in Toronto.
</p>
<p>
Mr Roger Garland, executive vice-president, said that Four Seasons would in
some cases be willing to give up its management contract to the buyer.
</p>
<p>
But the group will make it 'an absolute requirement' to maintain management
of the London property, despite disappointing occupancy levels. Business has
been hit by the weak European economy and by the increasing number of hotel
rooms available in London.
</p>
<p>
Four Seasons posted nine-month earnings of CDollars 5.2m, or 19 cents a
share, down from CDollars 6.1m, or 26 cents a share last year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Four Seasons Hotels </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 54</biblScope>
<extent>244</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Dell Computer reverses losses in
third quarter </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LOUISE KEHOE
<name type=place>SAN FRANCISCO</name></byline>
<p>
Dell Computer reported much higher than expected earnings for the three
months to end-October, reversing losses in the first two quarters of its
fiscal year as it restructured its operations.
</p>
<p>
Net income was Dollars 12m or 26 cents a share, against Dollars 28.6m or 72
cents in the same period last year. Revenues rose to Dollars 757.3m from
Dollars 570m. .
</p>
<p>
Analysts had been anticipating further losses and Dell's share price gained
Dollars 3 to close at Dollars 27 1/8 yesterday.
</p>
<p>
However, Dell said it no longer expected to achieve fourth-quarter earnings
above those of last year's final quarter and its original goal of reaching
Dollars 3bn in sales for the year now 'looks too aggressive'.
</p>
<p>
Dell achieved revenue growth despite the withdrawal of its notebook computer
products in August, due to design flaws. Notebook sales in the quarter were
Dollars 5m, compared with Dollars 62m last year. It intends to re-enter the
notebook market in the next fiscal year.
</p>
<p>
For the nine months, sales were Dollars 2.1bn, up from Dollars 1.4bn last
year. Net losses were Dollars 53.5m, or Dollars 1.48, against net income of
Dollars 70.4m or Dollars 1.81.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dell Computer Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3571 Electronic Computers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3571 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 54</biblScope>
<extent>233</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAIAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: IBM Japan plans PC unit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>TOKYO</name></byline>
<p>
IBM Japan, a unit of International Business Machines, is to set up a
personal computer division next January to oversee its PC business in Japan,
a company spokesman said, Reuter reports from Tokyo.
</p>
<p>
The 800-strong division will handle the development, manufacturing,
marketing and maintenance services of IBM Japan's PC business, said Mr
Tatsuyuki Saeki, who will head the unit to be created on January 1.
</p>
<p>
The new division is aiming for sales of Y130bn (Dollars 119m) in calendar
1994. In two years IBM Japan hopes to emerge as the second largest PC maker
in Japan, after NEC, with 15 per cent of Japan's PC market, Mr Saeki said.
</p>
<p>
The plan, said Mr Saeki, is to react more quickly and effectively to the
changes in Japan's PC market.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> IBM Japan </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3571 Electronic Computers </item>
<item> P7378 Computer Maintenance and Repair </item>
<item> P5045 Computers, Peripherals and Software </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3571 </item>
<item> P7378 </item>
<item> P5045 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 54</biblScope>
<extent>174</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: BHF-Bank rises 24% to DM267m in
10 months </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER PARKES
<name type=place>FRANKFURT</name></byline>
<p>
Group operating profits at BHF-Bank rose almost 24 per cent to DM267m
(Dollars 157m) in the first 10 months of 1993, the bank reported yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Partial operating profits, which exclude results from own-account trading,
climbed about 29 per cent to DM306m, it said in an interim report.
</p>
<p>
While both figures showed modest advances on first-half results, published
in August, provisions for bad debts were up sharply at DM132m compared with
DM97m in the comparable part of 1992, and DM67m in the first six months of
this year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Wolfgang Strutz, senior partner, said there had been no spectacularly bad
loan cases and that provisions had been increased as a result of the
difficult economic environment and BHF's strict criteria for risk
assessment. Provisions for the full year would probably reach DM160m, he
added.
</p>
<p>
Lending losses for 1993 would show 'hardly any increase worth noting' over
1992's 0.17 per cent of outstanding loans.
</p>
<p>
In the period under review, interest earnings rose 15.7 per cent to DM516m,
provision income was 14.5 per cent higher at DM284m, and the bank's assets
increased more than 17 per cent to DM55bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Berliner Handels-und-Frankfurter Bank </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>230</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: German bottle maker buys stake
in US unit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By QUENTIN PEEL
<name type=place>BONN</name></byline>
<p>
Gerresheimer Glas, the German bottle and glass container maker, yesterday
announced a move into the US tubing glass market, with the purchase of a 51
per cent stake in OI Kimble FTS, part of the Owens-Illinois group, the US
packaging group.
</p>
<p>
The deal will more than double the turnover of Gerresheimer in tubing glass
and laboratory products, continuing a steady process of diversification from
its traditional manufacture of bottles for the brewing and spirits
industries.
</p>
<p>
No price was given for the purchase of the stake in OI Kimble, which employs
about 2,000 workers, and has a turnover of some Dollars 200m both in
semi-finished and finished glass tubing products.
</p>
<p>
Gerresheimer, quoted on the Frankfurt stock exchange, but 51 per cent owned
by Viag, the industrial conglomerate, has diversified from its core
production of bottles since it was sold by Owens-Illinois in 1987.
</p>
<p>
Since then it has built up a European tubing glass division with a turnover
of DM200m (Dollars 118m), including Kimble Italiana and subsidiaries in the
UK and France.
</p>
<p>
The deal would further reduce Gerresheimer's dependence on the
highly-cyclical bottle manufacturing industry. Production of bottles had
fallen to between 40 per cent and 45 per cent of turnover from 75 per cent
of turnover in 1987, he said.
</p>
<p>
Gerresheimer has been hit by recession with turnover for the first six
months of 1993 falling by 8 per cent. Its bottles division is in the red.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gerresheimer Glas </item>
<item> OI Kimble FTS </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3221 Glass Containers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>286</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Finnair expects to halve losses
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By REUTER
<name type=place>HELSINKI</name></byline>
<p>
Finnair, the Finnish national airline, expects to reach its target for this
year of a halved group loss, Reuter reports from Helsinki.
</p>
<p>
For the first six months to September, Finnair's performance was better than
expected, said Mr Antti Potilla, chief executive yesterday. As a result 'it
has been possible to slightly raise the forecast for the financial year'.
</p>
<p>
The first-half result, after financial items, was a profit of FM89.8m
(Dollars 15.7m), compared to a loss of FM197m in the same period a year ago.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Finnair </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FI  Finland, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4512 Air Transportation, Scheduled </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4512 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>120</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: Poland's exporters find a new
lease of life - A game plan that plans to create strong Polish-run groups
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CHRISTOPHER BOBINSKI</byline>
<p>
Poland's privatisation process is giving foreign trade companies, a dying
breed elsewhere in eastern Europe, a new lease of life. Several of these
relics of the former planned economy are beginning to purchase industrial
plants and turn themselves into holding companies strong enough to challenge
competition from abroad.
</p>
<p>
Elektrim, privatised early last year and performing well on the Warsaw stock
exchange (WSE) specialising in power, telecommunications and electrical
equipment, is leading the way. Rolimpex, a grain and sugar trader, and
Stalexport, which once concentrated on iron ore and steel products, are to
be privatised in the new year. They plan to purchase the companies whose
foreign trade they once handled.
</p>
<p>
Meanwhile Ciech, the country's oil and chemical products trader with a
turnover of 38,500bn zlotys (Dollars 1.9bn) last year and profits of 631.5bn
zlotys, has teamed up with private sector partners to establish Chemico, a
holding company which plans to buy up important companies in the chemical
sector.
</p>
<p>
'Ciech's financial clout means that integrating its operations with
producers should lead to the formation of a very powerful company indeed,'
notes a western banker. But he cautions that the skills needed to conduct
export and import deals and those needed to restructure and manage
production units are very different. 'Failure to recognise that could end in
tears,' he adds.
</p>
<p>
For the moment, Mr Andrzej Skowronski, Elektrim's managing director is at
the stage of purchasing companies. 'When we were privatised we drew up a
shopping list of plants which are important to us and we are acting on
that.' Funding is coming from bank loans and cash flow. Elektrim's net
profits last year were 317bn zlotys, on sales of 6,421bn zlotys, while for
the first nine months of 1993 net earnings totalled 286bn zlotys.
</p>
<p>
Recently, Elektrim, in alliance with the privately owned Export Development
Bank (BRE) agreed to pay Dollars 16.8m for an 80 per cent share in the
Slaska Fabryka Kabli, beating off a bid for the cable maker from Siemens of
Germany. Before that, Elektrim bought a 51 per cent share in the Opolwap
lime producer for 51bn zlotys. It is committed to buying the Zalom cable
producer in Szczecin.
</p>
<p>
Among Elektrim's sources of funds is the sale of share stakes in companies
it owns. Last month, a 15 per cent share of Mostostal SA, purchased in 1991,
was sold through the WSE and another tranche is due for sale in the new
year. 'As long as we maintain a controlling share I'm happy to sell stock in
the companies we own,' Mr Skowronski says.
</p>
<p>
Elektrim is showing interest in Poland's planned Dollars 4bn motorway
building programme, which will need cables and lighting equipment, and is
ready to support plans by other companies to purchase cement plants.
</p>
<p>
Another route to diversification and expansion has opened up through its
telecommunications interests. These have led the company into consortia
preparing to bid for Poland's first private television channel. 'They come
to us because they need a strong stock market listed company in their
ranks,' says Mr Skowronski.
</p>
<p>
The trading companies' motivation to buy state sector plants flowed from a
desire to preserve their client base. Elektrim has seen a number of
telecommunications plants for which it once conducted foreign trade
transactions sold to foreign companies such as AT&amp;T, Siemens and Alcatel.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Marian Malecki, the managing director at Ciech, recognises that
the foreign trade companies building up their holdings must have a strategy
which transcends the need to preserve the status quo.
</p>
<p>
Mr Marek Dochnal, a management consultant who is to head Chemico, says the
aim is to 'organise Polish companies in such a way as to enable them to
compete'. He notes that only the foreign trade companies, with their high
earnings and minimal investment needs, are in a position to invest in this
way.
</p>
<p>
The game plan is to create strong Polish-run companies, but not to the
exclusion of foreign partners. ABB, the Swedish-Swiss group, owns 10 per
cent of Elektrim through subsidiaries in Poland and another 10 per cent is
held by Italian and Turkish companies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Elektrim </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> PL  Poland, East Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>732</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: France to offer Erap
certificates when Elf is sold </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN RIDDING
<name type=place>PARIS</name></byline>
<p>
The French government will offer to exchange non-voting investment
certificates in Erap, the government agency which controls Elf-Aquitaine,
when the oil group is privatised at the beginning of next year, Mr Edmond
Alphandery, the economy minister said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The offer for the certificates in Erap is aimed at simplifying the
privatisation issue. The issue, which is expected to raise about FFr50bn
(Dollars 8.5bn), is the biggest so far in the government's plan to sell 21
publicly-owned groups.
</p>
<p>
Mr Alphandery said terms of the offer for the Erap certificates would be
decided on the basis of recommendations from the privatisation commission,
an independent body which advises the government on the terms and pricing of
privatisation issues.
</p>
<p>
Trading in the certificates will be suspended until the terms have been
fixed.
</p>
<p>
At the time of their suspension yesterday, the investment certificates were
trading at FFr361.1 compared with the Elf share price which stood at
FFr411.7.
</p>
<p>
Individual investors in the privatisation issue of Rhone-Poulenc, which was
completed last week, will receive an extra share, the economy ministry said
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Investors will receive 17 shares in the chemicals and pharmaceuticals group.
Those who applied for a separate allocation, in which payment was made with
Balladur bonds, will receive 16 rather than 15 shares.
</p>
<p>
Investors were originally offered 60 shares, and a further 60 if they paid
with Balladur bonds - a government debt issue launched last summer.
</p>
<p>
The decision to raise the amount followed a final calculation of demand for
the shares. The issue was three times over-subscribed.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Elf Aquitaine </item>
<item> Rhone-Poulenc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P2819 Industrial Inorganic Chemicals, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P6799 </item>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P2819 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>317</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
International Company News: UAP sell-off will test
investors' appetites - In theory, the French insurer's sale is likely to be
smooth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALICE RAWSTHORN</byline>
<p>
Union des Assurances de Paris (UAP), which is to be privatised early next
year after the Elf-Aquitaine oil group and Banque Hervet, is not only
France's largest insurer but its biggest institutional investor.
</p>
<p>
UAP has a high profile among international investors with 23.5 per cent of
its equity in public hands, so - in theory - the stage is set for yet
another successful issue. But in practice the flotation could prove the
first serious challenge for the architects of the government's privatisation
drive.
</p>
<p>
UAP is in good shape. It has just emerged from a bruising period in which
its insurance interests were affected by the French recession and Banque
Worms, its banking subsidiary, sustained heavy losses in the Paris property
crisis. Net profits peaked at FFr4.22bn (Dollars 715.2m) in 1990 only to
fall to FFr3.77bn in 1991 and to FFr1.08bn in 1992.
</p>
<p>
It is on the road to recovery. The French insurance market is still
intensely competitive. However, UAP, like the other large insurers, has
benefited from the trend to raise premiums in the vulnerable damage sector.
</p>
<p>
The life sector has continued to grow, in spite of the recession, although
margins are still under strain. Even the sickly Banque Worms is starting to
reduce its losses.
</p>
<p>
For the first half of 1993 UAP net profits were 15 per cent ahead at
FFr1.09bn, against the same period last year.
</p>
<p>
Mr Simon Rudolph, insurance analyst at Morgan Stanley in London, expects net
profits of FFr1.8bn for the full year and FFr2.5bn in 1994. 'There are still
lots of pressures on the French market,' he said. 'But the situation has
improved.'
</p>
<p>
UAP's management is highly regarded. Mr Jean Peyrelevade, who was chairman
for nearly five years until leaving last month to become head of the
troubled Credit Lyonnais banking group, is widely seen as having created an
excellent management team.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jacques Friedmann, his successor, is a political appointee with no
experience of the insurance industry. However, analysts seem confident that
UAP's existing team will be able to cope leaving Mr Friedmann to orchestrate
the privatisation and to put his political influence to good use on the
investment front.
</p>
<p>
'The appointment may seem strange from an Anglo-Saxon perspective, but the
French insurance industry is riddled with civil servants,' said Mr Derek
Elias, insurance analyst at Paribas in London. 'Besides we're not looking at
a rescue situation. UAP is well-managed and recovery is already under way.'
</p>
<p>
One of Mr Peyrelevade's last acts at UAP was to solve its strategic problem
by clinching a deal with Suez, the French holding company, to take control
of Colonia, the second largest German insurer. The Colonia agreement has not
only given UAP a long-sought foothold in Germany, but has also ended the
embarrassment of its on-off negotiations with Suez.
</p>
<p>
Financially, managerially and strategically UAP looks like a prime contender
for a smooth privatisation. The only potential obstacle is the over-heated
state of insurance shares on the European stock markets.
</p>
<p>
Insurance shares rose rapidly in the 12 months until October this year on
hopes of an improvement in trading and of further falls in interest rates,
which should increase the value of the insurers' bond and equity
investments. The sector peaked in October but has fallen as investors have
grown impatient with the slow progress of rate reduction, particularly in
France and Germany.
</p>
<p>
UAP has reflected the market trend. Its shares soared to a peak of FFr673 in
October this year, from FFr375 in November 1992 but have since fallen to
close yesterday at FFr633. This means that the government will have to fix
the price of the state's remaining 53 per cent stake in UAP (worth FFr28bn
at the present prices) against an adverse trend.
</p>
<p>
'Investors have lost their appetite for insurance shares,' said one analyst.
</p>
<p>
'There's absolutely no doubt that UAP is a suitable candidate for
privatisation. But the pricing of the issue could be tricky and not as
attractive to the French government as it would have been a few months ago.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Union des Assurances de Paris </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> FR  France, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 52</biblScope>
<extent>733</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Gt Western ends dispute with Pena </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Great Western Resources yesterday announced it had settled its litigation
with the former chairman and founder of the US based oil and coal company
who left amid shareholder discontent two years ago.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dan Pena, who was recently awarded Dollars 3.3m (Pounds 2.2m) plus costs
by a Texas jury over his claim for unfair dismissal, will receive Dollars 3m
plus an 80 per cent stake in a GWR subsidiary.
</p>
<p>
GWR said yesterday that the settlement incorporated a substantial reduction
in the termination benefits awarded by the jury to allow for Dollars 1.4m
which was advanced to the former chairman during his time at the company.
</p>
<p>
Mr Pena and Mr Gary Loveless, GWR's chief executive, have both agreed to
surrender some options as part of the settlement.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Great Western Resources Inc </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P1221 Bituminous Coal and Lignite-Surface </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P1221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>176</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Gartmore Value lifts net assets </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Gartmore Value Investments had a net asset value of 44.3p per ordinary share
at October 31, up from 30.4p at the trust's April year-end.
</p>
<p>
Net revenue for the six months amounted to Pounds 922,000 (Pounds 779,000)
for earnings of 1.85p (1.57p) per share. As already announced, a second
interim dividend of 0.9525p maintains the total to date at 1.905p.
</p>
<p>
The trust has been restructured following a successful offer from Gartmore
Shared Equity Trust.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Gartmore Value Investments </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>108</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Sheafbank incurs Pounds 1.76m deficit </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
After making a Pounds 1.4m provision in respect of its withdrawal from
financial services, Sheafbank Property Trust turned in an increased pre-tax
loss of Pounds 1.76m for the year to end-June.
</p>
<p>
That compared with a deficit of Pounds 334,000 for the preceding 15 months
and was struck on gross income slightly lower at Pounds 805,000 (Pounds
910,000). Losses per share amounted to 10.41p (1.58p). There is no final
dividend - 0.1p was paid last time.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Sheafbank Property Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6798 Real Estate Investment Trusts </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6798 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>111</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAH0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dundee and London net asset value rises
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Net asset value per share of Dundee and London Investment Trust improved
from 220.8p to 303.4p over the 12 months ended October 31.
</p>
<p>
Available revenue declined to Pounds 1.48m (Pounds 1.84m), equal to earnings
of 8.72p (10.84p) per share. As pre-warned at the interim stage, the
dividend is being reduced 'to a level commensurate with earnings'. A final
of 6p (8.2p) makes a 9p (12p) total.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dundee and London Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>105</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Net assets slightly ahead at Worth </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Net asset value per share of Worth Investment Trust stood at 25.7p at the
six months ended September 30, against 26.7p six months earlier and with
25.5p a year ago.
</p>
<p>
Net revenue for the six months was static at Pounds 3,000. Earnings per
share were maintained at 0.01p.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Worth Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>84</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Aborted acquisition costs slow H Young
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
H Young Holdings, the marketing and distribution group, reported profits of
Pounds 787,000 pre-tax for the 12 months to September 30 on turnover of
Pounds 32.7m.
</p>
<p>
The outcome, struck after aborted acquisition costs of Pounds 231,000 and
losses on discontinued operations of Pounds 263,000, compared with pre-tax
losses, restated for FRS 3, of Pounds 1.48m. Turnover last time amounted to
Pounds 31.1m, including Pounds 1.13m from discontinued operations.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share under the new accounting standard emerged at 3p (losses
of 8.3p); a proposed final dividend of 1.3p brings the total to 3.3p (3p).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> H Young Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P5065 Electronic Parts and Equipment </item>
<item> P5162 Plastic Materials and Basic Shapes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P5065 </item>
<item> P5162 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>138</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Enviromed beats forecast with Pounds 0.55m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Enviromed, the biotechnology and healthcare group, reported pre-tax profits
of Pounds 546,000 for the year to September 30, beating its forecast of not
less than Pounds 500,000 made at the time of its joining the market in June.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was Pounds 5.3m. In the four months to September 30 1992 there were
losses of Pounds 432,000 on turnover of Pounds 669,000.
</p>
<p>
Earnings per share amounted to 7.13p (32.16p losses for four months).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Enviromed </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3842 Surgical Appliances and Supplies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3842 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>107</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Metrotect falls to Pounds 559,000 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Shares of Metrotect Industries fell 24p to 130p yesterday on news of a 27
per cent decline in interim pre-tax profits to Pounds 559,000.
</p>
<p>
The company, which came to the market in June, makes and supplies pipeline
protection products.
</p>
<p>
After a first half that began slowly due to delays in project commencements
the directors anticipated a 'very busy' second six months.
</p>
<p>
Turnover slipped to Pounds 8.28m (Pounds 9.6m). Interest charges accounted
for Pounds 118,000 (Pounds 276,000) and tax for Pounds 188,000 (Pounds
256,000). Earnings emerged at 1.49p (2.4p) and an interim dividend of 1.15p
is declared.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Metrotect Industries </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3498 Fabricated Pipe and Fittings </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3498 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>131</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Philip Harris halved </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
As foreshadowed in the statement issued in September, difficult trading left
pre-tax profits at Philip Harris, the laboratory and educational equipment
supplier, halved at Pounds 378,000 for the six months to September 30,
against Pounds 806,000.
</p>
<p>
Turnover, however, advanced 6 per cent to Pounds 44.3m (Pounds 41.7m), all
of the increase coming from the medical division. Earnings per share fell to
2.42p (6.6p) while the interim dividend is held at 2.2p.
</p>
<p>
Gearing at the period end was 17 per cent against 65 per cent six months
earlier, the result of the Pounds 5m rights issue in March.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Philip Harris Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3821 Laboratory Apparatus and Furniture </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3821 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>131</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dawson Intl tumbles 41% to Pounds 9.2m -
Interim dividend halved following poor performance at US fleece and jersey
offshoot </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
Dawson International, the Edinburgh-based textile company, cut its interim
dividend by almost half as continuing problems in the US reduced pre-tax
profits for the six months to September 25 by 41 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Profits were Pounds 9.23m on turnover of Pounds 220.9m, compared with Pounds
15.5m on turnover of Pounds 210.7m.
</p>
<p>
Earnings fell from 6.5p to 3.3p, and the interim dividend is cut from 2.9p
to 1.5p.
</p>
<p>
The shares fell 37p to 136p.
</p>
<p>
Sir Ronald Miller, chairman, attributed the fall to extremely difficult
markets for fleece and jersey garments - mainly T-shirts and sweatshirts -
made by JE Morgan Apparel in the US. Losses there obscured good results from
other businesses.
</p>
<p>
Operating profit at the mainly US-based Dawson Consumer Products fell from
Pounds 8.46m to Pounds 723,000. Turnover rose from Pounds 117.3m to Pounds
125m, but the latest figure included a benefit of almost Pounds 20m from
foreign exchange movements.
</p>
<p>
The company, which is closing four plants in the US, said that structural
over-capacity in the sector and the need to hold stocks to meet changing
demands from retailers had both built up stocks and hit margins. Losses on
fleece and jersey had reached well into seven figures.
</p>
<p>
Operating profits at Dawson Premier Brands, which includes Pringle and the
luxury goods business, rose from Pounds 8.84m to Pounds 12.8m. But after
allowing for the effect of currency translations, operating profits were
flat. Turnover rose by 2.6 per cent to Pounds 95.8m.
</p>
<p>
Mr Nick Kuenssberg, chief executive of the division, said Pringle was
proving a main area for growth and now had 230 retail outlets. However,
United Brands incurred an operating loss. Restructuring was taking longer
than expected and some overseas markets were proving difficult.
</p>
<p>
Interest payable rose from Pounds 1.78m to Pounds 4.29m. The increase was
mainly accounted for by a rise of Pounds 1m payable on dollar-based loans,
coupled with a Pounds 700,000 fall in interest received on European
deposits. The remainder reflected higher levels of working capital.
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
It looks like the end of the American dream for Dawson. The harshly
competitive environment in the US is likely only to get worse, and it would
perhaps be better for the company to admit that it is too small a player in
a rough game. The fundamental nature of US retailing has changed, and
just-in-time delivery is forcing all suppliers to take the risk on stocks.
The North American Free Trade Agreement has upped the ante with the threat
of low labour cost plants in Mexico. The UK businesses look sound, but not
exciting. The City, wary of more nasty surprises, has cut forecasts for the
full year from Pounds 30m to as low as Pounds 18m. Until Dawson settles its
US problems once and for all, the shares cannot realise their full
potential.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Dawson International </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2211 Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Cotton </item>
<item> P2221 Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Manmade </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2211 </item>
<item> P2221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>528</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Verson reduces loss to Pounds 2.87m </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL CHEESERIGHT, Midlands Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Verson International, the Midlands-based capital equipment manufacturer,
reduced losses in the half year to end-July, but its prospects for returning
to the black by the end of its financial year depend crucially on the future
flow of royalty payments.
</p>
<p>
The company yesterday announced a pre-tax loss for the first half of Pounds
2.87m, against a deficit in the comparable period of Pounds 5.61m. The
1991-92 full year loss was Pounds 3.27m.
</p>
<p>
The half year deficit translated into losses per share of 1.96p, against
losses of 3.95p in the comparable half. There is no dividend payment.
</p>
<p>
Turnover expanded from Pounds 39.1m to Pounds 49.4m, reflecting the
acquisition last year in the US of Niagara Machine and Tool Works and of
Clearing International.
</p>
<p>
Verson Wilkins, Verson's lossmaking pressing company, has been merged into
Clearing and, while the two are operating at a loss, their position is
improving on the back of buoyant US orders and an increase in UK demand.
</p>
<p>
Verson's first half profits were hit by a fall in royalty income to Pounds
667,000 from Pounds 3.9m in the 1991-92 first half.
</p>
<p>
The group is now negotiating new royalty agreements. If these can be
concluded in the second half they would help the group back to profit this
year. If not, a return to profit is likely to be delayed until next year.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Tim Kelleher, chairman, noted that 'overall order intake during
the six months since the year end has shown a slow but steady upward trend.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Verson International Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3429 Hardware, NEC </item>
<item> P3444 Sheet Metal Work </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3429 </item>
<item> P3444 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 51</biblScope>
<extent>293</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Eastern Electricity lifts dividend by 20%
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID LASCELLES, Resources Editor</byline>
<p>
Eastern Electricity led off the regional electricity companies' interim
results season yesterday with a pace-setting 20 per cent increase in its
dividend.
</p>
<p>
The rise, from 5.5p to 6.6p, was accompanied by a minimum Pounds 5 rebate
for all domestic customers, bringing to more than Pounds 10 the rebates that
customers have received this year. Mr John Devaney, chief executive, said:
'We have obligations to the customers and to the shareholders, and we're
trying to fulfil both of them.'
</p>
<p>
Eastern, the largest of the recs, reported pre-tax profits for the six
months to September 30 of Pounds 77.4m, up 14.5 per cent from last year's
Pounds 67.6m which was restated to reflect a change in accounting policy.
Eastern now matches periodic costs to revenues, spreading them more evenly
through the year.
</p>
<p>
Turnover was Pounds 799m, down from Pounds 841.9m, reflecting the absence of
economic recovery in Eastern's region, which stretches from north-east
London to East Anglia, and price reductions. Unit sales of electricity were
flat in all segments of the market.
</p>
<p>
The profits growth came largely from reduced costs. The company shed 1,250
people in the year to September 30, and expects to lose a further 200 by the
end of the current financial year. The cost of all these redundancies,
Pounds 8.6m, was charged to the first half.
</p>
<p>
There was also an improvement in Eastern's retailing activities where a loss
of Pounds 1.3m was turned into an operating profit of Pounds 3.1m, including
a Pounds 600,000 share of the loss by E&amp;S, Eastern's joint retailing
venture. Contracting reduced its loss from Pounds 2.3m to Pounds 2.1m.
</p>
<p>
Mr James Smith, chairman, said the result clearly demonstrated the company's
determination to reduce costs and increase efficiency in the core
electricity business. 'We confidently expect our results for the full year
to continue to demonstrate our success in these areas.'
</p>
<p>
COMMENT
</p>
<p>
The eye-catching dividend helped drive up the shares and set a good tone for
the results season. The underlying performance was harder to judge, however,
because of the rebalancing caused by the change in accounting policy, though
SG Warburg calculate it implies a full-year dividend of 22p, and a yield of
4.7 per cent, about average for the sector. The results showed that the new
management team headed by Mr Devaney continues to make progress against
costs, and that should enable Eastern to hold its place as the supplier of
some of the cheapest domestic electricity in the country. However, non-core
activities are still not out of the red, and those will still need close
attention.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Eastern Electricity </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>467</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Chrysalis sale </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Chrysalis, the music and media group, has reached final agreement to sell a
25 per cent stake in its new record label, The Echo Label, to Pony Canyon,
the music division of Fujisankei ,the Japanese media and communications
company, for Dollars 17.5m (Pounds 11.7m). Chrysalis will retain a 56.25 per
cent stake.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Chrysalis Group </item>
<item> Pony Canyon </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3652 Prerecorded Records and Tapes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3652 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>90</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Capital reconstruction and new name for LIT
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID BLACKWELL</byline>
<p>
LIT Holdings, the marketing services, investment and fund management group
that has specialised in business expansion schemes, is to restructure and
eliminate its Pounds 8m of bank debt.
</p>
<p>
The group, which will seek shareholder approval for the proposals at an
extraordinary meeting on December 22, has also settled, without adverse
impact, an investigation by the Inland Revenue.
</p>
<p>
The name is to be changed to Johnson Fry Holdings, its UK financial services
company.
</p>
<p>
The proposals include the conversion of all preference shares, the
acquisition of significant minority interests and the removal of very small
shareholdings. An open offer of 1.81m new ordinary shares is being made at
43p a share.
</p>
<p>
It is also intending a 1,000 for 1 share consolidation and a 25 for 1 share
split giving an effective consolidation of 40 for 1.
</p>
<p>
The repayment of the bank debt, which had already been reduced from Pounds
12m by proceeds from the sale of LIT America, the US futures and options
clearing subsidiary, will be financed by cash generated by Johnson Fry.
</p>
<p>
Minority interests will be acquired for 30 per cent of the new ordinary
shares. The banks' holding of Dollars 25m (Pounds 17m) of Johnson Fry
Holdings preference shares will be eliminated, along with Dollars 750,000 of
dividend arrears.
</p>
<p>
First preference shares will be converted at 37 for 1 which would give
holders a total of 35.4 per cent of the new ordinary shares. Redemption
premiums of Pounds 5.17m are being waived, along with dividend arrears of
Pounds 151,800.
</p>
<p>
Some of these shares are being made available to the employee share
ownership plan and the open offer, leaving the first preference shareholders
with 11.4 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Second preference shares will be converted at 10 for 1 giving holders a 25
per cent stake. Redemption premiums of Pounds 14.3m and dividend arrears of
Pounds 5.7m will be waived.
</p>
<p>
Holders of the existing ordinary shares will be left with a holding of 9.6
per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> LIT Holdings </item>
<item> Johnson Fry </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P8741 Management Services </item>
<item> P6722 Management Investment, Open-End </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P8741 </item>
<item> P6722 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>372</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Newspaper Publishing falls Pounds 486,000
into the red </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY</byline>
<p>
Newspaper Publishing, the company behind The Independent and The Independent
on Sunday, has moved into loss as it prepares to raise vital new long-term
finance to secure its future.
</p>
<p>
For the year to September 26 there were pre-tax losses of Pounds 486,000
compared with a Pounds 28,000 profit. Losses per share were 2.3p and no
dividend is recommended.
</p>
<p>
A main factor in the loss was Pounds 350,000 in professional fees arising
from the failed attempt to take over The Observer, which went instead to The
Guardian Media Group.
</p>
<p>
Mr Ian Hay Davison, the chairman, said that revenue had held up well in a
difficult year - turnover at Pounds 81.4m was only marginally down from last
time's Pounds 81.8m.
</p>
<p>
However, 'since the year end product redevelopment costs of Pounds 2.35m
have been incurred on advertising and other promotional expenditure', he
said.
</p>
<p>
The company has a 'multi-million pound' bank facility which runs until the
end of March 1994. Between now and then the company will have to get new
long-term finance in place or renegotiate the bank facility.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hay Davison confirmed that a business plan was being formulated 'which
will form the basis for raising the long-term finance necessary for the
company to go forward.'
</p>
<p>
The options range from a rights issue which could give the largest
shareholders, El Pais of Spain and La Repubblica of Italy, effective
control, bringing in a large new shareholder to a full takeover. The company
sees a full takeover as the least likely option at the moment.
</p>
<p>
Newspaper Publishing is going into its refinancing plan with the circulation
of both its titles under pressure.
</p>
<p>
The Independent is currently selling about 320,000 copies a day and The
Independent on Sunday 360,000. The daily paper's market share has fallen
from 17 per cent in 1992 to 16.1 per cent now and the Sunday title has a
stable share of about 14.3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The market share figures mask a serious absolute drop in sales. Between May
and October The Independent's circulation fell from 374,668 to 333,647, a
fall of nearly 11 per cent. In the same period The Independent on Sunday
fell by 8 per cent to 368,246.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Newspaper Publishing </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Annual report </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>403</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Inchcape poised to appeal over actuaries
classification </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
Inchcape has failed in its attempt to persuade the FT-SE Actuaries Industry
Classification Committee to move it from Vehicle Distributors to Diversified
Industries. It now plans to appeal.
</p>
<p>
The group's shares fell 6p to 515p on the news. Inchcape said it was 'very
disappointed by the decision' which it said was 'not in the interests of our
shareholders, our customers and the people we do business with. It cannot be
in the best interests of the investment community'.
</p>
<p>
Under the classification system companies are assigned to sub-sectors
according to the industry from which they derive most of their profits. In
1992 Inchcape made 60 per cent of its operating profits from motors
importing, distribution, and retailing.
</p>
<p>
But Inchcape argued that there was a distinction between the importing and
distribution activity and the retailing side. The latter made only 14 per
cent of profits.
</p>
<p>
Inchcape's compatriots in the sub-sector are largely UK motor retailers, and
as a much larger company, Inchcape said its presence would distort the
sector.
</p>
<p>
The new system comes into effect on January 4, and the Financial Times will
publish details at the year end.
</p>
<p>
Final changes to the proposed reclassifications, originally published in
October, were announced by the committee yesterday after a third meeting on
Monday. As a result another 40 companies were reassigned.
</p>
<p>
Significant movers included Albert Fisher Group, which shifted from
Retailers &amp; Wholesalers, Food to Food Manufacturers, and Ladbroke, which
moved from Leisure to Hotels &amp; Caterers.
</p>
<p>
Burton Group, which owns Debenhams department stores as well as a number of
retail chains, moved from Retailers, Chain Stores to Retailers,
Multi-Department. Sears, which runs the Selfridges department store, and
chains such as Miss Selfridge, Adams and Olympus, did the opposite switch.
</p>
<p>
A full list of yesterday's company sector changes will appear in tomorrow's
FT.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Inchcape </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P6289 Security and Commodity Services, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> TECH  Services &amp; Services use </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P6289 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>347</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Turmoil over the Weinstock penny - The
closing stages of the rescue bid for Ferranti </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Now that the rhetoric has died down it is time for Ferranti International's
48,000 shareholders to decide on GEC's recommended 1p a share rescue bid.
</p>
<p>
Next Wednesday is the first closing date for GEC's Pounds 11.4m offer for
the crippled defence electronics group - a bid which has the enthusiastic
support of no one.
</p>
<p>
Even GEC appears to have adopted a take it or leave it attitude to its token
offers, leaving Ferranti's board, led by Mr Eugene Anderson, to undertake
the difficult task of persuading shareholders representing at least 90 per
cent of its 936m ordinary shares to back the bid.
</p>
<p>
GEC's indifferent attitude towards the outcome of its offers to Ferranti's
ordinary, special and preference shareholders may reflect confidence that it
would be able to 'cherry-pick' any remaining Ferranti assets at bargain
prices should its bid be rejected and the company goes into receivership.
</p>
<p>
Although GEC would lose the possible, but by no means certain, benefits of
Ferranti's Pounds 109m of accrued UK tax losses and Pounds 106m pension
scheme actuarial surplus by purchasing from the receiver, it would save both
the Pounds 11.4m cost of the offers and the cost of assuming Ferranti's net
debts, contingent liabilities and overdue creditors' payments totalling
about Pounds 155m.
</p>
<p>
For their part Ferranti's institutional investors, who control about 60 per
cent of the group's outstanding equity, have grown accustomed to bad news in
the four years since the discovery of a huge fraud in the group's
International Signal &amp; Control subsidiary in the US blew a massive hole the
balance sheet.
</p>
<p>
Since then, they have watched as Mr Anderson fought to keep Ferranti afloat
by selling Pounds 500m of assets, cutting bank debt from Pounds 689m in 1989
to about Pounds 100m today, and reducing costs, including the workforce
which has shrunk from 22,000 to under 4,000.
</p>
<p>
However, in the absence of a higher bid the institutions will almost
certainly, albeit reluctantly, accept Lord Weinstock's penny.
</p>
<p>
Understandably, some of Ferranti's individual investors take a more robust
and arguably less pragmatic view, arguing that GEC's offers are 'derisory'
and fail to fully value Ferranti's intangible assets in particular.
</p>
<p>
Opposition to the bid has crystallised around the Ferranti Shareholders
Support Association, chaired by Mr John Katz, a research consultant who is
conducting a spirited campaign on their behalf.
</p>
<p>
Mr Katz believes shareholders are being 'steam-rollered' into accepting an
inadequate offer by warnings of the dire consequences if they do not. 'They
are being mugged', he says.
</p>
<p>
The association, which claims a membership of some 230 shareholders speaking
for more than 22m shares and probably speaks for hundreds more investors,
has argued that shareholders have been provided with insufficient
information on which to base an informed decision.
</p>
<p>
The association has suggested that Ferranti could be worth up to Pounds 150m
as a going concern and has urged Ferranti's banks to reconsider their
opposition to court administration rather than receivership if the GEC bid
fails.
</p>
<p>
This, however, seems a forlorn hope. Indeed, Mr Anderson, a company doctor
brought in to stabilise Ferranti after the ISC fiasco, argues that Ferranti
has effectively been in administration since the banks agreed to a
standstill arrangement in 1989.
</p>
<p>
More fundamentally, he has told shareholders that Ferranti is trapped in a
vicious downward spiral of dwindling orders and widening losses.
</p>
<p>
'Our weak balance sheet showing net borrowings of Pounds 98.6m against
shareholders funds of Pounds 34.9m, combined with extremely tight liquidity
has reduced the company's credibility when it bids for major contracts . . .
this situation has led to fewer contract wins and increased losses, a weaker
balance sheet and even tighter liquidity,' he said.
</p>
<p>
The final straw came early in November when Ferranti was told it would have
to resubmit its bid for a large Middle East air defence contract called
Delmon Eye. It was at that stage that GEC was persuaded to mount its rescue
bid.
</p>
<p>
As a Ferranti shareholder himself, Mr Anderson says he has sympathy with
some shareholders, although he also notes that 26,000 have joined the
register since the ISC fraud was discovered and that 200m shares changed
hands in the week after the 1p a share bid was first mooted.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless, he has acknowledged that many loyal long-term Ferranti
shareholders are 'disappointed, disillusioned and angry.' He has even
described GEC's bid as 'calculated to irritate.'
</p>
<p>
But he has consistently argued that the GEC offer, no matter how 'mean',
represents the best option for shareholders and that whatever the arguments
'shareholders must appreciate that Ferranti is worth only what someone will
pay for it in its present circumstances.'
</p>
<p>
Even if there were no shareholder opposition, GEC's 90 per cent acceptance
target would be extremely difficult to achieve. Nevertheless, in the absence
of a viable alternative, Mr Anderson has called on shareholders to be
realistic and support the bid.
</p>
<p>
Many will find it hard to vote with their heads and not their hearts for a
GEC bid which is both paltry and unpalatable.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferranti International </item>
<item> General Electric Co </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3612 Transformers, Ex Electronic </item>
<item> P3724 Aircraft Engines and Engine Parts </item>
<item> P3812 Search and Navigation Equipment </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3612 </item>
<item> P3724 </item>
<item> P3812 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>896</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: West Trust to focus activities on food side
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
West Trust yesterday announced an acquisition and a disposal to achieve its
objective of transforming the company into a specialised, high-added-value
food group and its virtual withdrawal from the textiles sector.
</p>
<p>
At the same time West reported a jump in interim pre-tax profits to Pounds
172,000 (Pounds 25,000).
</p>
<p>
The acquisition is of Drenning, whose Enco subsidiary is a wholesaler and
distributor of Caribbean and other food and drink products.
</p>
<p>
The consideration of Pounds 6.48m will be satisfied by the allotment of new
ordinary shares and Pounds 1.52m in cash. The vendor will retain 638,736
shares with the remaining 14.8m being offered by way of rights to West
shareholders on the basis of 11-for-20 at 32p.
</p>
<p>
West also announced the sale of Ken Moore, its wholly owned lycra
manufacturing subsidiary, to Ken Moore's managing director for Pounds 33,000
cash on completion. Ken Moore will also repay Pounds 117,000 of
inter-company debt, the balance of which, expected to amount to Pounds
622,000, will be paid in instalments.
</p>
<p>
For the six months to September 30 the pre-tax advance was achieved on
turnover of Pounds 4.92m (Pounds 3.76m). Earnings per share amounted to
0.75p (0.19p) and, subject to the acquisition being completed, an interim
dividend of 0.2p will be paid.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> West Trust </item>
<item> Drenning </item>
<item> Ken Moore </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2211 Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Cotton </item>
<item> P2221 Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Manmade </item>
<item> P5141 Groceries, General Line </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
<item> COMP  Mergers &amp; acquisitions </item>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2211 </item>
<item> P2221 </item>
<item> P5141 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>264</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: NM Smaller Australian seeks Pounds 25.8m
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP COGGAN, Personal Finance Editor</byline>
<p>
NM Smaller Australian Companies Trust is raising Pounds 25.8m, before
expenses, via a placing of ordinary shares at 100p each, with warrants
attached on a 1-for-5 basis.
</p>
<p>
The new investment trust will invest in a portfolio of companies listed on
the Australian Stock Exchange which are not included in the ASX 50 Leaders
Index.
</p>
<p>
NM manages an Australian unit trust which is top of the Australasian sector
over the three, five and 10 years to November 1, according to Micropal. NM
Funds Management is owned by the National Mutual Life Association of
Australasia.
</p>
<p>
NM says the outlook for smaller Australasian companies is positive because
they have cut costs and improved efficiency in recession.
</p>
<p>
The trust will concentrate on capital appreciation and any dividends are
likely to be modest. The initial life of the trust will be seven years.
</p>
<p>
NatWest Wood Mackenzie is handling the placing and the minimum subscription
is Pounds 20,000. Initial expenses of the issue will be about 2.7 per cent
and the annual management fee will be 0.8 per cent.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> NM Smaller Australian Companies Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> AU  Australia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>215</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: JLI slips to Pounds 1.3m midway </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Restructuring costs left pre-tax profits at JLI, the snacks and ingredients
maker, down from Pounds 1.84m to Pounds 1.32m in the six months ended
September 30. Sales advanced to Pounds 52.5m, against Pounds 50.9m.
</p>
<p>
As a measure of confidence the interim dividend is being lifted from 1.55p
to 1.6p. Earnings per share fell to 2.1p (3.2p).
</p>
<p>
Operating profits were Pounds 2.25m (Pounds 2.35m) but the company spent
Pounds 695,000 on reorganising the snacks division, its most profitable
business. During the period the division's operating profits fell to Pounds
1m (Pounds 1.29m) on sales ahead at Pounds 15m (Pounds 14.7m). 'We were held
back basically by the inability to get price increases from our customers to
compensate for the sharp increase in the raw material input prices,' said Mr
Yoav Gottesman, chief executive.
</p>
<p>
Interest payments declined to Pounds 232,000 (Pounds 511,000) as UK rates
fell. Gearing was unchanged at 42 per cent at the period end but was likely
to fall to about 30 per cent by the year end, in line with seasonal
fluctuations.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> JLI Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2096 Potato Chips and Similar Snacks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2096 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>211</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Fenchurch postpones flotation </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD LAPPER</byline>
<p>
Fenchurch Underwriting Agencies is to postpone the flotation of a new
Lloyd's investment trust, confirming earlier indications that the limit of
institutional investor interest in the insurance market's plans to introduce
corporate capital has been reached.
</p>
<p>
Fenchurch said the Minories Investment Trust would now be launched next
year. In the meantime its board, including independent non-executive
directors, would remain in position.
</p>
<p>
So far 16 investment and insurance companies have committed more than Pounds
850m to Lloyd's for the 1994 year, increasing capacity to underwrite
insurance by at least Pounds 2bn. However, because of a fall-off in investor
interest, one investment trust has been scrapped and several others have
scaled back their capital raising targets.
</p>
<p>
Fenchurch, which had planned to raise Pounds 35m, said its decision had been
taken in 'light of market conditions and the current lack of institutional
interest.'
</p>
<p>
Fenchurch stressed that its decision 'not to proceed was taken entirely on
the basis of the current lack of institutional appetite for these funds and
not because of a lack of quality capacity.'
</p>
<p>
The group's members' agency pooling arrangement or MAPA - a unit trust style
arrangement that allows Names to diversify their risks across a large number
of syndicates - was recently rated by Standard &amp; Poor's, the US rating
agency, as the best among those investment companies that were either listed
or planning a listing.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Fenchurch Underwriting Agencies </item>
<item> Minories Investment Trust </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>266</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Dyer made chief executive at BOC </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
BOC, the industrial gases and drugs group, has appointed Mr Alexander 'Pat'
Dyer as chief executive.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patrick Rich, chairman, said the board had discussed the concept of
splitting the roles of chairman and chief executive, believing it to be 'a
sensible move'. The group said such discussions had been going on since the
Cadbury report recommended against having one man filling both roles.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dyer, a 61-year-old American with some 30 years' experience in the
international gases industry, became BOC's managing director, gases, in 1989
and was appointed deputy chairman earlier this year. Before BOC, he was at
Air Products &amp; Chemicals. There he became executive vice-president
responsible for AP's worldwide gases and equipment business in 1987.
</p>
<p>
Mr Dyer is also currently non-executive chairman of Bunzl, the paper and
packaging group.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> BOC Group </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2813 Industrial Gases </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  Appointments </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2813 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>165</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: QMH holders waive right </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Holders of two Queens Moat Houses debenture issues worth a nominal Pounds
215m yesterday waived their right to enforce their security in a move that
helps clear the way for the proposed restructuring of the hotel group.
</p>
<p>
Under the debenture deeds, the security for the mainly institutionally-held
tradeable debt must be at least 150 per cent of the principal but a
valuation of QMH's assets by Jones Lang Wootton, the chartered surveyors,
values the designated properties, mostly 27 UK hotels, at just Pounds 137.5m
- a shortfall of Pounds 178.5m.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Queens Moat Houses </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P7011 Hotels and Motels </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P7011 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>124</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Chrysalis Japanese sale </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Chrysalis, the music and media group, has reached final agreement to sell a
25 per cent stake in its new record label, The Echo Label, to Pony Canyon,
which is the music division of Fujisankei, the Japanese media and
communications company, for Dollars 17.5m (Pounds 11.7m).
</p>
<p>
The directors stated that following further share subscriptions, Chrysalis,
Mr Steve Lewis, who is the chief executive of the group's music division,
and Pony Canyon will respectively own 56.25 per cent, 18.75 per cent and 25
per cent of Echo.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Chrysalis Group </item>
<item> Pony Canyon </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3652 Prerecorded Records and Tapes </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3652 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
UK Company News: Clayhithe sells Aylesbury site </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Clayhithe, the investment company, has entered into a conditional agreement
for the disposal of a 14 acre development site in Aylesbury, Bucks, to
Persimmon Homes, a subsidiary of the York-based housebuilder for Pounds
3.05m cash, payable in three instalments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Clayhithe </item>
<item> Persimmon Homes </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 50</biblScope>
<extent>76</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Companies in this issue </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
-------------------------------------
UK
-------------------------------------
BOC                               50
Chrysalis                         50
Clayhithe                         50
Dawson Intl                       51
Dundee and London                 51
Eastern Electricity           50, 49
Enviromed                         51
Fenchurch U/writing               50
Ferranti Intl                     50
GEC                               50
Gartmore Value                    51
Glaxo                             49
Great Western Res                 51
Harris (Philip)                   51
Inchcape                          50
JLI                               50
LIT                               50
Metrotect                         51
Minories Inv Trust                50
</p>
<p>
NM Smaller Aust Cos               50
News International                11
Newspaper Publishing              50
Persimmon                         50
Queens Moat Houses                50
Sheafbank                         51
Telspec                           11
Verson Intl                       51
West Trust                        50
Worth Investment                  51
Young (H)                         51
-------------------------------------
Overseas
-------------------------------------
AMP                               56
Abitibi-Price                     49
BHF Bank                          52
Compaq                            56
Dell Computer                     54
Elf                               52
Equatorial Mining                 56
Ferruzzi                          49
Fletcher Challenge                49
Four Seasons Hotels               54
Gerresheimer Glas                 52
IBM                               54
Owens-Illinois                    52
Qantas                            56
SHL Systemhouse                   56
Tasman Properties                 56
UAP                               52
United Paper Mills                49
-------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> XA  World </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P99   Nonclassifiable Establishments </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P99 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>162</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Ferruzzi investors approve share issues </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By HAIG SIMONIAN
<name type=place>MILAN</name></byline>
<p>
Ferruzzi Finanziaria (Ferfin), the debt-ridden Italian holding company, took
an important step towards its financial restructuring yesterday after
shareholders in Milan approved an ambitious recapitalisation.
</p>
<p>
The go-ahead for the scheme, prepared by a group of leading Italian bank
creditors led by Mediobanca, means Ferfin will launch a string of share
issues to raise cash.
</p>
<p>
As the deals are largely guaranteed by bank creditors, the main effect will
be to convert part of the debt into equity.
</p>
<p>
Shareholders approved the plan to raise L2,932bn (Pounds 1.1bn) through
rights issues and warrants to buy new shares. Moreover, the company also
received the green light to issue a further nominal L2,000bn in new shares
and L800bn in bonds over the next 18 months.
</p>
<p>
A similar plan is to be put to shareholders of Montedison, Ferfin's main
industrial subsidiary, today.
</p>
<p>
Ferfin's shareholders also approved a proposal by the board to take legal
action against Price Waterhouse, the group's former accountants. Ferfin's
new management, imposed by leading bank creditors earlier this year, says
the auditors failed to discover irregularities in the group's accounts which
allegedly arose under the previous management.
</p>
<p>
In spite of the recapitalisation, the Ferruzzi group faces another difficult
year, according to Mr Guido Rossi, Ferfin's chairman.
</p>
<p>
He told shareholders that the group's Montecatini chemicals subsidiary would
lose about L1,150bn in 1993. About L650bn of the loss would stem from
financing costs.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rossi said banks representing almost 87 per cent of Ferfin's borrowings
had agreed to the restructuring plan by Monday's deadline. However, a number
of big foreign banks remain opposed to the proposal and are working on a
counter scheme.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rossi said negotiations between Montecatini and Shell on an ambitious
joint venture to pool polyethelene activities were proceeding. The long
awaited deal, code-named 'Project Sophia', has been under discussion for
over a year. However, he gave no indication when a deal might be signed.
</p>
<p>
Banca Commerciale Italiana, the big Italian bank due to be privatised early
next year, said pre-tax profits in the first nine months of this year soared
to L585.3bn compared with L267.6bn in the same period in 1992.
</p>
<p>
Gross operating profits rose by 56.3 per cent to L1,363bn from L859bn. The
increase was due to a virtual doubling of fee-related income to L1,373bn
from L755bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Ferruzzi Finanziaria </item>
<item> Banca Commerciale Italiana </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> IT  Italy, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6719 Holding Companies, NEC </item>
<item> P6081 Foreign Banking and Branches and Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Share issues </item>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6719 </item>
<item> P6081 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>426</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Eastern's dividend rises 20% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Eastern Electricity jolted the market with a 20 per cent dividend increase
to 6.6p, auguring well for the regional electricity company results season.
</p>
<p>
Eastern's share price gained 8p to close at 596p.
</p>
<p>
Rigorous cost cutting enabled the company to raise interim profits by 14.5
per cent to Pounds 77.4m despite sluggish economic activity in its area
which includes north-east London and East Anglia. Earnings per share rose
from 18.4p to 20.9p.
</p>
<p>
Mr James Smith, chairman pictured (left) with chief executive Mr John
Devaney, said the results demonstrated the company's determination to
increase efficiency.
</p>
<p>
Details, Page 50
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Eastern Electricity </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4911 Electric Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> FIN  Interim results </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4911 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAHAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Over-supply crumples newsprint: Turmoil sweeping the
industry worldwide </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BERNARD SIMON</byline>
<p>
A group of 26 North American newsprint makers recently donated 480 tons of
paper for a supplement on literacy and reading skills published by hundreds
of newspapers across the US and Canada.
</p>
<p>
The paper companies' generosity was laced with self-interest. Newsprint
suppliers are desperately seeking ways to counter the threat posed by the
growing number of North Americans - and increasingly Europeans - who rely on
television and video for news and entertainment.
</p>
<p>
The problem is that declining newspaper readership is just one facet of the
unprecedented turmoil sweeping the newsprint industry.
</p>
<p>
The newsprint market, which makes up about 13 per cent of total world paper
consumption, is entering its fifth year of over-supply. North American
prices, currently at about Dollars 430 (Pounds 290) a tonne, are still a
third below the peaks reached in spring 1988. Each attempt by producers to
raise prices over the past two years has proved short-lived. Some producers
will try again in March to impose a Dollars 35-per-tonne hike.
</p>
<p>
The glut has been caused partly by weak demand but also by a huge increase
in capacity in the late 1980s. More recently, Russian mills have begun
dumping newsprint in Europe.
</p>
<p>
Although consumption will rise as the main industrial economies revive,
there is a consensus that the industry's long-term future is not bright.
Salomon Brothers predicted in a recent report that prices would peak during
the next cycle, around 1997-98, at a level 20 per cent lower in real terms
than they were in 1988.
</p>
<p>
Salomon added that 'early in the next century, newsprint demand in developed
countries actually could decline as interactive multimedia technologies,
affecting classified advertising for example, become widespread'.
</p>
<p>
Daily newspapers account for more than 70 per cent of newsprint consumption
in North America. The upheaval is exacerbated by environmental pressures,
which have forced financially strapped companies to spend heavily on new
plant.
</p>
<p>
Many governments in industrialised countries require newspapers to maintain
a minimum content of recycled newsprint. But there are signs that demand for
recycled material may be near a ceiling. Mr Martin Glass, a partner at
Hawkins Wright, a UK consultancy, says mills are having difficulty
maintaining quality as fibres are recycled over and over again.
</p>
<p>
Furthermore, the sharp drop in Scandinavian currencies over the past two
years has improved the competitiveness of Finnish and Swedish newsprint made
from virgin fibres. The pressure to bring down costs in the face of fierce
competition is forcing far-reaching structural changes on the industry.
</p>
<p>
The market share of producers in Canada and Scandinavia, where trees grow
slowly and mills are far from the main markets, has fallen sharply, in
favour of modern lower-cost mills and recycled-paper facilities in such
places as the southern US, the UK and Germany.
</p>
<p>
Mr Bruce Kirk, analyst at SG Warburg in New York, counts a total of 21
newsprint and groundwood paper machines in Canada which have closed either
permanently or temporarily over the past four years. Another three are due
to be taken out of service next January. By contrast, three new machines are
about to come on stream in Germany. Svenska Cellulosa is adding a new
machine and rebuilding one at Aylesford in the UK.
</p>
<p>
Many forest-products companies are reassessing their newsprint interests.
Some - Atlanta-based Georgia-Pacific for example - have withdrawn entirely
from the newsprint market.
</p>
<p>
Investment criteria are also being reviewed. One paper company executive
says a newsprint mill will have to pay for itself much more quickly in
future.
</p>
<p>
The most promising markets are those where a combination of rising living
standards, emerging democratic forces or a flourishing business sector will
lift demand for newspapers.
</p>
<p>
An official at Abitibi-Price, the world's biggest producer, singles out
eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America. Canada's newsprint exports to Latin
America were 15 per cent higher in the first nine months of this year than
in the whole of 1992.
</p>
<p>
Mr Glass says that the best-placed companies will be those with local
production facilities, instead of trying to sell throughout the world from
their home base. Finnish-owned United Paper Mills has become a rising force
by building mills close to its customers in France and the UK. Similarly,
New Zealand's Fletcher Challenge has stitched together an empire stretching
from Canada, Brazil and Chile to Australia and New Zealand.
</p>
<p>
Some industry stalwarts are unlikely to survive in their present form.
Several companies are badly in need of capital; even less-weakened producers
cannot afford a big acquisition. Yet the case for consolidation is such that
the shake-up must be far from over.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> CA  Canada </item>
<item> FI  Finland, West Europe </item>
<item> SE  Sweden, West Europe </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2621 Paper Mills </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
<item> MKTS  Market shares </item>
<item> MKTS  Foreign trade </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>810</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Glaxo rejects restructure strategy </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL ABRAHAMS</byline>
<p>
Glaxo, Europe's largest drugs group, has rejected the paths followed by most
pharmaceuticals companies saying its strategy does not require restructuring
or rationalisation programmes, mergers, joint ventures or alliances with
generic drug producers, or vertical integration.
</p>
<p>
'Our competitive strengths - financial, scientific and commercial - lead us
to focus rather than dissipate our energies,' said Dr Richard Sykes, chief
executive.
</p>
<p>
Glaxo warned that growth over the next five years would be slower in the US
and Europe than the past five years. The group would concentrate on
maximising sales of established products, further penetrating global
markets, promoting innovative medicines and investing in developing regions.
</p>
<p>
Dr Franz Humer, chief operating officer, said it was necessary to take a
long-term view rather than instituting lay-off programmes. There had to be a
flexible approach tailored to individual markets. For example, the German
sales force had been cut this year after a 20 per cent collapse in sales
there, while in Spain, where sales were growing rapidly, the sales teams had
been expanded.
</p>
<p>
Sales in developing markets - Asia Pacific, Latin America, the Middle East
and eastern Europe - were Pounds 511m last financial year and could triple
in the next five years, said Dr Humer.
</p>
<p>
The opportunities for Zantac, the world's best-selling drug, continued to
outweigh the threats, said Dr Sykes. The group would continue to expand the
overall market for peptic ulcer treatment, for instance by promoting the
drug for the treatment of ulcers caused by anti-arthritic drugs.
</p>
<p>
Imigran, the migraine treatment, had generated sales of Dollars 115m (Pounds
77m) in its first seven months to October, making it the group's most
successful launch, 20 per cent ahead of Zofran, the anti-nausea treatment,
over the same period.
</p>
<p>
Dr Sykes shrugged off data suggesting Zofran was not as effective as Kytril,
SmithKline Beecham's competitor. One resent study showed equal
effectiveness, and another showed Zofran was superior, he said. The drug
should be launched in Japan in the first half of next year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Glaxo Holdings </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2833 Medicinals and Botanicals </item>
<item> P2834 Pharmaceutical Preparations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> MKTS  Sales </item>
<item> COMP  Company News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2833 </item>
<item> P2834 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>368</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
ITN faces ownership shake-up </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RAYMOND SNODDY and ANTONIA SHARPE</byline>
<p>
The current takeover battles in ITV will almost certainly lead to another
share restructuring at Independent Television News, the commercial
television news organisation.
</p>
<p>
Following the takeover earlier this year by a consortium led by Carlton
Communications, five companies each hold 18 per cent - Carlton, Central,
London Weekend, Granada and Reuters. Scottish Television and Anglia each
hold 5 per cent. Under the 1990 Broadcasting Act no participant is allowed
to hold more than 20 per cent in the Channel 3 news supplier.
</p>
<p>
This week's conditional agreed bid by Carlton for Central means that the
enlarged Carlton would hold 36 per cent of ITN and would therefore have to
get rid of 16 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Gordon, chief executive of ITN, said yesterday that it looked as if
there would have to be orderly divestments if ITV takeovers were confirmed.
</p>
<p>
The ownership changes at ITN would become more sweeping if, as many expect,
Granada launches a takeover bid for LWT.
</p>
<p>
Last week Mr Peter Brooke, national heritage secretary, proposed that -
subject to parliamentary approval - one ITV company would be able to hold
two broadcasting licences, except in London.
</p>
<p>
Both Scottish and Anglia could also be takeover targets.
</p>
<p>
The ITN chief executive said yesterday that he saw 'absolutely no problem'
in finding new shareholders for what was now a profitable company.
</p>
<p>
Under broadcasting legislation, a majority stake in ITN is supposed to be
held by a non-ITV company by the end of next year.
</p>
<p>
Yesterday ITN also announced that it had been awarded a multi-million pound
three-year contract to supply news to NBC Super Channel, the pan-European
satellite channel. ITN will provide one and a half hours of programmes a day
to the channel.
</p>
<p>
Antonia Sharpe adds: Moody's, the international credit rating agency,
yesterday placed the long-term ratings of Carlton Communications under
review for possible downgrading following the bid for Central.
</p>
<p>
Moody's said its review would focus on the company's financial structure
upon completion of the acquisition, on the earnings and cash flow prospects
for the combined operations and on the potential for further acquisitions
from Carlton.
</p>
<p>
Around Dollars 390m of long-term debt is affected, made up of senior notes,
which have a rating of A2, and convertible subordinated bonds and
exchangeable capital securities, which both carry a rating of A3. Carlton's
Prime-1 rating for commercial paper is also under review.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Independent Television News </item>
<item> Carlton Communications </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4833 Television Broadcasting Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> COMP  Shareholding </item>
<item> TECH  Patents &amp; Licences </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4833 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>438</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Daimler-Benz and Mitsubishi link up for marketing deal </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JUDY DEMPSEY
<name type=place>BERLIN</name></byline>
<p>
GERMANY'S Daimler-Benz and Japan's Mitsubishi, two of the world's largest
industrial groups, yesterday agreed to a package of measures aimed at
marketing each other's goods and increasing co-operation in recycling.
</p>
<p>
The agreements were unveiled last night in Berlin following 3 1/2 years of
discussions and several co-operation agreements.
</p>
<p>
Mr Edzard Reuter, chairman of Daimler-Benz, said: 'This kind of co-operation
between two huge industrial groups is still considered unique.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Shinroku Morohashi, the chairman of Mitsubishi, said that despite the
differences in management philosophy and corporate culture, relations
between the two companies 'would deepen'.
</p>
<p>
The projects are aimed at consolidating Daimler-Benz's strategy of gaining a
foothold in Japan and south-east Asia. They are also designed to strengthen
the competitiveness of Mitsubishi.
</p>
<p>
Projects range from environmental and recycling licence agreements and joint
ventures to distribution and marketing of Daimler-Benz products. They
include:
</p>
<p>
Metallurgical recycling process. A joint venture between Mercedes Benz and
Austrian Industries will take responsibility for technology transfer and
development, while Mitsubishi will market the process in Japan and
throughout the Asian market. The process replaces the conventional method of
shredding used cars.
</p>
<p>
Car industry. A subsidiary of Mercedes-Benz will assemble, distribute and
market the Mitsubishi L200 pick-up truck in South Africa.
</p>
<p>
Electronics. Mitsubishi Electric will supply Temic Telefunken
microelectronic, a subsidiary of Daimler-Benz, with technology required for
the manufacture of semi-conductors for cars.
</p>
<p>
Plastics. Both companies will conduct a one-year feasibility study on the
recycling of waste plastics, with emphasis on cars, aircraft and electric
appliances.
</p>
<p>
A Daimler-Benz official said yesterday's agreements were expected to be
enhanced.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Daimler-Benz </item>
<item> Mitsubishi Corp </item>
<item> Mercedes Benz (Japan) </item>
<item> Austrian Industries </item>
<item> Mitsubishi Electric Corp </item>
<item> Temic Telefunken </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P3711 Motor Vehicles and Car Bodies </item>
<item> P5012 Automobiles and Other Motor Vehicles </item>
<item> P3399 Primary Metal Products, NEC </item>
<item> P3089 Plastics Products, NEC </item>
<item> P3714 Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories </item>
<item> P3674 Semiconductors and Related Devices </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Strategic links &amp; Joint venture </item>
<item> MGMT  Management &amp; Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P3711 </item>
<item> P5012 </item>
<item> P3399 </item>
<item> P3089 </item>
<item> P3714 </item>
<item> P3674 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 49</biblScope>
<extent>349</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Net expenditure rises to Pounds 30.7bn for
1994-95 - National Health Service </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government's net expenditure on the National Health Service will rise
from an original plan of Pounds 29bn for 1993-94 to Pounds 30.7bn in
1994-95, the government said in a statement.
</p>
<p>
In addition, the health service will have the benefit of new efficiency
gains worth at least Pounds 450m. Total spending, including receipts from
patient charges and land sales (gross spending) is expected to increase to
nearly Pounds 32.0bn in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The details of the increase in expenditure on individual programmes are as
follows:
</p>
<p>
Hospital and Community Health Services (HCHS): in 1994-95 the government
will provide Pounds 21.2bn compared with Pounds 20.1bn in 1993-94, a cash
increase of 5.4 per cent, or 1.4 per cent after allowing for general
inflation.
</p>
<p>
The HCHS are also expected to increase efficiency by at least 2 1/4 per
cent, releasing at least Pounds 450m to be ploughed back into patient care.
</p>
<p>
Gross expenditure (including receipts from patient charges and income
generation) is estimated to be Pounds 21.5bn in 1994-95 compared with a
forecast of Pounds 20.5bn in 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
HCHS Capital Total: capital expenditure, including that financed by receipts
from land sales, will be over Pounds 2bn next year. Health authorities' and
MHS trusts' capital programmes include more than 150 building schemes, each
costing more than Pounds 1m. Government spending on capital will have
increased by 47 per cent in real terms between 1988-89 and 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Family Health Services (FHS): government spending on the non-cash-limited
FHS will be more than Pounds 6.6bn in 1994-95, an increase of Pounds 561m
compared with original plans for 1993-94. This is a cash increase of 9.2 per
cent, or 5.0 per cent in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Total spending in 1994-95, including that financed from expected income from
prescription and dental charges, will be nearly Pounds 7.4bn.
</p>
<p>
Centrally Financed Services (CFS): expenditure on the CFS is expected to be
Pounds 751m in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
These services include the special hospitals (Ashworth, Broadmoor and
Rampton Hospitals); the Public Health Laboratory Service; the Prescription
Pricing Authority and Dental Practice Board; information services; the
Health Education Authority; grants to voluntary bodies; secure
accommodation; research, and social services training.
</p>
<p>
Departmental Administration Costs: total expenditure on departmental
administration is expected to be Pounds 291m in 1994-95, a saving of 6.7 per
cent in real terms over this year's original plans.
</p>
<p>
Personal Social Services: on October 29, ministers announced an additional
Pounds 20m in 1994-95, Pounds 30m in 1995-96, and Pounds 448m in 1996-97 for
local authorities' new responsibilities for care in the community.
</p>
<p>
The additional funds in the first two years were made available in order to
help local social services authorities arrange for more home and respite
care.
</p>
<p>
This increase is quite separate from the NHS figures announced in this
statement. The Standard Spending figure for Personal Social Services (PSS)
revenue and all other local authority services will be announced later by
the environment secretary. Other decisions on PSS grants and capital will be
announced shortly.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9431 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>536</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The housewife </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Pat Sanders, 52
</p>
<p>
Has grown-up sons, aged 31 and 26. She and her husband, Barry, a senior
executive for Rentokil, the household services group, recently moved from
Selby to Copthorne, West Sussex. Her views are coloured by the fact that her
children are setting up home.
</p>
<p>
Politics: last election voted Conservative.
</p>
<p>
Suggested: 'Why doesn't he impose a departure tax for tourists leaving the
country? It would raise millions and to people spending hundreds of pounds
on a holiday a pounds 10 tax would barely make a difference.'
</p>
<p>
Proved right: 'When I heard him announce the flights levy I was thrilled to
bits. I couldn't believe it. I think with the cost you pay for air fares,
pounds 5 or pounds 10 is negligible. I think it's a very subtle budget. It
affects everybody but not as badly as I think a lot of people expected. He
didn't really flesh a lot of it out.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>185</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Outlay on British Library to drop after 1996 -
Department of National Heritage </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Planned spending by the Department of National Heritage will drop between
1995-96 and 1996-97 because of a projected reduction in spending on the
British Library's new building at St Pancras. In a statement the government
said spending for 1994-95 would be Pounds 976m, Pounds 998m in 1995-96,
dropping to Pounds 971m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The Arts Council grant will increase plans by Pounds 800,000 in 1994-95, and
by Pounds 1.6m in 1995-96, giving a grant of Pounds 186.9m. This level of
grant will be maintained in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The Crafts Council grant will increase by Pounds 100,000 over current plans
each year, rising to Pounds 3.2m in 1994-95 and Pounds 3.3m in 1995-96 and
1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Annual expenditure on the Business Sponsorship Incentive Scheme (BSlS) will
rise over this year's figures by Pounds 300,000 in each of the next three
years.
</p>
<p>
Since 1984, Pounds 23.7m of government investment will, by the end of the
current financial year, have produced Pounds 48.3m in new sponsorship for
the arts.
</p>
<p>
The department directly finances 17 institutions including the Museums and
Galleries Commission. The department has made its allocations to individual
institutions so that over the planning period no individual institution
experiences a cut in its provision and some see substantial increases.
</p>
<p>
As a result, work can begin on a number of key areas - on the replacement of
the Natural History Museum's Spirit Building and of the Motive Power Depot
at the National Railway Museum in York, and on the redevelopment of the
south hall of the Horniman Museum.
</p>
<p>
In addition, in recognition of success in attracting money from the private
sector, the Tate Gallery will receive more than Pounds 2m over three years
to help with the relocation of their stores, and with the development of the
north-west quadrant at Millbank, the National Gallery will receive Pounds 1m
in 1996-97 towards the cost of redeveloping their North Extension, the
British Museum will receive Pounds 1m in the final year for the development
at Bloomsbury, and the Imperial War Museum will receive a total of Pounds
600,000 in the first two years for conservation.
</p>
<p>
Provision for the St Pancras project readjusts spending plans within total
planned expenditure of Pounds 450m. Provision has been made in the library's
grant-in-aid for 1996-97 to ease the financial pressure caused by the move
from Bloomsbury.
</p>
<p>
The grant for English Heritage for 1994-95 remains at the increased level
which was agreed last year. The settlement allows work to start on the
Albert Memorial in 1994-95. This is the result of an offer by English
Heritage to make available up to Pounds 1m next year fiom savings achieved
through their forward strategy. That strategy will permit further funds to
be transferred fiom overheads to direct spending on the heritage.
</p>
<p>
Over the three-year period a total of Pounds 15m will be available for fire
prevention measures in the Historic Royal Palaces, following up the
recommendations in Sir Alan Bailey's report.
</p>
<p>
The baseline for the Royal Household is restored to the levels planned
before the 1992 public expenditure survey. This will cover the government's
share of the cost of restoring Windsor Castle. It will also allow the Royal
Household to continue speedily with its Pounds 15m programme to implement
the Bailey recommendations on the occupied Royal Palaces.
</p>
<p>
Work on the joint venture project for a new Royal Armouries Museum in Leeds
is about to start. For 1994-95 Pounds 3m will be allocated rising to Pounds
6m in 1995-96 and 1996-97. The funds will be provided fiom the Historic
Royal Palaces Agency baseline.
</p>
<p>
An additional Pounds 2.5m over the next two years has been made available
for the tourist boards in recognition of tourism's importance to the
economy.
</p>
<p>
The budget for the Business Sponsorship Incentive Scheme for sport is to be
increased by 10 per cent from Pounds 3m to Pounds 3.3m. This recognises how
successful the Sportsmatch scheme has been in attracting private sector
sponsorship for grassroots sport during its first year of operation. The new
budget continues in 1995-96 and 1996-97 and should generate matching funding
from the private sector.
</p>
<p>
The Sports Council's grant-in-aid for 1994-95 will be slightly less in cash
terms than this year's allocation. However, the decision not to proceed with
the previously announced restructuring of sports administration gives the
council greater flexibility in allocating its resources and we would not
expect there to be any significant adverse effect on the work of the
council. Moreover, the paymaster-general announced on July 22 that a VAT
exemption for the supply of certain sporting services by non-profit making
organisations was under consideration. This should be of significant benefit
for voluntary sports organisations and further details will be available in
the New Year.
</p>
<p>
The grant to the British Film Institute, as already announced, shows a
substantial increase in 1994-95 when Pounds 2m more than in 1993-94 will be
provided. That figure continues in the following two years. This will focus
on enhancement of the rate of duplicating decaying nitrate film, some
re-equipment and an expansion of the off-air television recording programme.
</p>
<p>
The European Co-Production Fund was set up for a three-year period in 1991.
Over that period it received Pounds 5m. The government has announced that
the fund will be extended for a new three-year period and will receive a
total grant of Pounds 6m.
</p>
<p>
This will give the fund an opportunity to develop and build on its successes
in supporting co-productions between European partners.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P792  Producers, Orchestras, Entertainers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P792 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>947</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Cardiff Bay </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Cardiff Bay Development Corporation is expected to start selling some of
its land holdings for commercial development, as a source of cash for new
projects, Mr John Redwood, Welsh secretary, announced.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=company>
<item> Cardiff Bay Development Corp </item>
</list>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
<item> P9532 Urban and Community Development </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> COMP  Disposals </item>
<item> RES  Facilities </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6552 </item>
<item> P9532 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>73</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: More cash for legal aid </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Legal aid, the main single component of expenditure by the Lord Chancellor's
Departments, is planned to increase from an estimated Pounds 1,254m this
year to Pounds 1,633m in 1996-97. This reflects demand-led increases in
workload, combined with measures to secure improved value for money by
better cost control.
</p>
<p>
The Lord Chancellor's target is to ensure that, by March 1996, average costs
per case do not increase by more than inflation.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
<item> P8111 Legal Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9222 </item>
<item> P8111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>105</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Science budget set at Pounds 1.2bn </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Spending next year on scientific, engineering and social research, and
post-graduate training, will total Pounds 1,242m, an increase of Pounds 73m
over the estimated out-turn this year. This represents a small increase in
real terms.
</p>
<p>
Mr William Waldegrave, public services minister, said: 'We have protected
the science budget and more than maintained its value in the coming year.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9661 Space Research and Technology </item>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
<item> P873  Research and Testing Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9661 </item>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P9651 </item>
<item> P873 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>109</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAG0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Defence faces successive cuts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Lower procurement and employment costs will contribute to reductions in
previously published plans of defence spending. Outlays for the next three
years will be Pounds 23,490m, Pounds 22,700m and Pounds 22,790m
respectively, Mr Malcolm Rifkind, defence secretary, announced.
</p>
<p>
This settlement - which implies reductions below earlier plans for the first
two years of Pounds 260m and Pounds 520m respectively - will be delivered in
part through the planned sale to a private sector housing trust of married
quarters for service personnel.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>109</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Increase in prison places heads priorities </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mr Michael Howard, home secretary, announced that funding for Home Office
services next year would be nearly Pounds 6.3bn. The funding allows for:
</p>
<p>
Maintaining the current level of policing.
</p>
<p>
Extra prison places.
</p>
<p>
New measures to combat juvenile crime.
</p>
<p>
Mr Howard said: 'Alongside the very considerable public investment which we
are providing for over the next three years, we expect significant private
capital investment in prisons and other areas.
</p>
<p>
'Spending on the police service in England and Wales next year will increase
by more than 4 per cent over this year's provision. This will sustain
current levels of policing and provide for the organisational reforms
announced in the recent white paper as well as changes in pay, conditions
and rank structure announced in response to the Sheehy report.
</p>
<p>
'For the prison service, priority will be given to increasing the number of
prison places in order to accommodate the offenders we expect to be
sentenced to custody. Over 2,000 extra places will be provided by 1996-97
through building houseblocks at existing prisons.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9221 Police Protection </item>
<item> P9223 Correctional Institutions </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9221 </item>
<item> P9223 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>204</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Grant-maintained status seen to improve standards
- Department of Education </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The spending programme of the Department for Education and the Office for
Standards in Education (Ofsted) in 1994-95 will total Pounds 10,487m, Mr
John Patten, education secretary, said in a parliamentary reply, Pounds 670m
or 6.8 per cent higher than equivalent expenditure in 1993-94. The total in
1995-96 is planned to be Pounds 11,059m and in 1996-97 Pounds 11,392m.
</p>
<p>
Within these totals the government has given priority to improving standards
in schools through the self-governing (grant-maintained) schools programme.
The planned growth in further education student numbers announced last year,
to take the 16-19-year-old participation rate to record levels, will be
sustained.
</p>
<p>
On self-governing schools, he said that over 1,000 schools have voted 'yes'
to self-governing status in ballots. The government's expenditure plans
provide for continuing growth in the sector in line with the forecast in the
White Paper 'Choice and Diversity' that by 1996, most maintained secondary
schools, as well as a significant proportion of maintained primary schools,
would be self-governing.
</p>
<p>
Central government would increase its recurrent and capital grants
substantially over the next three years as their numbers grow. Central
government expenditure on self-governing schools is planned to total Pounds
157m in 1993-94 and Pounds 244m, Pounds 446m and Pounds 595m in 1994-95,
1995-96 and 1996-97. The plans also allow for the Funding Agency for
Schools, which will be established from l April 1994.
</p>
<p>
Total central government provision for capital expenditure on
self-governing, voluntary-aided and LEA-maintained schools is Pounds 600m,
Pounds 606m and Pounds 643m in 1994-95, 1995-96 and 1996-97. Further details
of Annual Capital Guidelines and allocations to voluntary-aided and
self-governing schools will be announced later.
</p>
<p>
Total recurrent spending on further education is planned to rise from Pounds
2,549m in 1993-94 to Pounds 2,679m, Pounds 2,872m and Pounds 2,920m in
1994-95, 1995-96 and 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten said the government was on target
</p>
<p>
to increase the number of students in further education by 25 per cent
between 1992-93 and 1995-96, taking the UK to the top of the international
league for participation in education among 16 to 19 year-olds.
</p>
<p>
He said the government must look to the sector for some increase in
efficiency. The plans announced allow for the forecast increase in student
numbers up to 1995-96 to be met in full, with an additional increase of 3
per cent between 1995-96 and 1996-97 to maintain the 16-18 year-old
participation rate.
</p>
<p>
Capital expenditure is planned to be Pounds 157m, Pounds 159m and Pounds
159m in 1994-95, 1995-96 and 1996-97. Mr Patten said this would enable the
Further Education Funding Council to continue to improve the state of
accommodation and the stock of equipment.
</p>
<p>
The number of students in higher education has grown even faster than
expected in the Government's spending plans last year, he said. The
proportion of young people entering higher education is now around 30 per
cent - close to the target of one in three for the year 2000.
</p>
<p>
In order to allow for the rising number of entrants enrolled in recent
years, the expenditure plans provide for total full-time equivalent student
numbers in higher education in England to rise by 90,000 or 10 per cent
between 1993-94 and 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patten said the rapid growth in student numbers had imposed a large extra
burden on the taxpayer and the government believed a fairer distribution of
this burden was needed between the taxpayer and those who benefit from
higher education. It had therefore carried out a review of the funding of
higher education. The expenditure plans announced would reflect the outcome
of that review.
</p>
<p>
On tuition fees Mr Patten said the government would continue to reimburse
the fees charged to students up to the maxima specified through the
mandatory awards system. In order to stay within the expenditure plans, it
is essential that student numbers are now maintained at the planned level,
he said. To that end, the maximum tuition fees reimbursed through the
mandatory awards system in 1994/95 will be reduced by 45 per cent for each
fee band.
</p>
<p>
In addition, he has stressed to the Higher Education Funding Council for
England the importance of delivering through its funding methodology for
universities and colleges the planned numbers of students.
</p>
<p>
The reduction in tuition fees will have no effect on the planned level of
funding per student in higher education. Some Pounds 474m will be
transferred in 1994/95 from mandatory awards to Funding Council grant to
compensate for the lower yield from tuition fees. He said that if
universities and colleges recruit the numbers of students assumed in the
government's plans, they will suffer no loss of income as a result of the
reduction in fees.
</p>
<p>
Capital grant will be Pounds 322m, Pounds 381m and Pounds 424m in 1994-95,
1995-96 and 1996-97 respectively. This is a rise in real terms of 20 per
cent between 1993-94 and 1996-97. Mr Patten said the increase reflects the
need for capital investment to help with the growth of student numbers in
recent years and later in the decade.
</p>
<p>
On student support, Mr Patten said that for 1994-95, the government will
continue to maintain the real value of the funds offered to students through
the main rates of grant and loan and supplementary grants, which together
will increase by 4 per cent in cash. Reductions in the main rates of grant
of 10 per cent against their 1993-94 levels will be offset by increases in
loan entitlements. Similar adjustments will be made over the next two years;
on present estimates they will bring the grant and loan into broad balance
in 1996-97. This shift from grant to loan represents an acceleration of
existing plans.
</p>
<p>
The contribution of parents whose income rises at the same rate as average
income will continue to fall in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Loan rates for final year students will increase in proportion to the full
year rates of loan. As now, students will not have to begin to repay their
loans until they leave their courses and their incomes are higher than 85
per cent of national average earnings: nearly Pounds 14,000 in 1993 prices.
The government will keep the level of loan repayments under review.
</p>
<p>
Following a review of the Access Funds which help students who might
otherwise have difficulty in completing their courses, Funds have been
increased to Pounds 27m in each year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P8211 Elementary and Secondary Schools </item>
<item> P8221 Colleges and Universities </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P8211 </item>
<item> P8221 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>1104</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: European Commission urged to find proposals for
savings - Agriculture, Fisheries and Food </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government continues to believe that European Union expenditure on the
Common Agricultural Policy remains too high. The government will be urging
the European Commission to come forward with proposals for savings, in
addition to those on school milk and beef intervention which have already
been announced.
</p>
<p>
In a statement the government said its planned expenditure on the Common
Agricultural Policy is expected to rise to Pounds 2,640m in 1994/95, Pounds
2,880m in 1995/96 and Pounds 2,920m in 1996/97, increases of Pounds 130m,
Pounds 190m and Pounds 230m respectively.
</p>
<p>
Provision for spending on UK domestic agriculture has been set at Pounds
1,080m in 1994/95, Pounds 1,130m in 1995/96 and Pounds 1,120m in 1996/97,
decreases of Pounds 40m, Pounds 40m and Pounds 50m respectively (rounded
figures). This reduction takes place against a background of rising real
farm incomes and of firm control of public expenditure.
</p>
<p>
The provision for expenditure on the Common Agricultural Policy reflects the
implementation of the reforms agreed last year. Under the agreement market
support prices for the main agricultural commodities will be progressively
reduced over three years and direct payments to farmers will increase. This
means that more of the cost of agricultural support will be borne by the EC
budget, but in overall terms this increase in budgetary costs will be more
than offset by a reduced burden on consumers.
</p>
<p>
Domestic Agriculture, Fisheries and Food: The decisions also need to be seen
against the background of very healthy movements in farm incomes. In 1992,
total income from farming, the main measure of farm incomes, rose by 11 per
cent in real terms. Figures for 1993 will be published at the end of
January. But already it is clear that there will be a further and larger
rise in 1993. These were assisted by the net 13 per cent devaluation of the
green pound since September last year, and the reduction in interest rates,
from 12 per cent to 5 1/2 per cent, over the same period.
</p>
<p>
Changes which have been made in the domestic agriculture programme provision
include the following:
</p>
<p>
Protection of the public: The provision for compensation for the slaughter
of Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) suspect animals has been increased
by about Pounds 20m in 1994/95 in line with revised forecasts of the number
of cases expected and the average market price for cattle.
</p>
<p>
The amount allocated for flood defence and coast protection in England and
Wales in 1994-95, although Pounds 7m less than previously allocated, will
nevertheless allow for an increase of Pounds 13m in expenditure over the
current year's forecast. Provision stands at Pounds 289m over the next three
years.
</p>
<p>
Enhancement of the Rural Environment: During 1994, the Agricultural
Departments will, subject to the agreement of the European Commission,
introduce the new agri-environment schemes on which consultations took place
this spring. In Englad six new Environmentally Sensitive Areas will be
launched in March, with first agreements starting in September and first
payments made in April 1995, a rescheduling of five months.
</p>
<p>
During the course of 1994 the ministry will also introduce a new option in
all ESAs to encourage farmers to create new opportunities for public access,
as well as new Nitrate Sensitive Areas to protect drinking water sources, a
Moorland Scheme to improve the condition of heather ad shrubby moors, a
Habitat Scheme to create or improve a rage of wildlife habitats, an Organic
Scheme to encourage farmers to convert to organic production methods and a
Countryside Access Scheme to encourage farmers to create new opportunities
for public access on set-aside lad. The ministry's forecast expenditure on
payments to farmers in ESAs is set to rise from Pounds 20m this year to
Pounds 43m in 1996/97. Over the same period the provision for the other new
agri-environment schemes will rise from zero to Pounds 19m. For the UK as a
whole the annual provision for payments to farmers under these schemes will
rise to Pounds 91m in 1995/96 and to Pounds 94m in 1996/97.
</p>
<p>
Capital Grants: Grants will continue to be available under the farm and
Conservation Grant Scheme, at reduced rates, towards the cost of installing
or improving waste handling facilities, for activities such as the
provision, replacement or improvement of hedges ad traditional walls, and
for the repair or reinstatement of traditional farm buildings. Details of
the new rates, which are expected to yield savings of nearly Pounds 12m in
the UK in 1994/95, are contained in a separate news release issued today.
</p>
<p>
Present rates will be maintained for special assistance for works undertaken
as part of approved conservation plans in ESAs.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
<item> P091  Commercial Fishing </item>
<item> P01   Agricultural Production-Crops </item>
<item> P02   Agricultural Production-Livestock </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9641 </item>
<item> P091 </item>
<item> P01 </item>
<item> P02 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>820</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Aid budget to rise Pounds 83m - Help for
developing counties up 4% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Britain's total external assistance programmes are to be maintained at their
previously agreed levels.
</p>
<p>
The aid budget, covering aid to developing countries and assistance to
central and eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union, is set to rise by
Pounds 83m by 1996/97 - or 4 per cent in cash terms - compared with the
1993/94 provision.
</p>
<p>
Aid for the poorest countries in Africa and Asia and the provision of
know-how to central and eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union remain
particular priorities for ODA assistance. In all countries we pay close
attention to good government and the pursuit of economic reform.
</p>
<p>
Increased provision is made for global environment assistance, rising to
Pounds 24m by 1996/97, to provide for Britain's share of the replenishment
of the Global Environment Facility and of the Montreal Protocol funding
mechanism.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9721 International Affairs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9721 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>181</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Increase in prison places given priority - Home
Office </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Home Secretary Michael Howard announced that funding for Home Office
services next year will be nearly Pounds 6.3bn. The funding allows for:
</p>
<p>
maintaining the current level of policing
</p>
<p>
extra prison places;
</p>
<p>
new measures to combat juvenile crime.
</p>
<p>
Mr Howard said: 'Home Office planned expenditure fully reflects the
government's priorities of maintaining law and order and tackling crime.
Alongside the very considerable public investment which we are providing for
over the next three years, we expect significant private capital investment
in prisons and other areas.
</p>
<p>
'Spending on the police service in England and Wales next year will increase
by more than 4 per cent over this year's provision. This will sustain
current levels of policing and provide for the organisational reforms
announced in the recent White Paper as well as the changes in pay,
conditions and rank structure which I announced in response to the Sheehy
report.
</p>
<p>
'For the prison service, priority will be given to increasing the number of
prison places in order to accommodate the offenders we expect to be
sentenced to custody. Over 2,000 extra places will be provided by 1996-97
through building houseblocks at existing prisons.
</p>
<p>
'Alongside this direct public investment, we expect substantial private
capital investment in the prison service over the next three years. This
will go towards the six new prisons which will be financed, built and run by
the private sector.
</p>
<p>
'The government will also take steps to tackle juvenile crime. Just over
Pounds 100m of public expenditure will be provided over the next three years
for secure training centres and similar facilities for the hard core of
persistent juvenile offenders. In addition, we shall invite private capital
investment in the construction of the secure training centres.
</p>
<p>
'The government's commitment to victims remains strong. For example, we are
increasing the funding for victim support next year to over Pounds 10m, an
increase of nearly 15 per cent in real terms over this year's provision.
This would enable victim support to provide support to witnesses at every
crown court in England and Wales.
</p>
<p>
'I have reduced provision for Home Office running costs to reflect greater
efficiency. This includes a 10 per cent reduction per annum in the provision
for central administration.
</p>
<p>
'I have been able to maintain probation spending at broadly its present
level, but previous planned increases cannot now go ahead. This will require
increased efficiency in all aspects of community sentences, including the
closure of some bail and offender hostels which are not being adequately
used. But we still plan to provide about 100 additional places in areas
where this is justified to meet the requirements of the courts.
</p>
<p>
'Home Office spending will meet our key priorities, involve private as well
as public investment, and be consistent with the government's objective of
containing public expenditure.
</p>
<p>
Within the constraints of the current public spending round, with particular
emphasis on helping to reduce government borrowing to a level that the
country can afford, the government has continued to give high priority to
law and order.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9221 Police Protection </item>
<item> P9223 Correctional Institutions </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9221 </item>
<item> P9223 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 47</biblScope>
<extent>538</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Proposals override the statutory indexation -
Income tax allowances and assessments </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The rates of income tax, the personal allowance and the married couple's
allowance for those under 65, the basic rate limit above which higher rate
tax is paid and the income limit for age-related allowances will remain at
current levels for 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor said that, from April 6, 1994, he would increase the blind
person's allowance by Pounds 120 to Pounds 1,200, and restrict relief for
the married couple's allowance, and the other allowances and reliefs linked
to it, to 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The married couple's allowance for those under 65 and related allowances
will be held at current levels, but the age-related married couple's
allowance will rise by Pounds 330, for 1995-96. The Treasury said: 'These
measures will have an overall yield of Pounds 550m in 1994-95 and Pounds
1.55bn in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
'The chancellor's proposals will mean that the statutory indexation
provisions will be overridden. These provisions adjust the main allowances
and tax thresholds in line with the percentage increase in the retail prices
index unless Parliament decides otherwise.
</p>
<p>
'In the March Budget the former chancellor announced that relief on the
married couple's allowance would be restricted to 20 per cent for 1994-95.
At the same time, the age-related married couple's allowance for those aged
65 and over would be increased by Pounds 200, so that the extra tax paid by
the elderly as a result of this change would be no greater than for people
aged under 65 on similar incomes. The former chancellor announced that for
1994-95 the lower rate band would be increased by Pounds 500 to Pounds
3,000.
</p>
<p>
'The increase of Pounds 330 in the age-related married couple's allowance
for 1995-96 will ensure that the extra tax paid by the elderly as a result
of the further restriction of the allowance to 15 per cent is no greater
than for people aged under 65.
</p>
<p>
'The restriction of the married couple's allowance to give relief at 20 per
cent in 1994-95 and 15 per cent in 1995-96 will apply to the allowances and
reliefs which are set at the same level as the married couple's allowance
for those aged under 65, that is:
</p>
<p>
the additional personal allowance (mainly for single parents);
</p>
<p>
the widow's bereavement allowance (given to a widow in the year of her
husband's death and the following year); and
</p>
<p>
the relief for maintenance payments to a divorced or separated spouse.
</p>
<p>
'The increase in the blind person's allowance is the first for four years.
The allowance is given to people who are registered blind. In Scotland or
Northern Ireland, where there is no register, the equivalent requirement is
that a person must be unable to perform any work for which eyesight is
essential. There are about 30,000 claimants.
</p>
<p>
'People making maintenance payments currently qualify for tax relief at
their marginal rate on the amounts they pay, up to a limit of Pounds 1,720.
As announced in the March Budget, the relief on these payments is due to be
reduced to 20 per cent from April 6, 1994. From April 6, 1995 the rate of
relief will be further reduced to 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
'People who entered into maintenance arrangements before March 15, 1988 may
currently qualify for relief at their marginal rate of tax on payments up to
the total amount on which they received relief in 1988-89. The relief they
receive on the first Pounds 1,720 of their payments will be restricted to 20
per cent for 1994-95 and to 15 per cent for 1995-96. Any payments between
Pounds 1,720 and the 1988-89 limit will continue to qualify for relief at
the payer's marginal rate.
</p>
<p>
'In general, the tax treatment of people receiving maintenance payments is
not affected by the proposed changes, regardless of when their arrangements
were made. 'Relief will be withdrawn on any maintenance payments made to or
for the benefit of children when they reach 21, in the minority of cases
where relief would currently continue beyond that age. The change will take
effect from the date of the child's 21st birthday where it occurs on or
after April 6, 1994.
</p>
<p>
'The yield in 1994-95 from holding allowances and the basic rate limit
unchanged will be about Pounds 550m (compared with an indexed base).
</p>
<p>
'The yield from the measures announced for 1995-96;
</p>
<p>
restricting the married couple's allowance for those aged under 65 and
related allowances to 15 per cent;
</p>
<p>
keeping these allowances at the same amount; and
</p>
<p>
increasing the age-related married couple's allowance by Pounds 330; will be
about Pounds 830m in 1995-96, rising to about Pounds 1,030m in a full year.
</p>
<p>
'The restriction of the value of the married couple's allowance and linked
allowances and reliefs will be implemented for employees by making a
reduction in their PAYE tax codes. The amount of the reduction will depend
on their marginal rate of tax and hence on an estimate of their income. If
in the event this estimate proves to be incorrect it will be put right at
the end of the tax year. Codes for 1994-95 taking account of these
restrictions will be issued early in 1994, when taxpayers will be given a
fuller explanation. For taxpayers not covered by PAYE, the restriction in
relief will be made in assessments or in calculating repayments.
</p>
<p>
'The chancellor proposes to restrict to 15 per cent the relief on mortgage
interest paid from 6 April 1995.
</p>
<p>
'The rate of tax relief on interest paid on certain loans used for the
purchase of life annuities by elderly people will not be affected by the
chancellor's proposal. Relief at the basic rate of tax will continue to be
available to people over 65 who take out loans to buy these life annuities.'
</p>
<p>
The chancellor announced proposals for reforms to the system for assessing
personal tax. The Inland Revenue said: 'The legislation proposed for the
1994 Finance Bill will:
</p>
<p>
replace the preceding year basis of income tax for the self-employed with
the simpler current year basis. The change will have immediate effect for
businesses starting after April 5, 1994, while existing businesses will move
to the new basis for the tax year 1997-98;
</p>
<p>
allow all those who complete tax returns for 1996-97 and later years to
calculate their own liability to income tax and capital gains tax, if they
wish;
</p>
<p>
introduce a uniform set of dates for the payment of income tax and capital
gains tax, starting from January 31, 1998.
</p>
<p>
The proposals will affect the 9m or so people expected to receive tax
returns in April 1997. Under the new proposals taxpayers who receive returns
will be invited to work out their own income tax and capital gains tax
liability from the tax year 1996-97 onwards. They will have to send their
tax return and tax calculation by January 31 following the end of the tax
year. Taxpayers can however ask the Inland Revenue to work out the amount of
tax due if they submit their returns by an earlier date (September 30).
</p>
<p>
The arrangements for collection of tax through PAYE and deduction at source
will remain broadly unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Where income tax above a certain amount has to be paid directly, two interim
payments will be due on January 31 in the year of assessment and July 31
following. The balance of any income tax together with any capital gains tax
will be due at the same time as the return is submitted on the following 31
January 31.
</p>
<p>
In the majority of cases payments and returns received by the Inland Revenue
will be accepted without question. The Revenue will then have broadly one
year in which to raise enquiries into those returns. The same rules will
apply broadly speaking to companies, to come into effect not earlier than
for accounting periods ending after March 31, 1996. For the self-employed,
tax will be charged by reference to the profits of the 12-month accounting
period ending in the tax year. This will in most cases allow a taxpayer to
self-assess tax liability by reference to one period of accounts only. But
the profits arising in the first tax year of a business will be assessed for
that year. The rules for the transition to the new system of taxing the
self-employed will allow the profits for the transitional year 1996-97 to be
assessed on the average of profits for that year and the previous one.
Businesses which start up after 5 April 5, 1994 will go straight on to the
new current-year basis.
</p>
<p>
Details of these rules will be contained in the 1994 Finance Bill.
</p>
<p>
Under the new arrangements each individual partner in a business will be
assessed on his or her share of the partnership profits.
</p>
<p>
The changes will affect new businesses starting after April 5, 1994 and the
computation of profits for existing businesses in accounting periods
starting normally in the tax year 1994-95.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>1508</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Company car fuel </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The scale charges for fuel provided for private motoring in company cars is
to rise by 6 per cent. The Chancellor's intention is to increase the tax
charge on the benefit of free fuel in line with prices other drivers pay for
fuel.
</p>
<p>
The new charges will take effect from April 6 1994.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P2911 Petroleum Refining </item>
<item> P5541 Gasoline Service Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P2911 </item>
<item> P5541 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>91</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Retirement benefits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to ensure that tax is charged on a benefit received
from a funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme (Furb) which has not
itself been taxed in the UK.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor intends is to stop such schemes, set up offshore, whose
income and capital gains are wholly or partly tax-free, providing employees
with a larger tax-free lump sum on retirement than would be provided by an
onshore fund whose income and gains are taxable.
</p>
<p>
The legislation would also apply where Furbs are marketed by insurance
companies, and takes effect for all benefits received under arrangements
made after today.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>127</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Stamp duty </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Measures to counter avoidance of stamp duty are included in the Budget. The
duty on sales will apply to exchanges of interest in land or buildings for
another, and transfers of land or buildings in return for other property
will be liable to stamp duty whatever the nature of the property offered in
payment. These provisions will apply to documents executed on or after
December 8 1993, unless the document implements a contract made before
today.
</p>
<p>
Where the price payable on a sale or lease (or for the assignment of a
lease) cannot be determined at the time the document is executed, duty will
be payable on the open market value of the property transferred. This new
rule will apply to documents executed on or after December 8 1993.
</p>
<p>
A similar rule will apply where the rent payable under a lease cannot be
determined.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>179</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Profit-sharing schemes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor yesterday put forward proposals to:
</p>
<p>
Ensure that a man aged 60 or over who becomes chargeable to income tax in
respect of shares allocated to him under a scheme will not be chargeable on
a greater amount than a woman of the same age. This change will take effect
from today;
</p>
<p>
Enable trustees of a profit sharing scheme to retain in the trust qualifying
corporate bonds (QCBs) received when the company whose shares are held by
the trustees is reconstructed or taken over; and to distribute the QCBs, in
due course, tax-free to participants. This change will take effect in
relation to QCBs received on or after the date of Royal assent to the
finance bill.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor intends to remove inequalities of treatment in the approved
profit sharing scheme legislation, and make the scheme more flexible.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>167</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Private medical insurance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to limit the rate of tax relief on private medical
insurance for the over-60s to 25 per cent; change the way of giving relief
so it no longer affects other parts of the tax system; remove the
requirement that the Inland Revenue must certify private medical insurance
contracts before they can attract tax relief; and make two minor changes to
the rules governing the availability of relief.
</p>
<p>
Changes to the rate of relief and the way of giving relief will come into
effect for premiums paid on or after April 6 1994. The requirement for
certification will be abolished from July 1 1994. The chancellor's intention
is to simplify the relief and to restrict its cost in future years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6324 Hospital and Medical Service Plans </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6324 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>158</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Performance-related pay changes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor put forward a number of changes to focus tax relief more
closely on schemes which encourage genuine PRP for a business' employees,
and to prevent its exploitation.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to make changes to two aspects of the tax relief for
PRP. Both will come into effect in relation to PRP schemes registered on or
after today.
</p>
<p>
The changes are:
</p>
<p>
To increase, in certain circumstances, the upper limit on profits which an
employer may disregard in calculating PRP; and also to ensure that that
limit is applied to a consistent measure of profits, taking one year with
another;
</p>
<p>
To ensure that PRP payable to employees in special schemes (PRP schemes for
particular units within a business) is not disproportionately greater than
PRP paid under other schemes to employees in the same business.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>163</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tax relief is ended on extortion payments </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Payments made as a result of extortion by terrorist groups or other
criminals will not be allowed to be offset against income for tax purposes,
the Inland Revenue said.
</p>
<p>
The intention was to discourage people from simply submitting to extortion,
and to make it clear that such payments will not be subsidised through the
tax system. The new provision will apply to payments made on or after today.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>101</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Inheritance tax threshold held at Pounds 150,000
- Exchequer to reap extra Pounds 10m in 1994-95 </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The inheritance tax threshold is to stay at Pounds 150,000 for 1994-95, the
Inland Revenue said yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The ceiling had been due to rise by an index-linked 1.8 per cent to Pounds
153,000. The extra yield to the Exchequer will be Pounds 10m in 1994-95,
Pounds 20m in 1995-96 and Pounds 25m in 1996-97 compared to indexation.
</p>
<p>
Since inheritance tax was introduced in 1986 the threshold has risen by more
than twice the increase in the retail prices index.
</p>
<p>
The number of estates paying inheritance tax on deaths in 1993-94 is
estimated at 19,000, less than 3 per cent of the total deaths in that year,
the Inland Revenue said.
</p>
<p>
'Leaving the threshold unchanged means that there will be about 21,000
tax-paying estates for deaths in 1994-95. The estimated yield for
inheritance tax in 1994-95 is Pounds 1.4bn.'
</p>
<p>
The annual exempt amount for capital gains tax is to be held at Pounds 5,800
for 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
An individual whose total net gains in a tax year do not exceed the annual
exempt amount is not liable to capital gains tax.
</p>
<p>
Husbands and wives are each entitled to their own separate exemption. The
total exempt amount available to a married couple will remain at Pounds
11,600 for 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
An exemption of Pounds 5,800 is also available to the trustees of a trust
for a mentally handicapped person or for a person receiving attendance
allowance or the middle or higher rate of disability living allowance.
</p>
<p>
For trustees of other settlements the exempt amount is Pounds 2,900. An
exemption of Pounds 5,800 is also available to personal representatives for
gains accruing to them in the year of death and the two following years of
assessment. The exemptions are automatically increased each year in line
with the retail prices index unless Parliament determines otherwise.
</p>
<p>
Statutory indexation will not apply for 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The measures will increase the yield from capital gains tax by about Pounds
5m a year from 1995-96.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>366</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tax to maintain neutrality of pay in kind -
Employers' loans </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The tax treatment of cheap and interest-free loans by employers is to
change, with the aim of 'maintaining broad neutrality between the tax
treatment of pay in cash and in kind,' the Inland Revenue said.
</p>
<p>
The revenue stressed it intended that most season ticket loans provided by
employers should continue to be exempt from tax, and gave details of an
exemption scheme for smaller loans.
</p>
<p>
It aimed to simplify legislation for taxing the benefit and to deal more
fairly with loans to employees of banks and other lenders.
</p>
<p>
The proposals, to take effect from April 6, are
</p>
<p>
to change the rules for taxing this benefit to give effect to the
restriction in mortgage interest relief;
</p>
<p>
to replace the exemption for small benefits from loans with a new exemption
for loans totalling up to Pounds 5,000;
</p>
<p>
to exempt loans which employers provide to employees on the same terms as
loans they make to the public;
</p>
<p>
set new rate of interest for some foreign currency loans.
</p>
<p>
The changes affect employees who currently pay tax on home loans provided by
their employers and others with similar loans who have not paid tax on them
(basic rate payers with home loans up to Pounds 30,000).
</p>
<p>
The restriction in mortgage interest relief means basic rate taxpayers with
a cheap or interest-free home loan of up to Pounds 30,000 provided by their
employer should in effect pay tax on the benefit of the loan at the
difference between the basic rate of tax (25 per cent) and the rate of
mortgage interest relief (20 per cent for 1994-95).
</p>
<p>
Higher rate taxpayers should pay at the difference between the higher rate
(40 per cent) and the rate of mortgage interest relief (20 per cent). The
revenue said existing legislation for taxing these loans could not easily be
changed to give these results.
</p>
<p>
The revenue said: 'The chancellor proposes to change the law so as to ensure
employees with cheap or interest-free loans get tax relief on their loans in
the same way as other borrowers.' There will be two distinct stages.
</p>
<p>
First, the value for tax purposes of the loan will be calculated. This will
be, as now, the difference between the interest (if any) paid by the
employee and the interest would have been paid on the loan at the official
rate of interest. This is a measure of the interest saved by the employee.
It will be added to other income and taxed at marginal rate of tax.
</p>
<p>
Second, the employee will get tax relief on the loan as if interest was paid
at the official rate. Within the ceiling of Pounds 30,000, the employee will
be entitled to mortgage interest relief on interest paid and on interest
saved.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue will adjust PAYE codes in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The rules will apply in the same way for 1995-96 with the proposal to
restrict mortgage interest relief to 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
To avoid costs for employers, employees and the Inland Revenue in dealing
with small loans, employer-provided loans are presently not taxed where the
benefit does not exceed Pounds 300.
</p>
<p>
The restriction of mortgage interest relief and the new rules for taxing
this benefit would have resulted in many employees losing this exemption for
small loans such as those to buy season tickets.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to introduce a new exemption for small loans where:
</p>
<p>
all the employee's cheap or interest-free loans total no more than Pounds
5,000, or
</p>
<p>
all the employee's cheap or interest-free loans, excluding loans which
qualify for tax relief, total no more than Pounds 5,000: eg, an employee
with a cheap mortgage and an interest-free Pounds 2,000 loan to buy a season
ticket will pay tax on the mortgage benefit but not on the season ticket
loan.
</p>
<p>
It is proposed to exempt loans made to employees on commercial terms by
employers who lend to the general public where:
</p>
<p>
the loans are made by an employer whose business includes the lending of
money;
</p>
<p>
loans are made to employees on the same terms and conditions as are
available to members of the public;
</p>
<p>
a substantial number of loans on those terms are made to public customers.
</p>
<p>
The exemption will take effect from 1994-95 and apply to existing and new
loans.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>743</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Retirement benefits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Chancellor proposes to ensure that tax is charged on a benefit received
from a funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme (Furb) which has not
itself been taxed in the UK.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor intends is to stop such schemes, set up offshore, whose
income and capital gains are wholly or partly tax-free, providing employees
with a larger tax-free lump sum on retirement than would be provided by an
onshore fund whose income and gains are taxable. The legislation would also
apply where Furbs are marketed by insurance companies.
</p>
<p>
When paid by the offshore Furbs, the lump sum will be taxed at the
employee's marginal rate. Tax will be charged on the difference between what
the employee receives and contributions made to the scheme by the employer
and employee.
</p>
<p>
The legislation will take effect for all benefits received under
arrangements made after today.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>169</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Stamp duty </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Measures to counter avoidance of stamp duty are included in the Budget. The
duty on sales will apply to exchanges of interest in land or buildings for
another, and transfers of land or buildings in return for other property
will be liable to stamp duty whatever the nature of the property offered in
payment. These provisions will apply to documents executed on or after
December 8, 1993, unless the document implements a contract made before
today.
</p>
<p>
Where the price payable on a sale or lease (or for the assignment of a
lease) cannot be determined at the time the document is executed, duty will
be payable on the open market value of the property transferred. This new
rule will apply to documents executed on or after December 8, 1993.
</p>
<p>
A similar rule will apply where the rent payable under a lease cannot be
determined. Where an agreement to surrender a lease otherwisethan by deed is
followed by an actual surrender, the agreement will be charged to duty as if
it were a deed surrendering the lease. This rule will apply to agreements
made on or after December 8, 1993.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor's intention is to prevent the loss of revenue from devices
aimed at avoiding or reducing the duty which would normally be payable on
sales or other transactions.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6552 Subdividers and Developers, Ex Cemeteries </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6552 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 46</biblScope>
<extent>253</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The distributor </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Glyn Davies, 44.
</p>
<p>
Has one daughter grant-less at university and two younger sons at private
school.
</p>
<p>
Job: runs Russell-Davies, the East Anglia-based distribution company he set
up 20 years ago with his brother-in-law. The company has grown to 700 trucks
and 1200 employees.
</p>
<p>
Politics: votes Conservative.
</p>
<p>
Did not want: any increase in the price of DERV or road fund tax.
</p>
<p>
Verdict: 'I was quite pleased with the road tax issue, with nil on trucks.
However, we are concerned about the commitment to motorway tolls. That has
quite a serious impact on the costs of transport and distribution. The
increase of 3p a litre on diesel is going to increase the costs of our
vehicle operating costs by around 2 per cent. That will naturally affect our
profitability.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>158</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Export credit premiums cut </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
After the Budget speech, Mr Michael Heseltine, trade and industry secretary,
announced cuts in Export Credit Guarantee Department premiums - some of more
than 20 per cent - in a limited number of markets.
</p>
<p>
The markets are Argentina, India, Mexico, Poland, Slovakia and Turkey, and
the reductions will apply until the end of 1994-95 unless there is a
significant deterioration in risk.
</p>
<p>
Mr Heseltine also announced that cover of Pounds 3.2bn will be available for
1996-97 for 'Amber Zone' markets, which include China, South Africa,
Indonesia, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Kuwait, Malaysia, Mexico. Oman,
Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Turkey and Zimbabwe. Amber Zones are those
in which the risk is significant or ECGD's exposure is most concentrated.
</p>
<p>
The Pounds 3.2bn is a near-doubling of the annual allocation of Amber Zone
cover since 1991-92 and brings the total cover for the next 3 years to over
Pounds 9bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6111 Federal and Federally-Sponsored Credit Agencies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>185</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Law change to exchange gains </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to change the legislation on foreign exchange gains
and losses, introduced in the Finance Act 1993.
</p>
<p>
The changes will allow non-monetary assets to be matched with currency
contracts (rather than just borrowings in foreign currency) in determining
when exchange differences on the contracts are to be taken into account.
</p>
<p>
They will also extend the rules on currency contracts to cover contracts
which provide for net payments rather than an actual exchange of amounts of
principal, and enable oil companies which account for their oil and gas
related activities in different currencies to compute taxable trading
profits by reference to those currencies.
</p>
<p>
The changes will also ensure that, where assets acquired or disposed of by
transfer are accounted for under normal accountancy practice by reference to
the date of delivery rather than the contract date, this may be followed in
calculating exchange gains and losses.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>179</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Pension tax rules targeted </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Tax rules for approved pension schemes are to change. One aim is to make
personal pension scheme annuities taxable on the same basis as pensions paid
by occupational pension schemes.
</p>
<p>
Another is to improve arrangements for monitoring tax affairs of
occupational pension schemes to ensure that the conditions on which tax
reliefs are given continue to be met. The government also wants to remove a
requirement for the Inland Revenue to approve the form of certain annuity
contracts before they can be marketed to occupational pension schemes by
insurance companies.
</p>
<p>
The Revenue said yesterday that the purpose of the changes was to improve
the operation of the tax regime for approved pension schemes.
</p>
<p>
At the moment, annuities paid by approved personal pension schemes are
treated as annual payments, so that basic-rate income tax is deducted from
each instalment. For some people on small incomes too much tax is deducted
and they have to reclaim the tax overpaid.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke intends to change the basis of the charge for those annuities from
Schedule D to Schedule E, bringing them within the PAYE system and allowing
the correct amount of tax to be deducted from each annuity payment.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>226</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Business rate rises will be halved in real terms
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Businesses facing higher rate bills as a result of the 1990 business rate
reforms will receive a lower increase than expected, under changes to the
transitional arrangements announced in the Budget.
</p>
<p>
Those facing the biggest rises will find their increases halved in real
terms, while many small shops with combined living accommodation will see no
real increase for the third year running.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Gummer, environment secretary, said 360,000 rate bills in England
would benefit this year, following the Pounds 1.8bn of relief announced in
the past two Budgets.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Authorised unit trusts brought into line -
Treatment of companies' interest </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Inland Revenue is to review the rules for the taxation of interest paid
and received by companies. The review will also consider the rules on taxing
the return on securities.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's objectives are to consider how far it is possible:
</p>
<p>
To simplify the tax system by removing unnecessary distinctions between
different ways of meeting the cost of borrowing and between loans from
different types of lender;
</p>
<p>
To allow the interest shown in the commercial accounts as a deduction for
tax purposes;
</p>
<p>
To remove the need to app-ortion the return on securities between capital
and revenue;
</p>
<p>
To rationalise the treatment of cross-border flows of interest to reflect
international developments;
</p>
<p>
To make it easier for businesses to comply with their taxation
responsibilities.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor is considering those issues now because reform of tax rules
for other costs of financing, foreign exchange gains and losses and payments
in connection with new financial instruments, will soon be complete.
</p>
<p>
The Revenue will be contacting interested representative bodies soon to
arrange informal discussions.
</p>
<p>
Authorised unit trusts: the chancellor proposes to change the tax rules for
authorised unit trusts. The rate of corporation tax they pay is to be
brought into line with the basic rate of income tax and there are to be new
rules for trusts that invest in assets which pay interest.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor intends to place investors receiving interest indirectly
through an authorised unit trust in the same tax position as if they
received that interest directly. That will remove a distortion in the
domestic savings market. At the same time it will remove a tax barrier to
the sale of authorised unit trusts to foreign investors. The changes will
take effect for distribution periods beginning on or after April 1 1994.
</p>
<p>
Authorised unit trusts are taxed as companies. The dividends they receive
from companies resident in the UK carry a tax credit and they pay
corporation tax on their other income at a special lower rate (currently
22.5 per cent). The trust is treated as distributing all of its income to
individual investors as dividends regardless of the nature of the income it
receives.
</p>
<p>
Investors receive their dividends from the trust accompanied by a tax
credit. UK individuals liable at the basic rate of income tax have no
further tax to pay on those dividends. So by investing for interest through
an authorised unit trust they pay tax at only 22.5 per cent (in the trust)
on interest, while if they received the interest directly, they would pay
tax at the basic rate.
</p>
<p>
Foreign investors, however, pay more tax if they invest for interest through
an authorised unit trust than they would if they invested directly in the
underlying assets of the trust. That is because foreign investors will
always pay some UK tax on dividends they receive from an authorised unit
trust. However, many foreign investors can receive interest free of UK tax
by investing in assets such as Eurobonds or by making a claim under the
interest article of the relevant UK double taxation agreement.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's proposals include linked changes to tackle those issues:
</p>
<p>
The rate of corporation tax paid by authorised unit trusts will be realigned
with the basic rate of income tax;
</p>
<p>
Authorised unit trusts will be able to pay a new kind of distribution which
will be treated as interest for tax purposes. That interest payment may be
set against the trust's corporation tax liability on its interest income;
</p>
<p>
The trust will have to deduct income tax at the basic rate from interest
payments to investors who will receive credit for the tax deducted;
</p>
<p>
There will be special arr-angements to allow foreign investors to obtain
interest payments derived from certain (eligible) assets, such as Eurobonds,
of the trust free of UK tax;
</p>
<p>
Many foreign investors will be able to claim relief under the interest
article of the relevant UK tax treaty on interest payments derived from
other (ineligible) assets. Most UK individuals investing in auth-orised unit
trusts will be largely unaffected by the changes.
</p>
<p>
They invest in equity-based funds and will continue to receive their income
from the fund as dividends with an accompanying tax credit.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6726 Investment Offices, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6726 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>737</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Crackdown ahead for asset transfers - Avoidance
schemes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
A crackdown is planned on tax-avoidance schemes under which companies are
sold in such a way that their corporation-tax liabilities arising before the
date of sale cannot be collected.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue said such schemes usually worked by transferring the
trading assets of a profitable subsidiary to another group company and
selling the subsidiary to a new owner. The new owner then strips it of the
remaining cash assets, thus leaving the company unable to pay outstanding
tax liability.
</p>
<p>
Proposed legislation would allow the Inland Revenue to collect the unpaid
corporation tax from the previous owners of the company, or from other
companies previously under the same ownership. The new provision will apply
to contracts for sale entered into on or after today. The revenue said Mr
Clarke's intention was to counter a 'substantial loss' of tax resulting from
such sales.
</p>
<p>
If certain conditions were met, the Inland Revenue would be able to collect
the unpaid tax from those who previously controlled the company, or from any
other company which was, at any time in the three years before the change in
ownership, controlled by that person or persons.
</p>
<p>
One of the conditions will be if the activities of a trade or business of
the company cease or the scale becomes small or negligible in the three
years before the change in the ownership. Another will be if corporation tax
liabilities arise in respect of accounting periods beginning before the
change of ownership, and part or all of those liabilities are not paid.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P6231 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>296</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Finance from private sector is emphasised -
Infrastructure projects </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The extension of London's Docklands Light Railway south of the Thames to
Lewisham is one of several infrastructure schemes which are to go ahead as
joint ventures between the public and private sectors.
</p>
<p>
This is a Pounds 100m project to extend the railway south from the Isle of
Dogs to Lewisham through a new tunnel beneath the Thames.
</p>
<p>
The extension will be designed, built, financed and maintained by the
private sector, and the new service will be operated by DLR.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke also announced several schemes which are to be financed wholly
from the private sector. These include modernisation of the west coast main
line of British Rail, which runs from London Euston to Glasgow through Crewe
and Carlisle. Detailed proposals will be announced today. The project will
cost up to Pounds 600m and will be taken forward to the project-definition
stage.
</p>
<p>
A Pounds 200m air traffic control centre for Scotland is to be established
as a wholly private-sector project, the Treasury continued.
</p>
<p>
The private sector will be invited to finance, design, build and maintain
the centre, and the project will be financially free-standing. The centre
will expand capacity for flights to and across Scotland and the north
Atlantic. The private sector will be invited to tender to finance, design,
build and maintain the centre, which will be used by the Civil Aviation
Authority.
</p>
<p>
Information for potential contractors for two of the six prisons to be built
using private finance will be issued shortly.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury said that the government's commitment to big infrastructure
projects was shown by the fact that work on building the Heathrow Express
rail link between London Paddington and Heathrow had begun, and that part of
a significant rationalisation of NHS Trust facilities at Aintree in
Liverpool was going out to tender as a privately-financed project. This
innovative scheme may serve as a model for similar projects.
</p>
<p>
The Aintree Hospitals NHS Trust is going out to tender on a scheme which
will involve the private sector in a wider project to rationalise the two
main acute sites.
</p>
<p>
Under the proposed scheme, it is envisaged that the private sector will
build and operate a 100-bed hotel, conference, catering and other facilities
on the Fazakerley Hospital site. The NHS trust would contract for a
proportion of the facilities offered, including beds in the low dependency
unit (patient hotel). The additional capacity would be sold by the private
sector operator to other customers.
</p>
<p>
The government also intends to take the necessary powers to allow the
involvement of the private sector in the provision of secure training
centres, the Treasury said.
</p>
<p>
It added that feasibility studies into how the second Forth road bridge
might be privately financed were nearing completion.
</p>
<p>
Following the issue of a pre-qualification document in September, several UK
and international companies have formally expressed interest in
participating in a competition if the government decides to proceed.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1629 Heavy Construction, NEC </item>
<item> P1542 Nonresidential Construction, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P953  Housing and Urban Development </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1629 </item>
<item> P1542 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P953 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>531</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAGAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Valuation rules for tax purposes to be simplified
- Oil and gas supplies </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Rules governing the valuation of oil and gas for tax purposes are to change.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor wants the rules to reflect commercial practice more closely,
while ensuring that income assessed for tax fully reflects the value of the
oil or gas produced.
</p>
<p>
The changes proposed are: a simpler rule for valuing gas disposed of on a
non-arm's length basis; a measure to facilitate the sale of landed North Sea
oil on special (CIF) terms; a reduction of 24 hours in the time allowed for
nominating crude oil sales for petroleum revenue tax (PRT); an improvement
to the rules allowing companies which do not trade in oil to be excluded
from the PRT nomination scheme; a more flexible approach to the valuation of
certain crude oil disposed of non-arm's-length. The changes apply primarily
to PRT. A corresponding value will also being taken into account, where
appropriate, for corporation tax and royalty purposes.
</p>
<p>
When UK-produced gas is disposed of other than in a sale at arm's length -
for example where it is sold by the producer to an associated marketing
company - the amount of income brought into charge for PRT and corporation
tax is the 'market value' of that gas. One of two statutory methods may
apply for determining market value. The gas is either valued on the same
monthly basis as applies for crude oil, or the producer may elect for a
valuation under a long-term pricing formula in accordance with detailed
rules in the existing legislation. The rules are becoming increasingly
difficult to apply satisfactorily to gas disposals.
</p>
<p>
A simpler rule is to apply for the valuation of light gases such as ethane
and methane. The new rule will follow normal arm's-length principles and
will enable the market value of gas to be determined on the basis of all the
relevant factors surrounding the particular disposal. Valuations will
continue to be made on a long-term basis where appropriate. The existing
system of elections will cease after 31 December 1993.
</p>
<p>
The PRT rules allow tax relief for the cost of transporting oil or gas only
as far as the nearest reasonable place of delivery in the UK or abroad.
Given these rules, arm's-length sales of landed North Sea crude by
PRT-liable producers to a more distant buyer, on terms which require the
seller to meet the delivery costs, are unlikely to take place since the full
sale price is taxed but the additional freight and other costs are
disallowed. From January 1 the PRT price of oil sold on such terms will be
the price at which the oil would have been sold at the nearest reasonable
place of delivery.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke proposed a new petroleum revenue tax (PRT) option for companies
with interests in North Sea oil or gas fields that have not yet recovered
their costs and that have a pipeline largely intended to transport
production from other fields.
</p>
<p>
Companies with such field interests will be able to elect that a proportion
of the pipeline expenditure be excluded from PRT relief and that in return
tariffs for transport and other services be received free from PRT if they
are paid by PRT-exempt new fields.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1311 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>576</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Petroleum revenue tax change </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Companies transferring North Sea oil or gas field assets to an affiliate
will be charged petroleum revenue tax (PRT) on the disposal by reference to
the asset's market value, in all cases where the asset is used, or to be
used, to generate tariffs by providing services to other fields. This change
will apply to disposals made after yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue said yesterday that the chancellor intended to prevent
significant potential PRT avoidance through the transfer of tariff-earning
assets between fields in the same ownership. 'It has recently become clear
that there are risks of significant future PRT loss through transfers of
tariff-generating assets such as pipelines between oil or gas fields in the
same group of companies,' the Revenue said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P1311 Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P1311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>159</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Minor breaches of regulations to be
decriminalised - Excise traders </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Minor breaches of excise laws, which can now be punished with fines of up to
Pounds 5,000, are to be decriminalised.
</p>
<p>
Breaches now classed as criminal include failure to comply with conditions
under which excise traders have excise approval and failure to pay duty.
These will be removed from criminal law, and fixed penalties, appealable to
the new VAT and Duties Tribunals, will be introduced in place of the fines.
</p>
<p>
The new civil penalties will be set at Pounds 250 for all offences, except
failure to pay duty due, where the penalty will be Pounds 250 or 5 per cent
of the duty, whichever is greater. It will be Pounds 20 for each day on
which there is a continuing failure, such as failure to maintain accounts
and records.
</p>
<p>
These changes will be part of a package to simplify and reform excise law.
They continue the de-regulation initiative and safeguard the interests of
traders.
</p>
<p>
Other proposed changes are:
</p>
<p>
Powers to estimate duty due from excise traders will be replaced with a new
power to assess. Excise officers will be required to exercise their best
judgment in making assessments, and there will be time constraints.
Assessments will be appealable to the new VAT and Duties Tribunals.
</p>
<p>
The Customs &amp; Excise Department will have an option to treat fraudulent
evasion of excise duties as a civil or criminal matter. When a civil evasion
penalty is imposed it will be equal to and payable on top of the arrears
due. But there will be powers to reduce or cancel the penalty if there are
mitigating circumstances.
</p>
<p>
At the moment, estimates of excise duty may be made at any time and there is
no right of appeal against them. Failure to pay on demand is a criminal
offence punishable with a fine of up to twice the estimated amount.
</p>
<p>
The VAT and Duties Tribunal will be able to set aside or reduce assessments
made by Customs &amp; Excise where the trader shows to their satisfaction that
either the officer had not used best judgment, or that a lesser amount was
due.
</p>
<p>
Changes to the repayment supplement system were also proposed; Mr Clarke
intends to complete the package of VAT reforms announced in the March
Budget. The changes are largely to the benefit of businesses, and reinforce
the principle that repayment supplement is an efficiency spur on Customs &amp;
Excise. Three changes are being made:
</p>
<p>
The length of time allowed for Customs &amp; Excise to investigate repayment
claims before triggering supplement is being reduced.
</p>
<p>
The minimum supplement which will be paid when a repayment claim has been
unduly delayed by Customs &amp; Excise is being increased from Pounds 30 to
Pounds 50.
</p>
<p>
Repayment claims which are received late will no longer be eligible for
supplement.
</p>
<p>
The revised system is expected to come into effect next year, one month
after the finance bill gains Royal Assent, and will apply to repayment
claims received after that date.
</p>
<p>
Repayment supplement becomes payable when Customs &amp; Excise unduly delay
repayment of a legitimate VAT claim return by more than 30 days from the
date of its receipt.
</p>
<p>
It is the counterpart of default surcharge, which is paid by traders who are
late in paying VAT due.
</p>
<p>
Customs &amp; Excise receive some 2.4m claims for VAT refunds amounting to more
than Pounds 24bn each year. More than 90 per cent of claims are authorised
for payment within 10 working days.
</p>
<p>
Access reform: Powers available to Customs officers for access to
information from businesses involved in the import and export of goods are
to be reformed.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's intention is to align Customs powers with those already in
force for value added tax and excise.
</p>
<p>
The new powers will therefore already be familiar to most customs traders
and will allow them to benefit from an audit-based system of control.
</p>
<p>
Controls exercised at the frontier against smuggling are not affected by the
proposals.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>690</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Ensuring payments are fully accounted for -
Capital Gains on cash-settled futures and options </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
A rule change is planned for commodity and financial futures contracts and
for options which are settled in cash. The chancellor's intention is to
ensure that these payments are properly taken into account for the purposes
of capital gains tax.
</p>
<p>
The changes apply to futures contracts entered into, and options granted, on
or after today.
</p>
<p>
There are special capital gains tax rules (Section 143 Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992) which apply to commodity and financial futures
dealt in on a recognised futures exchange, or to which a Financial Services
Act 'authorised person' or 'listed institution' is a party. The rules
generally ensure that payments made or received under the contract are
properly taken into account for tax.
</p>
<p>
But where contracts involve an initial premium and the contract is settled
automatically in cash, the payer of the premium may not be able to offset
the full amount against the cash receipt. This is because the payer's rights
under the contract constitute a 'wasting asset' - where the CGT rules
provide for the allowable expenditure to be reduced over the asset's limited
life. The wasting asset rules do not apply to options, but the contracts in
question are not options because they are settled automatically with no
right of exercise. The chancellor proposes to change the rules to ensure
that payers will get relief in full.
</p>
<p>
Where an option is exercised, the capital-gains-tax rules provide that the
consequences of granting or acquiring the option are merged with those
resulting from its exercise. Thus, in the case of a straightforward share
option, the amount of the option premium the grantor receives will be taken
into account in calculating the overall gain or loss which he or she makes
when transferring the shares at the agreed exercise price.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, the holder will take into account, in calculating any gain or
loss on disposal, not only the amount directly paid for the shares but also
the option premium.
</p>
<p>
The exercise of certain options may however be settled in cash, and it is
not clear that such a payment qualifies as allowable expenditure.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6231 Security and Commodity Exchanges </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6231 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>397</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Import and export information reform - Customs
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to reform the powers available to Customs officers
for access to information from businesses involved in the import and export
of goods. The powers are intended to come into effect on Royal Assent to the
Finance Bill.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's intention is to align Customs powers with those already in
force for value added tax and excise. The new powers will therefore already
be familiar to most customs traders and will allow them to benefit from an
audit-based system of control.
</p>
<p>
Controls exercised at the frontier against smuggling are not affected by the
proposals.
</p>
<p>
Until now, controls for Customs purposes have been directed at the goods
themselves, involving detailed frontier declarations and checking. In 1991
the Customs and Excise Department began to replace such transaction-checking
with an audit-based approach to control. This approach offers considerable
benefits to businesses: apart from relaxed frontier checks, businesses
receive fewer visits from Customs officers, and compliance costs are
reduced. However, new powers are required to give officers access to a
different range of information.
</p>
<p>
The proposals will allow the department to make regulations requiring
businesses involved in a Customs activity to keep records, and to produce
them for inspection within such time and in such form as may be reasonably
required. Such records may be copied or removed by officers. There are
safeguards to ensure that traders can continue to have access to the
documents or be provided with copies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 45</biblScope>
<extent>272</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The manufacturer </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Peter Harrisson, 48
</p>
<p>
Job: chief executive of Linread, a precision component group that makes
high-integrity fasteners for the automotive and aerospace industries - what
he describes as the 'bits engines need so they don't fall off aeroplanes.'
</p>
<p>
Earns: between pounds 70,000 and pounds 100,000
</p>
<p>
Politics: votes Conservative
</p>
<p>
Keenest Budget wish: as a founder member of the Leicestershire training and
enterprise council, wanted the government to pull its weight on training.
Was worried that, without capital allowances and more encouragement for
investment, manufacturers would become subcritical in mass
</p>
<p>
Said yesterday: 'On training and education, I heard his words, but it is not
clear to me how the detail will work out. The sum mentioned for education
surely will not be enough to allow all those who want to go on to further
education to do so. On training the proposals were vague. From a
manufacturer's point of view, not entirely satisfactory.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 44</biblScope>
<extent>181</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Treasury costs new measures at Pounds 411m in
1994-95 - Costs </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The Treasury said yesterday that the total cost of providing extra help to
pensioners over the next three years would be Pounds 411m in 1994-95, rising
to Pounds 897m in 1995-96 and to Pounds 1,287m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Those figures include the extra costs of indexing benefits arising from the
directimpact of value-added tax on the pricelevel.
</p>
<p>
Retirement pension (including linked benefits) and pensioner income support:
Pounds 280m in 1994-95; Pounds 580m in 1995-96; Pounds 765m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Income related benefits (except pensioners): Pounds 100m in 1994-95; Pounds
195m in 1995-96; Pounds 295m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Other benefits: nil in 1994-95; Pounds 85m in 1995-96; Pounds 190m in
1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Cold weather payments: Pounds 1m in 1994-95; Pounds 2m in 1995-96; Pounds 2m
in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Total benefits: Pounds 381m in 1994-95; Pounds 862m in 1995-96; Pounds
1,252m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Energy efficiency grants: Pounds 35m in 1994-95; Pounds 35m in 1995-96;
Pounds 35m in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Gas and electricity prices have fallen in both real and cash terms recently.
Compared with a year ago, gas prices are 3 3/4 per cent lower and, on
average, electricity prices are 1 3/4 per cent lower in cash.
</p>
<p>
The downward trend in average real fuel prices, pre-VAT, is expected to
continue as a result of the government's market-oriented policy towards
energy and the regulatory formulae now in place.
</p>
<p>
For a household using an average mix of gas, electricity, and other fuels,
prices have so far fallen 4 per cent in real terms since the start of this
parliament.
</p>
<p>
Over the life of the parliament they are are expected to fall another 3 per
cent, leaving them 7 per cent lower relative to other prices.
</p>
<p>
Since the last general election, real fuel prices have fallen and further
falls in the underlying price are expected over the course of this
parliament.
</p>
<p>
As a result of this, on average, pensioners and disabled people are likely
to find that the help they will receive will broadly cover all changes in
the price of fuel, including VAT.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 44</biblScope>
<extent>382</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Moves to compensate for VAT on heating - Help for
pensioners </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
A package of help for pensioners, including the government's promised
compensation for the imposition of value added tax on domestic fuel, was a
significant part of the Budget speech.
</p>
<p>
But the chancellor drew his proposals wider, and included a proposal for a
pensioners' guaranteed income bond with regular payments of a guaranteed
fixed rate of interest, to compensate for the fact that many of those on
fixed incomes have seen their spending power fall as interest rates have
come down.
</p>
<p>
The other main features of the package were:
</p>
<p>
Extra help of Pounds 1.25bn a year by 1996-97 for 15m people;
</p>
<p>
A 50p-a-week increase in the rate for all single pensioners and 70p a week
for all pensioner couples from April 1994 in addition to their normal
uprating;
</p>
<p>
An intention to award the same weekly cash increases again in April 1995,
taking extra help overall to Pounds 1 for all single pensioners and Pounds
1.40 for all pensioner couples: by April 1996 total extra help will amount
to Pounds 1.30 for singles and Pounds 1.85 for couples (Pounds 1.40 and
Pounds 2.00 for poorer pensioners);
</p>
<p>
The same increases for those on widows and invalidity benefit.
</p>
<p>
The same increases for disabled people on income support.
</p>
<p>
Other groups on income related benefits to be paid the benefit increases
consequent upon VAT a year earlier than normal in April 1994, so that extra
money is available before the first VAT bill arrives. A similar approach
will be adopted in April 1995 for the second instalment of VAT and this
extra money will remain as a permanent addition to benefit levels.
</p>
<p>
Cold weather payments increased by 25 per cent from Pounds 6 a week to
Pounds 7 from next winter and Pounds 7.50 from the following winter.
</p>
<p>
All pensioners and disabled people to qualify for energy efficiency grants
at a cost of Pounds 35m a year, which represents a near-doubling of the home
energy efficiency scheme.
</p>
<p>
The government announced its intention to extend VAT to domestic fuel and
power in the March Budget at 8 per cent from April 1 1994, and at the
standard rate (currently 17 1/4 per cent) from April 1 1995.
</p>
<p>
The previous chancellor made it clear in the March Budget that the
government recognised that the measure would cause particular problems for
those on low incomes and this would be taken into account in the April 1994
benefit uprating.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor announced in his Budget speech detailed measures to help not
only households and pensioners on low incomes but also all pensioner
households, regardless of income.
</p>
<p>
From April 1994, some 15m people - including those on low incomes, all
pensioners, widows, and the long-term sick on invalidity benefit - will
receive extra help to meet the cost of VAT on their fuel bills.
</p>
<p>
Pensioners, including those receiving income support, will receive 50p a
week for a single pensioner on top of the normal uprating (70p where there
is a dependent husband or wife).
</p>
<p>
Where both members of a couple are receiving a full basic retirement pension
in their own right, they will each receive the 50p.
</p>
<p>
In April 1995, VAT on domestic fuel rises to the standard rate of 17.5 per
cent. In considering the April 1995 benefit rates the intention is, within
the exercise of the secretary of state's statutory responsibilities, to
increase the extra help overall to Pounds 1 for singles (Pounds 1.40 where
there is a dependent husband or wife).
</p>
<p>
Again, where both members of a couple receive the full basic retirement
pension in their own right, they will each receive the Pounds 1. These
increases will partly comprise indexation and partly further special
additions.
</p>
<p>
In April 1996, when the relevant indices 'catch up' with the effect of VAT,
the extra help given to pensioners in the earlier years will remain an
integral part of their benefit rates.
</p>
<p>
The retirement pension will be Pounds 1.30 a week higher for singles and
Pounds 1.85 a week higher for couples (Pounds 1.40 a week and Pounds 2 a
week for poorer pensioners).
</p>
<p>
For pensioners on income support, the increases will come on top of the
special increases of Pounds 2 a week for singles and Pounds 3 a week for
couples paid from October 1992 over and above normal upratings.
</p>
<p>
Pensioners are not the only group targeted for extra help. Widows, and
people receiving invalidity benefit, invalid care allowance, severe
disablement allowance, war pensions unemployability supplement and disabled
people on income support, will see similar increases to those for
pensioners.
</p>
<p>
For poorer households other than pensioners and disabled people, the extra
help will be provided by calculating the increases in benefit that would
result at the April 1995 uprating from VAT and paying these increases from
April 1994 instead.
</p>
<p>
This is a year ahead of the normal timetable and will ensure that the extra
help is available before the first VAT bill arrives. It will mean increases
in benefits in April 1994 of 3.9 per cent - a higher rate of increase than
many people in work are likely to receive.
</p>
<p>
People receiving other income-related benefits - family credit, disability
working allowance, housing benefit and council tax benefit - will also see
increases in their benefits.
</p>
<p>
For April 1995 the intention is to adopt a similar approach. In April 1996,
this extra payment will remain as a permanent addition to benefit levels.
</p>
<p>
These increases in income-related benefits come on top of the extra sums for
community charge payments which were consolidated into benefit levels from
April 1993, even though recipients no longer have to pay local taxation.
</p>
<p>
These increases were worth an extra Pounds 1.60 for a single person and
Pounds 2.80 a week for a couple.
</p>
<p>
Cold weather payments will increase from the current weekly amount of Pounds
6 to Pounds 7 from next winter, and the intention is to make a further
increase the following winter to Pounds 7.50: a 25 per cent increase over
two years.
</p>
<p>
These payments are made automatically when there are sharp spells of cold
weather to those pensioner households, families with young children and
disabled people claiming income support.
</p>
<p>
An extra Pounds 35m a year will be made available for the next three years
to provide more grants for energy efficiency measures.
</p>
<p>
The Department of Environment's home energy efficiency scheme, which will
almost double in size, will be extended to all pensioners and disabled
people. Similar arrangements will be made in Northern Ireland, where there
is a separate scheme. At present, the scheme only covers households on
income-related benefits. They will continue to qualify for help, and since
the scheme was introduced in 1991 more than 500,000 such households have
received grants.
</p>
<p>
The extra Pounds 35m a year will provide grants for more than 200,000 extra
pensioner households a year, bringing the total number of households
receiving grants to almost 500,000 a year.
</p>
<p>
The pensioners' guaranteed income bond will combine a fixed rate of
interest, guaranteed for five years, with regular monthly interest payments.
This will enable pensioners to invest their savings in a secure asset and
know exactly how much they will receive in interest each month.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 44</biblScope>
<extent>1234</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The entrepreneur </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Geoff Cross, 47
</p>
<p>
Job: chief executive of Aerospace Systems &amp; Technologies, near Consett, Co
Durham. The company was founded in 1990 by Mr Cross and two colleagues. AS &amp;
T employs 70 and has annual turnover of around pounds 4m
</p>
<p>
Earns: in excess of pounds 30,000. His wife, a part-time teacher, earns
pounds 5,000 a year
</p>
<p>
Politics: voted Liberal Democrat in the last general election and expects to
vote LibDem next time
</p>
<p>
Verdict: 'What I wanted from this Budget was long-term stability. His whole
thrust was reducing the Budget deficit - that's quite significant. He is
addressing it in a relatively creative way: because of that I'll applaud the
guy. But the lack of any mention of capital allowances was a big
disappointment.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>154</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Relief for development projects - Business
support </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Tax reliefs for contributions to business development and training
organisations will continue, and there will be a new relief for business
contributions to Business Links - an initiative designed to provide a single
point of access for local business support agencies.
</p>
<p>
The latter relief will apply to contributions made on or after yesterday and
before April 1, 2000.
</p>
<p>
The existing tax relief for business contributions to Local Enterprise
Agencies (LEAs), Training and Enterprise Councils (Tecs) in England and
Wales and Local Enterprise Companies (Lecs) in Scotland, which is due to
expire on April 1 1995 will be extended to April 1 2000.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's intention is to give an incentive for donations to Business
Links and at the same time bring the period for the existing reliefs for
contributions to LEAs, Tecs and Lecs into line with the new relief.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury said yesterday: 'The new tax relief will apply to contributions
by businesses (in cash or kind) to projects authorised by the Department of
Trade and Industry to use the service mark 'Business Links'.
</p>
<p>
The relief will be given by way of a deduction in calculating business
profits for tax purposes.'
</p>
<p>
Contributions by businesses to LEAs, Tecs and Lecs already qualify for
relief under Sections 79 and 79A of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act
1988.
</p>
<p>
This is due to expire on April 1 1995, but will be extended to apply to
contributions made before April 1 2000.
</p>
<p>
The cost of the proposals will depend on the number of donations made, but
is not expected to be large.
</p>
<p>
Business Links is designed to provide a single point of access for agencies
including Tecs, LecS, LEAs, chambers of commerce, and local authorities,
designed to offer a package of services targeted to meet the needs of local
business. A project will not be able to use the service mark 'Business
Links' without DTI approval.
</p>
<p>
The Budget also proposes to extend tax relief for vocational training to
National Vocational Qualifications and Scottish Vocational Qualifications at
level 5 and to exclude from tax relief children under 16, and 16- to
18-year-olds in full-time education at a school, and training undertaken
wholly or mainly for recreational purposes or as a leisure activity.
</p>
<p>
The intention is to broaden the tax relief so that it is available for
vocational training at all levels, and at the same time ensure that it is
given only for genuine vocational training.
</p>
<p>
The changes will take effect from January 1 1994.
</p>
<p>
The proposal will cost less than Pounds 1m in the first year, but might
increase to around Pounds 5m in a few years.
</p>
<p>
The yield from the restrictions to the relief will be negligible.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>485</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAF0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Threshold for registration set at Pounds 45,000 -
VAT changes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Customs and Excise yesterday announced a package of measures it described as
a contribution to the government's deregulation policy and an aid to small
businesses.
</p>
<p>
In a statement, the excise said: 'The turnover threshold above which traders
are required to register for VAT will rise from Pounds 37,600 to Pounds
45,000 from midnight, allowing up to 75,000 businesses to opt out of VAT if
they wish.'
</p>
<p>
Insolvent businesses will be helped to survive by relaxing the rules on VAT
set-off, putting VAT debt on a similar footing to debt owed to other
creditors.
</p>
<p>
The minimum repayment supplement paid to traders when VAT refunds are unduly
delayed by Customs and Excise will rise from Pounds 30 to Pounds 50 and the
department will be allowed less time to investigate claims before becoming
liable to repayment supplement.
</p>
<p>
Businesses leasing cars to private taxi and self-drive hire firms and
driving schools will be able to reclaim the VAT on cars purchased.
</p>
<p>
This brings the VAT treatment of leased cars into line with that for cars
purchased outright for private taxi firms etc. This is a business
facilitation measure which is being introduced at the request of the leasing
trade.
</p>
<p>
The administrative arrangements for Gaming Machine Licence Duty will be
restructured. Operators will be able to choose licence periods which suit
their operational needs starting on a day of their choice rather than being
tied to annual, half yearly, or quarterly periods.
</p>
<p>
The law on excise will be modernised. The department's powers for making
duty assessments will be modified, minor offences will be decriminalised and
replaced by fixed civil penalties, and the department will have the option
to treat fraudulent evasion as a civil matter. The jurisdiction of VAT
tribunals will be extended to excise matters to hear traders' appeals
against duty assessments and civil penalties.
</p>
<p>
The jurisdiction of VAT tribunals will also be extended to provide a right
of appeal for traders on customs matters.
</p>
<p>
Compliance Cost Assessments are available for all the Customs deregulatory
measures. Copies from: Mr D Humphries, BACU 3, 10th Floor W, HM Customs and
Excise, 22 Upper Ground, London SE1 9PJ (Tel: 071 865 5781).
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>393</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: DTI consultation paper published </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The DTI yesterday published a consultation paper on late payment of
commercial debt.
</p>
<p>
The paper seeks views on possible options, including legislation for a
statutory right to interest and a British Standard on Prompt Payment.
</p>
<p>
The government is also seeking views on what more can be done to educate
business in better credit management and debt collection methods.
</p>
<p>
Responses to the consultation document are required by 31 March 1994. The
consultation paper, Late Payment of Commercial Debt, is available from the
DTI's Small Firms and Business Links Division, St Mary's House, c/o
Moorfoot, Sheffield, S1 4PQ
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9651 Regulation of Miscellaneous Commercial Sectors </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9651 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>127</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Insurance tax set at 3% </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Liability to pay and account for the new insurance premium tax of 3 per cent
will rest with the insurance company, which will be required to register
with, and make monthly returns to, Customs &amp; Excise, the Treasury said.
</p>
<p>
The new tax, which takes effect from October 1 1994, will apply to most
general insurance where the insured risk is located in the UK. It will not
apply to long-term insurance such as life insurance or pensions - much of
which, says the government, is essentially investment. Insurers not
established in the UK will be required to appoint a representative to
account for the tax on their behalf.
</p>
<p>
Policy-holders may be liable if they insure direct with non-UK insurers
which do not have a fiscal representative. Tax will be due on all monies
received by the insurance company (or a third party) in respect of the
insurance contract, but will not apply to brokers' commission.
</p>
<p>
Customs and Excise said it would discuss implementation and operation of the
tax with the insurance industry.
</p>
<p>
The tax is expected to yield Pounds 295m in 1994-95, Pounds 775m in 1995-96
and Pounds 840m in 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>229</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Airport duty from October </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
A new excise duty is to be imposed on air travel from UK airports. From 1
October 1994, passengers will be charged Pounds 5 for flights to UK and
other European Union destinations and Pounds 10 elsewhere. The duty will be
collected from passengers by airlines.
</p>
<p>
Children under two who travel free will be exempt and so will passengers on
the return leg of a journey within the UK on a return ticket.
</p>
<p>
There will also be exemptions for transit and transfer passengers and for
passengers on small aircraft such as those used for Scottish inter-island
services. The duty will be collected from airlines on the basis of the
number of passengers carried. It is expected that airlines will add the duty
to their ticket prices.
</p>
<p>
The revenue yield is estimated to be around Pounds 115m in 1994-95 rising to
Pounds 330m in 1995-96 and Pounds 355m in 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>186</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Move to close PAYE and NIC loopholes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Employers will no longer be able to avoid accounting for PAYE by paying
their staff in assets such as gold bars and coffee beans, the chancellor
announced.
</p>
<p>
He said the secretary of state for social security is tabling similar
measures to counter avoidance of National Insurance contributions (NIC).
</p>
<p>
The intention is to prevent the use of artificial schemes designed to avoid
PAYE and NIC obligations. The change will yield Pounds 200m in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The new PAYE rules will come into effect following Royal assent to the
finance bill. The rules applying to National Insurance contributions came
into effect at midnight.
</p>
<p>
The most common schemes to get round the existing regulations involve paying
employees in gold or commodities, which the employee is then able to sell.
</p>
<p>
The proposal is to make employers account for PAYE when they pay their
staff: in marketable assets; or with assets which are not immediately
marketable, but where the employer arranges for the employee to convert them
into cash.
</p>
<p>
PAYE will also be applied to vouchers and credit tokens which are used to
provide such assets. Changes will also be made to ensure that vouchers and
credit tokens are valued for tax purposes according to the expense to the
person at whose cost they are provided.
</p>
<p>
The measures will also deal with other devices where the employer channels
payments to employees through a third party outside the UK, such as a trust,
in order to avoid his or her PAYE obligations.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>280</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: BES replacement extends to non-resident investors
- Enterprise scheme </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government yesterday unveiled details of its proposed Enterprise
Investment Scheme, to replace the Business Expansion Scheme.
</p>
<p>
The main features are relief at the lower rate of income tax (20 per cent)
on investments of up to Pounds 100,000 a year, capital gains tax exemption
on the first disposal of shares on which relief has not been withdrawn and
relief against either income tax or capital gains tax for a loss on the
first disposal of shares on which the original relief has not been
withdrawn.
</p>
<p>
An investor can become a paid director and still qualify for relief if he or
she was not connected with the company or its trade at any time before the
eligible shares were issued.
</p>
<p>
There will be a limit of Pounds 1m on the amount a company can raise in a
year on which relief will be given.
</p>
<p>
The new scheme will incorporate a number of the features of the BES
</p>
<p>
Eligible shares in a qualifying company must be held for at least five years
</p>
<p>
Relief on up to half the amount an individual invests between April 6 and
October 5 in any year can be carried back to the previous tax year, subject
to a maximum of Pounds 15,000;
</p>
<p>
Qualifying investors are individuals who are not connected with the company
(employees and shareholders with more than 30 per cent of the shares) during
a specified period;
</p>
<p>
Qualifying companies are unquoted trading companies which carry on a
qualifying activity for a minimum of three years
</p>
<p>
A special limit of Pounds 5m a year on the amount which a company engaged in
certain shipping activities can raise in a year on which relief will be
given.
</p>
<p>
The new scheme will extend to companies trading in the UK whether or not
they are incorporated and resident in the UK and to investors liable to UK
income tax whether or not they are resident in the UK. The BES is available
only for companies that are incorporated and resident in the UK and for
investors resident in the UK.
</p>
<p>
A limit of Pounds 40,000 will apply for 1993-94 to an individual's combined
investment under the BES and the Enterprise Investment Scheme, with the new
limit of Pounds 100,000 applying from 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The Exchequer cost of the Enterprise Investment Scheme will depend on the
take-up and the success of the investments made. Estimated costs are put at
Pounds 10m in 1994-95, Pounds 35m in 1995-96, and Pounds 50m in 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>454</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Incentives for entrepreneurs are increased -
Investment </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government announced measures to encourage investment in unquoted
trading companies and increase availability of capital to such companies,
and to increase incentives for entrepreneurs who run their own businesses.
</p>
<p>
Among proposals are that any chargeable gain by an individual or most
trustees could be deferred where it was reinvested in shares in a qualifying
unquoted trading company.
</p>
<p>
The limits on gains qualifying for retirement relief are to be raised. Both
measures will apply to disposals on or after yesterday.
</p>
<p>
In a statement, the Inland Revenue said: 'A new capital gains tax relief for
entrepreneurs selling their own company and re-investing in an unquoted
trading company was introduced in the last Budget. This allowed
entrepreneurs to defer any chargeable gain on the sale of their company
provided various conditions were met.'
</p>
<p>
Under the chancellor's proposal, the re-investment relief is to be extended
to make it available for all chargeable gains realised by individuals. All
chargeable gains of trustees will also be eligible for the new relief except
where the beneficiaries of the trust are not individuals.
</p>
<p>
To qualify for re-investment relief, the chargeable gain arising on any
disposal must be re-invested in eligible shares in unquoted trading
companies or in the holding company of a trading group.
</p>
<p>
The re-investment must take place within a period beginning one year before
and ending three years after the disposal.
</p>
<p>
The main exclusions from the relief are re-investments in companies which
hold more than half of their chargeable assets as land, farming companies,
subsidiaries and certain financial concerns.
</p>
<p>
The existing relief for entrepreneurs also requires the entrepreneur to take
a 5 per cent stake in the company. This condition will not apply for the
extended relief and there will be no requirement on the investor to take a
minimum holding in the unquoted company.
</p>
<p>
Any deferred gain will be brought back into charge if the shareholder
emigrates within three years of the acquisition, or if the company ceases to
meet the qualifying conditions within three years of the investment being
made. Tax on the original gain will otherwise remain deferred while the new
shares are held. Relief will continue to be denied where shareholders are
guaranteed a return of their investment at the outset.
</p>
<p>
The extension of re-investment relief will cost between Pounds 5m and Pounds
10m a year from 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Subject to certain qualifying conditions being met, relief from capital
gains tax is available when an individual disposes of business and certain
other assets on retirement. This relief is available to taxpayers who have
reached the age of 55, or who retire earlier due to ill- health.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor proposes to raise the limits applied to this relief so that
relief is available for the first Pounds 250,000 (previously Pounds 150,000)
of gains and half relief is available on gains between Pounds 250,000 and
Pounds 1,000,000 (previously between Pounds 150,000 and Pounds 600,000).
</p>
<p>
The exemption is reduced if the individual has been running the business for
less than 10 years.
</p>
<p>
The limits apply separately to each individual who retires, so are
effectively doubled for a married couple if each satisfies the qualifying
conditions.
</p>
<p>
The change will cost some Pounds 10m.
</p>
<p>
In the Budget, the chancellor has also proposed:
</p>
<p>
To raise by Pounds 50,000 the limit on profits below which companies pay
corporation tax at the small companies rate of 25 per cent; the new limit
will be Pounds 300,000;
</p>
<p>
To raise by Pounds 250,000 the limit on profits above which companies pay
corporation tax at the main rate of 33 per cent; the new limit will be
Pounds 1,500,000.
</p>
<p>
The increases will apply for the financial year 1994.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's intention is to allow more companies to benefit from the
small companies' relief and retain more of their profits for investment and
other purposes.
</p>
<p>
The main and small companies' rates of corporation for the financial year
1994 are not being changed from 1993.
</p>
<p>
The rate at which companies pay advance corporation tax (ACT) will, as
announced in the March Budget, be further reduced from 22.5 per cent to 20
per cent for dividends paid after 5 April 1994. This will give companies
which pay dividends a cash flow boost of some Pounds 1bn in 1994-5.
</p>
<p>
The proposed lower profits limit for the small companies' relief is Pounds
300,000: the proposed upper limit is Pounds 1.5m.
</p>
<p>
A company with profits below the lower limit pays corporation tax at the
small companies' rate (25 per cent).
</p>
<p>
A company with profits above the upper limit pays corporation tax at the
main rate (33 per cent).
</p>
<p>
A company with profits between the lower and upper limits pays corporation
tax at an average rate which rises from 25 per cent when its profits are at
the lower limit to 33 per cent when its profits reach the upper limit.
</p>
<p>
The increase applies for the financial year 1994 (the year beginning April 1
1994) and for subsequent years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>859</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFTFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Chancellor encourages 'business angels' -
Measures will aim to boost investment and cut red tape burden </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Measures to help small business included a scheme to entice 'business
angels', measures to encourage prompt payment of business bills and lighter
audit requirements.
</p>
<p>
The Enterprise Investment Scheme will replace the Business Expansion Scheme,
which expires at the end of this year.
</p>
<p>
The scheme will give up-front tax relief at 20 per cent on investments in
the shares of unquoted trading companies, and income tax or capital gains
tax relief on losses. Capital gains will be tax-free.
</p>
<p>
Investors may put in up to Pounds 100,000 a year from 1994-95, and companies
may raise up to Pounds 1m a year under the scheme.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury said: 'By allowing investors to become paid directors, the
scheme will encourage 'business angels' who want to contribute their
expertise as well as their money.'
</p>
<p>
Unlike the old BES, investments in private rented housing will be excluded.
</p>
<p>
A new Venture Capital Trust scheme will give tax-free dividends and gains
for pooled investments in unquoted trading companies. A consultation paper
will be issued shortly.
</p>
<p>
Capital gains tax reliefs will be extended so that an individual can defer
tax on any gains reinvested in a qualifying unquoted trading company. Limits
for the CGT retirement relief are being raised to give full relief on the
first Pounds 250,000 of gains and 50 per cent relief on the next Pounds
750,000.
</p>
<p>
The package included a number of measures to help business finances:
</p>
<p>
Employers' national insurance contributions will be cut by 1 per cent for
employees earning less than Pounds 200 a week; and 0.2 per cent for others.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury said the savings for business would be greater than the cost of
the changes to statutory sick pay (SSP), announced yesterday. For companies
with a NIC bill below Pounds 20,000 a year SSP will be reimbursed in full
after the first four weeks of each claim.
</p>
<p>
'This means that the cost of employment will fall, particularly for smaller
firms, those which manage sickness absence well, and those with lower paid
employees,' the Treasury said.
</p>
<p>
The maximum real increase in business rates for businesses in transition to
higher rate bills will be halved. This will save businesses Pounds 105m in
1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The profit limit below which companies pay corporation tax at the small
companies' rate of 25 per cent will be raised by Pounds 50,000 to Pounds
300,000. The limit above which companies pay tax at the main rate of 33 per
cent rises to Pounds 1.5m. This will allow more companies to benefit from
the small companies' relief.
</p>
<p>
The Department of Trade and Industry published a consultative document on a
range of options for government action 'to help to foster a culture of
prompt payment'.
</p>
<p>
It said its main options were legislation for statutory interest on late
payment of debt and a new British Standard for prompt payment.
</p>
<p>
All government contracts will in future contain a clause committing the
client department to pay the contractor promptly, which will normally mean
within 30 days. Main contractors on government contracts are required to
treat their sub-contractors in the same way. They will no longer be able to
include 'pay when paid' clauses in agreements with sub-contractors.
</p>
<p>
The government also proposed a significant relaxation in the audit
requirements for small companies.
</p>
<p>
Company law currently requires all limited liability companies to have their
accounts audited. This requirement will be abolished for companies with a
turnover below Pounds 90,000 a year. Around 300,000 companies will benefit.
</p>
<p>
For companies with a turnover between this figure and Pounds 350,000 a year,
the audit will be replaced by a simple 'compilation report', certified by an
accountant, confirming that the company's statutory accounts have been
compiled from the company's records and are in accordance with the relevant
statutory requirements. A further 200,000 companies will benefit from this
change.
</p>
<p>
The VAT registration threshold will be raised immediately from Pounds 37,600
to Pounds 45,000. This will allow up to 75,000 traders to opt out of VAT.
</p>
<p>
The system for assessing personal tax will be simplified. This will help the
self-employed in particular. These changes, announced in the March Budget,
will be included in the Finance Bill.
</p>
<p>
The government is looking at ways of cutting the costs to business of
collecting national insurance contributions and income tax by aligning the
definitions of earnings and expenses used in the two systems. The government
is also considering a range of options for changing the way NICs are
collected.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 43</biblScope>
<extent>780</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFSFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The scientist </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Professor Richard Joyner, 48
</p>
<p>
Job: surface chemist. Head of the Leverhulme Centre for Innovative Catalysis
at Liverpool University
</p>
<p>
Earns: around pounds 40,000 a year
</p>
<p>
Politics: voted Liberal Democrat last time
</p>
<p>
Said yesterday: 'I'm disappointed at the size of public spending cuts,
although it seems education and science have been protected. I was
definitely looking for some incentive for industrial investment in R&amp;D and
that did not come. That's a failure to recognise a very serious problem and
tackle it.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>110</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFRFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Low inflation a key objective of medium term
strategy - Red Book details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The overall objective of the government's economic policy is to promote
sustained economic growth and higher living standards. This section
describes the role macroeconomic policy plays over the medium term in
delivering that objective. It also sets out projections for the evolution of
the economy and the public finances, taking account of the government's new
spending plans and the Budget tax proposals.
</p>
<p>
Economic policy over medium term
</p>
<p>
Economic growth is generated by businesses and their employees, not by
governments. But governments do have the responsibility for ensuring that
markets work properly and that the regulatory and tax burden on business is
kept to an absolute minimum.
</p>
<p>
The government also has the essential task of establishing a macroeconomic
framework which provides the stability that businesses need to plan for the
future. Volatile inflation, unsustainable public finances and sharp
fluctuations in economic activity are all undesirable. As a major trading
economy the UK cannot hope to insulate itself from events abroad. But
domestic policies which keep inflation down and stabilise the public
finances create the right conditions for sustainable growth. Under the MTFS,
the government therefore directs monetary and fiscal policy towards two key
objectives: low inflation on a permanent basis and sound public finances.
</p>
<p>
Monetary policy
</p>
<p>
It is the role of monetary policy to deliver low inflation. The aim is to
keep underlying inflation (as measured by the RPI excluding mortgage
interest payments) in the range 1 to 4 per cent and to bring it down to the
lower half of this range by the end of the present parliament.
</p>
<p>
However, monetary policy influences inflation with a lag. Interest rate
decisions are therefore based on an assessment of the prospects for
underlying inflation in one to two years time. That assessment is based on a
range of monetary indicators and other data. The main monetary indicators
are those described in the 1993-94 MTFS, in particular the growth of narrow
and broad money and movements in the exchange rate and asset prices.
Estimates of the extent of spare capacity in the economy and the overall
stance of fiscal policy are also taken into account.
</p>
<p>
The medium-term monitoring ranges of 0 to 4 per cent for narrow money (M0)
and 3 to 9 per cent for broad money (M4) are unchanged from those set in the
1993-94 MTFS. However, M0's monitoring range will remain under review, as
there is still considerable uncertainty about the trend of M0 in relation to
GDP.
</p>
<p>
Funding policy will continue on the basis set out in the 1993-94 MTFS, with
sales of debt to banks and building societies from 1993-94 onwards counting
as funding in the same way as sales of debt to other sectors. It was
announced in March that sales of gilts to banks and building societies in
1992-93 - which were not at that stage counted as funding and totalled
Pounds 6.8bn - would be taken into account in implementing funding policy
over the following two to three years. Funding operations so far this year
have not made any use of this flexibility. But the government's intention is
that full account will be taken of it between now and the end of 1994-95, so
that gilt sales will be some Pounds 6.8bn lower than indicated by the normal
operation of the full fund policy. This will help to ease the exceptional
degree of cash shortage in the money markets, which has resulted in large
part from the gilt sales to banks and building societies in 1992-93.
</p>
<p>
The objective of the government's fiscal policy is to bring the PSBR back
towards balance over the medium term, and to ensure that when the economy is
on trend the public sector borrows no more than is required to finance its
net capital spending.
</p>
<p>
The public sector accounts now distinguish more clearly between current and
capital spending and provide estimates of net capital spending and the
public sector's current balance. In addition the government believes that a
steadily rising proportion of capital investment in the public services
should be financed by private capital, based on a proper transfer or sharing
of risk.
</p>
<p>
The direct effects of the tighter public expenditure ceilings and increases
in tax revenues announced in the Budget will build up over time and will
reduce the PSBR by some 1 per cent of GDP by 1996-97. But the pace at which
the PSBR declines will also depend significantly on the growth of the
economy over the medium term. On the basis of the main projections for
activity and inflation the PSBR is expected to return steadily towards
balance. By 1997-98 the current deficit is eliminated. By the end of the
five year period covered by the MTFS the PSBR is broadly in balance.
</p>
<p>
The main fiscal projections are based on the illustrative path of the
economy shown in the accompanying table. Output growth averages around 3 per
cent a year over the medium term, as the economy moves back toward trend.
These growth assumptions are similar to the average of the projections made
by the Panel of Independent Forecasters, and close to those in the March
1993 MTFS.
</p>
<p>
Spare capacity will continue to put downward pressure on inflation over the
medium term and underlying inflation is projected to fall to the lower half
of the Government's 1 to 4 per cent target range by 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Projections of the public finances consistent with these assumptions about
the economy are shown in the accompanying table. The PSBR is projected to
fall rapidly over the next few years, and by 1998-99 it is broadly in
balance.
</p>
<p>
The public sector's current account deficit falls rapidly and is projected
to have disappeared by 1997-98. Publicly financed capital spending is
projected to remain roughly constant over the period to 1996-97 covered by
the survey, and to grow in line with the control total thereafter.
</p>
<p>
Except where future changes have already been announced, the revenue
projections are based on the conventional assumption of constant tax and
national insurance rates from 1994-95, with allowances, thresholds and
specific duties indexed on the usual formulae. All proposed Budget changes
are taken into account.
</p>
<p>
The ratio of general government receipts (GGR) to GDP is projected to rise
as the economy recovers and the tax increases announced in March and in this
Budget are implemented. The cyclical downswing of the early 1990s reduced
the GGR ratio significantly. For example, the share of mainstream
corporation tax in GDP has halved over the past four years, largely because
of the recession-induced fall in taxable profits. But this should be
reversed in the upswing, albeit gradually given the lags in tax collection
and assessment.
</p>
<p>
The government's public expenditure total for 1997-98 and 1998-99 is assumed
to grow 1 per cent a year in real terms.
</p>
<p>
The ratio of general government expenditure (GGE), excluding privatisation
proceeds, to GDP was on a downward trend for much of the 1980s. In recent
years, the impact of the recession has caused it to rise. The new plans will
reduce the GGE ratio from 1994-95 onwards.
</p>
<p>
Public sector debt is currently rising rapidly as a per cent of GDP and this
is increasing the burden of debt interest payments. With the new public
spending plans and the tax measures announced, the net public sector debt
ratio peaks at around 44 per cent, below the levels of the first half of the
1980s, before starting to fall in 1997-98.
</p>
<p>
There are inevitably uncertainties about the medium term. Given present
spare capacity, growth could be stronger for a time without causing
inflationary pressures. On the other hand, a weaker than expected world
economy could hold back the pace of recovery.
</p>
<p>
Financial Statement and Budget Report 1994-95; HMSO, Pounds 15.50.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUBLIC SECTOR BORROWING REQUIREMENT*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Pounds billion cash
                               -----------------------------------------
                                 1992-93   1993-94   1994-95   1995-96
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General government expenditure     261.1   281       292       312
General government receipts        223.3   230       252       280
General government borrowing
  requirement                       37.8    51        39        32
Public corporations' market
  and overseas borrowing            -1.1    -1        -1        -2
PSBR                                36.7    50        38        30
Money GDP                          602.5   636       678       723
PSBR as percent of money GDP         6.1     7 3/4     5 1/2     4 1/4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Pounds billion cash
                               -----------------------------------------
                                 1996-97    1997-98    1998-99
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General government expenditure   324        335        345
General government receipts      301        322        341
General government borrowing
  requirement                     23         14          4
Public corporations' market and
  overseas borrowing              -2         -2         -2
PSBR                              21         12          2
Money GDP                        766        806        846
PSBR as percent of money GDP      2 3/4       1 1/2        1/4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Rounded to nearest pounds 1 billion from 1993-94 onwards.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUBLIC SECTOR CAPITAL SPENDING AND THE PUBLIC FINANCES1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Percent of GDP
                   1993-94  1994-95  1995-96  1996-97  1997-98  1998-99
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current balance2    -6       -4 1/2   -2 3/4   -1 1/4             1 1/4
Net capital
 spending2,3         2 1/4    1 3/4    1 1/2    1 1/2    1 1/2    1 1/2
Financial
 transactions4         3/4      1/2
PSBR                 7 3/4    5        4 1/4    2 3/4    1 1/2     1/4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1Rounded to nearest 1/4 per cent of GDP.
2An allowance for capital depreciation equivalent to roughly 1 per cent
of GDP a year has been deducted from gross capital spending to derive
net spending, and added to current expenditure.
3Includes capital grants to private sector net of receipts of capital
transfers from private sector.
4 Includes privatisation proceeds.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Pounds billion cash
                           ---------------------------------------------
                                 1992-93   1993-94   1994-95   1995-96
------------------------------------------------------------------------
New control total                  232.3   244 1/2   251 1/2   263
Cyclical social security            13.2    14        15        15 1/2
Central government debt interest    17.4    19 1/2    22 1/2    24 1/2
Accounting adjustments               6.3     8         9        10
Total general government
  expenditure**/*** excluding
   privatisation proceeds          269.2   286       297 1/2   313
Privatisation proceeds               8.1     5 1/2     5 1/2     1
Total general government
  expenditure                      261.1   280 1/2   292       312
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Pounds billion cash
                           ---------------------------------------------
                                           1996-97   1997-98   1998-99
------------------------------------------------------------------------
New control total                          272 1/2   281       289 1/2
Cyclical social security                    16        17        18
Central government debt interest            25 1/2    26 1/2    27
Accounting adjustments                      11        11 1/2    12
Total general government
  expenditure**/*** excluding
  privatisation proceeds                   325       336       346
Privatisation proceeds                       1         1         1
Total general government expenditure       324       335       345
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* For 1992-93 to 1996-97 the figures are taken from Chapter 5. The new
control total is assumed to grow by 1 per cent a year in real terms in
1997-98 and 1998-99.
** From 1993-94 onwards general government expenditure and its
components are rounded to the nearest pounds 1/2 billion.
*** Figures include general government debt interest payments of:
1992-93 18.0 1993-94 20 1994-95 23 1995-96 25 1996-97 26 1997-98 26 1/2
1998-99 27
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL PROJECTIONS1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Percent of GDP
                   1993-94  1994-95  1995-96  1996-97  1997-98  1998-99
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General government
 expenditure
 excluding
 privatisation
 proceeds           45       43 3/4   43 1/4   42 1/2   41 3/4    41
Privatisation
 proceeds              3/4      3/4      1/4      1/4      1/4      1/4
General
 government
 expenditure        44       43       43 1/4   42 1/4   41 1/2   40 3/4
General
 government
 receipts           36       37 1/4   38 3/4   39 1/4   40       40 1/4
Public
 corporations'
 market and
 overseas
 borrowing            -1/4     -1/4     -1/4     -1/4     -1/4    -1/4
PSBR1                7 3/4    5 1/2    4 1/4    2 3/4    1 1/2     1/4
MEMORANDUM ITEMS
General
 government
 financial
 deficit             8 3/4    6 1/4    4 1/2    3        1 3/4     1/4
GDP at
 current
 market
 prices
 (Pounds billion)2     636      678      723      766      806     846
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Rounded to the nearest 1/4 per cent of GDP.
2 Rounded to the nearest Pounds1 billion.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
OUTPUT GROWTH AND INFLATION*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   1994-95   1995-96   1996-97   1997-98   1998-99
Higher growth        2 3/4     3 1/4     3 1/2     3 1/2     3 1/2
Lower growth         1 3/4     2 1/4     2 1/2     2 1/2     2 1/2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Non- oil GDP.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE (EXCLUDING PRIVATISATION PROCEEDS) AS A
PERCENT OF MONEY GDP 1 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1965-66   37 3/4    1977-78   43 1/4    1989-90   39 3/4
1966-67   39 1/2    1978-79   44        1990-91   40 1/4
1967-68   43 1/4    1979-80   44        1991-92   42 1/4
1968-69   41 1/2    1980-81   46 1/2    1992-93   44 3/4
1969-70   41        1981-82   47 1/4
1970-71   41 1/4    1982-83   47 1/2    1993-94   45
1971-72   41 3/4    1983-84   46 1/2    1994-95   43 3/4
1972-73   41 1/2    1984-85   46 3/4    1995-96   43 1/4
1973-74   43 1/2    1985-86   45        1996-97   42 1/2
1974-75   48 3/4    1986-87   44        1997-98   41 3/4
1975-76   49 1/4    1987-88   41 3/4    1998-99   41
1976-77   46 3/4    1988-89   39 1/4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1993-94:  latest estimate; 1994-95: forecast; 1995-96 onwards: MTFS
projections. 2 Based on money GDP figures adjusted for the years before
1990-91 to remove the distortion caused by the abolition of domestic
rates.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
OUTPUT AND INFLATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Percentage differences from March 1993 MTFS projections
                 ------------------  ----------------------------
                 1993-94   1994-95   1995-96   1996-97   t1997-98
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real GDP growth:
  Non-North Sea      1/4
  Total                                            1/4        1/4
Inflation:
  GDP Deflator                -1/4                            1/4
Money GDP growth     3/4      -1/2       1/4       1/4        1/2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
NON-NORTH SEA TAXES, SOCIAL SECURITY CONTRIBUTIONS AND THE COMMUNITY
CHARGE AS A PERCENT OF NON-NORTH SEA MONEY GDP1 2 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1965-66   31 3/4    1977-78   35 1/2    1989-90   37
1966-67   32 1/2    1978-79   34 3/4    1990-91   37
1967-68   34        1979-80   35 1/2    1991-92   36 3/4
1968-69   35 3/4    1980-81   36 1/2    1992-93   35
1969-70   37 1/2    1981-82   39 1/4
1970-71   37        1982-83   38 1/2    1993-94   34 1/4
1971-72   35 1/4    1983-84   38 1/4    1994-95   35 1/2
1972-73   33        1984-85   38 1/4    1995-96   37
1973-74   33 3/4    1985-86   37 1/4    1996-97   37 1/2
1974-75   36 1/4    1986-87   37 3/4    1997-98   38
1975-76   36 3/4    1987-88   38        1998-99   38 1/2
1976-77   36 1/2    1988-89   37 1/4 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993-94: latest estimate; 1994-95: forecast; 1995-96 onwards: MTFS
projections. 2 Based on money GDP figures adjusted for the years before
1990-91 to remove the distortion caused by the abolition of domestic
rates. 3 Including the council tax from 1993-94, when it replaced the
community charge.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIANT PSBR PROJECTIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Percent of GDP
               ---------------------------------------------------------
               1994-95   1995-96   1996-97   1997-98   1998-99
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Higher growth    5 1/4     3 1/2     1 3/4         -    -1 1/2
Lower growth     5 3/4     4 3/4     3 3/4     2 3/4     2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 42</biblScope>
<extent>2372</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Small business and investors seen to benefit -
Red Book details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
This section summarises the tax and national insurance proposals in the
Budget. The measures will raise extra revenue building up over the next
three years to around  3/4 per cent of GDP, while minimising any damage to
incentives and to the long term performance of the economy. They include a
number of proposals to help business and in particular to encourage
investment in small and growing businesses.
</p>
<p>
The effect of the measures on government revenues is set out in the
accompanying table.
</p>
<p>
Inland Revenue
</p>
<p>
Income tax: There will be no change to the main income tax allowances or the
income limit for age-related allowances for 1994-95. The blind person's
allowance will be increased to Pounds 1,200.
</p>
<p>
The basic rate is unchanged at Pounds 23,700.
</p>
<p>
From 6 April 1995 tax relief for the married couple's allowance, and
allowances linked to it, will be restricted to 15 per cent. There will be no
change to the amount of the married couple's allowance for those aged under
65, and the allowances linked to it. The married couple's allowance for
those aged 65 and over will be increased by Pounds 330. Tax relief for the
first Pounds 1,720 of maintenance payments will also be restricted to 15 per
cent from 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Tax relief for mortgage interest payments will be restricted to 15 per cent
with effect from 6 April 1995. Relief will remain at 25 per cent for those
aged 65 and over who take out a loan to buy a life annuity.
</p>
<p>
Sickness benefit and invalidity benefit will be replaced by a new benefit,
to be known as incapacity benefit, from 6 April 1995. The new benefit will
be liable to tax for new recipients from that date. The element which
replaces sickness benefit will not be taxed.
</p>
<p>
Tax relief for private medical insurance for those aged 60 and over will be
restricted to the basic rate with effect from 6 April 1994.
</p>
<p>
Tax relief for vocational training will be extended to National Vocational
Qualifications and Scottish Vocational Qualifications at level 5 from 1
January 1994. From the same date, tax relief will no longer be available to
children under 16; to 16 to 18 year olds at school full time; or for
training which is mainly for recreation or leisure.
</p>
<p>
Benefits in kind: The scales for assessing the benefit of fuel provided by
employers for private use in company cars will be increased by 6 per cent
from 6 April 1994. The scales are also used for employers' national
insurance contributions. The fuel scales for VAT will be similarly amended.
</p>
<p>
The tax treatment of cheap loans provided by employers will be revised from
6 April 1994. Employees will be taxed as if they had received cash instead
of a cheap or interest free loan, and will receive tax relief for the
interest they would have paid. Loans of up to Pounds 5,000 will be exempt.
There will be a new exemption for certain commercial loans and provision to
set an official rate of interest to measure the benefit of some loans in
currencies other than sterling.
</p>
<p>
Simplification and reform of tax: As announced in the March Budget, the
assessment and collection of personal tax will be simplified from 1996-97.
The main measures will abolish the preceding year basis of assessment for
income tax, and tax income as it arises from 1997-98, with a transitional
year in 1996-97; offer the option of self-assessment to all who complete tax
returns; align payment dates for assessed income tax from all sources and
for capital gains tax; introduce separate assessment for partners; and
introduce clear rules for filing tax returns and paying tax, and penalties
for failing to comply with them.
</p>
<p>
Other measures are:
</p>
<p>
the existing requirements to provide information about offshore trusts will
be clarified;
</p>
<p>
the procedure by which lenders are admitted to the MIRAS scheme will be
simplified, with effect from Royal Assent;
</p>
<p>
the capital gains tax rules for payments under certain financial and
commodity options and futures contracts will be amended for contracts
entered into from 30 November 1993 ;
</p>
<p>
improvements will be made to the operation of the tax regime for approved
pension schemes;
</p>
<p>
amendments will be made to the rules for approved profit sharing schemes to
equalise the tax treatment of men and women in schemes approved before 25
July 1991 and to improve the treatment of qualifying corporate bonds;
</p>
<p>
stamp duty legislation will be amended to clarify the meaning of execution
(with effect from 8 December 1993); and to relax the penalties on the late
stamping of agreements for lease (with effect from 6 May 1994).
</p>
<p>
Limits and exempt amounts: The capital gains tax annual exempt amount will
remain at Pounds 5,800 for individuals and Pounds 2,900 for most trusts.
</p>
<p>
The threshold for inheritance tax will remain at Pounds 150,000.
</p>
<p>
The maximum level of earnings for which pension provision may be made with
tax relief (the earnings cap) will be increased in line with inflation to
Pounds 76,800.
</p>
<p>
Investment in small businesses: A new Enterprise Investment Scheme will be
introduced from 1 January 1994 to encourage equity investment by individuals
in unquoted trading companies. The scheme will provide relief on investments
at a rate of 20 per cent, and income or capital gains tax relief on losses.
Capital gains will be tax free. It will not be available for investments in
private rented housing. Investors previously unconnected with the company
will be able to become paid directors. The maximum amount that can be
invested in any one tax year will be Pounds 100,000. (For 1993-94 the limit
will be Pounds 40,000 for total investments in the Business Expansion Scheme
and in the new scheme). The maximum amount a company can raise under the
scheme in any 12 month period will be Pounds 1m.
</p>
<p>
A consultative document will be issued on a scheme for Venture Capital
Trusts to encourage investment in unquoted trading companies.
</p>
<p>
Liability to capital gains tax arising on the disposal of assets on or after
30 November 1993 by individuals and most trustees will be deferred when the
gains are reinvested in unquoted shares of qualifying trading companies.
</p>
<p>
The limits for capital gains tax retirement relief are to be increased. For
qualifying disposals made on or after 30 November 1993 full relief will be
available on the first Pounds 250,000 of gains, and 50 per cent relief on
the next Pounds 750,000.
</p>
<p>
Lifetime gifts of business and agricultural property sold by a donee qualify
for relief under inheritance tax where they are replaced by similar assets
within one year.
</p>
<p>
This period will be extended to three years, for deaths on or after 30
November 1993.
</p>
<p>
Business taxation: Following consultation announced in the March Budget, a
foreign income dividend (FID) scheme will be introduced to help companies
with surplus advance corporation tax (ACT) arising from dividends paid out
of foreign profits.
</p>
<p>
From 1 July 1994 a company may opt to classify a dividend as a FID. ACT will
be payable in the usual way, but where the dividend is paid out of foreign
profits, surplus ACT may be reclaimed. Unlike an ordinary dividend, a FID
will not carry a tax credit, but will be treated as having borne tax at the
lower rate. There will be special rules for international headquarters
companies.
</p>
<p>
The profits limits for the small companies' rate of corporation tax will be
increased by 20 per cent to Pounds 300,000 and Pounds 1.5m from 1 April
1994.
</p>
<p>
Two changes are proposed to help businesses faced with insolvency.
</p>
<p>
From 30 November 1993 a creditor will not be denied tax relief for trade
debts given up as part of a voluntary arrangement under the 1986 Insolvency
Act, solely because the creditor could have recovered more of the debt by
putting the debtor into liquidation or bankruptcy. For the debtor, the
amount given up will no longer be liable to tax. The rules for reducing VAT
repayments from Customs to take account of tax due to them will be relaxed,
from shortly after Royal Assent. This will have the effect of putting VAT
debts on a similar footing to debts owed to other creditors.
</p>
<p>
Tax relief for business donations to Training and Enterprise Councils and
similar bodies, which was due to expire on 1 April 1995, will be extended to
1 April 2000. In addition, tax relief will be available for business
donations to Business Links made from 30 November 1993 to 1 April 2000.
</p>
<p>
All payments made on or after 30 November 1993 as a result of extortion by
terrorist groups or other criminals will be disallowed for tax purposes.
</p>
<p>
Improvements will be made to the new rules for foreign exchange gains and
losses announced in the March Budget. The new rules will come into force on
a date to be announced.
</p>
<p>
The tax treatment of financial instruments used by companies for managing
interest rate and currency risk will be reformed so that all the profits and
losses on these instruments will be taxed or relieved as income as they
accrue. The reforms will be implemented from the same date as the new rules
on foreign exchange gains and losses.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue will review the rules for the taxation of interest paid
and received by companies. The review will also consider taxation of the
return to investors in securities.
</p>
<p>
Other minor changes are:
</p>
<p>
tax provisions will be made for British Rail and Northern Ireland Airports,
in line with earlier privatisations;
</p>
<p>
the capital allowances provisions for connected persons will be amended to
include transfers of enterprise zone commercial buildings and qualifying
hotels prior to 16 March 1993. The March Budget made similar provisions for
such transfers on or after that date.
</p>
<p>
Oil taxation: The technical rules governing the price of oil or gas charged
to petroleum revenue tax (PRT) and, where appropriate, corporation tax and
royalty, will be modified with effect from 1 January 1994 to take account of
changes in the markets.
</p>
<p>
In certain circumstances companies will be able to elect that a proportion
of expenditure on assets, such as pipelines, providing services to other
fields will be ineligible for PRT relief, and that tariffs received from new
fields exempt from PRT will be outside the PRT charge (*).
</p>
<p>
Anti-avoidance and revenue protection measures: Employers who pay their
employees in marketable assets such as gold bars will be obliged to account
for income tax under PAYE when the payment is made. Such payments are
currently treated as benefits in kind on which employees pay income tax
after the end of the tax year. Parallel measures will be applied to national
insurance contributions.
</p>
<p>
Changes will be made to the rules for profit related pay schemes. These will
affect the upper limit on the profits which an employer may disregard in
calculating profit related pay, and the requirements which have to be met if
a special scheme (a scheme for a particular unit within a business) is to
qualify for tax relief.
</p>
<p>
For disposals of assets on or after 30 November 1993, capital gains
indexation allowance will only be able to extinguish a gain, and will not be
able to create or augment a loss.
</p>
<p>
Where a company fails to meet corporation tax liabilities which arise prior
to its sale to another company, the Inland Revenue will be able to collect
the unpaid tax from the previous owners of the company or from other
companies in the same group. This will apply to contracts entered into on or
after 30 November 1993.
</p>
<p>
In order to pursue an acceptable distribution policy non-trading foreign
companies controlled by UK companies will have to distribute at least 90 per
cent of their taxable profits less capital gains and foreign taxes, for
accounting periods ending on or after 30 November 1993.
</p>
<p>
Changes will be made, with effect from 8 December 1993, to counter avoidance
of stamp duty on exchanges of interests in land; on property transferred for
a price which is not ascertainable at the time the document is executed; and
on agreements to surrender a lease (other than by a deed).
</p>
<p>
Provisions will be introduced, with retrospective effect, to ensure that tax
continues to be collected under PAYE from certain groups of foreign
employees coming to work in the UK.
</p>
<p>
New capital allowance rules will be introduced to limit the extent to which
taxpayers can backdate claims for assets reclassified as plant; and to
prevent buildings and structures being reclassified as plant in future.
</p>
<p>
The rules for taxing payments made in lieu of dividends or interest will be
clarified with effect from 30 November 1993. The scope of the rules will
also be extended, with effect from a date to be announced, to cover
compensation for dividends or interest which takes the form of a price
adjustment rather than a payment.
</p>
<p>
Measures will be taken to deter avoidance of petroleum revenue tax through
transfers of pipelines or other tariff-earning assets between fields.
</p>
<p>
Companies which are resident in the UK, but which would be regarded as
resident in another country for the purposes of a double taxation agreement,
will be treated as not resident in the UK for all tax purposes from 30
November 1993.
</p>
<p>
Non-residents carrying on business in the UK will not be able to claim
relief for losses incurred as a result of the exemption of royalty income
under a double taxation convention. The restriction will apply to accounting
periods beginning on or after 30 November 1993.
</p>
<p>
A benefit received from a funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme will
be taxed if the scheme itself has not been subject to UK tax.
</p>
<p>
Customs and Excise
</p>
<p>
Value added tax: The turnover threshold above which traders are required to
register for VAT will rise from Pounds 37,600 to Pounds 45,000, and the
deregistration threshold will rise from Pounds 36,000 to Pounds 43,000, from
1 December 1993.
</p>
<p>
The minimum supplement paid to traders when VAT refunds are unduly delayed
by Customs will rise from Pounds 30 to Pounds 50, from one month after Royal
Assent. Customs will be allowed less time to investigate repayment claims
before becoming liable to pay the supplement.
</p>
<p>
Businesses leasing cars to private taxi and self-drive hire firms and to
driving schools will be able to recover the VAT they pay on cars bought for
this purpose from 1 January 1994.
</p>
<p>
Excise duties: The duties on tobacco and fuel will be increased from 6pm on
30 November 1993. Duty on wines and cider will rise and duty on fortified
wines will be reduced on 1 January 1994. Duty on beer and spirits will
remain unchanged. The change in duty and its effect on the price of each
product is set out below:
</p>
<p>
The duty on road fuels will be raised on average by at least 5 per cent in
real terms in future Budgets, an increase from the 3 per cent commitment
given in the March Budget. Developments in charging for road use will be
taken into account in determining the appropriate level of duty.
</p>
<p>
Duty on tobacco will be increased on average by at least 3 per cent in real
terms in future Budgets, as a contribution towards meeting the targets for
reductions in smoking in the Health of the Nation White Paper.
</p>
<p>
There are a number of measures to modernise tax law and reduce burdens on
business:
</p>
<p>
the administration of gaming machine licence duty will be restructured. This
will apply from 1 March 1994 for traders operating only over the summer
season, and from 1 May 1994 for others;
</p>
<p>
powers relating to customs offences will be modernised and brought into line
with those for VAT and excise. This will allow an audit based system of
control;
</p>
<p>
criminal penalties for many of the less serious excise offences are to be
replaced by a system of fixed penalties;
</p>
<p>
the jurisdiction of VAT tribunals will be extended to cover traders' appeals
against decisions on excise and customs matters, by 1 January 1995.
</p>
<p>
Insurance premium tax: A new tax will be introduced at a rate of 3 per cent
on insurance premiums for most general risks in the UK, from 1 October 1994.
It will not apply to life insurance, pensions and other defined classes of
long term insurance; insurance of certain ships and aircraft, international
railway rolling stock, and goods in international transit; export credit
insurance, or reinsurance.
</p>
<p>
Air passenger duty: A new duty will be payable by passengers travelling by
air from UK airports from 1 October 1994. It will be charged at Pounds 5 per
passenger for destinations in the UK or the EC, and Pounds 10 for
destinations elsewhere. There will be exemptions for the return leg of
journeys within the UK on a return ticket, children under two who travel
free, transit and transfer passengers, and passengers in small aircraft.
</p>
<p>
Vehicle excise duty: Duty on cars, light goods vehicles, vans and taxis will
rise from Pounds 125 to Pounds 130 from 1 December 1993. New rates will be
set for combined transport lorries, to come into force in 1994. Rates of
duty for other lorries are unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Business rates
</p>
<p>
England and Wales: Poundages will be increased in line with the increase in
the RPI in the year to September 1993.
</p>
<p>
The maximum real increase in bills faced by properties in England and Wales
which are in transition to higher bills as a result of the 1990 reforms will
be reduced by half. This means that real increases will be limited to 10 per
cent for large properties and 7 1/2 per cent for small properties. Rates
bills for small properties in transition which are used for both business
and domestic purposes will be frozen in real terms. This change will reduce
the total rates bill in England and Wales by 0.8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Scotland and Northern Ireland: Scotland and Northern Ireland have different
arrangements for business rates but their total rates bill for 1994-95 will
also be reduced by 0.8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
National insurance
</p>
<p>
The main rate of employers' national insurance contributions will be reduced
by 0.2 per cent, and the lower rates by 1 per cent, from April 1994.
</p>
<p>
From April 1994 the lower earnings limit will be increased from Pounds 56 to
Pounds 57 a week, in line with the single person's rate of retirement
pension; the earnings thresholds for the employers' lower rate bands will
each be increased by Pounds 5 to Pounds 100, Pounds 145 and Pounds 200; and
the upper earnings limit will be increased from Pounds 420 to Pounds 430 a
week.
</p>
<p>
Treasury grant not exceeding 16 per cent of contributory benefit expenditure
will be made available to the National Insurance Fund in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The Government Actuary will report on the likely effect of these changes on
the National Insurance Fund.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P21   Tobacco Products </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P21 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 41</biblScope>
<extent>3184</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - First-time buyers </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sean Cockburn, 22
</p>
<p>
Has had an offer of pounds 48,000 accepted on a three-bedroomed semi in an
older residential area of Darlington
</p>
<p>
Job: quality manager for Harvey Plating, a Darlington, Co Durham-based
electroplating company
</p>
<p>
Earns: Pounds 17,000
</p>
<p>
Politics: vote Tory in last general election and expects to do the same next
time
</p>
<p>
Karen Jewers, 28
</p>
<p>
Job: registered general nurse, at Darlington Memorial Hospital
</p>
<p>
Earns: Pounds 11,500 per year
</p>
<p>
Politics: voted Labour last time and will probably vote the same again. She
used to vote Conservative but says 'nobody at my work is happy with the
Tories.'
</p>
<p>
Sean said: 'I'm not that bothered about the reduction in mortgage interest
relief; it'll cost me pounds 10 a week more. But it's not until 1995. I'm
buying a house on the strength of the profitability of our company. The
increase in petrol costs could affect that quite a lot. On what he's done
there I will still support him.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>187</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Fundamental reviews of expenditure are under way
- Red Book details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government announced in February that it would conduct in-depth reviews
of all public spending by every department of state. This work, expected to
take much of the period of this parliament to complete, goes well beyond
traditional survey arrangements. It examines long term trends in spending on
individual programmes to assess whether these are sustainable. It seeks out
areas from which the state might withdraw altogether or where better
targeting is appropriate.
</p>
<p>
This work is focused on the medium term; but the early results of the first
four reviews (into social security, health, education and the Home Office)
have helped inform the decisions taken during this Survey affecting those
four departments.
</p>
<p>
The next batch of reviews will cover employment and transport programmes,
the legal departments, Trade and Industry, Inland Revenue, Customs and
Excise, HM Treasury and urban expenditure.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 40</biblScope>
<extent>177</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFNFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The retired person </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Leslie Thomson, 76
</p>
<p>
Former Lloyd's underwriter: has resigned as a Lloyd's name but is still
liable for losses in one syndicate which is hit by US asbestosis and
pollution claims. He has a stop-loss policy which meets his liabilities at
present, but the policy will expire in several years' time. 'This
overshadows our whole financial life. Our day-to-day living is pretty
comfortable, in a modes way, but I can't plan for anything.'
</p>
<p>
Politics: last election voted Labour 'out of intellectual convictions,
rather than practical.'
</p>
<p>
Said yesterday: Gave the chancellor eight marks out of 10. 'Budgets tend to
be damp squibs, but on this occasion it was a lot more interesting and a lot
better than I expected.'
</p>
<p>
He calculate the measures would reduce his overall income by pounds 6 a
week.
</p>
<p>
Was 'very pleased' there had been no general increase in VAT and thought it
sensible to continue to reduce tax relief on mortgage interest payments.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>188</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tighter rein to be put on public spending - Red
Book details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government's objective is to reduce public spending as a share of
national income over time. The public spending plans set out in this Budget
are consistent with that. In each of the three survey years, the new plans
are well below the figures set out in the last Financial Statement and
Budget Report (FSBR). Control of public spending will therefore contribute
significantly more to reducing the public sector borrowing requirement than
expected at the time of the last Budget.
</p>
<p>
The government's plans for public spending are set in terms of the new
control total (NCT). This covers 85 per cent of total spending, but excludes
the two areas of expenditure most affected by the cycle. A full description
of the NCT and its components was given in the 1992 Autumn Statement.
</p>
<p>
The control totals for the three survey years 1994-95 to 1996-97 have been
set at Pounds 251.3bn, Pounds 263bn, and Pounds 272.3bn. These are Pounds
3.6bn, Pounds 1.5bn and Pounds 2.9bn below the figures in the last FSBR. The
control totals include reserves of Pounds 3 1/2 bn in 1994-95, Pounds 7bn in
1995-96 and Pounds 10 1/2 bn in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
In real terms (ie deflated by the GDP deflator) these figures imply a fall
of 1 1/4 per cent in the NCT in 1994-95 and rises of 1 per cent in 1995-96
and 1996-97. Average real growth over the three year period is less than
1/4 per cent a year, well below the 1 1/2 per cent ceiling established by
the government last year.
</p>
<p>
The effect is to lower the path of real NCT growth for the second successive
survey.
</p>
<p>
The control total for the current year, 1993-94, is currently forecast at
Pounds 244.7bn. This is an underspend of Pounds 0.4bn compared with the
plans set in last year's Autumn Statement, after taking account of
classification changes. Higher social security spending within the control
total and higher net contributions to the European Communities together
account for most of the reserve of Pounds 4bn. Some Pounds 1.7bn of the
claim on the reserve reflects higher support for local authorities, mainly
in respect of rent rebates and allowances and mandatory student awards.
</p>
<p>
The government's ultimate public spending objective is expressed in terms of
general government expenditure (GGE) excluding privatisation proceeds. This
is a wider aggregate than the NCT and includes debt interest, elements of
social security spending which are significantly affected by the cycle and
various accounting adjustments needed for consistency with the national
accounts. GGE is now expected to grow by just under 1 per cent a year on
average over the three survey years, substantially below the expected growth
of the economy. As with the NCT, the rate of growth is sharply down on the
projected path in the last FSBR, and represents a marked slowdown on the
growth seen over recent years.
</p>
<p>
In 1993-94, GGE (excluding privatisation proceeds) is estimated to be around
Pounds 1bn lower than forecast in the March FSBR, due mainly to lower
spending on cyclical social security. GGE (excluding privatisation proceeds)
is expected to be some Pounds 3 3/4 bn lower in 1994-95 as a result of the
Budget. Over the three survey years, the Budget reduces GGE by a total of
Pounds 10bn. Public expenditure restraint therefore contributes about the
same as revenue increases to the reduction in the PSBR over the next three
years. In 1994-95, spending contributes about twice as much as revenue.
</p>
<p>
In recent years, the impact of recession has contributed to a rise in the
GGE/GDP ratio, both because of increased cyclically-related spending, such
as unemployment benefits, and because of the fall in GDP between 1990 and
1992. The ratio is now thought likely to have peaked at around 45 per cent
in 1993-94. With restraint in public spending and the economic recovery
gathering pace, the ratio is projected to fall to 43 3/4 per cent in
1994-95, and to 42 1/2 per cent in 1996-97. This represents considerably
faster progress on the Government's public spending objective than expected
in the 1992 Autumn Statement or the March FSBR.
</p>
<p>
As announced by the Chancellor on 14 September 1993, central government
departments will be expected next year to cover pay and running costs
increases from efficiency savings of at least 2 per cent and other
economies. Increases for higher workload in areas such as the prison service
and tax compliance are offset by reductions elsewhere.
</p>
<p>
Provision for the running costs of central government departments in the
period 1994-95 to 1996-97 is frozen at broadly the 1993-94 level of Pounds
20.1bn. Compared with previous plans, provision has been cut by around
Pounds 400m in 1994-95 and Pounds 600m in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Provision for pay throughout the rest of the public sector has been set on a
comparable basis. The general government paybill is not therefore expected
to change much next year, except where major workload changes are projected.
</p>
<p>
Total public sector capital spending in 1993-94 is expected to total Pounds
23.8bn, up from Pounds 23.2bn in 1992-93 and Pounds 21.5bn in 1991-92.
</p>
<p>
In 1994-95 public sector capital spending, which is measured net of receipts
from asset sales, is expected to be Pounds 22 1/4 bn. The fall compared with
this year mainly reflects the profile of capital spending by local
authorities. This follows the decision announced in the last Autumn
Statement to relax for a limited period the rules governing the use of
receipts by local authorities. Spending financed by this measure will
continue for a number of years, but at a steeply diminishing rate. In
addition, investment associated with a number of large-scale projects,
particularly in relation to the Channel Tunnel, has now passed its peak of
activity.
</p>
<p>
The level of public sector capital spending beyond 1994-95 is particularly
uncertain. After allowing for a stylised allocation from the reserve, based
on historic expenditure shares, it is expected to be at about the same level
in 1996-97 as in 1994-95. There is a temporary dip in 1995-96, reflecting
the expected sale of married quarters by the Ministry of Defence.
</p>
<p>
Public sector capital spending was maintained at high levels during the
recession. As the recovery continues, capital spending by the private sector
is likely to rise and that in the public sector to fall. The overriding need
for public spending to contribute towards the reduction in public borrowing
means that capital spending will not be sustained at levels as high as in
1993-94. Even so, tight control of public sector pay and civil service
running costs has enabled the Government to sustain capital spending at a
level higher than would otherwise have been possible.
</p>
<p>
The figures above take no account of the investment programmes of the former
nationalised industries, which amounted to over Pounds 10bn in 1992-93, nor
of the large amount of private sector investment stimulated by government
policies, including housing and urban programmes. Over the medium term, the
government intends that an increasing proportion of the capital invested in
public services will be delivered through private finance.
</p>
<p>
The aim of the private finance initiative is to involve the private sector
in new investment and service provision in areas traditionally regarded as
the responsibility of the public sector. This will produce projects which
are better designed and better managed. The initiative is based on two
fundamental principles: to receive rewards the private sector must genuinely
assume risk, and value for money must be demonstrated for any expenditure by
the public sector.
</p>
<p>
Spending by the public sector, by way of a contribution to a privately
financed project or a payment for services, counts against a department's
spending allocation or its external financing limit in the case of a
nationalised industry. But the private sector's contribution is additional
to public provision. This means that, for a given amount of public
expenditure, new and better quality capital investment will be secured by
the nation.
</p>
<p>
In March the government announced that the Channel Tunnel Rail Link and
Heathrow Express would proceed as joint ventures between the public and
private sectors and that the government would examine how the private sector
could become fully involved in Crossrail and the second Forth road bridge.
Work on building the Heathrow Express began in October 1993; the secretary
of state for Scotland's feasibility studies into how the proposed second
Forth road bridge might be privately financed are nearing completion; and
the secretary of state for transport has recently announced the basis on
which the Channel Tunnel Rail Link will be transferred to the private
sector, with the competitive process starting in early 1994.
</p>
<p>
In addition, the home secretary has said that he will invite the private
sector to put forward proposals for custodial service packages involving the
finance, design, construction and operation of six new prisons. A briefing
pack for those interested in tendering for the first two prisons will be
issued in December 1993.
</p>
<p>
The government is committed to expanding further the scope of private
finance. The initiative offers, for example, major opportunities for
improved services in the NHS, and the prospect of improved water and
sewerage infrastructure in Scotland and Northern Ireland.
</p>
<p>
In this Budget, the chancellor has announced that the refurbishment of the
West Coast main line will be privately financed; that the Lewisham extension
of the Docklands Light Railway will proceed as a joint venture; and that a
new air traffic control centre for Scotland will be developed as a
financially free-standing private sector project. The chancellor also
announced that the government intends to introduce contracts under which the
private sector will design, build, finance and operate roads. Electronic
motorway charging will be introduced when the technology is ready. In
addition, a scheme now going to tender for the rationalisation of NHS trust
facilities at Aintree in Liverpool may serve as a model for similar schemes;
and the private sector is to provide nursing home accommodation for NHS
patients in Eastbourne.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor has recently established a joint public/private sector
working group, with Sir Alastair Morton as chairman, to stimulate the flow
of private finance projects. The group is intended to identify new areas of
activity where the private sector can get involved and find solutions to any
obstacles which may impede progress.
</p>
<p>
The new plans reflect a careful consideration of priorities. Additional
resources are being made available for health, education and science and
technology, while the Home Office law and order budget is being maintained
at the level previously planned. Those additions have been achieved despite
demand-led pressures, in particular on social security spending, running to
several billion pounds.
</p>
<p>
To ensure that the remit was achieved and priority programmes were
protected, a dual strategy was adopted during the survey. First, drawing on
the programme of fundamental expenditure reviews, the government looked to
reductions within the demand-led programmes themselves. This approach has
been largely successful: the proposals on social security in particular will
deliver substantial savings later in the decade. But, given the lead-times
involved in reform, the demand-led programmes on their own could not deliver
the totals required. The second part of the government's strategy was
therefore to seek savings from efficiency improvements and in lower priority
areas. Public sector pay and running costs were identified as key candidates
for reductions: the greater the restraint on paybills the more the resources
available for service provision and capital spending. This approach has
enabled priority areas of spending to be protected even in departments where
total budgets have been reduced.
</p>
<p>
The accompanying table analyses the control total by department showing
changes from previous plans. Central government support for local
authorities and the financing requirements of nationalised industries have
been attributed to appropriate departments.
</p>
<p>
The following paragraphs briefly describe the new plans for each department.
The departmental reports published in the first half of March 1994 will give
more details.
</p>
<p>
Planned spending on defence in 1994-95 and 1995-96 will be Pounds 23.5bn and
Pounds 22.7bn respectively, Pounds 260m and Pounds 520m lower than
previously published figures. Defence spending in 1996-97 will be Pounds
22.8bn, broadly the same in cash terms as the new 1995-96 plan.
</p>
<p>
These plans will be delivered in part by lower procurement and employment
costs than previously assumed, and by the planned sale to a private sector
housing trust of married quarters for service personnel. The government also
intends to place greater emphasis on the efficiency with which our forces
are supported. The defence secretary has set in hand a major study to
identify those aspects of the support given to the front line where costs
can be reduced without affecting the government's commitments in the UK and
overseas.
</p>
<p>
The additions to previous plans are Pounds 10m and Pounds 20m in 1994-95 and
1995-96 respectively. They reflect the importance attached to diplomatic
activity and take account of various pressures on the diplomatic budget,
including increased international subscriptions and relative overseas price
movements.
</p>
<p>
Planned provision for overseas aid will rise by Pounds 30m in 1994-95 and
Pounds 50m in 1995-96. The higher level is maintained in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The UK aid programme is one of the largest in the world and widely
recognised as providing high quality aid. It will continue to focus on the
poorest countries, generating sustainable economic growth and social
development, the promotion of good government and the direct reduction of
poverty.
</p>
<p>
Spending on agriculture in the UK is to a large extent determined by the
European Community's common agricultural policy (CAP). Expenditure on CAP
agriculture market support in the UK increases substantially, largely due to
the depreciation of sterling since autumn 1992, which results in an increase
in the value of CAP payments and prices in sterling terms. This increase is
partly offset by expected savings due to policy changes.
</p>
<p>
Against a background of higher farm incomes, support for domestic
agriculture has been reduced. Capital grant rates will be significantly
reduced and the designation of some new environmentally sensitive areas will
be deferred. There are also reductions in research and development spending.
Hill livestock compensatory allowances will be lower, following the autumn
review of economic conditions in the hills and uplands.
</p>
<p>
The department has refocused its efforts to match industry's needs more
closely. The provision of advice to exporters has been reorganised to
include up to 100 secondees from the private sector. The full range of DTI's
functions has been reviewed to see whether improvements in the delivery of
services can be made by transferring functions to the private sector.
</p>
<p>
Provision is made for the external financing limits (EFLs) of Nuclear
Electric, the Post Office, British Coal and British Shipbuilders. Nuclear
Electric's EFLs are substantially lower due to its increased efficiency and
reflect the reclassification of payments from the fossil fuel levy as
external finance. The figures for the Post Office, which take account of the
proposed sale of Parcelforce, show an increase in its cash surplus. The
figures for British Coal, which for planning purposes assume privatisation
at the end of 1994-95, show a decrease in the need for external finance
compared with 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
ECGD provides credit insurance facilities for UK exporters. It supports the
provision by banks of export finance at fixed rates of interest. The new
plans largely reflect changes in the estimated cost of interest support.
</p>
<p>
The department will continue to finance a wide range of training measures
for young people and the unemployed and other help with work preparation and
job search. These are delivered mainly by Training and Enterprise Councils
and the Employment Service. The new plans provide for spending of Pounds
3.8bn in 1994-95, an increase of Pounds 30m on the previous year after
excluding the transfer of provision for the Careers Service to the
department from 1994-95. The Scottish and Welsh Offices have separate
provision for the main training and enterprise programmes.
</p>
<p>
The plans allow for the introduction of a new apprenticeship initiative, an
extension of present Employment Service measures and additional
opportunities on the Community Action programme over the next two years. The
new apprenticeship initiative will enable over 40,000 young people a year in
England to achieve national vocational qualifications at level 3 (equivalent
to A level).
</p>
<p>
The government retains a substantial road building programme. Total spending
on trunk roads and motorways in England will average nearly Pounds 2bn a
year throughout the survey period, although it will be reduced from previous
plans by Pounds 140m in 1994-95 and Pounds 100m in 1995-96. The roads
programme is still benefiting from low construction prices and the baseline
for 1994-95 is worth more in volume terms than when it was set in 1991.
</p>
<p>
Central government support for spending on local roads will amount to Pounds
2.7bn in the Survey period, but will be reduced from previous plans by
Pounds 120m in 1994-95 and Pounds 70m in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
The department's programmes also include the external financing limits of
British Rail (BR), London Transport (LT) and the Civil Aviation Authority
(CAA). Total funding for BR (including Railtrack) over the Survey period
will average over Pounds 900m a year. This should allow investment of over
Pounds 1bn in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The new plans for LT show total EFLs of Pounds 900m in 1994-95, Pounds 930m
in 1995-96 and Pounds 990m in 1996-97. These include Pounds 493/437/417m for
the Jubilee Line extension and Pounds 34/16/14m to support the Crossrail
project. CAA plans have been reduced over the period largely as a result of
the new air traffic control centre in Scotland proceeding as a financially
free-standing private sector project.
</p>
<p>
The Housing Corporation's capital programme has been reduced from previous
plans but will comfortably meet the manifesto commitment to provide more
than 153,000 additional social rented homes through housing associations
between 1992-93 and 1994-95. The Housing Corporation's overall spending
continues at a level of over Pounds 1.6b a year from 1994-95 to 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Provision for local authority capital spending on housing in 1994-95 and
1995-96 has also been reduced from last year's plans, but remains
substantial. It rises from around Pounds 900m in each of these years to over
Pounds 1bn in 1996-97. Estate Action spending has been transferred to the
single regeneration budget.
</p>
<p>
The new plans show the resources being brought together from DOE's programme
and other departmental programmes into the SRB, announced on 4 November,
which will be used to support local partnerships carrying out regeneration
measures. The SRB is over Pounds 1.4bn in 1994-95 and over Pounds 1.3bn in
both 1995-96 and 1996-97, and will be administered through new integrated
regional offices.
</p>
<p>
The budget for countryside, water and environmental protection programmes
has been set at over Pounds 400m a year over the survey period.
</p>
<p>
PSA Projects was privatised in December 1992 and the five PSA building
management businesses were privatised in September and October 1993. The new
plans provide for the cost of residual central functions, including the
redundancy costs of staff returning from secondment.
</p>
<p>
The new plans reflect the priority the government gives to maintaining law
and order and tackling crime. Provision for the police allows current levels
of policing to be maintained and for the introduction of the reforms
announced in the recent White Paper. Over the next three years Pounds 100m
will be spent on measures to tackle juvenile crime. Over the same period the
number of places at existing prisons will be increased by over 2,000. Six
new prisons and secure training centres for persistent juvenile offenders
will be privately financed.
</p>
<p>
Reductions of Pounds 50m in 1994-95 and Pounds 60m in 1995-96 compared with
previous plans have been achieved despite forecast workload growth in the
courts and prosecution services. Provision increases by Pounds 100m in
1996-97. Within these totals legal aid provision has been increased to cover
increases in workload while reflecting the lord chancellor's policy of
limiting growth in unit costs from 1996-97 to the increase in inflation. The
level of court services will be maintained in line with anticipated demand.
Prosecution services will also be producing efficiency gains while
responding to demand.
</p>
<p>
Total spending by central government in England (including support for local
authorities) will rise by over Pounds 1 1/2 bn between 1993-94 and 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Current expenditure on higher education will increase by 3 per cent in real
terms over the survey period. This should maintain at almost one in three
the proportion of young people entering higher education compared with one
in eight in 1979, stabilising student numbers after the recent rapid
expansion. Total support available for individual students from loans and
maintenance grant will be maintained in real terms while the shift from
grant to loans will be accelerated. Capital funding to higher education
institutions will rise by 20 per cent in real terms between 1993-94 and
1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The new plans also provide for a 19 per cent increase in student numbers in
further education and sixth form colleges over the survey period.
</p>
<p>
Provision for capital and other special purpose grants to self-governing
(grant-maintained) schools is planned to rise from Pounds 160m in 1993-94 to
Pounds 590m in 1996-97 in support of this growing sector. Government support
for capital spending on all maintained schools in 1994-95 will remain at
broadly the same level as in 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
The plans include finance for the new British Library building and the costs
associated with the move, and for restoring Windsor Castle. Priority will be
given to projects which attract matching private finance. There is a small
increase in provision for the Arts Council compared with previous plans.
</p>
<p>
Provision for the programme as a whole will be Pounds 31.7bn in 1994-95, an
increase of Pounds 1.8bn over 1993-94 plans. Cash provision for the NHS in
England will be Pounds 1.6bn (5.6 per cent) higher in 1994-95 than in
1993-94 plans, while for the UK as a whole it is likely to rise by nearly
Pounds 2bn.
</p>
<p>
Total current spending on hospital and community health services (HCHS) in
England is planned to be 5.4 per cent higher in 1994-95 than in 1993-94. As
announced by the secretary of state for health on 21 October, the management
structure of the NHS in England will be streamlined to maximise the
proportion of NHS expenditure devoted to direct patient care. HCHS capital
provision of Pounds 1.8bn remains at near-record levels and allows for the
full costs of rationalising London's health services. Provision for the
family health services allows for forecast demand while reflecting the
government's determination to restrain the growth in the drugs bill to what
is necessary to meet patients' needs. Centrally financed services will
continue to be funded in line with government priorities, after a
fundamental re-examination to eliminate low priority and unnecessary
expenditure.
</p>
<p>
The government proposes a number of changes to the benefit system which
affect both cyclical social security and spending within the NCT.
</p>
<p>
The new plans include extra help for the higher fuel bills of pensioners
following the introduction of VAT next April. The government proposes to
restructure invalidity benefit and increase the contributions made by
non-dependent members of households in assessing housing benefit. It intends
to make employers fully responsible for paying statutory sick pay, with an
exemption for small companies. Costs to business will be lower after the
Budget because of reductions in employer national insurance contribution
rates. The government will also introduce in 1994 a disregard in family
credit to meet part of the cost of childcare.
</p>
<p>
The plans allow for revised estimates of the number of beneficiaries, and
provide for further uprating of benefits in April 1995 and April 1996.
</p>
<p>
The government also intends to equalise the state pension age at 65. The
change will be phased in over 10 years, starting in the year 2010.
</p>
<p>
Changes in these programmes mainly reflect the effect of changes in
comparable programmes for England. As in past years, the decisions of the
secretaries of state for scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland on the
distribution of resources within their responsibilities will be announced
later. For present purposes, a notional split between programmes has been
assumed, taking account of the pattern of spending in 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
Most of the spending of the chancellor's departments is accounted for by the
Inland Revenue and Customs and Excise and is largely running costs. The new
plans for the chancellor's departments include substantial running costs
savings reflecting further increases in efficiency and containment of costs.
The new plans also reflect reduced estimates of expenditure on mortgage
interest relief to non-taxpayers.
</p>
<p>
Provision for basic and strategic research will be slightly higher in real
terms in 1994-95. This will provide the resources required to implement the
policies in the recent White Paper on science, engineering and technology.
</p>
<p>
Net payments are lower in 1994-95, but higher in other years, compared with
the previous forecast. The uneven profile arises because contributions are
paid on the basis of agreed estimates and adjusted in the light of outturn,
and because of the consequential effects on the UK abatement. The main
reason for the higher level of net payments in 1993-94 is the likely advance
of contributions within the 1994 EC budgetary year, to reflect the timing of
reimbursements of CAP expenditure to member states.
</p>
<p>
The lower level of net payments in 1994-95 is largely due to adjustments for
1993 contributions. In the later years, factors affecting the profile
include higher levels of EC spending, reflecting decisions at the Edinburgh
European Council in December 1992, and higher contributions in 1995 because
of the United Kingdom's higher growth relative to other member states.
</p>
<p>
Spending on the science base (basic research in science, engineering and
technology funded through the Research Councils and the Higher Education
Funding Councils) will increase slightly in real terms to Pounds 2.3bn in
1994-95. Total planned central government spending on civil science and
technology will be about Pounds 3.7bn, broadly in line with last year's
plans.
</p>
<p>
Total local authority spending is made up of expenditure financed through
central government support and expenditure net of capital receipts financed
by local authorities out of their own resources (local authority
self-financed expenditure).
</p>
<p>
The level of total local authority spending in future years will be
substantially for local authorities themselves to decide in the light of
central government support, finance available from their own resources and
the implications for local taxation. The government intends to use its
powers to cap local authority budgets should that be necessary.
</p>
<p>
Total standard spending (TSS) - the amount which the government thinks local
authorities should spend on revenue expenditure - in England in 1994-95 has
been set at Pounds 42,660 million. The government has for the first time
also announced TSS levels for the later years of the Survey to assist local
authorities in their financial planning. The figures are Pounds 44,050m in
1995-96 and Pounds 45,210m in 1996-97. These figures include amounts for
care in the community, part of which will be paid as a special grant.
Excluding care in the community and adjusting for other function changes,
the increases on the preceding year are 2.3 per cent in 1994-95, 2 per cent
in 1995-96 and 1.75 per cent in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Aggregate external finance (AEF) - central support for revenue expenditure -
is planned to be 1.7 per cent higher in 1994-95 (after adjusting for
function changes).
</p>
<p>
Gross capital expenditure by local authorities in 1994-95 is assumed to be
around Pounds 8 1/2 bn. It is expected to be lower than spending in 1993-94,
which was boosted considerably by the temporary relaxation of the capital
receipts rules announced in the 1992 Autumn Statement. Capital receipts in
1994-95 are projected to be around Pounds 2 3/4 bn, giving net capital
expenditure of Pounds 5 3/4 bn.
</p>
<p>
In addition to expenditure within the control total, GGE also includes
cyclical social security, privatisation proceeds and debt interest (see
accompanying table).
</p>
<p>
Cyclical social security is defined as unemployment benefit and income
support paid to people of working age. Planned spending on cyclical social
security in 1994-95 is 1.8 per cent higher in real terms than 1993-94. The
average annual growth in the three years to 1996-97 is 1.6 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The plans also take account of the effect of the government's proposed Job
Seekers Allowance. This will replace unemployment benefit and income support
for unemployed people from April 1996. The benefit will be paid either on a
contributory basis for six months without a means test or as income support
is at present. Thereafter benefit will be paid on a means tested basis.
There is also help with higher fuel bills for those on income-related
benefits. The Budget measures reduce cyclical social security by Pounds
0.3bn in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Privatisation proceeds are projected to be Pounds 5 1/2 bn in 1994-95,
Pounds 1bn in 1995-96 and Pounds 1bn in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The spending and revenue measures in the Budget will reduce government
borrowing and debt. This is estimated to reduce debt interest payments by
Pounds 0.2bn in 1994-95, Pounds 0.6bn in 1995-96 and Pounds 1.2bn in
1996-97.
</p>
<p>
General government gross debt interest is projected to rise from Pounds 18bn
in 1992-93 to about Pounds 26bn in 1996-97. Gross debt interest payments
declined as a proportion of GDP from 5 1/4 per cent in 1981-82 to about 3
per cent in 1992-93. But with the public finances moving into deficit in
recent years debt interest payments are projected to rise to about 3 1/4 per
cent by 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 39</biblScope>
<extent>4925</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFLFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: GDP growth forecast lifted to 1 3/4% for 1993;
inflation to rise and fall again </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
This section explains in detail recent developments in the economy and its
short-term prospects.
</p>
<p>
G7 growth slowed in the first half of 1993 and is forecast to be only 1 per
cent in the year as a whole. Faster, but still modest, growth is projected
for 1994. Inflation in the major countries is forecast to continue falling.
</p>
<p>
In the UK, growth has been stronger than expected at the time of the March
Budget and is now forecast at 1 3/4 per cent in 1993. The 1994 forecast is a
rise in GDP of 2 1/2 per cent, slightly below the average of the forecasts
from the Panel of Independent Forecasters.
</p>
<p>
Underlying RPI inflation has been lower than forecast in the March Budget.
It is likely to rise in the first half of 1994 because of the short-run
impact of tax changes. But it is forecast to remain within the Government's
1 to 4 per cent target range and to fall back to 3 1/4 per cent by the end
of the year. The average forecast from the Independent Panel is marginally
lower.
</p>
<p>
Unemployment has fallen 137,000 since the beginning of the year and is now
below 2.9m, a much better outcome than generally expected.
</p>
<p>
The current account deficit in 1992 has been revised down to Pounds 8 1/2
bn, with the invisible surplus stronger than in recent years. Despite a
fallback in the invisible surplus and stronger growth in the UK than in
continental Europe, our main export market, the current account deficit is
expected to increase only slightly in 1993. It is forecast to be Pounds 9
1/2 bn in both 1993 and 1994.
</p>
<p>
The sterling index has been fairly steady this year. Long-term interest
rates have fallen significantly reflecting lower inflation expectations.
</p>
<p>
The PSBR in the current financial year is expected to be very close to the
Pounds 50bn forecast in March. As a result of Budget measures and economic
recovery it is forecast to fall to Pounds 38bn in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The forecast is based on the conventional assumption that sterling remains
close to recent levels. Oil prices are assumed to average Dollars 17 a
barrel.
</p>
<p>
World economy
</p>
<p>
The pick-up in world economic growth most forecasters were predicting at the
time of the March Budget has been slow to materialise. Growth in the US in
the first half of the year was less than forecast, though it seems to have
recovered strongly in the second half. Japanese GDP and industrial
production fell again in the second quarter. And although activity in
continental Europe may have stabilised there are few clear signs of
recovery; confidence remains low in most European countries.
</p>
<p>
For the major seven countries (G7) as a whole, industrial production stopped
falling towards the end of 1992, but there has been little recovery yet;
weakness in Japan and continental Europe has largely offset rises in the US.
GDP growth in the G7 between the second half of 1992 and the first half of
1993 slowed to under 1 per cent at an annual rate, compared with growth of 1
3/4 per cent in 1992.
</p>
<p>
Against this background, policy has remained expansionary in the US, and
there has been a steady easing in continental Europe and Japan. US
short-term interest rates have been around 3 per cent for over a year,
consistent with a real interest rate close to zero. In Japan the official
discount rate has been cut to a record low of 1 3/4 per cent, and the
government has introduced a further stimulatory fiscal package - the third
in just over a year. In continental Europe, however, despite cuts in nominal
rates, real interest rates remain higher than usual at a cyclical trough.
Fiscal deficits in Europe have risen sharply, partly because of the
recession.
</p>
<p>
Weak activity in the major countries has kept non-oil commodity prices close
to their lowest level in real terms since the early 1970s. The Brent oil
price has fallen since the spring, dropping below Dollars 15 a barrel
towards the end of November, compared with over Dollars 18 in the first half
of the year. It has averaged just under Dollars 16 1/2 a barrel in the last
three months and is assumed to average Dollars 17 a barrel during the
forecast period.
</p>
<p>
Low commodity prices have contributed to a continued easing of inflationary
pressure in the major countries. Since the beginning of the year consumer
price inflation has fallen  3/4 per cent in Germany and  1/2 per cent in the
US, and has been steady at historically low levels in France and Italy. In
Japan, inflation fell below 1 per cent in the early summer before rising
again as poor weather temporarily boosted food prices. Weak inflationary
pressures and falling inflation expectations have contributed to a rally in
world bond markets, taking long-term interest rates down to their lowest
levels since the late 1960s.
</p>
<p>
GDP growth in the G7 is forecast to be 1 per cent in 1993. This is  1/2
percentage point below the March Budget forecast, reflecting weaker than
expected activity in the first half of the year and only patchy signs of
recovery in the second half. Growth is forecast to rise to 2 per cent in
1994, but with recovery still some way off in Japan and continental Europe,
marked differences between the growth rates of individual countries are
likely to persist.
</p>
<p>
In the US, growth of around 2 3/4 per cent is forecast for 1993 and 1994,
close to the rate in 1992. This continues the pattern of fairly modest
recovery since the trough in early 1991. Following substantial upward
revisions to past GDP data, the recent US recession looks to have been one
of the shallowest since the war, implying less scope for the very rapid
growth rates recorded in previous recoveries.
</p>
<p>
In Japan, GDP is now forecast to fall by  1/4 per cent in 1993. This would
be the first annual fall since 1974. Although last year's fiscal package is
beginning to provide a boost to public sector demand, private demand has
been much weaker than expected. With the high yen now likely to restrain
export volumes, growth is forecast to be only 1 per cent in 1994.
</p>
<p>
GDP in western Germany may be levelling out, at around 2 1/2 per cent below
its early 1992 peak. But prospective tax increases and the deterioration in
competitiveness over the past two years are expected to hold back recovery
next year. Although output in the east continues to rise, growth in Germany
as a whole is forecast to be only  3/4 per cent in 1994, following a fall in
output of 1 1/2 per cent this year.
</p>
<p>
GDP in the European Community is forecast to fall by  1/2 per cent in 1993,
and recover by only 1 1/4 per cent in 1994, similar to the recent Commission
forecast. EC unemployment has risen from 8 1/2 per cent in 1990 to 10 3/4 .
Growth in 1994 is unlikely to be sufficient to prevent further increases in
unemployment over the next year.
</p>
<p>
Low commodity prices and spare capacity in G7 countries should continue to
exert downward pressure on inflation. Consumer price inflation in the G7 is
forecast to fall from its current level of 2 3/4 per cent to 2 1/2 per cent
by the fourth quarter of 1994 and 2 1/4 per cent by mid-1995. The largest
fall is likely to be in Germany where inflation - currently second highest
in the G7 - is forecast to be below 2 1/2 per cent by the first half of
1995.
</p>
<p>
Growth of world trade in manufactures is forecast to slow from 5 per cent in
1992 to 2 3/4 per cent in 1993, as a result of the slowdown in continental
Europe and Japan. Growth elsewhere in East Asia and in Latin American
countries has remained buoyant, and imports to the US have been surprisingly
strong. But in Europe - the UK's main export market - weak domestic demand
appears to have depressed imports severely (although trade volumes may have
been distorted by the introduction of Intrastat, the new system for
recording intra-European Community trade). As a result, UK export markets
are forecast to grow by only 1 1/4 per cent this year, 1 1/2 percentage
points less than world trade. With faster growth in the industrialised
countries, growth of world trade is forecast to be stronger in 1994 than in
1993, at around 5 1/4 per cent. Growth of UK export markets is also expected
to increase but to remain below that of world trade.
</p>
<p>
UK demand and output
</p>
<p>
As a result of the rebasing of the national accounts to 1990 prices and
other data revisions, the trough in GDP is now estimated to have occurred in
the first quarter of 1992. During the recession non-oil GDP fell by 3 3/4
per cent, rather less than the 5 1/4 per cent fall in the early 1980s
recession.
</p>
<p>
The recovery has proceeded fairly steadily so far, with an uninterrupted
expansion in GDP of 2 1/2 per cent over the six quarters to the third
quarter of 1993. Output has risen in most sectors. North Sea oil and gas
output has risen particularly strongly, the fruit of heavy investment in
recent years. Output has increased by about 2 1/2 per cent in both
manufacturing and services, and service sector output is now above the level
seen at the peak of the cycle.
</p>
<p>
The impetus to recovery has come mainly from consumer spending and exports.
Since the trough in output, consumer spending has contributed 2 per cent to
the growth in GDP and exports 1 3/4 per cent. Stocks too made some initial
contribution. During 1992 the positive contribution of exports was more than
offset by rising imports, but this year exports have accelerated, despite
weak demand in continental Europe, and import growth has fallen. Some
improvement in trade performance was to be expected in the wake of gains in
competitiveness, but its extent is uncertain given the change in the way
intra-European Community trade has been recorded since the turn of the year.
</p>
<p>
While the recovery so far has been remarkably smooth, it would not be
surprising if the profile of output were more uneven from now on.
Nevertheless growth is expected to continue in the final quarter of 1993.
Although growth in manufacturing output appeared to falter over the summer,
business surveys point to resumed expansion, albeit at a modest pace. North
Sea output is rising and there is little sign of a break in the upward trend
in consumer demand, much of which is reflected in higher output in the
service sector. So GDP growth in 1993 is now forecast to be 1 3/4 per cent,
a stronger performance than forecast in the March Budget.
</p>
<p>
Faster growth is forecast for 1994, with GDP increasing by 2 1/2 per cent, 2
1/4 per cent excluding North Sea oil. This acceleration largely reflects a
pick-up in business spending: improved company finances and modest increases
in capacity utilisation should boost spending on fixed assets and stocks.
Export growth should increase a little as continental Europe recovers,
although imports are forecast to grow more strongly too. Annual growth in
non-oil GDP is forecast to be slightly stronger again in the first half of
1995, but with growth of North Sea output slowing, total GDP growth is
forecast to remain at 2 1/2 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Personal sector and the housing market
</p>
<p>
Consumer spending started to recover in the second quarter of 1992, having
fallen 3 3/4 per cent in the recession. By the third quarter of 1993 most of
this fall had been reversed, with spending rising on average by  1/2 per
cent a quarter. The initial recovery followed a substantial fall in interest
rates and was accompanied by strong growth in real personal disposable
income. This year, however, growth of aggregate real incomes has weakened
and the saving ratio has fallen from 12 3/4 per cent in 1992 to an estimated
11 3/4 per cent in the first three quarters of the year. Weaker real income
growth is mainly the result of the slowdown in real average earnings growth
and smaller increases in dividend income following strong growth in 1992.
</p>
<p>
Events of the past 18 months have shown that consumer demand can recover
while the housing market remains weak. Even so, a stronger housing market
would help underpin the consumer recovery. The housing market has shown
signs of emerging from its slump, but both turnover and prices have moved
erratically in 1993. It is clear that the Autumn Statement package of
measures designed to take empty properties off the market played an
important role in the recovery of turnover in the early months of the year.
Indeed there was a small surge in housing starts in the spring as builders
sought to replace properties sold into the programme. While the early pace
of recovery was not sustained, with some weakening in the summer, activity
and prices in the third quarter were both well above their troughs.
</p>
<p>
With mortgage rates at their lowest levels since 1969 and house prices lower
in relation to incomes than since 1985, home ownership is more affordable
than for many years. Now that prices are rising, unemployment is falling and
there is a growing perception of more general recovery, increasing
confidence should lead to higher activity and prices in 1994.
</p>
<p>
Personal sector spending is likely to remain restrained by past standards,
given a desire for further balance sheet adjustment. Nevertheless there are
reasons for expecting a further decline in the saving ratio. Unemployment
has begun to fall, reducing the need for precautionary saving. Inflation is
forecast to remain low, reducing the need of households to save to maintain
the real value of their financial wealth, and lower interest rates have
eased the burden of household debt.
</p>
<p>
A decline in the saving ratio combined with continued growth in real
personal disposable income should permit consumption to increase in 1994 at
around its recent rate. Despite the tax increases due to take effect, real
personal disposable income could rise by 1 per cent in 1994, the same as in
1993, largely reflecting recoveries in self-employment and net investment
incomes. Numbers of self-employed in work have been increasing and net
investment income is being boosted by lower interest rates and high rates of
net accumulation of financial assets. In addition there is the prospect of
rising real income from wages and salaries before tax. Consumers'
expenditure is forecast to rise by 2 1/4 per cent in 1994, following an
increase of 2 per cent in 1993. Personal sector investment in dwellings -
which includes both new houses and improvements to existing houses - is
expected to grow faster than for several years as housing market activity
increases.
</p>
<p>
Although the saving ratio is forecast to fall and housing investment to
rise, the personal sector financial balance is projected to remain in
sizeable surplus in 1994 - around 6 per cent of personal disposable income.
The debt/income ratio has fallen over the past couple of years. And with
interest payments falling sharply as a result of lower interest rates, the
burden of debt is much reduced.
</p>
<p>
Corporate sector and investment
</p>
<p>
Following concerted efforts to cut costs, the corporate sector has now begun
to reap the benefits. Having been more or less static through the recession,
industrial and commercial companies' (ICCs) profits in the first three
quarters of 1993 were 14 per cent up on a year earlier. With sharply reduced
short-term interest payments, down a quarter, and further reductions in tax
payments, company saving (undistributed income) is estimated to have risen
by about a third over the same period.
</p>
<p>
Profitability, as measured by the real rate of return, is expected to be
well up in 1993 on its 1992 level. In 1994 it is forecast to pick up further
as recovery strengthens, labour costs remain in check, and pressure on
margins eases further. Despite higher tax payments in 1994, higher profits
are expected to carry through into a further marked increase in company
saving.
</p>
<p>
Business investment in the first three quarters of 1993 was 1 3/4 per cent
down on a year earlier, although manufacturing investment rose slightly and
North Sea investment increased by 7 per cent. But at its projected trough in
the second half of 1993, business investment as a share of GDP is still
above the levels seen between 1970 and the mid-1980s.
</p>
<p>
Investment intentions have improved over the past year, and are now pointing
to modest growth in manufacturing investment over the year ahead. Moreover
the improvement in companies' profitability and balance sheets will ease
constraints on investment. The degree of spare capacity will, on the other
hand, continue to be a restraining influence until recovery is further
advanced. Business investment is forecast to rise by 3 3/4 per cent in 1994
and by 4 1/2 per cent in the year to the first half of 1995.
</p>
<p>
General government investment in fixed assets rose 8 1/4 per cent in volume
terms in 1992, and is projected to rise by a further 11 3/4 per cent in
1993, in part due to the temporary relaxation of the rules for spending out
of local authority capital receipts. In 1994 it is forecast to fall 3 per
cent, as this temporary measure unwinds. But government investment is
projected to remain at historically high levels.
</p>
<p>
Fixed investment in the economy as a whole is forecast to grow by  1/2 per
cent in 1993 and by 3 per cent in 1994, reflecting the forecast pick-up in
business and housing investment which more than compensates for lower
general government investment.
</p>
<p>
Typically stockbuilding makes a positive contribution to growth during
periods of economic upswing. The slowdown in the rate of destocking in 1992
contributed  3/4 per cent to GDP growth, following three years when the
stock cycle made a negative contribution. But this year, with destocking
continuing at much the same rate as in 1992, stocks are expected to make
only a small contribution to growth. Stocks are forecast to contribute  1/2
per cent to growth in 1994 as stockbuilding resumes.
</p>
<p>
Latest information suggests that ICCs moved into small financial surplus in
the first three quarters of 1993, for the first time since 1987. The
expected buoyancy of company saving and relatively modest growth of capital
spending imply a larger financial surplus in 1994. This would partly restore
the damage done to company balance sheets by the substantial deficits
incurred in the five years to 1992, and particularly in 1989 and 1990.
</p>
<p>
Labour market
</p>
<p>
Employment rose between March and June 1993, for the first time in three
years. The fall in employment during the recession was partly associated
with a productivity performance which was abnormally strong for a cyclical
downturn, perhaps reflecting the effects of labour market reforms. Although
the recent turnround in employment was accompanied by a slowdown in
productivity growth, non-oil productivity in the second quarter of 1993 was
still 3 3/4 per cent up on a year earlier, and manufacturing productivity in
the third quarter was 5 per cent up. As the recovery becomes more
established, annual productivity growth could fall further from its recent
high rates.
</p>
<p>
Unemployment rose by 1.4m between April 1990 and its peak in January 1993 -
considerably less than the fall in employment. But by October 1993 it had
fallen 137,000. This is a much better performance than expected by most at
the time of the March Budget.
</p>
<p>
Trade and the balance of payments
</p>
<p>
The introduction from 1 January of a new system for recording visible trade
with the European Community - Intrastat - has made it extremely difficult to
interpret recent trade performance. Not only have the figures recorded in
the first few months of the new system been more liable to revision than
usual, but some of the movements - such as sharply divergent changes in
imports from the European Community and from elsewhere - are difficult to
explain. Due to the new method of collection there may well have been a
break in the European Community trade figures at the start of the year,
implying that year-on-year growth rates in 1993 are unreliable. Part of the
problem may lie with the split of values into prices and volumes. As the new
system settles down, however, shorter period movements should become more
reliable. In the meantime the forecast gives more weight to the fundamental
influences on trade performance than to recent outturns.
</p>
<p>
The main influences on actual trade flows over the next year or so are the
improvement in competitiveness already achieved and the cyclical position in
the UK compared with elsewhere. Cost competitiveness so far in 1993 has
turned out much as expected. Unit labour cost performance in the UK has been
unusually good. In 1993 as a whole, unit labour costs in manufacturing could
be 1 per cent lower than in 1992, and they are forecast to remain unchanged
in 1994. By contrast competitors' unit labour costs have been rising and are
expected to continue to rise. Cost competitiveness, after allowing for
exchange rate changes, was probably around 20 per cent better in the third
quarter of 1993 than a year earlier, and is forecast to remain close to that
level during 1994. On the recorded figures export price competitiveness has
improved much less. This may partly reflect exporters taking the opportunity
of the lower exchange rate to widen profit margins which had previously been
squeezed, but it is also possible that the recorded increase in export
prices is too high.
</p>
<p>
The recorded figures for imports so far this year are lower than past
experience would have suggested. Although the effect of the improvement in
competitiveness may have been stronger than in the past, it is possible that
the import volume figures in 1993 are understated by comparison with the
figures for earlier years. The sharp fall in imports from the European
Community is particularly difficult to understand against a background of
little change in imports from elsewhere. Recorded non-oil import volume
growth may be only 2 1/2 per cent in 1993, following a rise of 7 per cent in
1992.
</p>
<p>
The forecast assumes that the usual relationships between the growth of
imports, domestic demand, and competitiveness are re-established from now
on. These point to UK imports growing faster than UK domestic demand,
reflecting the progressive specialisation of world production. Increased
specialisation is evident in the consistently higher rates of growth for
measures of world trade than for measures of world demand and output.
Although improved competitiveness will be a moderating influence on import
growth, its effect is unlikely to be strong enough to bring underlying
import growth below domestic demand growth. Non-oil imports are forecast to
increase by 5 3/4 per cent in 1994.
</p>
<p>
The sustained improvement in competitiveness will help UK exporters to
increase their market penetration. But overseas demand is itself weak. UK
export markets may grow by only a little more than 1 per cent in 1993
because of the particular weakness of demand in continental Europe. In 1994,
however, UK export markets are forecast to rise 4 per cent. Recorded non-oil
exports may be around 3 1/2 per cent higher in volume terms in 1993 than in
1992. But the statistical problems discussed earlier may have reduced
recorded export growth - actual growth may have been somewhat stronger. In
1994 non-oil export growth is forecast to be around 5 1/4 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Recorded prices for both exports and imports have moved erratically in 1993,
with no clear trends. Non-oil import prices have risen about 10 per cent in
the year to the third quarter, less than exchange rate and world price
changes would imply. This may be because importers are finding it difficult
to pass on the exchange rate effects fully in the face of low consumer and
producer price inflation in the UK. Non-oil export prices have also risen 10
per cent - again a good deal slower than world prices measured in sterling.
Comparing 1993 as a whole with 1992, the terms of trade, as recorded, may
improve by around 1 1/4 per cent, recovering from their sharp fall in the
immediate aftermath of last year's devaluation. Little change is expected in
1994.
</p>
<p>
North Sea output rose 8 per cent in 1992 and it has risen even faster during
1993. In 1993 as a whole, output is expected to be around 15 per cent higher
than in 1992, with a further rise of nearly 20 per cent forecast in 1994.
Oil output is expected to be in the upper half of the 1993 Brown Book range.
Gas output, which has increased strongly this year, is forecast to rise
further. As a consequence of higher production, the surplus on trade in oil
is forecast to rise to Pounds 4bn in 1994, its highest since 1987.
</p>
<p>
The surplus on invisibles in 1992 was Pounds 5bn well above early estimates.
The surplus on net interest, profits and dividends (IPD) was particularly
strong in the second half of the year, at Pounds 4bn, compared with under
Pounds 2bn in the first half. But much of the increase probably resulted
from abnormally high activity in the foreign exchange markets around the
time of last year's ERM crisis. High IPD surpluses have not been sustained
in the first half of 1993. And the balance of transfers - consisting largely
of net transfers to the European Community and aid and other government
spending overseas - has continued to deteriorate.
</p>
<p>
The balance on services, on the other hand, which was depressed by insurance
claims relating to Hurricane Andrew in the second half of 1992, rebounded
strongly in the first half of 1993. It should also benefit from the
improvement in competitiveness. Exports of services are forecast to rise by
4 per cent in volume terms in 1994, slightly more than in 1993. Imports of
services could grow by 4 3/4 per cent in 1994 following a small fall in
1993. But an increase in the services balance is unlikely to be sufficient
to offset the deterioration in IPD and transfers. Overall the surplus on
invisibles is projected to be Pounds 2bn in 1993, well down on the previous
year. It is forecast to fall a little further in 1994.
</p>
<p>
The current account deficit in 1992 has been revised down to Pounds 8 1/2 bn
from Pounds 12bn estimated at the time of the March Budget. The deficit is
forecast to widen slightly to Pounds 9 1/2 bn in 1993, with a fall in the
invisible surplus partly offset by a smaller visible deficit, and to remain
at that level in 1994.
</p>
<p>
Inflation
</p>
<p>
Both cost and price inflation have been significantly lower during 1993 than
forecast a year ago and in the March Budget. Despite the depreciation of
sterling, underlying inflation, as measured by the RPI excluding mortgage
interest payments (MIPs), is expected to be lower at the end of 1993 than at
the end of 1992. There are clearly considerable domestic disinflationary
pressures.
</p>
<p>
Underlying average earnings growth was 3 per cent in September, down from 5
1/2 per cent a year earlier. Pay settlements have also continued to fall.
Latest data from the CBI show the average of settlements in manufacturing
and services at about 2 1/2 per cent in the third quarter, compared to over
4 per cent a year earlier. On its own, this would point to further falls in
earnings growth because settlements take time to feed through fully. On the
other hand, there may be some upward pressure on earnings as profits
increase and labour markets become less slack.
</p>
<p>
Falling earnings growth combined with strong productivity growth has led to
exceptionally good unit wage cost performance this year. Unit wage costs in
manufacturing were  1/2 per cent lower than a year earlier in the third
quarter, and in the year as a whole are forecast to be around 1 per cent
lower than in 1992. In the private sector, unit wage costs are forecast to
increase only marginally between 1992 and 1993.
</p>
<p>
Falling unit wage costs in large part explain why producer prices have
remained unexpectedly subdued, despite higher import prices and some
rebuilding of profit margins. Producer output price inflation rose to 3.2
per cent in October, from a low point of 2.0 per cent in the autumn of 1992.
Producer input prices had shown more of an impact from import prices earlier
this year. But in the year to October they increased by only 1.0 per cent,
further evidence of a squeeze on importers' margins.
</p>
<p>
Producer output price inflation is forecast to be 3 1/4 per cent in the
fourth quarter of 1993. It may then rise a little, as manufacturers continue
to rebuild margins against the background of less favourable movements in
unit wage costs and adjustment to higher import prices. But as these factors
run their course, producer output price inflation is forecast to fall back
to 3 per cent in the fourth quarter of 1994 and 2 3/4 per cent by mid-1995.
</p>
<p>
Underlying inflation, as measured by the RPI excluding MIPs, fell to 2.8 per
cent in early summer; its lowest rate since 1968. It rose subsequently, but
this was fully reversed by a sharp fall back to 2.8 per cent in October.
Underlying inflation is forecast to rise somewhat during the first half of
1994, while remaining within the Government's 1 to 4 per cent target range,
before falling back to 3 1/4 per cent by the end of the year. This temporary
increase in underlying inflation reflects the short-run impact of tax
changes. Over-indexation of excise duties, the new taxes in the Budget, and
the first tranche of VAT on domestic fuel and power announced in the March
Budget, are together estimated to add  3/4 percentage point to the annual
rate of underlying inflation in the fourth quarter of 1994. Underlying
inflation is forecast to fall further by the second quarter of 1995, to 3
per cent.
</p>
<p>
Given the path of underlying RPI inflation, the outlook for the all-items
rate will depend on what happens to mortgage rates. Other things being equal
a 1 percentage point change in mortgage rates changes the level of the
all-items RPI by just over  1/2 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The prospects for the GDP deflator (which measures the price of domestic
value added - principally unit labour costs and profits per unit of output)
differ from those for retail prices primarily because of its wider coverage.
The GDP deflator is forecast to rise by 3 1/4 per cent in 1993-94,
increasing to 4 per cent in 1994-95. This mainly reflects a forecast
acceleration in investment goods prices from very low levels.
</p>
<p>
Financial developments
</p>
<p>
Sterling has been relatively stable this year. Following a short period of
weakness in February and March, the sterling index has mostly traded in the
range 79 to 82; over the past three months it has averaged 80 1/2 . Against
the Deutschemark it has averaged DM2.48, 12 1/2 per cent below its average
level during the three months prior to suspension from the ERM. Sterling was
not significantly affected by the turbulence in the European Monetary System
in the summer which ended in the widening of the permitted bands of
variation.
</p>
<p>
Base rates have been reduced twice this year, in January and November.
Short-term interest rates in the UK are currently the lowest in the European
Community. Long rates have fallen significantly. Ten-year gilt yields, which
stood at 8 1/4 per cent at the beginning of the year, have recently been
under 7 per cent. The fall in long rates reflects improved confidence in the
prospects for sustained low inflation.
</p>
<p>
Equity prices grew strongly after sterling's suspension from the ERM. They
have continued to rise in recent months, reaching new highs. The commercial
property market has remained subdued, though capital values may have stopped
falling. House prices, as measured by the Halifax index, have been erratic
though rising slightly in recent months.
</p>
<p>
The 12-month growth rate of M0 has been above its monitoring range for most
of this year; and in November it was just over 5 per cent. A period of
relatively strong growth, and correspondingly low velocity growth, is not
surprising following the sharp cuts in interest rates which reduce the
incentive to economise on cash.
</p>
<p>
M4 growth has remained close to the bottom of the monitoring range set in
the March Budget. Low interest rates, relative to returns on other financial
assets, reduce the attractiveness of deposits as a savings medium.
</p>
<p>
The growth of M4 lending - bank and building society lending to the private
sector - has remained weak. The 12-month growth rate has mostly been between
3 and 4 per cent throughout 1993. Company sector borrowing in particular has
remained weak, with industrial and commercial companies repaying bank
borrowing. Companies have moved into financial surplus, reducing their need
to borrow, and capital issues have been substantial, probably reflecting the
strength of the stock market. Lending for house purchase has been one of the
stronger areas, reflecting the rise in housing turnover.
</p>
<p>
Risks and uncertainties
</p>
<p>
All forecasts are subject to risks and uncertainties. One way of assessing
their extent is to examine average errors from past forecasts, which are
shown in an accompanying table. The range of forecasts from the Independent
Panel is another indicator of the uncertainties, as is the evolution of the
forecasts over time. Successive Treasury forecasts of GDP growth in 1993
have been progressively revised up over the past year, while forecasts of
underlying inflation in the year to the fourth quarter of 1993 have been
revised down. The projected current account deficit for 1993 was increased
in March, but has since been revised down below last year's Autumn Statement
forecast, reflecting revisions to 1992 and lower than expected outturns so
far this year.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
WORLD ECONOMY
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Percentage changes on a year earlier
                                          Forecast
                                1992      1993      1994    1995 H1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Major seven countries1
 Real GDP                      1 3/4     1         2          2 1/2
 Domestic demand               1 3/4     1         2          2 3/4
Industrial production           -3/4     0         2 1/2      3 1/2
Consumer price inflation2      2 3/4     2 3/4     2 1/2      2 1/4
World trade in manufactures    5         2 3/4     5 1/4      6 1/2
UK export markets3             4         1 1/4     4 1/4      5 3/4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 G7: US, Japan, Germany, France, UK, Italy and Canada. 2 Final quarter
of each period. For UK, RPI excluding mortgage interest payments. 3
Other countries' imports of manufactures weighted according to their
importance in UK exports.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT ACCOUNT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Pounds billion
                 Manufa-                    Total     Invis-    Current
                  ctures     Oil    Other  visibles    ibles    balance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1992              -7 1/2   1 1/2   -7 1/2   -13 1/2    5         -8 1/2
Forecast
1993              -6       2 1/2   -8       -11 1/2    2         -9 1/2
1994              -6 1/2   4       -9       -11        1 1/2     -9 1/2
1995 H11          -6 1/2   4       -9       -11 1/2    1 1/2    -10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 At annual rate.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GROSS FIXED DOMESTIC CAPITAL FORMATION AT CONSTANT PRICES
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Per cent change on previous year
                                                      Forecast
                                       1993     1993    1994   1995 H1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business1                            -4 3/4   -2 1/4   3 3/4     4
Private dwellings and land2           1 1/4            7         6
General government3                   8 1/4   11 3/4  -3        -3
Whole economy                        -1 1/2      1/2   3         3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Includes public corporations, except National Health Trust hospitals.
2 Includes net purchases of land and existing buildings for the whole
economy.
3 Excludes net purchases of land and existing buildings; includes
National Health Trust hospitals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY OF ECONOMIC PROSPECTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Percentage change on a year earlier
                                     unless otherwise stated
                                            Forecast         Avg errors
                                     1992      1993    1994   from past
                                                              forecasts2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GDP AND DOMESTIC DEMAND AT
CONSTANT PRICES
Domestic demand of which:             1/4     1 1/2   2 1/2      1 3/4
 Consumers' expenditure             0         2       2 1/4      1 3/4
 General government consumption       3/4     0       1          1
 Fixed investment                  -1 1/2       1/2   3          4
 Change in stockbuilding3             3/4     0         1/2        1/2
Exports of goods and services       2 1/2     4       5 3/4      2
Imports of goods and services       5 3/4     2       5 1/4      3 1/4
GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT               -1/2     1 3/4   2 1/2      1 1/2
Non-oil GDP                          -1/2     1 1/2   2 1/4      1 1/2
Manufacturing output                 -3/4     2       2 1/4      2
BALANCE OF PAYMENTS CURRENT ACCOUNT
</p>
<p>
 Pounds billion                    -8 1/2    -9 1/2  -9 1/2      7
 per cent of GDP                   -1 1/2    -1 1/2  -1 1/2      1
INFLATION
RPI excluding mortgage interest payments
 (fourth quarter)                   3 3/4     3       3 1/4      1
Producer output prices (fourth
 quarter)                           2         3 1/4   3          1
GDP deflator at market prices
 (financial year)                   3 3/4     3 1/4   4          1 1/4
MONEY GDP AT MARKET PRICES (FINANCIAL YEAR)
 Pounds billion                       602       636     678
 percentage change                  4         5 1/2   6 1/2      2
PSBR (FINANCIAL YEAR)
 Pounds billion                    36 1/2    50      38         10
 per cent of GDP                    6         7 3/4   5 1/2      1 1/2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Average absolute error in Autumn Statement forecasts over past ten
years; they apply to the forecasts for 1994 or 1994-95.
3 Per cent of GDP.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
RECENT TREASURY FORECASTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Per cent change on previous year*
                                            1992
                                          Autumn     March    November
                                       Statement    Budget      Budget
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross domestic product (1993)              1         1 1/4       1 3/4
RPI excluding mortgage
 interest payments (1993 Q4)               3 3/4     3 3/4       3
Current account (1993, Pounds billion)   -15 1/2   -17 1/2      -9 1/2
PSBR (1993-94, Pounds billion)            45        50          50
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Unless otherwise stated
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
<item> US  United States of America </item>
<item> JP  Japan, Asia </item>
<item> DE  Germany, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9531 Housing Programs </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  Inflation </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> MKTS  Production </item>
<item> ECON  Employment &amp; unemployment </item>
<item> ECON  Balance of trade </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9531 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 37</biblScope>
<extent>6345</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The self-employed </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Jack Holmstock, 44
</p>
<p>
Job: taxi driver. Formerly worked in local government and recruitment
</p>
<p>
Earns: about pounds 22,000 a year and has a mortgage of pounds 50,000 on his
east London house
</p>
<p>
Politics: votes Conservative
</p>
<p>
Wanted: an interest rate cut. 'As a mortgage payer this would make a
difference to us in particular. It would also have a big knock-on effect -
firms would take more people on, and more people would use cabs.'
</p>
<p>
First reaction: 'It is going to cost me. The increase in petrol affects me.
So does the increase in car tax. I don't smoke or drink, only a little wine,
so I will not be hit there. But we run a pounds 50,000 mortgage here and the
decrease in mortgage tax relief is going to hurt. On the plus side I was
glad there was not VAT on food and books. Also, I have two parents on
pensions so I was pleased to see them getting help with fuel bills.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 36</biblScope>
<extent>194</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Drive for high growth and living standards - Red
Book details </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The government's economic objective is to promote sustained growth and
higher living standards. In delivering this objective, fiscal and monetary
policies are complemented by the government's continuing programme of
microeconomic reform. This programme is designed to improve the efficiency
of markets and strengthen the long-term supply performance of the economy.
</p>
<p>
The central purpose of this budget is to put the public finances on to a
sound basis, so that the economic recovery now under way can be sustained
over the medium term. The budget combines tight public expenditure restraint
with measures to raise revenue. It also includes a number of measures to
help large and small businesses, thus improving the prospect for jobs.
</p>
<p>
The budget measures on taxation and spending will reinforce the fall in the
public sector borrowing requirement (PSBR) as the economy recovers. The PSBR
path now projected is significantly below that in the March projections. The
budget should bring the PSBR back close to balance by 1998-99 (see
accompanying table), when the government will be borrowing only to finance
its net capital spending.
</p>
<p>
On the spending side, tight control over pay and running costs and savings
in a number of programmes contribute to substantial reductions. On the
revenue side, the main focus is on broadening the tax base rather than
increasing tax rates, while supporting environmental and health objectives.
</p>
<p>
The strategy for strengthening the supply side aims to make the economy more
responsive to market disciplines by enlarging the market sector, increasing
competition, deregulating, and improving the climate for enterprise,
particularly small businesses. The budget contains a number of measures
which contribute to this aim. There is a package of tax and national
insurance measures designed to help businesses, particularly smaller
businesses, and to reduce the cost of employing lower-paid workers.
</p>
<p>
On the spending side, more resources have been found for education and
health; provision has been made for a new apprenticeship scheme and further
measures to help people get jobs; and there are reforms to the social
security programme, including help with childcare costs for low income
working families. Additional help is given to exporters, and the budget
takes forward the government's commitment to encourage the private financing
of infrastructure projects and other capital expenditure which have hitherto
been undertaken by the public sector.
</p>
<p>
Measures to help business
</p>
<p>
More resources will go to raising skills: They will go to education
programmes to ensure record levels of participation in further and higher
education, and a new apprenticeship scheme will be introduced for the
training of young people. Spending on basic science and technology will be
maintained in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Promoting employment: Employers' national insurance contributions will be
reduced by 1 per cent for employees earning less than Pounds 200 a week and
0.2 per cent for others. This should more than offset the cost to business
of changes to statutory sick pay, which will encourage employers to manage
sickness absence better. There will also be measures to encourage people to
find work, including help with childcare costs for low-income working
families and a new Job Seekers' Allowance.
</p>
<p>
Promoting investment: More private finance will be levered into capital
projects. This will augment direct investment planned by the public sector,
averaging around Pounds 22bn over the next three years.
</p>
<p>
Help for finances: A new scheme will be introduced to relieve surplus
advance corporation tax (ACT) on dividends paid from foreign income. The
maximum real increase in business rates faced by businesses in transition to
higher rates will be halved; other businesses face no real increase. The
profits limits for the small companies' rate of corporation tax will be
raised by 20 per cent. The government will consult on measures to promote
prompt payment by means of legislation for interest on late payment and a
British Standard for prompt payment.
</p>
<p>
Regulatory burden reduced: The VAT registration threshold for smaller
businesses will be increased to Pounds 45,000, and statutory audit
requirements will be abolished for companies with a turnover below Pounds
90,000.
</p>
<p>
Investment in growing companies: A new Enterprise Investment Scheme will be
introduced; the government will consult on a Venture Capital Trust scheme;
and CGT reliefs will be extended.
</p>
<p>
Exporters: More help will be given through increased export credit cover and
lower premiums.
</p>
<p>
Choosing public spending priorities
</p>
<p>
Spending is reduced by Pounds 3.8bn in 1994-95 and Pounds 2.1bn in 1995-96.
By 1996-97, total spending is reduced by Pounds 4.4bn as a result of the
budget measures, equivalent to  1/2 per cent of GDP. This is achieved in
particular by the following.
</p>
<p>
Restraining public sector paybills and costs: Provision for civil service
running costs in the period 1994-95 to 1996-97 is frozen at broadly the
1993-94 level. A similar approach is applied to running costs in the rest of
the public sector.
</p>
<p>
Restraining the growth of social security: By reforming invalidity benefit
and benefits paid to the unemployed, and making employers fully responsible
for paying statutory sick pay with an exemption for small companies.
</p>
<p>
Savings on defence, housing, transport and other programmes: Within the
lower totals more resources go to priority programmes. In addition to the
measures to boost wealth creation, the new plans provide extra resources for
the Health Service in 1994-95 and allow for increases in real terms each
year. Extra help will be provided to pensioners and those on income-related
benefits to meet the cost of extra fuel bills as a result of the
introduction of VAT on fuel. The plans also fully protect the level of
spending on law and order.
</p>
<p>
Revenue measures for medium term
</p>
<p>
There will be a broader tax base: Income tax allowances and the basic rate
limit are unchanged for 1994-95. From April 1995 the value of the married
couple's allowance will be restricted to 15 per cent and tax relief for
mortgage interest payments will be reduced to 15 per cent. Most insurance
premiums will be taxed at 3 per cent.
</p>
<p>
A duty will be charged on air passengers of Pounds 5 for flights to
destinations within the EC, and Pounds 10 elsewhere. There are a number of
measures to protect revenue and block tax avoidance schemes.
</p>
<p>
Health and environmental aims: Tax on road fuels will rise by 3 pence per
litre and will be increased on average by at least 5 per cent a year in real
terms in future budgets. The tax on tobacco will rise by 11p on a packet of
20 cigarettes and on average by at least 3 per cent in real terms in future
budgets. VED on cars is raised by Pounds 5 to Pounds 130.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 36</biblScope>
<extent>1152</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: PSBR in 1994-95 forecast to shrink back to Pounds
37.9bn - Government receipts set to rise by 10 per cent / North Sea revenues
expected to top Pounds 2bn as production picks up </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
This section brings together the detailed forecasts of revenue, spending,
borrowing and debt for 1993-94 and 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
The presentation of the public sector accounts now reflects the chancellor's
commitment to draw a clear distinction between current and capital
transactions.
</p>
<p>
The outturn for the public sector borrowing requirement (PSBR) in 1992-93
was Pounds 36.7bn, Pounds 1bn more than estimated in the March budget. The
latest forecast for 1993-94 is a PSBR of Pounds 49.8bn, equivalent to 7 per
cent of GDP. This forecast is only marginally changed from the March budget,
although there have been offsetting changes to some components. Taking into
account the new public expenditure plans and the tax changes announced in
this budget, the PSBR in 1994-95 is forecast to come down to Pounds 37.9bn,
or 5 per cent of GDP, the first year-on-year reduction since 1988-89.
</p>
<p>
Receipts in 1994-95 are expected to rise faster than money GDP, reflecting
both economic recovery and the tax increases announced in the March and
November budgets. And tight control of public expenditure is expected to
bring general government expenditure (GGE) growth below that of GDP, despite
a further sharp rise in debt interest payments.
</p>
<p>
The public sector financial deficit (PSFD) is forecast at 8 per cent of GDP
in 1993-94, falling to 6 per cent of GDP in 1994-95. The gap between the
PSBR and the PSFD - around  3/4 per cent of GDP in 1993-94 - represents
various financial transactions, notably privatisation proceeds.
</p>
<p>
The difference between the public sector's financial deficit and its current
deficit is net capital expenditure (net of depreciation), less capital
transfers. The current deficit is expected to stand at 6 1/2 per cent of GDP
in 1993-94, falling to 4 1/2 per cent of GDP in 1994-95. The forecast
reduction in the PSFD in 1994-95 is primarily due to a lower current
deficit.
</p>
<p>
The general government financial deficit (GGFD) is expected to be a little
higher than the PSFD in 1993-94 at 8 3/4 per cent of GDP, reflecting the
small financial surplus projected for the public corporations sector. It is
forecast to fall to 6 1/4 per cent of GDP in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Public sector debt: The stock of net public sector debt at end-March 1993
was Pounds 201.5bn, 32 3/4 per cent of GDP. The latest forecast of the PSBR
for 1993-94 implies a rise to 38 1/2 per cent at end-March 1994, marginally
lower than projected in March, mainly because of a higher forecast level of
GDP. A further rise is in prospect to 41 3/4 per cent at end-March 1995.
General government gross debt is projected to rise from 41 per cent of GDP
at end-March 1993 to 49 per cent at end-March 1995.
</p>
<p>
The 1992-93 outturn: The PSBR in 1992-93 was around Pounds 1bn higher than
forecast in the March budget. This was more than explained by lower
receipts.
</p>
<p>
The 1993-94 forecast: The latest forecast of the 1993-94 PSBR is marginally
lower than the March budget. Expenditure is now forecast at around Pounds
1bn lower than in March; there is a slightly smaller downward revision to
the forecast of receipts. Although GDP growth is now expected to be a little
higher than forecast in March, revenues from most taxes have been running at
or below expectations. VAT receipts in particular have been weaker than
expected.
</p>
<p>
General government receipts are now expected to rise by 3 per cent in
1993-94. This is below the forecast growth in money GDP (5 1/2 per cent),
but compares with a rise in receipts of only  1/2 per cent recorded in
1992-93. Within this total:
</p>
<p>
the forecast of Inland Revenue receipts is more or less unchanged from the
March budget forecast;
</p>
<p>
income tax receipts are expected to be up on 1992-93, as are receipts of
petroleum revenue tax and stamp duties. But this is partly offset by lower
corporation tax;
</p>
<p>
the rise in Customs and Excise receipts in 1993-94 is weaker than in the
March Budget forecast. This is explained by a substantially lower forecast
of VAT receipts, in line with the outturn observed so far this year;
</p>
<p>
social security receipts are much as expected in March. But the forecast of
interest and dividend receipts is higher, reflecting the buoyant outturn to
date.
</p>
<p>
General government receipts are forecast to rise by 10 per cent in 1994-95,
significantly more than money GDP growth (6 1/2 per cent). Tax increases are
an important factor. The measures announced in the March budget but not due
to be implemented until 1994-95 will increase taxes by around Pounds 3.75bn
(mostly from income tax, social security contributions and VAT) as compared
with indexed 1993-94 levels. The November budget measures will increase
taxes in 1994-95 by a further Pounds 1.75bn.
</p>
<p>
Even without these measures, the projected increase in general government
receipts in 1994-95 would still be around 7 1/2 per cent, which is higher
than money GDP growth.
</p>
<p>
Within this forecast total for 1994-95:
</p>
<p>
Inland Revenue receipts are forecast to increase by 14 per cent from their
1993-94 level. Around a quarter of this is due to higher corporation tax,
reflecting a cyclical recovery. Most of the rest of the increase is due to
income tax, where receipts are boosted by the two sets of budget measures;
</p>
<p>
Customs and Excise receipts are forecast to rise by 11 per cent, of which
about half reflects the tax measures in the March and November budgets.
Without the two sets of budget measures, receipts would grow slightly faster
than consumer spending;
</p>
<p>
social security receipts are forecast to rise by 10 per cent, of which
around a third reflects the net impact of the two sets of budget changes.
</p>
<p>
North Sea revenues: North Sea revenues in 1993-94, at under Pounds 1.5bn,
are expected to be little higher than last year's outturn and Pounds 750m
lower than forecast in the March budget. Petroleum revenue tax (PRT)
receipts are expected to be marginally lower than forecast reflecting the
lower oil price. But corporation tax receipts are now expected to be more
than Pounds 500m lower, because of higher repayments of tax (caused by lower
settlements for old years) and lower liabilities in 1992. North Sea revenues
are expected to rise to over Pounds 2bn in 1994-95, as oil and gas
production picks up, and following the reforms to PRT in the March budget.
This would still represent less than  1/2 per cent of GDP, as compared with
a peak of 3 3/4 per cent of GDP in the mid-1980s.
</p>
<p>
Taxes as a share of GDP: The ratio of tax and social security revenues to
GDP has fallen quite sharply since the onset of recession, from 37 per cent
in 1990-91 to 34 3/4 per cent in 1992-93. A further reduction to 34 per cent
is expected for 1993-94. Although output has been growing since mid-1992,
the cycle in tax revenues tends to lag behind that in economic activity.
Certain taxes - for example mainstream corporation tax and income tax on
self-employment income - are collected a year or so in arrears, and these
taxes are among those which show the greatest variability over the cycle.
With economic recovery continuing through 1993 and 1994, and the tax
measures announced in the March and November budgets taking effect, the tax
to GDP ratio should rise sharply in 1994-95. The forecast is for an increase
of nearly 1 1/2 percentage points in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Expenditure: General government expenditure (GGE) in 1993-94 is now put at
around Pounds 1bn below the March budget forecast. The control total is
expected to turn out between Pounds 250m and Pounds 500m below the public
spending plans. The main explanation of lower GGE outside of the control
total is lower cyclical social security spending which mainly reflects a
lower outturn for unemployment than assumed in the March Budget forecast.
</p>
<p>
For 1994-95, new control total spending is to be held to a cash rise of 2
3/4 per cent, which represents a fall of 1 1/4 per cent in real terms. And
although expenditure outside the control total is expected to rise somewhat
faster, the forecast growth in GGE excluding privatisation proceeds - 4 per
cent in cash terms, or zero in real terms - is much lower than for 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
Much of the growth in spending outside the control total is expected to come
from debt interest payments, reflecting the rising level of public sector
debt. Central government debt interest is expected to rise by 11 per cent in
1993-94, and by 16 per cent in 1994-95. General government debt interest
payments (which also includes local authorities' interest payments on
borrowing from the market) are now rising as a per cent of GDP following a
period of six years when the ratio was falling.
</p>
<p>
The forecast assumes privatisation proceeds of Pounds 5bn in 1994-95, a
similar level to the expected outturn for 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
Public sector capital expenditure, net of depreciation, is expected to total
around Pounds 14bn in 1993-94, an increase of Pounds 750m on 1992-93. There
will be a reduction in 1994-95 from the high real level of spending
maintained during the recession. However, this will be offset to some extent
by the impact of the private finance initiative, which will lead to
additional investment financed by the private sector in areas previously
regarded as public sector.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 36</biblScope>
<extent>1622</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: How the seven wise men saw the chancellor's
performance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Andrew Britton
</p>
<p>
National Institute of Economic and Social Research
</p>
<p>
The main interest is on the public spending side. Some reforms of social
security were inevitable, but the changes to invalidity and unemployment
benefits will cause real hardship unless the economy expands more rapidly in
the medium term than we now expect. In the short term the cuts in public
spending were not properly explained, and may be hard to achieve.
</p>
<p>
On the tax side the measures were well chosen, but in my view there was no
need for tax increases on this scale. There is no need to eliminate the
PSBR; borrowing should match public investment in an average year.
</p>
<p>
Tim Congdon
</p>
<p>
Lombard Research
</p>
<p>
The surprise of the Budget was the large reduction in public spending
numbers. The spending total for 1994/95 is Pounds 3 1/2 bn below previous
plans. There are two reasons. First, the inflation assumption for 1994/95
has been reduced from 4 per cent to 3 1/4 per cent. Secondly, the Treasury
has cut the 'contingency reserve' in existing plans, from Pounds 7bn to
Pounds 3 1/2 bn.
</p>
<p>
The tax rises announced from 1994/95 were actually less than had been
expected at Pounds 1 3/4 bn. However, a number of further measures are being
phased in 1995/96, bring the total increase to nearly Pounds 5bn.
</p>
<p>
Overall, the Budget should be welcomed by financial markets.
</p>
<p>
David Currie
</p>
<p>
London Business School
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke's first unified budget is politically highly astute.
</p>
<p>
He has skilfully defused the household fuel VAT row. As the London Business
School predicted in October, he has taken advantage of lower inflation and
the public pay freeze to cut public spending, with tough curbs on social
security. This, together with the absence of measures against the pensions
industry, will please the markets, but it will prove hard to hit the new
public spending targets beyond next year if inflation picks up.
</p>
<p>
The further reduction in mortgage tax relief, the modest extension of the
tax base, the action on tax avoidance and the introduction of road charges
all make good economic sense.
</p>
<p>
Gavyn Davies
</p>
<p>
Goldman Sachs International
</p>
<p>
Although it takes some calculated risk with the recovery next year, the
macro-economic measures in this Budget are quite brave and generally
sensible. The overall measures represent another necessary reversal of the
inappropriate budgetary easing in the second half of the 1980s.
</p>
<p>
Some of the tightening comes through lower public spending, which is partly
the result of declines in the contingency reserve, and will anyway be hard
to achieve in a re-election period. Nevertheless, this package should ensure
both that the public sector debt position is sustainable, and that the
dangerous rund down in net public sector assets will end by 1997/98.
</p>
<p>
Professor Wynne Godley
</p>
<p>
Cambridge University
</p>
<p>
I think the forecast is seriously incoherent because the projections of the
financial deficit looks inconsistent with the forecast for the balance of
payments and private savings. It projects a financial deficit of about
Pounds 55bn this year which must be about 8.5 per cent of GNP while the
balance of payments is said to be only 1.5 per cent.
</p>
<p>
I think the Budget judgment is probably along the right lines because such
expansion as we have seen is ill-structured and clearly based on the
consumer. But I think it will bring any expansion to an end.
</p>
<p>
Professor Patrick Minford
</p>
<p>
Liverpool University
</p>
<p>
This is a skilful Budget which has moved public spending control back to the
centre of the budgetary process - justifying the unified Budget. The
emphasis on public spending and reform of the welfare state is the most
important element: more detail will be needed and more reforms to build on
the start made here.
</p>
<p>
On the revenue side it was right to defer the extra burdens to 1995-96 and
to avoid raising any of the key marginal tax rates. The measures to broaden
the tax base and reduce mortgage interest relief are particularly welcome.
</p>
<p>
It is probable that the Treasury's PSBR projections are too pessimistic, so
that it should be possible to reduce marginal tax rates before the next
election.
</p>
<p>
Andrew Sentance
</p>
<p>
Confederation of British Industry
</p>
<p>
It was a skilful Budget which reduces public borrowing convincingly without
damaging short term recovery prospects. I think the particular points I
would welcome are the lower public spending plans; the fairly modest
short-term impact and the fact that he has avoided significant tax increases
on business.
</p>
<p>
However, if we take this together with the March budget the government's
fiscal policy will take a lot of spending power out of the economy and it
might be necessary to reduce interest rates further to sustain recovery.
</p>
<p>
The lower public borrowing justifies some further reduction.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 35</biblScope>
<extent>816</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: The Speech </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, a politician presenting his first Budget is like a
lion-tamer trying out his act for the first time. I have decided to tackle
the difficulties I face in a direct way, on the basis of the clear policy
objectives I set myself when I became chancellor.
</p>
<p>
My first priority has been to sustain the economic recovery now underway and
to create the right climate for growth and jobs.
</p>
<p>
I have been determined to take no risks with inflation.
</p>
<p>
We have brought inflation down to the lowest level for a generation and low
inflation must now remain a permanent feature of the British economic
landscape.
</p>
<p>
To achieve these objectives, the task of my first Budget has been to set the
government's finances on a sustainable path for the rest of the decade. To
make the decisions necessary now to secure lasting recovery and rising
living standards in the future.
</p>
<p>
The Financial Statement and Budget Report, together with a number of press
releases filling out the details of our spending plans and my Budget tax
proposals, will be available from the Vote Office as soon as I have sat
down.
</p>
<p>
Economic situation and prospects
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, Britain's economic performance this year has been
encouraging.
</p>
<p>
It is now clear that the recovery started in the first half of 1992, well
before sterling's departure from the Exchange Rate Mechanism. GDP has risen
for six successive quarters. And in 1993 as a whole, I now expect the
economy to grow by about 1 3/4 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Unemployment has fallen since the beginning of the year, at a much earlier
stage in the economic cycle than past experience would suggest.
</p>
<p>
And crucially, the recovery has been accompanied by continuing low
inflation. Underlying inflation has not been lower since 1968. And unit wage
costs in manufacturing have actually fallen this year, allowing British
industry to establish a durable improvement in competitiveness.
</p>
<p>
As a result, despite the weakness of activity in the other major European
countries, Britain's trading performance over the last year has been
excellent. Exports to countries outside the EU were up by no less than 14
per cent in the last three months compared with a year ago  - a sharp
increase in our market share. After the last three difficult years, that
performance convincingly demonstrates the strength of British manufacturing
today.
</p>
<p>
Continued growth in consumer spending, together with further increases in
exports and investment, should bring faster growth in 1994.
</p>
<p>
Economic forecasting is an unreliable art, to which far too much importance
has been attached in recent years. But on the best judgement I can make,
growth next year should be about 2 1/2 per cent.
</p>
<p>
With considerable spare capacity in the economy, inflationary pressures
remain subdued. The tax measures announced in March, and the further
measures I shall be announcing today, will push inflation up a little in the
next few months.
</p>
<p>
But this should not feed through into higher inflation over the medium term.
</p>
<p>
I expect underlying inflation to remain inside the government's 1 to 4 per
cent target range over the year ahead, and to decline steadily into the
lower half of that range by the end of this parliament. Monetary policy will
continue to be directed towards meeting that objective.
</p>
<p>
Monetary policy
</p>
<p>
As now, my decisions on interest rates will be based on a careful assessment
of monetary conditions and inflationary trends, focusing particularly upon
the growth of narrow and broad money, changes in the exchange rate and
movements in asset prices.
</p>
<p>
On the basis of these indicators, I felt able last week to reduce interest
rates to 5 1/2 per cent, the lowest level for 16 years. Since 1990,
industry's interest bill has been slashed by nearly Pounds 12bn a year, and
the typical mortgage borrower is paying Pounds 170 less each month.
</p>
<p>
That is a massive boost to spending power, fully justified by the remarkable
progress we have made on inflation.
</p>
<p>
Starting with last week's change, I decided to give the Bank of England
responsibility for the precise timing of interest rate movements. This
underlines my commitment to the new framework for monetary policy
established by my predecessor last September.
</p>
<p>
Funding policy
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the increasing credibility of that framework has brought
our long-term interest rates down to their lowest level for over 25 years.
That fact also demonstrates the ease with which this year's borrowing
requirement has been financed. But the very success of the funding
programme, coupled with last year's substantial gilt sales to banks and
building societies, has squeezed the liquidity of the banking system,
complicating the task of managing the money markets.
</p>
<p>
To offset the purchases made by banks and building societies last year, I
intend to sell some Pounds 7bn fewer gilts than would otherwise be necessary
to fund the public sector borrowing requirement through to the end of
1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Using this flexibility in our established funding policy will ease money
market pressures, while continuing to ensure that borrowing is financed in a
non-inflationary way.
</p>
<p>
World economic developments
</p>
<p>
As we look towards 1994 the prospects are encouraging.
</p>
<p>
But two substantial risks remain.
</p>
<p>
First, the continuing weakness of world economic activity, particularly in
continental Europe.
</p>
<p>
With Britain the only major country in the European Union likely to have
grown at all in 1993, what manufacturing industry needs most is a pick-up of
activity in the rest of Europe.
</p>
<p>
But economic recovery on the continent will not be enough on its own.
Europe's economic problems are not just cyclical. The continent as a whole
faces a number of deep-rooted and long-standing challenges - inflexible
markets and declining competitiveness, which have combined to produce
mounting structural unemployment.
</p>
<p>
There were more jobs created in Britain in the 1980s than anywhere else in
Europe. And in the period ahead, we must not only fight to export our goods
and services, but also to win the battle of ideas in Europe. We must
continue to work for more flexible and deregulated labour markets across the
continent. And we must continue to fight for free trade, not just within the
European Union, but between the Union and the rest of the world. The first
essential step is to secure a satisfactory conclusion to the Gatt round.
</p>
<p>
The public finances
</p>
<p>
The second major risk to the recovery in Britain is the public finances. The
overriding need is to place the public finances on a sound footing. That is
the immediate task of the government and the main theme of my Budget today.
</p>
<p>
Business can plan ahead with confidence only if it knows that government
borrowing is under control. My task today is to deliver that confidence.
</p>
<p>
In his excellent Budget in March, my Rt Hon Friend the member for Kingston
announced a series of tax measures designed to reduce public sector
borrowing over the medium term.
</p>
<p>
But necessary and controversial as those measures were, they still left the
prospect of a borrowing requirement of over 4 per cent of GDP by the end of
this parliament.
</p>
<p>
In my judgment, we now need to go further. The first Budget that combines
decisions on taxation and spending, a reform instituted by my Rt Hon Friend,
gives me the opportunity to do so.
</p>
<p>
As a prudent government, we cannot sit by, simply hoping that faster growth
and forecasting changes will come to our rescue.
</p>
<p>
As a government committed to high quality public services, we must prevent
ever larger sums being swallowed up in debt interest payments.
</p>
<p>
As a government with a long-term tax-cutting agenda, we must stop ever more
national debt piling up for future generations to pay.
</p>
<p>
And as a government determined to deliver sustained recovery, we must ensure
that billions of pounds of the nation's savings are not poured into the
public sector - savings that are better used by the private sector, to
support investment, expansion and jobs.
</p>
<p>
It might seem easier to take the short-term view.
</p>
<p>
But Britain's recovery can only be sustained if we tackle the deficit now.
In my opinion, the Budget must sort out the problem of public borrowing once
and for all.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the measures I am announcing today will in themselves
reduce the public sector borrowing requirement by a further Pounds 5 1/2 bn
in the next financial year, by Pounds 7bn in 1995-96 and by Pounds 10 1/2 bn
in 1996-97, equivalent to 1 1/4 per cent of GDP by the end of this
parliament.
</p>
<p>
Coming on top of the measures announced by my Rt Hon Friend in March, these
are substantial sums. But in my judgment, this is the minimum necessary to
ensure that the public finances are on a sustainable track for the rest of
the decade. It will help to reduce the public sector borrowing requirement
from just under Pounds 50bn in the current year to about Pounds 38bn next
year. It should eliminate borrowing to finance current spending by 1997-98
and eliminate government borrowing entirely by the end of the decade.
</p>
<p>
In short, Mr Deputy Speaker, my proposals today should meet their objectives
in full - establishing sound public finances into the next century.
</p>
<p>
VAT on fuel and power
</p>
<p>
Before I set out the government's new plans for public expenditure over the
next three years, I have one piece of business to conclude from the March
Budget.
</p>
<p>
My Rt Hon Friend's decision to extend VAT to domestic fuel and power was in
my view fully justified and I have no intention of asking parliament to
change the measure which it has already voted in favour of and put on the
statute book.
</p>
<p>
To reduce borrowing, we had to raise revenue. In a full year, VAT on
domestic fuel will raise nearly Pounds 3bn, without affecting the
job-creating sectors of the economy. It will also help to meet Britain's
commitment to aim to return carbon dioxide emissions to their 1990 levels by
the end of this decade.
</p>
<p>
But the government recognised from the outset that the poorest would need
extra help. I can now announce to the House our detailed proposals.
</p>
<p>
First, even before the extra help we intend to provide, all those on
income-related benefits will get a substantial increase next April under the
normal uprating rules. Benefits will rise by 3 1/2 per cent - a lot more
than many people in work will get next year.
</p>
<p>
But on top of that automatic increase, the government has decided to provide
further substantial help.
</p>
<p>
For poorer households other than pensioners and the disabled, we will
calculate the benefit increases that would be paid at the April 1995
uprating from VAT on fuel, and pay them a year early - this coming April.
This will ensure that extra help is available before the bills arrive.
</p>
<p>
In April 1995, we will adopt a similar approach, bringing forward the VAT
element in the benefit uprating once more.
</p>
<p>
And in April 1996, this extra payment will remain as a permanent addition to
benefit.
</p>
<p>
For poorer pensioners and disabled people on income-related benefits, we
intend to go further. Next April, we will give a special increase on top of
the normal uprating: 50 pence a week for single people and 70 pence a week
for couples. In April 1995, this will be doubled to Pounds 1 a week for
single people and Pounds 1.40 a week for couples, partly through the normal
uprating and partly through a further special increase. And by April 1996,
benefits will be Pounds 1.40 a week higher for single poorer pensioners and
Pounds 2 a week higher for couples than they would otherwise have been.
</p>
<p>
The immediate impact next April will be to give a pensioner couple on income
support a total increase in benefit of Pounds 4 per week.
</p>
<p>
Cold weather payments will also be increased, to help the most vulnerable
groups during periods of exceptionally cold weather. Next winter these
payments will go up from Pounds 6 to Pounds 7 a week; and there will be a
further increase to Pounds 7.50 a week from November 1995.
</p>
<p>
This, Mr Deputy Speaker, is a substantial package of help, which fully
discharges the promise we have made.
</p>
<p>
It will ensure that the introduction of VAT does not put the cost of fuel
beyond the reach of the poorest in our society.
</p>
<p>
That promise was, of course, restricted to people on means-tested benefits,
benefits which exist precisely in order to help those in the greatest need.
</p>
<p>
But, Mr Deputy Speaker, I do recognise that there is another group who have
struggled to cope over recent years and will also have difficulty in meeting
their higher fuel bills.
</p>
<p>
Many retired people on modest incomes have worked hard all their lives and
have been careful to put something aside each week. Often these savings mean
that they cannot claim benefit. Yet while millions of families and
businesses have benefited from falling interest rates over the last three
years, many of these people feel that they have lost out again. Falling
inflation helps to preserve the real value of their savings, but the
interest retired people receive on their savings has dropped very sharply.
</p>
<p>
The government has therefore decided to give extra help not just to those on
modest incomes, but to all pensioners.
</p>
<p>
We will do so in three ways.
</p>
<p>
First, my Rt Hon Friend the secretary of state for the environment has
decided to boost the Home Energy Efficiency Scheme by Pounds 35m a year over
the next three years. An equivalent extension will be made in Northern
Ireland. This will provide substantial financial assistance with home
insulation, helping people to reduce their fuel bills whilst staying warm.
By almost doubling the present provision, we will be able to extend
eligibility to all pensioners and all disabled people.
</p>
<p>
Second, I shall help savers and particularly those whose incomes are made
unpredictable by changes in interest rates. I intend to introduce a new
pensioner's guaranteed income bond which will combine a fixed rate of
interest, guaranteed for five years, with regular monthly interest payments.
Full details will be announced in the new year, but I can tell the House now
that the rate will be a competitive one. Pensioners will be able to invest
their savings, with complete security, and know exactly what income they
will be getting - month in, month out.
</p>
<p>
Third, and most significant, I intend to make a special addition to pensions
- and to the benefits linked to them - over and above the normal uprating in
line with the retail prices index. Over the next two years I propose to give
to all pensioners exactly the same extra help with their fuel bills as those
pensioners on income-related benefits will be getting.
</p>
<p>
This extra help will build up over time. By April 1996, the weekly
retirement pension for a pensioner couple will be Pounds 1.85 a week higher
than it would otherwise have been without the VAT increase. A single
pensioner will receive Pounds 1.30 a week more.
</p>
<p>
The help I have outlined for pensioners will not precisely match increases
in fuel bills in each and every household.
</p>
<p>
But on average, pensioners are likely to find that, after taking account of
falling real fuel prices, the extra help they receive will broadly cover
changes in fuel bills, including VAT, over the course of this Parliament.
</p>
<p>
This is the first break since 1980 from our policy of uprating pensions
strictly by the retail prices index.
</p>
<p>
It must be regarded as wholly exceptional and it cannot be repeated whenever
a particular tax or price increase is opposed on the grounds that retired
people should not pay it.
</p>
<p>
In a very difficult year for public spending, this amounts to a huge package
of extra help. Fifteen million people will benefit. We shall be providing
around Pounds 400m of extra help next year, and around Pounds 1 1/4 bn extra
in the year 1996-97. These massive sums more than deliver the government's
firm commitment to help the less well-off groups in society.
</p>
<p>
They extend that significant help to all our pensioners.
</p>
<p>
I am sure they will be welcomed by everyone who wants to see revenue raised
in a sensible and fair way.
</p>
<p>
Public spending
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, let me now turn to the government's new spending plans
for the rest of this parliament.
</p>
<p>
In June, the cabinet imposed tight ceilings on public spending over the next
three years - a real terms freeze in the new control total over the next two
years, with growth limited to 1 per cent a year thereafter. In my view,
nothing tougher has been attempted since this government came to power in
1979.
</p>
<p>
Anyone who has actually run one or more of the big departments of state
knows how unacceptable it would be to contemplate cuts in the health
service, in our education system, or in the resources needed to improve law
and order.
</p>
<p>
In a modern and civilised society no one can regard all public spending as a
bad thing.
</p>
<p>
Of course, more spending is not the only way to improve our public services.
</p>
<p>
Quality public services also depend crucially on greater efficiency, better
value for money, and where sensible, on the involvement of private sector
money, management and advice.
</p>
<p>
Earlier this year, my Rt Hon Friend the chief secretary launched a series of
fundamental public expenditure reviews to establish more clearly what the
government's spending priorities should be. Already this programme is
producing dividends. The first four reviews have played a key role in this
year's public expenditure survey.
</p>
<p>
I can now announce to the House that overall, even including the package of
help with fuel bills, the government's new spending plans are fully
consistent with the tough limits agreed by the cabinet in June.
</p>
<p>
For the next three years, total government expenditure will grow by
substantially less than the projected growth of the economy. Public spending
will therefore fall as a proportion of national income, from around 45 per
cent this year to 42 1/2 per cent in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
To achieve this, we have started with a rigorous approach to the
government's administrative costs. Central government running costs,
including paybills, will be frozen at this year's cash level. Pay increases
for public sector staff will therefore have to be paid for by greater
efficiency or savings in the cost of running government.
</p>
<p>
But, Mr Deputy Speaker, we have also had to conduct a searching examination
of spending on government programmes. That examination began with the
largest spending programme of all, social security.
</p>
<p>
Social security
</p>
<p>
Social security spending is increasing at an underlying rate of more than 3
per cent a year in real terms, well above the sustainable growth rate of the
economy as a whole. If this trend continues it will place a quite impossible
burden on the working population in the future - our children and our
children's children.
</p>
<p>
If we do not plan the social security programme properly, we shall be unable
to give effective help to those who need it most.
</p>
<p>
A good social security system - under which the better off and people in
work pay to support the poor and the disadvantaged - is an essential feature
of a modern civilised state.
</p>
<p>
In reviewing the social security budget, the government's objectives have
been to ensure that the social security system is better targeted on today's
real needs and to make it simpler and less susceptible to fraud.
</p>
<p>
Job seeker's allowance
</p>
<p>
Let me start, Mr Deputy Speaker, with two proposals designed to help people
back into work. The present convoluted system for supporting the unemployed
includes two entirely separate benefits - income support and unemployment
benefit - and two quite separate bureaucracies for delivering them - the
Employment Service and the Benefits Agency, employing between them no fewer
than 44,000 civil servants to do the job.
</p>
<p>
We intend to cut through this bureaucratic maze by introducing, from April
1996, a single benefit for the unemployed - the job seeker's allowance. This
will align rates and rules and reduce the contributory element of the
benefit from 12 to 6 months. But it will also build on the success of the
Restart programme introduced in the 1980s, by drawing a much closer link
between the receipt of benefit and the claimant's demonstrated willingness
to look for work. And it will be reinforced by a strengthening of Restart
itself; by an extension of community action places; and by the introduction
of pilot schemes offering intensive guidance, assessment and a financial
incentive to long-term unemployed people who need it most.
</p>
<p>
Family credit
</p>
<p>
Our second proposal should have a more immediate impact.
</p>
<p>
The House will be aware of the rising level of concern about the causes,
consequences and costs of the growth of lone parenthood in this country.
There are many lone parents - and married mothers as well - who have no
desire to remain trapped in poverty or dependent on benefits, but who
believe that they have no choice. As a result of the cost of childcare, they
simply cannot afford to go out to work.
</p>
<p>
That cannot be right. The government has therefore decided to introduce next
autumn a new allowance available to all those on family credit who need to
pay for childcare.
</p>
<p>
This will be worth up to Pounds 28 each week per family and it should help
tens of thousands of mothers to get back into work and off income support. I
am sure it will be warmly welcomed by all those who want to see the poorest
parents back on the road to financial independence.
</p>
<p>
I turn next to statutory sick pay.
</p>
<p>
At the moment, employees who go sick and meet the qualifying conditions are
entitled to receive sick pay at specified rates. After the first three days
of sickness, their employers are entitled to reimbursement from the
government for 80 per cent of the cost.
</p>
<p>
We have no plans to reduce the sick pay entitlements of employees. But, with
effect from next April, we propose to stop reimbursing the cost of statutory
sick pay for the largest employers.
</p>
<p>
For smaller companies, the current special exemptions will be extended. At
present, those with national insurance bills of less than Pounds 16,000 a
year are fully reimbursed after the first six weeks of each statutory sick
pay claim. I propose to increase that threshold to Pounds 20,000, to bring
more companies into the scheme, and to provide full reimbursement after only
four weeks. Two thirds of all employers will therefore continue to get help.
</p>
<p>
Employers' national
</p>
<p>
insurance contributions
</p>
<p>
The transfer of these costs from the taxpayer to business will reduce public
spending by around Pounds 700m a year over the next three years. But to
ensure that business as a whole does not lose, my Rt Hon Friend and I have
decided to reduce the main rate of employers' national insurance
contributions by 0.2 per cent from next April. This means that for
well-managed companies with low sickness rates there will be a net reduction
in the cost of employing people. Other companies will have a much sharper
incentive to improve their management of sick leave and to take a greater
interest in the health of their employees.
</p>
<p>
But with unemployment in Britain still far too high, it is vital that we do
everything we can to reduce the cost of providing employment. Having
reviewed the position, I have therefore decided that, even in a year of
acute fiscal stringency, we can and should go further.
</p>
<p>
Long-term unemployed people are most likely to find unskilled and
semi-skilled work at the lower end of the pay scale. To improve companies'
incentives and ability to provide that kind of job, I propose, again from
next April, to reduce each of the lower rates of employers' national
insurance contributions by one full percentage point. Overall, the
reductions in national insurance contributions I have announced will reduce
the cost to employers of providing jobs by Pounds 830m next year, rising to
Pounds 1bn by 1996-97, well above the overall cost to employers of the
reform to statutory sick pay.
</p>
<p>
In our discussions within the European Union, my Rt Hon Friend the prime
minister and I have repeatedly made clear our view that the surest route to
higher employment is not the dirigisme of the Social Chapter, but measures
to reduce the cost of creating jobs. This is the message we will be taking
with us to the European Council in Brussels next week. My Rt Hon Friend the
secretary of state for social security also plans a significant reform of
the current regime for invalidity benefit. For those who are disabled and
incapable of work, invalidity benefit is important and necessary. But the
astonishing growth in the numbers receiving the benefit in recent years
indicates that it is now being claimed by many people who are not genuine
invalids.
</p>
<p>
The government has decided to make a number of changes to the benefit, which
will refocus it for the future on those who are genuinely incapable of work.
My Rt Hon Friend proposes to introduce a new benefit  - incapacity benefit -
to replace sickness and invalidity benefit. The new benefit will involve a
tighter and more objective medical test.
</p>
<p>
The government has always made clear its intention to bring the tax
treatment of invalidity benefit into line with that of the retirement
pension and most other income-replacing benefits. Now that the necessary
administrative arrangements can be made, I propose from April 1995 to bring
its replacement, the new incapacity benefit, into tax.
</p>
<p>
State pension age
</p>
<p>
Finally, I can announce one further decision which will have little
immediate effect, but will make a considerable difference to the
affordability of the modern welfare state in the next century.
</p>
<p>
After careful consideration, the government has decided that the state
pension age should eventually be equalised at 65. The change will be phased
in over 10 years, starting in the year 2010, so it will not affect anyone
currently aged 44 or older. By the year 2020, the state pension age in
Britain will be broadly in line with that of most of our industrial
competitors, though we will still have more generous arrangements than in
the US, where the pension age is to be equalised at 67. All developed
countries are making similar changes for similar reasons. Women nowadays
tend to spend more of their lives in paid employment. They also live longer
than men. Pension schemes need to recognise this, and end the current
discrimination between the sexes.
</p>
<p>
In the next century the ratio of working people to retired people will fall
sharply and the burdens on taxpayers will rise. The government's decision
will moderate those burdens, eventually by some Pounds 5bn a year, and so
help to ensure that they are sustainable. The basic pension is, and will
remain, a cornerstone of the welfare state. The government is committed to
it and to retaining its value.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the proposals I have announced today will in themselves
save some Pounds 2 1/2 bn a year by 1996-97. Nevertheless, even taking these
savings into account, we will still be spending Pounds 5bn more on social
security in that year than we planned last year. The social security budget
will continue to grow in real terms, but at a more affordable rate than we
have seen in recent years.
</p>
<p>
At the same time, we have honoured our manifesto commitments, we have fully
protected the real value of pensions and benefits, and provided generous
help with fuel bills.
</p>
<p>
These are not short-term measures to deal with today's problems. This
government has the courage to take a clear and far-sighted view of the
modern social security system.
</p>
<p>
We must make sure that it is a system that future generations will be able
to afford. This government will never take part in any attempt to dismantle
the welfare state. We want to see a better welfare state, well-run,
well-judged and one that meets the priorities of modern society.
</p>
<p>
My Rt Hon Friend the secretary of state for social security will fill out
the details in his uprating statement tomorrow.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, let me turn now to a number of other areas where savings
have been found this year.
</p>
<p>
Local authorities
</p>
<p>
First, local authorities. Growth in total standard spending in England,
adjusted for changes in responsibilities, will be limited to 2.3 per cent
next year. There will, in addition, be extra provision for community care.
The government will continue to use its powers to cap excessive spending by
local authorities where that is necessary to protect the local taxpayer.
</p>
<p>
Housing
</p>
<p>
Second, housing. Here too savings have been made on last year's plans.
Nevertheless, the new plans for social housing provide for more than 153,000
new homes over the three years to 1994-95, fully meeting our manifesto
commitment. In addition, the government will press ahead with plans to
improve value for money in the housing association sector and to introduce
more private finance into the development of social housing.
</p>
<p>
Transport
</p>
<p>
Third, transport. British Rail's and London Transport's investment
programmes will be maintained at levels substantially higher than in the
1980s.
</p>
<p>
But to make room for this continuing investment in public transport there
will be modest reductions in the previous planned provision for the roads
programme. In the past five years, real expenditure on roads has grown on
average by more than 10 per cent a year. With construction prices next year
more than 25 per cent lower than when the roads programme was announced in
1989, the new plans will sustain the recent improvements in our roads
network - at less cost to the taxpayer.
</p>
<p>
Defence
</p>
<p>
Finally, defence. In the next two years, spending will be some Pounds 250m
and Pounds 500m lower than previously planned. In 1996-97, it will be about
the same in cash terms as in the previous year.
</p>
<p>
The new plans will be delivered in part by lower procurement and employment
costs, and through the planned sale to a private sector housing trust of
married quarters for service personnel. In addition, my Rt Hon Friend the
defence secretary has set in hand a major review of all aspects of support,
right back to the headquarters in Whitehall. Savings can and will be made
without affecting our foreign policy commitments.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the new method of controlling the total of public
spending has brought big improvements in the system of cabinet government.
The cabinet decides its priorities collectively and brings to the House a
single package that reflects our key policy objectives. Savings identified
in a number of programmes have allowed the government to meet in full the
priorities and promises set out in our manifesto. I turn now to those
priorities.
</p>
<p>
Health
</p>
<p>
We are all proud of the contribution that the National Health Service makes
to the quality of life in this country. Even in a very tough year, we have
decided to increase once again the level of real resources going into the
health service. NHS spending will be over Pounds 1 1/2 bn higher next year
in cash terms and over 1 1/2 per cent higher in real terms than this year's
plans. Indeed, the programme is set to rise in real terms in each of the
next three years.
</p>
<p>
To ensure that these very substantial extra resources are translated into
more and better health care, my Rt Hon Friend the secretary of state for
health will be insisting on substantial increases in efficiency and firm
containment of pay and the drugs budget. The NHS will be able to maintain
the steady improvement of recent years in treating more patients, better.
</p>
<p>
Education
</p>
<p>
Second, education. Increased educational opportunities and better standards
are an essential investment in the future. Over the next two years, we will
therefore be adding more than Pounds 1bn to the plans for the education
programme. This will ensure record levels of participation in further and
higher education. Our manifesto predicted that one in three young people
would be in full-time higher education by the year 2000. With seven years to
go we have virtually reached that target already.
</p>
<p>
But with a third of our young people now going to university, the ordinary
taxpayer cannot be expected to pay for all their costs. Tuition is free; but
why should the bus driver or the pensioner also pay higher taxes to finance
the living costs of tomorrow's lawyers?
</p>
<p>
I am glad to say that the recent explosion in student numbers has revealed
as ridiculous the fears that the student loan scheme might deter students
from poorer families. My Rt Hon Friend will therefore be bringing forward
proposals to reduce the level of the means-tested grant for student
maintenance and replace it with an expanded loan entitlement for students.
Even taking this into account, spending on education will still be no less
than Pounds 1 1/2 bn higher in 1996-97 than this year.
</p>
<p>
Employment and training
</p>
<p>
Third, training. the secretary of state for employment plans to introduce a
new apprenticeship scheme. This will provide a significant boost to
work-based training and increase substantially the number of young people
obtaining the technical and craft skills which the economy has been lacking,
as both employers and trades unions agree. There will also be an increase in
training opportunities for the adult unemployed.
</p>
<p>
Science
</p>
<p>
Fourth, science. The plans fully protect the real value of spending on basic
science and technology next year.
</p>
<p>
Finally, the vital area of criminal justice. Previous plans for home office
spending will be maintained in full. Next year, spending on the police
service will increase by more than 4 per cent. And, over time, the
management reforms and reduction in paperwork announced by my Rt Hon and
Learned Friend the home secretary, could put over 5,000 more police officers
on front-line duty. A re-ordering of priorities will also allow for extra
provision to be made for more prison places and for victim support.
Efficiency improvements will meet in full the costs of new policies,
including our proposals to deal with juvenile offenders.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, spending on health, education, training and science
contributes significantly to the long-term economic performance of the
economy, by improving the nation's stock of human capital - the health,
knowledge and skills of the population as a whole.
</p>
<p>
Important as it is, this contribution is very difficult to quantify. This
year, however, as promised last autumn, the public sector accounts will
identify separately the amount the government plans to spend on physical
capital projects, including improvements in the nation's infrastructure.
</p>
<p>
Overall, the new plans provide for total public sector capital spending over
the next three years of about Pounds 22bn a year. But just as that figure
takes no account of the massive investment programmes of the former
nationalised industries which are now thriving in the private sector, so too
it ignores the very large amount of investment which is stimulated by
government policies, including investment in housing and urban regeneration.
On top of this, the private finance initiative is adding to spending in
areas for which the public sector has traditionally taken responsibility.
</p>
<p>
To make a success of this initiative - and to deliver the increase in
capital spending within the public services that I want to see - will
require a complete change of culture within government, together with
imagination and innovation on the part of the private sector. This cannot be
expected to happen overnight. Even so, the flow of private finance projects
to date has still, in my view, been disappointingly small.
</p>
<p>
To speed the process up, I have already announced the establishment of a
working group chaired by Sir Alastair Morton, who I am sure can be expected
to work alongside me as a veritable warrior in this cause. In the meantime
the government is today giving the go-ahead to three substantial new
transport projects.
</p>
<p>
First, the extension of the Docklands Light Railway to Lewisham. Second, a
new air traffic control centre for Scotland. Third, the refurbishment of the
west coast main line, one of our most important routes, linking some of the
biggest cities in the country - London, Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool
and Glasgow.
</p>
<p>
The private finance initiative also offers great opportunities for improved
services in the NHS. There are almost 40 NHS projects where private finance
is already involved or being considered, ranging from cardiac units to
hospital car parks.
</p>
<p>
At Aintree, in Liverpool, a scheme involving the construction of a 100-bed
patient hotel, four operating theatres and other facilities is going ahead -
a model for other private finance projects.
</p>
<p>
In addition, my Rt Hon and Learned Friend the home secretary will be taking
forward proposals to finance and build six new prisons using private
finance. He has already announced that he also intends to involve the
private sector in the provision of secure training centres.
</p>
<p>
Finally, I have always made clear my view that roads provide a big
opportunity for private finance. My Rt Hon Friend the secretary of state for
transport will be informing the House shortly about the government's plans
for taking forward motorway charging in the light of responses to his Green
Paper. But I can announce today that when the technology is ready, we intend
to introduce a system of electronic motorway charging in this country. This
will be a massive high-technology project in its own right. In the meantime,
the government plans to introduce new contracts under which the private
sector will design, build, finance and operate roads. My Rt Hon Friend will
hold discussions with the construction industry and others to identify the
best road schemes to start with. Bringing private finance and management
into the roads programme offers the prospect of substantial benefits for the
construction industry, the motorist and the taxpayer alike. I am sure this
will be warmly welcomed.
</p>
<p>
I have one other announcement to make to improve the way the taxpayer's
money and public sector capital is used and accounted for.
</p>
<p>
Government accounting for public spending has become archaic. In my view,
the time has come to move to a system of accounting which identifies more
clearly the cost of resources. This will put departments onto a similar
accounting basis to commercial organisations and many other parts of the
public sector. I shall be publishing a paper in the first half of next year
on the introduction of accruals-based resource accounting by departments,
and its implications for the way expenditure is planned and controlled and
money is sought from Parliament.
</p>
<p>
Public spending summary
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the new spending plans reflect the carefully chosen
priorities of an enlightened and responsible government.
</p>
<p>
We have taken strong measures to keep public sector pay and administration
costs under tight control.
</p>
<p>
We have taken a number of crucial steps to restrain the growth in social
security spending, while fully meeting our commitments to the poorest
members of society.
</p>
<p>
We have increased resources to support the government's priorities,
particularly health, education and training and science.
</p>
<p>
We have protected spending on law and order.
</p>
<p>
We have injected new momentum into the private finance initiative.
</p>
<p>
And we have honoured all our manifesto commitments.
</p>
<p>
But most important of all, we have managed this substantial re-allocation of
resources without breaching the spending ceilings agreed by cabinet last
June.
</p>
<p>
This significant achievement owes a great deal to the new arrangements for
the public expenditure survey introduced last year by my Rt Hon Friend, the
member for Kingston. But a great deal of credit is also due to my colleagues
on the cabinet's EDX committee, and particularly to my Rt Hon Friend the
chief secretary, to whose skill and tenacity I should like to pay the
warmest possible tribute.
</p>
<p>
Taxation
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, I now turn to my proposals for taxation. My task is
simple. I need to raise revenue, but to do so in a way which does least
damage to the economy. At a time when taxes are having to go up, it is
particularly important to collect all the tax which is properly due. So let
me begin with my proposals to counter tax avoidance.
</p>
<p>
Suggesting that Budgets should close tax loopholes is stating the obvious.
Every Budget over the past 14 years has closed tax loopholes. This is not a
big new idea. The tax avoidance industry is always ingenious, but it is one
industry which this government has never helped.
</p>
<p>
My Budget today contains a particularly good crop of new proposals to combat
tax avoidance, starting with an end to the ploy under which salaries are
paid in gold bars, coffee beans, cowrie shells, or other exotic payments in
kind, simply to avoid national insurance contributions and delay paying tax.
</p>
<p>
I also intend to counter the abuse of the tax relief for profit related pay;
tackle the avoidance of stamp duty on property transactions; halt the use of
shell companies to avoid payment of tax; and end the use of indexation to
create or increase capital gains tax losses.
</p>
<p>
These measures will yield about Pounds 2bn in the next three years. Claims
that more might be found in this way are, I regret to say, much exaggerated.
</p>
<p>
Next, I propose to broaden the tax base. I have never disguised my personal
view that the coverage of Value Added Tax in this country is too narrow.
Under the EC's Sixth VAT Directive there are serious limits on the
Government's ability to extend it to things which are exempt. But we do have
the freedom to introduce separate taxes, and that is what other European
countries do. I propose to follow their example - in two particular areas,
which I believe are well-suited to this country.
</p>
<p>
Air passenger duty
</p>
<p>
First, air travel is under-taxed compared to other sectors of the economy.
It benefits not only from a zero rate of VAT; in addition, the fuel used in
international air travel, and nearly all domestic flights, is entirely free
of tax. A number of countries have already addressed this anomaly.
</p>
<p>
I propose to levy a small duty on all air passengers from UK airports. This
will be set at Pounds 5 for departures to anywhere in the UK and the
European Union; and Pounds 10 for departures to other destinations. The new
duty will come into force next October, and will raise some Pounds 330
million in a full year.
</p>
<p>
There will be exemptions for transfer passengers and small planes. This
means, for example, that most flights between the Scottish islands will not
bear tax.
</p>
<p>
Insurance premium tax
</p>
<p>
Second, we have always tended to tax financial services in this country much
more lightly than other sectors, including manufacturing. In this Budget, I
have decided to tackle one sector of this industry which is exempt from VAT.
Virtually every other member state charges an ad valorem tax on insurance
premiums. I propose now to do the same.
</p>
<p>
The rate will be 3 per cent, among the lowest in Europe, and the tax will
apply to most general insurance of risks located in the United Kingdom. It
will come into force next October, and will raise over Pounds 750m in a full
year.
</p>
<p>
To avoid driving business offshore, I propose to exempt the re-insurance of
risk, and the insurance of most ships, aircraft and international transit
goods.
</p>
<p>
To avoid taxing exports, I propose to exempt export credit. And to avoid
taxing savings, I shall exempt long-term insurance such as life assurance,
including assurance for endowment mortgages.
</p>
<p>
For the typical family with motor, home contents and building insurance,
this tax will cost about 35 pence a week.
</p>
<p>
Income tax
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, I shall return later in my statement to the existing
indirect taxes, and particularly to VAT.
</p>
<p>
But before I do, let me set out my proposals for direct taxation.
</p>
<p>
First, I propose to freeze again the personal allowance for income tax, the
threshold for higher rate tax and the income limit for the age-related
allowances. I do not propose to change the inheritance tax threshold or the
exempt amount for capital gains tax; or the lower, basic or higher rates of
income tax. The 20 pence lower band will be extended by a further Pounds 500
next year as planned, to Pounds 3,000.
</p>
<p>
I intend to raise one allowance which has been frozen for the last four
years - the blind person's allowance.
</p>
<p>
This will rise next April from Pounds 1,080 to Pounds 1,200.
</p>
<p>
These proposals will yield Pounds 550 million in 1994-95, relative to an
indexed base, rising to Pounds 720 million in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Married couple's allowance
</p>
<p>
Now that husbands and wives are taxed independently, the married couple's
allowance is a bit of an anomaly. As announced in March, from next April it
will be limited to 20 per cent. Given the need to raise extra revenue, I
propose to reduce the rate of relief further, to 15 per cent from April
1995.
</p>
<p>
This will yield Pounds 830m in 1995-96, rising to over Pounds 1bn in a full
year.
</p>
<p>
Mortgage interest relief
</p>
<p>
I propose to take a similar approach to mortgage interest relief. As the
House is aware, the rate of mortgage interest relief will fall from 25 to 20
per cent in April. From April 1995, I propose to reduce it further, to 15
per cent, raising an additional Pounds 950m in 1995-96. For those with
mortgages of Pounds 30,000 or more, this will cost around Pounds 10 a month.
This is a tiny fraction of the benefit borrowers are still receiving from
the very substantial reduction in mortgage rates in the last three years.
</p>
<p>
The limit on loans qualifying for mortgage interest relief will remain at
Pounds 30,000.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the tax increases I have announced will enable me to give
some modest help to businesses.
</p>
<p>
Corporation tax
</p>
<p>
There will be no change to the main rate of corporation tax, which remains
the lowest in the European Union, or to the small companies' rate. But I
propose to raise the profits limit for smaller companies by 20 per cent.
This will reduce corporation tax bills for 30,000 companies.
</p>
<p>
Foreign income dividend scheme
</p>
<p>
To help reinforce Britain's place as Europe's most attractive location for
international business, I shall implement proposals to make surplus advance
corporation tax repayable on dividends paid out of profits earned abroad by
companies based in the United Kingdom.
</p>
<p>
Export credit
</p>
<p>
For exporters, I propose to make an extra Pounds 200m of export credit cover
available in 1996-97, and to cut export credit premiums for certain
important developing markets, including India, Mexico and Turkey. British
exporters of capital goods have been very successful in winning orders over
the last year, particularly outside Europe. The President of the Board of
Trade and I want to see that continue.
</p>
<p>
Uniform business rates
</p>
<p>
The business rates poundage increase next year, based on the 1.8 per cent
September retail prices index, will be the lowest since introduction of the
uniform business rate. For properties in England and Wales still protected
by transitional relief, I propose to cut the maximum real increase in rate
bills next year by a half, to 10 per cent for larger properties and 7 1/2
per cent for smaller properties.
</p>
<p>
Small properties which are used for both domestic and business purposes  -
the shop where the owner lives at the back - will face no real increase at
all. Separate arrangements will be made in Scotland and Northern Ireland.
</p>
<p>
This will bring significant relief next year to over 600,000 business
properties throughout the UK. It will cost a little over Pounds 100m next
year.
</p>
<p>
Small businesses
</p>
<p>
But my particular priority this year has been to help small businesses. In
my opinion, the biggest contribution any Chancellor can make to reducing
unemployment over the medium term is to ensure that the conditions are in
place for new businesses to become established and for small businesses to
grow. As a country, we generate plenty of budding entrepreneurs and any
number of good inventions and ideas. Yet all too often those ideas stay on
the drawing board as money is channelled instead into the safer larger
companies.
</p>
<p>
My proposals seek to address three separate problems facing small businesses
today: the burden of regulation;
</p>
<p>
the shortage of external finance; and cashflow.
</p>
<p>
Deregulation
</p>
<p>
I can announce today four contributions to the Prime Minister's campaign to
turn the tide of excessive regulation which threatens to engulf our smaller
firms.
</p>
<p>
First, the Finance Bill will include the initial tranche of legislation to
implement the plans announced in March to reform the current regime for
assessing personal tax.
</p>
<p>
The new system will be simpler and more efficient. The changes will be of
particular benefit to the self-employed.
</p>
<p>
Second, the Secretary of State for Social Security published last month the
report of the Working Group set up to consider the options for aligning
income tax and national insurance contributions. My Rt Hon Friend and I
agree with the Group's conclusion that there are significant savings to be
had from using the same definitions, same paperwork and same audits for
income tax and national insurance. We are now looking at the Group's main
recommendations and will be bringing forward proposals early next year.
</p>
<p>
VAT threshold
</p>
<p>
Third, VAT. Firms are currently required to register for VAT when their
turnover reaches Pounds 37,600 a year. I intend to raise this to Pounds
45,000 with effect from tomorrow. This will allow up to 75,000 more traders
to opt out of VAT altogether.
</p>
<p>
Finally, the statutory audit. The Companies Act requires all companies to
have their accounts audited. But for the smallest companies the expense can
be out of all proportion to the benefit.
</p>
<p>
When I was at the Department of Trade and Industry I continually pressed for
a change to this. My predecessor announced consultation in the March Budget.
I can now announce the conclusions.
</p>
<p>
The President of the Board of Trade and I have decided that most companies
with a turnover between Pounds 90,000 and Pounds 350,000 a year in future
need only get an independent accountant's report on whether the company's
accounts correctly reflect its books.
</p>
<p>
But for the 40 per cent of companies with turnover of less than Pounds
90,000, we propose to take the deregulation a step further. For these small
companies, the audit requirement will be abolished altogether.
</p>
<p>
But I don't just want to lighten the burden of regulation. I believe that
positive steps are required to increase the flow of risk capital into small
businesses.
</p>
<p>
Capital gains tax
</p>
<p>
For managers and employees to leave steady jobs and take a chance by going
into business on their own, the risk must be worthwhile. At 40 per cent, our
top rate of income tax is the lowest in the European Union, and I intend to
keep it that way. But our capital gains tax regime still bears
disproportionately on the successful entrepreneur.
</p>
<p>
In 1991, we increased the capital gains tax relief for business people who
sell up on retirement, by providing a complete exemption from capital gains
tax on the first Pounds 150,000 of capital gains and a half exemption on the
next Pounds 450,000. I now propose to increase these limits to Pounds
250,000 and Pounds 750,000 respectively.
</p>
<p>
By rewarding those who have been successful in the past, this measure will
encourage potential entrepreneurs in the future.
</p>
<p>
In addition, I propose that any individual facing a capital gains charge
should be able to defer the tax indefinitely by reinvesting those gains in
an unquoted trading company.
</p>
<p>
I also intend to create a new type of investment, a venture capital trust,
which will channel savings specifically into unquoted trading companies.
Investors will receive dividends and capital gains entirely free of tax. And
by investing through a trust they will also be able to spread their risk
across a number of different companies.
</p>
<p>
The Financial Secretary will shortly be issuing a consultation paper
fleshing out the details.
</p>
<p>
Enterprise investment scheme
</p>
<p>
In my view, there remains, too, a strong case for encouraging direct equity
investment in unquoted trading companies.
</p>
<p>
I propose to introduce a new scheme, the enterprise investment scheme, to do
just that. The enterprise investment scheme will differ from the old
business expansion scheme in several important respects.
</p>
<p>
To target the money where we want it to go, property-related investments
will be excluded. Up-front tax relief will be limited to 20 per cent. But
any losses on investments will qualify for income tax and capital gains tax
relief;
</p>
<p>
and all capital gains within the scheme will be entirely free of capital
gains tax. The limit for investors will be Pounds 100,000 a year.
</p>
<p>
Most important of all, to help those who are looking to invest their
expertise as well as their money, people previously unconnected with the
companies they invest in will be able to take up paid directorships.
</p>
<p>
The cost of the new scheme could eventually rise to some Pounds 50m a year.
Taken together with my proposals on capital gains tax and the new venture
capital trust, I believe it could generate substantial new investment in the
unquoted company sector.
</p>
<p>
Late payment
</p>
<p>
Finally, I turn to the problem of small companies' cashflow. There is one
issue, which year after year tops the list of Budget representations made to
all of us by the small business community - the problem of late payment.
There can be nothing more frustrating than delivering a quality product on
time at a competitive price and then finding that you don't get paid for
months. Late payments wreak havoc with cashflow, and for many small firms
they can make the difference between survival and failure.
</p>
<p>
The habit of late payment is corroding our business culture. I am quite sure
that it needs to be dealt with.
</p>
<p>
There are many options for tackling this, and my RHF the President of the
Board of Trade and I will be looking at two in particular: first, a new
British Standard for payment performance; and second - more significant -
legislation to provide for interest on late payments. Late payment was a
serious problem for small businesses throughout the last recession. I
believe the time has now come to take this issue head on.
</p>
<p>
Indirect taxation
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the Government's clear policy has always been to shift
the burden of taxation, over time, from income to spending. This reflects
the Government's underlying political philosophy - that people should be
allowed to keep as much of their own money as possible.
</p>
<p>
Provided the less well-off are helped, it is fairer and less damaging to the
economy to tax people on how much they consume than on the work they do.
</p>
<p>
In line with this policy, even in a very difficult year, I have been able to
avoid any increase in income tax rates. But to do this I have had to raise
further revenue from indirect taxation. Let me start with the excise duties.
</p>
<p>
Road fuel duty
</p>
<p>
and vehicle excise duty
</p>
<p>
First, I propose a modest increase in the vehicle excise duty on cars - the
tax disc - of Pounds 5 a year. The duty on lorries will be unaffected.
</p>
<p>
Second, road fuel duties. With effect from 6.00 pm tonight, I propose to
raise all the road fuel duties by 3 pence a litre. Even so, petrol will
still cost less in the United Kingdom than in most countries in the European
Union and it will be cheaper than it was in real terms in the early 80s. It
is not good policy in these environmentally conscious days to keep road fuel
costs so much cheaper than they used to be. Taken together, these increases
will raise around Pounds  3/4 bn next year. Bus fuel duty rebate will be
held at pre-Budget levels.
</p>
<p>
In March, my predecessor announced that fuel duties would increase on
average by at least 3 per cent in real terms in future Budgets, in order to
restrain carbon dioxide emissions. The Secretary of State for the
Environment subsequently announced in July that the Government would be
looking at further measures in this area to help to meet our Rio commitment.
</p>
<p>
I have now decided to strengthen the March commitment by increasing road
fuel duties on average by at least 5 per cent in real terms in future
Budgets.
</p>
<p>
This will complete Britain's strategy for meeting our Rio commitment. We are
the first country in Europe to do this; and we have done so in a way that
minimises the additional costs to industry.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, others in this country and in Europe continue to canvas
unrealistic blueprints for a new European Union-wide carbon tax, which would
impose massive new burdens on British industry. Any critic of the
Government's tax plans who claims also to support the international
agreement to curb carbon dioxide emissions will be sailing dangerously near
to hypocrisy.
</p>
<p>
Tobacco
</p>
<p>
Next, tobacco.
</p>
<p>
With effect from 6.00 pm tonight, the total tax on a packet of 20 cigarettes
will go up by 11 pence - a duty increase of 7.3 per cent. The duties on
other tobacco products will rise by the same proportion.
</p>
<p>
In addition, I have decided to strengthen the commitment on tobacco duties
that the Government has given in the past.
</p>
<p>
I intend to increase tobacco duties on average by at least 3 per cent a year
in real terms in future Budgets.
</p>
<p>
I believe that the approach we are adopting in Britain is the most effective
way to reduce smoking. It is clearly a nonsense for some European countries
to ban advertising to protect state-owned tobacco industries, but then
impose markedly lower levels of tax.
</p>
<p>
Wine, beer and spirits
</p>
<p>
Turning next to the duties on alcohol, let me start with beer. I have
listened carefully to the arguments put by the industry about the declining
consumption of beer in this country, the effect of the change to end-product
duty and the growth of cross-Channel imports of beer. Taking all these
factors into account I have decided that for the first time in five Budgets,
there will be no increase this year in the duty on beer.
</p>
<p>
Let me assure the House that this decision has nothing whatever to do with
the drinking habits of the Chancellor of the Exchequer] And to prove this, I
am also proposing to freeze the duty on spirits for a further year.
</p>
<p>
The spirits industry, which is a major UK export business, is facing similar
problems to the brewers. I know that my proposals will be warmly welcomed by
the House, and will give RH and HMs from Scotland something to celebrate on
St Andrew's Day.
</p>
<p>
For wine, sparkling wine and cider, I propose to raise the duty in line with
inflation. This will add 2 pence to a bottle of wine. But it will not take
effect until after Christmas.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the overall effect of all the tax measures I have
announced will be to raise revenue next year by a little under Pounds 1 3/4
bn. By 1995-96, that will rise to about Pounds 5bn, and to Pounds 6bn by
1996-97, about  3/4 per cent of GDP.
</p>
<p>
These sums fall a long way short of the reduction in the borrowing
requirement I judge necessary. As I announced earlier, I intend with my
Budget to reduce the Public Sector Borrowing Requirement next year, not by
Pounds 1 3/4 bn, but by Pounds 5 1/2 bn, with a reduction by 1996-97 of
Pounds 10 1/2 bn.
</p>
<p>
The central challenge I have faced in finalising this Budget is how this gap
could be bridged. Every commentator realised that one of my options would be
to extend the VAT base. The main candidates are food, children's clothes,
transport, sewerage and newspapers. A powerful case for each of them can be
made, and no amount of lobbying need put us off. But before looking at that,
I have always made clear that my first responsibility as Chancellor is to
get public expenditure under the firmest possible control.
</p>
<p>
I have already announced that the Government's new spending plans fully meet
the remit agreed by Cabinet in June.
</p>
<p>
But when the House comes to study the Red Book it will see that the figures
for the new control total in each of the next three years are different from
those set out in the March Budget and the cash ceilings agreed by the
Cabinet in June.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, the explanation for this difference is simple. The
Cabinet has decided to establish new spending plans which are not just
consistent with the ceilings set in June. We have decided to set plans which
in each of the next three years are lower than the June ceilings.
</p>
<p>
Our spending plans for the coming year have been reduced by more than Pounds
3 1/2 bn. The new control total for next year will be Pounds 3 1/2 bn below
the level we set last year, and Pounds 8 billion below the plans that we
first set two years ago.
</p>
<p>
And that is not all. In 1995-96 we have reduced the new control total by
Pounds 1 1/2 bn and in 1996-97 by nearly Pounds 3bn. Taking into account
lower debt interest payments resulting from lower borrowing, I expect that,
as a direct result of the Budget, total public spending over the next three
years will be around Pounds 10bn less than we assumed in March.
</p>
<p>
Including also the reduction in cyclical spending as the economy recovers,
and other changes, the total reduction in public spending over the next
three years compared to the March Budget projections will be no less than
Pounds 15bn.
</p>
<p>
Those public expenditure savings dramatically reduced my need to raise taxes
to get the borrowing requirement down. As a result of that achievement - and
only because of that - I can now confirm that I have no need this year to
propose any changes to the VAT base.
</p>
<p>
Throughout the public spending round, all my cabinet colleagues understood
that the essential job in this Budget was to move back towards a balanced
budget.
</p>
<p>
And we all understood the clear preference on this side of the House for
this to be done, so far as possible, by firm control of public spending.
</p>
<p>
That is what we said we would deliver.
</p>
<p>
And that is what we have delivered. Because that is what is required to keep
the recovery going.
</p>
<p>
Mr Deputy Speaker, my Budget today puts Britain firmly on course for a
sustained period of rising prosperity and falling unemployment, based on low
inflation and healthy public finances.
</p>
<p>
This is a no-nonsense Budget which deals directly and firmly with the main
challenges facing the country today.
</p>
<p>
Above all, it is the Budget of a responsible Government which is determined
to bring lasting recovery to Britain.
</p>
<p>
I commend it to the House.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
<item> P2085 Distilled and Blended Liquors </item>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9121 </item>
<item> P9411 </item>
<item> P2082 </item>
<item> P2085 </item>
<item> P6162 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 33</biblScope>
<extent>10559</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Bonbons for the backbenches </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOE ROGALY</byline>
<p>
He was masterly. He could win a party election for prime minister this
morning, and, as prime minister, a general election in a good year. Never
mind the economy. Forget about the interests of the country. Cast aside
thoughts of the public sector borrowing requirement. This was the most
political of Budgets, delivered by the most political of chancellors since
the late Harold Macmillan.
</p>
<p>
The purpose of Mr Kenneth Clarke's speech was to unite the Conservatives -
behind Mr John Major if possible, behind himself if necessary. His first
task was to save the government; his long-term aim to ensure a fifth
Conservative victory in a row. If yesterday's Budget speech has not taken at
least the first trick, nothing will; as to the second, Fate may have other
plans.
</p>
<p>
Since he is chancellor, Mr Clarke had to demonstrate a determination to
pursue the path of fiscal responsibility, without inventing new taxes that
backbench Tory rebels might threaten to overturn. If he could manage that,
he could hope to be in a position to cut personal income taxes when the
Conservatives next have to face the electorate. Alternatively he had to find
a seemingly painless way of cutting public spending. If that was not
possible, the hardship had to be borne by unpopular groups like the
unemployed and the supposedly sham disabled.
</p>
<p>
He achieved all of this, and more, with panache. He took full advantage of
the opportunity open to him as presenter of the first unified tax and
spending Budget, delivering a broad-brush account of government policy as a
whole. At times, as he reminded us of the many departments he has managed
(health, education, the Home Office, a spell at industry), he seemed to be
the prime minister so many people long for.
</p>
<p>
He was affable, which was no surprise. His speech was intelligible without
being lightweight, which may have come as news to some in his audience. He
was coherent, apparently in command of all facets of government, in control
of the House, rhetorical where appropriate, possessed of a view of what
government should do - in a word, a chancellor with grip, standing
confidently beside a seated prime minister who has been accused of lacking
in that commodity.
</p>
<p>
Do not misunderstand me. We all know that Budgets that are well-received on
the day of delivery often turn out to be turkeys. The same may be true of
yesterday's effort - as a Budget. We shall soon see. It is also clear, even
at this early stage, that the long-term structural defects of the British
polity remain in place today; the chancellor did not touch upon those.
Again, the Budget was remarkable for its timidity in tackling pressure
groups. Mr Clarke contented himself with brushing aside lobbyists, such as
the brewers, with an empty boast. Yet as a shameless political statement, an
election manifesto, this was the stuff the Conservatives have been missing
for three years. Its effect may not last; that depends upon events beyond
any chancellor's control. But the memory will linger.
</p>
<p>
Consider his fiscal balancing act. Not too much immediate pain, to get the
government through the next year; not inordinate pain later on, to get it
through the next election. The price of cigarettes, as of petrol and wine,
goes up at once. British voters are accustomed to that, at least in the
early years of a new government. Beer was left alone. How else could Mr
Clarke face his mates in the great British pub? There is the customary
disguised increase in income tax, achieved by freezing allowances next
April; the pension age for women is to be raised to 65 - from the year 2010.
</p>
<p>
Of considerably more importance is the fact that the chancellor managed to
produce most of next year's reduction in the budget deficit by cutting
projected expenditure. Much of this cut is the result of a public sector pay
freeze, presented as tight control of the central administration. Mr Clarke
has therefore not made the political error of raising the rates of income
tax, thus providing a hostage to political fortune. Would he ever? You can
almost see him grin as he announces in, say, November 1995 that the 20p
income tax band is to be trebled in April 1996 and that, by the by, there
will be an election in May.
</p>
<p>
All that is tomorrow's politics. Mr Clarke was careful to pay full attention
to today's. Concerned about the forthcoming imposition of VAT on fuel bills?
The chancellor elaborated tight-fisted plans to compensate, to the penny but
no more, all recipients of income support. Worried about losing by-elections
to the grey vote? The VAT compensation is extended to all pensioners. On top
of that, a guaranteed income bond will reassure the many old dears hurt by
falling interest rates on their building society deposits. Tell them that in
Christchurch.
</p>
<p>
Labour going on about tax loopholes? Mr Clarke obligingly closed Pounds 2bn
worth, and derided the opposition for talking of five times as much. Uneasy
about the tightening up of unemployment benefit, the introduction of near
workfare, and the new rules for invalidity payments? Soothe your conscience
with the new allowance for childcare for low earners on family credit. This
last is a classic example of Mr Clarke's way of proclaiming his own
political philosophy without upsetting anyone. Right-wingers have attacked
single parents; Mr Clarke says he will to help them get back to work - and
heaps fulsome praise on Mr Michael Portillo, leader of the right. His speech
was nevertheless peppered with references to the European Union, as if to
remind everyone that he is in favour of our continuing and constructive
membership thereof.
</p>
<p>
The list of political debts paid, traps avoided, useful phrases laid down
for future reference, and egos massaged is too long to rehearse here. Small
businesses may yet be able to charge interest to late payers. The smallest
will not require an audit. Investment in unquoted companies is to be
encouraged by several means. There will be venture capital trusts and an
enterprise investment scheme. It was as if the chancellor was facing, not
the opposition, but the benches behind him, and casting out bonbons to each
cluster of interested parties.
</p>
<p>
His use of words is also purely political. Not for our chancellor the 'if it
isn't hurting it isn't working' of Mr Major when he had the job, or the
'price well worth paying' characterisation of unemployment by his
predecessor Mr Norman Lamont. 'A good social security system, under which
the better off and people in work pay to support the poor and the
disadvantaged, is an essential feature of a modern civilised state,' says Mr
Clarke, cutting social security. 'Why should the bus driver or the pensioner
. . . pay higher taxes to finance the living costs of tomorrow's lawyers?'
he asks, while cutting student grants. Mr Major grinned admiringly and
tapped Mr Clarke, the lawyer, on the behind with his papers as the
chancellor said that.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>1209</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: An early Christmas - The bond markets' wishes
have been granted </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BARRY RILEY</byline>
<p>
It was all the bond markets could really have wanted. By risking damage to
future economic growth and, it has to be said, by stretching credulity a
long way with his public spending projections, Kenneth Clarke has opened up
a route to low interest rates and, eventually, a balanced budget - should he
or a successor ever really want to go that far.
</p>
<p>
It was a challenge that Norman Lamont failed adequately to square up to last
spring. His borrow-now-tax-later formula left the markets cold, and both
gilts and equities struggled for several months. Now Kenneth Clarke looks
like the kind of tough customer that the markets respond to.
</p>
<p>
But there will be casualties, notably in the banks and building societies as
they prepare for the decline of their deposit base. They may feel they could
have done without the gratuitous sideswipe of a pensioners' bond featuring
the 'decent, fixed rate of return' that the old folk presumably will no
longer get from the Halifax or the Bradford &amp; Bingley.
</p>
<p>
Will Clarke escape the building society wrath that descended upon Lamont
when he introduced First Option Bonds at an aggressive interest rate?
</p>
<p>
As for rates in the government bond market, long-dated gilt-edged yields had
already slipped below 7 per cent last Monday, for the first time in 25
years. Although corresponding US Treasury bond rates have backed up by half
a percentage point since mid-October, sterling bonds have proved resistant
to the international reversal. At the 10-year maturity the spread between US
and UK government bond yields has shrunk from 2 percentage points in May to
less than half that now.
</p>
<p>
The Budget's arithmetic offers some good reasons why this should be so.
Although the current financial year's borrowing requirement has not been
reduced as many expected, some Pounds 6bn is knocked off the forecast for
1994-95. The cut in what used to be called the contingency reserve may need
more leisurely scrutiny, but lower interest rates will bring their own
reward: debt interest will hardly be rising in total, even though the
aggregate of government indebtedness will still be rising quite fast over
the next two or three years.
</p>
<p>
Moreover Clarke has decided to listen to the pleadings of some of his
independent advisers, notably Tim Congdon, and underfund by Pounds 7bn over
the next year and a half, to offset past purchases by the banking sector.
That means, perhaps, a Pounds 10bn reduction in the issuance next financial
year compared with earlier projections.
</p>
<p>
It is strange to recall that back in March Lamont seemed to be facing a big
challenge in financing his deficit. In the event it has proved childishly
simple against the background of tumbling bond rates worldwide. But that was
unpredictable good fortune. Clarke has rightly decided that he cannot risk
the global bond market turning nasty, as indeed it may have begun to do.
</p>
<p>
In the first six months of 1993-94 foreigners bought Pounds 8.3bn net of
gilts, an unprecedented rate of take-up. In a global marketplace this may be
neither here nor there: gilts have only a 5 per cent weighting in global
government bond portfolios, and this could easily go higher. But it would
mean accepting the interest rates set by the Americans and Germans, plus a
premium.
</p>
<p>
Now the prospective easing of the pace of issues will mean that gilt
issuance will fall back within the reasonably comfortable digestive capacity
of domestic investors. Beyond next year, of course, government borrowing is
now scheduled for further sharp drops, but only time will tell what will
actually happen in the run-up to the next general election, possibly in late
1996.
</p>
<p>
What about the London equity market? It has been led up by gilts all year
and no doubt it will continue to be so. The Budget is not quite so
unequivocally favourable, however, because the future rises in the personal
tax burden over the next three years look quite steep. Positively, though,
the tax threat to pension funds has proved a false alarm.
</p>
<p>
Falling interest rates, short and long, almost always send share prices
higher. Unfortunately Tokyo is proving how that rule can be broken - but the
circumstances are, of course, very different.
</p>
<p>
Economic prospects in the UK are certainly brighter than they are in Japan.
True, next year's projected economic growth rate has been slightly trimmed
back (albeit from a higher base in 1993) and the previously programmed
export boom scaled down in the face of recession in continental Europe.
Astonishing statistical revisions to the balance of payments numbers have
eased one threat, again at the risk of disbelief. But some outside
forecasters are less optimistic that the UK can go it alone in growth terms
in Europe quite as the Treasury is suggesting.
</p>
<p>
What we do not yet know is whether the government will push interest rates
more aggressively lower and aim for a weaker sterling exchange rate that
would push up the growth rate and bolster company profits. An inflation
forecast hovering just above 3 per cent in late 1994 suggests there will be
official caution because of the risk of importing inflation through
devaluation.
</p>
<p>
Even so, a fall in short-term interest rates to 5 and then maybe 4 per cent
is plainly in prospect next year, and the trend presents a serious strategic
challenge to the building societies and banks that hold some Pounds 250bn of
personal sector interest-bearing deposits.
</p>
<p>
They should start planning on the basis of a yield curve running from 4 up
to 6 per cent. In this event many building societies may not be able to
survive by collecting short-term retail deposits, and forced to seek a way
out by turning themselves into mortgage banks funded mainly through the
capital market.
</p>
<p>
Savings would then be collected on a much larger scale by unit trust
companies and channelled into bond issues as well as equity funds. Such are
the structural questions that must be faced up to when a chancellor opens
the way to financial conditions not experienced for a generation.
</p>
<p>
Whatever the head-scratching in Halifax, for the bond market Christmas has
come early. If you believe in fairies, and in Kenneth Clarke's public
spending estimates, you really can fly, but with luck not to Never-Never
Land.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>1084</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tax philosophy lost among the politics - John
Plender says the chancellor's plans may be seductive but are marred by
fiscal brutalism </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN PLENDER</byline>
<p>
Politically effective it may have been. But from a fiscal point of view the
Budget was a vintage mixed bag. The chancellor revealed himself to be a man
with one big idea - knocking the public finances back into shape - and an
alarmingly motley collection of small ideas. If he succeeds in his main
economic objective, it will be at the cost of any coherence in the tax
system. The aspiration to tax reform, which rode high under Nigel (now Lord)
Lawson and survived in diluted form under his successors John Major and
Norman Lamont, must be counted well and truly dead after yesterday's
performance.
</p>
<p>
It would be pointless to search for an underlying philosophy of taxation in
Mr Clarke's speech. Nor would he, one suspects, wish to be accused of
entertaining so grandiose a notion. To the extent that there was a logic to
it all, it was purely political: a classic exercise in shifting the share of
taxation among different groups in order to minimise political damage and
maximise potential advantage. In short, the fiscal lollipops were dispensed
and withdrawn with great abandon. Fiscal neutrality - the doctrine that
taxation should not unduly influence decisions about saving, working and
spending - did not get a look in. That goal, the cornerstone of the 1980s
tax reforms, has vanished.
</p>
<p>
Nor did Mr Clarke show much respect for his predecessor's efforts. Mr
Lamont's reform of the married couple's allowance earlier this year has now
been superseded by another measure whereby the relief will be restricted to
a wholly arbitrary 15 per cent. On this basis allowances no longer bear any
obvious relation to the broader structure of income tax. Those that lack
political appeal will presumably be adjusted henceforth to whatever rate
will maximise revenue at an acceptable political cost.
</p>
<p>
That appears to be the fate of mortgage interest relief, which Lady Thatcher
fought so ferociously to preserve against the Lawson onslaught. Policy under
Norman Lamont had already moved beyond the approach of permitting the relief
to 'wither on the vine'. By restricting the relief to 15 per cent when the
housing market is depressed Mr Clarke has, in effect, signalled an earlier
death for this anomalous relief.
</p>
<p>
That is all to the good. The relief was always capitalised in the value of
the existing owner's home, thereby discriminating against the first-time
buyer it was supposed to help. How far the new move will offend existing
mortgagors may depend on the readiness of building societies to reduce rates
further.
</p>
<p>
There remain, admittedly, some modest echoes from the reformist period. Mr
Clarke's reshuffling followed the tried and tested pattern of broadening the
tax base, increasing indirect taxation, and restricting or reducing
allowances and reliefs in the income tax system. But it was more form than
substance. There was little attempt to reduce economic distortions, except
in the form of clamping down on tax loopholes - an expedient that carried a
political bonus by permitting a sideswipe at the opposition leader John
Smith, who claims to see outsize gains for the Exchequer in anti-avoidance
provisions. And by freezing allowances the Chancellor inevitably brings more
people into the tax net, which is hardly desirable, even if the political
consequences are not particularly harmful.
</p>
<p>
None of this means that the specific measures in Mr Clarke's package are
without their individual merits. The cuts in employers' national insurance
contributions are a modest start in addressing a genuine labour market
problem, by making it easier for employers to take on more people.
</p>
<p>
There is no doubt administrative logic, as well as cost savings, in the
decision to combine the operations of income support and unemployment
benefit. And while the credit for introducing resource accounting into
Whitehall really lies with Mr Clarke's predecessors, it is no less welcome
for that. A more sophisticated approach to accounting for public sector
capital spending has been long overdue.
</p>
<p>
At least Mr Clarke has been prepared to risk unpopularity as well as to
court approval from groups such as pensioners whose problems with VAT on
domestic fuel have been addressed with specific palliatives. It is not
merely the novel decision to announce continuing 3 per cent increases on
tobacco excise in real terms. Equalising the pension age at 65 will alienate
many female voters under the age of 40.
</p>
<p>
By far the most interesting omission was the failure to impose a further cut
in the tax credit on dividends received by pension funds. Clearly the
pensions lobby has scored a victory in the short term. But in the longer run
the chancellor has entrusted his financial secretary Mr Stephen Dorrell with
a review that will look into the impact of taxation on savings. That is
overdue - not least because Mr Lamont's attack on the pension funds removed
all coherence from one of the few parts of the income tax system that made
much sense.
</p>
<p>
The one thing that is clear from both the cuts in reliefs and allowances,
and the new taxes such as the one on insurance premiums, is that Mr Clarke
has left himself considerable latitude to raise more from tax in future.
Fiscal brutalism might be the appropriate motto for a Budget that very much
reflects the man.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>930</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFCFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Novice makes mark - Surprises on the spending
side </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BILL ROBINSON</byline>
<p>
Mr Clarke's budget is the work of a political heavyweight. Unlike his
predecessor, Mr Clarke knows little about the minutiae of tax. He has spent
his political life in the spending departments. It was thus wholly
appropriate that the big surprise should have been on the spending side.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke has done what the markets most wanted and least expected. He has
cut the PSBR by cutting public spending. The control totals decided by the
Cabinet in June were genuinely tough. Many doubted whether they would be
achieved. Mr Clarke has proved to be an over-achiever.
</p>
<p>
He not been too particular in his methods. Freezing public sector pay is a
powerful way of keeping public spending under control, but it is also
arbitrary and unfair. It sits ill with the rhetoric of a government which
emphasises its commitment to quality public services.
</p>
<p>
But it is to his credit that he has taken difficult decisions that will
reduce public spending in the medium term. He has seized, at last, the
opportunity provided by the need to equalise the pension ages of men and
women and levelled the retirement age upwards. He has removed an absurd
incentive to malinger by abolishing the untaxed Invalidity Benefit and
replacing it with the new Incapcity Benefit. He has taken further steps
along the road to replacing student grants with student loans.
</p>
<p>
Each change sends a powerful signal. All will reduce public spending in the
medium term by more than the immediate savings. They are sensible decisions
by a no-nonsense Chancellor who has proved, time and again in his political
career, that he is not afraid to take on vested interests and pressure
groups if he thinks it is in the national interest to do so.
</p>
<p>
The changes have been on the Treasury agenda for some time. They are
precisely the sort of sensible, radical, but painful, reforms that Treasury
officials devise in the course of the public spending round. The better
chief secretaries - and Mr Portillo is certainly one of those - usually
incorporate such suggestions into their negotiating stance with the spending
department. But they all too frequently fail at the final hurdle. The
clearest sign that we now have a political heavyweight in charge of economic
policy is that Mr Clarke has been able to carry these changes through
Cabinet. The Clarke-Portillo axis has proved a formidable force.
</p>
<p>
The result is a dream budget for the financial markets. The government has
slashed Pounds 6 1/2 bn off borrowing for next year. The only worry about
that achievement is that most of the cut in public spending next year comes
from the contingency reserve. It has reduced the projected borrowing for
1997-98 by no less than Pounds 18bn.
</p>
<p>
As if that were not enough, the government has finally recognised the case
for underfunding the PSBR. There will be Pounds 7 1/2 bn of borrowing not
funded by gilts sales. The change in the balance of supply and demand for in
the gilts market is dramatic. This budget should give a new lease of life to
the long upswing in gilts prices. We should reap the benefits of further
cuts in short rates before too long.
</p>
<p>
It is for that reason that underfunding has been advocated for some time by
those of us who remain concerned about the strength and durability of the
recovery. Confidence is still lacking - evidence for that lies in the
continued sluggish growth of bank lending and the broader measures of the
money supply. An injection of liquidy could give the recovery a much-needed
shot in the arm.
</p>
<p>
Underfunding will also reduce the government's debt interest bill. As long
as there is no sign of inflationary danger - and there isn't - it can be
justified on these grounds alone. Until now, however, the arguments for
underfunding have fallen on deaf ears. The change of heart is as welcome as
it is remarkable.
</p>
<p>
The City may, however, be less entranced with Mr Clarke's tax measures. We
had got used to seeing Autumn Statements which promised deferred virtue on
the public spending side - a sharp rate of increase over the next year or
two followed by a grinding halt. We are spared that this year - we get the
biggest cut in public spending in year one. Instead, we get virtue deferred
on the tax side - a Pounds 6bn increase in 1996-97, compared with only
Pounds 1.7bn in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
However, it would be wrong to take a wholly cynical view of these future
increases. It is worth noting that we now, as a matter of course, get
presented with tax plans over the same three-year horizon as the spending
plans. That is an inevitable, and welcome, consequence of bringing together
tax and spending plans. It has enabled Mr Clarke to put in place some
long-run plans for tax increases and score the benefit in the medium term
PSBR projections.
</p>
<p>
He has taken the opportunity to use tax increases to help the government hit
a couple of important targets outside the economic sphere. Compared with
earlier projections, the 5 per cent a year real increase in fuel duties will
reduce fuel consumption in the medium term and help meet the Rio conference
targets on the environment. And on the same basis, the 3 per cent a year
real increase in tobacco duties will reduce consumption and help meet health
targets. Both changes are politically shrewd moves which make economic
sense.
</p>
<p>
The same cannot be said of the chancellor's revenue raising measures on the
income tax side. Mr Lamont found a clever way of raising revenue by reducing
the value of various tax allowances - the married couples' allowance,
mortgage interest relief - to 20 per cent. That could be justified as an
early move towards a reduction in the value of these allowance which would
be inevitable in due course as the 20 per cent rate became the standard rate
of tax.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke has plundered the same source, by reducing the value of these
allowances to 15 per cent, for which there is no conceivable justification
except expedience. The chancellor has left the income tax system in a
horrible mess, but the man in the street, who doesn't understand the system
anyway, neither knows nor cares. He will be pleased to be spared the tax
increases that were so widely anticipated.
</p>
<p>
The author is a director of London Economics, the consultancy, and was
special adviser to former Chancellor Norman Lamont
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 31</biblScope>
<extent>1129</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Mr Clarke shows his skills </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Yesterday's performance rounded out the picture of Mr Clarke as a skilful
politician who does not fit easily into any political pigeon hole. He is
fiscally tough, notably so on public sector employees. Hostile to the call
of certain colleagues for 'family values', Mr Clarke is tender towards some
of those dependent on the welfare state. He ignores cries for help from big
firms, but shows a soft spot for small business. As for the arguments for
tax neutrality that meant much to Lord Lawson, these evidently leave him
cold. The picture he paints is, in short, one of a pragmatic, tough, cunning
and ambitious man.
</p>
<p>
The most striking feature of this, the UK's first ever unified Budget, is
its fiscal orthodoxy. Mr Lamont had already announced substantial fiscal
adjustments for 1994-95 and 1995-96 of Pounds 6.7bn and Pounds 10.3bn,
respectively. Mr Clarke adds to this a further Pounds 1.7bn in 1994-95,
Pounds 4.9bn in 1995-96 and Pounds 6.1bn in 1996-97. But this is not all he
does. He adds spending austerity as well.
</p>
<p>
The result is a noteworthy change in prospects for the public sector
borrowing requirement. At Mr Clarke's hands, the PSBR falls from 8 1/2 per
cent of gross domestic product (excluding privatisation proceeds) this
financial year to 6 1/4 per cent in 1994-95 and 1 3/4 per cent by 1997-98.
By contrast, only last March Mr Lamont forecast a PSBR of 7 1/4 per cent of
GDP next year and 4 per cent of GDP even in 1997-98. Mr Clarke stated: 'The
overriding need is to place the public finances on a sound footing.' That
judgment is right. Even though his forecasts look rosy, he has probably done
enough to ensure this outcome.
</p>
<p>
The rosiness of the perspective is not in the forecasts for growth. This
year's growth in non-North Sea real GDP is projected at 1 3/4 per cent,
barely up from the 1 1/2 per cent expected in March. Thereafter, these
forecasts are unchanged. They are for 2 1/4 per cent growth in 1994-95, 2
3/4 per cent in 1995-96 and 3 per cent thereafter. These projections are not
that optimistic.
</p>
<p>
With forecasts for the economy largely unchanged, the impact of Mr Clarke
can be judged by changes in shares of public spending and taxation in GDP by
comparison with the legacy of his predecessor. Under Mr Lamont, the share of
general government expenditure in GDP was to fall by 2 1/4 percentage points
of GDP between 1993-94 and 1997-98. Under Mr Clarke, by contrast, it is to
fall by 3 1/4 percentage points. Similarly, under Mr Lamont the share of
general government receipts was to rise by 2 3/4 percentage points. Now it
is to rise by 4 percentage points. So Mr Clarke intends to achieve the
improvements he seeks by roughly equal adjustments on the spending and
revenue sides.
</p>
<p>
Is this credible? The tax increases are more or less in the bag, presuming
the recovery goes as planned. Spending control is not. The reduction in the
new control totals for non-cyclical spending is accounted for by changes in
the reserve. While normal, this means analysis must focus mainly on the
departmental figures.
</p>
<p>
The overall increase in the control total in real terms between 1993-94 and
1996-97 is set at only 0.6 per cent. Real spending on health is shown
unchanged, as is support for local government, while spending on defence is
to fall 12 per cent in real terms. Education does better, with an increase
of 5.3 per cent, but even spending on social security is expected to
increase only 2.3 per cent. Low planned increases in real spending over a
period of three years in highly sensitive areas will be possible only if the
government can maintain its planned constraint on running costs, with wage
bills unchanged in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Is this believable or even desirable? It is not believable that the relative
pay of public sector workers, whose productivity will never rise as fast as
in some other areas of the economy, can be reduced indefinitely. An
explosion is almost certain, perhaps in the run-up to the next election. But
this is also undesirable, because it makes a nonsense of the role of review
bodies in setting public sector pay.
</p>
<p>
Yet even if the government fails to achieve its ambitious goals on public
spending, this Budget should achieve, with its announced fiscal changes and
even limited success on spending, what the chancellor set out to do. With
Pounds 7bn of underfunding as well this year, the gilts markets have every
reason to cheer. This Budget should allow further interest rate cuts and,
with luck, sustained recovery.
</p>
<p>
There is rather less reason to cheer some of the details. The various
offsets to the cost of value added tax on fuel were justified. But the
result, a cost of Pounds 1 1/4 bn extra in 1996-97, offsets a great deal of
the additional Pounds 3bn the measure would raise in a full year. No wonder
Mr Clarke decided to avoid further changes to VAT, even where they could
have been justified.
</p>
<p>
A noteworthy feature is the chancellor's fiscal tinkering. The freezing of
allowances is, for example, bound to bring ever more people into the tax
net, an unattractive development. The introduction of a new, unheralded 15
per cent rate of allowance for mortgage interest relief and the married
couple's allowance, reasonable in itself, is also a destabilising precedent.
The long-sought elimination of one old distorting scheme, the Business
Expansion Scheme, is promptly offset by a new one, the Enterprise Investment
Scheme. Some fiscal changes do look sensible in themselves, the tax on
insurance premiums, for example, and on air passengers. For all that, Mr
Clarke offers not the germ of an idea on the proper direction of the tax
system as a whole.
</p>
<p>
This criticism is a little less true of spending, where he evidently
benefits from his own background and the hard work of two Thatcherite
minsters, Mr Michael Portillo and Mr Peter Lilley. The introduction of a
'job seeker's allowance' and 'incapacity benefit' look defensible.
Reductions in support for students are even to be welcomed. But he remains
sturdily eclectic. His strong statement of support for the principles of the
welfare state is notable. Introduction of the first direct support for
childcare, targeted at single mothers, alongside a further reduction in the
tax benefit to married couples, is a more specific example of the
chancellor's non-Thatcherite, non-family values.
</p>
<p>
This is not a Budget with a big idea on tax or a big idea on spending. It
contains, instead, many little ideas, of varying quality, on both. But Mr
Clarke does have one big idea, frugality. This is a tough Budget from a
tough man. It is the right Budget for the times.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>1174</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAFAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: A sigh of relief that recovery will live on -
Tony Jackson gauges the reaction of industry and finds general approval
mixed with specific grumbles </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By TONY JACKSON</byline>
<p>
As one who makes much of his roots in Midlands manufacturing, chancellor
Kenneth Clarke might be expected to be nice to British industry. In
rhetorical terms, he took every opportunity yesterday to declare how close
industry was to his heart. How much this means in practice may be a matter
for the small print of the Budget rather than the headlines.
</p>
<p>
In broad terms, industry expressed itself satisfied yesterday. There was
grumbling from the engineers and machine tool makers, which had urged the
necessity of further tax breaks for investment. But on the big question of
whether the recovery would be killed by taxes, there was general relief. A
total of Pounds 1.7bn in new taxation next year and Pounds 4.9bn the year
after, it was felt, was a burden the consumer could live with.
</p>
<p>
The Confederation of British Industry last night applauded Mr Clarke's
'tough decisions' on public spending, and said the budget 'should provide a
sound base for continued non-inflationary recovery'. The traditionally more
hawkish Institute of Directors expressed relief at the limited scale of tax
increases, while arguing Mr Clarke could have gone even further on public
spending cuts. The British Retail Consortium said: 'This is a skilfully
balanced Budget, which will help boost the confidence of both retailer and
consumer.'
</p>
<p>
One reason for the chancellor's solicitude towards industry could be gleaned
from the details accompanying the speech. In spite of last September's
devaluation of sterling, the government is plainly still concerned that the
balance of payments deficit might inhibit recovery.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke went out of his way yesterday to point out that in the past three
months, exports had risen 14 per cent: 'a convincing demonstration of the
strength of British manufacturing today.'
</p>
<p>
The Treasury evidently expects more of the same. In Mr Norman Lamont's March
Budget, the current account deficit for next year was forecast at Pounds
18.5bn. The official forecast has now shrunk to half that - just Pounds
9.5bn. At the same time, profitability of UK companies, says the official
Red Book, is expected to be well up in 1993 on its 1992 level.
</p>
<p>
'In 1994 it is expected to pick up further as recovery strengthens, labour
costs remain in check and pressure on margins eases further', the Red Book
says.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, business investment is forecast to rise by 3.75 per cent in
volume terms next year. This is despite the fact that, as the Red Book
concedes, it was actually 1.75 per cent down in the first nine months of
this year. Here as elsewhere, there are hints that some of the chancellor's
assumptions many be a trifle heroic.
</p>
<p>
This may also apply to the other side of the equation: public spending.
Several respected economists were starting to mutter yesterday that the
projected cutbacks looked implausible. They are, however, central to the
chancellor's message to business.
</p>
<p>
Government spending, he said, constituted a substantial risk for business
next year. 'Business can only plan ahead if it knows government borrowing is
under control. My task today is to instil that confidence.'
</p>
<p>
In some cases, it sounds as if cuts in spending are to come out of
industry's hide. The budgets for roads and housing are to be cut, in hopes
of getting the same output. Construction prices next year, Mr Clarke said
ominously, would be more than 25 per cent lower than in 1989, so the
programmes could be maintained in real terms for much less money.
</p>
<p>
Some other details yesterday might give rise to suspicion. The move to stop
reimbursing sick pay - except for the smallest companies - will cost
industry Pounds 700m a year for the next three years. Doubtless, this will
be partly offset by lower employer national insurance contributions. It
remains to be seen, however, how the two changes will interact in individual
cases.
</p>
<p>
Similarly, the airlines were distinctly miffed at the decision to tax air
passengers a collective Pounds 330m a year on leaving British airports. As
one airline chief remarked, it rather looked as if the government was
reluctant to impose VAT, since this would logically entail also taxing rail
passengers ahead of privatisation. Having instead stumbled upon the neat
expedient of stinging businessmen flying at their companies' expense, the
Treasury might find it hard to resist coming back for more in future.
</p>
<p>
There was also widespread scepticism in the construction industry over the
list of projects to be financed by the private sector. The only new item on
the list, it seems, is the new air traffic control centre for Scotland. As
for the grandiose scheme for the private management of motorways, the
construction companies would prefer to see the Treasury's proposed terms
before getting excited. As Mr Clarke himself conceded yesterday, the private
finance system requires 'a complete change of culture in government'.
</p>
<p>
When it comes to small businesses, Mr Clarke deserves full marks for trying.
Helping small business, he said, was his particular priority this year. Some
of the moves on deregulation and the cutting of red tape were familiar,
having already been trumpeted by the industry minister Mr Michael Heseltine.
But the removal of the requirement for a statutory audit for small companies
is a genuine innovation. So, in the separate field of small company cash
flow, is the proposal that companies should be legally entitled to charge
interest on overdue bills.
</p>
<p>
The proposals for increasing the supply of risk capital for small companies
- the installation of investment trusts for unquoted companies and a
replacement for the generally reviled Business Expansion Scheme - probably
amount to little. But as employers' organisations acknowledged yesterday, it
all adds up to a sustained attempt to help out the small businessmen who
form the Tory party's natural constituency.
</p>
<p>
Above all, Mr Clarke has shown adroitness in allowing expectations to build
up of VAT and other tax increases, then deflate them. There was an unusual
emphasis on keeping the consumer happy. Even the rise in excise on wine, the
chancellor said, would not take effect until after Christmas, while there is
no extra duty on beer at all.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Clare, managing director of Dixons, the electrical stores group,
doubtless spoke for many shopkeepers yesterday. 'It was nowhere near as bad
as we expected. The expectations of tax increases in the Budget caused a lot
of uncertainty in the retail business - people don't want to spend until
they know where they stand. That's gone now. Let's get on with Christmas.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> RES  Capital expenditures </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>1143</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Saint Augustine rides again </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SAMUEL BRITTAN</byline>
<p>
The Budget should please the most fiercely opposed schools of fiscal
commentators. Those most intent on balancing the Budget will be pleased to
see a faster path for reducing the deficit than the one projected by Norman
Lamont. A borrowing requirement of Pounds 38bn is projected for next year,
compared with an original projection of Pounds 44bn; and for 1996-97 the
projection has been reduced from Pounds 35bn to Pounds 21bn.
</p>
<p>
Indeed the projections have now been pushed out to 1998-99, showing a
virtually balanced Budget. And as a percentage of GDP the public sector
borrowing requirement is expected to fall from 7 3/4 per cent this year to 5
1/2 per cent next year, and 2 3/4 per cent in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
The picture could have been made to look better still if Kenneth Clarke had
been more interested in the separate estimate of net capital spending which
now appears prominently for the first time in the Budget Red Book. If this
is taken off the public spending total, the public sector emerges with a
current deficit of 4 1/2 per cent of GDP in 1994-95 and 1 1/4 per cent in
1996-97. This is well within the limits of safe borrowing according to
almost any theory of the permissible Budget deficit. If we continue the same
projection, there is a current balance the following year and a current
surplus of 1 1/4 per cent of GDP by 1998-99.
</p>
<p>
Let us please have no sneers at the Treasury for projecting trends towards
the end of the century. It is commonplace that the full effects of decisions
taken now are felt several years ahead. The Treasury used to be criticised
for short termism when it put all the emphasis on the immediately coming
fiscal year. So let us not criticise it for trying to look a little further
ahead.
</p>
<p>
On the other hand, those of us who regard the national Budget as a matter of
economic policy, and who distrust the analogy between the government's
finances and those of a household or corporation, can also find some cheer.
For there is very little in the Budget that will reduce demand or slow down
the recovery in the next year and a half. For those who accepted Norman
Lamont's last Budget, with its deferred tax increases, as a reasonable
compromise between the two schools of thought, there is little more to
swallow.
</p>
<p>
For like his predecessor, the present chancellor has been an apt pupil of St
Augustine, who asked God to make him chaste, but not yet. Looking further
ahead, the Treasury is obviously relying on world economic recovery and a
self-generated upturn to offset the fiscal tightening in the pipeline.
</p>
<p>
Nevertheless Mr Clarke has planned to reduce public sector borrowing by
Pounds 6 1/2 bn even in 1994-95, an amount corresponding to 1 per cent of
GDP. How has he managed to do this? The table shows that he has done this
overwhelmingly by curbing general government expenditure, which is to be
reduced by Pounds 5 1/2 bn below that planned by Mr Lamont. By the later
1990s the proportions will be reversed. In 1997-98, for example, some Pounds
11bn of the planned Pounds 18bn tightening will come from higher taxes and
contributions.
</p>
<p>
How has the chancellor managed his 1994-95 feat? My gut view is that the
forward projections were always too pessimistic and that economic recovery
and lower inflation have done the rest.
</p>
<p>
But readers have a right to know the Treasury arithmetic and not just my
instincts. The detail of this may surprise people. For, of the Pounds 5 1/2
bn reduction in planned spending next year, some Pounds 2bn comes from lower
debt interest and reduced spending on social security due, not to any of the
new measures, but to economic recovery. The whole of the remaining Pounds 3
1/2 bn comes from a reduction in the reserve (previously called, more
informatively, contingency reserve) planned for next year.
</p>
<p>
An unscrupulous official Opposition spokesman could here cry 'foul', and
hardly more than two or three Conservative MPs, if that, would be able to
answer. But if we are interested not in point scoring but in the logic of
programme planning, it makes complete sense to reduce the reserve in this
way. For the Treasury has, quite sensibly, a reserve which increases in size
the further ahead one goes. As the coming financial year approaches, it
reduces the reserve for that year by Pounds 3 1/2 bn and pushes the whole
series out a year further.
</p>
<p>
If there are any virtuous public spending economies, it is in holding down
the demands of the spending departments, so that the Treasury did not feel
obliged to allocate the reserve among spending programmes but has left it in
at a normal figure.
</p>
<p>
On the tax side the interest lies not in the extra burden next year, but in
how the chancellor expects to raise more revenue by the middle and later
1990s. The most important single item is higher excise duties on road fuels;
the second most important is the reduction in the married couple's allowance
to 15 per cent; and the third is a similar reduction in mortgage interest
relief. The fourth most important item is an insurance premium tax, which is
a slight step towards reducing privileges and gaps in the tax base. It is
only when it comes to the fifth most important item, higher taxes on
tobacco, that one sees the hand of the Virginia Bottomley nanny state.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury's economic forecasts have become a little more cheerful. Next
year's bulge in the underlying RPI is expected to stay well below the upper
4 per cent government inflation range. For once this projection and that of
continuing further reductions in inflation seems credible so long as the
government avoids a pre-election dash for growth, 'benign neglect' of
sterling and all the other temptations.
</p>
<p>
Non-North Sea real GDP is now expected to rise by 1 3/4 per cent this year,
and 2 1/4 per cent in 1994-95. But it is not until 1995 onwards that output
will be rising by something near the 3 per cent rate required to make
serious inroads into the gap between actual and potential output, which is
the real measure of economic depression. Looking at the bare numbers, the
growth projections still seem too low to make many inroads into the margin
of unused capacity until well into 1995. On the other hand, the actual
behaviour of unemployment, the CBI Survey of unused capacity and the
government's own social security projections suggest that the margin of
slack is already declining. There is a consistency problem to sort out in
the economic indicators.
</p>
<p>
Of course, a market-oriented government cannot plan growth directly. But it
can have a policy for the growth of spending in cash terms, which is
approximated by nominal GDP. The projections here are 6 per cent plus growth
for the next couple of years, then declining to the 5 to 6 per cent range,
These seem adequate to finance non-inflationary growth. But the trouble is
that they are only projections, and there is no sign of a government
commitment to make it happen, even roughly as a trend.
</p>
<p>
To make this serious, an international rather than a merely parochial
medium-term financial strategy is required. It is all too easy to blame the
Bundesbank for not being keen on the idea. But there is not the slightest
sign that the Treasury or the Bank is doing anything to push it.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes from March 1993
projections, Pounds bn           1993-94   1994-95   1995-96   1996-97
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expenditure
New control total                   -1/2     3 1/2    -1 1/2    -3
Other                               -1/2    -2 1/2    -2        -3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General government expenditure   -1         -5 1/2    -3 1/2    -6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxes and National Insurance
  contributions                     -1/2     2         5        -7 1/2
Debt interest, etc                   -      -1 1/2      -1/2    -1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
General government receipts      -1            -      -4 1/2    -6 1/2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public corporations' market and
  overseas borrowing                 -        -1/2      -1/2    -1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PSBR                                -1/2    -6 1/2    -8       -13
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: The Red Book
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> ECON  Gross domestic product </item>
<item> ECON  National income </item>
<item> ECON  Economic Indicators </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 30</biblScope>
<extent>1397</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Impact on incomes will be felt into the next
century - The Institute for Fiscal Studies analyses the Budget's effects on
households / What it means for society </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By STEPHEN WEBB</byline>
<p>
The effects on household incomes of Kenneth Clarke's first Budget will be
felt well into the next century, with the announcement of an equalisation of
the state pension age at 65.
</p>
<p>
Rather more pressingly, the chancellor announced a wide range of measures on
social security benefits, tax allowances and excise duties which will be in
place next April. These, coupled with the measures already announced by
Norman Lamont for April 1994, will leave households an average Pounds 4.60
per week worse off than if both chancellors had simply presented 'do
nothing' Budgets which operated tax allowances in line with inflation and
left tax rates unchanged.
</p>
<p>
However, as the charts show, the effects on individual households vary
greatly, with the richest households losing on average more than Pounds 10
per week and the poorest households losing less than Pounds 1 per week from
the two packages.
</p>
<p>
The main tax increases already announced by Norman Lamont in his March
Budget will cost households an average Pounds 4.20 per week. The principal
measures here are the increase in the rate of employee national insurance
contributions, the restriction in value of the married couples's tax
allowance and of mortgage interest tax relief, and the imposition of VAT on
fuel at 8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The losses among the low income households arise almost exclusively from the
VAT change, while far more important to better off households are the cuts
in tax allowances and the NIC increase.
</p>
<p>
The new measures announced yesterday to be implemented by next April imply
only a modest additional cut in living standards next year for the
population as a whole. But this average figure disguises big variations for
particular groups.
</p>
<p>
Pensioners and disabled people have in general done better than might have
been expected out of the Budget. They will on average receive something
approaching full compensation for the imposition of VAT on fuel and so
losses among these groups fall significantly compared with the pure 'Lamont
effect'.
</p>
<p>
However, households headed by single pensioners still end up an average of
70p per week worse off, not least because of the increases in duties on
tobacco and petrol. Married pensioners as a group are on average Pounds 1.50
a week worse off with the cut in value of the married couples' tax allowance
adding to the effects of VAT and other tax increases.
</p>
<p>
While the compensation package for VAT on fuel provided roughly adequate
compensation for those over pension age, the same cannot be said even of low
income households below pension age. The chancellor announced that
income-related benefits for non-pensioners would be increased in April 1994
by 0.4 per cent - namely the effect on the Retail Prices Index of imposing 8
per cent VAT.
</p>
<p>
However, the RPI is based on average spending patterns. Since low income
households spend a significantly larger proportion of their income than the
average on fuel they would need a bigger increase than this to provide full
compensation. In other words, the compensation package does not even provide
adequate compensation on average for low income non-pensioners, leaving
aside any variations in individual circumstances.
</p>
<p>
The second chart highlights this by showing that even after benefit
increases lone parents will still have to find an extra Pounds 2 a week and
unwaged couples with children an extra Pounds 1 a week by next April.
</p>
<p>
It is worth remembering that even within these various family types there
will be a wide variety of outcomes from the Budget. Thus around one in eight
pensioners will actually gain modestly overall. An example of a gainer will
be a pensioner living in a well insulated house, perhaps in the warmer south
of England, and with an active lifestyle leading to low domestic fuel
consumption. For such pensioners the 50p increase in the single pension will
more than cover the effects of VAT on their fuel bills.
</p>
<p>
It is also important to note the tax changes which have still to come, over
and above those included in the above charts. Because the charts focus on
April 1994 they exclude the extension of VAT to insurance next autumn, the
imposition of the full rate of VAT on fuel in April 1995, the further cuts
in the married couple's allowance and mortgage interest relief, also planned
for 1995, and the cuts to social security benefits (mainly invalidity
benefit and unemployment benefit) to be phased in over the next few years.
They also exclude the above-inflation increases to cigarette and petrol
duties apart from those planned for April 1994.
</p>
<p>
The combined effect of all these changes will be to reduce weekly incomes by
around a further Pounds 3 on average by April 1995.
</p>
<p>
The results in the charts show how much each group loses on average in
pounds per week and show losses rising with income. Another important
question is how the losses look when expressed as a proportion of
households' income after taxes. On this basis, the measures still seem to
bear more heavily on richer households, costing the richest half of the
population around 2 per cent of their after-tax income whilst the poorest
tenth lose only around 0.75 per cent of their after-tax income.
</p>
<p>
On balance, Mr Kenneth Clarke has been more successful than his predecessor
in placing the burden of financing the government's borrowing requirement on
the shoulders of richer households. However, our analysis suggests that for
low-income families below pension age the chancellor may not have gone far
enough.
</p>
<p>
The results are produced by the IFS computer model of the personal tax and
benefits system. The model applies the Budget measures to a representative
sample of 7,000 households drawn from the latest Family Expenditure Survey,
and works out which sorts of households gain and lose and by how much.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHO LOSES MOST?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
WHERE DO YOU FIT IN?
Income per week after tax before this budget's measures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SINGLE NO      COUPLE NO      COUPLE TWO
                               CHILDREN       CHILDREN        CHILDREN
                                 Pounds         Pounds          Pounds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Richest 10% - decile 1      297 &amp; above    487 &amp; above     720 &amp; above
Decile 2                        233-296        381-486         563-719
Decile 3                        191-232        313-380         463-562
Decile 4                        162-190        265-312         391-462
Decile 5                        136-161        223-264         330-390
Decile 6                        112-135        183-222         271-329
Decile 7                         89-111        146-182         215-270
Decile 8                          70-88        115-145         170-214
Decile 9                          58-69         94-114         139-169
Poorest 10% - decile 10            0-57           0-93           0-138
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>1115</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Cuts phased in to protect recovery - Miras </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALISON SMITH</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
A further reduction in the rate of mortgage interest relief, taking it to 15
per cent from April 1995.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
The rate of mortgage interest relief will come down by 5 per cent in each of
the next two years, falling from 25 per cent at present to 20 per cent in
April next year as announced in the March Budget, and to 15 per cent in
April the following year. The ceiling of Pounds 30,000 on the amount of home
loan that qualifies for relief will remain unchanged.
</p>
<p>
This latest reduction would cost someone with an endowment mortgage of
Pounds 30,000 or more about Pounds 10 a month. This was only a 'tiny
fraction' of the benefits people had received from the fall in interest
rates over the past three years, the chancellor said, but will come on top
of the similar-sized increase in monthly payments as a result of the cut in
the relief announced in March.
</p>
<p>
The effect of the reduction in relief will be offset by the cuts in mortgage
rates expected to be announced shortly by many of the largest building
societies in the wake of last week's 0.5 of a percentage point cut in base
rates. The Nationwide has indicated that it will be cutting its mortgage
rate from 7.99 per cent to 7.74 per cent, and other societies are expected
to follow suit.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
While the combined effect of the two-stage change will be an increase in
mortgage repayments of Pounds 20 or so a month, the phasing of the cuts in
mortgage interest relief appears to be helping to raise revenue without
jeopardising the fragile recovery in the housing market.
</p>
<p>
The shift in the rate of the relief has intensified expectations that
mortgage interest relief will be abolished altogether in the coming years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6162 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>348</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: The big winners and losers </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
LONE PARENTS will be relieved to hear that the government has made up to
Pounds 28 a week available to those on family credit to help pay for
childcare. The move is aimed at taking some of the sting out of recent
controversy on the government's 'back to basics' policy, which has been
criticised for its approach to single parents. While it may enable more
single parents to return to the workplace, it is questionable whether Pounds
28 a week is sufficient to pay for childcare, or even whether the jobs will
be available for those seeking them. Single parents may also benefit from
the job-seekers allowance which will offer increased guidance, assessment
and financial incentives to the long-term unemployed.
</p>
<p>
PENSIONERS were compensated for the last Budget battering by Mr Norman
Lamont. All will receive the same help with their fuel bills as those on
income-related benefits, which are set to rise by 3.5 per cent. The poorest
will receive the benefit increases as VAT is imposed on fuel, so money is
available when the bills arrive. The poorest and disabled will also receive
special increases in the income-related benefits of between 50p and 70p a
week, which will be doubled in 1995. All OAPs will also now be eligible for
financial assistance on home insulation. Meanwhile, savers will be offered a
five-year guaranteed income bond at 'a competitive rate'.
</p>
<p>
ENTREPRENEURS get a big boost with changes in capital gains tax exemption
limits when they sell a business on retirement. Complete exemptions will be
given on the first Pounds 250,000 of capital gains and a half exemption on
the next Pounds 750,000. Mr Clarke has also introduced a new tax-efficient
venture capital trust to channel savings into the unquoted trading company.
Perhaps the most surprising change allows anyone facing a capital gains
charge to defer tax indefinitely by reinvesting those gains in unquoted
companies. Finally, the enterprise investment scheme gives 20 per cent
up-front tax relief, but will also allow income and capital gains tax relief
on investment losses.
</p>
<p>
YOUNGER WORKING WOMEN will lose substantially by the decision to equalise
the retirement age at 65. Employers may welcome the decision, however, as it
eases the burden of pension responsibilities. The change will be phased in
over 10 years, starting in 2010, leaving women over the age of 44 now free
to leave work with full benefits at 60. The justification is that since more
women are now in paid employment, and since they live longer, an equal
pension age is more appropriate. Mr Clarke says the move will bring Britain
'broadly in line with most of our industrial competitors' while it will
leave women better off than their counterparts in the US, where the
retirement age is 67.
</p>
<p>
MARRIED COUPLES are likely to lose on several fronts. Most significantly,
the married couples' allowance, which had already been reduced for 1994 from
25 per cent to 20 per cent, will fall further in 1995 to 15 per cent. The
homeowner will also face a similar reduction in mortgage interest relief
from 20 per cent to 15 per cent in 1995. This is likely to add a further
Pounds 10 a month to a mortgage of Pounds 30,000, the limit at which loans
qualifying for mortgage interest relief was frozen. Insurance premiums,
which have already increased substantially in recent years, will go up by an
average of 35p a week for the typical family with home contents, motor and
buildings insurance.
</p>
<p>
HEDONISTS were big losers yesterday, or at least all smoking, car-driving
air travellers. The 7.3 per cent increase in excise duty on tobacco is high
compared with the low rate of inflation. Travellers will also be hit by the
Pounds 5 airport departure tax for flights within the EU and Pounds 10 for
other destinations. Surprisingly this hits both the business and private
traveller. Had this been introduced under VAT, it would have been
reclaimable. The vehicle excise duty on cars - the tax disc - will add
Pounds 5 a year in the immediate future, while road fuel was increased by 3p
a litre. The only good news for fun-lovers was that duties on beer and
spirits was not increased.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>734</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Typical household will pay 35p a week levy -
Insurance premiums </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BETHAN HUTTON</byline>
<p>
MEASURE
</p>
<p>
A tax of 3 per cent is to be imposed on general insurance premiums for risks
located in the UK from next October.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
The tax will apply to insurance such as buildings, home contents, motor,
travel, private medical cover. Long term insurance products, such as
endowments, will be exempt, as will many types of commercial insurance, such
as export credit and shipping insur-ance.
</p>
<p>
The tax will be paid by the insured, but collected by the insurer. Tax
avoidance measures such as paying premiums in advance will not be possible.
In a separate move, tax relief on private medical insurance for the over 60s
is to be limited to 25 per cent; the relief will also cover the new premium
tax. PMI contracts will no longer have to be approved by the Inland Revenue
before becoming eligible for tax relief.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
Most other European countries already tax insurance premiums; the Chancellor
said that 3 per cent was one of the lowest levels in the EU and estimated
the levy would cost the typical household, with motor, home contents and
buildings insurance, 35p a week.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>238</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: 'Son of BES' aims at unquoted companies -
Enterprise investment </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BETHAN HUTTON</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE: The introduction of Enterprise Investment Schemes to encourage
direct equity investment in unquoted trading companies. Also, the creation
of venture capital trusts, a new kind of investment trust which would invest
in unquoted trading companies.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL: The Enterprise Investment Scheme will come into force on January
1. Investors will be able to put up to Pounds 100,000 a year in companies
qualifying for the EIS, which will be able to raise up to Pounds 1m a year
through the scheme.
</p>
<p>
For the tax year 1993-94, there will be a combined limit of Pounds 40,000
for investments under the EIS and BES; the new Pounds 100,000 limit will
apply from 1994-95. Income tax relief will be limited to 20 per cent, but
losses on the disposal of shares will be eligible for income tax or capital
gains tax relief, which may encourage investors to be less averse to risk.
</p>
<p>
Any capital gains within the scheme will be free of tax. Shares must be held
for at least five years.
</p>
<p>
Companies investing in private rented housing will not be eligible.
Investors previously unconnected with EIS companies will be allowed to
become paid directors while still qualifying for tax relief - this means
that 'business angels' will be able to take an active part in the management
of the company without losing entitlement to relief.
</p>
<p>
Venture capital trusts will also be free of tax on dividends and capital
gains. These trusts would not become available for a considerable time: the
chancellor plans to issue a consultation paper on the subject in the New
Year, with legislation in the 1995 Finance Act.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND: The EIS was welcomed by the investment industry yesterday as
the 'son of BES' it had been demanding. It is a direct replacement for the
Business Expansion Scheme, which ends on December 31.
</p>
<p>
The BES was launched in 1983. Intended to encourage private individuals to
invest in small, high-risk growing companies, it ended up being used largely
as a tax-efficient method for investing in rented property. The previous
chancellor announced the abolition of the BES in 1992.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6799 Investors, NEC </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6799 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 29</biblScope>
<extent>394</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Charities left unimpressed - VAT compensation
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By GARY MEAD</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
A compensation package for low-income households following the extension of
VAT on domestic fuel and power from 8 per cent from April 1994, to 17.5 per
cent in 1995.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
Income-related benefits will rise by 3.9 per cent next April, which Mr
Clarke said would be 'a lot more than many people in work will get next
year'.
</p>
<p>
Furthermore, Mr Clarke promised an extra Pounds 1.25bn a year in benefits
for 15m people from April 1994. It will be apportioned in this way:
</p>
<p>
Single pensioners will receive a 50p a week increase in the rate and
pensioner couples 70p a week from April 1994 in addition to the regular
uprating of benefits. It is also intended to award the same weekly cash
increases in April 1995, taking extra overall help to Pounds 1 for single
pensioners and Pounds 1.40 for couples, weekly, amounting to total extra
help of Pounds 1.30 for singles and Pounds 1.85 for couples by April 1996.
</p>
<p>
The same benefit increases will be made for those on widow and invalidity
pensions, and those disabled people on income support.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke said: 'By April 1996 benefits will be Pounds 1.40 a week higher
for single poorer pensioners and Pounds 2 a week higher for couples than
they would otherwise have been.'
</p>
<p>
He also announced an increase in cold weather payments - the extra benefit
payable following seven successive days of zero temperatures - from Pounds 6
a week currently to Pounds 7 a week next winter, with a further 50p the
following winter.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke announced that funds for the home energy efficiency scheme, which
provides grants for home insulation, will be almost doubled, to Pounds 35m a
year for the next three years, and pensioners and all dis-abled people will
in future be eligible for the scheme.
</p>
<p>
The measure should mean an extra 200,000 pensioner households are eligible
to receive grants; more than 500,000 such grants have been made since the
scheme started in 1991.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke said that the compensation package 'will ensure that the
introduction of VAT does not put the cost of fuel beyond the reach of the
poorest in our society.'
</p>
<p>
He said the immediate impact of the new measures will mean that, for
instance, a pensioner couple on income support will have a total benefit
increase of Pounds 4 a week.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Jenkins, VAT specialist at Ernst &amp; Young, said yesterday that
'while the extra payment takes the sting out of the tail of extending VAT to
fuel bills by helping the most disadvantaged, there is a sizeable number of
low wage-earners who will be hit very hard when the VAT jumps to 17.5 per
cent in 1995. I think there is still a lot of political flak to come on this
issue.'
</p>
<p>
For Lady Sally Greengross, director of the charity Age Concern England, the
compensation package 'is not enough. Fifty pence for a single person is only
between half and two-thirds of the amount needed to fully compensate for VAT
on fuel, and 70p for a couple is only about two-thirds of the amount needed,
and these are average figures.'
</p>
<p>
That view was echoed yesterday by the sister charity Age Concern Scotland,
whose director Maureen O'Neill said: 'This doesn't go anywhere near enough .
. . charities and retirement homes are statutorily required to keep
temperatures at a certain level; this package does nothing to help them.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>611</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Few tax changes but 20% band extended -
Allowances </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARA WEBB</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURES
</p>
<p>
The chancellor left unchanged the personal allowance for income tax, the
threshold for higher rate tax and the income limit for the age-related
allowances.
</p>
<p>
He did not make any changes to the inheritance tax threshold and the exempt
amount for capital gains tax. Lower, basic and higher rates of income tax
remain the same as before, but the 20 per cent lower band will be extended
by a further Pounds 500 next year to Pounds 3,000, as announced in March.
</p>
<p>
The blind person's allowance, frozen for the last four years, will rise next
April from Pounds 1,080 to Pounds 1,200.
</p>
<p>
Tax relief on the married couple's allowance (and the other allowances and
reliefs linked to it) is already due to be limited to 20 per cent with
effect from next April (1994), but Mr Clarke said yesterday he will reduce
it still further to 15 per cent from April 1995.
</p>
<p>
The lower earnings limit for Class 1 National Insurance contributions is to
be raised to Pounds 57 a week and the upper earnings limit to Pounds 430 a
week, from April 1994.
</p>
<p>
The maximum level of earnings for which pension provision may be made with
tax relief rises from Pounds 75,000 to Pounds 76,800 from April 1994.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
Personal tax allowances have been frozen at Pounds 3,445 for those under 65
years old, Pounds 4,200 for those aged 65 to 74 and Pounds 4,370 for those
aged 75 or more.
</p>
<p>
The threshold for capital gains tax stays at Pounds 5,800, while inheritance
tax comes into force at Pounds 150,000, as before.
</p>
<p>
The lower rate tax of 20 per cent will apply to the first Pounds 3,000 of
taxable income, while the higher rate (40 per cent) threshold remains at
Pounds 23,700 for the fourth year.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
There had been plenty of speculation that the Chancellor might either make
quite radical alterations to the income tax structure, or else raise the
appropriate thresholds in line with inflation, now at 1.4 per cent. However,
he left the personal taxation position largely unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Next year (1994-95) will be the third year in a row that the personal
allowance has been left at Pounds 3,445.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jeremy Hancock, senior tax manager at Price Waterhouse, said: 'The
freezing of the higher rate tax band since April 6 1991 is equivalent to
erosion in real value terms of between 7 and 8 per cent, while the freezing
of the personal allowance for the last three years is equivalent to erosion
in real value terms of 3 to 3.5 per cent.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>470</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Grants cut by 10% a year - Student loans </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BETHAN HUTTON</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
Student grants are to be cut by 10 per cent a year next year and by similar
amounts for the next two years, but the total of grant and loan is to
increase by 4 per cent next year.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
This measure speeds up the process of transferring the cost of higher
education from the state to individuals. The proportion of students' income
which has to be borrowed will increase dramatically. The exact figures for
next year's grants and loans have not yet been released, but rough figures
can be calculated from the government's announced percentages.
</p>
<p>
For example, students living in London currently get a grant of Pounds
2,845, and can borrow up to Pounds 940 from the Student Loans Company (or
Pounds 685 in their final year). Next year the grant will be cut by 10 per
cent to about Pounds 2,560, and the maximum loan will increase to about
Pounds 1,375, or Pounds 1,110 for final year students. See the table for
details of other areas.
</p>
<p>
If, as is the government's stated intention, the process of cutting the
grant by 10 per cent and increasing the loan is continued for the following
two years, by the academic year 1996-97 the proportion of grant to loan will
be roughly equal.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
Student loans were introduced in 1990, and grants were frozen at the same
time. The National Union of Students says that even students receiving the
full grant and taking out the maximum loan now experience a shortfall from
real costs of living, so students borrow more from other sources such as
banks, or ask parents for help.
</p>
<p>
The Budget also cut the amount paid to universities for each student's
tuition; this may prompt some institutions to introduce tuition fees.
</p>
<p>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESTIMATED CHANGE FOR STUDENT FINANCE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           1993/4                  1994/5
                   Grant           Loan           Grant           Loan
                  Pounds         Pounds          Pounds         Pounds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
London             2,845            940           2,561          1,376
final year                          685                          1,111
Elsewhere          2,265            800           2,039          1,149
final year                          585                            926
At home            1,795            640           1,616            917
final year                          470                            740
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Estimates based on current grant and loan levels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>394</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAE0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Retiring females match men at 65 - Pensions </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DEBBIE HARRISON</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
The female state pension age is being raised to the male retirement age of
65.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
The measure will affect all women currently under age 44. The change will be
phased in over 10 years between 2010 and 2020.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
This change will eventually result in savings to the National Insurance Fund
of Pounds 5bn per annum.
</p>
<p>
The basic state pension currently is worth Pounds 56.10 per week for a
single person and Pounds 89.80 for a married couple. The pension is built up
through payment of National Insurance contributions levied on 'band
earnings', earnings between Pounds 56 and Pounds 420 a week for the 1993/94
tax year (Pounds 57 and Pounds 430 in 1994/95).
</p>
<p>
The Government has reduced benefits under the state pension system before.
In 1980 the link with earnings inflation was severed and replaced with the
historically lower prices inflation link.
</p>
<p>
The value of the State Earnings Related Pension Scheme (Serps) already has
been cut for those retiring after the end of the century. Originally, the
pension was 25 per cent of band earnings based on the individual's best 20
years. After April 6 2000 the 25 per cent maximum will be reduced over a
period of 10 years to 20 per cent. Also the 'best 20 years' basis for
assessment will be replaced by average band earnings over an entire career,
which means that periods of low pay will also be taken into account and will
drag down the value of the pension.
</p>
<p>
The latter measure will primarily affect women since, due to family
commitments, they tend to spend a significant period in low paid part-time
employment.
</p>
<p>
Paul Greenwood, research actuary with William M Mercer, said: 'Women
currently under age 44, who want to retire before 65, will have to make pay
extra contributions to prevent a shortfall. This can be done by paying
additional voluntary contributions under a company scheme or by increasing
contributions to a personal pension plan.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>367</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Rules for claimants will be tightened - Benefits
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DEBBIE HARRISON</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
The chancellor announced three changes to the benefit system which will
improve the position of some low-income families but will tighten the rules
for those claiming unemployment benefit and invalidity benefit.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
The Childcare Allowance will permit low-income families to earn an extra
Pounds 28 per week without losing any income-related benefits. The
allowance, expected to come into force in October 1994, will apply to
couples and single parents who currently claim family credit to boost their
incomes. Family credit averages Pounds 42 per week but varies according to
the family's average earnings and the number of children, among other
factors.
</p>
<p>
The Jobseeker's Allowance, which cuts the initial unemployment benefit
period from one year to six months before the individual is means-tested,
will not come into effect until the 1996/97 tax year.
</p>
<p>
The Incapacity Benefit, which is expected to come into force in April 1995,
would replace invalidity benefit. The new benefit, which would be taxed in
line with other income-replacing benefits, would only be granted after
'tighter and more objective medical tests'.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
The jobseeker's proposal was sharply criticised by John Monks, general
secretary of the Trades Union Congress. He said: 'The change in title from
unemployment benefit to Jobseeker's Allowance is a clumsy marketing ploy
which cannot camouflage the halving of unemployment benefit and the lack of
jobs in the economy.'
</p>
<p>
Industry sources estimated that the measure would reduce the unemployment
figures by 200,000.
</p>
<p>
The people likely to suffer most by the change are those who have made some
provision for savings or have received redundancy money. Under the
means-testing system, benefit usually is withheld from unemployed
individuals who have savings of more than Pounds 8,000.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Hunt, employment secretary, said the purpose of the proposal was to
help people when they look for work. 'The Jobseeker's Allowance makes
clearer the link between looking for work and receiving benefit. We will
also be introducing a Jobseeker's Agreement requiring those receiving
benefit to specify in advance the steps they will take to find work - and
then to take them.'
</p>
<p>
In addition Mr Hunt announced three pilot schemes to assist the long-term
unemployed including a Jobfinder's Grant, which will give assistance to
people who have been out of work for two years or more when they find a job.
Details of all three proposals are expected to be announced today by Mr
Peter Lilley, social security secretary.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>442</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Easier budgeting for elderly - Guaranteed income
bond </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By BETHAN HUTTON</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
Introduction of a National Savings Pensioners Guaranteed Income Bond for
pensioners, a five-year fixed rate investment which will pay a monthly
income.
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
The bond will be available to savers aged 65 and over. Interest will be paid
monthly, and gross, which has advantages for non-taxpayers on low incomes.
The bond is due to be launched in the new year with competitive interest
rates.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
Elderly people largely dependent on income from interest on savings have
been hit by falling interest rates. This new National Savings product is
designed to provide a regular, predictable flow of income at a decent rate.
It could be seen as a replacement for 'Granny bonds'. These later became
generally available National Savings index linked certificates. In times of
low inflation a fixed rate may be more attractive.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>183</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Clarke cracks down on tax avoidance - Taxation
loopholes </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SCHEHERAZADE DANESHKHU</byline>
<p>
THE MEASURE
</p>
<p>
A number of tax loopholes are being closed in order to tighten up on tax
avoidance. These include payment of employees in what Mr Clarke described as
'gold bars, coffee beans, cowrie shells or other exotic payments in kind' to
avoid National Insurance; the abuse of tax relief for profit-related pay; an
end to the use of shell companies to avoid payment of tax; an end to the use
of indexation to create or increase capital gains tax losses; and an end to
the abuse of funded unapproved retirement benefit schemes (FURBS).
</p>
<p>
IN DETAIL
</p>
<p>
Employers will have to pay National Insurance on payments in kind of the
type described by Mr Clarke, or vouchers representing them, from midnight
last night. The advantage to employees was that they could delay payment of
income tax on pay in this form, but this will also be stopped after the
finance bill becomes law.
</p>
<p>
Two loopholes have been closed on profit-related pay for schemes registered
from today. The percentage of salary paid to an employee under an artificial
scheme to increase the amount of PRP received by a small group of employees
can no longer be greater than for the rest of the workforce. Also, where
profits are artificially increased by salary sacrifices the company will no
longer be able to place an artificial limit on the amount of PRP.
</p>
<p>
Shell companies have been used to avoid tax by stripping a company of its
assets and leaving its tax liabilities intact through a change of ownership.
Anyone who sells a company from today where a number of conditions are
fulfilled, including a significant reduction in trade in the three years
prior to the sale, will have to pay the tax if the company does not do so.
</p>
<p>
An employee receiving benefit from today from an offshore FURBS will pay tax
at his marginal rate on the difference between what he receives and
contributions made by the employer or employee.
</p>
<p>
The change to capital gains tax indexation relief is substantial. The value
of this relief has been reduced with the announcement that CGT indexation
will be limited to reducing gains only and will no longer be able to used to
turn a gain into a loss or to create a loss if one had not been made.
However, a new loophole seems to have been opened. Investors can roll over
gains, for tax purposes, by buying shares in an unquoted trading company.
</p>
<p>
THE BACKGROUND
</p>
<p>
Payment of employees in exotica has often been used by employers to avoid
paying national insurance contributions usually for large employee bonuses.
</p>
<p>
CGT indexation has been used to mitigate tax on gains. 'The change in the
rules is not merely stopping a loophole,' said David Rothenberg of Blick
Rothenberg, chartered accountants. 'It represents a fundamental change for a
large number of individuals who, for example, might have lost money on the
sale of a second home. It has reduced the value of almost all CGT losses.'
</p>
<p>
FURBS are top-up pension schemes for higher earners. Although the employees
are taxed when the employer makes contributions, they can take out the
benefits free of tax. By establishing a FURBS offshore, the fund can avoid
paying UK tax on both income and capital gains. The chancellor's measure
prevents the employee enjoying the benefit of this tax-free roll-up.
</p>
<p>
On PRP, David Cohen of Paisner &amp; Co said: 'The ethos of a PRP scheme is that
there should be a direct link between the profits made by a business and the
extra salary paid. The chancellor has closed two loopholes which have
enabled employers to sever that link, but many companies will still be able
to use PRP to achieve significant savings.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 28</biblScope>
<extent>660</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The defence executive </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Martin Jay
</p>
<p>
Lives in Hampshire. Has three children - one in private school, one at
university, one employed. Wife is a part-time GP
</p>
<p>
Job: managing director of Vosper Thornycroft, the Southampton-based
shipbuilder
</p>
<p>
Earns: Pounds 140,000
</p>
<p>
Verdict: 'It seems the cuts in defence expenditure are going to be less
draconian than had been predicted. The proposals on sick pay I welcome. The
chancellor appears to be saying say if you manage your sick leave better,
then as a company you will be better off. I have always thought there was
scope for better management for sick leave. On a personal level, I welcome
the air travel tax. I travel a lot and it has always annoyed me that I have
to pay taxes at other airports and people do not have to pay here.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>165</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Councils predict 'disastrous' cut in central
funding - Local authorities </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Local authorities are to suffer a 'disastrous' cut in their central funding,
in spite of the chancellor's claim of a 2.3 per cent increase in their total
projected standard spending, according to local government associations.
</p>
<p>
The Association of District Councils, the Association of County Councils and
the Association of Metropolitan Authorities yesterday said that this amount
was merely an increase on last year's government estimate.
</p>
<p>
Councillors said a more important figure was the actual level of local
government expenditure for this financial year, estimated by local authority
associations at Pounds 42.6bn. They also pointed out that the introduction
of new responsibilities for implementing care in the community would cost
around Pounds 736m.
</p>
<p>
On this basis, the government's projected spending of Pounds 42.66bn for
next year represented a cut of more than 1 per cent, the authorities said.
</p>
<p>
They said the effects would involve the loss of jobs and cuts in services
for 'the elderly, the infirm, and children'. Several groups of public-sector
employees, including teachers and the police, are paid out of local
authority funds, although councils do not have any control over setting
their levels of pay.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jack Straw, Labour's local government spokesman, estimated that local
government will sustain a cash cut of 1.2 per cent, and pre-dicted 30,000
job losses.
</p>
<p>
No individual authority will be able to start forming a budget until the
environment department announces its plans for distributing grants, probably
tomorrow. Standard spending assessments for each authority have been
subjected to a wide-ranging review this year, which means that it is
possible some councils will receive significantly more grant next year in
spite of the low total level.
</p>
<p>
Those whose spending assessments are cut, and which try to avoid cuts in
services, will probably have to increase council tax bills.
</p>
<p>
Aggregate external funding - including business rates, the Revenue Support
Grant (paid out of exchequer funds), and various grants - is planned to rise
by only 1.7 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Local authority finance officers suggested that the new 'capping' criteria,
probably to be announced tomorrow, could be vital in determining how much
actual budgets are cut. The government can 'cap' local authority budgets
which it considers excessive. This power was introduced to prevent
unsustainably high council tax bills, but can also be used to restrict total
spending.
</p>
<p>
The new arrangements for distributing standard spending grants are expected
to involve a sharp reduction in funding for inner London authorities,
because the new arrangements will take the 1991 census figures into account.
</p>
<p>
Also, the formula for assessing local authorities' needs has been widely
attacked for over-emphasising ethnicity. Deprived northern former mining
communities with few immigrants claim that money is unfairly routed to areas
such as Leicester and inner London.
</p>
<p>
However, the local authority associations predicted that rural areas would
suffer cuts as well as inner cities.
</p>
<p>
Gross capital expenditure by local authorities in 1994-95 is assumed to be
around Pounds 8bn. This is much lower than spending in 1993-94, which was
boosted by the temporary relaxation of the rules barring spending of capital
receipts raised from council house sales. Capital receipts in 1994-95 are
projected to be around Pounds 2bn, giving net capital expenditure of Pounds
5bn.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9121 Legislative Bodies </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9121 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>566</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Reforms will help fund justice - Legal system
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT RICE</byline>
<p>
There will be no increase in planned law and order expenditure to fund the
government's new criminal justice proposals, Robert Rice writes.
</p>
<p>
The crackdown on crime will be funded by maintaining previous spending plans
in full and through management reforms, a re-ordering of priorities and
private capital investment in prisons.
</p>
<p>
Spending on the police service will rise by 4 per cent next year and,
together with organisational reforms and changes in pay and conditions
resulting from the Sheehy report, could result in provision for another
5,000 officers on the beat.
</p>
<p>
Priority will be given to increasing the number of prison places. More than
2,000 extra places will be provided at existing prisons by 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Six prisons are to to be financed, built and run by the private sector.
</p>
<p>
More than Pounds 100m will be provided over the next three years for secure
training centres for juvenile offenders. Their construction will also be
financed by private capital.
</p>
<p>
Funding for victim support will increase by 15 per cent to just over Pounds
10m next year. But there will be a cut in previously planned spending on
probation services.
</p>
<p>
Overall total planned expenditure for Home Office services will be Pounds
6.26bn in 1994-95 rising to Pounds 6.43bn in 1995-96 and 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
Details of the fundamental review of expenditure on legal services announced
by the chancellor are expected to be published within the next two weeks.
</p>
<p>
There has been a cut in the government's previous expenditure plans for
running the courts and legal aid of Pounds 43m in both 1994-95 and 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Legal aid spending, however, will increase by Pounds 12m in 1995-96 over
previous plans and a further Pounds 106m in 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9221 Police Protection </item>
<item> P9223 Correctional Institutions </item>
<item> P9222 Legal Counsel and Prosecution </item>
<item> P8111 Legal Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Legal issues </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9221 </item>
<item> P9223 </item>
<item> P9222 </item>
<item> P8111 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>328</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAETFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Single regeneration budget intact - Local
authorities </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL CHEESERIGHT</byline>
<p>
The chancellor's attack on government spending left what is now called the
single regeneration budget largely intact, Paul Cheeseright writes.
</p>
<p>
This Budget brings together inner-city spending from the departments of
environment, employment, education, trade and industry and the home office
under one heading for the first time. The provision in 1994-95 at Pounds
1.44bn has been reached by adding totals for the various departments.
</p>
<p>
The overall figure - untouched by Mr Clarke's search for economies - will
decline to Pounds 1.33bn in 1995-96 and Pounds 1.32bn in 1996-97.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>125</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAESFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Medical spending to rise by 1.6% - Health </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL ABRAHAMS</byline>
<p>
A Pounds 1.6bn increase in health spending in England was announced
yesterday by the chancellor, a 1.6 per cent rise in real terms.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Virginia Bottomley, health secretary, said the increase represented a
clear commitment to health, in spite of a very tight budget.
</p>
<p>
Mr David Blunkett, shadow health secretary, said the rise failed to take
into account the additional costs of an ageing population and advances in
medical science.
</p>
<p>
The government also announced it wanted health authorities to make savings
of 2.25 per cent this year, which would save Pounds 450m. Together with the
increase in spending, it would mean the National Health Service could treat
4 per cent more patients, Mrs Bottomley said.
</p>
<p>
One means of making the savings will be through local productivity pay
bargaining. Pay settlements would have to be modest, she said.
</p>
<p>
Mrs Bottomley said the Pounds 3bn drugs budget would continue to grow faster
than the rate of inflation. However, efforts to restrict prescribing would
continue. 'Doctors need to realise that when they sign a prescription, they
are writing a cheque,' she said.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9431 Administration of Public Health Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9431 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>217</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAERFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Air traffic control may be privatised - Transport
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PAUL BETTS</byline>
<p>
The government is considering privatising air traffic control services, Paul
Betts writes.
</p>
<p>
Mr John MacGregor, transport secretary, yesterday asked officials to report
early next year on the possibility of transferring the Civil Aviation
Authority's National Air Traffic Service to the private sector. The airline
industry lobby believes privatisation would make the service more
cost-efficient.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9611 </item>
<item> P4581 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>99</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEQFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: More funds for school inspections and opt-outs -
Education </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Mr John Patten, the education secretary, emerged as a significant victor in
the public expenditure round, with an increase in the budget for the
education department and the Office for Standards in Education (Ofsted) of
6.8 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Total spending will be Pounds 10.487bn, an increase of Pounds 670m on
1993-94.
</p>
<p>
But most funds will be funnelled into Ofsted, which was set up last year and
has an ambitious plan to inspect all schools at least once every four years,
and into grant-maintained schools which opt out of local authority control.
</p>
<p>
Ofsted's spending on inspections will more than double in real terms over
the next three years. Central government spending on opted-out schools will
increase from Pounds 157m in the current financial year to Pounds 595m in
1996-97, to fund a hoped-for increase in the number of schools opting out.
</p>
<p>
Both figures angered teachers' unions, three of which are planning to
boycott next year's national curriculum tests.
</p>
<p>
In further education, Mr Patten is using funding as a weapon to help
employers in their dispute with the main lecturers' union. Several colleges
are affected by industrial action over the introduction of new contracts
which will halve annual holiday allowances. Mr Patten said he would hold
back Pounds 50m in grants from the further education funding council until
'there has been satisfactory progress within colleges towards more flexible
contracts'.
</p>
<p>
The government will continue to provide funding aimed at increasing student
numbers by 25 per cent by 1995-96, but said it would require 'efficiency
savings'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9411 Administration of Educational Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9411 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>290</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEPFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Big cuts in grants and tuition fees -
Universities </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN AUTHERS</byline>
<p>
Higher education is to be subjected to a severe regime of funding cuts. Both
grants paid to students for living costs and tuition fees paid to
universities will be cut heavily.
</p>
<p>
The decisions follow a sharp rise in student numbers. Since 1987 the
proportion of 18-year-olds entering university has more than doubled, from
15 per cent to 32 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The news is a deep disappointment for universities, which had campaigned for
the government to raise extra revenue by introducing loans to pay for
tuition which would be repaid by graduates via the income tax system.
</p>
<p>
Now, the chances that universities will have to introduce 'top-up' tuition
fees, payable by students before they start on courses, appear to have been
greatly increased.
</p>
<p>
Mr John Patten, the education secretary, claimed that there would be a
reduction of nearly 3.5 per cent in the numbers entering higher education
next year 'because of demographic trends'.
</p>
<p>
He predicted as well 'a further small tightening in standards of entry'.
</p>
<p>
But the Universities' Central Admissions Service said that applications for
next year, at 180,000, were already 5 per cent higher than at the same point
last year, showing that demand was buoyant. It predicted universities would
have to raise the standards of their offers.
</p>
<p>
Tuition fees paid to higher education institutions by the government have
been cut by 45 per cent for all courses. These fees were adopted to
encourage universities to expand, gaining extra funding by recruiting extra
students. Fees for clinical medicine, laboratory-based, and classroom-based
(arts) courses have now been cut to Pounds 750 for arts courses, Pounds
1,600 for sciences, and Pounds 2,800 for clinical courses.
</p>
<p>
Student grants, to help with living costs, will be cut by 10 per cent. That
will be offset by a rise in the money available through the government's
Student Loans Company.
</p>
<p>
The total funds available to students will rise by 4 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Similar cuts will be made in the next two years, so that in the academic
year beginning in September 1996, grants and loans will be roughly equal.
</p>
<p>
----------------------------------------------
FUNDING OF HIGHER EDUCATION
----------------------------------------------
                           In Pounds m
                   1994/5     1995/6   1996/7
----------------------------------------------
Recurrent grant     3,096      3,350    3,342
Capital grant         322        381      424
----------------------------------------------
Source: Department for Education
----------------------------------------------
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P8221 Colleges and Universities </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P8221 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>416</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEOFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: 'Shadow tolls' for private investors - Transport
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW TAYLOR, IAN HAMILTON FAZEY and CHARLES BATCHELOR</byline>
<p>
The government last night appeared to have performed a U-turn by accepting
that it would be prepared to pay 'shadow tolls' to investors in privately
financed motorways.
</p>
<p>
A statement issued by the Treasury said that promoters of private schemes
would 'receive payments from the government in relation to the level of
traffic using the road'.
</p>
<p>
Ministers have previously rejected the use of shadow tolls, saying they
removed much of the risk from investors.
</p>
<p>
Officials said yesterday that the Department of Transport would hold 'early
discussions with the construction industry and others to identify
appropriate schemes'. The department expects to award the first contracts in
about 18 months.
</p>
<p>
In the longer term it expects to adopt a system of electronic motorway
charging as soon as the technology is ready.
</p>
<p>
The government also approved a string of schemes which it wants the private
sector to finance, build and, in some cases, operate. These included a
Pounds 600m modernisation of Britain's deteriorating west coast main railway
line.
</p>
<p>
A new Pounds 200m Scottish air traffic control centre for the Civil Aviation
Authority is proposed, to expand capacity for flights to and across Scotland
and the North Atlantic.
</p>
<p>
A Pounds 100m project will extend the London Docklands Light Railway south
from the Isle of Dogs via a new tunnel under the Thames to Lewisham. Bids
will be invited during next year with a view to opening the new service in
1997-98.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor cited the Aintree NHS Trust in Liverpool as a model of what
the government wanted. Here, the private sector will build and operate a
100-bed low-dependency patient hotel, with conference and catering
facilities in the grounds of Fazakerly Hospital.
</p>
<p>
Other private sector finance initiatives include provision for new prisons
and secure training centres.
</p>
<p>
The budget also marked a shift in the balance of public spending on
transport away from roads and towards rail and underground.
</p>
<p>
According to the department's three-year projections, spending on the
national road network will fall from Pounds 2.09bn in this financial year to
Pounds 1.96bn in 1995-96.
</p>
<p>
Spending on rail will fall from Pounds 1.5bn to Pounds 975m while London
Transport will rise from Pounds 722m to Pounds 930m. Over the three years,
however, spending on London Transport will be Pounds 364m less than
projected earlier this year. London Transport said it was 'profoundly
disappointed'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P4785 Inspection and Fixed Facilities </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P4785 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>442</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAENFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tough stance aims to trim Pounds 780m - Defence
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID WHITE, Defence Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Defence plans for the next two years are to be cut by Pounds 780m, a sharper
reduction than had been generally expected.
</p>
<p>
By setting a barely changed spending figure for the following year, 1996-97,
the government has set the tone for more constrained medium-term funding.
</p>
<p>
Plans for a so-called 'defence cost review' to achieve the necessary savings
are expected to be detailed today. Mr Malcolm Rifkind, defence secretary,
said a 'major study would focus on ways of reducing the cost of support
services without affecting operational capability'.
</p>
<p>
The emphasis on efficiency measures rather than front-line cuts is meant to
head off the threat of a backbench rebellion. The all-party Commons defence
committee, which will question Mr Rifkind today, has warned strongly against
further cuts, arguing that they could have 'a serious effect on morale'.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind said the reductions would be made in part through 'lower
procurement and employment costs' - a warning of a tougher attitude towards
the Ministry of Defence's suppliers and low pay increases for military and
civilian personnel.
</p>
<p>
The spending figures are based on the assumption that pay rises will be kept
to 1 or 2 per cent a year during the three-year period.
</p>
<p>
Mr Rifkind confirmed that savings would also come from the planned sale of
military accommodation to a private-sector housing trust. That measure is
expected to bring in up to Pounds 500m.
</p>
<p>
The proposed study into support costs, which is expected to lead to further
privatisation, was attacked by Mr David Clark, shadow defence secretary, as
a 'facade'. He repeated Labour's call for a full defence review.
</p>
<p>
The Budget plans are expected to reduce UK defence spending as a proportion
of gross domestic product from 3.7 per cent at present to 3 per cent in
1996-97. That would still be above the average for European Nato allies.
</p>
<p>
Defence spending in the next financial year is set at Dollars 23.49bn, close
to this year's level but an estimated 3.5 per cent drop in real terms, and
Pounds 260m less than previously planned. The budget for 1995-96, Pounds
520m lower than planned at Pounds 22.7bn, will entail a further real-terms
fall of 6.8 per cent. An additional 2 per cent reduction in real terms is
forecast for the following year.
</p>
<p>
The reductions are expected to bring further cutbacks in military
installations including the closure of one of the RAF's two bases in
Germany.
</p>
<p>
Thousands more industrial jobs could be threatened in a sector already
heavily damaged since the end of the the cold war. In the past two years
alone, large defence contractors have announced some 20,000 job cuts.
Industry fears that the threat of cutbacks, as well as a lengthy review
process, will hold back vital production orders. 'We certainly won't go
unscathed,' one leading defence manufacturer commented.
</p>
<p>
All new equipment projects are now expected to be called into question to
some degree. British Aerospace insisted yesterday that the Eurofighter 2000,
the four-nation venture which is the largest single defence programme, would
not be affected. However, when the project comes to the production phase, it
is questionable whether the UK will want its planned quota of 250 aircraft.
</p>
<p>
Cuts made earlier this year in the equipment programme included the shelving
of plans to buy new air defence missiles, worth at least Pounds 500m, and to
equip the RAF with air-launched nuclear missiles, for which a Pounds 1.8bn
provision had been made in the MoD's long-term spending plans.
</p>
<p>
Two other large aircraft contracts are overdue and may be affected by the
latest spending cuts: a mid-life upgrade for the RAF's Tornado GR1 bombers
and the purchase of up to 18 new Sea Harrier jump jets from BAe, worth
Pounds 300-Pounds 400m.
</p>
<p>
The navy which has suffered heavy cutbacks, could face yet more. Its fleet
of destroyers and frigates is set to be reduced from 39 to 'about 35' and
its four new Upholder class diesel-electric submarines, built at a cost of
some Pounds 900m, are destined to be sold, leased or mothballed. A new
helicopter carrier was ordered, but invitations to tender for the first of
two new assault ships for Royal Marine landings have been delayed.
</p>
<p>
A senior executive at one leading navy contractor commented in the run-up to
yesterday's Budget: 'I have never seen our client as anxious as now.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9711 National Security </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9711 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>762</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEMFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Builders count cost of public-sector cuts -
Construction </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW TAYLOR</byline>
<p>
Construction companies were last night calculating how much public-sector
work they could have lost as a result of yesterday's cuts in planned
expenditure.
</p>
<p>
In addition to a reduction in proposed spending on motorway and trunk roads
for 1994-95 of about Pounds 145m, there were also cuts in planned
expenditure on housing.
</p>
<p>
The Institute of Housing calculated that cuts in capital and revenue
spending meant that allocations to housing associations for 1994-95 would be
almost Pounds 300m.
</p>
<p>
This meant that associations would be able to acquire 13,000 fewer homes
than would have been the case.
</p>
<p>
The institute also questioned the chancellor's assertion that associations,
by taking advantage of lower construction prices, would be able to meet
their target of 53,000 homes next year. It said this target could only be
achieved by 'slippage' by carrying forward homes acquired in the current
year into next year.
</p>
<p>
'The cuts in the social housing and roads programmes will reduce the
industry's public-sector workload before recovery in private-sector demand
is re-established,' Sir Brian Hill, chairman elect of the Construction
Employers Council said last night.
</p>
<p>
The institute also calculated that local authority spending plans for
housing, mainly on renovation, had been reduced by about Pounds 150m in
1994-95.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P15   General Building Contractors </item>
<item> P16   Heavy Construction, Ex Building </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P15 </item>
<item> P16 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>251</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAELFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Companies want action not words - Construction
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW TAYLOR, Construction Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Construction companies faced with government spending cuts on roads and
housing will need a lot of convincing that private investment in public
infrastructure will come anywhere to making up the difference.
</p>
<p>
The more cynical regarded the chancellor's support for private finance
projects as little more than window dressing. Almost all of the schemes he
announced in his Budget speech were already well known by the industry.
</p>
<p>
The extension to Lewisham of the Docklands Light Railway, has been unveiled
as part of 'new initiatives' three times in nine months by three separate
government ministers.
</p>
<p>
Mr Patrick De Pelet, head of project finance at Kleinwort Benson, yesterday
welcomed the chancellor's encour-agement but said: 'What is needed at this
stage is some action rather than words of reassurance.'
</p>
<p>
The one piece of good news was that the government was now prepared to
consider contracts which would enable investors in roads to be repaid by the
Exchequer according to the level of traffic using the road.
</p>
<p>
Ministers previously have rejected the use of so-called 'shadow tolls' in
this way.
</p>
<p>
The industry, however, will need to see details of how this might work
before acclaiming it as a breakthrough. The Federation of Civil Engineers
said last night that it was encouraged by the move.
</p>
<p>
The experience of construction companies and bankers has been that there is
a big difference between the government approving projects and actually
agreeing terms acceptable to private sector investors.
</p>
<p>
Of the 90-odd schemes, identified by ministerial departments as candidates
for private investment, work has started on about only a dozen.
</p>
<p>
These include projects such as the Pounds 1.8bn Jubilee Line underground
extension and the Pounds 135m Manchester Metrolink light rail system, both
of which have been almost entirely funded by the public sector.
</p>
<p>
The total invested in public infrastructure by the private sector is little
more than Pounds 1bn - more than a decade after Tarmac proposed the first
privately financed toll motorway in the West Midlands, a scheme which was
eventually built by the public sector.
</p>
<p>
The Treasury, following the scrapping of the restrictive Ryrie investment
rules, has become much more receptive to private sector plans to invest in
road, rail and other projects previously built by the public sector.
</p>
<p>
The problem has been that many of the projects planned are not capable of
being financed entirely by the private sector.
</p>
<p>
Construction of the Channel tunnel rail link is likely to require a subsidy
of Pounds 1bn-Pounds 1.5bn according to potential bidders.
</p>
<p>
A decision to grant the concession to the consortium demanding the lowest
subsidy could rebound badly on the project if this subsequently ran out of
money and had to be refinanced. Ministers for their part say that they must
get the best value for money and that means allowing companies to bid in
open competition.
</p>
<p>
Measures are being considered, however, to protect companies which invest
money and time in generating novel ideas for investment only to face the
prospect of losing the work when it is put out to open tender.
</p>
<p>
One leading contractor summed it up last night: 'I am convinced that
ministers and the Treasury want to see private schemes proceed but they
still have to come to terms that companies will expect to make a bigger
return from risk investment than they have traditionally made from normal
contracting.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P1521 Single-Family Housing Construction </item>
<item> P1611 Highway and Street Construction </item>
<item> P1622 Bridge, Tunnel and Elevated Highway </item>
<item> P95   Environmental Quality and Housing </item>
<item> P96   Administration of Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P1521 </item>
<item> P1611 </item>
<item> P1622 </item>
<item> P95 </item>
<item> P96 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 27</biblScope>
<extent>615</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEKFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - Local government executive </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Sylvie Pierce, 45
</p>
<p>
Job: chief executive of Reading Borough Council
</p>
<p>
Earns: Pounds 65,000 a year
</p>
<p>
Politics: by law she is not allowed to say who she votes for
</p>
<p>
Preferred: to see increase in direct taxation rather than in indirect
taxation
</p>
<p>
Was bracing herself for: another round of local authority spending cuts.
'Local councils' budgets have been squeezed since the mid-1980s and we are
no exception. What is means for us is that the level of services we can
provide will fall.'
</p>
<p>
Said yesterday: 'My first reaction is one of pleasant surprise that the
Budget has been less dramatic than we have been led to expect. By this I
mean there have not been the increases on VAT predicted. But this is
tempered by the fear of what are they storing up for us in public spending
cuts.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>169</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEJFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Sick pay move worries companies - Employment
benefits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALAN CANE and ANDREW BAXTER</byline>
<p>
Employers' organisations and large companies expressed unease over changes
to statutory sick pay, but gave a cautious welcome to the reduction in
employers' National Insurance contributions.
</p>
<p>
But, even though the government has increased the sick pay burden for large
companies, industry warmly welcomed the implications of the package for
small companies, which will benefit both from the sick pay changes and the
NI reductions.
</p>
<p>
The Institute of Directors said it was 'concerned' over the sick pay and NI
arrangements which it believed would leave employers with a substantial
administrative load.
</p>
<p>
It said the cost of providing statutory sick pay might be met by the
reduction in National Insurance costs, but added: 'This will do nothing to
tackle the burden of complying with these changes.'
</p>
<p>
It said it would have preferred incentives for employers to have used
private health cover, offsetting the premiums against corporation tax.
</p>
<p>
It did not believe the reduction in NI costs would be an incentive for
companies to employ unskilled or semi-skilled workers: 'This is not a
deregulatory Budget,' it said. The Engineering Employers Federation was also
worried about the sick pay changes. 'I don't think our members will be happy
as the burden is being passed to the private sector,' said Mrs Anne Minto,
director of policy and practice.
</p>
<p>
'It also looks a bit inconsistent with the argument about maintaining
competitiveness against European countries by reducing non-wage costs to
employers,' she added.
</p>
<p>
IBM (UK), the British subsidiary of the world's largest computer
manufacturer, said it thought it would suffer more from the decision to stop
reimbursing statutory sick pay than it would benefit from the reduction in
NI contributions.
</p>
<p>
British Steel said it was unable immediately to calculate what effects the
sickness payment changes would have, but said they would encourage companies
to act responsibly. 'We have already moved by becoming much tougher on sick
payments,' it added.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jim Yuill, of accountants Ernst &amp; Young, said the sick pay changes might
stiffen the resolve of companies to monitor sickness more closely. 'Some
companies have not been doing this as the government has picked up part of
the tab.'
</p>
<p>
However, even though the sick pay burden is shifted to large employers -
which in this case means companies with more than about 12 employees -
industry is unlikely to be too unhappy, he said.
</p>
<p>
This is because the upper limit for employees' contributions has not been
changed, so employers will not have to compensate employees for any extra
payment.
</p>
<p>
The CBI welcomed the fact that the chancellor has recognised that any
increase in the sick pay burden for industry should be recompensed by
changes in National Insurance contributions.
</p>
<p>
It also pointed out that smaller companies would benefit doubly, first
because they will receive full reimbursement of National Insurance bills
after only four weeks of each statutory sick pay claim, compared with six
weeks previously.
</p>
<p>
Secondly, small companies proportionately employ more lower paid workers -
earning less than Pounds 200 a week - than larger companies, it said. So
they will benefit more from the reduction in the lower rates of National
Insurance contributions by 1 percentage point.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>563</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEIFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Science receives a small increase - Technology
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By CLIVE COOKSON, Science Editor</byline>
<p>
Science has emerged with a small spending increase. The government's new
Office of Science and Technology will have Pounds 1,082m to spend on
research in 1994-95, mainly in universities compared with Pounds 1,038m in
1993-94.
</p>
<p>
Next year's science budget is Pounds 7m more generous than the planning
figure announced a year ago.
</p>
<p>
The OST has been protected from cuts by the government's determination to
push forward the changes in science policy outlined in a white paper six
months ago.
</p>
<p>
'It's a very good settlement compared to what might have been,' said Sir
David Phillips, outgoing chairman of the Advisory Board for the Research
Councils, who has not been afraid to criticise science budgets.
</p>
<p>
However, OST officials concede that there is likely to be a small decline in
research and development spending by other government departments - as
foreseen a year ago.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9661 Space Research and Technology </item>
<item> P873  Research and Testing Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9661 </item>
<item> P873 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>192</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEHFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Pay-freeze policy prompts union fury - Public
sector </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ROBERT TAYLOR, Labour Correspondent</byline>
<p>
Britain's 5m public-sector workers face an almost unprecedented pay bill
freeze, lasting until 1997 under the government's plans to curb public
spending.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor said in his statement that central government running costs
'including pay bills' are to be 'frozen at this year's cash level' of Pounds
20.1bn. He added: 'Pay increases for public-sector staff will have to be
paid for by greater efficiency or savings in the cost of running
government.'
</p>
<p>
In the long history of public-sector pay restraint since 1945, no government
has attempted to freeze public-sector pay bills for three consecutive
financial years. In 1978-79 a tight 5 per cent pay policy ended in the
infamous Winter of Discontent, while public-sector pay pauses and freezes
imposed in the 1960s by governments failed to last.
</p>
<p>
Union reaction was swift and hostile. Mr Rodney Bickerstaffe, associate
general secretary of Unison, the public service union, said: 'This policy is
not sustainable. You can't treat people in this cavalier fashion when the
consequence will be massive unemployment.'
</p>
<p>
The Trades Union Congress said last night: 'The outlook for the public
sector is very grim indeed. The chancellor's options in the public sector
are substantial job cuts, a continuing wage freeze, or more efficiencies
which will be extremely hard to find.'
</p>
<p>
The Budget announcement was a hardening of Mr Clarke's policy on
public-sector pay for the next financial year announced in September when it
was made clear that any pay rises for the 1994-1995 would have to be met by
efficiency savings of at least 2 per cent and from other economies.
</p>
<p>
Mr Chris Trinder of the Public Finance Foundation said: 'This is
unprecedented and it marks a substantial extension of the government's
public-sector pay policy. The longer the policy lasts, the harder it will be
to sustain. It will undermine public-sector morale, encourage labour
turnover and widen enormously the earnings gap between the public and
private sector.'
</p>
<p>
Mr John Patten, the education secretary, said last night that he was holding
back Pounds 50m in grants from the Further Education Funding Council until
there had been 'satisfactory progress within colleges towards more flexible
contracts of employment'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9199 General Government, NEC </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9199 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>398</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEGFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Labour market reforms aim at better targeting -
Analysis </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
The package of labour market reforms, like the government's broader social
security reforms, is all about the more accurate targeting of benefits and
incentives to reflect the realities of a more complex and differentiated
labour force.
</p>
<p>
Burdens will, however, be carried by the employed, the unemployed and
employers.
</p>
<p>
Entitlement to unemployment benefit is being cut by six months for
employees, and both sickness and invalidity benefits are being focused more
tightly. Larger employers will have to shoulder a higher proportion of sick
pay costs.
</p>
<p>
Most of the themes and policy instruments are familiar: improving work
incentives; reducing non-wage labour costs for employers, especially for the
longer-term unemployed; improving vocational training.
</p>
<p>
There was also a broad hint from the chancellor that he wants the unemployed
to be dealt with by one department rather than two, the Department of
Employment and the Department of Social Security, as at present. He
announced there would be a single benefit for the unemployed called the job
seeker's allowance.
</p>
<p>
Why was there so much tinkering with the labour market when unemployment is
cruising steadily downward? Partly because it is likely to remain
unacceptably high, and expensive, at more than 2.5m for a long time. There
is also concern in the government about how high unemployment is dampening
recovery.
</p>
<p>
The government claims that the fall in unemployment has come unexpectedly
early thanks to its own labour market reforms. But given that the recovery
now seems to have begun in the middle of last year, the fall in unemployment
came nine months later, about the normal time-lag.
</p>
<p>
At present about two-thirds of the unemployed are back at work within six
months, so will not be affected by the cut in unemployment benefit from 12
to six months.
</p>
<p>
Unemployment benefit - Pounds 44.65 for a single person - is currently
received by all unemployed people for 12 months regardless of savings or
other incomes coming into their household. Anyone who has savings of more
than Pounds 8,000 or a partner in work gets nothing after unemployment
benefit runs out, but about 70 per cent of the unemployed receive
means-tested income support.
</p>
<p>
Some of the better-off, professional unemployed will not be hit by missing
six months of unemployment benefit. But others, especially low-income people
with a working partner, could be badly squeezed, and it might create an
incentive for that partner to cease working.
</p>
<p>
The effect of the change in benefit could be to knock about 100,000 people
off the unemployment register, mainly the better off. But the move could
also increase pressure for more comprehensive support measures for the
unemployed after six months in the form of a guaranteed job or quality
training.
</p>
<p>
Sceptics will argue the main thrust of the government's policy is to force
people off the unemployment register. The government will say it has acted
to improve training and job prospects for the unemployed, with its new
training apprenticeship and cuts in national insurance contributions for
low-skilled jobs to make it more attractive for employers to take on the
long-term unemployed.
</p>
<p>
The latter changes should help to deal with the long-standing anomaly that
national insurance is considerably higher as a proportion of the total wage
for the lower-paid, lower-skilled workers who form most of the long-term
unemployed.
</p>
<p>
Mr Jacques Delors, the European Commission president, is expected to
recommend something similar next week at a meeting to address the EU's
unemployment crisis.
</p>
<p>
In other respects the government is extending policies, such as the Restart
course, which have proved successful. The childcare allowance recognises
that many women are trapped at home because of the cost of childcare.
</p>
<p>
For employers' costs the picture was a mixed one.
</p>
<p>
The government boasts about the low non-wage labour costs for employers in
the UK compared with most other EU countries, but in several areas it has
been quietly pushing them up. The latest area to be hit is sick pay. Smaller
companies will be protected and large companies left to bear the brunt of
the costs.
</p>
<p>
Employers are also suspicious of the funding of the new apprenticeship
scheme. Another attempt to improve Britain's poor record in vocational
training has been welcomed, but the government needs to prove that there is
substance behind the comforting concept of apprenticeship.
</p>
<p>
The apprenticeship scheme is not primarily about reducing unemployment -
joblessness in the 18 to 25 age group is falling faster than the 25 to 50
group.
</p>
<p>
But the fear that unemployment can become the habit of a life-time means
that 18- to 25-year-olds are getting privileged treatment with a doubling of
the Community Action places to 95,000.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>800</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEFFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Hill farming grants fall Pounds 25m in fresh
round of cuts - Agriculture </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ALISON MAITLAND</byline>
<p>
Hill farmers will take the brunt of cuts in agricultural spending for a
second year running, under plans announced by the Ministry of Agriculture
yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The ministry said that hill livestock compensatory allowances (HLCAs), paid
to 67,000 farmers in difficult areas covering half of the UK's farmland,
would be reduced by Pounds 25m to Pounds 105m next year. This follows a cut
of Pounds 20m in the current year.
</p>
<p>
Ministry officials argue that hill farmers' net incomes have risen on
average by 70 per cent in real terms over the past two years, thanks largely
to the devaluation of the 'green pound', the artificial exchange rate used
to translate EU subsidies into sterling.
</p>
<p>
This has pushed up the value of those subsidies sharply and also increased
British meat exports, raising domestic prices.
</p>
<p>
Some hill farmers will receive as much as Pounds 27,000 in direct subsidies
this year, the ministry estimates. National subsidies are being reduced as
support from Brussels rises.
</p>
<p>
The National Farmers Union said that the boost from devaluation had merely
taken real incomes back to the level of 1988. Average hill incomes were
still less than Pounds 10,000 or 60 per cent of the national average wage,
it said.
</p>
<p>
'It's a body-blow for farmers in what is an extremely difficult sector,'
said Mr David Naish, the union's president. 'Selective cuts of this kind
will not only have a devastating impact on the working of hill farms but
also on the landscape and rural economies.'
</p>
<p>
Overall domestic agricultural spending will be Pounds 40m lower than last
autumn's plans of Pounds 1.08bn, compared with Pounds 1.11bn this year. The
Common Agricultural Policy portion of the Budget will be Pounds 130m higher
than planned at Pounds 2.64bn.
</p>
<p>
Apart from the HLCAs, about Pounds 12m will be cut from a grant scheme to
help farmers dispose of waste. Agricultural research funding will also be
cut.
</p>
<p>
A Pounds 30m three-year programme to encourage environmentally friendly
farming will be launched as planned next year, but with a delay of several
months in payments to farmers.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9641 Regulation of Agricultural Marketing </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9641 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>383</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEEFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Job help for single parents - Childcare </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LISA WOOD</byline>
<p>
A new childcare allowance, worth up to Pounds 28 a week, will be introduced
this autumn in a measure which will enable more people, particularly single
parents, to take jobs.
</p>
<p>
Single parents have recently been central to the government's review of
welfare spending.
</p>
<p>
The allowance will be available to those on Family Credit, a supplement paid
to low wage earners. The level of assistance depends on an individual's
wages and on how many children there are in a family.
</p>
<p>
People can be eligible who earn up to Pounds 180 a week. There are now about
420,000 beneficiaries.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor said the new allowance 'should help tens of thousands of
mothers to get back into work and off income support'.
</p>
<p>
The Campaign for Tax Relief and Childcare welcomed the new measure for
families on Family Credit but criticised the chancellor for failing to
increase employer-funded childcare and to 'provide practical childcare
solutions for thousands of working parents.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>194</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEDFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Arts cuts less severe than expected - Heritage
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONY THORNCROFT</byline>
<p>
The government plans to spend Pounds 4.5m on fire-prevention measures at
royal palaces in the wake of the recent fires at Windsor Castle and Hampton
Court.
</p>
<p>
Mr Peter Brooke, national heritage secretary, seems to have fought his
corner well against the Treasury's attempts to reduce public expenditure in
1994-95. The national heritage department's budget for the year will be
Pounds 976m, compared with Pounds 955m in 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
The biggest projected victim was the Arts Council, which a year ago was told
it faced a 2 per cent reduction in its 1994-95 grant. It will now receive
1.69 per cent less. The Arts Council of England will have about Pounds 3.2m
less to distribute in 1994-95.
</p>
<p>
Lord Palumbo, chairman of the Arts Council, said: 'This is a black day for
the arts and a national disgrace. This is a needless budget cut which will
inflict disproportionate harm on the arts.'
</p>
<p>
The full council will meet in mid-December to decide whether to share the
reduction in grant equally among its clients, or whether to concentrate its
reduced resources on certain art forms and companies.
</p>
<p>
About Pounds 1m will be spent on London's Albert Memorial, which has been
under protective wraps for several years. The government is also providing
Pounds 3m towards the Royal Armouries Museum in Leeds.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P792  Producers, Orchestras, Entertainers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P792 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>258</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAECFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Sick pay changes - Employment Benefits </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Making large companies meet the full cost of the sick pay of their employees
will cut government spending by Pounds 700m a year, said the chancellor.
</p>
<p>
Under his proposals companies with national insurance bills totalling less
than Pounds 20,000 will be fully reimbursed after four weeks.
</p>
<p>
This is a relaxation of the system under which companies with national
insurance bills of less than Pounds 16,000 a year are fully reimbursed after
the first six weeks of each sick pay claim.
</p>
<p>
'This means for well-managed companies with low sickness rates there will be
a net reduction in the cost of employing people,' he claimed.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor also said that from next April national insurance
contributions are to be cut by 1.0 per cent for any long-term unemployed
looking for unskilled or semi-skilled low paid work.
</p>
<p>
Overall the chancellor calculates that the cuts in national insurance
contriubutions will reduce the overall cost to employers of job provision by
Pounds 830m next year rising to Pounds 1bn by 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
This he said was 'well above the overall cost to employers of the reform to
statutory sick pay'.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9441 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>225</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEBFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Fire prevention for Royal palaces - Public
spending </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANTONY THORNCROFT</byline>
<p>
The government plans to spend Pounds 4.5m on fire prevention measures at
historic royal palaces in the wake of the recent fires at Windsor Castle and
Hampton Court.
</p>
<p>
The National Heritage Minister, Mr Peter Brooke, seems to have fought his
corner well against the Treasury's attempts to reduce public expenditure in
1994-95. The Heritage department's budget for the year will be Pounds 976m
compared with Pounds 955m in 1993-94.
</p>
<p>
The biggest projected victim was the Arts Council which a year ago was told
it faced a 2 per cent reduction in its 1994-95 grant. It will now receive
1.69 per cent less. It was told to budget for a Pounds 4m reduction.
</p>
<p>
Lord Palumbo, chairman of the Arts Council, said last night. 'This is a
black day for the arts and a national disgrace. This is a needless budget
cut which will inflict disproportionate harm on the arts.'
</p>
<p>
The full council will meet in mid-December to decide whether to share the
reduction in grant equally among its clients or whether to concentrate its
reduced resources on certain art forms and companies.
</p>
<p>
About Pounds 1m will be spent on London's Albert Memorial, which has been
under protective wraps for several years.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P792  Producers, Orchestras, Entertainers </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P792 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>243</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAEAFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Switch to system based on resources - Govt
accounts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN WILLMAN, Public Policy Editor</byline>
<p>
Far-reaching changes in the way government departments and agencies prepare
their accounts announced by the chancellor could encourage a much more
businesslike approach to the management of the nation's finances.
</p>
<p>
Early next year, the Treasury will publish details of a switch in government
accounting procedures from the present cash-based system of budgets voted
annually by parliament to a resource accounting framework which should allow
ministers to take a longer view of their spending programmes.
</p>
<p>
This will involve drawing up the sort of accruals-based accounts familiar in
the private sector, the health service and some executive agencies. It will
also require activity-based costing and the preparation of proper management
accounts.
</p>
<p>
'A resource accounting framework will help ministers understand the real
costs of their decisions,' said Ms Elizabeth Ransom of KPMG.
</p>
<p>
The switch should stop ministers deciding to make savings which incur
considerable costs in later years, according to Mr John Wynn of Price
Waterhouse.
</p>
<p>
'Saving money on things like maintenance now can come back to haunt you in
five years' time,' he said.
</p>
<p>
In a resource accounting framework, expenditure represents the cost of
resources consumed each year, taking into account the depreciation of assets
and the cost of capital, and changes in the level of creditors and stocks.
Income represents what is received each year, taking into account changes in
the level of debtors.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P9611 Administration of General Economic Programs </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P9611 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>272</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD9FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tecs hail work training scheme - Apprenticeships
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By LISA WOOD, Labour Staff</byline>
<p>
A new apprenticeship scheme to put work-based training on a par with
academic qualifications will gradually replace the Pounds 700m a year Youth
Training as the main scheme for 16-19 year olds.
</p>
<p>
The announcement yesterday gave only a very broad framework for the scheme,
the bones of which will be created in discussions over the next few weeks
between the Employment Department, employers' bodies and Training and
Enterprise Councils which will administer it. Tecs yesterday said they were
'delighted' by the initiative.
</p>
<p>
The Confederation of British Industry said it was pleased but it would have
to examine the detailed funding arrangements before being able to fully
endorse the scheme.
</p>
<p>
the
</p>
<p>
The new apprenticeship, which echoes Mr Major's policy of going back to
basics, will cost about Pounds 1.25bn over the next three years, taking up
much of the YT budget. It will be on offer to up to 150,000 young people at
any time.
</p>
<p>
The new apprenticeship will seek to train young people to National
Vocational Qualification level 3, a higher level than the NVQ level 2 that
is presently gained by most young people on YT.
</p>
<p>
Total planned expenditure at the Department of Employment's programmes next
year will be Pounds 3.770 million, including a transfer to the department of
Pounds 117 million for the Careers Service, compared to Pounds 3.625 million
this year.
</p>
<p>
Tecs, which administer YT and Training For Work, said they believed their
budgets would be cut by about Pounds 100m and that TFW would be the main
victim.
</p>
<p>
However, Tecs said new flexibilities, including arrangements that will offer
them a three year licence guaranteeing their core administrative funding,
went some way to mitigate the Budget effects.
</p>
<p>
Mr Hunt said 18-25 year olds will have priority access to Community Action,
that pays Pounds 10 extra to unemployed people taking up voluntary and
charitable programmes.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9441 Administration of Social and Manpower Programs </item>
<item> P8331 Job Training and Related Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9441 </item>
<item> P8331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 26</biblScope>
<extent>354</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD8FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The negative equity holder </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Miranda Thomas, 29
</p>
<p>
Has two small children. Husband, Martin, is a solicitor and they live in the
west London two-bedroomed flat they bought in 1990 for pounds 131,000. They
have just sold it for pounds 108,000. But the total loss is much greater
than the pounds 23,000 it appears. The couple took out a pounds 75,000
interest-only mortgage when interest rates were 15 per cent. After paying
the building society for four years, they still owe pounds 85,000
</p>
<p>
Job: part-time teacher at Camden School for Girls
</p>
<p>
Earns: Pounds 7,000 a year
</p>
<p>
Wanted: tax relief on childcare. She has to pay a childminder for two and a
half days a week. Did not want: to see MIRAS disappear, but felt it would be
unrealistic to expect interest rates to be cut further
</p>
<p>
Verdict: 'I was pleased with the new allowance for childcare for people on
family credit. But it's a pity it doesn't go further, especially after all
the talk of getting women back to work. We knew the cut in mortgage tax
relief was coming. The interest rates are more important to us.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>216</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD7FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Travel industry fears package holiday blow -
Airport excise duty </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL SKAPINKER, Leisure Industries Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The introduction of a new excise duty on passengers departing from UK
airports angered airlines and the package travel industry and led to fears
that British tourism would be damaged.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor announced that from October 1 next year, air passengers from
the UK will be charged Pounds 5 for flights to British and European Union
destinations and Pounds 10 to go elsewhere. The only travellers exempted
from the tax will be children aged under two travelling free, passengers on
aircraft with fewer than 20 seats, transit passengers and those making a
return journey on a return ticket within the UK.
</p>
<p>
Sir Michael Bishop, chairman of British Midland, objected to air travellers
being singled out. He said: 'Why should road, rail and sea travellers be
exempt? This decision makes air travel less competitive against other forms
of transport. Britain's airlines form a world-beating industry. They deserve
better, as do the millions of business and leisure travellers who now face
higher fares.'
</p>
<p>
Sir Colin Marshall, chairman of British Airways, said: 'It will mean higher
fares for everyone at a time when UK airlines have been working hard to keep
fares down.'
</p>
<p>
The British Tourist Authority said that overseas and domestic travellers
were already paying Pounds 2bn in value added tax and customs and excise
duty. 'Anything that puts the price of travel up will make us less
competitive.'
</p>
<p>
The package-tour industry said their business would be badly affected by the
tax. Mr Wesley Pentland, president of the Association of British Travel
Agents, said: 'The demand for package holidays is very elastic and
experience has shown that a small increase in price can cause a fall in
demand three time larger.'
</p>
<p>
Abta said it was relieved, however, that the duty would not take effect
until next October. This meant most of next summer's programme would be
unaffected. The industry will not have to make a decision on whether to
absorb or pass on the cost to travellers until they come to sell holidays
for winter 1994-95 and summer 1995.
</p>
<p>
Thomas Cook, the travel agents' chain, said the level of holiday prices in
summer 1995 would depend as much on the level of competition in the package
holiday industry at that time as on the new tax.
</p>
<p>
The Tour Operators' Study Group, which represents 80 per cent of the package
tour operators, said it would be attempting to get the government to
withdraw the duty, which, it said, had been introduced without consultation.
</p>
<p>
There was anger too that the duty, to be collected by Customs and Excise,
will apparently go into general government coffers and will not be used
specifically to improve travel facilities.
</p>
<p>
While the precise form of the duty surprised the travel industry, many were
expecting some new form of tax on travel. Some thought the government would
introduce value added tax on all domestic travel, but wondered how this
would affect the rail privatisation programme. Few believed that value added
tax would be imposed on airline fares only.
</p>
<p>
Although Sir Colin and Sir Michael warned against VAT on air travel, Mr
Richard Branson, chairman of Virgin Atlantic, conceded the industry should
have lobbied harder to avoid a new tax. He said: 'Since the long-haul
carriers never even conceived the government would tax tourism we never
campaigned to stop it.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P4581 Airports, Flying Fields, and Services </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P4581 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>598</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD6FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Dogged lobbying by drinks industry pays off -
Analysis </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Unchanged rates of duty on beer and spirits reflect the success of intense
lobbying by the industries.
</p>
<p>
The brewers - which last night delightedly welcomed their first Budget
relief for five years - had mounted a powerful campaign to persuade the
chancellor that any increase in beer duty, after the 1.5p a pint rise in
March, would increase the damage already being done to the industry by
cross-Channel shopping.
</p>
<p>
The increase in personal imports of duty-paid beer from France is already
estimated to account for about 12 per cent of the UK's take-home market;
equivalent to about 700,000 barrels a year or the output of a large brewery.
</p>
<p>
Loss of revenue to the Treasury this year is expected to amount to Pounds
130m on legitimate imports alone - but smuggling is also believed to be
growing.
</p>
<p>
The brewers warned that any increase in beer prices above those prevailing
in Continental Europe would further stimulate cross-Channel trade.
</p>
<p>
They claimed, too, that continual increases in duty, up by 31 per cent in
real terms since 1979, had contributed to the 25 per cent decline in beer
sales through pubs during the same period.
</p>
<p>
Beer duties had already been increased twice this year - by 5 per cent in
the March Budget and by a further 2.7 per cent from a change in the duty
collection system in June which the government had promised would be
fiscally neutral.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor acknowledged the strength of these arguments yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor's St Andrew's Day decision to continue the standstill on
spirits duty introduced in March was welcomed by the Scotch Whisky
Association.
</p>
<p>
The 2p increase on a bottle of wine, however, was dubbed as 'irresponsible'
by the Wine and Spirits Association. It would lead to increased
cross-Channel shopping to the detriment of UK retailers, it said.
</p>
<p>
Cross-channel imports also weighed less heavily than health factors in the
chancellor's treatment of cigarettes.
</p>
<p>
The Tobacco Advisory Council described the 11p per packet increase, on top
of a 10p increase in March, as 'outrageous.' It added: 'The country's 17m
smokers, who already pay Pounds 23m a day in tobacco taxes, are being used
to make up the Treasury's shortfall.'
</p>
<p>
ASH, the anti-smoking organisation, welcomed the decision as 'very helpful
to health'. It could reduce demand for cigarettes by 2bn a year and
eventually save 2,500 lives a year.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P2082 Malt Beverages </item>
<item> P2085 Distilled and Blended Liquors </item>
<item> P21   Tobacco Products </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> CMMT  Comment &amp; Analysis </item>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P2082 </item>
<item> P2085 </item>
<item> P21 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>449</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD5FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tax rises and fuel duty hit drivers - Motoring
</head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By KEVIN DONE and JOHN GRIFFITHS</byline>
<p>
The cost of motoring will rise significantly as a result of a sharp increase
in fuel duties, a further rise in the cost of the car-tax disc - the vehicle
excise duty - as well as the imposition of the new insurance tax which will
increase the cost of car insurance.
</p>
<p>
Petrol and diesel prices are set to rise well above the rate of inflation
for the foreseeable future, as the government yesterday committed itself to
raise road fuel duties by at least 5 per cent a year in real terms, compared
with the increases of at least 3 per cent a year announced in March's
Budget.
</p>
<p>
Duties on road fuels were raised by 3p a litre or 14p a gallon with effect
from 6pm last night. This effectively raised the price of unleaded petrol by
6.5 per cent to around Pounds 2.36 a gallon, while the price of a gallon of
diesel rose by 6 per cent to Pounds 2.40 and the price of 4-star petrol rose
by 5.5 per cent to around Pounds 2.59.
</p>
<p>
The price of the car-tax disc is to be raised from Pounds 125 to Pounds 130,
and this follows the increase of Pounds 15 from Pounds 110 in the March. The
vehicle excise duty on trucks is unchanged.
</p>
<p>
Motoring organisations last night attacked the increasing tax burden on
motorists.
</p>
<p>
'What motorist can be happy with an annual increase in motoring taxation
totalling 20 per cent ..and the prospect of paying to use the motorways?'
the Automobile Association said last night.
</p>
<p>
According to the AA, the Budget has given motorists an extra bill of around
Pounds 44 a year on top of the tax increases in March for an average
motorist covering 9,000 miles a year at 35 miles per gallon.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor claimed falls in oil prices meant that petrol would still
cost less in real terms than in the early 1980s.
</p>
<p>
Some 80 per cent of goods are moved by roads and this cost can be expected
to rise by about 1.5 per cent as a direct result of yesterday's Budget.
</p>
<p>
The Road Haulage Association, which claims to be operating on wafer-thin
margins, warned last night that its 10,000 member companies had every
intention of passing on the cost increase in full.
</p>
<p>
But with the exception of this adverse effect on the economy as a whole, the
motor trade and industry was quietly breathing a sigh of relief.
</p>
<p>
The increase in fuel duty was bigger than expected, but not big enough to
cause any significant slowing of the recovery in new vehicle markets which
is helping lift the country out of recession.
</p>
<p>
Nor, most industry analysts felt last night, would any damage be done by the
other small burdens Mr Clarke imposed on the business vehicle sector, the
higher car excise duty and a 6 per cent rise in the taxation scale charges
for fuel provided to company car drivers for their private use.
</p>
<p>
In terms of the car market, the most likely impact will be further to
accelerate the increase in popularity of diesel cars, which are at least 25
per cent more economical than their petrol counterparts.
</p>
<p>
Mr Clarke did not even bother to mention the scale charge increase in his
Budget speech. At its worst, it increases the charge for a car of over two
litres from the current Pounds 1,130 to to Pounds 1,200 from next April 6 -
representing an increased payment of only 34p a week to a basic rate
taxpayer.
</p>
<p>
The company car industry had feared greater changes, notably the possible
introduction of National Insurance Contributions by employees to an entirely
new company car taxation regime.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
<item> P9621 Regulation, Administration of Transportation </item>
<item> P5541 Gasoline Service Stations </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
<item> P9621 </item>
<item> P5541 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>675</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD4FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Tax may raise premiums on vehicles and homes -
Insurance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD LAPPER</byline>
<p>
'Disappointing but in some ways inevitable,' was how Royal Insurance, one of
the country's biggest insurance companies, summed up the impact of
yesterday's decision by the chancellor to impose a 3 per cent tax on
insurance premiums.
</p>
<p>
The tax, which will apply to most general insurance where the insured risk
is located in the UK, comes into effect next October and is expected to
yield Pounds 775m in its first full financial year. Life and pensions
business, reinsurance, and insurances such as marine, aviation, reinsurance
and export credit are exempt.
</p>
<p>
Reaction yesterday was muted, partly because the tax brings the UK into line
with practice in most of Europe and the US. 'We stuck out like a sore
thumb,' says Mr Roy Randall, head of corporate relations at Royal Insurance.
</p>
<p>
However, insurers are concerned about the burden of administering the tax.
They say it could have an impact on premiums for both home and motor
policies bought by individuals and commercial policies bought by companies,
at a time when the industry had been hoping for greater stability following
rate increases over the past two years.
</p>
<p>
'The cost will need to be passed on to policyholders,' warned Mr Mark
Boleat, director-general of the Association of British Insurers.
</p>
<p>
However, a number of companies indicated yesterday that they would try to
absorb the extra costs by increasing efficiency. The Prudential, which
provides 2m customers with household insurance, was quick to issue a
statement insisting that it was 'determined not to pass on' the new tax to
its customers.
</p>
<p>
Mr Barry Holder, general manager, finance at General Accident, the
Perth-based composite insurer, said 'the cost is likely to fall on us
initially. We'd assess it alongside other costs and see whether it was
necessary to increase rates'.
</p>
<p>
Others predict the tax could lead to fewer people buying insurance. 'It will
inevitably lead to a considerable increase in the number of under or
uninsured,' warned Mr Colin Czapiewski, an insurance specialist with
actuaries Lane, Clark and Peacock.
</p>
<p>
Insurers can at least take heart from the fact that the 3 per cent rate
compares favourably with premium tax rates elsewhere in Europe, which vary
from 2 per cent in the Republic of Ireland to as much as 30 per cent on some
French fire insurance policies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6311 Life Insurance </item>
<item> P6331 Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6311 </item>
<item> P6331 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>430</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD3FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Beer unchanged - Duty </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By PHILIP RAWSTORNE</byline>
<p>
For the first time in five Budgets, the duty on beer is not increased and
spirits duty is also unchanged. But wine and cider prices go up from January
1 in line with inflation.
</p>
<p>
The changes add 2p to a 75cl bottle of table wine and 4p for sparkling wine.
Cider goes up 1p for a two-litre bottle.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor estimates that the revenue changes on drinks will have only a
negligible impact on the retail price index.
</p>
<p>
Duties on tobacco went up from 6pm yesterday.
</p>
<p>
The price of 20 cigarettes, raised by 10p in the March Budget, rose a
further 11p to around Pounds 2.52p.
</p>
<p>
The price of five small cigars rose 5p and of 50 grams of pipe tobacco by
14p on a 7.3 per cent increase in duty.
</p>
<p>
The price of hand-rolled tobacco went up 32p for a 50-gram packet.
</p>
<p>
Tobacco duty will be raised each year from now on by an average of at least
3 per cent a year in real terms.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P2121 Cigars </item>
<item> P2111 Cigarettes </item>
<item> P2141 Tobacco Stemming and Redrying </item>
<item> P2099 Food Preparations, NEC </item>
<item> P2084 Wines, Brandy and Brandy Spirits </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> COSTS  Product costs &amp; Product prices </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P2121 </item>
<item> P2111 </item>
<item> P2141 </item>
<item> P2099 </item>
<item> P2084 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>230</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD2FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Miras cuts signal gradual phasing out - Banks and
building societies </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By JOHN GAPPER and ALISON SMITH</byline>
<p>
The biggest impact on retail financial services companies in the Budget
emerged in measures further to reduce mortgage interest tax relief, and to
introduce a new fixed-rate national savings bond for pensioners.
</p>
<p>
Banks' distant fear that the government might impose a form of 'windfall'
tax on their recovering profits proved unfounded. This meant that they were
most affected in their expanding role as mortgage lenders.
</p>
<p>
Building societies said the restriction of mortgage interest relief to 15
per cent from April 1995 - following the cut to 20 per cent from next April
announced in the March Budget - was a further signal that the relief would
eventually be phased out.
</p>
<p>
However, most lenders said the measure did not disrupt the faltering
recovery in the housing market as much as some had feared.
</p>
<p>
They also welcomed the fact that a gradual phase-out would avoid sharp
movements in the market, such as the surges in demand that have taken place
in the past.
</p>
<p>
The introduction in the new year of the new National Savings Pensioners
Guaranteed Income Bond giving pensioners a fixed monthly income for five
years could signal further pressure on societies' retail funding, which is
already stretched.
</p>
<p>
However, Mr Andrew Longhurst, chief executive of Cheltenham &amp; Gloucester
Building Society, and one of the strongest past critics of National Savings
products, said that he believed societies would be able to compete with the
bond.
</p>
<p>
National Savings said that the bond would be introduced in line with 'market
rates prevailing at the time of the launch' in the New Year. Mr Longhurst
said that as long as this was true, the market for retail funds would not be
distorted.
</p>
<p>
'If they are talking about it being at the market rate, I would ask if it
will be a good deal for pensioners to fix their savings rate for the next
five years when most people believe rates are at a low point,' he said.
</p>
<p>
Mr Brian Davis, operations director of Nationwide Building Society, said it
would be 'churlish' to criticise the Budget too strongly when Mr Clarke had
not introduced measures that would disrupt the short-term housing market
recovery.
</p>
<p>
He said that the measures to restrict mortgage interest relief had been
postponed by a year, which would allow borrowers to adjust gradually.
Societies also welcomed the fact that social security payments were not
altered.
</p>
<p>
Lloyds Bank said that it now seemed that mortgage interest relief would be
phased out in the long term.
</p>
<p>
The government was right, it said, to implement this in stages rather than
distorting the market by setting a single date.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6162 Mortgage Bankers and Correspondents </item>
<item> P6021 National Commercial Banks </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6162 </item>
<item> P6021 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>489</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD1FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Statutory audit ends for small companies - Audit
exemptions </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By ANDREW JACK</byline>
<p>
Up to half a million companies will be exempted from the need for an annual
statutory audit, under proposals unveiled by the Chancellor yesterday.
</p>
<p>
Mr Kenneth Clarke announced in his Budget speech that all of the 300,000
companies with a turnover below Pounds 90,000 will no longer require any
external verification of their accounts.
</p>
<p>
He also said 'most' companies with a turnover of between Pounds 90,000 and
Pounds 350,000 - totalling a further 200,000 businesses - will in future
only require an independent accountant's report to verify that the accounts
correctly reflect its books.
</p>
<p>
The new procedures will replace a mandatory audit by a regulated auditor of
all of the more than 1m limited liability companies in the UK demanded by
current legislation.
</p>
<p>
The action follows substantial lobbying for reform by small business
organisations and much of the accountancy profession itself. They argued
that the audit was costly and nonsensical.
</p>
<p>
But the exemption limits proposed by Mr Clarke are much higher than
expected: Pounds 350,000 a year is the threshold for cash accounting under
the VAT system.
</p>
<p>
A consultation document issued by the Department of Trade and Industry in
April suggested lifting the requirement for companies below the value added
tax registration threshold, currently a turnover of Pounds 37,600 a year.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue previously opposed removal of the audit, but officials
were persuaded under Treasury pressure that they did not place much greater
reliance on audited accounts than the equivalent unaudited figures from
unincorporated businesses of similar size.
</p>
<p>
Mr Henry Gold, technical director of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
in England and Wales, which called for abolition of the audit for companies
with turnover below Pounds 350,000, said: 'We are delighted the government
has gone all the way. This . . . brings us a bit closer in line with just
about everyone else in the world.'
</p>
<p>
The change will prove unpopular with credit-rating agencies and other users
of financial information who have said that they rely on a full audit to
verify company accounts.
</p>
<p>
The Chartered Association of Certified Accountants, which has many members
acting as accountants to small companies, said last night: 'We are concerned
that removal of the audit requirement will also remove accountability for
some organisations. We believe that this may give rise to concerns with
regard to the public interest.'
</p>
<p>
The DTI is expected to issue further details of the proposals early next
year. Its consultative document in the spring came after two attempts in the
past few years to remove or relax the small company audit requirement.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P8721 Accounting, Auditing, and Bookkeeping Services </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P8721 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>470</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGAD0FT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Credit insurance cover rises to Pounds 3.2bn -
Export finance </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By DAVID DODWELL, World Trade Editor</byline>
<p>
The chancellor's addition of Pounds 200m to export credit insurance cover
for capital exports in 1996-97, and a cut in the cost of premiums for
certain markets, was yesterday welcomed by exporters as 'a step in the right
direction'.
</p>
<p>
Credit cover from the Export Credits Guarantee Department, the government
agency responsible for medium and long-term insurance cover, will rise from
Pounds 3bn in 1995-96 to Pounds 3.2bn in 1996-97.
</p>
<p>
This is in addition to provision in October of extra short-term export
insurance cover worth Pounds 1.4bn for the remainder of 1993 in a move aimed
at protecting Britain's export drive in fast-growing markets, particularly
in the Pacific rim.
</p>
<p>
'In that this additional cover gives more headroom, it is most welcome,'
said Mr Campbell Dunford, chairman of the London Chamber of Commerce's
export committee.
</p>
<p>
He was encouraged by 'a gathering awareness' of the importance of exports.
</p>
<p>
Premiums for credit cover for exports to Argentina, India, Mexico, Poland,
Slovakia and Turkey are to be cut by 'up to 20 per cent'.
</p>
<p>
This move has also been welcomed, though exporters complained that rates to
markets such as Argentina and Poland have in the recent past been up to
three times more expensive than other export credit agencies.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
<item> P6351 Surety Insurance </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
<item> P6351 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>250</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADZFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Publishers and retailers united by 'relief
factor' - Value Added Tax </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By Our Consumer Industries Staff</byline>
<p>
The chancellor's decision to leave value added tax unchanged was welcomed by
many industries yesterday - and by none more enthusiastically than
publishers of newspapers, books and magazines, food manufacturers and makers
of baby clothes.
</p>
<p>
All these sectors had lobbied hard against the ending of the zero-rated VAT
status of their products, which, they argued, would have dampened demand,
reduced profits and even driven some companies out of business.
</p>
<p>
There was relief among retailers that the chancellor had ruled out an
increase in the standard rate of VAT, which could have damaged consumer
confidence during the Christmas season.
</p>
<p>
Mr James May, director-general of the British Retail Consortium, said there
could be a 'relief factor' among consumers who had put off spending because
of Budget uncertainty.
</p>
<p>
Publishers were pleased by the continuation of zero-rating on reading
material, though several fear the VAT issue may return.
</p>
<p>
Mr William Sitwell of the Periodical Publishers' Association said: 'The
fight will have to continue.'
</p>
<p>
Mr Bert Hardy, managing director of Associated Newspapers, said that if 17.5
per cent VAT had been imposed, national newspapers would have lost 10 per
cent of sales and two titles might not have survived. The Publishers'
Association said book sales would have fallen 15 per cent.
</p>
<p>
The Food &amp; Drink Federation said the continued zero-rating of almost 80 per
cent of food products was 'good news for consumers and the economy' and
would particularly benefit poorer people.
</p>
<p>
The Confectionery Consortium for Fair VAT, backed by chocolate makers
Cadbury, Mars and Thorntons, expressed disappointment. The companies had
wanted VAT to be extended to all food at a special rate of about 8 per cent,
to end alleged discrimination against confectionery, which is taxed at the
standard rate.
</p>
<p>
Retailers and the textile industry, meanwhile, were celebrating the
chancellor's decision not to extend VAT to children's clothing.
</p>
<p>
Storehouse, the retail group which owns BHS, Mothercare and Blazer, said
such a move would have been 'bad news for our customers and not terribly
good news for us.'
</p>
<p>
A quarter of Storehouse's turnover comes from children's clothing.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P2711 Newspapers </item>
<item> P2731 Book Publishing </item>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> NEWS  General News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P2711 </item>
<item> P2731 </item>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 24</biblScope>
<extent>392</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADYFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Their Budget - The student </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<p>
Jennie Gentles, 29
</p>
<p>
Attends: North London University and lives in a two-bedroomed flat in
Streatham, south London
</p>
<p>
Only source of income: maintenance grant from Croydon Borough Council, and
her main outgoings are rent and books for her social sciences postgraduate
degree course
</p>
<p>
Politics: did not vote in the last election. Next time will vote Labour
</p>
<p>
Wanted: a bigger grant and for the chancellor to address worries about the
National Health Service. She feared VAT on books
</p>
<p>
Said yesterday: 'There are so many students already living on the poverty
line: his move from grants to loans means the poor will be penalised. It
will create a two tier education system. The pounds 1.5bn for the NHS isn't
enough. It needs a higher input; they've already dismantled the welfare
state.'
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> PEOP  People </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>159</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADXFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Applause greets 'best Budget in years' - Small
companies </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By RICHARD GOURLAY</byline>
<p>
The business community yesterday warmly welcomed a package of measures that
many see as the best Budget for small and growing companies in years.
</p>
<p>
Business groups said it was cleverly targeted at helping existing businesses
to grow and would attract much-needed private equity capital into unquoted
companies.
</p>
<p>
The announcement that the government was considering legislation to give a
statutory right to interest on over-due payments was greeted by the Forum of
Private Business as 'the single best thing that could have been done for
small business'.
</p>
<p>
Supporters of this legislation say it would change the whole culture
surrounding late payment of suppliers and would remove a damaging drain on
growing businesses's cash positions at a time when they are struggling to
find debt finance.
</p>
<p>
Welcoming a more targeted replacement for the discredited Business Expansion
Scheme, the British venture capital industry said more risk capital would
become available for the UK's entrepreneurs.
</p>
<p>
In particular, investors in Enterprise Investment Schemes - as the successor
to BES will be called - will be allowed full capital gains tax roll-over
relief on gains made on the sale of quoted investments which are then
reinvested in unquoted companies. Property investments will be specifically
excluded, closing one avenue that was greatly abused in the BES scheme.
</p>
<p>
Venture capital companies also welcomed the proposal to set up venture
capital trusts, in which private investors would be exempt from capital
gains tax and income tax. This will be introduced in the 1995 Finance Bill.
</p>
<p>
These two measures may also attract much needed knowledge from business
'angels' who will now be able to invest their money and their expertise.
</p>
<p>
'The chancellor is once again giving individuals an incentive to put money
into unlisted companies,' said Mr Michael Walton, head of Venture Capital at
Gartmore.
</p>
<p>
Of the more immediate benefits for existing companies, business groups
particularly welcomed changes to the thresholds below which companies pay
the small business tax rate.
</p>
<p>
The Chancellor raised the threshold below which companies pay a 25 per cent
tax rate from Pounds 250,000 to Pounds 300,000. There were other issues that
will have an immediate benefit on small company cash flow.
</p>
<p>
The chancellor modified the transitional relief scheme for the uniform
business rate; instead of facing a 15 per cent or 20 per cent per annum
increase in the rate, depending on the company's size, companies will now
only face a 7.5 per cent or 10 per cent increase.
</p>
<p>
There were other measures that will have an immediate effect on cashflow.
The Chancellor has raised the level for full reimbursement of statutory
sickness pay from those companies paying Pounds 16,000 in national insurance
bills to those paying Pounds 20,000. Companies will also be repaid within
four weeks instead of the current six weeks.
</p>
<p>
Small companies administrative costs could also fall. The threshold for
administering VAT will rise from sales of Pounds 37.600 to Pounds 45,000,
allowing 75,000 more companies to drop out of the net, the Chancellor said.
This threshold rise gives the lie to previous government claims that
Brussels was preventing an increase in the threshold.
</p>
<p>
Plans to integrate National Insurance and PAYE collection could also help
cut administration costs.
</p>
<p>
Statutory audit ends for small companies, Page 24
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>572</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADWFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: FIDs given guarded welcome - Advance corporation
tax </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MAGGIE URRY</byline>
<p>
The chancellor is pressing ahead with the foreign income dividend scheme
(FIDs) outlined in the March Budget, designed to help companies save surplus
advance corporation tax (ACT).
</p>
<p>
But he surprised some by allowing the continuance of enhanced scrip
dividends, a device where companies pay dividends in shares rather than cash
thereby avoiding paying ACT in the first place. Companies could continue to
use enhanced scrip dividends rather than opt for FIDs.
</p>
<p>
The new FID scheme will take effect for dividends paid on or after July 1,
1994.
</p>
<p>
Companies gave a guarded welcome to the scheme, saying it was a step in the
right direction, but still contained imperfections. They intend to keep up
the pressure for more to be done to reduce the surplus ACT mountain.
</p>
<p>
Surplus ACT has become a sizeable problem, with the Inland Revenue
estimating it now totals Pounds 5.5bn and is rising by Pounds 700m a year.
Companies complain that this is in effect an interest-free loan to the
government.
</p>
<p>
Companies pay ACT on their dividends, and later offset it against their
mainstream corporation tax bill. But if their tax liability is insufficient
to offset the ACT paid, the surplus ACT remains in the hands of the
exchequer. The FID scheme will help companies which earn a high proportion
of profits overseas, which do not create a large enough UK corporation tax
liability.
</p>
<p>
In March, the Inland Revenue issued a consultative document about the
scheme. Some changes have been made following representations.
</p>
<p>
Under the scheme, companies can opt to pay a FID out of foreign source
profits. Originally companies were required to match the dividend in an
accounting period to the foreign profit in the same or immediately
succeeding accounting period. That has now been changed to include the
current and previous year, and, if those provide insufficient foreign
profits, subsequent years.
</p>
<p>
Although grateful for this change, companies yesterday pointed out that this
would still not allow them to use up the backlog of surplus ACT.
</p>
<p>
Many companies had suggested they should be allowed to 'stream' dividends,
directing FIDs - which do not carry a tax credit for tax-exempt investors -
towards tax-paying shareholders while continuing to pay normal dividends to
tax-free investors such as pension funds. This has not been allowed.
</p>
<p>
Tax-free investors, which often make up a sizeable part of a company's
shareholder register, face losing 20 per cent of their dividend income if
they receive FIDs, because of the absence of a tax credit, and may put
pressure on companies to increase the dividend to offset that loss.
</p>
<p>
The scheme has also been slightly loosened with regard to international
headquarter companies, in an effort to increase the attractiveness of the UK
as a base for companies, for instance the European headquarters of a US
multinational. These will not have to pay ACT on dividends at all, if they
have no more than 20 shareholders, and at least 80 per cent of the shares
are held outside the UK.
</p>
<p>
The Inland Revenue estimates it will gain Pounds 30m from the FID scheme in
1994-95, as the reductions in tax credits paid come before any repayment of
ACT; it will break even in the following year; and the scheme will cost
Pounds 100m in 1996-97, with the figure rising thereafter. The earlier
estimate of a Pounds 200m-cost a year has been reduced as corporate
profitability is expected to rise, so reducing surplus ACT.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>605</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADVFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Ministers fail to act on debt mountain - Late
payments </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By MICHAEL CASSELL, Business Correspondent</byline>
<p>
The government will have disappointed thousands of British businesses in
failing to take immediate action to tackle the Pounds 50bn mountain of
overdue commercial debts.
</p>
<p>
The government wants more time to examine the issue, despite a vociferous
lobbying campaign - particularly by small businesses - aimed at pressuring
ministers into introducing legally backed penalties for late-payment.
</p>
<p>
Although the chancellor acknowledged that failure to settle on time could
mean 'the difference between survival and failure' for many UK companies,
ministers remain unconvinced about the value of legislation.
</p>
<p>
A consultative document setting out the arguments for legislating to
introduce a statutory right of interest on late payments was published
yesterday by the Department of Trade and Industry. Interested parties will
have until the end of March 1994 to respond.
</p>
<p>
But the document makes clear that ministers still have reservations about
the value of statutory interest.
</p>
<p>
They have consistently pointed out that while legally backed penalties for
late payers exist across much of Europe, the late payment problem still
persists in most countries. There are also concerns that late payment
penalties could themselves threaten the solvency of small companies
hard-pressed to pay on time.
</p>
<p>
As a result, the consultation paper also examines the alternative arguments
for supporting a voluntary approach to the issue, in which government and
big business are expected to lead by example. The Confederation of British
Industry, which says late payment threatens the survival of one in five
companies, has introduced a prompt payers code.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Government News </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>287</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>

<div1 type=article id=id00DLACGADUFT>
<div2 type=articletext>
<head>
Budget 93: Offshore funds may prove a temptation - Unit
trusts </head>
<opener>
Publication <date>931201FT</date>
Processed by FT <date>931201</date>
</opener>
<byline>By SARA WEBB</byline>
<p>
The chancellor proposed changes to the tax rules that apply to authorised
unit trusts, saying that his intention is to put investors who receive
interest indirectly through such a trust in the same tax position as if they
received the interest directly.
</p>
<p>
However, the Association of Unit Trusts and Investment Funds argued that the
proposed measures would place onshore bond and money market funds at a
disadvantage vis a vis offshore funds. The proposals could also encourage
investors to invest directly in overseas equities rather than through pooled
investment vehicles, the Association said.
</p>
<p>
In future, the rate of corporation tax paid by authorised unit trusts will
be the same as the basic rate of income tax. This reverses changes made in
the Finance Act 1993 whereby it was planned to lower corporation tax from 25
per cent to 22.5 per cent in 1993-94 and then to 20 per cent.
</p>
<p>
Mr Philip Warland, director-general of the association, said the proposal to
raise corporation tax to 25 per cent 'produces a situation where bond funds
offshore (which sell their products to UK investors) are at a tax advantage
because the investors are only taxed at 20 per cent'. He warned that this
might drive more bond funds offshore. Foreign investors, however, will be
able to receive interest from UK funds gross.
</p>
<p>
Mr Warland said investors investing directly in overseas shares will be
taxed at 20 per cent, compared to 25 per cent if they buy through a unit
trust.
</p>
</div2>
<index>
<list type=country>
<item> GB  United Kingdom, EC </item>
</list>
<list type=industry>
<item> P9311 Finance, Taxation, and Monetary Policy </item>
</list>
<list type=types>
<item> GOVT  Taxes </item>
</list>
<list type=code>
<item> P9311 </item>
</list>
</index>
<bibl>
<publisher>The Financial Times</publisher>
<edition>London</edition>
<biblScope>Page 22</biblScope>
<extent>285</extent>
</bibl>
</div1>
</div0>
</body>
</text>
</tei.2>
